Siemens AG 2012

SIMATIC PCS 7 Process Control System

Catalog ST PCS 7 December 2011

SIMATIC PCS 7
Answers for industry.
 Siemens AG 2012

Related catalogs
SIMATIC ST PCS 7.1 Process Automation FI 01
Add-ons for the Field Instruments for
SIMATIC PCS 7 Process Automation
Process Control System

PDF (E86060-K4678-A121-A9-7600) E86060-K6201-A101-B4-7600

SIMATIC ST PCS 7.2 SITRAIN ITC

Migration solutions with Training for Automation and
the SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Solutions
Process Control System
Only available in German
PDF (E86060-K4678-A131-A5-7600) E86060-K6850-A101-C2

SIMATIC ST 70 Products for Automation CA 01

Products for and Drives
Totally Integrated Automation Interactive Catalog
and Micro Automation

E86060-K4670-A101-B3-7600 DVD: E86060-D4001-A510-D1-7600

SIMATIC HMI / ST 80/ST PC Industry Mall

PC-based Automation Information and Ordering Platform
Human Machine Interface Systems in the Internet:
PC-based Automation

E86060-K4680-A101-B8-7600 www.siemens.com/industrymall

Industrial Communication IK PI
SIMATIC NET

E86060-K6710-A101-B7-7600
 Siemens AG 2012

SIMATIC PCS 7
SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstation/IPC
1
Process Control System V8.0
Engineering System
2
Catalog ST PCS 7 December 2011
Operator System
3

System components
Maintenance Station
4

The products and sys-

Automation systems
5
tems described in this
catalog are manufac-
tured/distributed under
Communications
6
application of a certified
quality management
system in accordance
with DIN EN ISO 9001
Process I/O
7
(Certified Registration
No. 1323-QM). The cer-
tificate is recognized by
SIMATIC PCS 7 Software and
System documentation
8
all IQNet countries.

Technology components Batch automation

9
Supersedes:
Route control
10
Catalog ST PCS 7 June 2011

Refer to the Industry Mall for current updates

of this catalog:
Safety Integrated for
Process Automation
11
www.siemens.com/industrymall

The products contained in this

IT Security
12
catalog can also be found in the
Interactive Catalog CA 01.
Order No.:
Connection of IT systems
13
E86060-D4001-A500-D1-7600

Please contact your local Siemens branch

Compact Systems
14
Siemens AG 2011
Previous versions
15
Other

Update/Upgrade Packages
16
Anhang
17
 Siemens AG 2012

2 Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011


Answers for industry.
Siemens offers automation, drive, and
low-voltage switching technology as
well as industrial software from stan-
dard products up to entire industry solu-
tions. The industry software enables our
industry customers to optimize the en-
tire value chain from product design
and development through manufacture
and sales up to after-sales service. Our
electrical and mechanical components
offer integrated technologies for the en-
tire drive train from couplings to gear
units, from motors to control and drive
solutions for all engineering industries.
Our technology platform TIP offers ro-
bust solutions for power distribution.
Siemens AG 2012
Siemens Industry answers the challenges in the
manufacturing and the process industry as well as in
the building automation business. Our drive and automation
solutions based on Totally Integrated Automation (TIA) and
Totally Integrated Power (TIP) are employed in all kinds
of industry. In the manufacturing and the process industry.
In industrial as well as in functional buildings.
The high quality of our products Check out the opportunities our
sets industry-wide benchmarks. automation and drive solutions provide.
High environmental aims are part of And discover how you can sustainably
our eco-management, and we imple- enhance your competitive edge with us.
ment these aims consistently. Right
from product design, possible effects on
the environment are examined. Hence
many of our products and systems are
RoHS compliant (Restriction of Hazard-
ous Substances). As a matter of course,
our production sites are certified ac-
cording to DIN EN ISO 14001, but to us,
environmental protection also means
most efficient utilization of valuable
resources. The best example are our
energy-efficient drives with energy sav-
ings up to 60 %.
Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011 3
 Siemens AG 2012

ERP Enterprise Resource Planning

Managementebene
Management Level MES Manufacturing Execution Systems

SIMATIC IT

Operations Level
Betriebsfhrungs- SIMATIC PCS 7
Prozesssteuerung
Process Control (DCS)
(DCS)
ebene

Industrial Softwarefr
Industriesoftware for
Produkt-Design
Product Design Commissioning
Inbetriebnehme
Energy
Energiemanagement
Management
Produktionsplanung
Production Planning Operation
Bedienung
Asset
Assetmanagement
Management
Engineering Maintenance
Wartung
Modernization
Modernisierungand
undUpgrade
Upgrade

Steuerungsebene
Control Level

SINUMERIK SIMOTION SIMATIC NET SIMATIC Controllers

Controller
Computer Numerical Control Motion Control Industrielle
Industrial Modular / PC-based
PC-basiert
Kommunikation
Communication

Feldebene
Field Level
PROFIBUS PA

Prozessinstrumentierung
Process Instrumentation SIMATIC Ident SIMATIC Distributed
Dezentrale Peripherie
I/O
Industrielle
Industrial Identication
Identikation

HART
Totally
Integrated
Automation IO-Link

Setting standards in
productivity and competitiveness.
Totally Integrated Automation.

4 Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011


Ethernet
Ethernet
SIMATIC WinCC
SCADA-System
Industrial Ethernet
Industrial Ethernet
SIMATIC HMI SIRIUS Industrial Controls
Human Machine Interface
SINAMICS Drive Systems Low-Voltage Distribution
Thanks to Totally Integrated Automation, Siemens provides
an integrated basis for the implementation of customized
automation solutions in all industries from inbound to
outbound.
Siemens AG 2012
TIA is characterized by its unique continuity.
It provides maximum transparency at all levels
with reduced interfacing requirements covering
the field level, production control level, up to the
corporate management level. With TIA you also
profit throughout the complete life cycle of your
plant starting with the initial planning steps
through operation up to modernization, where
we offer a high measure of investment security re-
sulting from continuity in the further development
of our products and from reducing the number of
interfaces to a minimum.
The unique continuity is already a defined
characteristic at the development stage of
our products and systems.
The result: maximum interoperability covering
the controller, HMI, drives, up to the process
control system. This reduces the complexity of
the automation solution in your plant. You will
experience this, for example, in the engineering
phase of the automation solution in the form of
reduced time requirements and cost, or during
operation using the continuous diagnostics facili-
ties of Totally Integrated Automation for increasing
the availability of your plant.
PROFINET
Industrial Ethernet
PROFIBUS
AS-Interface
KNX GAMMA instabus
Totally
Integrated
Power
Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011 5
 Siemens AG 2012

Integrated power distribution

from one source.
Totally Integrated Power.

6 Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011

 Siemens AG 2012

Communication
IEC 61850 BACnet
Industrial Ethernet
PROFINET KNXnet/IP
Process/industrial automation PROFIBUS
KNX

Products and systems

Medium- Trans- Low- Installation Building
voltage former voltage technology automation

Planning and dimensioning

SIMARIS project SIMARIS design SIMARIS curves

Electrical power distribution requires
integrated solutions. Our answer:
Totally Integrated Power (TIP). This
includes tools and support for planning
and configuration and a complete, opti-
mally harmonized product and system
portfolio for integrated power distribu-
tion from medium-voltage switchgear
right to socket outlets.
The power distribution products and
systems can be interfaced to building
or industrial automation systems
(as part of Total Building Solutions or
Totally Integrated Automation) via com-
munication capable circuit breakers and
modules, allowing the full potential for
optimization that an integrated solution
offers to be exploited throughout the
product cycle from planning right
through to installation and operation.
Thanks to a comprehensive energy
management system, power flows
can be made transparent and the
energy consumption of individual
loads can be calculated and allocated.
Building operators can thus identify
power-intensive loads and implement
effective optimization measures.
With its products and systems, Totally
Integrated Power forms the basis for
this functionality and guarantees
greater cost-efficiency in industrial
applications, infrastructure and
buildings.

Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011 7

 Siemens AG 2012

SIMATIC PCS 7
Performance You Trust
Mobile Client

Industrial
Wireless LAN
PCS 7 Operator System (OS)
BOX Single Station OS/Batch/Route Control/Maintenance clients

Industrial Ethernet, terminal bus, single/redundant

OS Batch
server server

Industrial Ethernet, plant bus, single/redundant

Automation Standard
system with automation systems
PROFINET PCS 7 PCS 7
AS RTX AS mEC RTX
with S7-300 I/Os
ET 200pro ET 200M ET 200M
Zone 2 Zone 1

Ex operator
terminal
PROFINET

Wireless HART ET 200M, Ex I/O, HART

ET 200M
Weighing systems
PROFIBUS DP-iS

AS-Interface
ET 200iSP HART
Modbus, serial connection ET 200S

Integrated
power
PROFIBUS PA
management
PA link

PROFIBUS DP
AFD AFDiS

PROFIBUS PA/
PA link/
FOUNDATION
FF link
Fieldbus H1
(PA/FF H1)

Integrated drives

8 Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011

 Siemens AG 2012

Web Client Data Monitor ERP

- OS
- Maintenance
Web Server/ Archive
OpenPCS 7 server
Ethernet, Office LAN

Front
Firewall
Plant Lifecycle
MES/MIS Management
SIMATIC IT Comos
Network Engineering
printer Stations

Back
Firewall

Route Control Maintenance TeleControl

server server OS server

Fault-tolerant Safety-related Converter

automation systems automation systems (Protocols:
SINAUT ST7, DNP3,
IEC 60870-5,
Modbus)
ET 200M Zone 2 Zone 1
single/redundant Communication
WAN (Wireless, phone,
ET 200M
Standard and internet)
F modules
MTA

PROFIBUS DP-iS RTUs

ET 200M (Type depends on
F modules protocol)
ET 200iSP Zone 1
Y-link
Third-party
RTU
ET 200iSP

Gas analysis
PA link PROFIBUS PA ET 200S
PA link/FF link
AFD AFD
AFDiS
AFD
AFS S7-300
PA/FF H1

ET 200pro S7-400 (H)

PA link/FF link
PA/FF H1 AFDiS
AFD ET 200S
TeleControl

Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011 9


Totally Integrated Automation with
SIMATIC PCS 7
The SIMATIC PCS 7 process control
system is a significant component of
Totally Integrated Automation (TIA),
the unique basis offered by Siemens for
uniform and customized automation in
all sectors of the production, process
and hybrid industries. Using TIA,
Siemens is able to offer uniform
automation technology on one single
platform for all applications of process
automation, starting with input
logistics, covering production or
primary processes as well as
downstream (secondary) processes, up
to output logistics. This is suitable for
optimization of all operating sequences
of an entire company, i.e. from the ERP
(Enterprise Resource Planning) level and
MES (Management Execution System)
level to the control level, right down to
the field level.
Compatibility of further developments
is guaranteed within TIA. This also
guarantees that the company's invest-
ments have a secure future, and allows
the company to modernize and expand
the plants throughout the complete
lifecycle.
Integrated in a holistic automation
solution for a production site,
automation of the primary processes is
the prime task of SIMATIC PCS 7. On the
other hand, secondary processes (e.g.
filling, packaging) or input/output
logistics (e.g. raw material distribution,
storage) are frequently implemented
using the PLC-based or PC-based
components of SIMATIC.
10 Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011
Siemens AG 2012
The advantages of Totally Integrated
Automation, in particular the integrated
data management, communication and
configuration, are already evident dur-
ing planning and engineering, but also
during installation and commissioning,
everyday operation as well as mainte-
nance, repairs and modernization.
Integrated data management
Integrated data management means
that all software components access a
common database. Within a project,
inputs and modifications are therefore
only necessary at one point. This
reduces the work required, and simulta-
neously avoids potential faults. Once
symbolic identifications have been
introduced, they are understood by
every software component. Data
consistency is also guaranteed even if
several persons are working simultane-
ously on a project. Parameters defined
in the engineering system can be trans-
ferred beyond the network limits down
to sensors, actuators or drives in the
field.
Integrated configuration
Integrated communication The use of an engineering system with a
Uniform communication from the uniform and matched range of tools
corporate management level down to minimizes the configuration overhead.
the field level is based on internationally The engineering tools for the appli-
recognized standards such as Industrial cation software, the hardware compo-
Ethernet, PROFINET, PROFIBUS or nents and the communications
FOUNDATION Fieldbus, and also functions can be called from a central
supports the global flow of information project manager (SIMATIC Manager).
via the Internet. Since the hardware and This is also the basic application for
software components involved also use creation, management, saving and
these communications mechanisms, documentation of a project.
connections are extremely easy to
configure, also cross-system or over The SIMATIC PCS 7 Advanced
different networks. Engineering System expands the
functionality for plant configuration. It
acts as a link between the standard
engineering tools of the engineering
system and the tools used for basic and
detailed planning, e.g. EPlan, ELCAD or
SmartPlant.

Essential system properties and
functions
In order to survive on a global market
which is characterized by fierce compe-
tition and pricing pressures, compet-
itors are required to constantly increase
their productivity and flexibility. This
simultaneously places high demands on
the automation technology, which in
turn lead to an increasing fusion with
information technology.
Bearing in mind these requirements, a
modern process control system such as
SIMATIC PCS 7 offers clear advantages
since it provides a horizontally and verti-
cally uniform system platform which is
future-oriented and can also be
expanded flexibly in the context of TIA.
Siemens AG 2012
SIMATIC PCS 7 combines high perfor-
mance with exceptional system proper-
ties and functions such as:
Simple and reliable process control
with user-friendly operation and
visualization, also via the Internet
Powerful, fast and consistent system-
wide engineering combined with
system-wide online modification
capability
System openness, flexibility and
scalability
Redundancy at all levels, flexible and
modular
Variable field automation based
on PROFINET, PROFIBUS and
FOUNDATION Fieldbus and
remote I/O systems for a variety
of requirement profiles
Process device management and
diagnostics with comprehensive
device support
Asset management of the process-
related plant, in particular the control
technology (diagnostics, preventive
maintenance, and repairs)
Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011
The homogenous and uniform SIMATIC
PCS 7 process control system with its
unique scalable architecture and
outstanding system characteristics is an
ideal basis for cost-effective implemen-
tation and economic operation of
process control plants. Specifically
expanded by the seamless integration
of additional functions, SIMATIC PCS 7
offers far more than a typical process
control system, for example:
Asset management
Automation of batch processes
Control of material transportation
Safety
Advanced Process Control
Telecontrol
Energy management
IT security
Evaluation/management of
process data
IT system interfacing
Flexible solutions for batch processes
Efficient control of material transport
Homogenous, integrated safety tech-
nology
Advanced Process Control for process
optimization
Telecontrol center can be integrated
for remote plant sections
Energy management
Advanced IT security concept for
safeguarding the I&C system
OPC-based evaluation and manage-
ment of process data as well as direct
interfacing to IT systems
All these are ideal requirements for cost-
effective implementation and economic
operation of process control plants.
11

Flexibility and scalability
The architecture of the SIMATIC PCS 7
Process Control System is designed in
such a manner that instrumentation
and control can be configured in accor-
dance with customer requirements and
optimally matched to the dimensions of
the plant. SIMATIC PCS 7 instrumen-
tation and control can be subsequently
expanded or reconfigured with ease if
there is an increase in capacity or a
technological modification. Provision
of expensive reserve capacity is
unnecessary.
Various versions of the SIMATIC PCS 7
BOX compact system are suitable as
low-cost starter solutions in the lower
performance range, and are available
as all-in-one systems equipped with
functionalities for automation, HMI,
and engineering.
With approximately 60 tags, these
systems represent the lower end of
the scale. Scalability extends up to the
distributed multi-user system in
client/server architecture with up to
60 000 tags for automation of a very
large production facility, or of a plant
network at one production location.
This corresponds approximately to a
scale ranging from 100 to 120 000 I/Os.
12 Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011
Siemens AG 2012
Open for the future
SIMATIC PCS 7 is based on modular
hardware and software components,
which are perfectly matched to one
another due to their conformance with
TIA. These components can be
expanded and innovated seamlessly
and with little effort and are open for
the future via long-term stable inter-
faces. This makes long-term protection
of customer investments possible,
despite the fast pace of innovation and
short product cycles.
SIMATIC PCS 7 consistently applies new,
powerful technologies together with
internationally established industrial
standards such as IEC, XML, PROFIBUS,
PROFINET, Ethernet Gigabit technology,
TCP/IP, OPC, ISA-88 or ISA-95, just to
mention a few.
Openness with SIMATIC PCS 7 covers
all levels, and equally applies to
automation systems and process I/Os as
to industrial communications networks,
operator systems or engineering
systems.
It comprises not only system archi-
tecture and communication, but also
the programming and data exchange
interfaces for user programs and
planning systems. SIMATIC PCS 7 can
therefore also be combined with
components from other vendors, and
integrated in existing infrastructures.

Additional functionality can be
integrated using add-on products
Modularity, flexibility, scalability, and
the openness of SIMATIC PCS 7 offer
optimal prerequisites for integrating
supplemental components and
solutions in the Process Control System
in an applicative manner and thus
extend and round out its functionality.
Siemens AG 2012
Many supplementary add-on products
for SIMATIC PCS 7 have been developed
by Siemens as well as by external
partners (see Catalog ST PCS 7.1,
Add-ons for the SIMATIC PCS 7 Process
Control System). These software
packages and hardware components
authorized by the system manufacturer
enable cost-effective implementation of
SIMATIC PCS 7 for special automation
tasks.
Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011 13

Migration to SIMATIC PCS 7
Many systems and plants must now be
expanded and modernized to ensure
that companies can continue to provide
products complying with market
requirements. However, since the
installed basis of hardware, application
software and know-how of the
operating and maintenance engineers
represents an enormous value, the
safeguarding of investments for
companies operating the plants is
always assigned a high priority during
all modernization plans.
Therefore Siemens does not simply
consider its task to be the complete
replacement of an existing system,
but to work closely with customers and
their system integrators to elaborate an
individual, future-oriented solution on
the basis of the state-of-the-art
SIMATIC PCS 7 process control system
always considering the directives:
Step-by-step system innovation
Adaptable to the special conditions
of the plant
Flexible according to production
demands
14 Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011
Siemens AG 2012
Migration spectrum
The migration of own process control
systems to SIMATIC PCS 7 is a matter of
course for Siemens, and a significant
component of the continued
supplier/customer relationship.
Siemens is additionally able to offer
migration solutions for process control
systems from other vendors.
Siemens works closely with the
customer's system integrators when
implementing migration projects, for
they have the know-how gained over
many years and exactly know the plant
as well as the customer's requirements.
This partnership is a guarantee for the
companies operating plants that they
will receive an optimum migration
solution. A further important aspect is
that Siemens supports the migration
products as well as the standard
products by means of product updating
and customer support. A special
strength of Siemens compared to other
migration providers is the ability to offer
customers long-term support
concerning know-how, servicing, and
delivery of components, spare parts and
upgrades.
With the future-oriented SIMATIC PCS 7
process control system, innovative mi-
gration solutions and services, many
years of know-how in process auto-
mation and migration, as well as con-
tinuous worldwide servicing, Siemens
demonstrates its expertise and offers
the security of a reliable partner.
Migration Support Center
Siemens has established several global
Migration Support Centers which offer
customers further support for migration
projects in addition to product support:
Migration concepts
Quotation preparation
Engineering/project handling
Development of further migration
products and tools
Through the development of flexible
migration solutions and services,
comprehensive sector know-how,
migration experience developed over
many years, and worldwide support,
Siemens has laid the foundation for the
development of migration solutions for
third-party control systems. This
enables its users to protect their invest-
ments for the future through new
automation technology with the
worldwide leading SIMATIC technology.
For more information, see Catalog
ST PCS 7.2, Migration solutions for the
SIMATIC PCS 7 process control system.
 Siemens AG 2012

Selecting
Much more Find your products in the structure tree, in the new "Bread-crumb"
navigation or with the integral search machine with expert functions.
than a catalog. Electronic configurators are also integrated into the Mall. Enter the
various characteristic values and the appropriate product will be dis-
The Industry Mall. played with the relevant order numbers. You can save configurations,
load them and reset them to their initial status.

You have a catalog in your hands that will serve Ordering

you well for selecting and ordering your products.
But have you heard of the electronic online cata-
log (the Industry Mall) and all its benefits? Take a
look around it sometime:
www.siemens.com/industrymall
You can load the products that you have selected in this way into the
shopping basket at a click of the mouse. You can create your own tem-
plates and you will be informed about the availability of the products
in your shopping cart. You can load the completed parts lists directly
into Excel or Word.
Delivery status
When you have sent the order, you will receive a short e-mail confir-
mation which you can print out or save. With a click on "Carrier", you
will be directly connected to the website of the carrier where you can
easily track the delivery status.

Added value due to additional information

So you have found your product and want more information about it?
In just a few clicks of the mouse, you will arrive at the image data base,
manuals and operating instructions. Create your own user documen-
tation with My Documentation Manager.
Also available are FAQs, software downloads, certificates and
technical data sheets as well as our training programs. In the image
database you will find, depending on the product, 2D/3D graphics,
dimension drawings and exploded drawings, characteristic curves or
circuit diagrams which you can download.

Convinced? We look forward to your visit!

Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011 15

 Siemens AG 2012

16 Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011

 1
Siemens AG 2012

Industrial Workstation/IPC

1/2 Introduction

1/3 SIMATIC Rack PCs

1/3 Introduction
1/12 IPC547D
1/20 IPC647C
1/27 IPC847C

1/33 SIMATIC BOX PC

1/33 OS Client 627C

1/34 SIMATIC Microbox PC

1/34 OS Client 427C

1/35 Expansion components

1/35 Mouse and keyboard
1/36 Multi-monitor graphics cards
and process monitors
1/38 Redundant terminal bus adapter
1/39 Smart Card Reader
1/40 Signal output

Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011

 Siemens AG 2012
Industrial Workstation/IPC
Introduction
1 Overview
We offer a select range of modern and powerful SIMATIC PCS 7
Industrial Workstations for the systems located above the
controller level in the SIMATIC PCS 7 system architecture, e.g.
for:
Engineering
Operating and monitoring (also via Internet/intranet)
Asset management
Batch automation
Route control
Remote control
IT applications
SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstations based on a SIMATIC
Rack PC of the type IPC547D, IPC647C or IPC 847C are
optimized for use as single station, server or client, and can be
expanded specific to the system.
As a supplement to these, the SIMATIC Microbox PC in the
version SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Client 427C as well as with the
SIMATIC Box PC in the version SIMATIC PCS 7 BOX OS Client
627C low-cost client alternatives for operator control and
monitoring and for batch automation.
Application
Basic hardware for single station/server
SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstations of the types IPC547D,
IPC647C or IPC 847C, which are available for use as single
station or server, vary in their performance, features, expansion
reserves, and length of the product lifecycle. A table compares
the essential features of these types in the catalog section
"SIMATIC Rack PC, introduction", allowing you to quickly narrow
down the search for your specific application. You can then use
the detailed technical data in the same catalog section to define
this preselection in detail.
1/2 Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011
Basic hardware for clients
Compared to the more compact client versions SIMATIC PCS 7
OS Client 427C and SIMATIC PCS 7 BOX OS Client 627C, clients
based on a SIMATIC Rack PC have a larger number and greater
variety of interfaces. They therefore offer more expansion
options and can be used more universally. In multi-monitor
mode, you can control up to four process monitors with equiv-
alent quality.
The SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Client 427C particularly convinces with
its highly compact and rugged design which allows mainte-
nance-free 24/7 operation without fans. The version with solid-
state drive (SSD) is particularly resistant to vibration and shock
since there are no rotating storage media. As a result of the
design, however, the expansion options of the SIMATIC PCS 7
OS Client 427C are restricted.
The compact and rugged SIMATIC PCS 7 BOX OS Client 627C
with a comparable interface configuration is slightly larger than
a client on the basis of the SIMATIC Microbox PC. In return, it is
additionally equipped with a DVD drive and two free slots for
expansion modules. Furthermore, it can also be ordered as a
design version with Panel Front (19", TFT Touch Panel).
Options
Notes on the use of other basic hardware
and non-SIMATIC software
Siemens guarantees the compatibility of hardware and software
for system configurations based on components in this catalog.
The system test confirms that the system software of the
SIMATIC PCS 7 process control system can be run on the basic
hardware offered in this catalog. Despite comprehensive tests, it
cannot be excluded that the function of a SIMATIC PCS 7 system
could be disturbed or interfered with as a result of additional
non-SIMATIC software, i.e. software which has not been
explicitly approved for SIMATIC PCS 7.
If you use hardware other than the basic hardware offered in this
catalog, or additional non-SIMATIC software, this is at your own
risk. If compatibility problems arise as a result of these hardware/
software components, the support provided for their elimination
is not free of charge.
The licenses for plant bus communication via Industrial Ethernet,
i.e. for Basic Communication Ethernet (BCE) and CP 1613/1623
communication (IE) are bound to the SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial
Workstations. Depending on the selected type of communi-
cation, the SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstations for single
stations and servers are delivered as standard with a network
card plus BCE license or a CP 1623 plus SIMATIC NET
HARDNET IE S7 communications software.
If you are using SIMATIC PCS 7 V8.0 on other computers
(not SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstations), you additionally
require a SIMATIC PCS 7 BCE V8.0 license (Order No. 6ES7
650-1CD08-2YB5) for all single stations or servers which are
connected to the plant bus via a standard network adapter and
not via a CP 1623/CP 1613 A2.
 Siemens AG 2012
Overview
With the SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstation of the type
IPC547D, we offer you an excellent platform for the configuration
of single stations, servers or clients for SIMATIC PCS 7 V8.0. With
Application
Specially optimized versions are available for operation as
single stations, servers or clients. The operating system and the
following ES/OS software of the SIMATIC PCS 7 process control
system are factory installed:
Single station: PCS 7 Engineering Software for AS/OS
(including OS Runtime software)
Server: PCS 7 OS Software Server
Client: PCS 7 OS Software Client
You only need the corresponding licenses in order to use the
preinstalled SIMATIC PCS 7 software.
Industrial Workstation/IPC
SIMATIC Rack PCs
Introduction
1
its all-round capabilities it is ideal for numerous applications in
process automation. The more powerful types, IPC647C and
IPC847C, are excellent alternatives to meet higher requirements.
Because the basic components such as chipset, processor or
ECC memory, are identical, many technical specifications of the
IPC647C and IPC847C types are comparable. The essential
differences result from the different overall heights. Since the
IPC647C is only half as high as IPC847C, the number and variety
of the free slots are reduced in this case. On the other hand, the
more compact design requires significantly less space and
enables higher packing densities in the control cabinet. This
allows the realization of space-saving designs.
The IPC847C best equipped and is the most powerful SIMATIC
PCS 7 Industrial Workstation. Its numerous and varied slots
provide a great deal of potential for expansion. In contrast to
IPC647C, the hardware RAID controller enables hard disk
operation in the RAID Level 5 (high data throughput when
reading combined with redundancy). The IPC847C is predes-
tined for use as a server or single station. Since it would be over-
dimensioned as a client, it is not offered in this version.
Note:
Please note the standard installation if you use the SIMATIC
PCS 7 Industrial Workstations within the SIMATIC PCS 7 process
control system for other tasks, e.g. as basic hardware for
SIMATIC BATCH, SIMATIC Route Control, PCS 7 TeleControl,
PCS 7 StoragePlus, Central Archive Server, Process Historian,
Information Server, or PCS 7 Web Server. You can then expand
or discard the existing SIMATIC PCS 7 pre-installation, or restore
it using one of the supplied restore DVDs (for details, see section
restore DVDs under IPC547D, IPC647C, or IPC847C).
Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011 1/3
 Siemens AG 2012

Industrial Workstation/IPC
SIMATIC Rack PCs
Introduction
1 Application (continued)
Features SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstation
IPC547C1) IPC547D IPC647C IPC847C

Available SIMATIC PCS 7 pre- V6.1+SP4 n

installations
V7.0+SP3 n
V7.1+SP3 n n n
V8.0 n n n
Available versions ES/OS Single Station n n n n
OS Server n n n n
OS Client n n n
Height 4 HU 4 HU 2 HU 4 HU
ECC work memory n n
Software RAID controller RAID1 n n n n
(onboard)
Hardware RAID controller with RAID1 n n
battery backup unit
RAID5 n
Hard disks/ SATA n n n n
Solid State Drive (SSD)
SAS n n
SSD n
No. of slots PCIe x16 1 1 + 1 physical 1 1
(4 lanes connected)
PCIe x8 1 physical 1 physical 1 physical
(1 lane connected) (1 lane connected) (4 lanes connected)
PCIe x4 3
PCIe x1 1
PCI 4 4 1 7
Redundant power supply with diagnostics n n
Without diagnostics n n
Lifecycle Marketing 1.5 to 2 years 1.5 to 2 years 3 years 3 years
Replacement parts/ 3 years 3 years 5 years 5 years
repair
The SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstation of the type IPC547C is no longer being offered for SIMATIC PCS 7 V8.0. It is only available for the predecessor versions
V6.1, V7.0 and V7.1 until further notice (see chapter Previous versions).

1/4 Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011

 Siemens AG 2012

Industrial Workstation/IPC
SIMATIC Rack PCs
Introduction

Design 1
Types of plant bus communication
A SIMATIC PCS 7 workstation in the single station or server
version can be used in a variety of ways on the Industrial
Ethernet plant bus depending on the type and number of
automation systems connected:

Interface Software for AS communication

Communication module CP 1623/CP 1613 A2
Ethernet card
SIMATIC NET HARDNET-IE S7 communication
software, licensed for up to four CP 1623 /
CP 1613 A2 (license for 4 units)
SIMATIC NET HARDNET-IE S7-REDCONNECT
communication software, licensed for up to four
CP 1623 / CP 1613 A2 (license for 4 units)
BCE (Basic Communication Ethernet) license
with up to 64 AS single stations
(not AS redundant stations)
with redundant automation systems
(redundant stations)
with up to 8 AS single stations

The SIMATIC NET HARDNET-IE S7-REDCONNECT PowerPack Expansion components

is suitable for upgrading the SIMATIC NET HARDNET-IE S7
communication software (for ordering data, see section
"Communication", section "Industrial Ethernet, system
connection of PCS 7 systems")
The Industrial Ethernet versions of the SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial
Workstation for single stations and servers are equipped as
standard with a CP 1623 communication module and
SIMATIC NET HARDNET-IE S7 communications software.
The BCE license is involved in the BCE versions of the
SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstation.
Upgrade from BCE to CP 1613/1623 communication
OS single stations and OS servers with BCE communication can
be retro-upgraded for communication with CP 1613/1623. Items
required:
Network card for connecting to Industrial Ethernet:
- CP 1623 with PCI Express interface or
- CP 1613 A2 with conventional PCI interface
S7 communications software for CP 1613/CP 1623
- SIMATIC NET HARDNET-IE S7 for communication with
AS single stations or
- SIMATIC NET HARDNET-IE S7-REDCONNECT for communi-
cation with AS redundancy stations and AS single stations
For further information and ordering data for the components
mentioned, see section "Communication", section "Industrial
Ethernet, system connection of PCS 7 systems".
The core component of the SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial
Workstation is a SIMATIC industrial PC without mouse, keyboard
and monitor. This basic hardware can be further expanded
depending on the environment of use and customer require-
ments:
Accessories
- Memory modules
- Country-specific power supply cable
- Tower Kit (IPC547D and IPC847C only)
Expansion components
- Mouse and keyboard
- Multi-monitor graphics cards and process monitors
- Redundant terminal bus adapter
- Smart card reader
- Signal output
Multi-monitor operation is supported ex factory with two optional
versions:
Multi-monitor graphics card "2 Screens"
Multi-monitor graphics card "4 Screens"
However, it can also be installed later. For information on multi-
monitor operation as well as the required ordering data for retro-
fitting multi-monitor graphics cards, see section "Multi-monitor
graphics cards and process monitors".

Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011 1/5

 Siemens AG 2012

Industrial Workstation/IPC
SIMATIC Rack PCs
Introduction
1 Technical specifications
Comparison of the workstation types for SIMATIC PCS 7 V8.0
Type
Design and equipment features
Design
19" rack
Ready for telescopic rails
Horizontal/vertical Installation
19" fixing bracket with handle;
dismountable from outside
Tower kit (accessory)
Degree of protection
Dust protection
Chipset
CPU
Processor / clock
Main memory (SDRAM)
Type
Maximum configuration
Standard configuration
Motherboard slots
SIMATIC IPC547D
4 HU
Yes
Yes/Yes
Yes
Yes
IP30 at front (front cover closed);
IP20 at the rear according to
EN 60529
Conforms to IEC 60529 with closed
front door
Filter class G2 EN 779,
particles > 0.5 mm are blocked
by 99%
Intel Q67 Express
Intel Core i7-2600 (4C/8T;
3.40 GHz, 8 MB Last Level
Cache, Turbo Boost 2.0, EM64-T,
VT-x/-d, iAMT)
Intel Core i5-2400 (4C/4T;
3.10 GHz, 6 MB Last Level
Cache, Turbo Boost 2.0, EM64-T,
VT-x/-d, iAMT)
Intel Pentium Dual Core G850
(2C/2T; 2.90 GHz, 3 MB Last
Level Cache, EM64-T, VT)
Dual Channel DDR3-1333 SDRAM
(PC3-10600), without ECC
4 DIMM memory sockets in total;
together up to 32 GB
2 GB DDR3-1333 SDRAM
(2 x 1.0 GB); dual channel
4 GB DDR3-1333 SDRAM
(2 x 2.0 GB); dual channel
8 GB DDR3-1333 SDRAM
(2 x 4.0 GB); dual channel
12 GB DDR3-1333 SDRAM
(2 x 4.0 GB + 2 x 2.0 GB);
dual channel
16 GB DDR3-1333 SDRAM
(4 x 4.0 GB); dual channel
4 GB or more can be selected for
OS server or ES/OS single station
2 GB or more can be selected for
OS client
4 x PCI
1 x PCIe x8 (1 lane)
1 x PCIe x16
1 x PCIe x16 (4 lanes)
Modules up to 312 mm in length
can be used
SIMATIC IPC647C
2 HU
Yes
Yes/No
Yes
No
IP41 at front (front door closed);
IP20 at the rear according to
EN 60529
With closed front door in
conformity with IEC 60529
Filter class G2 EN 779,
particles > 0.5 mm are blocked
by 99%
Mobile Intel QM57 Express
Intel Core i7-610E (2C/4T;
2.53 GHz, 4 MB Cache,
Turbo Boost, VT-x, VT-d, EM64-T)
DDR3-1066 SDRAM (PC3-8500),
with or without ECC
2 DIMM memory sockets in total;
together up to 8 GB
2 GB DDR3 SDRAM (1 x 2.0 GB);
single channel
2 GB DDR3 SDRAM (2 x 1.0 GB);
dual channel, ECC
4 GB DDR3 SDRAM (2 x 2.0 GB);
dual channel (without/with ECC)
6 GB DDR3 SDRAM (1 x 2.0 GB,
1 x 4.0 GB); dual channel
8 GB DDR3 SDRAM (2 x 4.0 GB);
dual channel (without/with ECC)
4 GB or more can be selected for
OS server or ES/OS single station
2 GB or more can be selected for
OS client
1 x PCI
1 x PCIe x8 (4 lanes)
1 x PCIe x16
Modules up to 312 mm in length
can be used
SIMATIC IPC847C
4 HU
Yes
Yes/Yes
Yes
Yes
IP41 at front (front door closed);
IP20 at the rear according to
EN 60529
With closed front door in
conformity with IEC 60529
Filter class G2 EN 779,
particles > 0.5 mm are blocked
by 99%
Mobile Intel QM57 Express
Intel Core i7-610E (2C/4T;
2.53 GHz, 4 MB Cache,
Turbo Boost, VT-x, VT-d, EM64-T)
DDR3-1066 SDRAM (PC3-8500),
with or without ECC
2 DIMM memory sockets in total;
together up to 8 GB
4 GB DDR3 SDRAM (2 x 2.0 GB);
dual channel (without/with ECC)
6 GB DDR3 SDRAM (1 x 2.0 GB,
1 x 4.0 GB); dual channel
8 GB DDR3 SDRAM (2 x 4.0 GB);
dual channel (without/with ECC)
4 GB or more can be selected for
OS server, ES/OS single station or
OS client
7 x PCI
3 x PCIe x4
1 x PCIe x16
Modules up to 312 mm in length
can be used

1/6 Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011

 Siemens AG 2012
Technical specifications (continued)
Type SIMATIC IPC547D
Slots for drives
On the front 3 x 5.25 " (1 x 5.25" for DVD burner
and 3 x low-profile caddys for 3.5"
hard disks)
1 x 3.5" (unused)
Indoors 2 x 3.5" for hard disk drives in the
internal drive bay (can be
optionally installed in caddys)
RAID controller Onboard: Intel PCH RAID
controller with Intel Rapid Storage
Technology
Drives
Hard disk (HDD) 500 GB or 1 TB SATA 3.5" with
NCQ technology
Solid-State Drive (SSD) 50 GB or 100 GB SATA 2.5" with
SLC technology
DVD burner DVDR/RW 5.25" SATA
Read:
DVD-ROM: single layer 16x,
dual layer 12x
DVD-R/+R: single layer 16x,
dual layer 12x
DVD-RW/+RW 13x
CD-ROM/CD-R 48x; CD-RW 40x
Write:
DVD-RAM 12x
DVD+R 24x, DVD+RW 8x,
DVD-R 24x, DVD-RW 6x
DVD+R9 (DL) 12x, DVD-R
DL 12x
CD-R 48x, CD-RW 32x
floppy disk drive No
Single station or server design 500 GB or 1 TB HDD SATA
variant internal; 0.2 g vibration, 1 g shock
500 GB or 1 TB HDD SATA in
caddy; front
500 GB or 1 TB RAID1 internal
(2 x 500 GB or 2 x 1 TB HDD
SATA, mirror); 0.2 g vibration,
1 g shock
500 GB or 1 TB RAID1 in caddy
(2 x 500 GB or 2 x 1 TB HDD
SATA, mirror); hot swap; front
1 TB HDD SATA plus 50 or
100 GB SSD, each in caddy;
front
1 TB RAID1 (2 x 1 TB HDD SATA,
mirror) plus 50 or 100 GB SSD,
each in caddy; hot swap; front
Client design variant 500 GB HDD, SATA internal,
0.2 g vibration, 1 g shock
500 GB HDD SATA in caddy;
front
500 GB RAID1 internal
(2 x 500 GB HDD SATA, mirror
disks); 0.2 g vibration, 1 g shock,
internal
500 GB RAID1 in caddy
(2 x 500 GB HDD SATA, mirror);
hot swap; front
Industrial Workstation/IPC
SIMATIC IPC647C
2 x low-profile caddys for 3.5" hard
disks
1 x 12.7 mm slimline for DVD
burner
2 x 3.5" for hard disk drives in the
shock-proof and vibration-proof
drive bay (can be optionally
installed in caddys)
Onboard: Mobile Intel QM57
Express (5 series SATA RAID
controller)
Alternative: Hardware (HW) RAID
controller in slot PCIe x16
500 GB SATA 3.5" with NCQ
technology or 1 TB SAS 3.5" with
NCQ technology
No
DVDR/RW 5.25" SATA Slimline
Read:
DVD-ROM: single layer 8x,
dual layer 6x
DVD-R/+R: single layer 8x,
dual layer 6x
DVD-RW/+RW 8x, DVD-RAM 5x
CD-R 24x, CD-RW 24x
Write:
DVD+R 8x, DVD+RW 8x,
DVD-R 8x, DVD-RW 6x
DVD+R9 (DL) 6x, DVD-R DL 2x
CD-R 24x, CD-RW 24x
No
500 GB RAID1 internal
(2 x 500 GB HDD SATA, mirror
disks); 0.5 g vibration, 5 g shock,
internal
500 GB RAID1 in caddy
(2 x 500 GB HDD SATA, mirror);
hot swap; front
1 TB RAID1 in caddy
(2 x 1 TB HDD SAS, Mirror);
hot swap; front; at HW RAID
controller PCIe X8 in PCIe x16
Slot, including battery backup
unit (BBU)
500 GB HDD, SATA internal,
0.5 g vibration, 5 g shock
500 GB HDD SATA in caddy;
front
Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011
SIMATIC Rack PCs
Introduction
1
SIMATIC IPC847C
3 x 5.25 " (1 x 5.25" for DVD burner
and 3 x low-profile caddys for 3.5"
hard disks)
2 x 3.5" (unused)
2 x 3.5" for hard disk drives in the
shock-proof and vibration-proof
drive bay (can be optionally
installed in caddys)
Onboard: Mobile Intel QM57
Express (5 series SATA RAID
controller)
Alternative: Hardware (HW) RAID
controller in slot PCIe x16
500 GB SATA 3.5" with NCQ
technology or 1 TB SAS 3.5" with
NCQ technology
No
DVDR/RW 5.25" SATA
Read:
DVD-ROM: single layer 16x,
dual layer 12x
DVD-R/+R: single layer 16x,
dual layer 7x
DVD-RW/+RW 13x
CD-ROM/CD-R 48x, CD-RW 40x
Write:
DVD+R 16x, DVD+RW 8x,
DVD-R 16x, DVD-RW 6x
DVD+R9 (DL) 8x, DVD-R DL 6x
CD-R 48x, CD-RW 32x
No
500 GB RAID1 internal
(2 x 500 GB HDD SATA, mirror
disks); 0.5 g vibration, 5 g shock,
internal
500 GB RAID1 in caddy
(2 x 500 GB HDD SATA, mirror);
hot swap; front
1 TB RAID1 in caddy
(2 x 1 TB HDD SAS, Mirror);
hot swap; front; at HW RAID
controller PCIe X8 in PCIe x16
Slot, including battery backup
unit (BBU)
1 TB RAID5 in caddy
(3 x 1 TB HDD SAS, striping
with parity); hot swap; front; at
HW RAID controller PCIe x8 in
PCIe x16 slot, including battery
backup unit (BBU)
No
1/7
 Siemens AG 2012
Industrial Workstation/IPC
SIMATIC Rack PCs
Introduction
1 Technical specifications (continued)
Type SIMATIC IPC547D
Graphics card Onboard Intel graphics controller,
integrated in processor; version
depends on processor, either
HD Graphics or HD Graphics 2000
Graphics memory Dynamic Video Memory
Technology (uses between 32 MB
and 1.7 GB RAM)
Resolutions. frequencies, colors DVI connection (VGA via- DVII/
VGA adapter):
up to 1920 x 1200 at 60 Hz /
32-bit color depth
Display port:
up to 2560 x 1600 at 60 Hz /
32-bit color depth
Mouse Order separately
Interface modules / interfaces
Terminal bus interface 2 x Ethernet port (RJ45) 10/100/
1000 Mbit/s, teaming-capable, two
independent controllers: Intel
82579LM and Intel 82574 L
Plant bus interface module (single
station/server), alternatives
BCE Ethernet network card RJ45 10/
100/1000 Mbit/s (PCIe x1)
IE CP 1623 communication module
(PCIe x1)
USB 2.0 12 channels, 500 mA high current,
high speed
8 x at rear
2 x at front
2 x internal, with mechanical
locking, e.g. for USB dongle
Serial Server/single station: 1 x COM1
and 1 x COM2 (each V.24), 9-pin
sub-D connector
Client: 1 x COM1 (V.24), 9-pin
sub-D connector
Parallel Server/single station: 1 x LPT1 (25-
pin, EPP and ECP)
Client: -
Audio 1 x Line In; 1 x Micro In;
1 x Line Out (2 x 0.5 W/8 :);
Conexant CX20642, 5.1-Channel,
High Definition Audio Codec
Display port Yes
DVI 1 x DVI-I for digital connection of a
monitor
Keyboard 1 x PS/2
Mouse 1 x PS/2
Operating systems and
diagnostics software
ES/OS single station/OS client Windows 7 Ultimate 64-bit, multi-
language (German, English,
French, Italian, Spanish, Chinese)
OS server Windows Server 2008 R2 Standard
64-bit including 5 CAL, multi-
language (German, English,
French, Italian, Spanish, Chinese)
System tested SIMATIC Industrial SIMATIC IPC DiagMonitor
Software integrated in pre-installation
1/8 Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011
SIMATIC IPC647C
Onboard Intel GMA HD graphics
controller, chipset with integrated
2-D and 3-D engine; up to 2048 x
1536 at 75 Hz / 16-bit color depth
Dynamic Video Memory
Technology (uses between 32 MB
and 1.7 GB RAM)
VGA connection via DVI-I/VGA
adapter:
up to 1600 x 1200 at 120 Hz /
32-bit color depth
up 2560 x 1600 at 60 Hz /
32-bit color depth
DVI connection:
up to 2048 x 1152 at 60 Hz /
32-bit color depth
Order separately
2 x Ethernet port (RJ45) 10/100/
1000 Mbit/s, electrically isolated,
teaming-capable, two independent
controllers: Intel 82577 L and Intel
82574 L
Ethernet network card RJ45 10/
100/1000 Mbit/s (PCIe x1)
CP 1623 communication module
(PCIe x1)
7 channels, 500 mA high current,
high speed up to 480 Mbit/s
4 x at rear
2 x at front
1 x internal (e.g. for USB dongle)
1 x COM1 and 1 x COM2 (each
V.24), 9-pin sub-D connector
1 x LPT1 (25-pin, EPP and ECP)
1 x Micro In; 1 x Line Out
(2 x 0.5 W/8 :); IDT 92HD81HD
No
1 x DVI-I for digital connection of a
monitor
1 x PS/2
1 x PS/2
Windows 7 Ultimate 64-bit, multi-
language (German, English,
French, Italian, Spanish, Chinese)
Windows Server 2008 R2 Standard
64-bit including 5 CAL, multi-
language (German, English,
French, Italian, Spanish, Chinese)
SIMATIC IPC DiagMonitor
integrated in pre-installation
SIMATIC IPC847C
Onboard Intel GMA HD graphics
controller, chipset with integrated
2-D and 3-D engine; up to 2048 x
1536 at 75 Hz / 16-bit color depth
Dynamic Video Memory
Technology (uses between 32 MB
and 1.7 GB RAM)
VGA connection via DVI-I/VGA
adapter:
up to 1600 x 1200 at 120 Hz /
32-bit color depth
up 2560 x 1600 at 60 Hz /
32-bit color depth
DVI connection:
up to 2048 x 1152 at 60 Hz /
32-bit color depth
Order separately
2 x Ethernet port (RJ45) 10/100/
1000 Mbit/s, electrically isolated,
teaming-capable, two
independent controllers: Intel
82577 L and Intel 82574 L
Ethernet network card RJ45 10/
100/1000 Mbit/s (PCIe x1)
CP 1623 communication module
(PCIe x1)
7 channels, 500 mA high current,
high speed up to 480 Mbit/s
4 x at rear
2 x at front
1 x internal (e.g. for USB dongle)
1 x COM1 and 1 x COM2 (each
V.24), 9-pin sub-D connector
1 x LPT1 (25-pin, EPP and ECP)
1 x Micro In; 1 x Line Out
(2 x 0.5 W/8 :); IDT 92HD81HD
No
1 x DVI-I for digital connection of a
monitor
1 x PS/2
1 x PS/2
Windows 7 Ultimate 64-bit, multi-
language (German, English,
French, Italian, Spanish, Chinese)
Windows Server 2008 R2 Standard
64-bit including 5 CAL, multi-
language (German, English,
French, Italian, Spanish, Chinese)
SIMATIC IPC DiagMonitor
integrated in pre-installation
 Siemens AG 2012
Technical specifications (continued)
Type SIMATIC IPC547D
Monitoring / diagnostics functions
Watchdog Monitoring of program execution
Monitoring time adjustable in the
software
Restart can be configured for
faults
Temperature Violation of permissible operating
temperature
Fans Speed monitoring for
Front fan
Processor fan
Power supply fan
Indicators (front LEDs) POWER (device switched on)
HDD (access to hard disk drive) HDD (access to hard disk drive)
TEMP (temperature status)
FAN (fan/temperature monitoring)
Safety
Protection class Protection class I in accordance
with IEC 61140
Safety directives IEC 60950-1;
EN 60950-1;
UL60950-1;
CSA C22.2 No. 60950-1-07
Noise level
Operation < 45 dB(A) according to
DIN 45635
(40 dB(A) at 20 C, Windows idle
mode)
Electromagnetic compatibility
(EMC)
Emitted interference (AC) EN 61000-6-3; EN 61000-6-4;
CISPR 22/ EN 55022 Class B;
FCC Class A;
EN 61000-3-2 Class D;
EN 61000-3-3
Immunity to conducted interference 2 kV (to IEC 61000-4-4, burst)
on the supply lines 1 kV (to IEC 61000-4-5,
symmetrical surge)
2 kV (to IEC 61000-4-5,
asymmetrical surge)
Immunity to interference on signal 1 kV (to IEC 61000-4-4; burst;
lines length < 30 m)
2 kV (to IEC 61000-4-4; burst;
length > 30 m)
2 kV (to IEC 61000-4-5; surge,
length > 30 m)
Immunity to static discharge 4 kV, contact discharge
(according to IEC 61000-4-2)
8 kV, atmospheric discharge
(according to IEC 61000-4-2)
Immunity to radiofrequency radiation 1 V/m, 2 ... 2.7 GHz, 80% AM
(according to IEC 61000-4-3)
10 V/m, 80 ... 1 000 MHz and
1.4 ... 2 GHz, 80% AM (according
to IEC 6100-4-3)
10 V, 10 kHz ... 80 MHz (according
to IEC 61000-4-6)
Magnetic field 100 A/m, 50 Hz/60 Hz (to
IEC 61000-4-8)
Industrial Workstation/IPC
SIMATIC IPC647C
Monitoring of program execution
Monitoring time adjustable in the
software
Restart can be configured for
faults
Overshoot/undershoot of operating
temperature range
Speed monitoring for
Front fan
Power supply fan
POWER (device switched on)
ETHERNET 1, ETHERNET 2
(Ethernet status)
WATCHDOG (ready/fault
indication)
TEMP (temperature status)
FAN (fan/temperature monitoring)
HDD1 ALARM, HDD2 ALARM
(hard disk alarm in conjunction
with RAID and monitoring
software)
Protection class I in accordance
with IEC 61140
IEC 60950-1;
EN 60950-1;
UL 60950-1;
CSA C22.2 No 60950-1-07
< 45 DB(A) at 25 C according to
DIN EN ISO 7779
Optical drives not in operation
EN 61000-6-3, FCC Class A;
EN 61000-3-2 Class D and
EN 61000-3-3
2 kV (to IEC 61000-4-4; burst)
1 kV (to IEC 61000-4-5;
symmetrical surge)
2 kV (to IEC 61000-4-5;
asymmetrical surge)
1 kV (to IEC 61000-4-4; burst;
length < 30 m)
2 kV (to IEC 61000-4-4; burst;
length > 30 m)
2 kV (to IEC 61000-4-5; length
> 30 m)
6 kV contact discharge
(according to IEC 61000-4-2)
8 kV air discharge (according to
IEC 61000-4-2)
10 V/m, 80...1000 MHz and
1.4 ... 2 GHz, 80% AM 1 kHz
(according to IEC 61000-4-3)
1 V/m, 2 ... 2.7 GHz, 80% AM 1
kHz (according to IEC 61000-4-3)
10 V, 10 KHz ... 80 MHz, 80% AM 1
kHz (according to IEC 61000-4-6)
100 A/m, 50 Hz/60 Hz (to
IEC 61000-4-8)
Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011
SIMATIC Rack PCs
Introduction
1
SIMATIC IPC847C
Monitoring of program execution
Monitoring time adjustable in the
software
Restart can be configured for
faults
Overshoot/undershoot of operating
temperature range
Speed monitoring for
Front fan
Power supply fan
POWER (device switched on)
HDD (access to hard disk drive)
ETHERNET 1, ETHERNET 2
(Ethernet status)
WATCHDOG (ready/fault
indication)
TEMP (temperature status)
FAN (fan/temperature monitoring)
HDD1 ALARM, HDD2 ALARM,
HDD3 ALARM (hard disk alarm in
conjunction with RAID and
monitoring software)
Protection class I in accordance
with IEC 61140
IEC 60950-1
EN 60950-1
UL 60950-1
CSA C22.2 No 60950-1-07
< 45 DB(A) at 25 C according to
DIN EN ISO 7779
Optical drives not in operation
EN 61000-6-3, FCC Class A
EN 61000-3-2 Class D and
EN 61000-3-3
2 kV (to IEC 61000-4-4; burst)
1 kV (to IEC 61000-4-5;
symmetrical surge)
2 kV (to IEC 61000-4-5;
asymmetrical surge)
1 kV (to IEC 61000-4-4; burst;
length < 30 m)
2 kV (to IEC 61000-4-4; burst;
length > 30 m)
2 kV (to IEC 61000-4-5; surge,
length > 30 m)
6 kV contact discharge
(according to IEC 61000-4-2)
8 kV air discharge (according to
IEC 61000-4-2)
10 V/m, 80-1000 MHz and
1.4 ... 2 GHz, 80% AM (according
to IEC 61000-4-3)
1 V/m, 2 ... 2.7 GHz, 80% AM
(according to IEC 61000-4-3)
10 V, 10 KHz-80 MHz, 80% AM
(according to IEC 61000-4-6)
100 A/m, 50 Hz/60 Hz (to
IEC 61000-4-8)
1/9
 Siemens AG 2012
Industrial Workstation/IPC
SIMATIC Rack PCs
Introduction
1 Technical specifications (continued)
Type SIMATIC IPC547D
Climatic conditions
Temperature Tested according to
IEC 60068-2-2, IEC 60068-2-1,
IEC 60068-2-14
Operation +5 ... +35 C (without restriction)
+5 ... +40 C (no DVD burner
operation)
CPU up to 95 W power loss
Gradient: max. 10 C/h,
no condensation
Storage/transport -20 ... +60 C
Gradient: max. 20 C/h,
no condensation
Relative humidity Tested according to
IEC 60068-2-78, IEC 60068-2-30
Operation 5 ... 80 % at 25 C (no conden-
sation)
Gradient: max. 10 C/h,
no condensation
Storage/transport 5 ... 95 % at 25 C (no conden-
sation)
Gradient: max. 20 C/h,
no condensation
Atmospheric pressure
Operation 1080 ... 795 hPa
(corresponds to a height of
-1 000 ... 2 000 m)
Storage/transport 1080 ... 660 hPa
(corresponds to a height of
-1 000 ... 3 500 m)
Mechanical
environmental conditions
Vibrations Tested according to
IEC 60068-2-6, 10 cycles
Operation 20 ... 58 Hz: Amplitude 0.015 mm;
58 ... 200 Hz: 2 m/s
(approx. 0.2 g)
Note:
No mechanical loads can be
tolerated when using hard disks in
caddy and during burning process
with CD/DVD burners.
Storage/transport 5 ... 8.51 Hz: Amplitude 3.5 mm;
8.51 ... 500 Hz: 9.8 m/s
Shock resistance Tested according to
IEC 60068-2-27
Operation Half sine: 9.8 m/s, 20 ms (approx.
1 g), 100 shocks per axis
Note:
No mechanical loads can be
tolerated when using hard disks in
caddy and during burning process
with CD/DVD burners.
Storage/transport Half sine: 250 m/s, 6 ms,
1 000 shocks per axis
1/10 Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011
SIMATIC IPC647C
Tested according to IEC 60068-2-
2, IEC 60068-2-1, IEC 60068-2-14
+ 5 ... + 35 C (without restriction)
+ 5 ... + 45 C (no DVD burner
operation)
+ 5 ... + 50 C (no optical drive
operation, no HDD operation in
caddy; total power loss of the
expansion modules < 30 W)
Gradient: max. 10 C/h,
no condensation
-20 ... +60 C
Gradient: max. 20 C/h,
no condensation
Tested according to
IEC 60068-2-78, IEC 60068-2-30
5 ... 80 % at 25 C (no conden-
sation)
Gradient: max. 10 C/h,
no condensation
5 ... 95 % at 25 C (no conden-
sation)
Gradient: max. 20 C/h,
no condensation
1080 ... 795 hPa
(corresponds to a height of
-1 000 ... 2 000 m)
1080 ... 660 hPa
(corresponds to a height of
-1 000 ... 3 500 m)
Tested according to
IEC 60068-2-6, 10 cycles
10 ... 58 Hz: Amplitude
0.0375 mm,
58 ... 500 Hz: 4.9 m/s
(approx. 0.5 g)
Note:
No mechanical loads can be
tolerated when HDD is operated in
caddy and only shocks up to 5 g
can be tolerated during burning
process with DVD burner.
5 ... 9 Hz: Amplitude 3.5 mm;
9 ... 500 Hz: 9.8 m/s
Tested according to
IEC 60068-2-27,
IEC 60068-2-29
Half sine: 50 m/s, 30 ms (approx.
5 g), 100 shocks per axis
Note:
No mechanical loads can be
tolerated when HDD is operated in
caddy and only shocks up to 5 g
can be tolerated during burning
process with DVD burner.
Half sine: 250 m/s, 6 ms,
1000 shocks per axis
SIMATIC IPC847C
Tested according to
IEC 60068-2-2, IEC 60068-2-1,
IEC 60068-2-14
+ 5 ... + 35 C (without restriction)
+ 5 ... + 45 C (no DVD burner
operation)
+ 5 ... + 50 C (no optical drive
operation, no HDD operation in
caddy; total power loss of the
expansion modules < 30 W)
Gradient: max. 10 C/h,
no condensation
-20 ... +60 C
Gradient: max. 20 C/h,
no condensation
Tested according to
IEC 60068-2-78, IEC 60068-2-30
5 ... 80 % at 25 C (no conden-
sation)
Gradient: max. 10 C/h,
no condensation
5 ... 95 % at 25 C (no conden-
sation)
Gradient: max. 20 C/h,
no condensation
1080 ... 795 hPa
(corresponds to a height of
-1 000 ... 2 000 m)
1080 ... 660 hPa
(corresponds to a height of
-1 000 ... 3 500 m)
Tested according to
IEC 60068-2-6, 10 cycles
10 ... 58 Hz: Amplitude
0.0375 mm,
58 ... 500 Hz: 4.9 m/s
(approx. 0.5 g)
Note:
No mechanical loads can be
tolerated when HDD is operated in
caddy and only shocks up to 5 g
can be tolerated during burning
process with DVD burner.
5 ... 9 Hz: Amplitude 3.5 mm;
9 ... 500 Hz: 9.8 m/s
Tested according to
IEC 60068-2-27,
IEC 60068-2-29
Half sine: 50 m/s, 30 ms (approx.
5 g), 100 shocks per axis
Note:
No mechanical loads can be
tolerated when HDD is operated in
caddy and only shocks up to 5 g
can be tolerated during burning
process with DVD burner.
Half sine: 250 m/s, 6 ms,
1000 shocks per axis

Technical specifications (continued)
Type
Approvals
CE domestic environment
Interference emission
Noise immunity
CE industrial environment
Interference emission
Noise immunity
cULus 60950-1
Special features
Quality assurance according
according ISO 9001
Power supply
Nominal supply voltage (UN)
Frequency
Short-term voltage dip
Power consumption at 210 W
secondary
AC input current
Max. current output (DC)
Dimensions and weights
Mounting Dimensions (W x H x D),
in mm
Weight
Siemens AG 2012
Industrial Workstation/IPC
SIMATIC Rack PCs
Introduction
1
SIMATIC IPC547D SIMATIC IPC647C SIMATIC IPC847C
EN 61000-6-3: 2007 EN 61000-6-3: 2007 EN 61000-6-3: 2007
EN 61000-6-1: 2007 EN 61000-6-1: 2007 EN 61000-6-1: 2007
EN 61000-6-4: 2007 EN 61000-6-4: 2007 EN 61000-6-4: 2007
EN 61000-6-2: 2005 EN 61000-6-2: 2005 EN 61000-6-2: 2005
Yes Yes Yes
Yes Yes Yes
100 ... 240 V AC 100 ... 240 V AC 100 ... 240 V AC
(85 ... 264 V AC) (85 ... 264 V AC) (85 ... 264 V AC)
2 x 100 ... 240 V AC 2 x 100 ... 240 V AC 2 x 100 ... 240 V AC
(85 ... 264 V AC); redundant (85 ... 264 V AC); redundant (85 ... 264 V AC); redundant
power supply power supply power supply
50 ... 60 Hz (minimum 47 Hz to 50 ... 60 Hz (minimum 47 Hz to 50 ... 60 Hz (minimum 47 Hz to
maximum 63 Hz, sinusoidal) maximum 63 Hz, sinusoidal) maximum 63 Hz, sinusoidal)
20 ms at 93 V 20 ms at 93 V 20 ms at 93 V
(max. 10 events per hour; recovery (max. 10 events per hour; recovery (max. 10 events per hour; recovery
time of at least 1 s) time of at least 1 s) time of at least 1 s)
270 W maximum at 80% efficiency Approx. 210 W maximum at 80% 270 W maximum at 80% efficiency
with single power supply efficiency with single power supply
300 W maximum at 70% efficiency 300 W maximum at 70% efficiency
with redundant power supply with redundant power supply
Continuous current up to 6 A at Continuous current up to 6 A Continuous current up to 7 A
100 V; 3 A at 240 V Up to 30 A for 5 ms during startup Up to 30 A for 5 ms during startup
Up to 30 A for 5 ms during startup
+5 V: 26 A; +3.3 V: 24 A (in total +5 V: 30 A; +3.3 V: 28 A (in total +5 V: 26 A; +3.3 V: 24 A (in total
up to 190 W) up to 160 W) up to 190 W with single power
+12 V: 15 A; +12 V: 15 A +12 V: 15 A supply, up to 100 W with
-12 V: 0.2 A -12 V: 0.5 A redundant AC power supply)
+5 Vaux: 2 A -5 V: 0.5 A +12 V: 15 A; +12 V: 15 A
Total sum of all voltages max. +5 Vaux: 2 A -12 V: 0.2 A
210 W Total sum of all voltages max. +5 Vaux: 2 A
170 W Total sum of all voltages max.
210 W
433.5 x 176.5 x 445.5 430.4 x 88.1 x 444.4 430.4 x 177.4 x 444.4
16 ... 23 kg 10 ... 14 kg 16 ... 23 kg
Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011 1/11
 Siemens AG 2012

Industrial Workstation/IPC
SIMATIC Rack PCs
IPC547D
1 Overview
The SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstations based on a SIMATIC
Rack PC of type IPC547D are UL-certified and have the CE mark
for use in residential, business and industrial environments. With
their innovative Intel PC architecture of 19" rack design, their
high availability, flexibility and service friendliness they are highly
suitable for the specific requirements associated with process
control technology.

Design
The SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstations of type IPC547D
Alarm LEDs for RAID configurations Swap frame for hard disks and have a painted all-metal enclosure in 19" rack design (4 HUs),
in swap frame solid state drives, which is particularly protected against dust by a filter and
hot swap for RAID configuration
pressurized ventilation. This mechanically and electromechani-
cally rugged enclosure has a service-friendly design. The
SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstations of type IPC547D can be
positioned and installed horizontally or vertically. Using an
optional tower kit, the Rack PC can be converted into an industry
tower. The compact dimensions also allow space-saving
assembly in 500-mm deep 19" control cabinets.
The SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstations of type IPC547D are
suitable for reliable 24-hour continuous operation at ambient
temperatures between 5 and 40 C. With a full configuration,
Status display 2 x USB On/off button they still provide the maximum processor performance up to the
Hard disk access
Fan/temperature status Optical drive
limit of 40 C. Shocks up to 1 g and vibrations up to 0.2 g can be
tolerated during operation.

Alarm acknowledgment Graphics expansions (optional)

button

AC power Interfaces for keyboard, Extension slots:

supply mouse, 4 x PCI,
1 x DVI-I, 1 x DisplayPort, 1 x PCIe x8 (1 lane),
8 x USB 2.0, audio, COM1, 1 x PCIe x16 (4 lanes),
COM2, LPT1, 1 x PCIe x16
2 x Gigabit Ethernet

SIMATIC IPC547D, front with open front panel (top) and rear

1/12 Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011

 Siemens AG 2012
Design (continued)
Further essential features of the
SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstations
Powerful technology with modern processors and graphic
controllers
Motherboard based on the Intel chipset Q67
Main memory expansion from 2 to 16 GB (client) or 4 to 16 GB
(server/single station) DDR3-1333 SDRAM, without ECC (in
dual channel mode for the optimum performance)
Powerful and energy-saving Intel multi-core processors: i7, i5,
or Pentium Dual Core
Powerful Intel graphics controller onboard, integrated in the
processor:
- Either HD Graphics or HD Graphics 2000 version
depending on the processor type
- 2 digital interfaces: DVI-I and display port
- Analog VGA connection via DVI-I to VGA adapter
Optional graphics extension with multi-monitor graphics cards
for connection of up to 4 process monitors
High-speed data transfer through combination of the system
drive (hard disk or RAID1 configuration) with a 50/100 GB
solid-state drive for the user data
Expansion options and interfaces
2 x 10/100/1000 Mbit/s Ethernet RJ45 port integrated onboard
Numerous slots for PCI/PCI-Express expansion modules (all
for modules up to 312 mm in length)
- 4 x PCI
- 1 x PCIe x8 (1 lane)
- 1 x PCIe x16
- 1 x PCIe x16 (4 lanes)
Total of 12 USB 2.0 ports
- 8 on the rear of the device
- 2 on the front
- 2 internal, e.g. for software license dongle ASIA
Serial COM interfaces
- 2 per server and single station (COM1, COM2)
- 1 per client (COM1)
Further interfaces at the rear of the device:
- 2 PS/2 for mouse and keyboard
- 1 LPT1
- Sound (Line In, Line Out, Micro In)
6 slots for drives (occupied in accordance with configuration):
- 3 5.25" slots (front) for DVD burner and up to 3 low-profile
swap frames
- 1 slot 3.5" (front)
- 2 slots 3.5" (internal)
Industrial Workstation/IPC
SIMATIC Rack PCs
IPC547D
1
High system availability
High-quality components with high MTBF values
RAID1 configuration for data mirroring on 2 SATA hard disks
(also in hot-swap frame) available for single station, server,
and client
Faulty hard disk in an RAID configuration can be quickly
identified by the HDD alarm LED integrated in the hot-swap
frame and replaced
Redundant 110/230 V AC power supply with hot swap
functionality as a design variation
Lockable front flap provides access protection for removable
media, USB ports, operator controls (reset, power), fan, and
air filter on the front
Diagnostics and monitoring functions for temperature, fan,
and program execution (watchdog)
LEDs on front for power, hard disk activity, and status of fan
and temperature
Integration in SIMATIC PCS 7 system diagnostics
Can be integrated into the system diagnostics with the
SIMATIC PCS 7 Maintenance Station by means of the SIMATIC
IPC DiagMonitor diagnostics software for monitoring the
program execution (watchdog), temperature, fan speed, hard
disk status and system failure
Practical and service-friendly design for industrial use
High EMC
Degree of protection at front: IP30 (with front flap closed), at
rear: IP20
Dust protection through fan-controlled pressurized cooling via
filter
Filter can be replaced without tools
Special hard disk holders and card retainers for protection
against vibration and shock
Replacement and expansion of components with just one tool
(Torx 10)
Fast replacement of hard disks by means of hot-swap frame
(configuration option)
Simple cabinet assembly using telescopic rails
High investment protection
System-tested with SIMATIC PCS 7
Marketing period 1.5 to 2 years, supply with replacement
parts/repairs over 3 years
Support for legacy interfaces (PS/2, COM, LPT)
Certification for worldwide marketing (cULus)
Installation compatible across device generations
Worldwide service and support
Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011 1/13
 Siemens AG 2012

Industrial Workstation/IPC
SIMATIC Rack PCs
IPC547D
1 Design (continued)
Restore DVD
The operating system and the SIMATIC PCS 7 software are The following table shows you the contents of the supplied
already preinstalled on the SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Worksta- restore DVDs and the preinstalled software for each version of
tions. The supplied restore DVDs permit fast restoring of the the SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstation.
delivered status or a new installation for a different application.
SIMATIC PCS 7 V8.0 Included Restore DVDs Preinstalled on
Industrial Workstation delivery
Single station
SIMATIC PCS 7 Restore DVD 1: Windows 7 Ultimate 64-bit operating system with default settings --
ES/OS IPC547D W7 (IE or BCE) for optimized SIMATIC PCS 7 operation
Restore DVD 2: Windows 7 Ultimate 64-bit operating system plus software instal- n
lation for operation as ES/OS single station
Server
SIMATIC PCS 7 Restore DVD 1: Windows Server 2008 R2 64-bit operating system with default --
OS Server IPC547D BCE SRV08 settings for optimized SIMATIC PCS 7 operation
Restore DVD 2: Windows Server 2008 R2 64-bit operating system plus software n
installation for operation as OS server
SIMATIC PCS 7 Restore DVD 1: Windows Server 2008 R2 64-bit operating system with default --
OS Server IPC547D IE SRV08 settings for optimized SIMATIC PCS 7 operation
Restore DVD 2: Windows Server 2008 R2 64-bit operating system plus software n
installation for operation as OS server
Client
SIMATIC PCS 7 Restore DVD 1: Windows 7 Ultimate 64-bit operating system with default settings --
OS Client IPC547D W7 for optimized SIMATIC PCS 7 operation
Restore DVD 2: Windows 7 Ultimate 64-bit operating system plus software instal- n
lation for operation as OS client

Individual configuration of SIMATIC PCS 7

Industrial Workstations
By selecting predefined equipment features, you can
individually configure the SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstation
and thus also its Order No. Selection tables for single station,
server and client are available for this in the Section
"Ordering data" (paper catalog) . The PCS7 INDUSTRIAL
WORKSTATION PC547D configurator in the Industry Mall
(www.siemens.com/industrymall) allows you to interactively
select and order the SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstation in the
Single Station, Server or Client version.
Individually configured SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstations
will be built to order. Therefore the average delivery time for such
an order is 15 working days.

Technical specifications
Detailed technical specifications for the IPC547D type SIMATIC
PCS 7 Industrial Workstation is available under "Comparison of
the workstation types" in the catalog section "SIMATIC Rack PC,
Introduction".

1/14 Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011

 Siemens AG 2012

Industrial Workstation/IPC
SIMATIC Rack PCs
IPC547D

Ordering data 1
Individually configurable SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstations
Ordering data Ordering No. Ordering data Ordering No.
SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstation 6ES7 660- SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstation 6ES7 660-
for ES/OS single station for ES/OS single station
3 - 2 C 3 - 2 C
SIMATIC IPC547D industrial PC SIMATIC IPC547D industrial PC
Windows 7 Ultimate 64-bit operating system, Windows 7 Ultimate 64-bit operating system,
multi-language (German, English, French, multi-language (German, English, French,
Italian, Spanish, Chinese), and SIMATIC PCS 7 Italian, Spanish, Chinese), and SIMATIC PCS 7
V8.0 pre-installed V8.0 pre-installed
Processor and system type Expansion (hardware)
Pentium Dual Core G850 (2C/2T, 2.90 GHz, A Without expansions A
3 MB Last Level Cache, EM64T, VT),
ES/OS Single Station Multi-monitor graphics card "2 Screens" B
(SIMATIC PCS 7 option)
Core i5-2400 (4C/4T, 3.10 GHz, 6 MB Last D
Level Cache, Turbo Boost 2.0, EM64T, Multi-monitor graphics card "4 Screens" C
VT-x/-d, iAMT), ES/OS Single Station (SIMATIC PCS 7 option)
Core i7-2600 (4C/8T, 3.40 GHz, 8 MB Last G Power supply unit, country-specific version
Level Cache, Turbo Boost 2.0, EM64T, 110/230 V AC industrial power supply
VT-x/-d, iAMT), ES/OS Single Station
- European power supply cord 0
Hard disks
500 GB HDD, internal, 0.2 g vibration, A - US power supply cord 1
1 g shock - Power supply cord for UK 2
T TB HDD, internal, 0.2 g vibration, B
- Power supply cord for Switzerland 3
1 g shock
RAID1, internal, 0.2 g vibration, 1 g shock - Power supply cord for Italy 4
- 500 GB (2 x 500 GB HDD, mirror disks)1) C - Chinese power supply cord 5
- 1 TB (2 x 1 TB HDD, mirror disks)1) D 2 x 110/230 V AC, redundant power supply, 6
without power supply cord1)
500 GB HDD in caddy; front E
1) The redundant power supply can only be used together with the RAID1
1 TB HDD in caddy; front F internal hard disk version (option C or D).
RAID1, in caddy, hot-swap, front
- 500 GB (2 x 500 GB HDD, mirror disks) G
- 1 TB (2 x 1 TB HDD, mirror disks) H
1 TB HDD in caddy; front, also with
- 50 GB solid-state drive (SLC) in caddy; J
at the front
- 100 GB solid-state drive (SLC) in caddy; K
at the front
RAID1, 1 TB (2 x 1 TB HDD, mirror disks) in
caddy, hot-swap, for mounting on the front,
also with
- 50 GB solid-state drive (SLC) in caddy; L
at the front
- 100 GB solid-state drive (SLC) in caddy; M
at the front
Main memory
4 GB DDR3 1333 SDRAM (2 x 2 GB); 1
dual channel
8 GB DDR3 1333 SDRAM (2 x 4 GB); 2
dual channel
12 GB DDR3 1333 SDRAM (2 x 4 GB, 3
2 x 2 GB), dual channel
16 GB DDR3 1333 SDRAM (4 x 4 GB), 4
dual channel
Communication with plant bus
BCE 0
Industrial Ethernet (CP 1623) 1
Without additional communication modules 8

Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011 1/15

 Siemens AG 2012

Industrial Workstation/IPC
SIMATIC Rack PCs
IPC547D
1 Ordering data (continued)
Ordering data Ordering No. Ordering data Ordering No.
SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstation 6ES7 660- SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstation 6ES7 660-
for OS server for OS server
3 - 2 D 3 - 2 D
SIMATIC IPC547D industrial PC SIMATIC IPC547D industrial PC
Windows Server 2008 R2 64-bit operating Windows Server 2008 R2 64-bit operating
system including 5 CAL, multi-language system including 5 CAL, multi-language
(German, English, French, Italian, Spanish, (German, English, French, Italian, Spanish,
Chinese), and SIMATIC PCS 7 V8.0 pre- Chinese), and SIMATIC PCS 7 V8.0 pre-
installed installed
Processor and system type Expansion (hardware)
Pentium Dual Core G850 (2C/2T, 2.90 GHz, B Without expansions A
3 MB Last Level Cache, EM64T, VT),
OS Server Multi-monitor graphics card "2 Screens" B
(SIMATIC PCS 7 option)
Core i5-2400 (4C/4T, 3.10 GHz, 6 MB Last E
Level Cache, Turbo Boost 2.0, EM64T, Multi-monitor graphics card "4 Screens" C
VT-x/-d, iAMT), OS Server (SIMATIC PCS 7 option)
Core i7-2600 (4C/8T, 3.40 GHz, 8 MB Last H Power supply unit, country-specific version
Level Cache, Turbo Boost 2.0, EM64T, 110/230 V AC industrial power supply
VT-x/-d, iAMT), OS Server
- European power supply cord 0
Hard disks
500 GB HDD, internal, 0.2 g vibration, A - US power supply cord 1
1 g shock - Power supply cord for UK 2
T TB HDD, internal, 0.2 g vibration, B
- Power supply cord for Switzerland 3
1 g shock
RAID1, internal, 0.2 g vibration, 1 g shock - Power supply cord for Italy 4
- 500 GB (2 x 500 GB HDD, mirror disks)1) C - Chinese power supply cord 5
- 1 TB (2 x 1 TB HDD, mirror disks)1) D 2 x 110/230 V AC, redundant power supply, 6
without power supply cord1)
500 GB HDD in caddy; front E
1)
The redundant power supply can only be used together with the RAID1
1 TB HDD in caddy; front F internal hard disk version (option C or D).
RAID1, in caddy, hot-swap, front
- 500 GB (2 x 500 GB HDD, mirror disks) G
- 1 TB (2 x 1 TB HDD, mirror disks) H
1 TB HDD in caddy; front, also with
- 50 GB solid-state drive (SLC) in caddy; J
at the front
- 100 GB solid-state drive (SLC) in caddy; K
at the front
RAID1, 1 TB (2 x 1 TB HDD, mirror disks) in
caddy, hot-swap, for mounting on the front,
also with
- 50 GB solid-state drive (SLC) in caddy; L
at the front
- 100 GB solid-state drive (SLC) in caddy; M
at the front
Main memory
4 GB DDR3 1333 SDRAM (2 x 2 GB); 1
dual channel
8 GB DDR3 1333 SDRAM (2 x 4 GB); 2
dual channel
12 GB DDR3 1333 SDRAM (2 x 4 GB, 3
2 x 2 GB), dual channel
16 GB DDR3 1333 SDRAM (4 x 4 GB), 4
dual channel
Communication with plant bus
BCE 0
Industrial Ethernet (CP 1623) 1
Without additional communication modules 8

1/16 Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011

 Siemens AG 2012

Industrial Workstation/IPC
SIMATIC Rack PCs
IPC547D

Ordering data (continued) 1

Ordering data Ordering No. Ordering data Ordering No.
SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstation 6ES7 660- SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstation 6ES7 660-
for OS client for OS client
3 - 2 C 3 - 2 C
SIMATIC IPC547D industrial PC SIMATIC IPC547D industrial PC
Windows 7 Ultimate 64-bit operating system, Windows 7 Ultimate 64-bit operating system,
multi-language (German, English, French, multi-language (German, English, French,
Italian, Spanish, Chinese), and SIMATIC PCS 7 Italian, Spanish, Chinese), and SIMATIC PCS 7
V8.0 pre-installed V8.0 pre-installed
Processor and system type Expansion (hardware)
Pentium Dual Core G850 (2C/2T, 2.90 GHz, C Without expansions A
3 MB Last Level Cache, EM64T, VT),
OS Client Multi-monitor graphics card "2 Screens" B
(SIMATIC PCS 7 option)
Core i5-2400 (4C/4T, 3.10 GHz, 6 MB Last F
Level Cache, Turbo Boost 2.0, EM64T, Multi-monitor graphics card "4 Screens" C
VT-x/-d, iAMT), OS Client (SIMATIC PCS 7 option)
Core i7-2600 (4C/8T, 3.40 GHz, 8 MB Last J Power supply unit, country-specific version
Level Cache, Turbo Boost 2.0, EM64T, 110/230 V AC industrial power supply
VT-x/-d, iAMT), OS Client
- European power supply cord 0
Hard disks
500 GB HDD, internal, 0.2 g vibration, A - US power supply cord 1
1 g shock - Power supply cord for UK 2
RAID1, 500 GB (2 x 500 GB HDD, mirror C
- Power supply cord for Switzerland 3
disks), internal, 0.2 g vibration, 1 g shock1)
500 GB HDD in caddy; front E - Power supply cord for Italy 4
RAID1, 500 GB (2 x 500 GB HDD, mirror G - Chinese power supply cord 5
disks), in caddy, hot-swap, for mounting on 2 x 110/230 V AC, redundant power supply, 6
the front without power supply cord1)
Main memory 1) The redundant power supply can only be used together with the RAID1
2 GB DDR3 1333 SDRAM (2 x 1 GB); 0 internal hard disk version (option C).
dual channel
4 GB DDR3 1333 SDRAM (2 x 2 GB); 1
dual channel
8 GB DDR3 1333 SDRAM (2 x 4 GB); 2
dual channel
12 GB DDR3 1333 SDRAM (2 x 4 GB, 3
2 x 2 GB), dual channel
16 GB DDR3 1333 SDRAM (4 x 4 GB), 4
dual channel
Communication with plant bus
Without additional communication modules 8

Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011 1/17

 Siemens AG 2012

Industrial Workstation/IPC
SIMATIC Rack PCs
IPC547D
1 Ordering data (continued)
SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstations of the type IPC547D
as replacement part
Without hardware expansions, software pre-installation, system software licenses, restore DVDs
Replacement for ES/OS Single Station, OS Server, or OS Client of type IPC547D
Ordering data Ordering No. Ordering data Ordering No.
SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstation 6ES7 660- SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstation 6ES7 660-
as replacement part as replacement part
3 - 8 3 - 8
SIMATIC IPC547D industrial PC SIMATIC IPC547D industrial PC
Without SIMATIC PCS 7 restore DVDs, without Without SIMATIC PCS 7 restore DVDs, without
pre-installation pre-installation
Processor and system type Operating system
Pentium Dual Core G850 (2C/2T, 2.90 GHz, W Windows 7 Ultimate 64-bit, Multi-language A
3 MB Last Level Cache, EM64T, VT), (German, English, French, Italian, Spanish,
replacement part Chinese), with license downgrade to
Core i5-2400 (4C/4T, 3.10 GHz, 6 MB Last X Windows XP Professional 32-bit, multi-
Level Cache, Turbo Boost 2.0, EM64T, language (German, English, French, Italian,
VT-x/-d, iAMT), replacement part Spanish, Chinese)
Core i7-2600 (4C/8T, 3.40 GHz, 8 MB Last Y Windows Server 2008 R2 64-bit including B
Level Cache, Turbo Boost 2.0, EM64T, 5 CAL, multi-language (German, English,
VT-x/-d, iAMT), replacement part French, Italian, Spanish, Chinese) license,
with license downgrade to Windows Server
Hard disks 2003 R2 Standard 32-bit including 5 CAL,
500 GB HDD, internal, 0.2 g vibration, A multi-language (German, English, French,
1 g shock Italian, Spanish, Chinese)
T TB HDD, internal, 0.2 g vibration, B Without operating system X
1 g shock
RAID1, internal, 0.2 g vibration, 1 g shock Expansion (hardware)
Without expansions A
- 500 GB (2 x 500 GB HDD, mirror disks)1) C
Multi-monitor graphics card "2 Screens" B
- 1 TB (2 x 1 TB HDD, mirror disks)1) D (SIMATIC PCS 7 option)
500 GB HDD in caddy; front E Multi-monitor graphics card "4 Screens" C
(SIMATIC PCS 7 option)
1 TB HDD in caddy; front F
Power supply unit, country-specific version
RAID1, in caddy, hot-swap, front
110/230 V AC industrial power supply
- 500 GB (2 x 500 GB HDD, mirror disks) G
- European power supply cord 0
- 1 TB (2 x 1 TB HDD, mirror disks) H
- US power supply cord 1
1 TB HDD in caddy; front, also with
- Power supply cord for UK 2
- 50 GB solid-state drive (SLC) in caddy; J
at the front - Power supply cord for Switzerland 3
- 100 GB solid-state drive (SLC) in caddy; K - Power supply cord for Italy 4
at the front
- Chinese power supply cord 5
RAID1, 1 TB (2 x 1 TB HDD, mirror disks) in
caddy, hot-swap, for mounting on the front, 2 x 110/230 V AC, redundant power supply, 6
also with without power supply cord1)
- 50 GB solid-state drive (SLC) in caddy; L 1) The redundant power supply can only be used together with the RAID1
at the front
internal hard disk version (option C or D).
- 100 GB solid-state drive (SLC) in caddy; M
at the front
Main memory
2 GB DDR3 1333 SDRAM (2 x 1 GB); 0
dual channel
4 GB DDR3 1333 SDRAM (2 x 2 GB); 1
dual channel
8 GB DDR3 1333 SDRAM (2 x 4 GB); 2
dual channel
12 GB DDR3 1333 SDRAM (2 x 4 GB, 3
2 x 2 GB), dual channel
16 GB DDR3 1333 SDRAM (4 x 4 GB), 4
dual channel
Communication with plant bus
BCE 0
Industrial Ethernet (CP 1623) 1
Without additional communication modules 8

1/18 Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011

 Siemens AG 2012

Industrial Workstation/IPC
SIMATIC Rack PCs
IPC547D

Selection and ordering data (continued) Accessories 1

Additional and expansion components Power supply cord for Rack PC
Memory modules for expanding The SIMATIC PCS 7 preferred types are always delivered with a
the main memory
"European power supply cord". This can be used in Germany,
SIMATIC PC, memory expansion France, Spain, Netherlands, Belgium, Sweden, Austria and
1.0 GB DDR3 1333 SDRAM, 6ES7 648-2AJ40-0LA0 Finland.
DIMM (1 x 1.0 GB)
2.0 GB DDR3 1333 SDRAM, 6ES7 648-2AJ50-0LB0
The country-specific versions listed in the Ordering data are
DIMM, kit for dual-channel required for other countries. The following picture shows the
technology (2 x 1.0 GB) design of a number of power supply plugs:
4.0 GB DDR3 1333 SDRAM, 6ES7 648-2AJ60-0LB0
DIMM, kit for dual-channel
technology (2 x 2.0 GB)
8.0 GB DDR3 1333 SDRAM, 6ES7 648-2AJ70-0LB0 Europe USA
DIMM, kit for dual-channel
technology (2 x 4.0 GB)
SIMATIC PC keyboard Great Britain Italy
(USB connection)
German/international key 6ES7 648-0CB00-0YA0
assignment
Switzerland China
SIMATIC PC mouse
Optical, with USB connection 6ES7 790-0AA01-0XA0
and PS/2 adapter
Tower kit for SIMATIC PCS 7 Country-specific power supply cords for Rack PC
Industrial Workstations
Tower Kit
Tower kit for conversion of a 6ES7 648-1AA00-0XC0
Rack PC into an industrial The Tower Kit enables conversion of a SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial
Tower PC Workstation with rack PC design to an industrial tower PC.
Withdrawable HDD caddy A Tower Kit can be ordered as an accessory for the SIMATIC
PCS 7 Industrial Workstation IPC547D.
Low-profile, withdrawable HDD 6ES7 648-0EG00-1BA0
caddy for 3.5" hard disk, SATA
(without hard disk)
3-m power supply cord for
Rack PC 1)
For Europe 6ES7 900-0AA00-0XA0
For Great Britain 6ES7 900-0BA00-0XA0
For Switzerland 6ES7 900-0CA00-0XA0
For the USA 6ES7 900-0DA00-0XA0
For Italy 6ES7 900-0EA00-0XA0
For China 6ES7 900-0FA00-0XA0
SIMATIC NET HARDNET IE
S7-REDCONNECT PowerPack
For communication with fault-
tolerant AS systems, see section
"Communication", section "Indus-
trial Ethernet system connection
of PCS 7 system"
1)
The SIMATIC PCS 7 preferred types are delivered as standard with a
"European power cable". The country-specific versions listed above are
required for some countries.

Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011 1/19

 Siemens AG 2012

Industrial Workstation/IPC
SIMATIC Rack PCs
IPC647C
1 Overview
Based on a SIMATIC Rack PC of type IPC647C, SIMATIC PCS 7
Industrial Workstations in 19" format with only 2 HU are extremely
compact, rugged and powerful. They are UL-certified and have
the CE mark for use in residential, business and commercial
environments. They are ideally suited for use as a single station,
server or client in the SIMATIC PCS 7 process control system
due to their high industrial functionality. They enable high
packing density in the control cabinet and save a significant
amount of space in the control room due to their low overall
height.

Design
The SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstations of type IPC647C
SATA hard disk swap frame, Lock for have a painted all-metal enclosure in 19" rack design (2 HUs),
hot swap with RAID1 configuration front door which is particularly protected against dust by a filter and
(removable during operation) and hot swap pressurized ventilation. This mechanically and electromechani-
frames cally rugged enclosure has a service-friendly design.
Power switch
Reset switch SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstations of type IPC647C are
especially suited for space-saving mounting in 500-mm deep
19" control cabinets due to their compact dimensions. They can
be installed or positioned horizontally.
The SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstations of type IPC647C are
suitable for reliable 24-hour continuous operation at ambient
temperatures between 5 and 50 C. With maximum configu-
Housing with ration, they still provide the maximum processor performance up
anti-corrosion DVDR/RW, to the limit of 50 C. Shocks up to 5 g and vibrations up to 0.5 g
coating slimline can be tolerated during operation.
Status-, alarm indicator for
effective self-diagnostics
2 x USB 2.0 (1 x usable
with door closed)

Expansion slots:
Fan with 1 x PCI,
speed 1 x PCIe x8 (4 Lane),
monitor 1 x PCIe x16

Power COM1 COM2 Audio

switch LPT1 DVI-I or
VGA via
AC power supply adapter
100/240 V, single or 2 x Gigabit-Ethernet Keyboard, cable
redundant 4 x USB 2.0 mouse (opt.)

1/20 Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011

 Siemens AG 2012
Design (continued)
Further essential features
Powerful technology with modern processors and graphic
controllers
Motherboard based on an Intel QM57 Express chipset
Main memory expansion with 2 to 8 GB DDR3-1066 SDRAM,
either with or without ECC (mainly in dual-channel mode for
the best performance)
Note:
With 8 GB, the visible memory may be reduced to 7.5 GB or
less in a 64-bit operating system.
Powerful and energy-saving Intel Core i7 processors with
turbo-boost, hyper-threading, and virtualization technology
Exceptional memory and graphics performance due to
integration of memory and graphics controller in the processor
On-board graphics on the PCI-Express bus with Intel GMA HD
graphics controller (integrated in the processor); DVI-I
interface on rear of the device; analog monitor connection via
DVI-I/VGA adapter
Optional graphics extension with multi-monitor graphics cards
for connection of up to 4 process monitors
High data transfer rates, especially with hardware RAID
controller and SAS hard disks
Expansion options and interfaces
2 x 10/100/1000 Mbit/s Ethernet RJ45 port and sound
(Line Out, Micro In) integrated onboard
Slots for PCI/PCI Express expansion modules
(all for modules up to 312 mm in length)
- 1 x PCI
- 1 x PCIe x8 (4 lanes)
- 1 x PCIe x16
Total of 7 USB 2.0 ports
- 4 on the rear of the device
- 2 on the front (1 of which can be used with the door closed)
- 1 internal, e.g. for software license dongle ASIA
Further interfaces at the rear of the device:
- 2 x COM (COM1, COM2)
- 2 x PS/2 for mouse and keyboard
- 1 x LPT1
5 slots for drives (occupied in accordance with configuration):
- 2 x low-profile swap frames for 3.5" hard disks (front)
- 1 slot for optical slimline drive (front)
- 2 slots 3.5" (internal)
Industrial Workstation/IPC
SIMATIC Rack PCs
IPC647C
1
High system availability and safety
High-quality components with high MTBF values
High data security through RAID 1 configuration for server and
single station for data mirroring on 2 hard disks (also in hot-
swap frame for replacement of hard disk during operation)
- Software RAID controller (onboard) in conjunction with 2
SATA hard disks
- Hardware RAID controller in conjunction with 2 high-speed
SAS hard disks (design variation)
Hard disks can be quickly identified in the event of a fault (via
HDD Alarm LED in the hot-swap frame in the RAID network )
and replaced
Redundant power supply 110/230 V AC as design variation,
every time
Efficient self-diagnostics via LEDs on front for power, Ethernet
status, hard disk activity, watchdog (ready/fault signal), status
of fan and temperature as well as hard disk alarm in
conjunction with RAID and SIMATIC IPC DiagMonitor
monitoring software)
Closing of the front door prevents:
- Access to drives, removable memory media, USB interface,
operator controls (reset, power), front fan and filter mat
- Opening of the enclosure cover
Integration in SIMATIC PCS 7 system diagnostics
Can be integrated into the system diagnostics with the
SIMATIC PCS 7 Maintenance Station by means of the SIMATIC
IPC DiagMonitor diagnostics software for monitoring the
program execution (watchdog), temperature, fan speed, hard
disk status and system failure
Practical and service-friendly design for industrial use
High EMC
Degree of protection at front: IP41 (with door closed), at rear:
IP20
Dust protection through pressurized ventilation with fan on the
front and dust filter
Front fan and dust filter can be replaced without tools
Special hard disk holders and card retainers for protection
against vibration and shock
Replacement and expansion of components with just one tool
(Torx 10)
Fast replacement of hard disks by means of hot-swap frame
(configuration option)
Simple cabinet assembly using telescopic rails
High investment protection
System-tested with SIMATIC PCS 7
Marketing period 3 years, supply with replacement parts/
repairs over 5 years
Support for legacy interfaces (PS/2, COM, LPT)
Certification for worldwide marketing (cULus)
Worldwide service and support
Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011 1/21
 Siemens AG 2012

Industrial Workstation/IPC
SIMATIC Rack PCs
IPC647C
1 Design (continued)
Restore DVD
The operating system and the SIMATIC PCS 7 software are The following table shows you the contents of the supplied
already preinstalled on the SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Worksta- restore DVDs and the preinstalled software for each version of
tions. The supplied restore DVDs permit fast restoring of the the SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstation.
delivered status or a new installation for a different application.
SIMATIC PCS 7 V8.0 Included Restore DVDs Preinstalled on
Industrial Workstation delivery
Single station
SIMATIC PCS 7 Restore DVD 1: Windows 7 Ultimate 64-bit operating system with default settings --
ES/OS IPC647C W7 (IE or BCE) for optimized SIMATIC PCS 7 operation
Restore DVD 2: Windows 7 Ultimate 64-bit operating system plus software instal- n
lation for operation as ES/OS single station
Server
SIMATIC PCS 7 Restore DVD 1: Windows Server 2008 R2 64-bit operating system with default --
OS Server IPC647C BCE SRV08 settings for optimized SIMATIC PCS 7 operation
Restore DVD 2: Windows Server 2008 R2 64-bit operating system plus software n
installation for operation as OS server
SIMATIC PCS 7 Restore DVD 1: Windows Server 2008 R2 64-bit operating system with default --
OS Server IPC647C IE SRV08 settings for optimized SIMATIC PCS 7 operation
Restore DVD 2: Windows Server 2008 R2 64-bit operating system plus software n
installation for operation as OS server
Client
SIMATIC PCS 7 Restore DVD 1: Windows 7 Ultimate 64-bit operating system with default settings --
OS Client IPC647C W7 for optimized SIMATIC PCS 7 operation
Restore DVD 2: Windows 7 Ultimate 64-bit operating system plus software instal- n
lation for operation as OS client

Individual configuration of
SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstations
By selecting predefined equipment features, you can individ-
ually configure the SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstation and
thus also its Order No. Selection tables for single station, server
and client are available for this in the Section "Ordering data"
(paper catalog) . In the selection tables below, you can also
order complete SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstations as
replacement parts.
The PCS 7 INDUSTRIAL WORKSTATION IPC647C configurator
in the Industry Mall (www.siemens.com/industrymall) allows you
to interactively select and order the SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial
Workstation in the single station, server or client version - directly
for the system or as a replacement part.
Individually configured SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstations
will be built to order. Therefore the average delivery time for such
an order is 15 working days.

Technical specifications
Detailed technical specifications for the IPC647C type SIMATIC
PCS 7 Industrial Workstation is available under "Comparison of
the workstation types" in the catalog section "SIMATIC Rack PC,
Introduction".

1/22 Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011

 Siemens AG 2012

Industrial Workstation/IPC
SIMATIC Rack PCs
IPC647C

Ordering data
Individually configurable SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstations IPC647C
Ordering data
SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstation 6ES7 660-
for ES/OS single station
1 - 1 C
SIMATIC Industrial PC IPC647C
Windows 7 Ultimate 64-bit operating system,
multi-language (German, English, French,
Italian, Spanish, Chinese), and SIMATIC PCS 7
V8.0 pre-installed
Processor and system type
Core i7-610E (2C/4T, 2.53 GHz, 4 MB cache,
TB, VT-x, VT-d, EM64-T), ES/OS single station
Hard disks
RAID1 (2 x 500 GB, HDD SATA); internal;
0.5 g vibration, 5 g shock
RAID1 (2 x 500 GB HDD SATA); in caddy; hot-
swap; front
RAID1 (2 x 1 TB, HDD SAS); in caddy;
hot swap; front; HW RAID controller with PCIe
X8 in PCIe X16 slot; including battery backup
unit (BBU)1)
Main memory
4.0 GB DDR3 SDRAM (2 x 2.0 GB), DIMM,
dual channel
6.0 GB DDR3 SDRAM (1 x 2.0 GB,
1 x 4.0 GB), DIMM, dual channel
8.0 GB DDR3 SDRAM (2 x 4.0 GB), DIMM,
dual channel
4.0 GB DDR3 SDRAM (2 x 2.0 GB), DIMM,
ECC, dual channel
8.0 GB DDR3 SDRAM (2 x 4.0 GB), DIMM,
ECC, dual channel
Communication with plant bus
BCE
Industrial Ethernet (CP 1623)
Without additional communication modules
Expansion (hardware)
Without expansions
Multi-monitor graphics card "2 Screens"
(SIMATIC PCS 7 option)1)
Multi-monitor graphics card "4 Screens"
(SIMATIC PCS 7 option)1)
Power supply, country-specific power
supply cable
110/230 V AC industrial power supply
- European power supply cord
- US power supply cord
- Power supply cord for UK
- Power supply cord for Switzerland
- Power supply cord for Italy
- Chinese power supply cord
2 x 110/230 V AC, redundant power supply,
without power supply cord
1)
HW RAID controller and multi-monitor graphics card cannot be combined
with one another because they use the same slot.
1
Ordering No. Ordering data Ordering No.
SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstation 6ES7 660-
for OS server
1 - 1 D
SIMATIC Industrial PC IPC647C
Windows Server 2008 R2 64-bit operating
system including 5 CAL, multi-language
(German, English, French, Italian, Spanish,
Chinese), and SIMATIC PCS 7 V8.0 pre-
installed
Processor and system type
A
Core i7-610E (2C/4T, 2.53 GHz, 4 MB cache, B
TB, VT-x, VT-d, EM64-T), OS server
C Hard disks
RAID1 (2 x 500 GB, HDD SATA); internal; C
D 0.5 g vibration, 5 g shock
RAID1 (2 x 500 GB HDD SATA); in caddy; hot- D
E swap; front
RAID1 (2 x 1 TB, HDD SAS); in caddy; E
hot swap; front; HW RAID controller with PCIe
X8 in PCIe X16 slot; including battery backup
unit (BBU)1)
1 Main memory
4.0 GB DDR3 SDRAM (2 x 2.0 GB), DIMM, 1
2 dual channel
6.0 GB DDR3 SDRAM (1 x 2.0 GB, 2
3 1 x 4.0 GB), DIMM, dual channel
8.0 GB DDR3 SDRAM (2 x 4.0 GB), DIMM, 3
5 dual channel
4.0 GB DDR3 SDRAM (2 x 2.0 GB), DIMM, 5
6 ECC, dual channel
8.0 GB DDR3 SDRAM (2 x 4.0 GB), DIMM, 6
ECC, dual channel
0 Communication with plant bus
BCE 0
1
Industrial Ethernet (CP 1623) 1
8
Without additional communication modules 8
A Expansion (hardware)
Without expansions A
B
Power supply, country-specific power
C supply cable
110/230 V AC industrial power supply
- European power supply cord 0
- US power supply cord 1
0 - Power supply cord for UK 2
1 - Power supply cord for Switzerland 3
2 - Power supply cord for Italy 4
3 - Chinese power supply cord 5
4 2 x 110/230 V AC, redundant power supply, 6
without power supply cord
5
1)
HW RAID controller and multi-monitor graphics card cannot be combined
6 with one another because they use the same slot.

Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011 1/23

 Siemens AG 2012

Industrial Workstation/IPC
SIMATIC Rack PCs
IPC647C
1 Ordering data (continued)
Ordering data Ordering No.
SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstation 6ES7 660-
for OS client
1 - 1 C
SIMATIC Industrial PC IPC647C
Windows 7 Ultimate 64-bit operating system,
multi-language (German, English, French,
Italian, Spanish, Chinese), and SIMATIC PCS 7
V8.0 pre-installed
Processor and system type
Core i7-610E (2C/4T, 2.53 GHz, 4 MB cache, C
TB, VT-x, VT-d, EM64-T), OS client
Hard disks
1 x 500 GB HDD SATA; internal; A
0.5 g vibration, 5 g shock
1 x 500 GB HDD SATA; caddy; front B
RAID1 (2 x 500 GB, HDD SATA); internal; C
0.5 g vibration, 5 g shock
RAID1 (2 x 500 GB HDD SATA); in caddy; hot- D
swap; front
Main memory
2.0 GB DDR3 SDRAM (1 x 2.0 GB), DIMM, 0
single channel
4.0 GB DDR3 SDRAM (2 x 2.0 GB), DIMM, 1
dual channel
6.0 GB DDR3 SDRAM (1 x 2.0 GB, 2
1 x 4.0 GB), DIMM, dual channel
8.0 GB DDR3 SDRAM (2 x 4.0 GB), DIMM, 3
dual channel
2.0 GB DDR3 SDRAM (2 x 1.0 GB), DIMM, 4
ECC, dual channel
4.0 GB DDR3 SDRAM (2 x 2.0 GB), DIMM, 5
ECC, dual channel
8.0 GB DDR3 SDRAM (2 x 4.0 GB), DIMM, 6
ECC, dual channel
Communication with plant bus
Without additional communication modules 8

Expansion (hardware)
Without expansions A
Multi-monitor graphics card "2 Screens" B
(SIMATIC PCS 7 option)
Multi-monitor graphics card "4 Screens" C
(SIMATIC PCS 7 option)
Power supply, country-specific power
supply cable
110/230 V AC industrial power supply
- European power supply cord 0
- US power supply cord 1
- Power supply cord for UK 2
- Power supply cord for Switzerland 3
- Power supply cord for Italy 4
- Chinese power supply cord 5
2 x 110/230 V AC, redundant power supply, 6
without power supply cord

1/24 Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011

 Siemens AG 2012

Industrial Workstation/IPC
SIMATIC Rack PCs
IPC647C

Ordering data (continued) 1

SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstations of the type IPC647C as replacement part
Without hardware expansions, software pre-installation, system software licenses, restore DVDs
Replacement for ES/OS single station or OS server of the type IPC647C
Ordering data Ordering No. Ordering data Ordering No.
SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstation 6ES7 660- SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstation 6ES7 660-
as replacement for ES/OS single station or as replacement for ES/OS single station or
OS server 1 - 8 OS server 1 - 8
Industrial PC SIMATIC IPC647C without pre- Industrial PC SIMATIC IPC647C without pre-
installation, without SIMATIC PCS 7 restore installation, without SIMATIC PCS 7 restore
DVDs DVDs
Processor and system type Power supply, country-specific power
Core i7-610E (2C/4T, 2.53 GHz, 4 MB cache , X supply cable
TB, VT-x, VT-d, EM64-T), replacement for 110/230 V AC industrial power supply
ES/OS single station or OS server
- European power supply cord 0
Hard disks
- US power supply cord 1
RAID1 (2 x 500 GB, HDD SATA); internal; C
0.5 g vibration, 5 g shock - Power supply cord for UK 2
RAID1 (2 x 500 GB HDD SATA); in caddy; D - Power supply cord for Switzerland 3
hot-swap; front
RAID1 (2 x 1 TB, HDD SAS); in caddy; E - Power supply cord for Italy 4
hot swap; front; HW RAID controller with PCIe - Chinese power supply cord 5
X8 in PCIe X16 slot; including battery backup
unit (BBU)1) 2 x 110/230 V AC, redundant power supply, 6
without power supply cord
Main memory
1)
2.0 GB DDR3 SDRAM (1 x 2.0 GB), DIMM, 0 HW RAID controller and multi-monitor graphics card cannot be combined
single channel with one another because they use the same slot.
4.0 GB DDR3 SDRAM (2 x 2.0 GB), DIMM, 1
dual channel
6.0 GB DDR3 SDRAM (1 x 2.0 GB, 2
1 x 4.0 GB), DIMM, dual channel
8.0 GB DDR3 SDRAM (2 x 4.0 GB), DIMM, 3
dual channel
2.0 GB DDR3 SDRAM (2 x 1.0 GB), DIMM, 4
ECC, dual channel
4.0 GB DDR3 SDRAM (2 x 2.0 GB), DIMM, 5
ECC, dual channel
8.0 GB DDR3 SDRAM (2 x 4.0 GB), DIMM, 6
ECC, dual channel
Communication with plant bus
BCE 0
Industrial Ethernet (CP 1623) 1
Without additional communication modules 8

Operating system
Windows 7 Ultimate 64-bit, multi-language A
(German, English, French, Italian, Spanish,
Chinese), with license downgrade to
Windows XP Professional 32-bit, MUI
(German, English, French, Italian, Spanish,
Chinese)
Windows Server 2008 R2 64-bit including B
5 CAL, multi-language (German, English,
French, Italian, Spanish, Chinese), with
license downgrade to Windows Server
2003 R2 Standard 32-bit including 5 CAL,
MUI (German, English, French, Italian,
Spanish, Chinese)
Without operating system X

Expansion (hardware)
Without expansions A
Multi-monitor graphics card "2 Screens" B
(SIMATIC PCS 7 option)1)
Multi-monitor graphics card "4 Screens" C
(SIMATIC PCS 7 option)1)

Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011 1/25

 Siemens AG 2012

Industrial Workstation/IPC
SIMATIC Rack PCs
IPC647C
1 Replacement for OS client of the type IPC647C Additional and expansion components
Ordering data Ordering No. Memory submodules for main
memory
SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstation 6ES7 660-
as replacement for OS client 1.0 GB DDR3 1066 SDRAM 6ES7 648-2AJ40-0KA0
1 - 8 (1 x 1.0 GB), DIMM
Industrial PC SIMATIC IPC647C without pre- 2.0 GB DDR3 1066 SDRAM 6ES7 648-2AJ50-0KA0
installation, without SIMATIC PCS 7 restore (1 x 2.0 GB), DIMM
DVDs
4.0 GB DDR3 1066 SDRAM 6ES7 648-2AJ60-0KA0
Processor and system type (1 x 4.0 GB), DIMM
Core i7-610E (2C/4T, 2.53 GHz, 4 MB cache, Y 1.0 GB DDR3 1066 SDRAM 6ES7 648-2AJ40-1KA0
TB, VT-x, VT-d, EM64-T), replacement for (1 x 1.0 GB), DIMM, ECC
OS client 2.0 GB DDR3 1066 SDRAM 6ES7 648-2AJ50-1KA0
Drives (1 x 2.0 GB), DIMM, ECC
1 x 500 GB HDD SATA; internal; A 4.0 GB DDR3 1066 SDRAM 6ES7 648-2AJ60-1KA0
0.5 g vibration, 5 g shock (1 x 4.0 GB), DIMM, ECC
1 x 500 GB HDD SATA; caddy; front B SIMATIC PC keyboard
RAID1 (2 x 500 GB, HDD SATA); internal; C German/international keyboard 6ES7 648-0CB00-0YA0
0.5 g vibration, 5 g shock layout with USB connection
RAID1 (2 x 500 GB HDD SATA); in caddy; hot- D SIMATIC PC mouse
swap; front Optical, with USB connection 6ES7 790-0AA01-0XA0
Main memory and PS/2 adapter
2.0 GB DDR3 SDRAM (1 x 2.0 GB), DIMM, 0 Withdrawable HDD caddy
single channel
Low-profile, withdrawable HDD 6ES7 648-0EG00-1BA0
4.0 GB DDR3 SDRAM (2 x 2.0 GB), DIMM, 1 caddy for 3.5" hard disk, SATA
dual channel (without hard disk)
6.0 GB DDR3 SDRAM (1 x 2.0 GB, 2
1 x 4.0 GB), DIMM, dual channel 3 m power supply cord
8.0 GB DDR3 SDRAM (2 x 4.0 GB), DIMM, 3 for Rack PC 1)
dual channel For Europe 6ES7 900-0AA00-0XA0
2.0 GB DDR3 SDRAM (2 x 1.0 GB), DIMM, 4 For Great Britain 6ES7 900-0BA00-0XA0
ECC, dual channel For Switzerland 6ES7 900-0CA00-0XA0
4.0 GB DDR3 SDRAM (2 x 2.0 GB), DIMM, 5 For the USA 6ES7 900-0DA00-0XA0
ECC, dual channel For Italy 6ES7 900-0EA00-0XA0
8.0 GB DDR3 SDRAM (2 x 4.0 GB), DIMM, 6 For China 6ES7 900-0FA00-0XA0
ECC, dual channel
SIMATIC NET HARDNET IE
Communication with plant bus S7-REDCONNECT PowerPack
Without additional communication modules 8 For communication with fault-
tolerant AS systems, see section
Operating system "Communication", section "Indus-
Windows 7 Ultimate 64-bit, multi-language A trial Ethernet system connection
(German, English, French, Italian, Spanish, of PCS 7 system"
Chinese), with license downgrade to 1)
Windows XP Professional 32-bit, MUI The SIMATIC PCS 7 preferred types are delivered as standard with a
(German, English, French, Italian, Spanish, "European power cable". The country-specific versions listed above are
required for some countries.
Chinese)
Without operating system
Accessories
X

Expansion (hardware)
Without expansions A Power supply cord for Rack PC
Multi-monitor graphics card "2 Screens" B The SIMATIC PCS 7 preferred types are always delivered with a
(SIMATIC PCS 7 option)1) "European power supply cord". This can be used in Germany,
Multi-monitor graphics card "4 Screens" C France, Spain, Netherlands, Belgium, Sweden, Austria and
(SIMATIC PCS 7 option)1) Finland.
Power supply, country-specific power The country-specific versions listed in the Ordering data are
supply cable required for other countries. The following picture shows the
110/230 V AC industrial power supply design of a number of power supply plugs:
- European power supply cord 0
- US power supply cord 1
- Power supply cord for UK 2
Europe USA
- Power supply cord for Switzerland 3
- Power supply cord for Italy 4
- Chinese power supply cord 5 Great Britain Italy

2 x 110/230 V AC, redundant power supply, 6

without power supply cord
Switzerland China

Country-specific power supply cords for Rack PC

1/26 Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011

 Siemens AG 2012

Industrial Workstation/IPC
SIMATIC Rack PCs
IPC847C

Overview 1
The IPC847C is the most powerful and best equipped type
among the SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstations. Its basic
components, such as chipset, processor, memory, etc. are for
the most part identical to the IPC647C. Because it is twice as
high, however, it offers more installation space and more slots
and therefore a great deal of potential for expansion.
It is the only one available with a RAID 5 configuration at the
hardware RAID controller and, with 3 SAS hard disks, it also
provides high data security and very fast data transfer speed.
Together with the excellent performance of the CPU, these are
ideal prerequisites for the realization of complex server applica-
tions as well as for archiving process data.
Since the IPC847C type SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstation
would be over-dimensioned as a client, it is only as offered as a
single station and server.

Design
SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstations of type IPC847C are UL-
Hard disk swap frame, Lock for certified and have the CE marking for use in residential,
hot swap with RAID1/5 front door business and commercial environments.
Power configuration (removable and hot swap
switch during operation) frames The painted all-metal enclosure in 19" mounting format (4 HUs)
is especially protected against dust by a filter and pressurized
ventilation. It features a mechanically and electromagnetically
rugged design and is very easy to service.
The SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstations of type IPC847C can
be positioned and installed horizontally or vertically. Using an
optional tower kit, the Rack PC can be converted into an industry
tower. The compact dimensions also allow space-saving
assembly in 500-mm deep 19" control cabinets.
The SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstations of type IPC847C are
designed for reliable 24-hour continuous operation at ambient
Housing with anti-corrosion temperatures between 5 and 50 C. With maximum configu-
coating DVDR/RW ration, they still provide the maximum processor performance up
Reset switch to the limit of 50 C. Shocks up to 5 g and vibrations up to 0.5 g
Status-, alarm indicator for
effective self-diagnostics
can be tolerated during operation.
2 x USB 2.0
(1 x usable with door
closed)
Expansion slots:
7 x PCI,
Fan with 1 x PCIe x16,
speed monitor 3 x PCIe x4

AC power COM1 COM2 Audio

supply LPT1 DVI-I or
120/230 V, VGA via
single 2 x Gigabit-Ethernet Keyboard, adapter
or redundant 4 x USB 2.0 mouse (opt.)

Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011 1/27

 Siemens AG 2012
Industrial Workstation/IPC
SIMATIC Rack PCs
IPC847C
1 Design (continued)
Further essential features
Powerful technology with modern processors and graphic
controllers
Motherboard based on an Intel QM57 Express chipset
Main memory configuration with 4 to 8 GB DDR3-1066
SDRAM, either with or without ECC (mainly in dual-channel
mode for best performance)
Note::
With 8 GB, the visible memory may be reduced to 7.5 GB or
less in a 64-bit operating system.
Powerful and energy-saving Intel Core i7 processors with
turbo-boost, hyper-threading, and virtualization technology
Exceptional memory and graphics performance due to
integration of memory and graphics controller in the processor
On-board graphics on the PCI-Express bus with Intel GMA
HD graphics controller (integrated in the processor); DVI-I
interface on rear of the device; analog monitor connection via
DVI-I/VGA adapter
Optional graphics extension with multi-monitor graphics cards
for connection of up to 4 process monitors
High data transfer rates, especially with hardware RAID
controller and 3 SAS hard disks in the RAID 5 network
Expansion options and interfaces
2 x 10/100/1000 Mbit/s Ethernet RJ45 port and sound
(Line Out, Micro In) integrated onboard
Slots for PCI/PCI Express expansion modules
(all for modules up to 312 mm in length)
- 7 x PCI
- 3 x PCIe x4
- 1 x PCIe x16
Total of 7 USB 2.0 ports
- 4 on the rear of the device
- 2 on the front (1 of which can be used with the door closed)
- 1 internal, e.g. for software license dongle ASIA
Further interfaces at the rear of the device:
- 2 x COM (COM1, COM2)
- 2 x PS/2 for mouse and keyboard
- 1 x LPT1
8 slots for drives (occupied in accordance with configuration):
- 3 x low-profile caddys for 3.5" hard disks (front)
- 1 5.25"slot for optical drive (front)
- 4 3.5"slots (2 each on front and internal)
1/28 Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011
High system availability and safety
High-quality components with high MTBF values
High data security through RAID 1 configuration for data
mirroring on 2 hard disks (also in hot-swap caddy for
replacement of a hard disk during operation)
- Software RAID controller (onboard) in conjunction with
2 SATA hard disks
- Hardware RAID controller in conjunction with 2 high-speed
SAS hard disks (design variation)
High degree of data security combined with fast transfer of
data through RAID 5 configuration (striping with parity) with
3 SAS hard disks in hot-swap caddy for replacement of a hard
disk during operation (design variation)
Hard disks can be quickly identified in the event of a fault (via
HDD Alarm LED in the hot-swap caddy in the RAID network )
and replaced
Redundant 110/230 V AC power supply with "hot swap"
functionality (module replacement during operation) as
design variation
Efficient self-diagnostics via LEDs on front for power, Ethernet
status, hard disk activity, watchdog (ready/fault signal), status
of fan and temperature as well as hard disk alarm in
conjunction with RAID and SIMATIC IPC DiagMonitor
monitoring software)
Closing of the front door prevents:
- Access to drives, removable memory media, USB interface,
operator controls (reset, power), front fan and filter mat
- Opening of the enclosure cover
Integration in SIMATIC PCS 7 system diagnostics
Can be integrated into the system diagnostics with the
SIMATIC PCS 7 Maintenance Station by means of the SIMATIC
IPC DiagMonitor diagnostics software for monitoring the
program execution (watchdog), temperature, fan speed, hard
disk status and system failure
Practical and service-friendly design for industrial use
High EMC
Degree of protection at front: IP41 (with door closed), at rear:
IP20
Dust protection through pressurized ventilation with fan on the
front and dust filter
Front fan and dust filter can be replaced without tools
Special hard disk holders and card retainers for protection
against vibration and shock
Replacement and expansion of components with just one tool
(Torx 10)
Fast replacement of hard disks by means of hot-swap caddy
(configuration option)
Simple cabinet assembly using telescopic rails
High investment protection
System-tested with SIMATIC PCS 7
Marketing period 3 years, supply with replacement parts/
repairs over 5 years
Support for legacy interfaces (PS/2, COM, LPT)
Certification for worldwide marketing (cULus)
Installation compatible across device generations
Worldwide service and support
 Siemens AG 2012

Industrial Workstation/IPC
SIMATIC Rack PCs
IPC847C

Design (continued) 1
Restore DVD
The operating system and the SIMATIC PCS 7 software are The following table shows you the contents of the supplied
already preinstalled on the SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Worksta- restore DVDs and the preinstalled software for each version of
tions. The supplied restore DVDs permit fast restoring of the the SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstation.
delivered status or a new installation for a different application.
SIMATIC PCS 7 V8.0 Included Restore DVDs Preinstalled on
Industrial Workstation delivery
Single station
SIMATIC PCS 7 Restore DVD 1: Windows 7 Ultimate 64-bit operating system with default settings --
ES/OS IPC847C W7 (IE or BCE) for optimized SIMATIC PCS 7 operation
Restore DVD 2: Windows 7 Ultimate 64-bit operating system plus software instal- n
lation for operation as ES/OS single station
Server
SIMATIC PCS 7 Restore DVD 1: Windows Server 2008 R2 64-bit operating system with default --
OS Server IPC847D BCE SRV08 settings for optimized SIMATIC PCS 7 operation
Restore DVD 2: Windows Server 2008 R2 64-bit operating system plus software n
installation for operation as OS server
SIMATIC PCS 7 Restore DVD 1: Windows Server 2008 R2 64-bit operating system with default --
OS Server IPC847C IE SRV08 settings for optimized SIMATIC PCS 7 operation
Restore DVD 2: Windows Server 2008 R2 64-bit operating system plus software n
installation for operation as OS server

Individual configuration of
SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstations
By selecting predefined equipment features, you can individ-
ually configure the SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstation and
thus also its Order No. Selection tables for single station and
server are available for this in the section "Ordering data". In the
selection tables below, you can also order complete SIMATIC
PCS 7 Industrial Workstations as replacement parts.
The PCS 7 Industrial Workstation IPC847C configurator in the
Industry Mall (www.siemens.com/industrymall) allows you to
interactively select and order the SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial
Workstation in the single station or server version - directly for the
system or as a replacement part.
Individually configured SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstations
will be built to order. Therefore the average delivery time for such
an order is 15 working days.

Technical specifications
Detailed technical specifications for the IPC847C type SIMATIC
PCS 7 Industrial Workstation is available under "Comparison of
the workstation types" in the catalog section "SIMATIC Rack PC,
Introduction".

Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011 1/29

 Siemens AG 2012

Industrial Workstation/IPC
SIMATIC Rack PCs
IPC847C
1 Ordering data
Individually configurable SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstations IPC847C
Ordering data Ordering No. Ordering data Ordering No.
SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstation 6ES7 660- SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstation 6ES7 660-
for ES/OS single station for OS server
2 - 1 C 2 - 1 D
SIMATIC IPC847C industrial PC SIMATIC IPC847C industrial PC
Windows 7 Ultimate 64-bit operating system, Windows Server 2008 R2 64-bit operating
MUI (German, English, French, Italian, system including 5 CAL, MUI (German,
Spanish, Chinese), and SIMATIC PCS 7 V8.0 English, French, Italian, Spanish, Chinese),
pre-installed and SIMATIC PCS 7 V8.0 pre-installed
Processor and system type Processor and system type
Core i7-610E (2C/4T, 2.53 GHz, 4 MB cache, A Core i7-610E (2C/4T, 2.53 GHz, 4 MB cache, B
TB, VT-x, VT-d, EM64-T), ES/OS single station TB, VT-x, VT-d, EM64-T), OS server
Hard disks Hard disks
RAID1 (2 x 500 GB, HDD SATA); internal; A RAID1 (2 x 500 GB, HDD SATA); internal; A
0.5 g vibration, 5 g shock 0.5 g vibration, 5 g shock
RAID1 (2 x 500 GB HDD SATA); in caddy; hot- B RAID1 (2 x 500 GB HDD SATA); in caddy; hot- B
swap; front swap; front
RAID1 (2 x 1 TB, HDD SAS); in caddy; hot- C RAID1 (2 x 1 TB, HDD SAS); in caddy; hot- C
swap; front; HW RAID controller with PCIe X8 swap; front; HW RAID controller with PCIe X8
in PCIe X16 slot; including battery backup in PCIe X16 slot; including battery backup
unit (BBU)1) unit (BBU)1)
RAID5 (3 x 1 TB, HDD SAS); in caddy; hot- D RAID5 (3 x 1 TB, HDD SAS); in caddy; hot- D
swap; front; HW RAID controller with PCIe X8 swap; front; HW RAID controller with PCIe X8
in PCIe X16 slot; including battery backup in PCIe X16 slot; including battery backup
unit (BBU)1) unit (BBU)1)
Main memory Main memory
4.0 GB DDR3 SDRAM (2 x 2.0 GB), DIMM, 1 4.0 GB DDR3 SDRAM (2 x 2.0 GB), DIMM, 1
dual channel dual channel
6.0 GB DDR3 SDRAM (1 x 2.0 GB, 2 6.0 GB DDR3 SDRAM (1 x 2.0 GB, 2
1 x 4.0 GB), DIMM, dual channel 1 x 4.0 GB), DIMM, dual channel
8.0 GB DDR3 SDRAM (2 x 4.0 GB), DIMM, 3 8.0 GB DDR3 SDRAM (2 x 4.0 GB), DIMM, 3
dual channel dual channel
4.0 GB DDR3 SDRAM (2 x 2.0 GB), DIMM, 5 4.0 GB DDR3 SDRAM (2 x 2.0 GB), DIMM, 5
ECC, dual channel ECC, dual channel
8.0 GB DDR3 SDRAM (2 x 4.0 GB), DIMM, 6 8.0 GB DDR3 SDRAM (2 x 4.0 GB), DIMM, 6
ECC, dual channel ECC, dual channel
Communication with plant bus Communication with plant bus
BCE 0 BCE 0
Industrial Ethernet (CP 1623) 1 Industrial Ethernet (CP 1623) 1
Without additional communication modules 8 Without additional communication modules 8

Expansion (hardware) Expansion (hardware)

Without expansions A Without expansions A
Multi-monitor graphics card "2 Screens" B Power supply, country-specific power
(SIMATIC PCS 7 option)1) supply cable
Multi-monitor graphics card "4 Screens" C 110/230 V AC industrial power supply
(SIMATIC PCS 7 option)1)
- European power supply cord 0
Power supply, country-specific power
supply cable - US power supply cord 1
110/230 V AC industrial power supply - Power supply cord for UK 2
- European power supply cord 0 - Power supply cord for Switzerland 3
- US power supply cord 1 - Power supply cord for Italy 4
- Power supply cord for UK 2 - Chinese power supply cord 5
- Power supply cord for Switzerland 3 2 x 110/230 V AC, redundant power supply, 6
- Power supply cord for Italy 4 without power supply cord
1)
- Chinese power supply cord 5 HW RAID controller and multi-monitor graphics card cannot be combined
with one another because they use the same slot.
2 x 110/230 V AC, redundant power supply, 6
without power supply cord
1)
HW RAID controller and multi-monitor graphics card cannot be combined
with one another because they use the same slot.

1/30 Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011

 Siemens AG 2012

Industrial Workstation/IPC
SIMATIC Rack PCs
IPC847C

Ordering data (continued) 1

SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstations of the type IPC847C as replacement part
Without hardware expansions, software pre-installation, system software licenses, restore DVDs
Replacement for ES/OS single station or OS server of the type IPC847C
Ordering data Ordering No. Ordering data Ordering No.
SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstation 6ES7 660- SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstation 6ES7 660-
as replacement for ES/OS single station or as replacement for ES/OS single station or
OS server 2 - 8 OS server 2 - 8
Industrial PC SIMATIC IPC847C without pre- Industrial PC SIMATIC IPC847C without pre-
installation, without SIMATIC PCS 7 restore installation, without SIMATIC PCS 7 restore
DVDs DVDs
Processor and system type Expansion (hardware)
Core i7-610E (2C/4T, 2.53 GHz, 4 MB cache, X Without expansions A
TB, VT-x, VT-d, EM64-T), replacement for
ES/OS single station or OS server Multi-monitor graphics card "2 Screens" B
(SIMATIC PCS 7 option)1)
Hard disks Multi-monitor graphics card "4 Screens" C
RAID1 (2 x 500 GB, HDD SATA); internal; A (SIMATIC PCS 7 option)1)
0.5 g vibration, 5 g shock
Power supply, country-specific power
RAID1 (2 x 500 GB HDD SATA); in caddy; B supply cable
hot-swap; front
110/230 V AC industrial power supply
RAID1 (2 x 1 TB, HDD SAS); in caddy; C
hot-swap; front; HW RAID controller with - European power supply cord 0
PCIe X8 in PCIe X16 slot; including battery
backup unit (BBU)1) - US power supply cord 1
RAID5 (3 x 1 TB, HDD SAS); in caddy; D - Power supply cord for UK 2
hot-swap; front; HW RAID controller with
- Power supply cord for Switzerland 3
PCIe X8 in PCIe X16 slot; including battery
backup unit (BBU)1) - Power supply cord for Italy 4
Main memory - Chinese power supply cord 5
4.0 GB DDR3 SDRAM (2 x 2.0 GB), DIMM, 1 2 x 110/230 V AC, redundant power supply, 6
dual channel without power supply cord
6.0 GB DDR3 SDRAM (1 x 2.0 GB, 2
1 x 4.0 GB), DIMM, dual channel 1)
HW RAID controller and multi-monitor graphics card cannot be combined
8.0 GB DDR3 SDRAM (2 x 4.0 GB), DIMM, 3 with one another because they use the same slot.
dual channel
4.0 GB DDR3 SDRAM (2 x 2.0 GB), DIMM, 5
ECC, dual channel
8.0 GB DDR3 SDRAM (2 x 4.0 GB), DIMM, 6
ECC, dual channel
Communication with plant bus
BCE 0
Industrial Ethernet (CP 1623) 1
Without additional communication modules 8

Operating system
Windows 7 Ultimate 64-bit, multi-language A
(German, English, French, Italian, Spanish,
Chinese), with license downgrade to
Windows XP Professional 32-bit, MUI
(German, English, French, Italian, Spanish,
Chinese)
Windows Server 2008 R2 64-bit including B
5 CAL, multi-language (German, English,
French, Italian, Spanish, Chinese), with
license downgrade to Windows Server
2003 R2 Standard 32-bit including 5 CAL,
MUI (German, English, French, Italian,
Spanish, Chinese)
Without operating system X

Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011 1/31

 Siemens AG 2012

Industrial Workstation/IPC
SIMATIC Rack PCs
IPC847C
1 Additional and expansion components
Accessories
Memory submodules for main
memory Power supply cord for Rack PC
1.0 GB DDR3 1066 SDRAM 6ES7 648-2AJ40-0KA0 The SIMATIC PCS 7 preferred types are always delivered with a
(1 x 1.0 GB), DIMM
"European power supply cord". This can be used in Germany,
2.0 GB DDR3 1066 SDRAM 6ES7 648-2AJ50-0KA0
(1 x 2.0 GB), DIMM
France, Spain, Netherlands, Belgium, Sweden, Austria and
Finland.
4.0 GB DDR3 1066 SDRAM 6ES7 648-2AJ60-0KA0
(1 x 4.0 GB), DIMM The country-specific versions listed in the Ordering data are
1.0 GB DDR3 1066 SDRAM 6ES7 648-2AJ40-1KA0 required for other countries. The following picture shows the
(1 x 1.0 GB), DIMM, ECC design of a number of power supply plugs:
2.0 GB DDR3 1066 SDRAM 6ES7 648-2AJ50-1KA0
(1 x 2.0 GB), DIMM, ECC
4.0 GB DDR3 1066 SDRAM 6ES7 648-2AJ60-1KA0
(1 x 4.0 GB), DIMM, ECC
Europe USA
SIMATIC PC keyboard
German/international keyboard 6ES7 648-0CB00-0YA0
layout with USB connection
Great Britain Italy
SIMATIC PC mouse
Optical, with USB connection 6ES7 790-0AA01-0XA0
and PS/2 adapter
Switzerland China
Tower kit for SIMATIC PCS 7
Industrial Workstations
Based on SIMATIC IPC847C
Tower kit for conversion of a 6ES7 648-1AA00-0XD0 Country-specific power supply cords for Rack PC
Rack PC into an industrial
Tower PC Tower Kit for IPC847C
Withdrawable HDD caddy The Tower Kit enables conversion of a SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial
Low-profile, withdrawable HDD 6ES7 648-0EG00-1BA0 Workstation with rack PC design to an industrial tower PC.
caddy for 3.5" hard disk, SATA A Tower Kit can be ordered as an accessory for the SIMATIC
(without hard disk) PCS 7 Industrial Workstation IPC847C.
3 m power supply cord
for Rack PC 1)
For Europe 6ES7 900-0AA00-0XA0
For Great Britain 6ES7 900-0BA00-0XA0
For Switzerland 6ES7 900-0CA00-0XA0
For the USA 6ES7 900-0DA00-0XA0
For Italy 6ES7 900-0EA00-0XA0
For China 6ES7 900-0FA00-0XA0
SIMATIC NET HARDNET IE
S7-REDCONNECT PowerPack
For communication with fault-
tolerant AS systems, see section
"Communication", section "Indus-
trial Ethernet system connection
of PCS 7 system"
1)
The SIMATIC PCS 7 preferred types are delivered as standard with a
"European power cable". The country-specific versions listed above are
required for some countries.

1/32 Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011

 Siemens AG 2012

Industrial Workstation/IPC
SIMATIC BOX PC
OS Client 627C

Overview 1
The products for SIMATIC PCS 7 V8.0 from this catalog section
will appear in the 1st quarter of 2012. The contents of this
catalog section will then be updated.
The current products for SIMATIC PCS 7 V7.1 can be found in
the section "Previous versions".

Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011 1/33

 Siemens AG 2012

Industrial Workstation/IPC
SIMATIC Microbox PC
OS Client 427C
1 Overview
The products for SIMATIC PCS 7 V8.0 from this catalog section
will appear in the 1st quarter of 2012. The contents of this
catalog section will then be updated.
The current products for SIMATIC PCS 7 V7.1 can be found in
the section "Previous versions".feo

1/34 Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011

 Siemens AG 2012

Industrial Workstation/IPC
Expansion components
Mouse and keyboard

Design Technical specifications 1

Mouse Mouse

SIMATIC PCS 7 industrial workstations (with the exception of SIMATIC PC mouse

type IPC547C), SIMATIC PCS 7 compact systems as well as Designation SIMATIC PC mouse, USB
OS Clients based on SIMATIC BOX/Microbox PC are delivered
Interfaces USB; PS/2 via USB-PS/2 adapter
without a mouse.
Weight, approx. 147 g
The SIMATIC PC mouse is recommended as the input device for
the operator-controlled stations of a SIMATIC PCS 7 system; it is Connecting cable 1,83 m long, USB plug
characterized by the following features: Approvals corresponding to office FCC Declaration of Conformity
Optical technology environment (USA)
UL and cUL Notice of Approval
Ergonomic design (USA and Canada)
Convenient for right-handers and left-handers CES-003 report on file (Canada)
TV-GS Certificate (Germany)
Practical scroll wheel CE Declaration of Conformity
Safety and EMC (EU)
Equipped with a USB connection, can also be used on a GOST Certificate (Russia)
PS/2 interface together with the supplied USB-PS/2 adapter. VCCI Certificate (Japan)
ACA/MED Declaration of
Keyboard Conformity (Australia and New
Zealand)
BSMI Certificate (Taiwan)
MIC Certificate (Korea)
NOM Certificates (Mexico)
CB Scheme Certificate (Interna-
tional)
WHQL (International) ID: 866988

Keyboard
SIMATIC PC keyboard
Designation
Layout
SIMATIC PCS 7 industrial workstations, SIMATIC PCS 7 compact Interfaces
systems as well as OS Clients based on SIMATIC BOX and
Microbox PC are delivered without a keyboard. Dimensions (L x W x H) in mm
SIMATIC PC keyboard, USB
MF2, 105 keys, German/interna-
tional
USB; PS/2 via USB-PS/2 adapter
470 x 195 x 44

A keyboard without additional special functions which is suitable Weight, approx. 1.4 kg
for process operation with SIMATIC PCS 7 is e.g. the SIMATIC Connecting cable 1.75 m long, USB plug
PC keyboard with USB connection and German/international Temperature
key assignment.
Operation 0 ... +50 C
The SIMATIC PC keyboard is a stable, standard MF2 keyboard Storage/transport -20 ... +60 C
with 105 keys, and can also be used on a PS/2 interface together Approvals FCC, cURus, GS, CE, c-tick,
with the supplied USB-PS/2 adapter. It combines the conve- GOST-R
nience of an office keyboard with the rugged design of an indus-
trial device.
Ordering data Order No.
Mouse
SIMATIC PC mouse 6ES7 790-0AA01-0XA0
Optical, with USB connection and
USB-PS/2 adapter
Keyboard
SIMATIC PC keyboard 6ES7 648-0CB00-0YA0
German/international key
assignment, with USB connection
and USB-PS/2 adapter

Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011 1/35

 Siemens AG 2012

Industrial Workstation/IPC
Expansion components
Multi-monitor graphics cards
and process monitors
1 Overview
Multi-monitor graphics cards

The SIMATIC PCS 7 industrial workstations are supplied as Process monitors

standard with a graphics interface module for controlling one
process monitor. The multi-monitor graphics cards "2 Screens"
and "4 Screens" are available for multi-channel mode with 2 or
up to 4 process monitors.
Using a multi-monitor graphics card, the visualization of a
project/subproject when engineering or a plant/unit in process
operation can be divided among up to 4 process monitors per
operator station with application of different views. These
project/plant sections can all be operated using just one
keyboard and one mouse. Compared to single-channel mode, it
is thus possible to enormously improve the efficiency, conve-
nience and ergonomics of engineering and process control.

You can use e.g. the SCD 19101-D industrial LCD color monitor
as the process monitor for the SIMATIC PCS 7 process control
system.
In addition, industrial LCD monitors with IP65 degree of
protection (front) are available for installation in desks, control
cabinets or 19" racks. These are available using the Industry
Mall/CA 01 under "Automation engineering PC-based
Automation Industrial PCs Industrial monitors and thin
clients".

1/36 Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011

 Siemens AG 2012

Industrial Workstation/IPC
Expansion components
Multi-monitor graphics cards
and process monitors

Technical specifications Ordering data Order No.

1
Multi-monitor Graphics card Graphics card Multi-monitor graphics cards
graphics cards "2 Screens" "4 Screens"
Multi-monitor graphics card 6ES7 652-0XX04-1XE0
Memory 512 MB DDR2 512 MB DDR2 "2 Screens"
For operation of 2 process
Resolution monitors on 1 station
Max. analog resolution 2048 x 1536 1920 x 1200
per channel Type of delivery: Dual graphics
card, driver CD, 1 dual DVI cable
Max. digital resolution 1920 x 1200 1920 x 1200 for 2 digital outputs, 2 adapters
per channel for VGA outputs
Electromagnetic Class B Class B Multi-monitor graphics card 6ES7 652-0XX04-1XE1
compatibility (EMC) "4 Screens"
Slot requirement 1 x PCIe (Express) 1 x PCIe (Express) For operation of 4 process
x16 x16 monitors on 1 station
Low-profile format The format of the cards is "low profile" Type of delivery: Quad graphics
card, driver CD, 1 quad DVI cable
Scope of delivery: for 4 digital outputs, 4 adapters
2 retaining clamps for installation in systems for VGA outputs
with the "low-profile format" as well as in
systems with the ATX format of full height Process monitors
Passive cooling and low Design without fan for silent operation and to SCD 19101-D industrial LCD 6GF6 220-1DA01
current consumption improve product reliability monitor
(same design as SCD 1898-I)
SCD 19101-D process monitor Desktop unit, 230 V AC,
48 cm (19") screen diagonal,
Screen 19" (48 cm) TFT color monitor, horizontal frequency 50...97 kHz,
1280 x 1024 pixels, 16 million IP20 degree of protection
colors
Line frequency 50 ... 97 kHz
Display refresh rate 30 ... 100 Hz
Power supply 110/230 V AC
Dimensions (W x H x D) in mm 465 x 444 x 91 (depth of
stand 240)
Degree of protection IP20
Weight Approx. 10 kg

Detailed technical data of the process monitors can be found in

the Industry Mall/CA 01 under "Automation engineering PC-
based Automation Industrial PCs Industrial monitors and thin
clients".

Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011 1/37

 Siemens AG 2012

Industrial Workstation/IPC
Expansion components
Redundant terminal bus adapter
1 Overview
Client
Terminal bus
(Ethernet), ring 1
Ordering data Order No.
Components for connecting a
SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial
Workstation to a redundant
terminal bus
Client SIMATIC PCS 7 Redundant 6ES7 652-0XX01-1XF0
Terminal Bus Adapter Package
PCI
Server and desktop adapter with
conventional PCI interface for
configuration of a redundant
terminal bus,
Terminal bus
(Ethernet), ring 2 consisting of 2 Intel PCI network
cards for connection to Industrial
Ethernet (10/100/1000 Mbit/s),

G_PCS7_XX_00183
with RJ45 connection
Note:
Can be used only in SIMATIC
PCS 7 Industrial Workstations with
Redundant servers Windows XP Professional 32-bit
and Windows Server 2003/2003
R2 Standard 32-bit operating
You can connect SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstations to a systems!
non-redundant terminal bus using the onboard Ethernet
interface or a desktop adapter network card. With a redundant SIMATIC PCS 7 Redundant 6ES7 652-0XX01-1XF1
Terminal Bus Adapter Package
terminal bus where two rings are connected together via two PCIe
pairs of switches, each SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstation Server and desktop adapter with
must be connected to both rings using a SIMATIC PCS 7 PCI Express interface for configu-
redundant terminal bus adapter package. ration of a redundant terminal
bus,
Design consisting of 2 Intel PCIe network
cards for connection to Industrial
The SIMATIC PCS 7 redundant terminal bus adapter package Ethernet (10/100/1000 Mbit/s),
consists of server and desktop adapter network cards (for with RJ45 connection
details on the configuration, refer to the "Fault-tolerant Process
Control Systems" manual).
It is available in two versions which use different slots in the
SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstation because of the different
bus interfaces:
Redundant Terminal Bus Adapter Package for the conven-
tional PCI bus (can only be used in SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial
Workstations with Windows XP Professional 32-bit and
Windows Server 2003/2003 R2 Standard 32-bit operating
systems!)
Redundant Terminal Bus Adapter Package for the PCI
Express bus (PCIe)
Note:
Be aware that the selection always applies to the complete
package, which means to the server and desktop adapter
network cards of a station. It is not permissible to mix PCIe and
PCI cards of two redundant terminal adapter packages of
different types. You cannot operate a desktop adapter network
card on a PCI slot and the server adapter network card on a
PCIe slot of the station, or vice versa.

1/38 Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011

 Siemens AG 2012

Industrial Workstation/IPC
Expansion components
Smart Card Reader

Overview 1
Technical specifications
Type USB chipcard Serial chipcard
reader reader
Interface
Interface type USB 2.0 CCID Serial,
(Chip Card Interface RS 232 COM port
Device),
USB 1.1 compatible
Transmission rate 12 Mbit/s 115 kbit/s
Power supply Via USB Via PS/2 (incl. PS/2
keyboard adapter)
Design and equipment
Design Desktop unit with foot for vertical positioning;
adhesive pad at rear for optional mounting
Material ABS
Color Two shades of gray
A smart card reader can be used to check operator privileges
on a single station or client. The smart card reader then works Status display Two-color LED
together with SIMATIC Logon, the user administration and Cable length 1.8 m
access control function integrated in SIMATIC PCS 7 (see
Dimensions and weights
section "IT Security", under "SIMATIC Logon").
Dimensions 80 x 67 x 28
The smart card has the function of a "key" for the operator station. (LxWxD in mm)
Inputs are only permissible as long as it is inserted in the reader.
Such unambiguous identification is particularly necessary for Weight without foot 110 g
plants having to comply with validation requirements. Weight with foot 141 g
Two devices are available for operation on the SIMATIC PCS 7 Ambient temperatures during operation
Industrial Workstation: Temperature 0 55 C
Serial smart card reader for connection to COM1 or COM2 Humidity 10 90 %
(can be used only in SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstations/
IPC with Windows XP Professional 32-bit and Windows Server Service life/MTBF
2003/2003 R2 Standard 32-bit operating systems!) Insertion cycles 100 000
USB smart card reader for connection to a USB interface MTBF (Mean Time 500 000 h
Between Failures)
Ordering data Order No. Test symbols / Microsoft WHQL Microsoft WHQL
approvals (Windows Hardware ISO 7816
USB smart card reader 6ES7 652-0XX02-1XC0 Quality Lab)
Desktop unit with USB cable ISO 7816
Serial smart card reader 6ES7 652-0XX11-1XC0 USB 2.0 (USB 1.1
Desktop unit with cable for a compatible)
serial RS 232 COM port and CCID (Chip Card
PS/2 keyboard adapter for Interface Device)
power supply GSA Fips201
Note: approved product
Can be used only in SIMATIC list
PCS 7 Industrial Workstations/IPC Safety/environmental CE CE
with Windows XP Professional standards WEEE WEEE
32-bit and Windows Server 2003/ FCC FCC
2003 R2 Standard 32-bit UL UL
operating systems! VCCI RoHS
Smart card for USB/serial smart 6ES7 652-0XX05-1XD1 MIC
card reader RoHS
Pack with 10 units; 1 card is
required per user

Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011 1/39

 Siemens AG 2012

Industrial Workstation/IPC
Expansion components
Signal output
1 Overview Ordering data Order No.
PCI Signal Module 6DS1 916-8RR
PCI card for installing in an
Signal module External circuit operator station
Connecting cable
Driver For connecting an external audio
detector to a signal module
Acknowledgeable contact 3m 6XV2 175-8AH30
Acknowledgement input 10 m 6XV2 175-8AN10
32 m 6XV2 175-8AN32
50 m 6XV2 175-8AN50
Contact channel 1
Contact channel 2
Contact channel 3

OS single station and OS client can be expanded by a signal

module. These signal modules can control a horn and up to
3 different lamps or buzzer tones that represent a variety of
message classes. Using a hardware timer (watchdog), the
signal modules can detect and signal the failure of an operator
station. A hardware acknowledgment button can also be
connected.
The signal modules are installed in a PCI slot in the operator
station.
They can be operated under the following operating systems:
Windows XP Professional 32-bit
Windows Server 2003 R2 Standard 32-bit
Windows 7 Ultimate 32/64-bit
Windows Server 2008 R2 Standard 64-bit

1/40 Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011

 2
Siemens AG 2012

Engineering System

2/2 Introduction

2/3 ES software
2/3 Introduction
2/4 Standard engineering software
2/11 Version Cross Manager
2/12 Version Trail
2/13 Advanced Engineering
2/15 Import/Export Assistant
2/16 SIMATIC PDM Process Device Manager

2/26 Simulation
2/26 Simulation with S7-PLCSIM

Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011

 Siemens AG 2012
Engineering System
Introduction
Overview
2 system is based on the high-performance SIMATIC PCS7 Indus-
Design
The architecture of the Engineering System depends on how the
SIMATIC PCS 7 project is processed:
Locally, on a central engineering station
In the engineering network (concurrent engineering)
Central engineering station
Hardware platform for the central engineering station is the
SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstation in the single station
version. This is based on a SIMATIC IPC of Rack PC design
which is prepared for installation in 19" rack systems. It is
available in two versions which have different communication
links to the Industrial Ethernet plant bus:
SIMATIC PCS 7 ES/OS IPC1) BCE W7
Connection to plant bus with 10/100/1000 Mbit/s RJ45
network card and Basic Communication Ethernet (BCE) for
communication with up to 8 automation systems (not
redundant stations)
SIMATIC PCS 7 ES/OS IPC1) IE W7
Connection to plant bus with CP 1613 A2/1623 communi-
cation module for communication with max. 64 automation
systems
Two onboard 10/100/1000 Mbit/s Ethernet RJ45 ports are
available for connecting to the terminal bus.
The Windows 7 Ultimate 64-bit operating system and the
SIMATIC PCS 7 engineering software for AS/OS are factory
installed on the SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstation. The
scope of performance of the preinstalled SIMATIC PCS 7
engineering software is defined by installation of the purchased
software licenses.
2/2 Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011
The engineering system of the SIMATIC PCS 7 process control
trial Workstation, which can be used either in office applications
or in industrial environments.
The engineering software run on this hardware can be optimally
matched to different customer requirements and tasks. The
basic functionality defined by the standard engineering software
can be optionally expanded depending on the project-specific
task and its implementation.
The objective of the licensing of the standard engineering
software with an unlimited number of process objects (PO) is the
realization of a classic, dedicated engineering station. This
allows 2-hour OS test mode, but not productive operation.
Engineering network
With concurrent engineering in an engineering network, the
project is localized on one of the participating Engineering
Stations, the "Project server". The engineering stations working
as "Project clients" can access the project server data via LAN/
WAN. Every engineering station in the network (project server/
client) is able to download configuration data to a SIMATIC
PCS 7 subsystem provided it has the required communication
connections.
With this architecture, it is appropriate to install the project server
on a SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstation, server version. The
Windows Server 2008 R2 Standard 64-bit operating system and
the SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Software server are factory installed on
this (adaptation/expansion of SIMATIC PCS 7 installation
required).
Like the single station version of the SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial
Workstation, the server version is also available in two versions
which differ with regard to the plant bus communication:
SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Server IPC1) BCE SRV08
Connection to plant bus with 10/100/1000 Mbit/s RJ45
network adapter and Basic Communication Ethernet (BCE) for
communication with up to 8 automation systems (not
redundant stations)
SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Server IPC1) IE SRV08
Connection to plant bus with CP 1613 A2/1623 communi-
cation module for communication with max. 64 automation
systems
With the SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstation, single station
version, you can use the same hardware platform for the project
clients as for the central engineering station.
Configuration can be made easier by connecting up to
4 process monitors via a multi-monitor graphics card, both for a
central engineering station and for individual stations in an
engineering network.
See section "Industrial Workstation/IPC" for ordering data and
detailed information on the scope of delivery and technology of
the SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstations.
1)
IPC stands for one of the SIMATIC IPC types from the product range in the
section "Industrial Workstation/IPC, SIMATIC Rack PC", which are autho-
rized for SIMATIC PCS 7 V8.0.
 Siemens AG 2012

Engineering System
ES software
Introduction

Overview
The functionality of the engineering system is largely covered by
the standard engineering software. The following software
options are available in addition for special functions:
SIMATIC Version Cross Manager
SIMATIC Version Trail
SIMATIC PCS 7 Advanced Engineering System (AdvES)
SIMATIC PCS 7 Import/Export Assistant
SIMATIC PDM Process Device Manager for SIMATIC PCS 7
Engineering Process Safety (see Section "Safety Integrated for
Process Automation")
2
SIMATIC PCS 7 Maintenance Station Engineering (see Section
"Maintenance Station")
SIMATIC Route Control Engineering (see Section "Route
control with SIMATIC Route Control")
S7-PLCSIM for the functional testing of CFC/SFC programs

Design
SIMATIC PCS 7 Engineering System
As a classic, exclusive engineering station with Windows 7 Ultimate 64-bit or Windows Server 2008 R2 Standard 64-bit operating system
(2-hour OS test mode, but no productive operation as an operator station is possible)
Version Projekt server Projekt client Single station
BCE IE BCE IE BCE IE
SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstation including operating system
BCE communication for up to SIMATIC PCS 7 ES/OS IPC1) BCE W7 n n
8 automation systems (no
H systems) SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Server IPC1) BCE SRV08 n
IE communication SIMATIC PCS 7 ES/OS IPC1) IE W7 n n
SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Server IPC1) IE SRV08 n
Additional Industrial Ethernet communications software
SIMATIC NET HARDNET IE S7 REDCONNECT PowerPack for IE communication n n n
with redundant automation systems (additive to SIMATIC NET HARDNET IE S7)
Standard engineering software, alternatives
SIMATIC PCS 7 Engineering AS and OS, including 2-hour OS test mode n n n
Software V8.0
AS n n n
Supplementary engineering software (optional)
Version Cross Manager V7.1 n n n
Version Trail V8.0 n n n
Advanced Engineering System (AdvES) V8.0 n n n
Import-Export Assistant V8.0 n n n
Engineering Process Safety S7 F Systems V6.1 n n n
Safety Matrix Tool V6.2 n n n
PCS 7 Maintenance Station Engineering V8.0 n n n
SIMATIC Route Control Engineering V8.0 n n n
SIMATIC PDM PCS 7 V7.0/V8.0 n n n
Simulation with S7-PLCSIM V5.4 n n n

Hardware and software components of the engineering system, as well as possible configurations
1)
IPC stands for one of the SIMATIC IPC types from the product range in the
section "Industrial Workstation/IPC, SIMATIC Rack PC", which are autho-
rized for SIMATIC PCS 7 V8.0.

Note on Microsoft SQL Server software

The "SQL Server" software from Microsoft which is delivered
together with SIMATIC PCS 7 is exclusively intended for this
process control system. It must not be used in any other context
without previous written approval by Siemens.

Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011 2/3

 Siemens AG 2012
Engineering System
ES software
Standard engineering software
Overview
The standard engineering software provides the basic function-
2 ality for configuration of SIMATIC PCS 7 plants with:
Automation systems
Process I/O
Communication networks
Operator systems
Maintenance station
SIMATIC BATCH
SIMATIC Route Control
The objective of the licensing of standard engineering software
is the realization of a classic, dedicated engineering station,
which is inherently not suitable as an operator station for
productive operation. It can be expanded to a combined
engineering/operator station with additive OS standard software
described in the section "OS Software" in the chapter "Operator
System".
Application
Classic, exclusive engineering station with unlimited
number of process objects for engineering
(Engineering unlimited POs)
Two software versions with unlimited engineering POs are
available for the classical engineering station:
AS/OS for engineering of automation systems (AS) and
operator systems (OS)
AS only for AS engineering
With the AS/OS software version, the OS configuration can be
tested in an OS test mode limited to 2 hours. This OS test mode
is not suitable for productive operation. After 2 hours, the
engineering station automatically switches to demonstration
mode.
Rental License
A 30-day or 50-hour rental license for AS engineering (unlimited
POs) gives you a cost-effective alternative for short-term
projects or short-term capacity bottlenecks.
The licenses for 30 days and 50 hours differ as follows with
regard to runtime billing:
With the 30-day license, the uninterruptible timer starts at the
time of first usage. Time billing is thus independent of usage.
With the 50-hour license, only the actual duration of use is
billed, i.e. the timer stops when the SIMATIC PCS 7 application
is exited, and restarts when the application is opened again.
2/4 Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011
Division of work during engineering
To enable engineering to be carried out in the shortest possible
time, it is necessary to use resources optimally. The engineering
system of the SIMATIC PCS 7 process control system not only
supports uniform engineering of the project on an engineering
station but also provides various options for dividing the work.
Concurrent Engineering
With Concurrent Engineering multiple project engineers can
work concurrently on one project in CFC and SFC, without
having to split the project up into sub-projects beforehand.
During commissioning, for example, plans can be used in the
online (debug) mode and at the same time changes can be
made to the project.
The project is localized on one of the participating engineering
stations, the "Project server". The engineering stations working
as "Project clients" can access the project data via LAN/WAN.
CFC and SFC charts can be opened and viewed by multiple
project engineers concurrently. However, the system rejects
concurrent write accesses to the database.
Every engineering station in the network (project server/client)
is able to download configuration data to a SIMATIC PCS 7
subsystem provided it has the required communication connec-
tions.
Multiproject Engineering
Multi-project engineering permits division of a complex project
into several subprojects in accordance with technological
criteria in order to allow several teams to work on the project in
parallel. To achieve this, a host "Multi-project" is defined in the
SIMATIC Manager. The individual projects can be added or
removed from a multiproject at any time. Similarly, projects can
be divided or combined (Branch & Merge).
Central configuration functions for multi-projects help to reduce
the configuration overhead. For example, a hierarchy folder can
be created in the current project and also automatically in all
other projects. It cannot be modified there, but objects can be
inserted. All block types used in a multi-project can also be
updated centrally.
The subprojects in a multiproject are stored on a central server
and moved to the local engineering stations for editing. The
engineering performance is then not affected by network
access.
 Siemens AG 2012
Function
Essential tools of the standard engineering software and their
functions:
SIMATIC Logon
SIMATIC Logon is a user administration and access control
function integrated in the engineering system. Together with the
versatile recording facilities provided by the modification
logbook, SIMATIC Logon offers plant owners exceptional system
support when complying with FDA requirements.
Technological
function blocks
Advanced HW
Libraries CFC/SFC
ES Config
Engineering for network/ Engineering for
communication/hardware automation
SIMATIC Manager
The SIMATIC Manager is the control center of the engineering
system. It is the integration platform for the engineering toolset
as well as the configuration basis for all engineering tasks of the
SIMATIC PCS 7 process control system. All aspects of the
SIMATIC PCS 7 project are created, managed, archived and
documented here.
The engineering toolset contains tools which are optimally
matched to one another for system-wide project-oriented
engineering, and which simultaneously provide the basis for
asset management of the I&C equipment. These include tools
for effective engineering of the following components:
Control system hardware including distributed I/O and field
devices
Communication networks
Automation functionality for continuous and batch processes
(AS engineering)
Operation and monitoring functionality (OS engineering)
Safety applications (Safety Integrated for Process
Automation)
Diagnostics and asset management functionality
Batch processes, automated with SIMATIC BATCH
Material transport, controlled by SIMATIC Route Control
Cooperation with higher-level CAD/CAE planning tools
(Advanced Engineering System)
Engineering System
ES software
Standard engineering software
Using SIMATIC Logon, the administrator can assign specific
access privileges to groups of users, thus controlling the possi-
bilities for data access. Operator interventions in the engineering 2
system as well as all online modifications which affect the
automation systems, operator systems, SIMATIC BATCH or
SIMATIC Route Control can be recorded in the modification
reports.
If the modification reports are linked to the data of SIMATIC
Logon during evaluation, it can be clearly proven who has
carried out a specific modification and at what time.
OS
engineering
SIMATIC PCS 7 engineering
SIMATIC
Graphics SIMATIC S7 SIMATIC
Route
Designer BATCH F Systems PDM
Control
SIMATIC Manager /
uniform database
G_PCS7_XX_00114
Engineering for Parameterization
fail-safe systems of field devices
Technologists as well as process and production engineers can
carry out planning and configuration in their acquainted environ-
ments when using this range of tools as well as predefined
blocks (tag types) and plans (example solutions).
The hardware required for use in a SIMATIC project, such as
automation systems, communications components and process
I/O, is stored in an electronic catalog. The hardware can be
configured and configured using the HW-Config tool.
To implement the automation logic, standardized function blocks
must be combined with one another in the graphic configuration
tool CFC according to technological specifications. You can
simply select predefined blocks (process tag types) or charts
(example solutions) for this purpose from a catalog and then
position, graphically interconnect and configure them in the
working area. The process tag data relevant to operation and
monitoring, such as messages and variables, are generated at
the same time.
Sequential controls permit control and selective processing of
the basic automation functions created per CFC by means of
changes in operating mode and status. Convenient editing
functions for the graphic configuration of sequential controls as
well as powerful test and commissioning functions are offered by
the SFC editor.
Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011 2/5
 Siemens AG 2012
Engineering System
ES software
Standard engineering software
Function (continued)
Process tags in the process object view
Complete SIMATIC PCS 7 projects or all project modifications
can be compiled in one working step and downloaded to the
target systems involved, e.g. to automation systems, operator
system or SIMATIC BATCH. The engineering system automati-
cally ensures that the sequence is correct. The procedure is
displayed and controlled in a central dialog.
Selective configuration modifications can be downloaded online
to the corresponding target systems. Short turnaround times
result in short waiting times for the commissioning engineer, and
have a favorable effect on the commissioning costs. Program
modifications relevant to automation systems can be initially
debugged in a test system prior to downloading to the target
system of the running plant.
Project views
The SIMATIC Manager supports the various tasks for creating a
plant project by means of the following project views:
Component view (HW-Config)
for configuration of hardware such as automation systems,
bus components or process I/O
Component view: hardware configuration in the SIMATIC Manager with
HW-Config
2/6 Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011
Process object view
as the central development environment for all aspects of
process tags/objects
The process object view of the SIMATIC Manager supports the
work of a process engineer by providing a universal view of the
process tag. It shows the technological hierarchy of the plant
(presented in tree form) in combination with a tabular view of all
aspects of the process tag/object (general data, blocks, param-
eters, signals, messages, image objects, archive variables,
hierarchy folders, equipment properties and global declara-
tions). This provides the technologist with fast orientation.
All objects in the marked branch of the hierarchy are displayed
in the table so that they can be directly processed with user-
friendly edit, filter, replace, import and export functions. A
special test mode offers the facility for testing process tags and
CFCs online and for starting them up.
The OS areas and the image hierarchy for process control, as
well as the SIMATIC PCS 7 asset management, can be derived
from the technological hierarchy. Furthermore, it also forms the
basis for the plant-oriented identification of process objects.
Common displays can be positioned in pictures by means of the
image hierarchy, and automatically linked to subordinate
images. The configuration engineer is only responsible for the
correct positioning. Since the number of common display fields
and their semantics can be configured, it is also possible to
implement customized alarm configurations.
Using the process object view, "Smart Alarm Hiding" can also be
configured. This refers to the dynamic hiding of messages
(alarms) of the technological blocks grouped in a unit for
operating states in which these messages are of lower impor-
tance for the safe and trouble-free operation of the plant (e.g.
startup, service, etc.). Alarms can be displayed or hidden
separately for each of the maximum 32 operating states through
selection of option boxes in the alarm matrix of the process
object view. Although hidden alarms are not signaled visually
and audibly, they are still logged and archived as before.
 Siemens AG 2012
Function (continued)
Continuous function chart (CFC)
Continuous function chart
The CFC editor is the tool for graphical configuration and
commissioning of continuous automation functions. Preengi-
neered function blocks can be positioned, configured and inter-
connected within CFCs with the support of powerful autorouting
and integral configuration of HMI messages. Special configu-
ration techniques such as chart-in-chart for implementing hierar-
chical plans or the multiple usage of chart block types (chart
compiled as block type) or SFC types (standardized sequential
controls) in the form of instances offer an additional rational-
ization potential.
When creating a new CFC, a new runtime group with the same
name as the chart is created. All the blocks that are subse-
quently entered in the chart are automatically added to this
runtime group. Each block is therefore already assigned runtime
properties when inserting, and these properties can be
optimized by means of modifications in the runtime editor or by
using algorithms.
The algorithm first determines the optimum block sequence
separately for each runtime group, and then the optimum
sequence of runtime groups.
In addition to convenient editing functions, the scope of CFC
functions also includes powerful test and commissioning
functions as well as individually configurable documentation
functions
Note:
The CFC is not only a component in the standard engineering
software of the SIMATIC PCS 7 process control system. It can
also be used as a separate product in the context of Totally
Integrated Automation (TIA) together with other SIMATIC
products. This SIMATIC CFC is a component of Catalog ST 70,
section "SIMATIC Software" (order no. of the current SIMATIC
CFC V8.0: 6ES7 658-1EX08-2YA5).
Engineering System
ES software
Standard engineering software
Sequential function chart (SFC)
Sequential function chart
The SFC editor is used for the graphical configuration and
commissioning of sequential controls for batch production
operations. It possesses convenient editing functions as well as
powerful test and commissioning functions.
Using a sequential control, basic automation functions usually
created using CFC are controlled and selectively processed by
means of changes in operating mode and status. Depending on
the subsequent use, the sequential controls can be created
either as a SFC plan or SFC type
SFC plan
The SFC plan can be used to implement sequential controls
which can be applied once and which access several partial
areas of the production plant. Each SFC plan contains
standardized inputs and outputs for status information and for
control by the user program or the user. The SFC plan can be
positioned and linked as a block in the CFC. The required
CFC block connections are selected by simple operations
and connected to the steps or transitions of the step chains.
An ISA 88-conform status manager enables the configuration of
up to 8 separate sequence chains within a single SFC, e.g. for
states such as HOLDING or ABORTING, for SAFE STATE or for
different operating modes.
SFC type
SFC types are standardized sequential controls which can be
applied repeatedly and which access one partial area of the
production plant. They can be organized in libraries, and
handled like normal function blocks, i.e. they can be selected
from a catalog and positioned, interconnected and configured
as an instance in a CFC plan.
Changes to the original automatically result in corresponding
changes in all instances. An SFC type may contain up to
32 sequences. Using the function "Create/update block
symbols", a block symbol is automatically positioned and inter-
connected in the associated process display for all SFC
instances with HMI features.
Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011 2/7
 Siemens AG 2012
Engineering System
ES software
Standard engineering software
Function (continued)
I&C libraries
2 The use of library elements plays a major role in minimizing the
amount of engineering required and thus also the project costs.
Two I&C libraries are integrated in the standard engineering
software of SIMATIC PCS 7 V8.0:
Advanced Process Library (standard library for SIMATIC
PCS 7 V8.0)
PCS 7 Standard Library (the former SIMATIC PCS 7 Standard
Library can be installed subsequently if required)
Preconfigured and tested blocks, faceplates and symbols are
organized in these libraries and form the basic elements for the
graphic configuration of automation solutions.
The comprehensive range of blocks can be categorized as
follows:
Blocks for mathematical operations, analog and digital logic
Interlocking blocks
Technological function blocks with integral display, operation
and signaling functions, e.g.:
- Standard Control and Advanced Process Control blocks
- Motor and valve blocks
- Counter blocks
- Dosing block
Blocks for the integration of field devices
Operator control and monitoring blocks
Message and diagnostics blocks
Furthermore, preconfigured process tag types for process
equipment such as pumps, valves, dosing units and controllers
(cascade, spit-range) etc. extend the scope of library elements.
Advanced Process Library
Examples of OS standard faceplates from the SIMATIC PCS 7 Advanced
Process Library, valves
The Advanced Process Library (APL) is the standard library for
SIMATIC PCS 7 V8.0. It is based on the extensive experience of
project engineers and plant operators, taking into account
current NAMUR recommendations and PI specifications. New
and improved functions as well as visually attractive GUIs for a
high level of operator convenience facilitate and also force inter-
action of operators with the plant.
2/8 Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011
Some examples include:
Special operating modes:
- "Local" for integration and application of local control options
- "Shutdown" for deactivating a measuring point for mainte-
nance and service
Additional faceplates:
- "Preview" with status information on the I/O signals,
automatic control and possible/permissible operator inputs
as well as display of actual process values for simulation
- "Memo view" for temporary information from operating
personnel
Convenient interlocking blocks with initial signal information,
can be directly called from the technological function blocks,
e.g. from a motor block
Improved protection against maloperations as result of
additional grading of user privileges
Improved operator prompting: tacking of operator input
window simplifies repeated, successive operations (multiple
operation)
Flexible adaptation of functions in the library blocks
Commissioning support through direct simulation on the
operator station
Explicit enabling/disabling of operations for a process tag for
individual operator stations of the plant using the function
"Local operator enabling"
"Small variants" of motor, valve, analog value monitoring and
digital value monitoring blocks with reduced functional scope
and requiring less space
Integration of any compact drives and switch/starter objects
via standard PROFIBUS profiles
Function for coordination of multiple access operations, e.g. of
SFC/SIMATIC BATCH, to equipment such as valves, dosing
units or pumps
 Siemens AG 2012
Function (continued)
Advanced Process Control (APC) functions
In addition to numerous basic control functions, e.g. PID control,
cascade control, split range control and ratio control, the
I&C libraries of SIMATIC PCS 7 also provide function blocks
and templates for advanced control functions at no extra cost:
Controlled adaptation (gain scheduling)
The GainSched block enables infinite adjustment of the
controller parameters in non-linear processes depending on
the operating point. The block, which works in a similar
manner to the polygon block, can derive three separate output
values from one input value (measured variable X), which
serve as regulating parameters for an interconnected
controller block. Depending on the characteristic of the
measured variable X, the GainSched changes the regulating
parameters of the combined closed-loop controller in a sliding
manner.
Override control
The outputs of two or more controllers are connected to a
common final control element. The decision concerning which
controller actually receives access to the final control element
is made depending on the evaluation of the current process
state.
Lead-lag/feedforward control
A strong, measurable interference is compensated in
advance by feedforward control. The control is thus limited to
model uncertainties and non-measurable faults.
PID controller optimization (PID tuning)
The integral PID Tuner is suitable for optimization of the
CTRL_PID and CTRL_S software controllers in circuits with
PID, PI, or P control. On the basis of an experimentally deter-
mined model of the controlled system, favorable controller
parameters for an optimum disturbance response or an
optimum control response of the controller can be determined
according to the procedure of absolute value optimization.
Optimization can be carried out in manual or automatic mode.
The typical controller values (actual value, setpoint, manipu-
lated variable) are recorded by a trend function. The transient
response of the controllers with the determined parameters
can be checked by defining jumps. The controller parameters
can be saved, and recalled as required.
Engineering System
ES software
Standard engineering software
Monitoring of the control quality
The ConPerMon block determines the control quality of a
controller block (e.g. PID controller) on the basis of the online 2
data of the setpoint, actual value and manipulated variable.
Depending on deviation of the comparison quality, e.g. the
control quality at commissioning, it can trigger a warning or an
alarm. The faceplates of all control quality monitoring of a
plant or a plant unit can be summarized in OS screens, which
enables problems to be detected early on, analyzed, and
specifically corrected.
Smith predictor
The Smith predictor can significantly improve the control
quality of processes with long and relatively constant dead
times. By eliminating the dead time component using a
process model running parallel to the actual process, the
controller can be designed for a process free of dead time,
and thus set more effectively.
Model-based predictive multi-variable control
The ModPreCon model-based predictive multi-variable
controller separately analyses the behavior of up to four inter-
dependent variables for complex processes over a longer
period. It then uses the parameter matrix calculated using the
results for optimized control of these variables. Adverse inter-
actions which occur with separate control of the interde-
pendent variables are thus eliminated.
Note:
The ModPreCon makes great demands on memory and
processing time of the designated automation system. For that
reason, please check the resources of the designated
automation system before using the ModPreCon. We
recommend the use of an automation system of type AS 416
or higher.
Graphics Designer
The project data for the engineering of the operator systems are
organized with the SIMATIC Manager. All the data relevant to
operation and monitoring of a process tag, such as messages
and HMI variables, are generated automatically during definition
of the automation function. A powerful graphics designer is
available for the generation of process displays.
DOCPRO
DOCPRO is a tool for effective generation and management of
plant documentation in accordance with defined standards.
DOCPRO permits you to structure your project data in any
manner, to process them in the form of standardized circuit
manuals, and to print them in a uniform layout. You can incor-
porate your own cover sheets, layouts, graphics, logos or title
block data. It is easy to control printing, i.e. you can specifically
output individual parts of the project or all project data on the
printer.
Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011 2/9

Engineering System
ES software
Standard engineering software
Ordering data
A classic, exclusive
2 engineering station without
limitation of quantities, not
suitable for productive
operation as an operator
station
SIMATIC PCS 7 AS/OS
Engineering Software V8.0
Unlimited POs,
activated for 2-hour OS test mode
Software class A, runs with
Windows XP Professional 32-bit,
Windows 7 Ultimate 32/64-bit,
Windows Server 2003 R2
Standard 32-bit, or Windows
Server 2008 R2 Standard 64-bit,
floating license for 1 user
Type of delivery: License key
memory stick, certificate of
license, as well as SIMATIC
PCS 7 Software Media Package
5 languages (German, English,
French, Italian, Spanish);
supplied with SIMATIC PCS 7
Software Media Package V8.0
ASIA, 2 languages (English,
Chinese); supplied with
SIMATIC PCS 7 Software Media
Package ASIA V8.0
SIMATIC PCS 7 AS Engineering
Software V8.0
Unlimited POs
6 languages (German, English,
French, Italian, Spanish,
Chinese), software class A, runs
with Windows XP Professional 32-
bit, Windows 7 Ultimate 32/64-bit,
Windows Server 2003 R2
Standard 32-bit, or Windows
Server 2008 R2 Standard 64-bit,
floating license for 1 user
Type of delivery: License key
memory stick, certificate of
license
Floating license for 1 user
Rental license for 30 days (time
billing independent of use)
Rental license for 50 hours (time
billing dependent on use)
For additional information on the Software Media Package, see section
"SIMATIC PCS 7 Software".
2/10 Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011
Siemens AG 2012
Order No.
6ES7 658-5AX08-0YA5
6ES7 658-5AX08-0CA5
6ES7 658-1AF08-0YB5
6ES7 658-1AF08-0YA6
6ES7 658-1AF08-0YB6
More information
Regional product versions
Originally, all SIMATIC PCS 7 software products were designed
for international use, i.e. there was only one product version for
worldwide use, which was offered in up to 6 languages: German,
English, French, Italian, Spanish and Chinese. However, the
number of supported languages was not uniform, it varied
depending on the product.
The product version for international use will continue to be
available for the SIMATIC PCS 7 software. In addition, a regional
"ASIA" product version will also be offered for the SIMATIC PCS 7
Software Media Package and specific SIMATIC PCS 7 software
products of the "Engineering System" and "Operator System"
system components. ASIA products are explicitly identified in
the name by the supplement "ASIA". They currently support
English and Chinese (simplified).
If a product listed in this catalog does not have the regional
identification ASIA, it can always be used globally. However, the
following restriction applies: If a regional ASIA product is offered,
the pendant for international use does not support the Asian
languages (currently Chinese simplified) present in the ASIA
product.
The following special points must be observed as a result of the
definition of separate products for installation software and
licenses. The SIMATIC PCS 7 installation software is available in
the form of two data medium packages:
SIMATIC PCS 7 Software Media Package
SIMATIC PCS 7 Software Media Package ASIA
The specific ASIA software licenses harmonize exclusively with
the SIMATIC PCS 7 Software Media Package ASIA. SIMATIC
PCS 7 software licenses for which there is no ASIA pendant can
be used with both SIMATIC PCS 7 Software Media Packages.
 Siemens AG 2012

Engineering System
ES software
Version Cross Manager

Overview More information

The SIMATIC Version Cross Manager is a user-friendly tool for
determining the differences between various versions of
individual projects or multi-projects by:
Tracing missing, additional or differing objects by comparing
hardware configuration, communication, technological
hierarchy, CFC/SFC charts, SFC details, block types, alarms,
global variables, signals and run sequences
Graphic display of comparison results in a combination of tree
and tabular formats
Clear hierarchical structuring according to the technological
hierarchy of the plant
Color-coded identification of the differences
Upgrade
You can upgrade SIMATIC PCS 7 engineering systems with 2
Engineering Software V7.1 to version 8.0 using the SIMATIC
PCS 7 Engineering Upgrade Packages. The SIMATIC Version
Cross Manager, however, remains unchanged in the version 7.1,
and can be used in both SIMATIC PCS 7 V7.1 as well as in
SIMATIC PCS 7 V8.0. It is therefore not part of the SIMATIC
PCS 7 Engineering Upgrade Packages AS/OS V7.1 to V8.0.
For further information, see section "Update/upgrade
packages".
TIA applications
The Version Cross Manager is not only a software component of
the SIMATIC PCS 7 Engineering System. As a separate product,
it can also be used together with other SIMATIC products in the
context of Totally Integrated Automation (TIA). This SIMATIC
Version Cross Manager is a component of Catalog ST 70,
section "SIMATIC software":
SIMATIC Version Cross Manager V7.1:
Order No. 6ES7 658-1CX17-2YA5
Upgrading SIMATIC Version Cross Manager from V7.0 to V7.1:
Order No. 6ES7 658-1CX17-2YE5

Ordering data Order No.

SIMATIC Version Cross 6ES7 658-1CX17-2YA5
Manager V7.1
Can be used with SIMATIC PCS 7
V7.1 and V8.0
6 languages (German, English,
French, Italian, Spanish,
Chinese), software class A, runs
with Windows XP Professional 32-
bit, Windows 7 Ultimate 32/64-bit,
Windows Server 2003 R2
Standard 32-bit, or Windows
Server 2008 R2 Standard 64-bit,
floating license for 1 user
Type of delivery: License key
memory stick, certificate of
license as well as TIA
Engineering Toolset CD

Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011 2/11

 Siemens AG 2012

Engineering System
ES software
Version Trail

Overview Ordering data Order No.

SIMATIC Version Trail V8.0 6ES7 658-1FX08-2YA5

2 6 languages (German, English,

French, Italian, Spanish,
Chinese), software class A, runs
Project
with Windows XP Professional 32-
Multi project bit, Windows 7 Ultimate 32/64-bit,
Versioned project 1 Windows Server 2003 R2
Standard 32-bit, or Windows
Server 2008 R2 Standard 64-bit,
floating license for 1 user
Library Type of delivery: License key
memory stick, certificate of
Versioned project 2 license as well as TIA
Engineering Toolset CD V8.0

SIMATIC Version Trail is a software option for engineering which,
together with the SIMATIC Logon central user administration,
can assign a version history to libraries, projects and multi-
projects.
Function
When archiving, SIMATIC Version Trail in association with
SIMATIC Logon creates a version history with the following infor-
mation:
Version
Version name
Date and time
User
Comment
This version history can be displayed and printed. Individual
version releases can be dearchived from the version history and
used further. SIMATIC Logon organizes the access protection.
You also have the option of automating the archiving of projects,
multiprojects, and libraries as well as read-back of block param-
eters. The time interval for periodic archiving/read-back is freely
adjustable.
More information
Upgrade
You can upgrade SIMATIC PCS 7 engineering systems with
Engineering Software V7.1 to version 8.0 using the SIMATIC
PCS 7 Engineering Upgrade Packages AS/OS. A component of
these upgrade packages is also the upgrade for SIMATIC
Version Trail from V7.1 to V8.0.
For further information, see section "Update/upgrade
packages".
For application scenarios beyond SIMATIC PCS 7, a separate
SIMATIC Version Trail upgrade can be obtained for upgrading
SIMATIC Version Trail from V7.1 to V8.0.
TIA applications
SIMATIC Version Trail is not only a software component of the
SIMATIC PCS 7 Engineering System. It is also a separate
product which can be used in the context of Totally Integrated
Automation (TIA) together with other SIMATIC products. As such
it is a component of Catalog ST 70, section "SIMATIC software":
SIMATIC Version Trail V8.0:
Order No. 6ES7 658-1FX08-2YA5
In the context of TIA, a separate SIMATIC Version Trail upgrade
is available in each case:
Upgrade of SIMATIC Version Trail V7.1 to V8.0:
Order No. 6ES7 658-1FX08-2YE5
Note:
Version Trail cannot be used as a stand-alone application; it only
runs together with SIMATIC Logon (see section "IT security").

2/12 Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011

 Siemens AG 2012

Engineering System
ES software
Advanced Engineering

Overview Inconsistencies can be detected quickly by means of plausibility

and data consistency checks, displayed in a log, and then elimi-
nated in a targeted manner.
Manual processing functions for editing plant hierarchies and 2
Advanced Engineering System
SIMATIC PCS 7

Import
process tags as well as for interconnection of signals between
Change Data-supported Assign process tags allow completion of the imported data. Numerous
management structure editor data filter functions support data selection.
Editing Special editors for mass data processing offload the project
engineer from time-consuming routine work.
Data Mass data Interconnect
enhancement processing process tags With the support of integrated design templates, the different
table views of the AdvES data can also be displayed as reports
Checking and printed.

Benefits
Data consistency Reports
and plausibility
Engineering and planning offices as well as end customers
HW Config
Tag types

Data benefit from the use of SIMATIC PCS 7 Advanced Engineering

SFC

PO

TH

exchange System (AdvES) in particular through:

7 Shorter configuration and commissioning times
- Qualification is simplified due to standardized interfaces
- Less coordination overhead with the planner
SIMATIC PCS 7
Engineering System

Template - Short-term changes from bi-directional generation

Management 7 Increased quality
G_PCS7_XX_00260

- Errors are avoided due to standardized interfaces

PCS 7 - Plausibility and data consistency can be checked
CFC PCS 7 hardware Library - Changes to automation are reliably integrated in system
instances configuration planning
7 No overhead for creating and maintaining proprietary tools
and solutions
Using the Advanced Engineering System (AdvES), consulting
engineers and planning offices as well as end customers can
significantly reduce their configuration and commissioning costs Function
while simultaneously improving the engineering quality.
Basic functions of the
The SIMATIC PCS 7 Advanced Engineering System (AdvES) SIMATIC PCS 7 Advanced Engineering System (AdvES)
expands the functionality for plant configuration and can be Import of system planning data and SIMATIC PCS 7
started from a SIMATIC PCS 7 project in SIMATIC Manager. It engineering data
acts as a link between
Processing functions for the manual completion of imported
Tools for basic and detailed planning, e.g. EPlan, ELCAD or data
SmartPlant, and
Simple interconnection of several process tags
Standard engineering tools from the SIMATIC PCS 7
engineering toolset, e.g. CFC, HW Config, plant hierarchy. Generating of process tags from signal and process tag lists
AdvES uses various data import options in order to collect Generation of hardware configurations from signal lists
existing engineering data from the SIMATIC PCS 7 process Batch processing of process tags, signals, and parameters
control system and from process tag and signal lists in Microsoft Automatic plausibility and consistency check
Excel format and to prepare these for utilization in the SIMATIC
PCS 7 engineering system. Transfer of data into the SIMATIC PCS 7 Engineering System
Reports on documentation updates
Data from process tag and signal lists can be automatically
imported into AdvES. Integrated change management supports Variant formation of individual SIMATIC PCS 7 control modules
the repeated importing of modified data from Microsoft Excel.
AdvES recognizes process tags in Excel lists after the first
assignment, automatically assigns them to process tag types of
any PCS 7 project library, and then generates the following data:
PCS 7 process tag instances with signal and parameter
settings
Plant hierarchy (PH)
Hardware configuration

Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011 2/13

 Siemens AG 2012

Engineering System
ES software
Advanced Engineering

Ordering data Order No. More information

SIMATIC PCS 7 Advanced You can upgrade SIMATIC PCS 7 engineering systems with
2 Engineering System V8.0
Engineering software, 2
languages (German, English),
Engineering Software V7.1 to version 8.0 using the SIMATIC
PCS 7 Engineering Upgrade Packages AS/OS.
software class A, runs with A separate upgrade to V8.0 is also available for the SIMATIC
Windows XP Professional 32-bit, PCS 7 Advanced Engineering System V7.1.
Windows 7 Ultimate 32/64-bit,
Windows Server 2003 R2 For further information, see section "Update/upgrade
Standard 32-bit or Windows packages".
Server 2008 R2 Standard 64-bit
Floating license for 1 user 6ES7 658-1GX08-2YA5
Type of delivery: License key
memory stick, certificate of
license, software and documen-
tation on DVD
Trial license for 14 days 6ES7 658-1GX08-2YT7
Without liability and guarantee
Type of delivery: Certificate of
license, software and documen-
tation on DVD

2/14 Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011

 Siemens AG 2012

Engineering System
ES software
Import/Export Assistant

Overview Function
Generation/modification of process tag types or example

Import/export
Typical libraries:
Example solutions
solutions
Data import 2
assistant and process object - Generation of process tags from process tag types and
types (e.g. control, derivatives from example solutions; provision with data from
motor, valve) the import file (one process tag/derivative per import file line
in each case)
- Assignment of an import file to a process tag type, and
checking of the assignment
Process - Generation of a template for an input file for the process tag
object plans Data export
- Generation of an export file per process tag type/example
solution in each case, with one line for each process tag of
this type or each derivative of this example solution
Matching of process tags
OS display hierarchy - Removal of parameter/signal connection points not present
on the process tag type and of messages from the process
tags
- Addition of parameter/signal connection points and
Technological G_PCS7_XX_00115
messages newly defined on the process tag type
hierarchy
OS displays
- Correction of modified categories of process tag type
- Display of inconsistencies between process tag and type
which cannot be matched automatically

Efficient processing of mass data

Ordering data Order No.
SIMATIC PCS 7 Import-Export 6ES7 658-1DX08-2YB5
The import/export assistant (IEA) is an effective tool for rational Assistant V8.0
engineering of mass data, and uses the principle of multiple use 6 languages (German, English,
of process tag types and example solutions. It is particularly French, Italian, Spanish,
suitable for large plants with numerous process tags of the same Chinese), software class A, runs
type or with multiple plant components of the same type. with Windows XP Professional 32-
bit, Windows 7 Ultimate 32/64-bit,
Following exporting of the PCS 7 project, the data can be Windows Server 2003 R2
modified, duplicated, adapted and also reimported using the Standard 32-bit or Windows
IEA editor or a spreadsheet program such as Microsoft Excel. Server 2008 R2 Standard 64-bit,
floating license for 1 user
Comparison with the parameters optimized during commis- Type of delivery: License key
sioning is possible at a later point in time. memory stick, certificate of
license

More information
You can upgrade SIMATIC PCS 7 engineering systems with
Engineering Software V7.1 to version 8.0 using the SIMATIC
PCS 7 Engineering Upgrade Packages AS/OS. The upgrade for
SIMATIC PCS 7 Import/Export Assistant from V7.1 on V8.0 is also
part of these upgrade packages.
For further information, see section "Update/upgrade
packages".

Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011 2/15

 Siemens AG 2012

Engineering System
ES software
SIMATIC PDM Process Device Manager

Overview

2 SIMATIC PCS 7 engineering station

with SIMATIC PDM
Device on
the workbench

Plant bus

SITRANS P
S7-400 S7-400
Stand-alone
computer
with SIMATIC PDM

PROFIBUS DP fieldbus Up to 12 Mbit/s HART protocol

RS 232/RS 485
PA link FF link ET 200M SIMOCODE ET HART
(IM 153-2 pro 200iSP multiplexer
with HART
HART modules)
PROFIBUS PA FF H1 SITRANS P
DSIII HART

G_PCS7_XX_00200
Possible connection point
of a PG/PC with
SIPART SITRANS SITRANS SITRANS SIPART SIMATIC PDM
PS2 TH400 LR 250 P DS III SITRANS F M PS2 (stand-alone operation)

Configuration options with SIMATIC PDM

SIMATIC PDM (Process Device Manager) is a universal, vendor-
independent tool for the configuration, parameter assignment,
commissioning, diagnostics and servicing of intelligent field
devices (sensors and actuators) and field components (remote
I/Os, multiplexers, control-room devices, compact controllers),
which in the following sections will be referred to simply as
devices.
Using one software, SIMATIC PDM enables the processing of
more than 2 500 devices from Siemens and over 200 vendors
worldwide on one homogeneous user interface.
The user interface satisfies the requirements of the VDI/VDE
GMA 2187 and IEC 65/349/CD directives. Parameters and
functions for all supported devices are displayed in a consistent
and uniform fashion independent of their communications
interface. Even complex devices with several hundred param-
eters can be represented clearly and processed quickly. Using
SIMATIC PDM it is very easy to navigate in highly complex
stations such as remote I/Os and even connected field devices.
From the viewpoint of device integration, SIMATIC PDM is the
most powerful open device manager available in the world.
Devices which previously were not supported can be easily
integrated in SIMATIC PDM at any time by importing their device
descriptions (EDD/DD). This provides security for your
investment and saves you investment costs, training expenses
and follow-up costs.
SIMATIC PDM supports the operative system management in
particular through:
Uniform presentation and operation of devices
Indicators for preventive maintenance and servicing
Detection of changes in the project and device
Increasing the operational reliability
Reducing the investment, operating and maintenance costs
Graded user privileges including password protection
When used in SIMATIC PCS 7, SIMATIC PDM is integrated in
the asset management of the process control system. You can
change directly to the SIMATIC PDM views from the diagnostics
faceplates in the Maintenance Station.
The process device manager provides more detailed infor-
mation for all devices described by means of an Electronic
Device Description (EDD/DD), e.g.:
Detailed diagnostics information (manufacturer information,
information on error diagnostics and troubleshooting, further
documentation)
Information on changes (audit trail report)
Parameter information

2/16 Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011

 Siemens AG 2012

Engineering System
ES software
SIMATIC PDM Process Device Manager

Application
Components Product packages
SIMATIC PDM stand-alone SIMATIC PDM system-integrated 2
Minimum Basic Application-specific configurations
configu- configu-
ration ration
SIMATIC SIMATIC SIMATIC SIMATIC PDM SIMATIC PDM
PDM PDM PDM S7 PCS 7
Single Basic Service
Point
V6.1 V6.1 V6.1 V6.1 V8.0 V6.1 V7.0 FF V7.0 V8.0
SIMATIC PDM TAGs1) in product package 1 4 128 128 100 128 100 100 100
SIMATIC PDM expansion options
TAG - 128 TAGs cannot be o
options - 512 TAGs expanded
- 1 024 TAGs
- 2 048 TAGs
PowerPacks - 128 to 512 TAGs o o o o
- 512 to 1 024 TAGs
- 1 024 to 2 048 TAGs
- 2 048 to TAGs unlimited
Count - 10 TAGs o o o o
Relevant - 100 TAGs
Licenses
(accumulative) - 1 000 TAGs
SIMATIC PDM Basic n n n n n n n n
SIMATIC PDM Extended n n n n
SIMATIC PDM integration in STEP 7/PCS 7 o o n n n n n n
SIMATIC PDM routing via S7-400 o o o o n n n n
SIMATIC PDM communication o n
FOUNDATION Fieldbus
SIMATIC PDM communication via o o o o
standard HART multiplexer
Table with SIMATIC PDM product structure
n Product component is part of the product package
o Optional product component for the product package; order additive
Product component is not relevant for the product package or not available

1)
For definition of TAG, refer to sections "SIMATIC PDM TAGs for SIMATIC PDM as of V7.0" and "TAG options/PowerPacks for SIMATIC PDM V6.1"

Customer-oriented product structure Product packages for SIMATIC PCS 7

The customer-oriented products structure of SIMATIC PDM
helps you to adapt the scope of functions and performance to
your individual requirements. You have the following options:
Use of the minimum configuration SIMATIC PDM Single Point
Selection of one of the application-specific product configura-
tions:
- SIMATIC PDM Service
- SIMATIC PDM S7
- SIMATIC PDM PCS 7
- SIMATIC PDM PCS 7-FF
Creation of your own desired configuration using optional
product components based on the SIMATIC PDM Basic
configuration (see table).
Application environment
In addition to the scope of functions and performance (refer to
the following section "Setup"), the selection of a SIMATIC PDM
product package is mainly based on the application
environment. SIMATIC PDM belongs to the SIMATIC products,
which in the context of Totally Integrated Automation (TIA) can
be used in the SIMATIC PCS 7 process control system and in
other applications.
The following product packages permit the integration of
SIMATIC PDM in the engineering system (engineering toolset)
and maintenance station of the SIMATIC PCS 7 process control
system:
SIMATIC PDM PCS 7
SIMATIC PDM PCS 7-FF (also supports the configuration of
the FOUNDATION Fieldbus H1)
Product packages for other TIA applications
SIMATIC PDM stand-alone service tool for operation on a
mobile computer on PROFIBUS or with direct connection to
the device, optionally as:
- SIMATIC PDM Single Point for processing of a single field
device via a point-to-point coupling
- SIMATIC PDM Service for enhanced servicing, including
modification logbook and lifelist detailed diagnostics
SIMATIC PDM S7 for integration in a SIMATIC S7 configuration
environment
SIMATIC PDM Basic as the basis for an individual SIMATIC
PDM configuration

Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011 2/17

 Siemens AG 2012

Engineering System
ES software
SIMATIC PDM Process Device Manager

Application (continued)
Recommended application for SIMATIC PCS 7

2 Either SIMATIC PDM V6.1, V7.0 or V8.0 can be used in the

context of SIMATIC PCS 7. The use of SIMATIC PDM V6.1 or V8.0
is recommended for projects without "FOUNDATION Fieldbus"
communication. Read also the system requirements in the
section "Technical specifications" in this regard.

Design
Function and SIMATIC PDM
performance characteristics
Single Basic Service S7 PCS 7
Point
V6.1 V6.1 V6.1 V6.1 V8.0 V6.1 V7.0 FF V7.0 V8.0
TAGs contained 1 4 128 128 100 128 100 100 100
Project: Create online n n n n n n n n n
Project: Create offline n n n n n n n n
Project: Usable TAG extensions n n n n n n n n
Project: Network view n n n n
Project: Plant view n n n n n n n n
Project: Export/import devices n n n n
Project: HW Config o o n n n n n n
Project: Utilization of SIMATIC PDM n n n n n n n n
options
Project: Integration in STEP 7 / PCS 7 o o n n n n n n
Communication: HART modem n n n n n
Communication: HART interface n n n n n
Communication: PROFIBUS n n n n n n n n n
Communication: FF H1 o n
Communication: Modbus n n n n n
Communication: SIPART DR n n n n n
Communication: SIREC n n n n n
Communication: Ethernet n n n n
Devices: Export/import parameters n n n n n n n n n
Devices: Comparison of values (online/ n n n n n n n
offline)
Devices: Comparison of values of two n n n n n n
devices
Devices: Saving parameters n n n n n n n n
Devices: Logbook (Audit Trail) o n n n n n n n
Devices: Calibration report o n n n n n
LifeList: Export Scan n n n n
LifeList: Device diagnostics o n n n
LifeList: Define scan area o n n n n n
LifeList: Save scan o n n n
LifeList: Scan from HW Config o o n n n n
Communication: S7 routing o o o o n n n n
Communication: HART multiplexer o o
Function: HART SHC mode (increased n n n n n n n n
communication speed)
Function: "HART-Long TAG" n n n n

Overview of functions and performance for SIMATIC PDM

n Product component is part of the product package
o Optional product component for the product package, can be purchased separately
Product component is not relevant or not available for the product package

2/18 Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011

 Siemens AG 2012
Design (continued)
Product packages and options for SIMATIC PCS 7
The following SIMATIC PDM product packages are intended for
local operation in an engineering system for SIMATIC PCS 7. The
main functional differences of these product packages can be
seen at a glance in the "Overview of functions and performance
for SIMATIC PDM" table.
SIMATIC PDM PCS 7 V6.1
The SIMATIC PDM PCS 7 V6.1 product package is designed for
projects with up to 128 TAGs. It extends the functionality of
SIMATIC PDM Service V6.1 with routing from the central
engineering system to the devices in the field and integrates
SIMATIC PDM in the SIMATIC PCS 7 configuration environment
by means of HW Config.
SIMATIC PDM PCS 7 V6.1 can be extended with the option
"Communication via standard HART multiplexer" (see under
Optional product components for SIMATIC PDM V6.1) and
SIMATIC PDM PowerPacks (see under TAG options/PowerPacks
for SIMATIC PDM V6.1).
SIMATIC PDM PCS 7 V7.0 and SIMATIC PDM PCS 7-FF V7.0
Version 7.0 of the process device manager, SIMATIC PDM, is
only recommended for projects with "FOUNDATION Fieldbus"
communication. You can combine the SIMATIC PDM PCS 7 V7.0
product package with the "SIMATIC PDM Communication
FOUNDATION Fieldbus" add-on or select the equivalent full
package for SIMATIC PDM PCS 7-FF V7.0. SIMATIC PDM PCS 7
V7.0 and SIMATIC PDM PCS 7-FF V7.0 require the installation of
SIMATIC PCS 7 as of V7.1+SP2.
Since SIMATIC PDM PCS 7 V7.0 and SIMATIC PDM PCS 7-FF
V7.0 focus on different functions as the SIMATIC PDM PCS 7
V6.x product packages (for details see the table "Overview of
functions and performance for SIMATIC PDM"), they should not
be considered as functionally compatible successors. When
selecting a product, also note that the SIMATIC PDM PCS 7 V7.0
and SIMATIC PDM PCS 7-FF V7.0 product packages are not
backwards compatible and multiple SIMATIC PDM versions
cannot be operated simultaneously.
The SIMATIC PDM PCS 7 V7.0 and SIMATIC PDM PCS 7-FF V7.0
product packages both feature 100 TAGs. The number of TAGs
can be further cumulatively expanded with sets of 10, 100 or
1 000 TAGs for SIMATIC PDM V7.0 or higher.
"SIMATIC PDM Communication FOUNDATION Fieldbus" option
The functionality of SIMATIC PDM PCS 7 V7.0 can be upgraded
to the scope of functionality of the SIMATIC PDM PCS 7-FF V7.0
with this option. The "SIMATIC PDM Communication
FOUNDATION Fieldbus" option enable SIMATIC PDM to commu-
nicate via the FF Link with field devices on the FOUNDATION
Fieldbus H1 in a SIMATIC PCS 7 configuration environment.
SIMATIC PDM PCS 7 V8.0
The SIMATIC PDM PCS 7 V8.0 product package is for the most
part functionally identical to the SIMATIC PDM PCS 7 V7.0
product package, however, it does not support projects with
"FOUNDATION Fieldbus" communication. Similar to SIMATIC
PDM PCS 7 V7.0, it is not a functionally compatible successor to
the SIMATIC PDM PCS 7 V6.x product packages and is not
backwards compatible.
When selecting a product, note that it is not possible to operate
multiple SIMATIC PDM versions at the same time. SIMATIC PDM
PCS 7 V8.0 requires the installation of SIMATIC PCS 7 V8.0 or
higher.
SIMATIC PDM PCS 7 V8.0 initially supports projects with up to
100 TAGs. The number of TAGs can be further cumulatively
expanded with sets of 10, 100 or 1 000 TAGs for SIMATIC PDM
V7.0 or higher.
Engineering System
ES software
SIMATIC PDM Process Device Manager
SIMATIC PDM TAGs for SIMATIC PDM as of V7.0
A TAG corresponds to a SIMATIC PDM object, which represents
individual field devices or components within a project, e.g.
2
measuring instruments, positioners, switching devices or remote
I/Os. TAGs are also relevant for diagnostics with the lifelist of
SIMATIC PDM. In this case, TAGs are considered to be all recog-
nized devices with diagnostics capability, whose detailed
diagnostics is effected through the device description (EDD).
The SIMATIC PDM PCS 7 V7.0, SIMATIC PDM PCS 7-FF V7.0
and SIMATIC PDM PCS 7 V8.0 product packages generally
support projects with up to 100 TAGs. The number of TAGs can
be further increased with 10, 100, or 1 000 TAGs (which can be
accumulated) for larger projects whenever required.
Product packages for other TIA applications
SIMATIC PDM Single Point V6.1
This low-cost minimum configuration with handheld functionality
is tailored to processing exactly one field device via a point-to-
point coupling.
The following types of communication are thus possible:
PROFIBUS DP/PA
HART communication (modem, RS 232)
Modbus
All device functions are supported as defined in the device
description. These functions include:
Unlimited selection of devices / management of device
catalog
Configuration and diagnostics in accordance with the device
description
Exporting and importing of parameter data
Device identification
Lifelist
Print function for parameter list
SIMATIC PDM Single Point V6.1 cannot be expanded with
respect to functions nor with TAG options/PowerPacks.
SIMATIC PDM Basic V6.1
Provided the system requirements are met, SIMATIC PDM Basic
V6.1 can be used for stand-alone operation on any computers
(PCs/notebooks) with local connection to bus segments or direct
connection to the device. The product package contains all
functions required for operation and configuration of the devices
and it enabled for the following communication modes:
PROFIBUS DP/PA
HART communication (modem, RS 232 and via PROFIBUS)
MODBUS
SIREC bus
SIPART DR
Ethernet
As basic module for individual configuration, SIMATIC PDM
Basic V6.1 can be expanded with all optional product compo-
nents, TAG options and PowerPacks for SIMATIC PDM V6.1.
Without TAG expansion, SIMATIC PDM Basic V6.1 can manage
projects with up to 4 TAGs. Use of the following functions
requires at least 128 TAGs:
Change log
Calibration report
Detailed diagnostics in the lifelist
Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011 2/19
 Siemens AG 2012
Engineering System
ES software
SIMATIC PDM Process Device Manager
Design (continued)
SIMATIC PDM Service V6.1
2 This is a configured product package especially for mobile use
in servicing for projects with up to 128 TAGs. It offers service
engineers all functions of SIMATIC PDM Basic V6.1 and special
service functions such as change log, calibration report and
detailed diagnostics in the lifelist.
SIMATIC PDM Service V6.1 can be expanded by the functional
options "Integration in STEP 7/PCS 7", "Routing via S7-400" and
"Communication via standard HART multiplexer" (see under
"Optional product components for SIMATIC PDM V6.1") as well
as by SIMATIC PDM PowerPacks (see under "TAG options/
PowerPacks for SIMATIC PDM V6.1").
SIMATIC PDM S7 V6.1
SIMATIC PDM S7 V6.1 is a product package for projects with up
to 128 TAGs and is configured for the use of SIMATIC PDM in a
SIMATIC S7 configuration environment. In addition to SIMATIC
PDM Service V6.1, it also offers functions for integration in the
hardware configurator (HW Config) of STEP 7 (corresponds to
the option "Integration in STEP 7/PCS 7").
SIMATIC PDM S7 V6.1 can be expanded by the functional
options "Routing via S7-400" and "Communication via standard
HART multiplexer" (see under "Optional product components for
SIMATIC PDM V6.1") as well as by SIMATIC PDM PowerPacks
(see under "TAG options/PowerPacks for SIMATIC PDM V6.1").
SIMATIC PDM S7 V8.0 and "Routing via S7-400 V8.0" option
Similar to SIMATIC PDM S7 V6.1, SIMATIC PDM S7 V8.0 is also
designed for use in a SIMATIC S7 configuration environment, but
differs functionally (for details see the table "Overview of
functions and performance for SIMATIC PDM") and due to the
number of TAGs it features (100 TAGs included). SIMATIC PDM
S7 V8.0 is therefore not a functionally compatible successor to
SIMATIC PDM S7 V6.1.
When selecting a product, note that SIMATIC PDM S7 V8.0 is not
backwards compatible, and multiple SIMATIC PDM versions
cannot be operated simultaneously.
SIMATIC PDM S7 V8.0 can be functionally expanded with the
"Routing via S7-400 V8.0" option and with cumulative sets of 10,
100 or 1 000 TAGs for SIMATIC PDM V7.0 or higher. The
functions of the "Routing via S7-400 V8.0" option are comparable
to those of the option with same name described in the following
section "Optional product components for SIMATIC PDM V6.1".
2/20 Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011
Optional product components for SIMATIC PDM V6.1
The functionality of a product package based on SIMATIC PDM
V6.1 can be further increased by means of the following optional
product components. In the "SIMATIC PDM product range"
table, you can see at a glance which options can be used for
expanding the different product packages.
SIMATIC PDM option: Integration in STEP 7/PCS 7
This option is used for the integration of SIMATIC PDM in a
SIMATIC S7 or SIMATIC PCS 7 configuration environment.
SIMATIC PDM can then be started directly from the hardware
configurator (HW Config) in STEP 7/SIMATIC PCS 7.
SIMATIC PDM option: Routing through S7-400
If you want to use SIMATIC PDM in a central SIMATIC PCS 7/S7
engineering system for system-wide configuration, parameter
assignment, commissioning, and diagnostics of the devices in
the field, you will need the "SIMATIC PDM routing via S7-400"
option in addition to the "SIMATIC PDM integration in STEP 7/
PCS 7" option. From the central engineering system it is thus
possible to reach every EDD-configurable device in the field
plant-wide through the various bus systems and remote I/Os.
Possible processing functions are, for example:
Read diagnostics information from the device
Modify device settings
Adjust and calibrate devices
Monitor process values
Generate simulation values
Re-configure devices
SIMATIC PDM option: Communication via
standard HART multiplexer
This option permits SIMATIC PDM to use the HART OPC server
for communication with HART field devices via HART multi-
plexers.
TAG options/PowerPacks for SIMATIC PDM V6.1
A TAG corresponds to a SIMATIC PDM object, which represents
individual field devices or components within a project, e.g.
measuring instruments, positioners, switching devices or remote
I/Os. TAGs are also relevant for diagnostics with the lifelist of
SIMATIC PDM. In this case, TAGs are considered to be all recog-
nized devices with diagnostics capability, whose detailed
diagnostics is effected through the device description (EDD).
In contrast to PowerPacks, TAG options are only suitable for
individual SIMATIC PDM product configurations on the basis of
SIMATIC PDM Basic V6.1. Using the SIMATIC PDM TAG options
for SIMATIC PDM V6.1, SIMATIC PDM Basic V6.1 can be
expanded from 4 TAGs to 128, 512, 1 024 or 2 048 TAGs, and
with the help of an additive PowerPack for SIMATIC PDM V6.1
even to unlimited TAGs.
With the PowerPacks for SIMATIC PDM V6.1, product packages
based on SIMATIC PDM V6.1 can be provided with additional
TAGs. PowerPacks are available for TAG expansion to 512,
1 024, 2 048 and unlimited TAGs.
Demonstration software
SIMATIC PDM V6.1 is also available as demonstration software
for demonstrations and presentations. Online communication
and storage functions are not available with this product.
 Siemens AG 2012
Function
Parameter view of SIMATIC PDM with trend curve and online display
Core functions
Adjustment and modification of device parameters
Comparing (e.g. project and device data)
Plausibility testing of data input
Device identification and testing
Device status indication with operating modes, alarms and
states
Simulation
Diagnostics (standard, detailed)
Export/import (parameter data, reports)
Commissioning functions, e.g. measuring circuit tests of
device data
Device replacement (lifecycle management)
Global and device-specific modification logbook for user
operations (audit trail)
Device-specific calibration reports
Graphic presentations of echo envelope curves, trend
displays, valve diagnosis results etc.
Presentation of incorporated manuals
Document manager for integration of up to 10 multimedia files
Engineering System
ES software
SIMATIC PDM Process Device Manager
Integration
Device Integration
SIMATIC PDM supports all devices described by EDD 2
(Electronic Device Description). EDD is standardized to
EN 50391 and IEC 61804. Internationally it is the most widely
used standardized technology for device integration. At the
same time it is the directive of the established organizations for
PROFIBUS (PNO: PROFIBUS International), HART (HCF: HART
Communication Foundation) and FF (Foundation Fieldbus).
The devices are integrated in SIMATIC PDM through a
company-specific EDD, through the current HCF catalog, or
through the current Fieldbus Foundation catalog. To achieve
improved transparency, they can be managed in project-
specific device catalogs.
PROFIBUS devices are described in the EDD in terms of
functions and construction using the Electronic Device
Description Language (EDDL). Using this description,
SIMATIC PDM automatically creates its user interface with the
specific device data. The range of devices of the catalog
integrated in SIMATIC PDM can be updated and expanded
simply by importing the manufacturer's device-specific EDD.
Fieldbus Foundation provides pre-defined device descriptions
(standard DD) for the basic functions of specific field device
types. The basic functions are implemented using various
standard function and transmission blocks.
Contact addresses
Siemens AG, Automation and Drives,
Technical Support
Europe
Phone: +49 180 50 50 222
Fax: +49 180 50 50 223
E-mail: FPlease fill in a Support Request on the Internet (see
below for address)
Asia/Pacific
Phone: +86 1064 719 990
Fax: +86 1064 747 474
E-mail: adsupport.asia@siemens.com
America
Phone: +1 423 262 2522
Fax: +1 423 262 2200
E-mail: techsupport.sea@siemens.com
Support Request
You can also obtain corresponding support over the Internet per
Support Request:
www.siemens.com/automation/support-request
Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011 2/21
 Siemens AG 2012

Engineering System
ES software
SIMATIC PDM Process Device Manager

Technical specifications
SIMATIC PDM V6.1 SIMATIC PDM V7.0 SIMATIC PDM V8.0

2 Hardware PG/PC/notebook with processor

Operating systems (alternative)
Integration in STEP 7 / PCS 7
corresponding to operating
system requirements
Microsoft Windows XP Profes-
sional SP3
Microsoft Windows Server
2003 R2 SP2
STEP 7 V5.3+SP2
STEP 7 V5.4+SP5
STEP 7 V5.5 or V5.5+SP1/SP2
SIMATIC PCS 7 V6.1+SP4
SIMATIC PCS 7 V7.1 or
V7.1+SP1/SP2/SP3
SIMATIC PCS 7 V8.0
PG/PC/notebook with processor
corresponding to operating system
PG/PC/notebook with processor
corresponding to operating system
requirements requirements
Microsoft Windows XP Professional Microsoft Windows XP Professional
SP3 with Internet Explorer 7 32-bit
Microsoft Windows Server 2003 Microsoft Windows Server 2003 R2
SP2/R2 with Internet Explorer 7 Standard 32-bit
Microsoft Windows 7 Ultimate
32/64-bit
Windows Server 2008 R2 Standard
64-bit
SIMATIC PCS 7 V7.1+SP2/SP3 SIMATIC PCS 7 V8.0
SIMATIC PCS 7 V8.0 STEP 7 V5.5+SP2

Ordering data Order No. Order No.

SIMATIC PDM belongs to the SIMATIC products which can be Optional product components
used both in the context of SIMATIC PCS 7 and in the extended for SIMATIC PDM V6.1
context of Totally Integrated Automation (TIA). The product
SIMATIC PDM communication 6ES7 658-3EX16-2YB5
packages offered for different fields of application differ with via standard HART multiplexer
regard to functionality, ordering data, and type of delivery. 6 languages (German, English,
To provide a better overview and to avoid faulty ordering, the French, Italian, Spanish,
Ordering data for SIMATIC PCS 7 are listed separately. Chinese), software class A, runs
with Windows XP Professional/
Ordering data for SIMATIC PCS 7 applications Server 2003, floating license for
1 user
SIMATIC PDM V6.1
Type of delivery: License key
Product packages memory stick, Certificate of
License including Terms and
SIMATIC PDM PCS 7 V6.1 6ES7 658-3LX16-0YA5 Conditions
Complete package for integration
into the engineering toolset of the PowerPacks for
SIMATIC PCS 7 engineering SIMATIC PDM V6.1
system
SIMATIC PDM PowerPack
6 languages (German, English, for expanding the TAGs of
French, Italian, Spanish, SIMATIC PDM PCS 7 V6.1
Chinese), software class A, runs
with Windows XP Professional/ Software class A, runs with
Server 2003 Windows XP Professional/Server
2003
Floating license for 1 user, with
SIMATIC PDM Basic Floating license for 1 user
Integration in STEP 7 / PCS 7 Type of delivery: License key
Routing via S7-400 memory stick, Certificate of
128 TAGs License including Terms and
Type of delivery: License key Conditions
memory stick, Certificate of From 128 TAGs to 512 TAGs 6ES7 658-3XB16-2YD5
License including Terms and From 512 TAGs to 1 024 TAGs 6ES7 658-3XC16-2YD5
Conditions; software SIMATIC From 1 024 TAGs to 2 048 TAGs 6ES7 658-3XD16-2YD5
PDM V6.1 and device library on From 2 048 TAGs to unlimited 6ES7 658-3XH16-2YD5
CD/DVD number of TAGs
Demonstration software
SIMATIC PDM Demo V6.1 6ES7 658-3GX16-0YC8
Without online communication
and storage functionality
6 languages (German, English,
French, Italian, Spanish,
Chinese), software class A, runs
with Windows XP Professional/
Server 2003
Type of delivery: SIMATIC PDM
V6.1 software and device library
on CD/DVD

2/22 Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011


Ordering data
SIMATIC PDM V7.0
Product packages
SIMATIC PDM PCS 7 V7.0
Complete package for integration
into the engineering toolset of the
SIMATIC PCS 7 engineering
system
5 languages (German, English,
French, Italian, Spanish), software
class A, runs with Windows
XP Professional and Server 2003
Floating license for 1 user, with
SIMATIC PDM Basic and
Extended
Integration in STEP 7 / PCS 7
Routing via S7-400
100 TAGs
Note:
SIMATIC PDM PCS 7 V7.0
requires the installation of
SIMATIC PCS 7 V7.1+SP2 or
higher!
Type of delivery: License key
memory stick, Certificate of
License including Terms and
Conditions; software SIMATIC
PDM V7.0 and device library on
CD/DVD
SIMATIC PDM PCS 7-FF V7.0
Complete package for integration
into the engineering toolset of the
SIMATIC PCS 7 engineering
system
5 languages (German, English,
French, Italian, Spanish), software
class A, runs with Windows
XP Professional and Server 2003
Floating license for 1 user, with
SIMATIC PDM Basic and
Extended
Integration in STEP 7 / PCS 7
Routing via S7-400
Communication FOUNDATION
Fieldbus
100 TAGs
Note:
SIMATIC PDM PCS 7-FF V7.0
requires the installation of
SIMATIC PCS 7 V7.1+SP2 or
higher!
Type of delivery: License key
memory stick, Certificate of
License including Terms and
Conditions; software SIMATIC
PDM V7.0 and device library on
CD/DVD
Optional product components
for SIMATIC PDM V7.0
SIMATIC PDM Communication
FOUNDATION Fieldbus V7.0
5 languages (German, English,
French, Italian, Spanish), software
class A, runs with Windows
XP Professional and Server 2003,
floating license for 1 user
Type of delivery: License key
memory stick, Certificate of
License including Terms and
Conditions
Siemens AG 2012
Order No.
6ES7 658-3LD07-0YA5
memory stick, Certificate of
Conditions
6ES7 658-3MD07-0YA5
Note:
SIMATIC PDM PCS 7 V8.0
SIMATIC PCS 7 as of V8.0!
6ES7658-3QX07-2YB5
Engineering System
ES software
SIMATIC PDM Process Device Manager
Order No.
SIMATIC PDM TAGs for
SIMATIC PDM V7.0
SIMATIC PDM TAGs
2
Count Relevant Licenses (can be
accumulated) for expanding the
TAGs of SIMATIC PDM product
packages V7.0 or higher
Software class A, runs with
Windows XP Professional and
Server 2003
Floating license for 1 user
Type of delivery: License key
License including Terms and
10 TAGs 6ES7 658-3XC00-2YB5
100 TAGs 6ES7 658-3XD00-2YB5
1 000 TAGs 6ES7 658-3XE00-2YB5
SIMATIC PDM V8.0
Product packages
SIMATIC PDM PCS 7 V8.0 6ES7 658-3LD08-0YA5
Complete package for integration
into the engineering toolset of the
SIMATIC PCS 7 engineering
system
5 languages (German, English,
French, Italian, Spanish), software
class A, runs with Windows XP
Professional 32-bit, Windows 7
Ultimate 32/64-bit, Windows
Server 2003 R2 Standard 32-bit or
Windows Server 2008 R2
Standard 64-bit
Floating license for 1 user, with
SIMATIC PDM Basic and
Extended
Integration in STEP 7 / PCS 7
Routing via S7-400
100 TAGs
requires the installation of
Type of delivery: License key
memory stick, certificate of
license; SIMATIC PDM V8.0
software and device library on
DVD
SIMATIC PDM TAGs for SIMATIC
PDM as of V7.0
SIMATIC PDM TAGs
TAG licenses for expansion of
SIMATIC PDM product packages
as of V7.0, cumulative
Software class A, runs with
Windows XP Professional 32-bit,
Windows 7 Ultimate 32/64-bit,
Windows Server 2003 R2
Standard 32-bit, or Windows
Server 2008 R2 Standard 64-bit
Floating license for 1 user
Type of delivery: License key
memory stick, certificate of
license
10 TAGs 6ES7 658-3XC00-2YB5
100 TAGs 6ES7 658-3XD00-2YB5
1 000 TAGs 6ES7 658-3XE00-2YB5
Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011 2/23

Engineering System
ES software
SIMATIC PDM Process Device Manager
Ordering data
Ordering data for TIA applications with SIMATIC PDM V6.1
2 Minimum configuration
SIMATIC PDM Single Point V6.1
for operation and configuration of
one field device; communication
via PROFIBUS DP/PA, HART
modem or Modbus, including
1 TAG
cannot be expanded with respect
to functions or with TAG option/
PowerPack
6 languages (German, English,
French, Italian, Spanish,
Chinese), software class A, runs
with Windows XP Professional/
Server 2003, floating license for
1 user
Type of delivery: License key
memory stick, Certificate of
License including Terms and
Conditions; software SIMATIC
PDM V6.1 and device library on
CD/DVD
Basic configuration for
individual product packages
SIMATIC PDM Basic V6.1
Product package for operator
input and configuration of field
devices and components,
communication via
PROFIBUS DP/PA, HART
(modem, RS 232, PROFIBUS),
SIREC bus, SIPART DR, Modbus
or Ethernet, including 4 TAGs
6 languages (German, English,
French, Italian, Spanish,
Chinese), software class A, runs
with Windows XP Professional/
Server 2003, floating license for
1 user
Type of delivery: License key
memory stick, Certificate of
License including Terms and
Conditions; software SIMATIC
PDM V6.1 and device library on
CD/DVD
Application-specific
configurations
SIMATIC PDM Service V6.1
Product package for stand-alone
users for servicing, with
SIMATIC PDM Basic V6.1
128 TAGs
6 languages (German, English,
French, Italian, Spanish,
Chinese), software class A, runs
with Windows XP Professional/
Server 2003, floating license for
1 user
Type of delivery: License key
memory stick, Certificate of
License including Terms and
Conditions; software SIMATIC
PDM V6.1 and device library on
CD/DVD
2/24 Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011
Siemens AG 2012
Order No.
6ES7 658-3HX16-0YA5
6ES7 658-3AX16-0YA5
6ES7 658-3JX16-0YA5
Server 2003, floating license for
1 user
Order No.
SIMATIC PDM S7 V6.1 6ES7 658-3KX16-0YA5
Product package for use in a
SIMATIC S7 configuration
environment, with
SIMATIC PDM Basic V6.1
Integration in STEP 7 / PCS 7
128 TAGs
6 languages (German, English,
French, Italian, Spanish,
Chinese), software class A, runs
with Windows XP Professional/
Server 2003, floating license for
1 user
Type of delivery: License key
memory stick, Certificate of
License including Terms and
Conditions; software SIMATIC
PDM V6.1 and device library on
CD/DVD
Optional product components
for SIMATIC PDM V6.1
Integration in STEP 7 / 6ES7 658-3BX16-2YB5
SIMATIC PCS 7
only required for integration of
SIMATIC PDM into HW Config
6 languages (German, English,
French, Italian, Spanish,
Chinese), software class A, runs
with Windows XP Professional/
Server 2003, floating license for
1 user
Type of delivery: License key
memory stick, Certificate of
License including Terms and
Conditions
Routing via S7-400 6ES7 658-3CX16-2YB5
6 languages (German, English,
French, Italian, Spanish,
Chinese), software class A, runs
with Windows XP Professional/
Server 2003, floating license for
1 user
Type of delivery: License key
memory stick, Certificate of
License including Terms and
Conditions
Communication via standard 6ES7 658-3EX16-2YB5
HART multiplexer
6 languages (German, English,
French, Italian, Spanish,
Chinese), software class A, runs
with Windows XP Professional/
Type of delivery: License key
memory stick, Certificate of
License including Terms and
Conditions
 Siemens AG 2012

Engineering System
ES software
SIMATIC PDM Process Device Manager

Ordering data Order No. Order No.

TAG options/PowerPacks for Ordering data for TIA applications with SIMATIC PDM V8.0
SIMATIC PDM V6.1
SIMATIC PDM TAG option
SIMATIC PDM S7 V8.0
Product package for use in a
6ES7 658-3KX08-0YA5 2
for TAG expansion, additive to SIMATIC S7 configuration
SIMATIC PDM Basic V6.1 environment, with
Software class A, runs with SIMATIC PDM Basic and
Windows XP Professional/Server Extended
2003, floating license for 1 user
Integration in STEP 7 / PCS 7
Type of delivery: License key
memory stick, Certificate of 100 TAGs
License including Terms and 5 languages (German, English,
Conditions French, Italian, Spanish), software
Up to 128 TAGs 6ES7 658-3XA16-2YB5 class A, runs with Windows XP
Up to 512 TAGs 6ES7 658-3XB16-2YB5 Professional 32-bit, Windows 7
Ultimate 32/64-bit, Windows
Up to 1 024 TAGs 6ES7 658-3XC16-2YB5 Server 2003 R2 Standard 32-bit or
Up to 2 048 TAGs 6ES7 658-3XD16-2YB5 Windows Server 2008 R2
SIMATIC PDM PowerPack Standard 64-bit, floating license
for TAG expansion, for any for 1 user
SIMATIC PDM V6.1 product Note:
packages SIMATIC PDM PCS 7 V8.0
Software class A, runs with requires the installation of STEP 7
Windows XP Professional/Server V5.5+SP2!
2003, floating license for 1 user Type of delivery: License key
Type of delivery: License key memory stick, certificate of
memory stick, Certificate of license; SIMATIC PDM V8.0
License including Terms and software and device library on
Conditions DVD
From 128 TAGs to 512 TAGs 6ES7 658-3XB16-2YD5 Optional product components
From 512 TAGs to 1 024 TAGs 6ES7 658-3XC16-2YD5 Routing via S7-400 V8.0 6ES7 658-3CX08-2YB5
From 1 024 TAGs to 2 048 TAGs 6ES7 658-3XD16-2YD5 5 languages (German, English,
From 2 048 TAGs to unlimited 6ES7 658-3XH16-2YD5 French, Italian, Spanish), software
number of TAGs class A, runs with Windows XP
Professional 32-bit, Windows 7
Demonstration software Ultimate 32/64-bit, Windows
SIMATIC PDM Demo V6.1 6ES7 658-3GX16-0YC8 Server 2003 R2 Standard 32-bit or
Without online communication Windows Server 2008 R2
and storage functionality Standard 64-bit, floating license
for 1 user
6 languages (German, English,
French, Italian, Spanish, Type of delivery: License key
Chinese), software class A, runs memory stick, certificate of
with Windows XP Professional/ license
Server 2003 SIMATIC PDM TAGs for
Type of delivery: SIMATIC PDM SIMATIC PDM as of V7.0
V6.1 software and device library
on CD/DVD SIMATIC PDM TAGs
TAG licenses for expansion of
SIMATIC PDM product packages
More information as of V7.0, cumulative
Software class A, runs with
Update/Upgrade Windows XP Professional 32-bit,
Windows 7 Ultimate 32/64-bit,
All SIMATIC PDM product variants and combinations with Windows Server 2003 R2
Version 6.0 can be upgraded to Version 6.1 per SIMATIC PDM Standard 32-bit, or Windows
Upgrade. Server 2008 R2 Standard 64-bit
Product configurations according to SIMATIC PDM PCS 7 V6.0 Floating license for 1 user
that are used in the SIMATIC PCS 7 process control system can Type of delivery: License key
be upgraded to V7.0 by means of an upgrade package. memory stick, certificate of
SIMATIC PCS 7 V7.1 + SP2 or higher must be installed, however, license
to permit the installation of the upgrade package for upgrading 10 TAGs 6ES7 658-3XC00-2YB5
from SIMATIC PDM V6.0 to V7.0. 100 TAGs 6ES7 658-3XD00-2YB5
1 000 TAGs 6ES7 658-3XE00-2YB5
The product configurations used in the SIMATIC PCS 7 process
control system based on SIMATIC PDM PCS 7 V6.x or V7.0 can
be upgraded to V8.0 with an upgrade package. SIMATIC PCS 7
as of V8.0 must be installed, however, for the installation of the
package for upgrading from SIMATIC PDM V6.x to V8.0.
A Software Update Service in the form of a subscription is also
offered for SIMATIC PDM.
For further information, see subsections "Updates/upgrades
asynchronous to the PCS 7 version" and "Software Update
Service" in section "Update/upgrade packages".

Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011 2/25

 Siemens AG 2012

Engineering System
Simulation
Simulation with S7-PLCSIM

Overview Ordering data Order No.

S7-PLCSIM V5.4 (including SP) 6ES7 841-0CC05-0YA5

2 OS clients / multi-clients Functional testing on PC/PG of

G_PCS7_XX_00181
programs created with CFC/SFC
5 languages (German, English,
French, Italian, Spanish), runs
with Windows XP Professional 32-
bit, Windows 7 Ultimate 32/64-bit,
OS server Windows Server 2003/2003 R2
Standard 32-bit or Windows
Server 2008 R2 Standard 64-bit,
floating license for 1 user
AS simulation Automation Type of delivery: License key on
with S7-PLCSIM systems memory stick, certificate of
license, software and electronic
documentation on CD
352),%86'3
For further programs concerning testing and simulation, see the catalog
Fieldbus "Add-ons for the SIMATIC PCS 7 Process Control System".
simulation with
SIMBApro FAT ET 200M
More information
Field devices
Update/Upgrade
Dynamic S7-PLCSIM Versions 3.x, 4.x, 5.0, 5.2 or 5.3 can be upgraded to
plant simulation Version 5.4. In addition, a Software Update Service in the form of
with SIMIT a subscription is offered for S7-PLCSIM.
LT
T2659 For further information, see Sections "Updates/upgrades
WT
asynchronous to the PCS 7 version" and "Software Update
Service" in Chapter "Update/upgrade packages".

LT

Reactor

Overview of simulation software for SIMATIC PCS 7

The S7-PLCSIM simulation software supports functional testing
of the user programs generated with CFC/SFC on a
programming device/PC, irrespective of the availability of the
target hardware. Detection and elimination of programming
errors is thereby shifted to an earlier development phase. This
enables faster commissioning, reduces the costs and increases
the program quality.
Note:
SIMATIC PCS 7 V8.0 is supported as of S7-PLCSIM V5.4 SP5.

Function
S7-PLCSIM simulates a SIMATIC S7 CPU with the associated
process images. The program to be tested is loaded into the
simulated S7 CPU in a manner identical to the procedure with
real hardware, and is executed there. S7-PLCSIM is completely
integrated in STEP 7. Process data can be exchanged between
S7-PLCSIM and other Windows applications via an interface.

2/26 Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011

 3
Siemens AG 2012

Operator System

3/2 Introduction

3/5 OS software
3/5 Introduction
3/10 OS standard software
for single station/server/client
3/12 SFC Visualization
3/13 OS redundancy

3/18 OS archiving
3/18 Introduction
3/19 OS short-term archiving
3/20 OS long-term archiving with StoragePlus
3/22 OS long-term archiving with Central Ar-
chive Server
3/24 OS Long-Term Archiving with Process
Historian

3/27 Operation and monitoring via Web

3/27 SIMATIC PCS 7 Web server

Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011

 Siemens AG 2012
Operator system
Introduction
Overview
3 7
The operator system of the SIMATIC PCS 7 process control
system permits user-friendly and secure execution of the
process by the operating personnel. The operator can observe
the process sequence by means of various views and intervene
to control the system when necessary.
The operator system architecture is extremely variable and can
be flexibly adapted to different plant architectures and customer
requirements.
The basis is formed by perfectly coordinated operator stations
for single-user systems (OS single stations) and for multi-user
systems with client/server architecture.
The system software of the operator stations can be expanded
by cumulative SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Runtime licenses for 100,
1 000 and 5 000 process objects (PO) up to following configu-
ration limits:
5 000 POs per OS Single Station
8 500 POs per OS Server (with client/server architecture)
3/2 Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011
Benefits
7 Flexible, modular architecture with scalable hardware and
software components for single-user and multiple station
systems
7 High-performance operator stations based on versatile and
rugged SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstations can be used in
office and industrial environments
Client/server multiple station systems with up to 12 OS
servers/pairs of servers, each for 8 500 process objects (PO)
and up to 32 OS clients per server/pair of servers
7 High-performance archiving system based on Microsoft SQL
Server with short-term archives and integrated archive
backup, can be optionally expanded for long-term archiving
(StoragePlus, Process Historian or Central Archive Server)
7 Self-diagnostics (health check) for monitoring important OS
server applications
7 Integration of modifications without interrupting runtime
operations, and online testing through selective loading of
redundant servers
7 Optimized AS/OS communication:
data transmission only following change in data, independent
of AS reply cycle; suppression of nuisance alarms
7 User-friendly process control and high operational reliability,
also in conjunction with multi-screen technology
7 Extended status displays through combination of status and
analog values with alarm information
7 Highly effective alarm management provides support for
operating personnel
- Assignment of priorities with up to 16 message priorities as
additional attribute to the message classes
- Visual and audible suppression of messages which are irrel-
evant to a specific operating state (dynamic or manual)
- Suppression of sensor/actuator alarms during startup or in
event of malfunction
7 Centralized user administration with access control and
electronic signature
7 Sign-of-life monitoring for subordinate systems connected to
the plant bus
7 System-wide time synchronization based on UTC (Universal
Time Coordinated)
 Siemens AG 2012
Design
All operator stations are based on modern SIMATIC PCS 7
Industrial Workstations optimized for use as OS single station,
OS client or OS server. SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstations
are characterized by powerful industrial PC technology
combined with the Microsoft Windows 7 Ultimate 64-bit or Server
2008 R2 Standard 64-bit operating system. They can be used in
harsh industrial conditions as well as in the office area. Standard
components and interfaces from the PC world offer generous
scope for system-, customer- or sector-specific options and
expansions.
The operating system and the following ES/OS software of the
SIMATIC PCS 7 process control system are factory installed:
Single station: PCS 7 Engineering Software for AS/OS
including OS Runtime software
Server: PCS 7 OS Software Server
Client: PCS 7 OS Software Client
You only need the corresponding software licenses in order to
use the preinstalled SIMATIC PCS 7 software.
Depending on the customer's particular requirements and
whether used as OS single station, OS server or OS client, you
can expand the SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstations with
optional hardware components, e.g. with:
Hardware and software components for redundant operation
Signal module for audible and visual signaling of messages
Smart card reader for access protection
Multi-monitor graphics card for operation of up to 4 process
monitors
Process monitors for office and industrial environments
See section "Industrial Workstation/IPC" for ordering data and
detailed information on the scope of delivery and technology of
the SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstations.
Single-user system (OS single station)
In a single station system architecture, all operation and
monitoring functions for a complete project (plant/unit) are
concentrated in one station.
This OS single station can be operated on the plant bus together
with other single-user systems or parallel to a multi-user system.
Redundant operation of two OS single stations is also possible
(SIMATIC PCS 7 single station redundancy).
Depending on the version (IE or BCE), the OS single station can
be connected to the Industrial Ethernet plant bus via one of the
following network components:
IE: CP 1623 communication module (preinstalled in
SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstation) or CP 1613 A2
communication module (alternative) for communication with
up to 64 automation systems
BCE: Standard Ethernet card (10/100/1000 Mbit/s) and
Basic Communication Ethernet for communication with up to
8 automation systems (not redundancy stations)
Two 10/100/1000 Mbit/s Ethernet RJ45 ports are always
integrated onboard for use as desired.
The OS engineering is located as standard in a separate
engineering system
Operator system
Introduction
Multi-user system with client/server architecture
OS clients
(max. 32 in multi-client mode)
Archive Server
3
Terminal bus
OS servers
(max. 12
G_PCS7_XX_00071
redundant)
Industrial Ethernet
Automation systems
A multiple station system consists of operator terminals
(OS clients) which receive data (project data, process values,
archive data, alarms and messages) from one or more
OS servers over a terminal bus. The terminal bus can share the
transmission medium with the plant bus or it can be designed as
a separate bus (Industrial Ethernet with TCP/IP).
In this architecture, redundant OS servers may be set up to meet
higher availability requirements. Critical applications running on
the OS server are monitored by Health Check for software faults.
If a fault is detected, switchover to the redundant system is
triggered. Synchronization of the redundant OS servers takes
place automatically and at high speed.
OS clients can access the data of not only one OS server/server
pair, but from several OS servers/pairs of servers simultaneously
(multi-client mode). This makes it possible to divide a plant into
technological units and to distribute the data accordingly to
several OS servers/pairs of servers. In addition to scalability, the
advantage of distributed systems is the ability to decouple plant
areas from each other, which results in higher availability.
SIMATIC PCS 7 supports multi-user systems with up to
12 OS servers or 12 redundant OS pairs of servers. In multi-
client mode, OS clients can access data from one or more of the
12 OS servers/pairs of servers in parallel (up to 32 OS clients
simultaneously on all).
The OS servers are designed in addition with client functions
which permit them to access the data (archives, messages,
tags, variables) from the other OS servers of the multi-user
system. This means that process graphics on one OS server can
also be linked with variables on other OS servers (area-
independent displays).
Like the OS single stations, the OS servers can be connected to
the Industrial Ethernet plant bus using one of the following
network components
IE: CP 1623 communication module (preinstalled in
SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstation) or CP 1613 A2
communication module (alternative) for communication with
up to 64 automation systems
BCE: Standard Ethernet card (10/100/1000 Mbit/s) and
Basic Communication Ethernet for communication with up to
8 automation systems (not redundancy stations)
Two 10/100/1000 Mbit/s Ethernet RJ45 ports onboard can be
used to connect to the terminal bus.
Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011 3/3
 Siemens AG 2012

Operator system

Introduction

Design (continued)
OS archiving
The operator system already includes a high-performance
archiving system based on Microsoft SQL Server with cyclic
archives for short-term saving of process values and messages/
The Process Historian can be combined with an information
server to generate reports. With the Process Historian, there is
no limit to archiving in a plant regarding the number of archivable
single stations, servers or pairs of servers.

3
events (alarms). This short-term archive can be combined with
a long-term archive that corresponds to the relevant perfor-
mance requirements.
The StoragePlus provided for the bottom performance range is
able to archive approx. 1 600 process values/s from a total of
4 single stations/servers/pairs of servers.
The scalable Process Historian is the preferable recommen-
dation for an archiving system for long-term archiving in the
upper performance range. It manages process values and
messages as well as batch data from SIMATIC BATCH
swapped-out from the OS archives in a central database.
The Central Archive Server (CAS), which was also designed for
the upper performance range, is primarily used for modern-
ization and expansion of plants in which long-term archiving is
already implemented. It can be configured as a single server or
as a redundant pair of servers, and can archive approx.
10 000 values/s from up to 11 servers/pair of servers.
The data managed in the archiving systems can be saved on all
storage media supported by the operating system. This requires
additional hardware and software, e.g. a DVD writer with suitable
burning software.
All archiving systems are only nodes on the terminal bus.

Technical specifications
Definitions OS quantity framework
OS tag An OS tag or parameter is a defined memory location Max. number of OS servers / 12
required for operating and monitoring with the pairs of servers
operator system; values can be written into it and read
from it (e.g. setpoint, actual value etc.). Max. number of automation systems 64
per OS server / pair of servers
Process object A process object (PO) is synonymous with an
(PO) operable and monitorable block. A PO usually has Max. number of OS clients 32
several OS tags (which can be operated and in multi-client mode 1)
monitored). The number of OS tags differs depending (per multi-user system)
on the block type. For example, motors or valves Max. number of monitors per 4
require fewer tags than closed-loop controls or dosing operator station with multi-channel
units. operation
Licensing Licensing and license verification of the OS software Max. number of OS areas 64
for SIMATIC PCS 7 are based on the process objects.
Max. number of windows per 1 to 16 (adjustable)
Every block fulfilling the following criteria is counted monitor
and calculated as a PO:
The block is not a driver block. Number of trends per trend window 10
The block can be operated and monitored.
Selection time for OS area display <2s
This block can handle messages.
(100 process symbols)
The license verification also takes into account the
sum of all OS tags used. Max. number of process objects:
Per OS single station 5 000 POs
Per OS server 8 500 POs
Max. number of configurable 150 000
messages per server/single station
Number of process tags
Per OS single station Approx. 3 000
Per OS server Approx. 5 000
Per multi-user system Approx. 60 000
Integral high-performance
archive system
(cyclic buffer), based on
Microsoft SQL server, for:
Process value archiving Approx. 1 000/s
(per OS server / single station)
Message archiving Steady-state load approx. 10/s
(per OS server/ single station) Message peak approx. 3 000 / 4 s
1) If every OS client has access to all OS servers/pairs of servers

3/4 Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011

 Siemens AG 2012

Operator system
OS software
Introduction

Overview Single-user system

OS Single Station Redundancy
The SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstation, the operating with Windows 7 Ultimate 64-bit operating
system, and the OS software are matched to one another in system without with
accordance with the application as OS single station, OS server
SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstation
or OS client. including operating system, alternatives

3
SIMATIC PCS 7 ES/OS IPC1) BCE W7 1 2
Design with BCE communication for up to 8 automation
systems (no redundancy stations)
The OS standard software is already preconfigured for the corre- SIMATIC PCS 7 ES/OS IPC1) IE W7 1 2
sponding OS single station, OS server or OS client as the target with Industrial Ethernet communication
system, and preinstalled on it. You only need the corresponding
Additional IE communications software
software licenses in order to use the preinstalled OS standard
for SIMATIC PCS 7 ES/OS IPC1) IE W7
software.
SIMATIC NET HARDNET IE S7 REDCONNECT 1 2
Starting from this, the OS software can be extended as required PowerPack
using additive software components and licenses.
OS standard software
OS single stations and OS clients can be additionally equipped SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Software Single Station V8.0 1 --
with SIMATIC PCS 7 SFC Visualization and Safety Matrix Viewer.
SIMATIC PCS 7 Single Station Redundancy V8.0 -- 1
The high-performance circular buffer archiving system including RS 232 connecting cable, 10 m
integrated as standard in OS single station and OS server for
short-term archiving of up to 512 tags can be expanded within Supplementary OS software (optional)
the limit of 10 000 tags using SIMATIC PCS 7 OS/PH archive SIMATIC PCS 7 SFC Visualization V8.0 1 2
licenses (for order information, see subsection "OS archiving" in SIMATIC Safety Matrix Viewer V6.2 1 2
section "Operator System"). These Count Relevant Licenses are
cumulative. SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Runtime License for adding 1 2
OS Runtime POs
The short-term archive can also be combined with a long-term
SIMATIC PCS 7 OS/PH archives for expansion of 1 2
archive. StoragePlus is available for long-term archiving in the the short-term circular buffer archive
lower performance range; the Process Historian the first choice
for the high performance range. The Central Archive Server Multi-user system with client/server architecture
(CAS), which was initially introduced with SIMATIC PCS 7 V6.1,
is also available for SIMATIC PCS 7 V8.0. It is preferably used for OS Server Redundancy
modernization and expansion of plants in which a CAS is already with Windows Server 2008 R2 Standard 64-bit
operating system without with
in operation. See the subsection "OS archiving" in the section
"Operator system" for details. SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstation
including operating system, alternatives
You can also implement redundant system configurations with SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Server IPC1) BCE SRV08 1 2
OS single stations and OS servers. See the subsection "OS with BCE communication for up to 8 automation
redundancy" in the section "Operator system" for details. systems (no redundancy stations)
The following tables provide a selection aid for ordering an SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Server IPC1) IE SRV08 1 2
operator station. Depending on whether a redundant or non- with Industrial Ethernet communication
redundant design is selected, the tables indicate the respec- Additional IE communications software
tively required number of for SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Server IPC1) IE SRV08
SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstations, SIMATIC NET HARDNET IE S7 REDCONNECT 1 2
PowerPack
licenses for OS standards software, and
OS standard software
licenses for optionally used supplementary OS software.
SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Software Server V8.0 1 --
PCS 7 Server Redundancy V8.0, including -- 1
RS 232 connecting cable, 10 m
Supplementary OS software (optional)
SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Runtime License for adding 1 2
OS Runtime POs
SIMATIC PCS 7 OS/PH archives for expansion of 1 2
the short-term circular buffer archive
1)
IPC stands for one of the SIMATIC IPC types from the product range in
the section "Industrial Workstation/IPC, Preconfigured bundles, SIMATIC
Rack PC" which are authorized for SIMATIC PCS 7 V8.0.

Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011 3/5

 Siemens AG 2012

Operator system
OS software
Introduction

Design (continued)
Multi-user system with client/server architecture
OS client
with Windows 7 Ultimate 32-bit operating
system; connection for terminal bus onboard
A standard view and a server view are available for the techno-
logical representation of a plant, each with variously designed
area overviews. Features provided in both views include:
Message line for the last received message, configurable for
priority-based display of message with highest message
class or priority

3 SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstation/IPC Date, time and name of the operator
including operating system, alternatives Area overview; number of displayed areas depends on
SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Client IPC1) W7, alternatively 1 resolution: up to 36 (lowest/XGA), up to 144 (highest/WQXGA)
with
- Onboard standard graphics Working area for plant displays and movable windows for
- Multi-monitor graphics card "2 screens" or "4 faceplates, trends, messages etc.
screens" System function keys
SIMATIC PCS 7 BOX OS Client 627C, alternatively 1
- without panel The project editor in the operator system offers a wide range of
- with front panel different image formats and resolutions for displaying process
SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Client 427C (Microbox) 1 graphics:
OS standard software Graphic standard Format Resolution Support of multi-
monitor mode
SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Software Client V8.0 1
XGA 4:3 1024 x 768 Yes
Supplementary OS software (optional)
XGA+ 4:3 1152 x 864 Yes
SIMATIC PCS 7 SFC Visualization V8.0 1
SXGA 5:4 1280 x 1024 Yes
SIMATIC Safety Matrix Viewer V6.2 1
1)
UXGA 4:3 1600 x 1200 Yes
IPC stands for one of the SIMATIC IPC types from the product range in the
section "Industrial Workstation/IPC, Preconfigured bundles, SIMATIC Rack WSXGA+ 16:10 1680 x 1050 Yes
PC" which are authorized for SIMATIC PCS 7 V8.0.
HD 1080 (Full HD) 16:9 1920 x 1080 Yes
Note on Microsoft SQL Server software WUXGA 16:10 1920 x 1200 Yes
The "SQL Server" software from Microsoft which is delivered WQXGA 16:10 2560 x 1600 --
together with SIMATIC PCS 7 is exclusively intended for this
process control system. It must not be used in any other context Their use depends on how the graphics controller of the
without previous written approval by Siemens. operator station and the process monitors controlled by it are
designed.
Function The representative and functional display of your plant is
supported by a high-quality, modern design. The global
appearance can be set using predefined or user-specific
designs: color palette, colors, styles (fill patterns), optical effects
(2D/3D, shading, transparency, colored identification of an
image object when selected, etc.). These can be changed
locally for each image object.
In addition, the design is fundamentally influenced using a wide
range of attractive elements provided by the Graphics Designer
when configuring in the engineering system:
Object palettes with styles, controls (applications for control
and monitoring, e.g. for curve and message display),
standard objects and smart objects
Global symbol library with standardized display objects for
plants and units
Symbols and faceplates from the SIMATIC PCS 7 libraries,
especially the Advanced Process Library (APL)
OS process control with freely-positionable windows
Graphical user interface (GUI)
The predefined user interface of the operator system has all the
features typical of a control system. It is multilingual, clearly
structured, ergonomic and easy to understand. Operators can
survey the process extremely easily, and rapidly navigate
between different views of the plant. The system supports them
in this process with hierarchical display structures that can be
configured as required. These facilitate the direct selection of
lower-level areas during process control. The current position
within the hierarchy can always be recognized in a window of the
Picture Tree Manager.
Process displays and process tags can also be called directly
by their name, or by a "Loop-in-alarm" starting from a selected
message An online language selector permits the user to
change the display language during runtime.

3/6 Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011

 Siemens AG 2012
Function (continued)
TrendControls function for table displays and curve displays
Trend window on the operator station
The TrendControls function permits operators to display
archived values of archive tags from the process value archive
as well as online values of process tags from the tag
management in relation to time (table/trend window) or in relation
to another value (function window). The time can be defined
statically (absolute, as configured) or dynamically (in relation to
the actual system time) as:
Start and end times
Start time and period
Start time and number of measuring points
All TrendControls have scrolling functions and a function for
directly selecting the start or end.
During runtime, operators can individually adapt the TrendCon-
trols functions which have already been predefined during plant
configuration, and save the settings globally or user-specific.
They are able to change the data link during runtime, and to
access other data. It is also possible to integrate exported
archive databases online.
The displayed data can be processed further by:
Exporting per CSV file
Output in a predefined print job
TrendControls functions can also be combined with a ruler
window. The ruler window positioned in the process display
independent of the connected TrendControl function shows
additional information in three views depending on the selection
of a time or time range in the trend/table window using a ruler:
Coordinate window with X and Y coordinates of the curve
points at the points of intersection of the rulers
Statistics range window with the values lying within a selected
range
Statistics window with statistical information on a selected
range: minimum, maximum, average, standard deviation,
integral
Operator system
OS software
Introduction
Table window
One or more value columns can be configured for a time column
in the table window. In accordance with this configuration, each
line displays the process values recorded at a particular time.
3
Analogous to this, it is also possible to combine several time
columns with other value columns in a table window. The layout
can be adapted during runtime by shifting, showing or hiding
columns.
In run-time mode, operators can also modify the time data,
manually change displayed values, and save these modified
values.
Trend window
One or more time axes correlate in the trend window with one or
more value axes whose range value is fixed or dynamic. The
scale for the value axes can be linear, logarithmic, percentage
or freely-configurable.
A trend displays a corresponding process value at every point in
time. The number of curves displayed in a trend window is freely-
selectable. Styles and colors can be configured individually,
possibly with a limit-dependent change in color. Grids and rulers
can be used to improve readability and orientation.
Several trends can be combined in a trend group with common
time and value axes. It is also possible to configure several curve
windows. These can be linked together if required, e.g. to
compare process values. Linked curve windows have a
common time axis, zoom, scroll bar and ruler.
Operators additionally have the following options for adaptation
during runtime:
Enlarge trend window selection
Move selection along the time and value axis
Move, hide or show time and value axes of individual trends
Show/hide trend and bring to foreground
Change the displayed time interval
Function window
The function window is similar to the trend window except that
the time axis is replaced by a value access. Process values can
then be displayed in relation to other process values, e.g.
pressure depending on temperature Setpoint curves from user
archives can also be included in the display.
Fixed or dynamic value ranges with linear or logarithmic scaling
can be assigned to the X and Y axes. The values which are
related to one another are based on different variables whose
updating cycles must be the same. The time range in which the
values are displayed (static or dynamic) can be entered
separately by operators for each curve.
Properties, functions and configuration options are otherwise
largely identical to the trend window.
Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011 3/7
 Siemens AG 2012

Operator system
OS software
Introduction

Function (continued)
AlarmControl function for message display and processing
Up to 150 000 messages can be configured per OS single
station/OS server:
Predefined system messages, triggered by a system event
After a power failure, the last messages (e.g. 60) can be
reloaded from the message archive to the message window.
Thus, when the system is restarted, the last message map prior
to the power failure is reconstructed.

3
Individual or group messages, initiated by a change in
process states
Operator input messages, resulting from the manual operation
of objects
The message system integrated in the operator system records
these process messages and local events, saves them in
message archives, and displays them by means of the freely-
configurable AlarmControl function (message view/window).
Operators can use the toolbar to select various standardized
lists with integral scrolling function:
Entered state list: currently present, unacknowledged
messages
Acknowledged list: currently present, acknowledged
messages
Exited state list: unacknowledged messages, but already
exited
Operator list: current and archived operator input messages
Process control list: current and archived I&C messages
Chronicle: all currently present and archived messages
arranged in chronological order
List of manually or automatically suppressed messages
List of messages to be suppressed when they occur
The AlarmControl function displays:
Each message in a separate message line
Message state and color according to the configured
message class (e.g. fault requiring acknowledgment) and
message type (e.g. alarm or warning)
Selected message blocks, each in a separate column:
- System blocks: system data such as date and time, priority,
triggering CPU/station, user name, loop-in-alarm, message
state (UP/DOWN), acknowledgment status (acknowledged/
not yet acknowledged, duration from UP to DOWN/acknowl-
edged)
- Process value blocks: current process value at time of
message, e.g. temperature
- User text blocks: 255 characters of text, e.g. message text
with fault location and cause of malfunction
Status and info text represented as symbol
Parallel to the display, all messages recorded during runtime
and their changes in state can be documented in chronological
order in a message sequence log.
Flexible setting options for audible output and priorities which
can be defined using signal variables additionally support the
signaling of messages through a sound card or by controlling
external sensors via a signal module.
Operators can individually adapt the AlarmControl function
during runtime by filtering, selecting or sorting the display
according to the contents of individual message blocks, e.g.
chronologically according to message priority or fault location,
and save the settings globally or user-specific. It is also possible
to integrate exported archive databases online.
The displayed data can be processed further by:
Exporting per CSV file
Output in a predefined print job
With large quantity frameworks and a high number of messages,
the following measures can be used to noticeably reduce the
operator workload by reducing the relevant messages and
improving the transparency:
Visual and audible hiding of messages which are of reduced
importance in certain situations for the safe and fault-free
operation of the plant, e.g. process signals (logging and
archiving are not influenced):
- Dynamically, i.e. depending on preconfigured definition for
up to 32 operating states (Smart Alarm Hiding)
- Manually, for a limited period
Assignment of priorities using up to 16 message priorities as
additional attribute to the known message classes
Intentional blocking and enabling of messages from an
individual process tag or all process tags of the display/area
by the operator in the event of faults on a sensor/actuator or
during commissioning (recording of blocking and enabling in
the operator activity log)
The "Loop-in-alarm" and "Select display using process tag"
functions support the quick evaluation and resolution of faults.
Using "Loop-in-alarm", the operator can jump directly from a
message selected in the message window to the process
display with the object which caused the fault, and can then call
up the associated faceplate (loop display) through the process
tag whose block icon is colored (cyan). The faceplate window
(loop display) can be anchored so that it remains visible even
when the display is changed.
Group displays visually signal the messages currently present in
the process display. They also provide information on whether
messages are disabled or not.
The last message to have arrived or the message with the
highest priority when alarm priorities are utilized is displayed at
the top edge of the standard view. Using the button "Extended
message line", the AlarmControl function can be displayed as a
window with all received messages. A list of all messages
currently present with maximum priority 16 can also be directly
called using a button.
Message window on the operator station

3/8 Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011

 Siemens AG 2012

Operator system
OS software
Introduction

Function (continued)
Reporting and reports system
Whereas the reporting system is provided to document the
project during its configuration, the reports system is used to
print out the data recorded during operation in a clear manner.
Sign-of-life monitoring
With the "Sign-of-life monitoring" function, the operator system is
able to monitor the correct operation of all subordinate systems
connected to the plant bus. A graphical plant configuration

3
Different types of predefined logs are available: display shows the operating state of each monitored
Message sequence log component. Additional functionality in this respect is offered by
the SIMATIC PCS 7 Maintenance Station (see chapter "Mainte-
Message and archive log nance Station").
Measured value log
Time-of-day synchronization
Operator activity log
System message log
User log
However, a page layout editor can be used to create completely
new page layouts or to individually adapt predefined ones. Log
objects to be printed are simply selected from the editor's object
palette, positioned and configured.
The log objects are categorized as follows:
Host log objects, e.g.
- Static objects (circle, rectangle etc.)
- Dynamic objects that are assigned current values during
output
- System objects (date/time, project name etc.)
- Special runtime log objects
OS-specific log objects, e.g.:
- Control objects (windows for messages, tables, trends, SICLOCK TC 400 central plant clock
functions, and user data)
- Current value of a process tag Together with a SICLOCK time generator (see Catalog
- Contents of user archives "ST PCS 7.1, add-ons for SIMATIC PCS 7"), the operator system
- Embedded layout of the SIMATIC PCS 7 process control system can implement the
- Hardcopy system-wide time-of-day synchronization on the basis of UTC
(Universal Time Coordinated). This feature is especially
Log objects for integration of external data, e.g.: beneficial for widely distributed plants present in different time
- CSV provider (CSV data as table or curve) zones, e.g. pipelines.
- ODBC data source (field as text or table)
- COM provider (COM objects as text, table or image)
The current data of the log defined in the page layout is output
on the printer by means of a predefined or self-generated print
job. Prior to output on the printer, the logs can be saved in EMF
format and displayed as a preview on the screen. Print jobs can
be started manually, time-controlled or event-controlled.
Operators are able to scan the status of the print jobs online.
Central user administration, access control and
electronic signature
With SIMATIC Logon, the operator system has central user
administration with access control that complies with the
validation requirements of 21 CFR Part 11. The administrator
can divide the users into groups and assign differently defined
access rights (roles) to these groups. The operator obtains the
specific rights when logging on within the scope of the access
control. Apart from the keyboard, an optional smart card reader,
for example, can be used as the logon device. In addition,
SIMATIC Logon offers the "electronic signature" function.
SIMATIC Logon is fully integrated in SIMATIC PCS 7. In the
context of SIMATIC PCS 7, no software licenses need be
ordered for this. For further information on SIMATIC Logon as
well as ordering data for an optional smart card reader, see
"Expansion components, smart card reader" in the section
"Industrial Workstation/IPC".

Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011 3/9


Operator system
OS software
OS standard software
for single station/server/client
Overview
The OS standard software is adapted to the SIMATIC PCS 7
Industrial Workstations offered (OS single station, OS server and
OS client).
The OS standard software for OS single stations and OS servers
3 can be adapted to plants of various sizes by adding cumulative
SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Runtime licenses for sets of 100, 1 000 and
5 000 process objects (PO). The configuration limits are
5 000 POs per OS single station as well as 8 500 POs per
OS server.
Ordering data
OS Software Single Station
SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Software
Single Station V8.0
including 100 OS Runtime POs
5 languages (German, English,
French, Italian, Spanish), software
class A, runs with Windows XP
Professional 32-bit, or Windows 7
Ultimate 32/64-bit, single license
for 1 installation
Type of delivery: License key
memory stick, certificate of
license, as well as SIMATIC
PCS 7 Software Media Package
V8.0
SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Software
Single Station ASIA V8.0
including 100 OS Runtime POs
2 languages (English, Chinese),
software class A, runs with
Windows XP Professional 32-bit
or Windows 7 Ultimate 32/64-bit,
single license for 1 installation
Type of delivery: License key
memory stick, certificate of
license, as well as SIMATIC
PCS 7 Software Media Package
ASIA V8.0
OS Software Server
SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Software
Server V8.0
including 100 OS Runtime POs
5 Languages (German, English,
French, Italian, Spanish), software
class A, runs with Windows
Server 2003 R2 Standard 32-bit or
Windows Server 2008 R2
Standard 64-bit, single license for
1 installation
Type of delivery: License key
memory stick, certificate of
license, as well as SIMATIC
PCS 7 Software Media Package
V8.0
SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Software
Server ASIA V8.0
including 100 OS Runtime POs
2 languages (English, Chinese),
software class A, runs with
Windows Server 2003 R2
Standard 32-bit or Windows
Server 2008 R2 Standard 64-bit,
single license for 1 installation
Type of delivery: License key
memory stick, certificate of
license, as well as SIMATIC
PCS 7 Software Media Package
ASIA V8.0
3/10 Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011
Siemens AG 2012
Order No.
6ES7 658-2AA08-0YA0
6ES7 658-2AA08-0CA0
6ES7 658-2BA08-0YA0
6ES7 658-2BA08-0CA0
The OS standard software for a redundant pair of OS servers or
two redundant OS single stations is combined in a package
(SIMATIC PCS 7 Server Redundancy/SIMATIC PCS 7 Single
Station Redundancy). See section "OS redundancy" for details.
Order No.
Runtime licenses for
PO expansion for
OS Software Single Station/
OS Software Server
SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Runtime
license
For extending the OS Runtime
POs, cumulative
Language-neutral, software class
A, runs with Windows XP Profes-
sional 32-bit, Windows 7 Ultimate
32/64-bit, Windows Server
2003 R2 Standard 32-bit or
Windows Server 2008 R2
Standard 64-bit, single license for
1 installation
Type of delivery: License key
memory stick, certificate of
license
100 POs 6ES7 658-2XA00-0XB0
1 000 POs 6ES7 658-2XB00-0XB0
5 000 POs 6ES7 658-2XC00-0XB0
OS Software Client
SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Software 6ES7 658-2CX08-0YB5
Client V8.0
5 languages (German, English,
French, Italian, Spanish), software
class A, runs with Windows XP
Professional 32-bit or Windows 7
Ultimate 32/64-bit, floating license
for 1 user
Type of delivery: License key
memory stick, certificate of
license
SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Software 6ES7 658-2CX08-0CB5
Client ASIA V8.0
2 languages (English, Chinese),
software class A, runs with
Windows XP Professional 32-bit
or Windows 7 Ultimate 32/64-bit,
floating license for 1 user
Type of delivery: License key
memory stick, certificate of
license

Ordering data (continued)
Conversion of the software
license from OS Single Station
to OS Server
SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Software
Conversion Pack Single Station
to Server V8.0
For conversion of an operator
station from OS Single Station to
OS Server
Supports all languages of the
OS Single Station software,
software class A, runs with
Windows XP Professional 32-bit,
Windows 7 Ultimate 32/64-bit,
Windows Server 2003 R2
Standard 32-bit, or Windows
Server 2008 R2 Standard 64-bit,
single license for 1 installation
Type of delivery: License key
memory stick, certificate of
license
For additional information on the Software Media Package, see section
"SIMATIC PCS 7 Software".
Note:
A process object (PO) is synonymous with an operable and
monitorable block (for definition see technical specifications in
the section "Operator System, Introduction").
Siemens AG 2012
Operator system
OS software
OS standard software
for single station/server/client
Options
Subsequent conversion of the software license from
OS Single Station to OS Server
It happens frequently in practice that systems based on
6ES7 658-2BA08-0YD0
OS single stations are later expanded to client-server configura-
tions. The SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Software ConversionPack Single
Station to Server allows you to subsequently convert the 3
software license of your existing OS single station to an
OS server license.
More information
Regional product versions
Originally, all SIMATIC PCS 7 software products were designed
for international use, i.e. there was only one product version for
worldwide use, which was offered in up to 6 languages: German,
English, French, Italian, Spanish and Chinese. However, the
number of supported languages was not uniform, it varied
depending on the product.
The product version for international use will continue to be
available for the SIMATIC PCS 7 software. In addition, a regional
"ASIA" product version will also be offered for the SIMATIC PCS 7
Software Media Package and specific SIMATIC PCS 7 software
products of the "Engineering System" and "Operator System"
system components. ASIA products are explicitly identified in
the name by the supplement "ASIA". They currently support
English and Chinese (simplified).
If a product listed in this catalog does not have the regional
identification ASIA, it can always be used globally. However, the
following restriction applies: If a regional ASIA product is offered,
the pendant for international use does not support the Asian
languages (currently Chinese simplified) present in the ASIA
product.
The following special points must be observed as a result of the
definition of separate products for installation software and
licenses. The SIMATIC PCS 7 installation software is available in
the form of two data medium packages:
SIMATIC PCS 7 Software Media Package
SIMATIC PCS 7 Software Media Package ASIA
The specific ASIA software licenses harmonize exclusively with
the SIMATIC PCS 7 Software Media Package ASIA. SIMATIC
PCS 7 software licenses for which there is no ASIA pendant can
be used with both SIMATIC PCS 7 Software Media Packages.
Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011 3/11
 Siemens AG 2012

Operator system
OS software
SFC Visualization

Overview Ordering data Order No.

SIMATIC PCS 7 6ES7 652-0XD08-2YB5
SFC Visualization V8.0
For displaying and operating SFC
sequence controls on an operator
station

3 6 languages (German, English,

French, Italian, Spanish,
Chinese), software class A, runs
with Windows XP Professional 32-
bit, Windows 7 Ultimate 32/64-bit,
Windows Server 2003 R2
Standard 32-bit, or Windows
Server 2008 R2 Standard 64-bit,
floating license for 1 user
Type of delivery: License key
memory stick, certificate of
license

The OS standard software can be expanded with the SIMATIC

PCS 7 SFC Visualization. This allows you to display and operate
configured sequential controls on the engineering system. No
additional configuration work is necessary for this.
In an overview display it is possible, for example, to open step
and transition displays and to present step comments or
dynamically supplied step enabling conditions.

3/12 Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011

 Siemens AG 2012

Operator system
Redundant operator systems
OS redundancy

Overview
OS single stations and OS servers can have a redundant design
Client Client if necessary:
A SIMATIC PCS 7 Single Station Redundancy programming
package is required to design redundant OS single stations.

Terminal bus, ring 1
Redundant Industrial Ethernet
plant bus (double ring)
3
In addition to the OS software for the redundant operation of
two stations, this contains an RS 232 connecting cable for
optimization of internal communication between the two
stations
A SIMATIC PCS 7 Server Redundancy programming package
is required to design redundant OS servers. It contains the
Terminal bus, ring 2 OS software for a redundant server pair as well as an RS 232
connecting cable for optimization of internal server-server
communication
A separate Ethernet connection can be used instead of the serial
RS 232 connection for optimization of internal communication
between the two redundant stations (OS single stations/
Redundant OS servers). This is an alternative e.g. with larger distances
servers
between the stations or if the COM interface is required
elsewhere.
An optical or electrical connection can be used depending on
the environmental conditions and the distance between the
redundant stations, e.g. up to 100 m per crossover network
cable with RJ45 connectors. For further information, refer to the
manual "SIMATIC PCS 7 8.0 Fault-tolerant Process Control
Systems"; for appropriate cable material and further acces-
sories, refer to Catalog IK PI (Industrial Communication).
What further components are required depends on the plant
G_PCS7_XX_00121

architecture. The design of the plant bus and terminal bus is of

AS 412H particular importance, as well as the type and number of subor-
AS 414H dinate automation systems. The maximum requirements are
AS 417H determined by the redundant configuration shown in the figure
with a fault-tolerant automation system and two redundant rings
each for the plant bus and terminal bus.
OS redundancy shown in a client/server architecture with high availability

Design
The following table provides an overview of which components
are required for a redundant OS single station or OS pair of
servers depending on certain criteria:

Hardware and software components 9 to 64 AS per

Up to 8 AS per single Min.
single station/pair
station/pair of servers 1 redundant AS
of servers

SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstation,

single station or server version, alternatives
Incl. Ethernet network card 10/100/1000 Mbit/s and BCE 2

Incl. CP 1613 A2/CP 1623 and SIMATIC NET HARDNET-IE S7 software 2 (alternative to BCE) 2 2

Software
SIMATIC PCS 7 Single Station/Server Redundancy V8.0
1 1 1
(incl. RS 232 cable)
SIMATIC NET HARDNET-IE S7-REDCONNECT PowerPack 2
Connection to redundant plant bus (2 rings), alternatives
BCE Desktop adapter network card 2

CP 1613 A2/ CP 1613 A2/CP 1623 communications module 2 (alternative to BCE) 2 2

CP 1623
SIMATIC NET HARDNET-IE S7 software 2 (alternative to BCE) 2

SIMATIC NET HARDNET-IE S7-REDCONNECT software 2

Connection to redundant terminal bus (2 rings)

SIMATIC PCS 7 Redundant Terminal Bus Adapter Package 2 2 2

Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011 3/13

 Siemens AG 2012

Operator system
Redundant operator systems
OS redundancy

Design (continued)
Redundant OS single stations / OS servers Redundant OS single stations / OS servers
with BCE communication with CP 1623/1613 A2 communication

FastEthernet card CP 1623/1613 A2 CP 1623/1613 A2

3 PCS 7 single station

redundancy or
SIMATIC NET
HARDNET-IE S7 software
SIMATIC NET
HARDNET-IE S7 software
+ SIMATIC NET HARDNET-IE
PCS 7 server PCS 7 single station
redundancy redundancy or S7-REDCONNECT
PCS 7 server PowerPack
redundancy PCS 7 single station
redundancy or
PCS 7 server redundancy

Plant bus Plant bus Plant bus

G_PCS7_XX_00143
Max. 8 automation systems Max. 64 automation systems Redundant systems
per single station/pair of servers per single station/pair of servers AS 414H, AS 417H

Connection of redundant OS single stations / OS servers on the plant bus

Connection to plant bus The communication software for CP 1623 or CP 1613 A2 is
generally supplied with the SIMATIC PCS 7 software and is
The operator systems (single stations or servers) communicate installed based on the operating system.
with the automation systems via the Industrial Ethernet plant bus.
The following special points must be observed for redundant In order to activate this communications software, you may
configurations: need additional licenses for the SIMATIC NET HARDNET-IE S7,
BCE communication via Ethernet network card 10/100/ SIMATIC NET HARDNET-IE S7-REDCONNECT, or SIMATIC NET
1000 Mbit/s is generally also sufficient for redundant operator HARDNET-IE S7-REDCONNECT PowerPack communication
stations. Up to 8 automation systems can be connected per products.
pair of servers in this manner (only AS single stations, not Connection to terminal bus
AS redundant stations). The BCE license is included for the
BCE versions of the SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstation. It You can connect clients and servers to a non-redundant terminal
is also valid for an additional desktop adapter network card. bus using the onboard Ethernet interface or a desktop adapter
Industrial Ethernet communication via CP 1623 (preinstalled network card. With a redundant terminal bus where two rings are
in the IE version of the SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstation) connected together via two pairs of switches, each station must
or CP 1613 A2 (alternative) is necessary in the following be connected to both rings using a SIMATIC PCS 7 redundant
cases: terminal bus adapter package. The SIMATIC PCS 7 Redundant
- The number of automation systems per OS is larger than 8. Terminal Bus Adapter Package consists of server and desktop
- Redundant automation systems (AS redundant stations) are adapter network cards (for further information, see Section
used. "Expansion components, redundant terminal bus adapter"; for
details on the configuration, refer to the Manual "Fault-tolerant
The IE versions of the SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstation process control systems").
are equipped with a CP 1623 and SIMATIC NET HARDNET-IE
S7 communications software, licensed for up to four CP 1623/
CP 1613 A2 (license for 4 units). If subordinate automation
systems (AS redundant stations) are to be connected,
SIMATIC NET HARDNET-IE S7-REDCONNECT is required,
however. The SIMATIC NET product HARDNET-IE
S7REDCONNECT PowerPack (license for 4 units) can be
used to upgrade features.
If an operator station with BCE communication is to be
upgraded for operation with redundant automation systems
(AS redundant stations), a CP 1623 or CP 1613 A2 communi-
cation module is required in addition to the SIMATIC NET
HARDNET-IE S7-REDCONNECT (license for 4 units).
If the plant bus is to be designed as a redundant dual ring,
you require two interface modules (2 x Ethernet network cards
10/100/1000 Mbit/s or 2 x CP 1613 A2/CP 1623) per
OS single station / OS server.

3/14 Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011


Ordering data
Design of redundant
OS single stations
SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Software
Single Station Redundancy
V8.0
including 100 OS Runtime POs
5 languages (German, English,
French, Italian, Spanish), software
class A, runs with Windows XP
Professional 32-bit, Windows 7
Ultimate 32/64-bit, single license
for 2 installations
Type of delivery: 1 license key
memory stick, certificate of
license, RS 232 cable, 10 m, as
well as SIMATIC PCS 7 Software
Media Package 8.0
SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Software
Single Station Redundancy
ASIA V8.0
including 100 OS Runtime POs
2 languages (English, Chinese),
software class A, runs with
Windows XP Professional 32-bit,
Windows 7 Ultimate 32/64-bit,
single license for 2 installations
Type of delivery: 1 license key
memory stick, certificate of
license, RS 232 cable, 10 m, as
well as SIMATIC PCS 7 Software
Media Package ASIA V8.0
Design of redundant
OS servers
SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Software
Server Redundancy V8.0
including 100 OS Runtime POs
5 languages (German, English,
French, Italian, Spanish), software
class A, runs with Windows
Server 2003 R2 Standard 32-bit or
Windows Server 2008 R2
Standard 64-bit, single license for
2 installations
Type of delivery: 1 license key
memory stick, certificate of
license, RS 232 cable, 10 m, as
well as SIMATIC PCS 7 Software
Media Package 8.0
SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Software
Server Redundancy ASIA V8.0
including 100 OS Runtime POs
2 languages (English, Chinese),
software class A, runs with
Windows Server 2003 R2
Standard 32-bit or Windows
Server 2008 R2 Standard 64-bit,
single license for 2 installations
Type of delivery: 1 license key
memory stick, certificate of
license, RS 232 cable, 10 m, as
well as SIMATIC PCS 7 Software
Media Package ASIA V8.0
Siemens AG 2012
Order No.
6ES7 652-3AA08-2YA0
6ES7 652-3AA08-2CA0
6ES7 652-3BA08-2YA0
6ES7 652-3BA08-2CA0
Operator system
Redundant operator systems
OS redundancy
Order No.
Runtime licenses for PO
expansion for SIMATIC PCS 7
OS Single Station/OS Server
(cumulative); 2 required
SIMATIC PCS 7
OS Runtime license
For extending the OS Runtime 3
POs, cumulative
Language-neutral, software class
A, runs with Windows XP Profes-
sional 32-bit, Windows 7 Ultimate
32/64-bit, Windows Server
2003 R2 Standard 32-bit or
Windows Server 2008 R2
Standard 64-bit, single license for
1 installation
Type of delivery: License key
memory stick, certificate of
license
100 POs 6ES7 658-2XA00-0XB0
1 000 POs 6ES7 658-2XB00-0XB0
5 000 POs 6ES7 658-2XC00-0XB0
Conversion of
two OS single stations to
redundant OS single stations
SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Software 6ES7 652-3AA08-2YD0
ConversionPack 2x Single
Station to Single Station
Redundancy V8.0
For conversion of two OS single
stations to OS single station
redundancy
Supports all languages of the
OS Single Station software,
software class A, runs with
Windows XP Professional 32-bit,
Windows 7 Ultimate 32/64-bit,
single license for 2 installations
Type of delivery: License key
memory stick, certificate of
license and RS 232 cable, 10 m
Conversion of two redundant
OS single stations to redundant
OS servers
SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Software 6ES7 652-3BA08-2YC0
ConversionPack Single Station
Redundancy to Server Redun-
dancy V8.0
For the conversion of two
redundant OS single stations from
OS single station redundancy to
OS server redundancy
Supports all languages of the
OS Single Station Redundancy
software, software class A, runs
with Windows XP Professional 32-
bit, Windows 7 Ultimate 32/64-bit,
Windows Server 2003 R2
Standard 32-bit, or Windows
Server 2008 R2 Standard 64-bit,
single license for 2 installations
Type of delivery: License key
memory stick, certificate of
license
Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011 3/15

Operator system
Redundant operator systems
OS redundancy
Ordering data
Conversion of two OS servers
to redundant OSservers
SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Software
ConversionPack 2x Server to
Server Redundancy V8.0
3 For the conversion of two
OS servers to OS server redun-
dancy
Supports all languages of the OS
Server software, software class A,
runs on Windows Server 2003 R2
Standard 32-bit or Windows
Server 2008 R2 Standard 64-bit,
single license for 2 installations
Type of delivery: License key
memory stick, certificate of
license and RS 232 cable, 10 m
Individual components
RS 232 connecting cable, 10 m
As a replacement part for
redundant OS single stations/OS
servers
Expansion components for
OS single stations / OS servers
For connection to redundant plant
bus (BCE or CP 1613 A2/1623),
for upgrading from BCE to
CP 1613 A2/1623 including
communication with
redundant AS
Desktop adapter network card
for BCE and as spare part for
redundant terminal bus
INTEL PCI network card for
connection to Industrial Ethernet
(10/100/1000 Mbit/s), with RJ45
connection
Note:
License for the BCE communi-
cation with SIMATIC PCS 7 Indus-
trial Workstations with BCE
communication already included
With conventional PCI interface
With PCI Express interface
CP 1613 A2
PCI card for connection to Indus-
trial Ethernet, with ITP and RJ45
connections
CP 1623
PCI Express x1 card for
connection to Industrial Ethernet
(10/100/1000 Mbit/s), with 2-port
switch (RJ45)
3/16 Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011
Siemens AG 2012
Order No. Order No.
Licenses may be required for
activating the functionality of
the CP 1623/CP 1613 A2
6ES7 652-3BA08-2YD0 (Communications software is part
of the SIMATIC PCS 7 software)
Activation license if no redundant
AS are used
SIMATIC NET 6GK1 716-1CB08-1AA0
HARDNET-IE S7 V8.1
Runtime software, 2 languages
(German/English), software
class A
License for up to 4 CP 1613 A2/
CP 1623, single license for
1 installation
Type of delivery: Software and
electronic manual on CD, license
key on memory stick
6ES7 902-1AC00-0AA0 Activation licenses when using
redundant AS
Alternative license for
SIMATIC NET HARDNET-IE S7:
SIMATIC NET HARDNET-IE 6GK1 716-0HB08-1AA0
S7-REDCONNECT V8.1
Runtime software, 2 languages
(German/English), software
class A
License for up to 4 CP 1613 A2/
CP 1623, single license for
1 installation
Type of delivery: Software and
electronic manual on CD, license
key on memory stick
Additive license for
SIMATIC NET HARDNET-IE S7:
SIMATIC NET HARDNET-IE 6GK1 716-0HB08-1AC0
S7-REDCONNECT PowerPack
V8.1
Runtime software, 2 languages
(German/English), software
class A
License for up to 4 CP 1613 A2/
A5E00718412 CP 1623, single license for
A5E01579552 1 installation
6GK1 161-3AA01 Type of delivery: Software and
electronic manual on CD, license
key on memory stick
6GK1 162-3AA00
 Siemens AG 2012

Operator system
Redundant operator systems
OS redundancy

Selection and ordering data (continued) More information

Components for connection of Regional product versions
OS single stations/OS servers/
OS clients to a redundant Originally, all SIMATIC PCS 7 software products were designed
terminal bus for international use, i.e. there was only one product version for
SIMATIC PCS 7 Redundant
worldwide use, which was offered in up to 6 languages: German,
Terminal Bus Adapter Package
Server and desktop adapter for
English, French, Italian, Spanish and Chinese. However, the
number of supported languages was not uniform, it varied 3
designing a redundant terminal depending on the product.
bus,
The product version for international use will continue to be
consisting of 2 Intel network cards available for the SIMATIC PCS 7 software. In addition, a regional
for connection to Industrial
Ethernet (10/100/1000 Mbit/s), "ASIA" product version will also be offered for the SIMATIC PCS 7
with RJ45 connection Software Media Package and specific SIMATIC PCS 7 software
With conventional PCI interface 6ES7 652-0XX01-1XF0 products of the "Engineering System" and "Operator System"
Note: system components. ASIA products are explicitly identified in
Can be used only in SIMATIC the name by the supplement "ASIA". They currently support
PCS 7 Industrial Workstations English and Chinese (simplified).
with Windows XP Professional
32-bit and Windows Server If a product listed in this catalog does not have the regional
2003/2003 R2 Standard 32-bit identification ASIA, it can always be used globally. However, the
operating systems! following restriction applies: If a regional ASIA product is offered,
With PCI Express interface 6ES7 652-0XX01-1XF1 the pendant for international use does not support the Asian
languages (currently Chinese simplified) present in the ASIA
For additional information on the Software Media Package, see section product.
"SIMATIC PCS 7 Software".
The following special points must be observed as a result of the
Options definition of separate products for installation software and
licenses. The SIMATIC PCS 7 installation software is available in
Subsequent conversions the form of two data medium packages:
It is common practice to retroactively change or expand a plant. SIMATIC PCS 7 Software Media Package
The following SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Software ConversionPacks SIMATIC PCS 7 Software Media Package ASIA
support both retrofitting of the redundancy functionality, as well The specific ASIA software licenses harmonize exclusively with
as the conversion from redundant OS single stations to the SIMATIC PCS 7 Software Media Package ASIA. SIMATIC
redundant OS servers: PCS 7 software licenses for which there is no ASIA pendant can
SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Software ConversionPack 2x Single be used with both SIMATIC PCS 7 Software Media Packages.
Station to Single Station Redundancy
for converting two OS Single Stations to OS Single Station
Redundancy
SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Software ConversionPack 2x Server to
Server Redundancy for converting two OS Servers to
OS Server Redundancy
SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Software ConversionPack Single Station
Redundancy to Server Redundancy for converting two
redundant OS Single Stations from OS Single Station Redun-
dancy to OS Server Redundancy

Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011 3/17

 Siemens AG 2012

Operator system
OS archiving
Introduction

Overview Design
The following products are offered for OS long-term archiving:
OS server: StoragePlus:
short-term archiving (cyclic)
More economical version for the lower performance range; for
Process values archiving about 1 600 values/s from as many as four single

3
stations, servers or pairs of servers
Slow Automatic saving Central Archive Server (CAS), can be configured as single or
archiving cycle e.g. daily redundant version:
> 1 min 30 byte/ High-performance version for modernization and expansion
value of plants with CAS; for archiving about 10 000 values/s from up
e.g. Central archive server:
2 weeks
to 11 servers or pairs of servers
long-term archiving
Process Historian
Perspective high-performance version
Fast
archiving cycle During long-term archiving with StoragePlus, the archived data
1 min Max. Microsoft can be visualized by means of the StoragePlus viewer. You can
30 byte/ SQL server also access the process values and messages exported to the
e.g. value CAS or Process Historian from the OS client or OpenPCS 7
7 days station.
Saving on
hard disk The data managed in StoragePlus, the CAS, or Process
Messages/events e.g. for 6 months Historian can be saved on commercially available storage
Alarm archive media (e.g. DVD). This requires additional hardware and
200 to software which support the employed operating system, e.g. a
4 000 byte/ Automatic
e.g. DVD burner with appropriate burner software.
2 months message saving
(applicative) The StoragePlus computer, the CAS, and the Process Historian
e.g. weekly are nodes on the terminal bus. They have no connection to the
Batch server
plant bus. When using a SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstation
as the hardware platform, the onboard Ethernet interface
Batch data (Ethernet RJ45 port) can be used to connect to the terminal bus.
XML
G_PCS7_XX_00070

On user request,
transfer following
files
Backup
Function
end of a batch archiving
on DVD
Overview of short-term and long-term archiving
The operator system already includes a high-performance
archiving system based on Microsoft SQL Server with cyclic
archives for short-term saving of process values (typically 1 to
4 weeks) and messages/events (typically 2 months). Data from
the short-term archive as well as OS reports and batch data from
SIMATIC BATCH can be exported time-controlled or event-
controlled for permanent archiving in a long-term archive.
Characteristics of the archive tags as well as licensing of
short-term and long-term archiving
Scale options for short-term and long-term archives are the
archive tags, which are offered in the form cumulative
licenses. The licenses of the "SIMATIC PCS 7 OS/PH archives"
type are suitable for the OS short-term archive, for the CAS
and the Process Historian.
The archive tags of the licenses of the "SIMATIC PCS 7 OS/PH
Archive" type are freely cumulative up to the respective config-
uration limit, e.g. 10 000 tags for OS short-term archiving or
120 000 tags for CAS long-term archiving.
If a CAS is not used, the "SIMATIC PCS 7 OS/PH Archive" type
licenses are installed on the OS single stations and
OS servers of the system. Otherwise the installation is only on
the CAS. OS single stations and OS servers then "book" their
archive tags from the CAS's stock of tags.
Operator systems (OS single stations and OS servers) are
assigned 512 archive tags each by the OS software, the CAS
is immediately provided with 1 500 archive tags by the central
archive server basic package. If the short-term archiving of
the operator systems is combined with the CAS long-term
archiving, the 512 archive tags of the OS single stations and
OS servers are cumulated with the 1 500 archive tags of the
CAS. The cumulated archive tags are then available univer-
sally for short-term and long-term archiving.
In the case of redundant archive systems, two archives must
be configured with the corresponding number of archive tags.

3/18 Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011

 Siemens AG 2012

Operator system
OS archiving
OS short-term archiving

Overview Ordering data Order No.

An integral component of the OS software of OS single stations Expansion of integral high-
and OS servers is a high-performance archiving system which performance circular buffer
can be configured during runtime and which is based on archive (512 tags) of OS Single
Microsoft SQL server technology. It is used to record process Station and OS Server
data (typical period 1 to 4 weeks) and messages/events (typical SIMATIC PCS 7 OS/PH archives
period 2 months) in cyclic archives. Cumulative archive licenses,
language-neutral, software class 3
The data from the short-term archive as well as OS reports and A, runs with Windows XP Profes-
batch data from SIMATIC BATCH can be exported time- sional 32-bit, Windows 7 Ultimate
controlled or event-controlled for permanent archiving in 32/64-bit, Windows Server
StoragePlus, the CAS, or the Process Historian. 2003 R2 Standard 32-bit, or
Windows Server 2008 R2
Starting with 512 archive tags available within the system, the Standard 64-bit, single license for
short-term archive for process values can be expanded within 1 installation
the limit of 10 000 archive tags by cumulative SIMATIC PCS 7 Type of delivery: License key
OS/PH archive licenses. memory stick, certificate of
license
Additional information on licensing, in particular in combination 1 500 tags 6ES7 658-2EA00-2YB0
with long-term archiving per CAS, can be found under "Features
5 000 tags 6ES7 658-2EB00-2YB0
of archive tags and licensing of short-term and long-term
10 000 tags 6ES7 658-2EC00-2YB0
archiving" in the section "OS Archiving, Introduction".

Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011 3/19

 Siemens AG 2012

Operator system
OS archiving
OS long-term archiving with StoragePlus

Overview Function
StoragePlus manages the process values, messages and OS

G_PCS7_XX_00056
OS clients
StoragePlus
(separate
3 computer)
Terminal bus
OS server Batch server
(redundant) (redundant)
Plant bus
Automation
systems
StoragePlus is a program package for long-term archiving of
OS archive data (process values and messages),
OS reports and
batch data of the SIMATIC PCS 7 process control system.
StoragePlus manages the process values and messages
exported from the OS archives, the OS reports as well as batch
data from SIMATIC BATCH in a central database. All these data
can be visualized in a graphic and clear manner using the
Internet Explorer.
Application
StoragePlus can be used for long-term archiving of process
values and messages, OS reports and SIMATIC BATCH data
from up to 4 single stations/servers/pairs of servers of the
SIMATIC PCS 7 V8.0 process control system.
StoragePlus should be installed on a separate computer with
Windows XP Professional 32-bit, Windows Server 2003 R2
Standard 32-bit, or Windows Server 2008 R2 Standard 64-bit
(see chapter "Industrial Workstation/IPC"). This computer should
be connected via the terminal bus to the OS and batch servers/
single stations of the SIMATIC PCS 7 system.
reports which are swapped out of the OS archives, as well as
batch data from SIMATIC BATCH, in a central database and
makes these data available independent of the PCS 7 runtime
systems:
All data can be visualized in a graphic and clear manner using
the Internet Explorer, selection of the data is selected by
integrated filter functions.
Messages and process values can be shown in table form,
and process values also in graphic form.
Tables of process values can be exported in CSV format for
processing in other Windows applications, e.g. Microsoft
Excel.
The data managed by StoragePlus and the cataloging can be
swapped out onto all commercially available storage media. You
require additional hardware and software for this which support
the StoragePlus operating system, e.g. DVD writer with appro-
priate writer software.
StoragePlus is able to read data exported by StoragePlus V1.0 /
V1.1 and to convert it into the current data format.
Overview of functions
Archiving of messages, process values and reports of the
SIMATIC PCS 7 V8.0operator systems
Archiving of batch data from SIMATIC BATCH V8.0
Cataloging of all StoragePlus data
Swapping out of all StoragePlus data as well as the cataloging
onto external storage media
Reading the swapped-out StoragePlus data and cataloging
from external storage media
Configuration of views (picture windows and masks) including
the selection criteria for displaying the data
Visualizing of messages in table form dependent on filter
functions
Displaying of process values in table or graphic form
dependent on filter functions
Exporting of process values in CSV format, e.g. to Microsoft
Excel
Visualizing a batch overview (selecting the detailed log of a
batch from the batch overview is possible)
Web-based presentation of data
Access protection with user-specific rights
Migration of messages and measured values from
StoragePlus V1.0 / V1.1

3/20 Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011

 Siemens AG 2012

Operator system
OS archiving
OS long-term archiving with StoragePlus

Technical specifications Ordering data Order No.

StoragePlus
Long-term archiving
Data input for process value
Up to 4 single stations, servers or
pairs of servers simultaneously
Approx. 1 000/s
SIMATIC PCS 7 StoragePlus 6ES7 652-0XC08-2YB0
V8.0
Software for long-term archiving
of data from up to 4 single
stations, servers or pairs of

archiving by one server
Data input for process value
archiving by all servers
Max. data volume input per day
Hardware requirements
Main memory
Hard disk memory recommended
Safety
Capacity
Software requirements
Operating system/applications
Software required for StoragePlus
from the scope of delivery of
SIMATIC PCS 7; when used for
StoragePlus, no additional licenses
are required.
3
servers
Approx. 1 600/s 4 languages (German, English,
French, Chinese), software class
A, runs with Windows XP Profes-
500 MB sional 32-bit, Windows Server
2003 R2 Standard 32-bit or
Windows Server 2008 R2
2 GB or more recommended Standard 64-bit, single license for
1 installation
Type of delivery: License key
EIDE-RAID 1 with 2 hard disks for
memory stick, certificate of
80 GB or more
license
2 hard disks for 80 GB or more for
separating database and log files
Windows XP Professional 32-bit,
Windows Server 2003 R2
Standard 32-bit, or Windows
Server 2008 R2 Standard 64-bit
Microsoft Internet Explorer V7.0
or higher
Microsoft Internet Information
Services (IIS) and Message
Queuing installed
Microsoft SQL Server 2005
OS Client SIMATIC PCS 7 V8.0
SIMATIC BATCH V8.0 client
software

Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011 3/21

 Siemens AG 2012

Operator system
OS archiving
OS long-term archiving with Central Archive
Server

Overview Redundant design of central archive server

The CAS can also have a redundant design. This increases the
availability of the long-term data that are accessible for the OS

G_PCS7_XX_00073
OS clients clients or the OpenPCS 7 station. SIMATIC BATCH stores batch
data only one one CAS. However, the data is available on both
CAS as a result of automatic archive synchronization.

3 The following table shows the corresponding number of compo-

Terminal bus
OS server Batch server Central Archive
(redundant) (redundant) Server (CAS)
Plant bus
Automation
systems
The Central Archive Server (CAS) can be used for long-term
archiving of the following data in the SIMATIC PCS 7 process
control system:
OS archive data (process values and messages)
OS reports
Batch data
The process values and messages exported from the
OS archives, as well as the OS reports and batch data from
SIMATIC BATCH are managed by the CAS in a central database.
They can be visualized directly on the OS clients or with the
StoragePlus viewer of the CAS.
Design
The Central Archive Server Basic Package is required to
configure the CAS. This can be expanded to up to
120 000 archive tags using the cumulative SIMATIC PCS 7
OS/PH archive licenses. Detailed information on licensing of the
CAS in combination with OS short-term archiving can be found
under "Features of archive tags and licensing of short-term and
long-term archiving" in the main section "OS archiving".
The CAS does not require a connection to the plant bus. It can
be connected to the OS and batch servers of the SIMATIC PCS 7
system via terminal bus, e.g. via the integral network connection
(Ethernet RJ45 port onboard) of the server.
nents required for single and redundant CAS configurations.
Single central Redundant
archive server central archive
(CAS) server (CAS)
SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial 1 2
Workstation, server version
including Ethernet network cards
and BCE
Central archive server basic 1 2
package
SIMATIC PCS 7 OS/PH archive Licenses for Licenses for
licenses for additional archive tags 1 server 2 servers
RS 232 connecting cable, 10 m -- 1
The redundancy functionality is already integrated in the
SIMATIC PCS 7 Central Archive Server Basic Package. You need
only a cable for optimization of the internal communication
between the redundant CAS. Instead of a serial RS 232
connection, you can also use a separate Ethernet connection,
e.g. as an alternative for larger distances.
Function
The Central Archive Server (CAS) can archive approx. 10
000 process values/s from as many as 11 servers or pairs of
servers of the SIMATIC PCS 7 V8.0 process control system. It is
configured in a SIMATIC PCS 7 project like other stations of the
SIMATIC PCS 7 process control system (e.g. OS server, batch
server, route control server, all clients or OpenPCS 7 station).
The process values and messages managed in the database of
the CAS can be visualized clearly on the OS clients. The
StoragePlus Viewer of the CAS can be used for data visual-
ization on the OS single station. Data selection is supported by
integrated filter functions. Messages and process values can be
shown in table form, and process values also in graphic form.
Tables of process values can be exported in CSV format for
processing in other Windows applications, e.g. Microsoft Excel.
The data managed by CAS and the cataloging can be swapped
out onto all commercially available storage media. This requires
additional hardware and software which support the CAS
operating system, e.g. a DVD writer with appropriate writer
software. Swapping-out can be initiated either by an operator
input or when a certain amount of the hard disk is full.

3/22 Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011

 Siemens AG 2012

Operator system
OS archiving
OS long-term archiving with Central Archive
Server

Function (continued) If a product listed in this catalog does not have the regional
identification ASIA, it can always be used globally. However, the
Overview of functions following restriction applies: If a regional ASIA product is offered,
Archiving of messages, process values and reports of the the pendant for international use does not support the Asian
SIMATIC PCS 7 V8.0operator systems languages (currently Chinese simplified) present in the ASIA
product.
Archiving of batch data from SIMATIC BATCH V8.0
The following special points must be observed as a result of the
Cataloging of all data
Swapping out of all data as well as cataloging onto external
definition of separate products for installation software and
licenses. The SIMATIC PCS 7 installation software is available in
3
storage media the form of two data medium packages:
Reading the swapped-out data and cataloging from external SIMATIC PCS 7 Software Media Package
storage media
SIMATIC PCS 7 Software Media Package ASIA
Data visualization on the OS clients:
- Configuration of views (picture windows and masks) The specific ASIA software licenses harmonize exclusively with
including the selection criteria for displaying the data the SIMATIC PCS 7 Software Media Package ASIA. SIMATIC
- Visualizing of messages in table form dependent on filter PCS 7 software licenses for which there is no ASIA pendant can
functions be used with both SIMATIC PCS 7 Software Media Packages.
- Displaying of process values in table or graphic form
dependent on filter functions Ordering data Order No.
- Visualizing a batch overview (selecting the detailed log of a
batch from the batch overview is possible) Central Archive Server (CAS)
Exporting of process values in CSV format, e.g. to Microsoft SIMATIC PCS 7 Central Archive
Excel Server Basic Package V8.01)
including 1 500 tags
Access protection with user-specific privileges, also using per SIMATIC PCS 7 OS/PH
SIMATIC logon archive licenses can be
expanded to up to 120 000 tags;
Configurable redundancy mode
software class A, runs under
Windows XP Professional 32-bit,
Technical specifications Windows 7 Ultimate 32/64-bit or
Windows Server 2003 R2
Central Archive Server (CAS) standard 32-bit, single license for
1 installation
Long-term archiving Up to 11 servers/server pairs Type of delivery: License key
simultaneously memory stick, certificate of
Data input for process value Approx. 1 000/s license
archiving by one server 5 languages (German, English, 6ES7 658-2FA08-2YB0
French, Italian, Spanish)
Data input for process value Approx. 10 000/s
archiving by all servers ASIA, 2 languages (English, 6ES7 658-2FA08-2CB0
Chinese)
Message input by one server Continuous load approx. 10/s
(limited by the performance of Message burst approx. 3 000/4 s SIMATIC PCS 7 OS/PH archives
short-term archiving) Cumulative archive licenses,
language-neutral, software class
Operating system/applications Windows Server 2003 R2 A, runs with Windows XP Profes-
Standard 32-bit sional 32-bit, Windows 7 Ultimate
Microsoft Internet Explorer V7.0 32/64-bit, Windows Server
or higher 2003 R2 Standard 32-bit, or
Microsoft SQL Server 2005 Windows Server 2008 R2
Standard 64-bit, single license for
1 installation
More information Type of delivery: License key
memory stick, certificate of
Regional product versions license
1 500 tags 6ES7 658-2EA00-2YB0
Originally, all SIMATIC PCS 7 software products were designed
5 000 tags 6ES7 658-2EB00-2YB0
for international use, i.e. there was only one product version for
worldwide use, which was offered in up to 6 languages: German, 10 000 tags 6ES7 658-2EC00-2YB0
English, French, Italian, Spanish and Chinese. However, the 30 000 tags 6ES7 658-2ED00-2YB0
number of supported languages was not uniform, it varied Additional components for
depending on the product. redundant CAS
The product version for international use will continue to be RS 232 connecting cable, 10 m 6ES7 902-1AC00-0AA0
available for the SIMATIC PCS 7 software. In addition, a regional 1)
Supplied without SIMATIC PCS 7 Software Media Package or SIMATIC
"ASIA" product version will also be offered for the SIMATIC PCS 7 PCS 7 Software Media Package ASIA; for further information on the the
Software Media Package and specific SIMATIC PCS 7 software Software Media Package, see section "SIMATIC PCS 7 Software".
products of the "Engineering System" and "Operator System"
system components. ASIA products are explicitly identified in
the name by the supplement "ASIA". They currently support
English and Chinese (simplified).

Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011 3/23

 Siemens AG 2012

Operator system
OS archiving
OS Long-Term Archiving with Process Historian

Overview
The Process Historian is used for long-term archiving of the

G_PCS7_XX_00297
Project A Project B following data from the SIMATIC PCS 7 process control system:
OS archive data (process values and messages)
OS clients Batch data
3 The process values and messages exported from the OS
archives, as well as the batch data from SIMATIC BATCH are
managed by the Process Historian in a central database. They
Terminal bus can visualized on OS clients or OS single stations either directly
or with the support of the information server.
OS single
station
- OS server Process Historian and
- Batch server information server

Plant bus

Automation
systems

Design
The basis hardware for the Process Historian can be a SIMATIC The Process Historian and Information Server do not need a
PCS 7 Industrial Workstation of the type IPC847C, server connection to the plant bus. They can be connected to the
version, with an additional hard disk for the operating system OS and batch servers of the SIMATIC PCS 7 system via terminal
and SIMATIC PCS 7 software (see section "Industrial bus, e.g. via the integrated network connection (Ethernet RJ45
Workstation/IPC"). A RAID 5 hard disk configuration, which can port onboard) of the server.
be selected in the ordering data, can be used for the database.
Configuration of the Process Historian
The use of a Fujitsu Primergy server is recommended for larger
quantity structures (more than 3 OS servers in the maximum In addition to the SIMATIC PCS 7 Process Historian Basic
archive configuration) (see under Premium Server for SIMATIC Package or the SIMATIC PCS 7 Process Historian and Infor-
PCS 7 in the Catalog ST PCS 7.1). mation Server Basic Package, cumulative SIMATIC PCS 7
OS/PH archive licenses are required for the configuration of the
The Information Server can be installed and operated on the Process Historian. These licenses must always be stored on the
Process Historian hardware or on separate hardware. When the Process Historian server. The SIMATIC PCS 7 Process Historian
Information Server is operated separately, any server version or Archive BATCH software product for archiving batch data from
single station version of the SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial SIMATIC BATCH V8.0 can be ordered optionally.
Workstation is suitable (see section "Industrial Workstation/IPC").
Configuration of the Information Server
The Process Historian and Information Server run under the
Windows Server 2008 R2 Standard 64-bit operating system, the In addition to the SIMATIC PCS 7 Information Server Basic
information server on separate hardware can also run under Package or the SIMATIC PCS 7 Process Historian and Infor-
Windows 7 Ultimate 32/64-bit or Windows Server 2003 R2 mation Server Basic Package, for configuration of the Infor-
Standard 32-bit. mation Server you require cumulative SIMATIC PCS 7 Infor-
mation Server licenses corresponding to the number of clients
that access the Information Server.
Software products/licenses Single Server
Process Historian plus Information Server Process Historian
Information Server
SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstation, server version 1 1 1
including Ethernet network cards and BCE
SIMATIC PCS 7 Process Historian and Information 1 -- --
Server Basic Package
SIMATIC PCS 7 Information Server Basic Package -- 1 --
SIMATIC PCS 7 Process Historian Basic Package -- -- 1
SIMATIC PCS 7 Process Historian Archive BATCH 1 -- 1
SIMATIC PCS 7 OS/PH archive cumulative archive Licenses for 1 server -- Licenses for 1 server
tags (sets of 1 500, 5 000, 10 000 and 30 000)
SIMATIC PCS 7 Information Server license Licenses for 1 server Licenses for 1 server --
Cumulative client licenses (sets of 1, 3, 5, 10)
Configuration options

3/24 Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011

 Siemens AG 2012
Function
Process Historian
The Process Historian can archive process values, messages,
and batch data from the SIMATIC PCS 7 V8.0 process control
system. It is configured in a SIMATIC PCS 7 project similar to
other stations of the SIMATIC PCS 7 process control system (e.g.
OS Server, Batch Server, Route Control Server, OpenPCS 7
Server or all clients).
The process values and messages managed in the database of
the Process Historian on the OS clients and OS single stations
can be visualized in graphic and clear manner. Data selection is
supported by integrated filter functions. Messages and process
values can be shown in table form, and process values also in
graphic form. Tables of process values can be exported in CSV
format for processing in other Windows applications, e.g.
Microsoft Excel.
The data managed by Process Historian can be transferred to
commercially available storage media (backup/restore). This
requires additional hardware and software which support the
operating system of the Process Historian, e.g. a DVD burner
with appropriate burner software. The export can be triggered
by the operator.
View in the Web browser
Add-ins for
Microsoft Word and Excel
IS client
Process Historian and
information server (IS)
Operator system
OS archiving
OS Long-Term Archiving with Process Historian
Archiving and visualization functions
Real-time archiving of process values and messages from the
SIMATIC PCS 7 V8.0 operator systems
Support for the OS single stations of SIMATIC PCS 7 V8.0
Archiving of batch data from SIMATIC BATCH V8.0
Support of multiple SIMATIC PCS 7 projects
3
Scaling relative to the basic hardware employed in respect to
performance and quantity structure
Swapping out of all data as well as cataloging onto external
storage media
Reading the swapped-out data and cataloging from external
storage media
Data visualization on the OS clients/OS single stations:
- Configuration of views (picture windows and masks)
including the selection criteria for displaying the data
- Visualizing of messages in table form dependent on filter
functions
- Displaying of process values in table or graphic form
dependent on filter functions
- Visualizing a batch overview (selecting the detailed log of a
batch from the batch overview is possible)
Information Server
The Information Server is the reporting system of the Process
Historian. Based on the Microsoft Reporting Services, it offers
web-based thin-client access to the historical data. Add-ins for
Microsoft Word and Excel provide additional access to the
database of the Process Historian.
G_PCS7_XX_00298
Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011 3/25

Operator system
OS archiving
OS Long-Term Archiving with Process Historian
Function (continued)
Reporting functions
Frequently used report templates for process values,
messages and batches
Open reporting system for creating any number of new report
3
templates
Storage of configured (parameterized) report templates for
faster access
Report export in common document formats
Support of subscriptions for cyclic report generation including
e-mail service
Ordering data
Process Historian and infor-
mation server on shared
hardware
SIMATIC PCS 7 Process
Historian and Information
Server Basic Package V8.0
For the shared installation of
Process Historian and Information
Server on an Industrial
Workstation
5 languages (German, English,
French, Italian, Spanish), software
class A, runs with Windows
Server 2008 R2 Standard 64-bit,
single license for 1 installation
Type of delivery: License key
memory stick, certificate of
license
Process Historian and Infor-
mation Server on separate
hardware
SIMATIC PCS 7 Information
Server Basic Package V8.0
For separate installation of
Process Historian and Information
Server on different Industrial
Workstations
5 languages (German, English,
French, Italian, Spanish,
Chinese), software class A, runs
with Windows 7 Ultimate 32/64-
bit, Windows Server 2003 R2
Standard 32-bit, or Windows
Server 2008 R2 Standard 64-bit,
single license for 1 installation
Type of delivery: License key
memory stick, certificate of
license
SIMATIC PCS 7 Process
Historian Basic Package V8.0
For separate installation of
Process Historian and Information
Server on different Industrial
Workstations
5 languages (German, English,
French, Italian, Spanish), software
class A, runs with Windows
Server 2008 R2 Standard 64-bit,
single license for 1 installation
Type of delivery: License key
memory stick, certificate of
license
3/26 Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011
Siemens AG 2012
Order No.
6ES7 652-7AX08-2YB0
6ES7 652-7EX08-2YB0
6ES7 652-7BX08-2YB0
Creation and storage of role-based dashboards
Role management for Windows users; supports workgroups
and Active Directory; user rights can be assigned for specific
projects
Generation of reports and inserting as graphics in Microsoft
Office Word documents
Creation of Microsoft Excel reports for historical process
values and messages as well as storage of the Excel report
templates on the Information Server
Support of subscriptions for Excel report templates
Order No.
Functional option for Process
Historian
SIMATIC PCS 7 Process 6ES7 652-7DX08-2YB0
Historian Archive BATCH V8.0
5 languages (German, English,
French, Italian, Spanish), software
class A, runs with Windows
Server 2008 R2 Standard 64-bit,
single license for 1 installation
Type of delivery:
License key memory stick, certif-
icate of license
Quantity options for Process
Historian/Information Server
SIMATIC PCS 7 OS/PH archives
Cumulative archive licenses,
language-neutral, software class
A, runs with Windows Server 2008
R2 Standard 64-bit, floating
license for 1 user
Type of delivery: License key
memory stick, certificate of
license
1 500 tags 6ES7 658-2EA00-2YB0
5 000 tags 6ES7 658-2EB00-2YB0
10 000 tags 6ES7 658-2EC00-2YB0
30 000 tags 6ES7 658-2ED00-2YB0
SIMATIC PCS 7 Information
Server license
Cumulative client licenses,
language-neutral, software class
A, runs with Windows 7 Ultimate
32/64-bit, Windows Server
2003 R2 Standard 32-bit or
Windows Server 2008 R2
Standard 64-bit, single license for
1 Installation
Type of delivery: License key
memory stick, certificate of
license
1 client 6ES7 652-7YA00-2YB0
3 clients 6ES7 652-7YB00-2YB0
5 clients 6ES7 652-7YC00-2YB0
10 clients 6ES7 652-7YD00-2YB0
 Siemens AG 2012

Operator system
Operation and monitoring via Web
SIMATIC PCS 7 Web server

Overview Design
The products offered in the context of SIMATIC PCS 7 for
PCS 7 Web clients
operation and monitoring via Web permit cost-optimized
solutions for both types of task:
Server-based licensing is recommended for the "Standard"

3
type of application. The PCS 7 Web server requires a SIMATIC
PCS 7 Web server PCS 7 Web Server Basic license as well as at least one of the
cumulative PCS 7 Web Server licenses which enable simulta-
neous access to 1, 5 or 10 PCS 7 Web clients. Licenses are
LAN LAN not installed on the PCS 7 Web clients themselves.
INTERNET
Diagnostics licenses are tailored for such types of application.
The SIMATIC PCS 7 Web Diagnostics license available for the
PCS 7 Web client enables the client to access the assigned
Front PCS 7 Web server/single-station systems at all times. Each
Firewall PCS 7 Web server/single-station system requires a SIMATIC
PCS 7 Web Diagnostics Server license at the server end.
Back
Firewall
Since there are no functional differences between the license-
free PCS 7 Web client and the PCS 7 Web client with SIMATIC
Terminal bus PCS 7 Web Diagnostics license, mixed operation is possible.
G_PCS7_XX_00116
The SIMATIC PCS 7 OS server with Microsoft Windows Server
Plant bus 2008 R2 Standard 64-bit operating system offered in the section
"Industrial Workstation/IPC" can be used as the basic hardware
for the PCS 7 Web server. The OS software server of the
SIMATIC PCS 7 V8.0 process control system is preinstalled on
this basic device in addition to the operating system.
For the configuration of the PCS 7 Web server, you additionally
The PCS 7 Web server makes available the project data of the need the "OS Software Client" license for both the "Standard"
OS servers for PCS 7 Web clients and thus enables worldwide application as well as for the "Diagnostics" application. Contrary
operator control and monitoring of a plant via intranet/Internet. to the information in the ordering data, the OS Software Client
license in this special application is approved for the Windows
It does this by accessing project-specific process data in the Server 2003 R2 Standard 32-bit and Windows Server 2008 R2
lower-level OS servers using the mechanisms of a multi-client. Standard 64-bit operating systems.
The integrated OS user management guarantees a high degree
of security here. Siemens Industry Automation provides protection against
numerous threats to IT security with comprehensive SIMATIC
Application PCS 7 security concept, professional services, products and
solutions. See the IT Security chapter for more information on
A differentiation is basically made between the following types of this.
application when operating and monitoring SIMATIC PCS 7
systems via the Web: Function
Standard:
Up to 50 PCS 7 web clients access the data of one PCS 7 web The PCS 7 Web clients equipped with Internet Explorer and
server over intranet/Internet. plug-ins which can be installed via intranet/Internet, access the
project data provided by the PCS 7 Web server . The process
Diagnostics: displays are converted by "Publishing" into a form suitable for
One or only a few Web clients have access to several PCS 7 presentation by the Internet Explorer.
Web servers/single-user systems for remote operation,
diagnostics or monitoring. A plant can be operated and monitored via the PCS 7 Web
clients in the same manner as via the OS clients. SFC Visual-
ization is supported in addition to the standard OS functions.
Trend displays can be configured online.
The user must log on with the PCS 7 Web client similar to an
OS client, and the rules for assigning of rights are also identical.
Operator actions on the PCS 7 Web client are recorded in the
OS operator activities report.

Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011 3/27


Operator system
Operation and monitoring via Web
SIMATIC PCS 7 Web server
Ordering data
"Standard" application
SIMATIC PCS 7 Web Server
Basic V8.0
6 languages (German, English,
French, Italian, Spanish,
3
Chinese), software class A, runs
with Windows Server 2003 R2
Standard 32-bit or Windows
Server 2008 R2 Standard 64-bit,
single license for 1 installation
Type of delivery: License key
memory stick, certificate of
license
SIMATIC PCS 7 Web Server
license (cumulative)
Language-neutral, software class
A, runs with Windows Server 2003
R2 Standard 32-bit or Windows
Server 2008 R2 Standard 64-bit,
single license for 1 installation
Type of delivery: License key
memory stick, certificate of
license
1 client
5 clients
10 clients
"Diagnostics" application
SIMATIC PCS 7 Web
Diagnostics Server V8.0
6 languages (German, English,
French, Italian, Spanish,
Chinese), software class A, runs
with Windows Server 2003 R2
Standard 32-bit or Windows
Server 2008 R2 Standard 64-bit,
single license for 1 installation
Type of delivery: License key
memory stick, certificate of
license
SIMATIC PCS 7 Web
Diagnostics Client V8.0
6 languages (German, English,
French, Italian, Spanish,
Chinese), software class A, runs
with Windows XP Professional 32-
bit, Windows 7 Ultimate 32/64-bit,
single license for 1 installation
Type of delivery: License key
memory stick, certificate of
license
3/28 Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011
Siemens AG 2012
Order No.
6ES7 658-2GX08-2YB0
6ES7 658-2GE00-0XB0
6ES7 658-2GF00-0XB0
6ES7 658-2GG00-0XB0
6ES7 658-2HX08-2YB0
More information
6ES7 658-2JX08-2YB0
Order No.
Additive OS Software Client
license for the "Standard" and
"Diagnostics" applications
(required on the PCS 7 Web
Server in addition to SIMATIC
PCS 7 Web Server license or
SIMATIC PCS 7 Web Diagnostics
Server license)
SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Software 6ES7 658-2CX08-0YB5
Client V8.01)
5 languages (German, English,
French, Italian, Spanish), software
class A, runs with Windows XP
Professional 32-bit, Windows 7
Ultimate 32/64-bit, floating license
for 1 user
Type of delivery: License key
memory stick, certificate of
license
SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Software 6ES7 658-2CX08-0CB5
Client ASIA V8.01)
2 languages(English, Chinese),
software class A, runs with
Windows XP Professional 32-bit,
Windows 7 Ultimate 32/64-bit,
floating license for 1 user
Type of delivery: License key
memory stick, certificate of
license
1) Contrary to the information in the ordering data, the OS Software Client
license in these special applications has also been approved for the
Windows Server 2003 R2 Standard 32-bit and Windows Server 2008 R2
Standard 64-bit operating systems.
To ensure safe operation of the plant, you need to take
suitable security measures that also include IT security (e.g.
network segmentation). You can find more information on
the topic of Industrial Security on the Internet at
www.siemens.com/industrialsecurity.
 4
Siemens AG 2012

Maintenance Station

4/2 Introduction
4/4 SIMATIC PCS 7 Maintenance Station
4/8 SIMATIC Maintenance Station PDM

Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011

 Siemens AG 2012

Maintenance Station

Introduction

Overview Design
The two types offered as maintenance stations for SIMATIC
Automation Maintenance PCS 7 (SIMATIC PCS 7 Maintenance Station and SIMATIC
Maintenance Station PDM) differ in particular in regard to system
integration.
Enterprise Resource Enterprise Asset SIMATIC PCS 7 Maintenance Station
Planning Management
The SIMATIC PCS 7 Maintenance Station is fully integrated into
(ERP level) System
the SIMATIC PCS 7 process control system. It provides service

4
Manufacturing MES
Execution Systems Maintenance
(MES level) Operations
Controls Plant Asset
(Process and Management
field level)
The Maintenance Station is specialized for plant asset
management (also known as plant-floor asset management), i.e.
the management of company assets that are used as fixed
assets for production. Its tasks include efficient administration
and management of equipment in technological systems, in
particular the I&C equipment, with the objective of maintaining
and increasing the value.
The following maintenance strategies are used for this purpose:
Corrective maintenance
Response to pending error and diagnostics messages
- Failures are risked or minimized by redundant configurations
- Maintenance in the form of repair or replacement
Preventive maintenance
Preventive diagnostics and maintenance
- Initiation of appropriate maintenance measures before a
fault actually occurs
- Maintenance in the form of time-dependent or status-
dependent maintenance (dependent on degree of wear)
Predictive maintenance
Predictive diagnostics for timely detection of potential
problems and determination of the remaining service life
Using the Maintenance Station, the maintenance engineer can
check the hardware of the automation system, evaluate its
diagnostics messages and information and derive maintenance
measures from them. He is thus in the position to plan, control
and document the entire maintenance cycle - starting with the
arrival of a diagnostics message, continuing with the evaluation
of detailed diagnostics information and the planning, initiation
and tracking of a maintenance measure, all the way to its
completion.
personnel uniform maintenance information and functions for the
system components of the plant (assets) parallel to process
control. It uses the hardware and software components of the
engineering system (ES) and operator system (OS) and relevant
data from the hardware and software project of the application
for plant asset management. Depending on the project-specific
SIMATIC PCS 7 architecture, it can be implemented based on a
SIMATIC PCS 7 BOX system (PCS 7 BOX RTX ES/OS system or
PCS 7 BOX ES/OS system), a SIMATIC PCS 7 single station, or
a client/server combination. No other hardware or software is
needed in addition to the system components of the process
control system.
SIMATIC Maintenance Station PDM
The SIMATIC Maintenance Station PDM implemented as a single
station system based on Microbox cannot only be used together
with the SIMATIC PCS 7 process control system or in the
extended SIMATIC context, it can also be employed in any
automation systems with PROFIBUS communication. In contrast
to the SIMATIC PCS 7 Maintenance Station, it works indepen-
dently, i.e. regardless of the automation projects and the
automation systems (controllers). It combines mechanisms for
the diagnostics of EDD-based field devices and the network
topology visualization of SIMATIC PDM with functions of the
SIMATIC PCS 7 Maintenance Station. It uses the the communi-
cation paths of SIMATIC PDM for communication with the field
devices/components.
Network transitions, such as IE/PB Link PN IO for the transition
between Industrial Ethernet and PROFIBUS, support integration
in the SIMATIC/SIMATIC PCS 7 plant configuration.

4/2 Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011

 Siemens AG 2012

Maintenance Station

Introduction

Function
Practical use of the Maintenance Station in a
typical maintenance cycle
A typical maintenance cycle has the following actions:
Monitoring of the status of a component or device:
- Intelligent sensors detect and signal impending failures long
before the actual failure
- Recording of diagnostics information via network compo-
nents and PC basic devices per OPC coupling
Signaling of "maintenance requirement" in:
- Group display
4
- Symbol graphics of affected components/devices, e.g. of a
sensor
- Alarm log
Navigation to component/device with "maintenance
requirement", and information on specific data such as
measuring-point number, mounting location and device type
Calling of detailed diagnostics information (depending on
device type and vendor), e.g.
- Error description
- Error cause
- Trend statement
- Information on actions
Evaluation, commenting and, if applicable, changing the
priority of the "maintenance requirement"
Initiation of a maintenance measure per maintenance request
and tracking of execution; symbolic visualization of current
status of maintenance measure
Conclusion of maintenance measure; all status displays are
reset to their normal state.
All activities are documented on the maintenance station without
gaps automatically and without additional configuration
overhead.

Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011 4/3


Maintenance Station
SIMATIC PCS 7 Maintenance Station
Overview
4 Station, and processes its diagnostics messages and mainte-
The maintenance station integrated in SIMATIC PCS 7 supple-
ments the process control system with a valuable instrument for
minimizing the total cost of ownership of a plant.
Design
Architecture
The SIMATIC PCS 7 Maintenance Station uses hardware and
software components of the engineering system (ES) and
operator system (OS) for asset management. Depending on the
project-specific SIMATIC PCS 7 architecture, it can be imple-
mented on the basis of a SIMATIC PCS 7 BOX (PCS 7 BOX RTX
ES/OS system or PCS 7 BOX ES/OS system), a SIMATIC PCS 7
single station, or a client/server combination.
Required SIMATIC PCS 7 SIMATIC PCS 7
hardware/software
Basic hardware
PCS 7 BOX RTX ES/OS system or PCS 7 BOX ES/OS
system (Windows 7 Ultimate 32-bit operating system)
SIMATIC PCS 7 ES/OS IPC1) BCE/IE W7 (Windows 7
Ultimate 64-bit operating system)
SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Server IPC1) BCE/IE SRV08 (Windows
Server 2008 R2 Standard 64-bit operating system)
Required SIMATIC PCS 7 software corresponding to operating system or basic hardware
(without taking into account the quantity frameworks)
SIMATIC PCS 7 Engineering Software V8.0 AS/OS
Optional2): SIMATIC PDM PCS 7 or SIMATIC PDM
3)
PCS 7-FF
SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Software Server V8.0
SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Software Client V8.0
SIMATIC PCS 7 Maintenance Station Engineering V8.0
SIMATIC PCS 7 Maintenance Station Runtime V8.0
(basic package and additional asset TAGs)
1)
IPC stands for one of the SIMATIC IPC types from the product range in
the section "Industrial Workstation/PC, Preconfigured bundles, SIMATIC
Rack PC" which are authorized for SIMATIC PCS 7 V8.0.
2)
Only necessary when using intelligent field devices or AssetMon function-
ality
3)
SIMATIC PDM-FF required for plants with FOUNDATION Fieldbus H1
4/4 Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011
Siemens AG 2012
Parallel to process control, the SIMATIC PCS 7 Maintenance
Station provides consistent maintenance information and
functions for the system components of the plant (assets):
The plant operator receives all process-relevant information
via the operator system, and can intervene at specific points
in the process.
The maintenance engineer checks the hardware of the
automation system using the SIMATIC PCS 7 Maintenance
nance requests.
The SIMATIC PCS 7 Maintenance Station provides maintenance
and service personnel access to:
Components of the process control system, e.g. intelligent
field devices and I/O modules, fieldbus, controller, network
components and plant bus as well as single stations, servers
and clients
Assets that do not directly belong to the process control
system, such as pumps, motors, centrifuges, heat
exchangers (mechanical assets) or control loops. They are
represented by proxy objects in which the diagnostics rules
are stored.
The advantages are clear. Maintenance functions and infor-
mation are no longer only available in a separate level
independent of the production. Additional hardware or software
components for plant asset management are superfluous.
As a result of the close interlacing, ES, OS, and asset
management functions run on common hardware. Such a multi-
functional station cannot only be used for asset management,
but also for system engineering or HMI.
The following table shows possible hardware/software configu-
rations of the SIMATIC PCS 7 Maintenance Station (MS).
SIMATIC PCS 7 MS/ES MS
BOX ES single station client server
n
n n
n
n n
n n n
n
n
n n n
n n n
 Siemens AG 2012

Maintenance Station

SIMATIC PCS 7 Maintenance Station

Design (continued)
Two MS servers can even be operated as a redundant pair of
servers. The redundant MS servers must be configured like
redundant OS servers and expanded by the SIMATIC PCS 7
Maintenance Station Runtime software.
The SIMATIC PCS 7 Maintenance Station Runtime basic
package already contains 100 asset TAGs. These can be
expanded by cumulative SIMATIC PCS 7 Maintenance Station
Runtime licenses for 100 or 1 000 asset TAGs (Count Relevant
Conformity to international standards, specifications, and
recommendations
Plant asset management with the SIMATIC PCS 7 Maintenance
Station conforms to international standards, specifications, and
recommendations. It is based on the NAMUR requirements
(process control standards committee in the chemical and
pharmaceutical industries) defined for systems for plant asset
management and for status messages from field devices:

4
Licenses). NAMUR recommendation NE91 (requirements for systems for
The signaling system, user interface, picture hierarchy and plant asset management)
operator prompting are based on the HMI philosophy of the NAMUR recommendation NE 105 (requirements for the
operator system. The diagnostics data of all assets are integration of fieldbus devices in engineering tools)
displayed on uniform faceplates whose contents depend on the NAMUR recommendation NE107 (status messages from field
intelligence of the respective component. This means that devices "Device failure", "Maintenance requirements",
working with the SIMATIC PCS 7 Maintenance Station is simple "Function check")
and intuitive a time-consuming training period is not required.
In addition, it also observes IEC 61804-2 for describing devices
The diagnostics screens structured according to the process by means of the Electronic Device Description Language
cell hierarchy with the operating states of the SIMATIC PCS 7 (EDDL) and specifications made by the PROFIBUS & PROFINET
components can be displayed on the SIMATIC PCS 7 Mainte- International (PI) organization, e.g.
nance Station and also on the OS clients. More detailed
diagnostic information determined by SIMATIC PDM is also PROFIBUS Profile Guidelines Identification & Maintenance
displayed on the faceplates of these stations. However, Functions
enhanced online diagnostics functions in conjunction with PROFIBUS PA Profile for Process Control Devices
HW Config can only be launched from the SIMATIC PCS 7
Maintenance Station.
User management and access control for the SIMATIC PCS 7
Maintenance Station is handled by SIMATIC Logon integrated in
SIMATIC PCS 7.
Configuration
The SIMATIC PCS 7 Maintenance Station is based on the
hardware and software project of the application which is
generated during the standard configuration with the SIMATIC
PCS 7 engineering system. With system support, all data
relevant to the plant asset management are derived from the
project data of the application, and the diagnostics screens are
also generated, simply by pressing a button. The procedure is
simple, and requires no additional configuration work:
Generation of the hardware and software project of the appli-
cation
System-supported generation of the diagnostics screens with
all components present in the project, including the picture
hierarchy based on the project's hardware structure
Compilation of the configuration data, and downloading to the
operator station and maintenance station with subsequent test
and commissioning phase
The names of imported pictures, icons, etc. can be permanently
changed for further use in the maintenance project.

Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011 4/5

 Siemens AG 2012

Maintenance Station

SIMATIC PCS 7 Maintenance Station

Function
Enhanced information for assets according to IEC 61804-2
Further information can be called for assets described by the
electronic device description (EDD) according to IEC 61804-2.
This information is automatically read out of the components and
made available by SIMATIC PDM in the background.
Detailed diagnostics information
- Device-specific information from the vendor
- Information on fault diagnostics and troubleshooting
4 - Additional documentation
Results of internal condition monitoring functions
Status information (e.g. local operation, local configuration
changes)
Display of modification logbook (audit trail) of the component
with all entries on the persons, times and types of operator
intervention on the component
Diagnostics message of a component in the faceplate view "Identity" Parameter view of the assets (display of parameters saved in
the component and in the project; if required, also differences
The SIMATIC PCS 7 Maintenance Station provides maintenance between them)
engineers with comprehensive maintenance information on the
system components (assets) of the plant. Starting from the Visualization of the maintenance information
overview display, maintenance engineers can navigate to the
diagnostics displays of the subordinate hardware levels to Good Maintenance Maintenance
obtain information on the diagnostics status of individual plant requirement job unknown/
areas or components. If a fault is signaled in the overview (low) not requested
display, the "loop in alarm" function permits rapid switching to
the diagnostics faceplate of the associated component. Simulation Maintenance Maintenance
request job
The scope of information available depends on the individual (medium) requested

possibilities of the asset, and is filtered according to the user's
area of responsibility.
The following information is available:
Display of diagnostics status determined by the system
Information on components such as tag name, vendor or
serial number
Display of diagnostics messages of a component
Visualization of type and current state of initiated maintenance
measure
Information on mechanical assets
For mechanical assets without self-diagnostics (pumps, motors,
etc.), the AssetMon function block can determine inadmissible
operating states from various measured values and their devia-
tions from a defined normal status. These are displayed as
maintenance alarms on the SIMATIC PCS 7 Maintenance
Station. AssetMon is able to process up to 3 analog values and
up to 16 binary values.
In addition, AssetMon is suitable for implementation of:
Individual diagnostics structures
Project-specific diagnostics rules
Condition monitoring functions
G_PCS7_XX_00072
Change in Maintenance Maintenance
configuration alarm job
detected (high) in progress
Uniform symbols for visualization of the maintenance status as well as
operator prompting
The hierarchical structuring of information and the uniform
symbols support the overview, facilitate orientation, and permit
the maintenance engineer to rapidly access detailed information
starting from the plant overview.
The symbol set defined for the plant asset management contains
symbols which identify the diagnostic status of the devices/
components, the relevance of the maintenance request, and the
status of the maintenance measure.
Group displays in the plant overview visualize the diagnostics
status of the subordinate structures/components according to a
type of traffic light with red, yellow or green.
Diagnostics displays represent the status of components and
subordinate devices/components through standardized
symbols with the following elements.
Bitmap of component
Tag identification of component
Maintenance state display
Group display for diagnostics status of subordinate compo-
nents
Clicking an element in the symbol display either opens the
subordinate hierarchy level or a component faceplate. The
component faceplate offers various views of the associated
component with further device-specific information, e.g. an
identification, message or maintenance view.

4/6 Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011

 Siemens AG 2012

Maintenance Station

SIMATIC PCS 7 Maintenance Station

Ordering data Order No.

Asset TAGs
Asset TAGs license the number of asset objects monitored in
SIMATIC PCS 7 Maintenance 6ES7 658-7GB08-0YB0 SIMATIC PCS 7. An asset object represents individual hardware
Station Runtime Basic
Package V8.0
components within a SIMATIC PCS 7 project, e.g.
including SNMP OPC server Measuring devices monitored per EDD, positioners, switching
license and 100 asset TAGs devices, or remote I/O stations
6 languages (German, English, Basic devices or Ethernet components monitored per OPC
French, Italian, Spanish, coupling in the maintenance station
Chinese), software class A, runs
with Windows XP Professional 32- The asset TAGs of the SIMATIC PCS 7 Maintenance Station
bit, Windows 7 Ultimate 32/64-bit,
Windows Server 2003 R2
Standard 32-bit, or Windows
Runtime licenses (sets of 100 and 1000) are cumulative (Count
Relevant Licenses). 4
Server 2008 R2 Standard 64-bit,
single license for 1 installation
Type of delivery: License key
memory stick, certificate of
license

SIMATIC PCS 7 Maintenance

Station Runtime Asset TAGs
for adding asset TAGs,
cumulative
Language-neutral, software class
A, runs with Windows XP Profes-
sional 32-bit, Windows 7 Ultimate
32/64-bit, Windows Server
2003 R2 Standard 32-bit or
Windows Server 2008 R2
Standard 64-bit, single license for
1 installation
Type of delivery: License key
memory stick, certificate of
license
100 asset TAGs 6ES7 658-7GB00-2YB0
1 000 asset TAGs 6ES7 658-7GC00-2YB0
Maintenance Station
Engineering
SIMATIC PCS 7 Maintenance 6ES7 658-7GX08-0YB5
Station Engineering V8.0
6 languages (German, English,
French, Italian, Spanish,
Chinese), software class A, runs
with Windows XP Professional 32-
bit, Windows 7 Ultimate 32/64-bit,
Windows Server 2003 R2
Standard 32-bit, or Windows
Server 2008 R2 Standard 64-bit,
single license for 1 installation
Type of delivery: License key
memory stick, certificate of
license

Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011 4/7

 Siemens AG 2012

Maintenance Station

SIMATIC Maintenance Station PDM

Overview

SIMATIC Maintenance
Station PDM
- PCS 7 V7.1 (selective)
- AS RTX V4.6
PLC DCS - SIMATIC PDM V6.1
- HART OPC V3.2
- Microbox IPC427C

4 MS export function
- Overview
- Single export asset data
PROFIBUS DP - Diagnostic data
- Parameter data

Wireless HART
HART multiplexer

G_PCS7_XX_00293
ET 200 PA link

HART PROFIBUS PA HART

Integration of the system-independent SIMATIC Maintenance Station PDM in SIMATIC (PLC) and SIMATIC PCS 7 (PLS)
In contrast to SIMATIC PCS 7 Maintenance Station, which is Note:
seamlessly integrated into the SIMATIC PCS 7 process control
system, SIMATIC Maintenance Station PDM operates on In contrast to the current products in the "System Components"
separate hardware, independent of the automation projects and catalog section, SIMATIC Maintenance Station PDM V1.0 is
the employed automation systems (controllers). It integrates based on system components of SIMATIC PCS 7 V7.1+SP3!
field devices and components via their Electronic Device
Description and uses the communication paths of SIMATIC PDM
to exchange information.

Application
The SIMATIC Maintenance Station PDM is generally suitable for
all projects which use communication modes supported by
SIMATIC PDM as well as field devices described by an
Electronic Device Description (EDD).
It is especially predestined for the following tasks:
Implementation of a maintenance station for small to medium-
sized service projects
Configuring of multiple maintenance stations in an automation
project
Configuration of unit-granular maintenance stations or island
solutions
Maintenance station retrofitting in SIMATIC S7/SIMATIC PCS 7
projects independent of the project version
Implementation of maintenance stations in SIMATIC S7/
SIMATIC PCS 7 projects without "Plant-wide data record
routing" functionality
Isolation between a technological project and service project
Implementation of maintenance stations in projects without
SIMATIC S7/SIMATIC PCS 7 automation systems (controllers)

4/8 Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011

 Siemens AG 2012
Design
The SIMATIC Maintenance Station PDM is based on the
hardware of the SIMATIC IPC427C Microbox, equipped with a
250 GB 2.5" SATA hard disk as a data storage medium. Due to
its exceptional physical properties, it is suited for 24-hour
continuous operation at temperatures from +5 to +40 C.
The compact design and flexible installation options (DIN rail,
wall or portrait mounting) in horizontal or vertical orientation
allow space-saving configurations.
Expansions/interfaces
SIMATIC Maintenance Station PDM provides the following:
4 USB ports (2.0/high-speed)
1 COM1 port (RS 232)
1 DVI-I port (combined DVI/VGA)
2 Ethernet interfaces 10/100/1000 Mbit/s (RJ45)
1 PROFIBUS DP interface, 12 Mbit/s (isolated, CP 5611-
compatible)
It is supplied without input/output devices. In addition to mouse
and keyboard, two other input/output devices can be externally
connected via the provided USB ports, e.g. an optical drive
(DVD-ROM/DVDRW) or smart card reader USB.
A process monitor with analog (VGA) or digital (DVI) connection
can be operated at the DVI-I port. The adapter cable required for
the analog VGA connection is included in the product package.
In plant configurations in which field devices are integrated via
PROFIBUS networks, SIMATIC Maintenance Station PDM can be
integrated via the optional IE/PB Link PN IO network transition.
For further information on possible hardware expansions, refer to
the section "Industrial Workstation/IPC", section "Expansion
components".
Monitoring functions
Configurable self-monitoring functions can be recorded and
evaluated via SIMATIC IPC DiagMonitor. These monitoring
functions include:
Program execution (watchdog)
Processor and board temperature
Enhanced diagnostics/messages, e.g. operating hours
counter, hard disk status or system status
The "Power" and "Watchdog" signals are displayed on LEDs.
Maintenance Station
SIMATIC Maintenance Station PDM
Preinstalled software
The following software is factory installed on the SIMATIC
Maintenance Station PDM and on the supplied restore USB flash
drive:
Windows XP Professional SP3 32-bit operating system, MUI
(German, English, French, Italian, Spanish, Chinese)
SIMATIC IPC DiagMonitor diagnostics software
Maintenance Station software:
- SIMATIC PCS 7 V7.1+SP3 software selection 4
- SIMATIC PDM V6.1 for stand-alone mode (Basic + 128 TAGs
+ Routing)
- EDD device description library (Device Library) 01#2011
- WinAC RTX 2010
The package also includes a license for 100 asset TAGs.
Functional expansions and options
Since the Maintenance Station software is based on SIMATIC
PCS 7 V7.1 and SIMATIC PDM V6.1, functional expansions or
scale upgrades from this software spectrum can also be used in
principle. Examples of this are:
TAG/PO optionsfor quantitative license upgrade
- Asset TAGs in the form of SIMATIC PCS 7 Maintenance
Station Runtime licenses
- SIMATIC PDM TAGs in the form of TAG options or Power-
Packs
- SIMATIC PCS 7 ES/OS Software PowerPacks
SIMATIC PCS 7 OS/PH archives tags
SIMATIC PDM option "Communication via standard HART
multiplexer"
SNMP OPC Server for diagnostics of network components
and stations based on SIMATIC IPC
The configuration of plant automation functions or I/O on the
WinAC RTX 2010 software controller is excluded, however.
Definition of asset TAGs and SIMATIC PDM TAGs
Asset TAGs are used to license the number of monitored asset
objects. An asset object represents individual hardware compo-
nents within a project, e.g.
Measuring devices monitored per EDD, positioners, switching
devices, or remote I/O stations
Base devices or Ethernet components monitored per OPC
coupling in the maintenance station
The asset TAGs of the SIMATIC PCS 7 Maintenance Station
Runtime licenses (sets of 100 and 1000 Count Relevant
Licenses) can also be used by the SIMATIC Maintenance Station
PDM.
A SIMATIC PDM TAG corresponds to a SIMATIC PDM object,
which represents individual field devices or components within
a project, e.g. measuring instruments, positioners, switching
devices or remote I/Os. SIMATIC PDM TAGs are also relevant for
diagnostics with the lifelist of SIMATIC PDM. In this case, TAGs
are considered to be all recognized devices with diagnostics
capability, whose detailed diagnostics is effected through the
device description (EDD).
Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011 4/9
 Siemens AG 2012

Maintenance Station

SIMATIC Maintenance Station PDM

Function
The functionality of the SIMATIC Maintenance Station PDM is
largely based on the SIMATIC PCS 7 Maintenance Station and
the SIMATIC PDM Process Device Manager for stand-alone
operation. The operator interfaces are comparable with those of
the SIMATIC PCS 7 Maintenance Station configured as single
station. SIMATIC PDM integrates the intelligent field devices
(sensors/actuators) and field components (remote I/Os, multi-
plexers, control room devices, compact controllers, etc.) via
their Electronic Device Description (EDD).
4 HART multiplexer
For communication with field devices/components, SIMATIC
Maintenance Station PDM uses the SIMATIC PDM communi-
cation paths over following communication interfaces:
Industrial Ethernet
PROFIBUS DP
PROFIBUS PA
HART on PROFIBUS
Wireless HART
Modbus
The diagnostic information is determined over a cyclic polling
algorithm. The minimum polling cycle of the SIMATIC Mainte-
nance Station PDM is 24 hours. Approx. 4 000 field devices can
be theoretically diagnosed in this cycle.

Technical specifications
SIMATIC Maintenance Station PDM V1.0 on the basis of the Interfaces
SIMATIC IPC427C Ethernet 2 x Ethernet port (RJ45)
Design and equipment features Intel 82574L
10/100/1000 Mbps, isolated, two
Design DIN rail or wall mounting; independent controllers, teaming-
horizontal (preferred) or vertical capable
Portrait assembly; vertical PROFIBUS/MPI 1 x 12 Mbit/s (electrically isolated,
Degree of protection in IP20 CP 5611-compatible), 9-pin sub-
accordance with EN 60529 D socket
USB 4 x USB 2.0/high-speed
CPU
Serial 1 x COM1 RS 232, 115 Kbit/s
Processor Intel Pentium Core 2 Duo 1.2 GHz max., 9-pin sub-D connector
Front Side Bus 800 MHz Parallel -
Second Level Cache 3 MB Graphics connection 1 x DVI-I (DVI/VGA combined)
Chipset Intel GM45 / ICH9M DVI: Digital
VGA: Analog
Main memory 2 GB DDR3-SDRAM 1066 SO- Keyboard/mouse Connectable via USB (not
DIMM module included in scope of delivery)
Graphics LED displays Power
Graphics controller Intel GMA4500 integrated in the Watchdog
chipset
Operating system / basic
Graphics memory 32 ... 256 MB shared memory
software
Resolutions/frequencies
Operating system Windows XP Professional 32-bit
- CRT Up to 1920 x 1200, 60 ... 120 Hz MUI
- DVI Up to 1920 x 1200, 60 Hz (German, English, French, Italian,
Spanish, Chinese)
Drives
HDD 1 x 2.5" SATA-HDD, 250 GB, System-tested SIMATIC industrial SIMATIC IPC DiagMonitor
internal software integrated in pre-installation
CD-ROM/DVD-RW/diskette Connectable via USB (not Monitoring / diagnostics
included in scope of delivery) functions
Watchdog Monitoring of program
execution
Restart can be configured
following faults
Monitoring time adjustable in
the software
Temperature Processor
Motherboard
(via SIMATIC IPC DiagMonitor
and maintenance station)
Operating hours counter (via SIMATIC IPC DiagMonitor
and maintenance station)

4/10 Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011

 Siemens AG 2012
Technical specifications (continued)
Safety
Protection class Protection class I in accordance
with IEC 61140
Safety directives EN 60950-1; UL 60950;
CAN/CSA-C22.2 No. 60950-1;
UL 508; CAN/CSA-C22.2 No. 142
or CAN/CSA-C22.2 No. 14-05
Noise level
Operation < 40 dB(A) to DIN 45635-1
Electromagnetic compatibility
(EMC)
Interference emission EN 61000-6-3 , EN 61000-6-4,
CISPR22:2004 Class B;
FCC Class A
Immunity to conducted interference 2 kV (according to
on the supply lines IEC 61000-4-4; burst)
1 kV (according to
IEC 61000-4-5; symmetrical
surge)
2 kV (according to
IEC 61000-4-5; asymmetrical
surge)
Immunity to interference on signal 1 kV (according to
lines IEC 61000-4-4; burst;
length < 3 m)
2 kV (according to
IEC 61000-4-4; burst;
length > 3 m)
2 kV (according to
IEC 61000-4-5; surge;
length > 30 m)
Immunity to static discharge 6 kV contact discharge
(according to IEC 61000-4-2)
8 kV air discharge (to
IEC 61000-4-2)
Immunity to radio frequency 10 V/m, 80 ... 1 000 MHz and
radiation 1.4 ... 2 GHz, 80% AM (according
to IEC 61000-4-3)
1 V/m, 2 ... 2.7 GHz, 80% AM
(according to IEC 61000-4-3)
10 V, 10 kHz ... 80 MHz, 80% AM
(according to IEC 61000-4-6)
Immunity to magnetic fields 100 A/m rms value 50/60 Hz
according to IEC 61000-4-8
Climatic conditions
Temperature Tested according to
IEC 60068-2-1, IEC 60068-2-2,
IEC 60068-2-14
Operation with hard disk:
- Horizontal mounting position Operation with max.
3 expansion modules
(max. load 9 W): +5 to +40 C
- Vertical / portrait mounting Operation with max.
position 3 expansion modules
(max. load 9 W): +5 to +40 C
Storage/transport -40 to +60 C
Gradient Operating mode: max. 10 C/h;
storage: 20 C/h; no conden-
sation
Relative humidity Tested according to
IEC 60068-2-78, IEC 60068-2-30
Operation 5 ... 80 % at 25 C
(no condensation)
Storage/transport 5 ... 95 % at 25 C
(no condensation)
Maintenance Station
SIMATIC Maintenance Station PDM
Mechanical environmental
conditions
Vibrations Tested according to
IEC 60068-2-6
Operation
- With hard disk and wall instal- 10 ... 58 Hz: 0.0375 mm
lation 58 ... 200 Hz: 4.9 m/s
- With hard disk and DIN rail Starting prohibited
mounting or vertical installation
Storage/transport 5 ... 9 Hz: 3.5 mm,
4
9 ... 500 Hz: 9.8 m/s
Shock resistance Tested according to
IEC 60068-2-27
Operation with hard disk 50 m/s, 30 ms
Storage/transport 250 m/s, 6 ms
Standards, specifications,
approvals
Residential area, business and
commercial operations, and small
businesses
Interference emission EN 61000-6-3: 2007
Noise immunity EN 61000-6-1: 2007
CE industrial environment
Interference emission EN 61000-6-4: 2007
Noise immunity EN 61000-6-2: 2005
cULus Underwriters Laboratories (UL)
according to Standard
UL 60950-1, File E115352 and
Canadian National Standard
CAN/CSA-C22.2 No. 60950-1
(I.T.E.) or according to UL 508,
File E85972 and Canadian
National Standard CAN/
CSA-C22.2 No. 142
(IND.CONT.EQ.) or according to
Canadian National Standard
CAN/CSA-C22.2 No. 14-05
Special features
Quality assurance According to ISO 9001
Power supply
(electrically isolated)
Supply voltage 24 V DC (19.2 ... 28.8 V)
Short-term voltage dip Min. 15 ms (at 20.4 V)
Max. 10 events per hour;
recovery time of at least 1 s
Max. current consumption 4 A (at 24 V)
(at 24 V DC)
Dimensions and weights
Dimensions (W x H x D) in mm 262 x 142 x 47
Weight approx. 2 kg
Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011 4/11

Maintenance Station
SIMATIC Maintenance Station PDM
Ordering data
SIMATIC Maintenance Station
PDM V1.0
Based on SIMATIC IPC427C
(Microbox), including 100 Asset
TAGs
Intel Core 2 Duo 1.2 GHz,
800 MHz FSB, 3 MB L2 cache;
2.0 GB DDR3 SDRAM 1066
(SO-DIMM module); 1 x 250 GB
4 HDD SATA, internal; 2 x Ethernet
10/100/1000 Mbit/s (RJ45) and
1 x PROFIBUS DP 12 Mbit/s
onboard;
without 3.5" floppy disk drive,
optical drive, mouse, keyboard or
monitor
Windows XP Professional 32-bit,
MUI (German, English, French,
Italian, Spanish, Chinese),
SIMATIC IPC DiagMonitor
diagnostics software and Mainte-
nance Station software pre-
installed and on restore USB flash
drive
Type of delivery: Microbox,
license key memory stick, certif-
icate of license including terms
and conditions as well as restore
USB flash drive
Additional and expansion components
SIMATIC PCS 7 Maintenance
Station Runtime Basic Package
(100 TAGs)
For expansion of the monitoring
function to network components
and IPC stations.
With SNMP-OPC server license
100 Asset TAGs1)
SIMATIC PCS 7 Maintenance
Station Runtime
for expansion of asset TAGs
(Count Relevant License)
Software class A, runs with
Windows XP Professional or
Windows Server 2003, single
license for 1 installation
100 Asset TAGs1)
1 000 Asset TAGs1)
SIMATIC PDM options
Communication via standard
HART Multiplexer V6.1
SIMATIC PDM PowerPack
for expanding the TAGs of
SIMATIC PDM PCS 7 V6.1
Software class A, runs with
Windows XP Professional/Server
2003
Floating license for 1 user
Type of delivery: License key
memory stick, certificate of
license including terms and
conditions
from 128 TAGs to 512 TAGs
from 512 TAGs to 1 024 TAGs
from 1 024 TAGs to 2 048 TAGs
from 2 048 TAGs to unlimited
number of TAGs
IE/PB LINK PN IO
Network transition between
Industrial Ethernet and
PROFIBUS DP
4/12 Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011
Siemens AG 2012
Order No.
6ES7 650-0RJ01-0YX0
6ES7 658-7GB17-0YB0
6ES7 658-7GB00-2YB0
6ES7 658-7GC00-2YB0
6ES7 658-3EX16-2YB5
6ES7 658-3XB16-2YD5
6ES7 658-3XC16-2YD5
6ES7 658-3XD16-2YD5
6ES7 658-3XH16-2YD5
6GK1 411-5AB00
Order No.
SIMATIC PC, graphics adapter 6ES7 648-3AB00-0XA0
cable, DVI-I to VGA
250 mm long (included in the
scope of supply, only for ordering
as spare part)
Keyboard/mouse
SIMATIC PC keyboard 6ES7 648-0CB00-0YA0
German/international with USB
connection
SIMATIC PC mouse
Optical, with USB connection and
6ES7 790-0AA01-0XA0
PS/2 adapter
Accessories
Portrait mounting
Portrait assembly kit 6ES7 648-1AA20-0YB0
For space-saving installation of
the SIMATIC IPC 427C (front)
1)
Asset TAGs are used to license the number of monitored asset objects. An
asset object represents individual hardware components within a project,
e.g.
- Measuring devices, positioners, switchgear or remote I/O stations
monitored per EDD or
- Basic devices or Ethernet components monitored in the maintenance
station via an OPC link.
The asset TAGs of the SIMATIC PCS 7 Maintenance Station Runtime
licenses (sets of 100 and 1000 Count Relevant Licenses) can also be used
by the SIMATIC Maintenance Station PDM.
Accessories
Portrait assembly kit
Portrait assembly kit for SIMATIC IPC427C results in interfaces at the front
The portrait assembly kit allows space-saving installation of the
SIMATIC IPC427C in the control cabinet. The technical specifi-
cations of the SIMATIC Microbox PC correspond in this design
form to those with a vertical DIN rail assembly.
As a result of the portrait assembly, the mounting area required
(W x H in mm) is reduced from 262 x 133 to 62 x 316. Together
with the kit, the SIMATIC Microbox PC occupies a mounting
depth of 163 mm in the control cabinet. Since all interfaces of the
SIMATIC IPC427C are accessible from the front, this type of
assembly is very convenient for commissioning.
When using the portrait assembly kit for the SIMATIC IPC427C,
read the information on operation planning and device instal-
lation in the "SIMATIC IPC427C Industrial PC" manual.
 5
Siemens AG 2012

Automation systems

5/2 Introduction

5/5 Microbox systems with

software controller
5/5 Microbox automation system

5/6 Modular automation systems of the

S7-400 range
5/6 Standard automation systems
5/14 Fault-tolerant automation systems
5/24 Safety-related automation systems

Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011

 Siemens AG 2012

Automation systems

Introduction

Overview Application
Microbox automation system
Microbox Standard automation systems The SIMATIC PCS 7 AS RTX Microbox automation system repre-
automation system of S7-400 series with sents the starter system for the low to mid-performance range of
with software controller hardware controller SIMATIC PCS 7. As a result of its exceptional physical properties
and small dimensions, it is particularly suitable for use at plant
level in industrial applications.
Modular automation systems of the S7-400 range
In these "Automation system bundles", selected components of
the SIMATIC S7-400 are combined together.
The following characteristics make the SIMATIC S7-400 predes-
5 tined for use as a SIMATIC PCS 7 automation system:

G_PCS7_XX_00166
SIMATIC PCS 7
AS 414 AS 416 AS 417 7 Modular design without fans
AS RTX
7 High expansion capability and ruggedness
7 Single or redundant design
7 Comprehensive communication facilities

Scalable automation systems, overview 7 Integral system functions

The SIMATIC PCS 7 process control system offers a wide range
of automation systems whose performances are finely matched
to one another within wide limits.
The automation systems offered can be differentiated according
to various criteria. In accordance with the design, they are
categorized as:
Microbox automation system with software controller
Modular automation systems of the S7-400 range with
hardware controller
7 Integrable safety functions (Safety Integrated)
7 Simple linking of central or distributed I/O
In accordance with their functionalities, the modular automation
systems of the S7-400 range can be classified into:
Standard automation systems
Fault-tolerant automation systems
Safety-related automation systems
Various automation systems are available with a price/perfor-
mance ratio which can be tailored to your system requirements.
The CPU of the automation systems is already equipped as
standard with an onboard PROFIBUS DP fieldbus connection.
Depending on the type of CPU, 1 or 2 further PROFIBUS DP
interfaces are possible using additional IF 964-DP interface
modules. PROFIBUS communication modules can be
additionally fitted if required.

Design
Microbox automation system
The compact and rugged automation system based on the
SIMATIC Microbox IPC427C has been designed for mainte-
nance-free 24-hour continuous operation at ambient tempera-
tures up to 55 C. Since there are no fans or rotating storage
media, it is resistant to vibration and shock.
The Windows XP Embedded Standard 2009 operating system,
the WinAC RTX 2010 controller software, and the SIMATIC PC
DiagMonitor diagnostics software are preinstalled on the
supplied 4 GB CompactFlash Card. The scope of delivery also
includes an AS runtime license for 100 POs.

5/2 Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011

 Siemens AG 2012

Automation systems

Introduction

Design (continued)
Modular automation systems of the S7-400 range The number of process objects (PO) serves as orientation for the
selection of appropriate combinations. It should be remembered
The SIMATIC PCS 7 automation systems of the S7-400 range (AS that the POs of the CPU always indicate the upper limit for the
bundles) are available in two types: automation system. This cannot be exceeded by using a
Individual components, combined per system in one memory card with a higher PO capacity. On the other hand, a
consignment reduction is possible by using a memory card for fewer POs.
Preassembled and tested complete systems (no extra charge Example of AS 414-3
compared to delivery of individual components)
Number of process Number of process Number of process
Each of these AS bundles already includes a SIMATIC PCS 7 objects (PO) with objects (PO) with objects available for
AS Runtime license for 100 process objects (PO). CPU 414-3 memory card the AS
The configuration of the AS bundles and their Order Nos. can be Up to approx. 250 2 MB RAM: up to Up to approx. 180
approx. 180
5
individually combined by selecting preconfigured ordering
units. System-specific ordering configurations are available for Up to approx. 250 4 MB RAM: up to Up to approx. 250
this purpose in the Sections "Standard automation systems", approx. 300
"Fault-tolerant automation systems" and "Safety-related
automation systems". The number of process objects is not an absolute value but depends on
the library used as well as the number and type of blocks used in the
In order to facilitate ordering of the current preferred configura- application.
tions, these are additionally listed with their complete Order No.
directly following the ordering configurations. Depending on the configuration as Single Station or Redundant
Station, an AS bundle is equipped with the following compo-
In order to make the ordering data more transparent and to facil- nents:
itate their selection, not all possible combinations for the system- 1 or 2 racks with 9 or 18 slots
specific ordering configurations are offered in this catalog. For
example, the selection options for the memory card are already 1 or 2 SIMATIC S7-400 CPUs, RAM from 768 kB to 30 MB
matched to the performance of the corresponding CPU. 1, 2 or 4 PS 405 (24 V DC) or PS 407 (120/230 V AC) power
supplies, each without backup batteries
The complete range for selection is available using two configu-
rators in the Industry Mall (www.siemens.com/industrymall); 1 or 2 memory cards with 1 to 64 MB RAM
these configurators can be used as alternatives to this catalog 1, 2 or 4 interface modules for Industrial Ethernet plant bus
for ordering the AS bundles: (via CP or integrated in CPU)
SIMATIC PCS 7 AS Single Station configurator Additive PROFIBUS communications processors (by means
SIMATIC PCS 7 AS Redundant Station configurator of configurator up to 4 per Single Station, up to 8 per
Redundant Station)
4 sync modules for a range up to 10 m or 10 km and 2 fiber-
optic sync cables, 1 m (longer lengths can be ordered
separately)

Technical specifications
AS AS AS AS AS AS AS AS AS AS
412-3H 414H 414-3 414-3IE 416-2 416-3 416-3IE 417H 417-4 RTX
Memory card [in MB] 1 4 4 4 8 16 16 16 16 16
Analog value measurements 10 30 35 50 125 200 250 500 700 250
Digital value measurements 15 90 110 150 350 450 600 1 000 1 200 600
PID controls 6 30 35 50 110 150 200 200 300 200
Motors 10 40 50 75 125 250 300 400 450 300
Valves 10 40 50 75 125 250 300 400 450 300
SFC 0 15 15 20 40 100 120 150 200 120
Steps 0 150 150 200 400 1 000 1 200 1 500 2 000 1 200
Dosing 0 3 3 5 15 25 30 35 45 30

Digital inputs DI 50 250 220 300 800 1 200 1 500 2 000 2 000 1 500
Digital outputs DO 25 100 110 150 300 500 700 1 000 1 000 700
Analog inputs AI 20 100 80 100 250 400 600 800 800 600
Analog outputs AO 10 40 40 50 110 180 220 400 400 220

Process objects (PO) 50 250 300 420 890 1 400 1 800 2 500 3 000 1 800
Typical mixed quantity frameworks for SIMATIC PCS 7 automation systems, based on the SIMATIC PCS 7 standard library
Note:
The values quoted here are not AS-specific maximum values for
the particular item but represent a typical distribution of the
available total capacity of the AS during mixed operation of all
the items of an assembled block.

Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011 5/3

 Siemens AG 2012

Automation systems

Introduction

Technical specifications (continued)

Comparison of main memory and processing time of the Summary of number and type of configurable
S7-400 automation systems PROFIBUS interfaces
AS type Integrated main Processing time AS type PROFIBUS interfaces
memory in MB in ns
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
AS 414-3 2.8 45
AS 412-3-1H / MPI/DP CP CP CP CP
AS 414-3IE 4 45 AS 412F
AS 416-2 5.6 30 AS 412-3-2H / MPI/DP CP CP CP CP
AS 412FH
AS 416-3 11.2 30
AS 414-4-1H / MPI/DP DP CP CP CP CP
AS 416-3IE 16 30 AS 414F
AS 417-4 30 18
5
AS 414-4-2H / MPI/DP DP CP CP CP CP
AS 412H/F/FH 0.768 75 AS 414FH
AS 414H/F/FH 2.8 45 AS 417-4-1H / MPI/DP DP CP CP CP CP
AS 417F
AS 417H/F/FH 30 18
AS 417-4-2H / MPI/DP DP CP CP CP CP
With the configurators for SIMATIC PCS 7 automation systems in AS 417FH
the Industry Mall as well as in the following sections "Standard AS 416-2 MPI/DP DP CP CP CP CP
automation systems", "Fault-tolerant automation systems" and
"Safety-related automation systems" you will be able to configure AS 414-3IE MPI/DP IF CP CP CP CP
up to 8 PROFIBUS interfaces for an automation system. The AS 416-3IE MPI/DP IF CP CP CP CP
number and type of available PROFIBUS interfaces depends on
AS 414-3 MPI/DP DP IF CP CP CP CP
the type of automation system (see table).
AS 416-3 MPI/DP DP IF CP CP CP CP
You can additionally implement further PROFIBUS interfaces
by using separately ordered PROFIBUS DP CP 443-5 Extended AS 417-4 MPI/DP DP IF IF CP CP CP CP
interface modules. In accordance with the manual, up to ten MPI/DP = integral MPI/DP interface (for up to 32 PROFIBUS DP nodes)
CP 443-5 Extended interface modules can be operated in one
automation system. DP = integral PROFIBUS DP interface
IF = optional PROFIBUS DP interface module
CP = additive PROFIBUS DP interface module CP 443-5 Extended (also
supports routing with H/F/FH systems)
Every CPU is already provided with a combined MPI/DP
interface (MPI/DP) where the number of connectable
PROFIBUS DP nodes is limited to 32. A complete PROFIBUS DP
interface (DP) is additionally integrated in some CPUs. With the
exception of the CPU 416-2, all CPUs of the standard
automation systems can be expanded by optional PROFIBUS
DP interface modules (IF).
In addition, all automation systems can be expanded by additive
PROFIBUS DP interface modules CP 443-5 Extended (CP). The
PROFIBUS DP interface modules CP 443-5 Extended also
support routing from the engineering system via the fault-
tolerant/safety-related automation systems to the field devices.

Accessories
Modular automation systems of the S7-400 range
Lithium backup batteries of type AA with 2.3 Ah are used in the
power supply modules of all SIMATIC PCS 7 automation systems
of the S7-400 range (AS bundles). Since lithium batteries are
relatively flammable, more rigorous transport and storage
regulations apply to them.
So that these more rigorous transport and storage regulations
are not transferred to the AS bundles, the backup batteries
should be ordered and dispatched separately (Order No.
6ES7 971-0BA00).
The following buffer batteries are required depending on the
configuration of the AS bundles:
SIMATIC PCS 7 AS Single Station:
- With 1 power supply module: 2 units
- With 2 redundant power supply modules: 4 units
SIMATIC PCS 7 AS Redundant Station:
- With 2 power supply modules: 4 units
- With 2 x 2 redundant power supply modules: 8 units

5/4 Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011

 Siemens AG 2012

Automation systems
Microbox systems with software controller
Microbox automation system

Overview
The products for SIMATIC PCS 7 V8.0 from this catalog section
will appear in the 1st quarter of 2012. The contents of this
catalog section will then be updated.
The current products for SIMATIC PCS 7 V7.1 can be found in
the section "Previous versions".

Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011 5/5

 Siemens AG 2012
Automation systems
Standard automation systems
Overview
5
The AS 414-3 / 414-3IE, AS 416-2, AS 416-3 / 416-3IE and
AS 417-4 standard automation systems are extremely robust,
and feature high processing and communications perfor-
mances.
Application
The AS 414-3 / 414-3IE automation systems are tailored for small
applications with small quantity frameworks. They therefore fulfill
the requirements for a low-cost starter solution with a modular
and scalable system based on the S7-400 controller range.
Larger quantity frameworks can be implemented using the
AS 416-2, AS 416-3 / 416-3IE and AS 417-4 automation
systems. These systems are preferred for medium-sized
systems and bigger.
Design
The standard automation systems for SIMATIC PCS 7 are
available as follows:
Individual components, combined per station in one
consignment
Preassembled and tested complete systems (no extra charge
compared to delivery of individual components)
Depending on the type of automation system, the RAM of these
AS bundles varies as follows:
AS type RAM
AS 414-3 2.8 MB (1.4 MB each for program and data)
AS 414-3IE 4 MB (2 MB each for program and data)
AS 416-2 5.6 MB (2.8 MB each for program and data)
AS 416-3 11.2 MB (5.6 MB each for program and data)
AS 416-3IE 16 MB (8 MB each for program and data)
AS 417-4 30 MB (15 MB each for program and data)
The firmware of the standard automation systems listed in this
catalog can be updated in two ways:
Per Flash-EPROM memory card (8 MB)
From the central engineering system via the Industrial
Ethernet plant bus
5/6 Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011
Automation systems with
integral Industrial Ethernet interface
In addition to the AS 414-3 and AS 416-3 systems with Industrial
Ethernet connection via CP 443-1, two automation systems are
offered where the Industrial Ethernet interface is integrated in the
CPU. These AS 414-3IE and AS 416-3IE systems are a little
cheaper than the comparable AS 414-3 and AS 416-3 systems
with the same performance, but differ in their time synchroni-
zation (NTP instead of S7).
When using the AS 414-3IE and AS 416-3IE systems, there are
therefore two separate time synchronization circuits within the
SIMATIC PCS 7 system. This results in two alternatives for users:
Create 1 server each as master for NTP and S7 time synchro-
nization, and tolerate any time differences which may result
Use a SICLOCK central plant clock as the common time
master,
see Catalog ST PCS 7.1 (Add-ons for the SIMATIC PCS 7
process control system), Section "Time-of-day synchroni-
zation"
Redundant power supply
If you have two separate power supply networks for your plant,
you can increase the availability of the standard automation
systems by equipping these with two redundant power supplies.
Runtime licenses
The SIMATIC PCS 7 AS Runtime license for 100 POs already
integrated in each AS bundle can be expanded by additional
Runtime licenses for 100, 1 000 or 10 000 POs. The process
objects of additional Runtime licenses can be added to process
objects which already exist. The number and type (e.g. 100 or
1000) of additional Runtime licenses are irrelevant with regard to
the implementable quantity framework. The AS Runtime licenses
are administered in the engineering system of the SIMATIC PCS
7 process control system (on an engineering station or in the
SIMATIC PCS 7 BOX).
Individual configuration of AS bundles
The equipment of the standard automation systems as well as
their Order Nos. can be individually compiled by selecting
preconfigured ordering units.
Combinations typical for the respective system can be
selected using the system-specific ordering configurations in
the Chapter "Ordering data". The complete range is available
to you via two configurators in the Industry Mall
(www.siemens.com/industrymall):
SIMATIC PCS 7 AS Single Station configurator
SIMATIC PCS 7 AS Redundant Station configurator
To grant you fast access to the ordering data of frequently used
preferred configurations, these are listed following the system-
specific ordering configurations in the Section "Ordering data"
with their complete Order No.in addition.
 Siemens AG 2012

Automation systems

Standard automation systems

Ordering data
Ordering data Order No. Ordering data Order No.
AS 414-3 6ES7 654- AS 416-2 6ES7 654-
with SIMATIC PCS 7 AS Runtime license for with SIMATIC PCS 7 AS Runtime license for
100 POs - D 100 POs - D
CPU with 3 interfaces (MPI/DP, DP and slot for CPU with 2 interfaces (MPI/DP and DP)
IF module) 5.6 MB RAM (2.8 MB each for program and
2.8 MB RAM (1.4 MB each for program and data)
data)
Type of delivery
Type of delivery Individual components, not preassembled 7
Individual components, not preassembled 7
Preassembled and tested 8
Preassembled and tested 8
Memory card
Memory card
Memory card 2 MB RAM (up to approx. B
Memory card 4 MB RAM (up to approx.
300 POs)
C
5
180 POs) Memory card 8 MB RAM (up to approx. D
Memory card 4 MB RAM (up to approx. C 800 POs)
300 POs)
CPU type
CPU type CPU 416-2 (up to approx. 800 POs) G
CPU 414-3 (up to approx. 300 POs) C
Additive IF 964-DP interface module
Additive IF 964-DP interface module Without additive IF 964-DP 0
Without additive IF 964-DP 0
Interface to Industrial Ethernet plant bus
1 x IF 964-DP 1
1 x CP 443-1EX20 3
Interface to Industrial Ethernet plant bus
Racks
1 x CP 443-1EX20 3
UR2 (9 slots), aluminum 3
Racks UR2 (9 slots), steel 4
UR2 (9 slots), aluminum 3
UR1 (18 slots), aluminum 5
UR2 (9 slots), steel 4
UR1 (18 slots), steel 6
UR1 (18 slots), aluminum 5
Power supply (without backup batteries)
UR1 (18 slots), steel 6
1 x PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC B
Power supply (without backup batteries) 1 x PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC, optional C
1 x PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC B redundancy
1 x PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC, optional C 1 x PS 407, 20 A for 120/230 V AC D
redundancy 2 x PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC, optional E
1 x PS 407, 20 A for 120/230 V AC D redundancy
2 x PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC, optional E 1 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC G
redundancy 1 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC, optional redun- H
1 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC G dancy
1 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC, optional redun- H 1 x PS 405, 20 A for 24 V DC J
dancy 2 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC, optional redun- K
1 x PS 405, 20 A for 24 V DC J dancy
2 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC, optional redun- K Additive PROFIBUS DP interfaces1)
dancy Without CP 443-5 Extended 0
Additive PROFIBUS DP interfaces1) 1 x CP 443-5 Extended 1
Without CP 443-5 Extended 0
2 x CP 443-5 Extended 2
1 x CP 443-5 Extended 1
3 x CP 443-5 Extended 3
2 x CP 443-5 Extended 2
4 x CP 443-5 Extended1) 4
3 x CP 443-5 Extended1) 3
1)
4 x CP 443-5 Extended1) 4 With the UR2 rack in combination with a redundant power supply, the
number of additive CP 443-5 Extended is limited to 3.
1)
With the UR2 rack in combination with a redundant power supply, the
number of additive CP 443-5 Extended is limited to 2.

Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011 5/7

 Siemens AG 2012

Automation systems

Standard automation systems

Ordering data (continued)

Ordering data Order No. Ordering data Order No.
AS 416-3 6ES7 654- AS 417-4 6ES7 654-
with SIMATIC PCS 7 AS Runtime license for with SIMATIC PCS 7 AS Runtime license for
100 POs - D 100 POs - D
CPU with 3 interfaces (MPI/DP, DP and slot for CPU with 4 interfaces (MPI/DP, DP and 2 slots
IF module) for IF modules)
11.2 MB RAM (5.6 MB each for program and 30 MB RAM (15 MB each for program and
data) data)
Type of delivery Type of delivery
Individual components, not preassembled 7 Individual components, not preassembled 7
Preassembled and tested 8 Preassembled and tested 8

5 Memory card
Memory card 4 MB RAM (up to approx. C
Memory card
Memory card 8 MB RAM (up to approx. D
300 POs) 800 POs)
Memory card 8 MB RAM (up to approx. D Memory card 16 MB RAM (up to approx. E
800 POs) 3 000 POs)
Memory card 16 MB RAM (up to approx. E Memory card 64 MB RAM (> 3 000 POs) G
3 000 POs)
CPU type
CPU type
CPU 417-4 (up to approx. 3 000 POs) K
CPU 416-3 (up to approx. 1 400 POs) H
Additive IF 964-DP interface module
Additive IF 964-DP interface module
Without additive IF 964-DP 0
Without additive IF 964-DP 0
1 x IF 964-DP 1
1 x IF 964-DP 1
2 x IF 964-DP 2
Interface to Industrial Ethernet plant bus
1 x CP 443-1EX20 3 Interface to Industrial Ethernet plant bus
1 x CP 443-1EX20 3
Racks
UR2 (9 slots), aluminum 3 Racks
UR2 (9 slots), aluminum 3
UR2 (9 slots), steel 4
UR2 (9 slots), steel 4
UR1 (18 slots), aluminum 5
UR1 (18 slots), aluminum 5
UR1 (18 slots), steel 6
UR1 (18 slots), steel 6
Power supply (without backup batteries)
1 x PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC B Power supply (without backup batteries)
1 x PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC B
1 x PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC, optional C
redundancy 1 x PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC, optional C
1 x PS 407, 20 A for 120/230 V AC D redundancy
1 x PS 407, 20 A for 120/230 V AC D
2 x PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC, optional E
redundancy 2 x PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC, optional E
1 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC G redundancy
1 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC G
1 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC, optional redun- H
dancy 1 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC, optional redun- H
1 x PS 405, 20 A for 24 V DC J dancy
1 x PS 405, 20 A for 24 V DC J
2 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC, optional redun- K
dancy 2 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC, optional redun- K
dancy
Additive PROFIBUS DP interfaces1)
Without CP 443-5 Extended 0 Additive PROFIBUS DP interfaces1)
Without CP 443-5 Extended 0
1 x CP 443-5 Extended 1
1 x CP 443-5 Extended 1
2 x CP 443-5 Extended 2
2 x CP 443-5 Extended 2
3 x CP 443-5 Extended1) 3
1)
3 x CP 443-5 Extended 3
4 x CP 443-5 Extended1) 4
4 x CP 443-5 Extended1) 4
1)
With the UR2 rack in combination with a redundant power supply, the
number of additive CP 443-5 Extended is limited to 2. 1)
With the UR2 rack in combination with a redundant power supply, the
number of additive CP 443-5 Extended is limited to 2.

5/8 Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011

 Siemens AG 2012

Automation systems

Standard automation systems

Ordering data (continued)

Ordering data Order No. Ordering data Order No.
AS 414-3IE 6ES7 654- AS 416-3IE 6ES7 654-
with SIMATIC PCS 7 AS Runtime license for with SIMATIC PCS 7 AS Runtime license for
100 POs - D 100 POs - D
CPU with 2 DP interfaces (MPI/DP and slot for CPU with 2 DP interfaces (MPI/DP and slot for
IF module) IF module)
4 MB RAM (2 MB each for program and data) 16 MB RAM (8 MB each for program and data)
Type of delivery Type of delivery
Individual components, not preassembled 7 Individual components, not preassembled 7
Preassembled and tested 8 Preassembled and tested 8

Memory card Memory card

Memory card 2 MB RAM (up to approx.
180 POs)
B Memory card 4 MB RAM (up to approx.
300 POs)
C 5
Memory card 4 MB RAM (up to approx. C Memory card 8 MB RAM (up to approx. D
300 POs) 800 POs)
Memory card 8 MB RAM (up to approx. D Memory card 16 MB RAM (up to approx. E
800 POs) 3 000 POs)
CPU type CPU type
CPU 414-3 PN/DP (up to approx. 300 POs) D CPU 416-3 PN/DP (up to approx. 1 400 POs) J

Additive IF 964-DP interface module Additive IF 964-DP interface module

Without additive IF 964-DP 0 Without additive IF 964-DP 0
1 x IF 964-DP 1 1 x IF 964-DP 1

Interface to Industrial Ethernet plant bus Interface to Industrial Ethernet plant bus
Integrated, without CP 443-1 0 Integrated, without CP 443-1 0

Racks Racks
UR2 (9 slots), aluminum 3 UR2 (9 slots), aluminum 3
UR2 (9 slots), steel 4 UR2 (9 slots), steel 4
UR1 (18 slots), aluminum 5 UR1 (18 slots), aluminum 5
UR1 (18 slots), steel 6 UR1 (18 slots), steel 6

Power supply (without backup batteries) Power supply (without backup batteries)
1 x PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC B 1 x PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC B
1 x PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC, optional C 1 x PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC, optional C
redundancy redundancy
1 x PS 407, 20 A for 120/230 V AC D 1 x PS 407, 20 A for 120/230 V AC D
2 x PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC, optional E 2 x PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC, optional E
redundancy redundancy
1 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC G 1 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC G
1 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC, optional redun- H 1 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC, optional redun- H
dancy dancy
1 x PS 405, 20 A for 24 V DC J 1 x PS 405, 20 A for 24 V DC J
2 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC, optional redun- K 2 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC, optional redun- K
dancy dancy
Additive PROFIBUS DP interfaces1) Additive PROFIBUS DP interfaces1)
Without CP 443-5 Extended 0 Without CP 443-5 Extended 0
1 x CP 443-5 Extended 1 1 x CP 443-5 Extended 1
2 x CP 443-5 Extended 2 2 x CP 443-5 Extended 2
3 x CP 443-5 Extended 3 3 x CP 443-5 Extended 3
4 x CP 443-5 Extended1) 4 4 x CP 443-5 Extended1) 4
1) With the UR2 rack in combination with a redundant power supply, the 1) With the UR2 rack in combination with a redundant power supply, the
number of additive CP 443-5 Extended is limited to 3. number of additive CP 443-5 Extended is limited to 3.

Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011 5/9


Automation systems
Standard automation systems
Ordering data
Recommended preferred types
SIMATIC PCS 7 standard
automation systems with
Industrial Ethernet interfacing
via CP, recommended preferred
types
AS 414-3 automation system
with SIMATIC PCS 7
AS Runtime license for 100 PO
Preassembled and tested, without
additive IF 964-DP and without
CP 443-5 Extended, comprising:
5
CPU 414-3 with 3 interfaces
(MPI/DP, DP and slot for IF
module), 2.8 MB RAM
(1.4 MB each for program and
data), CP 443-1EX20 communi-
cations processor for connection
to Industrial Ethernet plant bus as
well as
Aluminum UR1 rack (18 slots)
- PS 407 power supply; 20 A for
120/230 V AC, without backup
batteries, memory card
2 MB RAM
- PS 407 power supply; 20 A for
120/230 V AC, without backup
batteries, memory card
4 MB RAM
- PS 405 power supply; 20 A for
24 V DC, without backup
batteries, memory card
2 MB RAM
- PS 405 power supply; 20 A for
24 V DC, without backup
batteries, memory card
4 MB RAM
UR2 aluminum rack (9 slots)
- PS 407 power supply; 10 A for
120/230 V AC, without backup
batteries, memory card
2 MB RAM
- PS 407 power supply; 10 A for
120/230 V AC, without backup
batteries, memory card
4 MB RAM
- PS 405 power supply; 10 A for
24 V DC, without backup
batteries, memory card
2 MB RAM
- PS 405 power supply; 10 A for
24 V DC, without backup
batteries, memory card
4 MB RAM
5/10 Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011
Siemens AG 2012
Order No. Order No.
AS 416-2 automation system
with SIMATIC PCS 7
AS Runtime license for 100 PO
Preassembled and tested, without
additive IF 964-DP and without
CP 443-5 Extended, comprising:
CPU 416-2 with 2 interfaces
(MPI/DP and DP), 5.6 MB RAM
(2.8 MB each for program and
data), CP 443-1EX20 communi-
cations processor for connection
to Industrial Ethernet plant bus as
well as
Aluminum UR1 rack (18 slots)
- PS 407 power supply; 20 A for 6ES7 654-8CG03-5DD0
120/230 V AC, without backup
batteries, memory card
4 MB RAM
- PS 407 power supply; 20 A for 6ES7 654-8DG03-5DD0
120/230 V AC, without backup
batteries, memory card
6ES7 654-8BC03-5DD0 8 MB RAM
- PS 405 power supply; 20 A for 6ES7 654-8CG03-5JD0
24 V DC, without backup
batteries, memory card
6ES7 654-8CC03-5DD0 4 MB RAM
- PS 405 power supply; 20 A for 6ES7 654-8DG03-5JD0
24 V DC, without backup
batteries, memory card
6ES7 654-8BC03-5JD0 8 MB RAM
UR2 aluminum rack (9 slots)
- PS 407 power supply; 10 A for 6ES7 654-8CG03-3BD0
6ES7 654-8CC03-5JD0 120/230 V AC, without backup
batteries, memory card
4 MB RAM
- PS 407 power supply; 10 A for 6ES7 654-8DG03-3BD0
120/230 V AC, without backup
6ES7 654-8BC03-3BD0 batteries, memory card
8 MB RAM
- PS 405 power supply; 10 A for 6ES7 654-8CG03-3GD0
24 V DC, without backup
6ES7 654-8CC03-3BD0 batteries, memory card
4 MB RAM
- PS 405 power supply; 10 A for 6ES7 654-8DG03-3GD0
24 V DC, without backup
6ES7 654-8BC03-3GD0 batteries, memory card
8 MB RAM
6ES7 654-8CC03-3GD0

Ordering data
AS 416-3 automation system
with SIMATIC PCS 7
AS Runtime license for 100 PO
Preassembled and tested, without
additive IF 964-DP and without
CP 443-5 Extended, comprising:
CPU 416-3 with 3 interfaces
(MPI/DP, DP and slot for
IF module), 11.2 MB RAM
(5.6 MB each for program and
data), CP 443-1EX20 communi-
cations processor for connection
to Industrial Ethernet plant bus as
well as
Aluminum UR1 rack (18 slots)
- PS 407 power supply; 20 A for
120/230 V AC, without backup
batteries, memory card
8 MB RAM
- PS 407 power supply; 20 A for
120/230 V AC, without backup
batteries, memory card
16 MB RAM
- PS 405 power supply; 20 A for
24 V DC, without backup
batteries, memory card
8 MB RAM
- PS 405 power supply; 20 A for
24 V DC, without backup
batteries, memory card
16 MB RAM
UR2 aluminum rack (9 slots)
- PS 407 power supply; 10 A for
120/230 V AC, without backup
batteries, memory card
8 MB RAM
- PS 407 power supply; 10 A for
120/230 V AC, without backup
batteries, memory card
16 MB RAM
- PS 405 power supply; 10 A for
24 V DC, without backup
batteries, memory card
8 MB RAM
- PS 405 power supply; 10 A for
24 V DC, without backup
batteries, memory card
16 MB RAM
Siemens AG 2012
Automation systems
Standard automation systems
Order No. Order No.
AS 417-4 automation system
with SIMATIC PCS 7
AS Runtime license for 100 PO
Preassembled and tested, without
additive IF 964-DP and without
CP 443-5 Extended, comprising:
CPU 417-4 with 4 interfaces
(MPI/DP, DP and 2 slots for IF
modules), 30 MB RAM (15 MB
each for program and data),
CP 443-1EX20 communications
processor for connection to
Industrial Ethernet plant bus as
well as
Aluminum UR1 rack (18 slots) 5
6ES7 654-8DH03-5DD0 - PS 407 power supply; 20 A for 6ES7 654-8EK03-5DD0
120/230 V AC, without backup
batteries,
memory card 16 MB RAM
6ES7 654-8EH03-5DD0 - PS 407 power supply; 20 A for 6ES7 654-8GK03-5DD0
120/230 V AC, without backup
batteries,
memory card 64 MB RAM
6ES7 654-8DH03-5JD0 - PS 405 power supply; 20 A for 6ES7 654-8EK03-5JD0
24 V DC, without backup
batteries,
memory card 16 MB RAM
6ES7 654-8EH03-5JD0 - PS 405 power supply; 20 A for 6ES7 654-8GK03-5JD0
24 V DC, without backup
batteries,
memory card 64 MB RAM
UR2 aluminum rack (9 slots)
6ES7 654-8DH03-3BD0 - PS 407 power supply; 10 A for 6ES7 654-8EK03-3BD0
120/230 V AC, without backup
batteries,
memory card 16 MB RAM
6ES7 654-8EH03-3BD0 - PS 407 power supply; 10 A for 6ES7 654-8GK03-3BD0
120/230 V AC, without backup
batteries,
memory card 64 MB RAM
6ES7 654-8DH03-3GD0 - PS 405 power supply; 10 A for 6ES7 654-8EK03-3GD0
24 V DC, without backup
batteries,
memory card 16 MB RAM
6ES7 654-8EH03-3GD0 - PS 405 power supply; 10 A for 6ES7 654-8GK03-3GD0
24 V DC, without backup
batteries,
memory card 64 MB RAM
Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011 5/11

Automation systems
Standard automation systems
Ordering data
SIMATIC PCS 7 standard
automation systems with
integral Industrial Ethernet
interface, recommended
preferred types
AS 414-3IE automation system
with SIMATIC PCS 7
AS Runtime license for 100 POs
Preassembled and tested, without
CP 443-5 Extended, comprising:
CPU 414-3 PN/DP with 2 DP inter-
faces (MPI/DP and preassembled
IF 964-DP module), 4 MB RAM
5 (2 MB each for program and
data), as well as
UR2 aluminum rack (9 slots)
- PS 407 power supply; 10 A for
120/230 V AC, without backup
batteries, memory card 2 MB
RAM
- PS 407 power supply; 10 A for
120/230 V AC, without backup
batteries, memory card 4 MB
RAM
- PS 405 power supply; 10 A for
24 V DC, without backup
batteries, memory card 2 MB
RAM
- PS 405 power supply; 10 A for
24 V DC, without backup
batteries, memory card 4 MB
RAM
AS 416-3IE automation system
with Runtime license for
100 POs
Preassembled and tested, without
CP 443-5 Extended, comprising:
CPU 416-3 PN/DP with 2 DP inter-
faces (MPI/DP and preassembled
IF 964-DP module), 16 MB RAM
(8 MB each for program and
data), as well as
UR2 aluminum rack (9 slots)
- PS 407 power supply; 10 A for
120/230 V AC, without backup
batteries, memory card 4 MB
RAM
- PS 407 power supply; 10 A for
120/230 V AC, without backup
batteries, memory card 16 MB
RAM
- PS 405 power supply; 10 A for
24 V DC, without backup
batteries, memory card 4 MB
RAM
- PS 405 power supply; 10 A for
24 V DC, without backup
batteries, memory card 16 MB
RAM
5/12 Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011
Siemens AG 2012
Order No.
6ES7 654-8BD10-3BD0
6ES7 654-8CD10-3BD0
6ES7 654-8BD10-3GD0
6ES7 654-8CD10-3GD0
6ES7 654-8CJ10-3BD0
6ES7 654-8EJ10-3BD0
6ES7 654-8CJ10-3GD0
6ES7 654-8EJ10-3GD0
Order No.
Runtime licenses for SIMATIC
PCS 7 automation systems (can
be added to existing licenses)
SIMATIC PCS 7 AS Runtime
license
Language-neutral, runs with
Windows XP Embedded,
Windows XP Professional 32-bit,
Windows 7 Ultimate 32/64-bit,
Windows Server 2003 R2
Standard 32-bit or Windows
Server 2008 R2 Standard 64-bit,
single license for 1 installation
Type of delivery: License key
memory stick, certificate of
license including terms and
conditions
100 POs 6ES7 653-2BA00-0XB5
1 000 POs 6ES7 653-2BB00-0XB5
10 000 POs 6ES7 653-2BC00-0XB5
Individual components
Individual components for
standard SIMATIC PCS 7
automation systems
CPU 414-3 6ES7 414-3XM05-0AB0
RAM 2.8 MB (1.4 MB each for
program and data);
module occupies 2 slots
CPU 416-2 6ES7 416-2XN05-0AB0
RAM 5.6 MB (2.8 MB each for
program and data);
module occupies 1 slot
CPU 416-3 6ES7 416-3XR05-0AB0
RAM 11.2 MB (5.6 MB each for
program and data);
module occupies 2 slots
CPU 417-4 6ES7 417-4XT05-0AB0
RAM 30 MB (15 MB each for
program and data);
module occupies 2 slots
CPU 414-3 PN/DP 6ES7 414-3EM06-0AB0
RAM 4 MB (2 MB each for
program and data);
module occupies 2 slots
CPU 416-3 PN/DP 6ES7 416-3ES06-0AB0
RAM 16 MB (8 MB each for
program and data);
module occupies 2 slots
Memory card RAM
2 MB 6ES7 952-1AL00-0AA0
4 MB 6ES7 952-1AM00-0AA0
8 MB 6ES7 952-1AP00-0AA0
16 MB 6ES7 952-1AS00-0AA0
64 MB 6ES7 952-1AY00-0AA0
Memory Card Flash-EPROM
Only required to update firmware
8 MB 6ES7 952-1KP00-0AA0

Ordering data
CP 443-1
Communications module for
connecting SIMATIC S7-400 to
Industrial Ethernet through
TCP/IP, ISO and UDP; integrated
real-time switch ERTEC with two
ports; 2 x RJ45 interface;
S7 communication, open commu-
nication (SEND/RECEIVE) with
FETCH/WRITE, with or without
RFC 1006, DHCP, SNMP V2,
diagnostics, multicast, access
protection over IP access list,
initialization over LAN
10/100 Mbit/s; with electronic
manual on DVD
CP 443-5 Extended
Communications processor for
connection of SIMATIC S7-400 to
PROFIBUS as DP master or for
S7 communication, for increasing
the number of DP lines, for data
set routing with SIMATIC PDM
and for 10-ms time stamp,
electronic manual on CD;
module occupies 1 slot
IF 964-DP
Interface module for connection
of another PROFIBUS DP line, for
plugging into a free DP module
slot of the CPU
PS 407 power supply module;
4A
120/230 V AC; 5 V DC/4 A,
24 V DC/0.5 A;
with battery compartment for
1 backup battery, module
occupies 1 slot
PS 407 power supply module;
10 A
120/230 V AC; 5 V DC/10 A,
24 V DC/1 A;
with battery compartment for
2 backup batteries, module
occupies 2 slots
Siemens AG 2012
Order No.
6GK7 443-1EX20-0XE0
6GK7 443-5DX05-0XE0
6ES7 964-2AA04-0AB0
6ES7 407-0DA02-0AA0
6ES7 407-0KA02-0AA0
Automation systems
Standard automation systems
Order No.
PS 407 power supply module; 6ES7 407-0KR02-0AA0
10 A, optional redundancy
120/230 V AC; 5 V DC/10 A,
24 V DC/1 A;
with battery compartment for
2 backup batteries, module
occupies 2 slots
PS 407 power supply module; 6ES7 407-0RA02-0AA0
20 A
120/230 V AC; 5 V DC/20 A,
24 V DC/1 A;
with battery compartment for
2 backup batteries, module
5
occupies 2 slots
PS 405 power supply module; 6ES7 405-0DA02-0AA0
4A
24 V DC; 5 V DC/4 A,
24 V DC/0.5 A;
with battery compartment for
1 backup battery, module
occupies 1 slot
PS 405 power supply module; 6ES7 405-0KA02-0AA0
10 A
24 V DC; 5 V DC/10 A,
24 V DC/1 A;
with battery compartment for
2 backup batteries, module
occupies 2 slots
PS 405 power supply module; 6ES7 405-0KR02-0AA0
10 A, optional redundancy
24 V DC; 5 V DC/10 A,
24 V DC/1 A;
with battery compartment for
2 backup batteries, module
occupies 2 slots
PS 405 power supply module; 6ES7 405-0RA02-0AA0
20 A
24 V DC; 5 V DC/20 A,
24 V DC/1 A;
with battery compartment for
2 backup batteries, module
occupies 2 slots
Backup battery 6ES7 971-0BA00
Type AA, 2.3 Ah
Aluminum UR1 rack 6ES7 400-1TA11-0AA0
18 slots
Aluminum UR2 rack 6ES7 400-1JA11-0AA0
9 slots
Aluminum CR3 rack 6ES7 401-1DA01-0AA0
4 slots
Steel UR1 rack 6ES7 400-1TA01-0AA0
18 slots
Steel UR2 rack 6ES7 400-1JA01-0AA0
9 slots
Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011 5/13
 Siemens AG 2012

Automation systems

Fault-tolerant automation systems

Overview
Fault-tolerant automation systems are used to reduce the risk of
production failures. The higher investment costs for fault-tolerant
automation systems are frequently negligible compared to the
costs resulting from production failures. The higher the costs of
a production failure, the more worthwhile it is to use a fault-
tolerant system.
The SIMATIC PCS 7 fault-tolerant automation systems can be
used on their own in a plant configuration, or together with
standard and safety-related automation systems. In accordance
with their basic design, they are categorized as:
Single station with only one CPU

5
Redundant station with two redundant CPUs

Application
Flexible and scalable availability

Single power supply Double power supply Single power supply Double power supply
Single plant bus communi- Single plant bus communi- Double plant bus Double plant bus
cation cation communication communication
(Single Controller)
Single Station

Double power supply Quadruple power supply Double power supply Quadruple power supply
Double plant bus communi- Double plant bus communi- Quadruple plant bus Quadruple plant bus
cation cation communication communication
Redundancy Station
(Dual Controller)

G_PCS7_XX_00185

A special feature of the fault-tolerant SIMATIC PCS 7 automation
systems is their modularity which allows flexible scaling of the
availability as required.
In the context of your total system planning, you already have the
option with a single station for individually increasing the avail-
ability through use of a redundant configuration of the power
supply or the Industrial Ethernet communications module, and to
combine these measures together.
The redundant station with its two redundant CPUs already
offers an increased level of availability. It operates according to
the 1oo2 principle where a switch is made from the active
subsystem to the standby subsystem in the event of a fault.
Starting from here, you can double the power supply or the
Industrial Ethernet communications module for each subsystem
as with the single station, and combined these measures
together.

5/14 Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011

 Siemens AG 2012
Design
A single station with only one CPU can be mounted on a UR1
(18 slots) or UR2 (9 slots) rack.
The redundant station consisting of two electrically isolated
redundant subsystems can be mounted on a UR2-H compact
rack with divided backplane bus or on two separate racks (UR1
or UR2). The design in two racks allows physical separation of
the redundant subsystems, e.g. by a fireproof partition and over
a distance of up to 10 km. As a result of the electrical isolation,
the system is insensitive to EMC interferences.
Depending on the type of automation system, the RAM of the
single station and of the two subsystems of the redundant station
varies as follows:
AS type RAM
AS 412H 768 kB (512 kB for program and 256 kB for data)
AS 414H 2.8 MB (1.4 MB each for program and data)
AS 417H 30 MB (15 MB each for program and data)
The firmware can be updated in two different ways:
Per Flash-EPROM memory card (8 MB)
From the central engineering system via the Industrial
Ethernet plant bus
Connection of process I/Os
Several PROFIBUS DP lines with distributed process I/Os can
be operated on the single or redundant station. A table in the
Chapter "Automation systems, introduction" provides an
overview of the number and type of configurable PROFIBUS
interfaces.
With two redundant PROFIBUS DP lines, the process I/Os can
be connected to a redundant station as follows:
ET 200M remote I/Os stations with two IM 153-2 High Feature
interface modules on a special bus module
ET 200iSP remote I/Os stations with two IM 152-1 on a special
terminal module
Field devices on the PROFIBUS PA over a PA link to two
redundant IM 153-2 High Feature interface modules
Field devices on the FOUNDATION Fieldbus H1 via an FF link
with two redundant IM 153-2 FF interface modules
Non-redundant PROFIBUS DP devices, e.g. ET 200S or
ET 200pro remote I/O stations per Y-Link
Communication over the plant bus
The single station and the two subsystems of the redundant
station are each connected as standard to a communications
processor on the plant bus.
The plant bus can be implemented in the form of a ring structure,
which can also be configured with redundant architecture if the
availability requirements are high. When there are two redundant
rings it makes sense to use two communications processors in
each case and to distribute their connections between the two
rings (4-way connection). Double faults such as failure of the
OSM/SCALANCE switch on ring 1 with simultaneous interruption
in the bus cable on ring 2 can thus be tolerated.
Automation systems
Fault-tolerant automation systems
Runtime licenses
Each automation system is already provided as standard with
the SIMATIC PCS 7 AS Runtime license for 100 process objects
(PO). The number of process objects can be extended by
additional Runtime licenses for 100, 1 000 or 10 000 POs. The
process objects of additional Runtime licenses can be added to
process objects which already exist. The number and type (e.g.
100 or 1000) of additional Runtime licenses are irrelevant. The
AS Runtime licenses are administered on a SIMATIC PCS 7
engineering system or in the SIMATIC PCS 7 BOX.
Individual configuration of AS bundles
5
Fault-tolerant automation systems for SIMATIC PCS 7 are
available as AS bundles as follows:
Individual components, combined per station in one
consignment
Preassembled and tested complete systems (no extra charge
compared to delivery of individual components)
The equipment of the these AS bundles as well as their Order
Nos. can be individually compiled by selecting preconfigured
ordering units.
Combinations typical for the respective system can be selected
using system-specific ordering configurations in the Chapter
"Ordering data". These ordering configurations are divided into:
Single stations: AS 412-3-1H, AS 414-4-1H and AS 417-4-1H
with only one CPU, e.g. for the following individual cases:
- Subsequent expansion to a redundant system
- Redundant configuration on UR1 racks, comprising 2 Single
Stations, 4 sync modules and 2 sync fiber-optic cables
Redundant stations: AS 412-3-2H, AS 414-4-2H and
AS 417-4-2H with two redundant CPUs, mounted on one
common rack (UR2-H) or two separate racks (UR2)
The complete range is available to you via two correspondingly
structured configurators in the Industry Mall
(www.siemens.com/industrymall):
SIMATIC PCS 7 AS Single Station configurator
SIMATIC PCS 7 AS Redundant Station configurator
To grant you fast access to the ordering data of frequently used
preferred configurations, these are listed following the system-
specific ordering configurations in the Section "Ordering data"
with their complete Order No.in addition.
Ordering information
For a redundant configuration based on 2 Single Stations, you
additionally require 4 sync modules (up to 10 m or 10 km) and
2 fiber-optic sync cables. Their selection depends on the
distance between the two Single Stations.
The AS 412H (AS 412-3-1H/AS 412-3-2H) automation systems
currently only support sync modules with a range up to 10 m.
Fiber-optic sync cables longer than 1 m must always be ordered
separately (2 of each required).
Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011 5/15
 Siemens AG 2012

Automation systems

Fault-tolerant automation systems

Ordering data
Ordering data Order No. Ordering data Order No.
AS 412-3-1H (Single Station) 6ES7 654- AS 414-4-1H (Single Station) 6ES7 654-
with SIMATIC PCS 7 AS Runtime license for with SIMATIC PCS 7 AS Runtime license for
100 POs - D 100 POs - D
CPU with 1 interface (MPI/DP master) CPU with 2 interfaces (MPI/DP master and
768 KB RAM (512 KB for program and 256 KB DP master)
for data) 2.8 MB RAM (1.4 MB each for program and
data)
Type of delivery
Type of delivery
Individual components, not preassembled 7
Individual components, not preassembled 7
Preassembled and tested 8
Preassembled and tested 8

5
Memory card
Memory card
Memory card 1 MB RAM (up to approx. A
50 POs) Memory card 2 MB RAM (up to approx. B
180 POs)
Memory card 2 MB RAM (up to approx. B
180 POs) Memory card 4 MB RAM (up to approx. C
300 POs)
CPU type
CPU type
CPU 412-3H (up to approx. 50 POs) A
CPU 414-4H (up to approx. 250 POs) E
Additive IF 964-DP interface module
Additive IF 964-DP interface module
Without additive IF 964-DP 0
Without additive IF 964-DP 0
Interface to Industrial Ethernet plant bus1)
Interface to Industrial Ethernet plant bus1)
1 x CP 443-1EX201) 3
1 x CP 443-1EX201) 3
2 x CP 443-1EX20 for redundant connection1) 4
2 x CP 443-1EX20 for redundant connection1) 4
Racks
Racks
UR2 (9 slots), aluminum 3
UR2 (9 slots), aluminum 3
UR2 (9 slots), steel 4
UR2 (9 slots), steel 4
UR1 (18 slots), aluminum 5
UR1 (18 slots), aluminum 5
UR1 (18 slots), steel 6
UR1 (18 slots), steel 6
Power supply (without backup batteries)
Power supply (without backup batteries)
1 x PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC B
1 x PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC B
1 x PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC, optional C
redundancy 1 x PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC, optional C
redundancy
1 x PS 407, 20 A for 120/230 V AC D
1 x PS 407, 20 A for 120/230 V AC D
2 x PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC, optional E
redundancy 2 x PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC, optional E
redundancy
1 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC G
1 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC G
1 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC, optional redun- H
dancy 1 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC, optional redun- H
dancy
1 x PS 405, 20 A for 24 V DC J
1 x PS 405, 20 A for 24 V DC J
2 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC, optional redun- K
dancy 2 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC, optional redun- K
dancy
Additive PROFIBUS DP interfaces1)
Additive PROFIBUS DP interfaces1)
Without CP 443-5 Extended 0
Without CP 443-5 Extended 0
1 x CP 443-5 Extended 1
1 x CP 443-5 Extended 1
2 x CP 443-5 Extended1) 2
2 x CP 443-5 Extended1) 2
3 x CP 443-5 Extended1) 3
3 x CP 443-5 Extended1) 3
4 x CP 443-5 Extended1) 4
4 x CP 443-5 Extended1) 4
1) Up to 5 CPs can be plugged into the UR2 rack with a single power supply, 1)
or up to 3 with a redundant power supply. Up to 5 CPs can be plugged into the UR2 rack with a single power supply,
or up to 3 with a redundant power supply.

5/16 Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011

 Siemens AG 2012

Automation systems

Fault-tolerant automation systems

Ordering data (continued)

Ordering data Order No. Ordering data Order No.
AS 417-4-1H (Single Station) 6ES7 654- AS 412-3-2H (Redundant Station) 6ES7 656-
with SIMATIC PCS 7 AS Runtime license for with SIMATIC PCS 7 AS Runtime license for
100 POs - D 100 POs - D
CPU with 2 interfaces (MPI/DP master and 2 x CPU with 1 interface each (MPI/DP master)
DP master) 2 x 768 KB RAM (512 KB each for program
30 MB RAM (15 MB each for program and and 256 KB each for data)
data)
Type of delivery
Type of delivery
Individual components, not preassembled 7
Individual components, not preassembled 7
Preassembled and tested 8
Preassembled and tested 8

5
Memory card
Memory card
2 x memory card 1 MB RAM (up to approx. A
Memory card 4 MB RAM (up to approx. C 50 POs)
300 POs)
2 x memory card 2 MB RAM (up to approx. B
Memory card 8 MB RAM (up to approx. D 180 POs)
800 POs)
Memory card 16 MB RAM (up to approx. E CPU type
3 000 POs) 2 x CPU 412-3H (up to approx. 50 POs) A
CPU type Sync modules and cables
CPU 417-4H (up to approx. 2 500 POs) M 2 x 2 sync modules for distances up to 10 m 3
and 2 x FO sync cable, 1 m
Additive IF 964-DP interface module
Without additive IF 964-DP 0 Interface to Industrial Ethernet plant bus1)
2 x CP 443-1EX20 for redundant connection1) 3
Interface to Industrial Ethernet plant bus1)
2 x 2 CP 443-1EX20 for 4-way connection1) 4
1 x CP 443-1EX201) 3
2 x CP 443-1EX20 for redundant connection1) 4 Racks
1 x UR2-H (2 x 9 slots), aluminum 1
Racks
1 x UR2-H (2 x 9 slots), steel 2
UR2 (9 slots), aluminum 3
2 x UR2 (9 slots), aluminum 3
UR2 (9 slots), steel 4
2 x UR2 (9 slots), steel 4
UR1 (18 slots), aluminum 5
UR1 (18 slots), steel 6 Power supply (without backup batteries)
2 x PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC B
Power supply (without backup batteries)
2 x PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC, optional C
1 x PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC B redundancy
1 x PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC, optional C 2 x PS 407, 20 A for 120/230 V AC D
redundancy
2 x 2 PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC, optional E
1 x PS 407, 20 A for 120/230 V AC D redundancy
2 x PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC, optional E 2 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC G
redundancy
2 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC, optional redun- H
1 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC G dancy
1 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC, optional redun- H 2 x PS 405, 20 A for 24 V DC J
dancy
2 x 2 PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC, optional K
1 x PS 405, 20 A for 24 V DC J redundancy
2 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC, optional redun- K Additive PROFIBUS DP interfaces1)
dancy
Without CP 443-5 Extended 0
Additive PROFIBUS DP interfaces1)
2 x CP 443-5 Extended 1
Without CP 443-5 Extended 0
2 x 2 CP 443-5 Extended1) 2
1 x CP 443-5 Extended 1
2 x 3 CP 443-5 Extended1) 3
2 x CP 443-5 Extended1) 2
2 x 4 CP 443-5 Extended1) 4
3 x CP 443-5 Extended1) 3
4 x CP 443-5 Extended1) 4 1) Up to 5 CPs can be plugged in per subsystem with a single power supply,
or up to 3 with a redundant power supply.
1)
Up to 5 CPs can be plugged into the UR2 rack with a single power supply,
or up to 3 with a redundant power supply.

Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011 5/17

 Siemens AG 2012

Automation systems

Fault-tolerant automation systems

Ordering data (continued)

Ordering data Order No. Ordering data Order No.
AS 414-4-2H (Redundant Station) 6ES7 656- AS 417-4-2H (Redundant Station) 6ES7 656-
with SIMATIC PCS 7 AS Runtime license for with SIMATIC PCS 7 AS Runtime license for
100 POs - D 100 POs - D
2 x CPU with 2 interfaces (MPI/DP master and 2 x CPU with 2 interfaces (MPI/DP master and
DP master) DP master)
2 x 2.8 MB RAM (1.4 MB each for program 2 x 30 MB RAM (15 MB each for program and
and data) data)
Type of delivery Type of delivery
Individual components, not preassembled 7 Individual components, not preassembled 7
Preassembled and tested 8 Preassembled and tested 8

5 Memory card
2 x memory card 2 MB RAM (up to approx. B
Memory card
2 x memory card 4 MB RAM (up to approx. C
180 POs) 300 POs)
2 x memory card 4 MB RAM (up to approx. C 2 x memory card 8 MB RAM (up to approx. D
300 POs) 800 POs)
2 x memory card 16 MB RAM (up to approx. E
3 000 POs)
CPU type CPU type
2 x CPU 414-4H (up to approx. 250 POs) E 2 x CPU 417-4H (up to approx. 2,500 POs) M

Sync modules and cables Sync modules and cables

2 x 2 sync modules for distances up to 10 m
and 2 x FO sync cable, 1 m
2 x 2 sync modules for up to 10 km and
2 x FO sync cable, 1 m, for testing
Interface to Industrial Ethernet plant bus1)
2 x CP 443-1EX20 for redundant connection1)
2 x 2 CP 443-1EX20 for 4-way connection1)
3 2 x 2 sync modules for distances up to 10 m 3
and 2 x FO sync cable, 1 m
4 2 x 2 sync modules for up to 10 km and 4
2 x FO sync cable, 1 m, for testing
Interface to Industrial Ethernet plant bus1)
3 2 x CP 443-1EX20 for redundant connection1) 3
4 2 x 2 CP 443-1EX20 for 4-way connection1) 4

Racks Racks
1 x UR2-H (2 x 9 slots), aluminum 1 1 x UR2-H (2 x 9 slots), aluminum 1
1 x UR2-H (2 x 9 slots), steel 2 1 x UR2-H (2 x 9 slots), steel 2
2 x UR2 (9 slots), aluminum 3 2 x UR2 (9 slots), aluminum 3
2 x UR2 (9 slots), steel 4 2 x UR2 (9 slots), steel 4

Power supply (without backup batteries) Power supply (without backup batteries)
2 x PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC B 2 x PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC B
2 x PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC, optional C 2 x PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC, optional C
redundancy redundancy
2 x PS 407, 20 A for 120/230 V AC D 2 x PS 407, 20 A for 120/230 V AC D
2 x 2 PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC, optional E 2 x 2 PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC, optional E
redundancy redundancy
2 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC G 2 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC G
2 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC, optional redun- H 2 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC, optional redun- H
dancy dancy
2 x PS 405, 20 A for 24 V DC J 2 x PS 405, 20 A for 24 V DC J
2 x 2 PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC, optional K 2 x 2 PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC, optional K
redundancy redundancy
Additive PROFIBUS DP interfaces1) Additive PROFIBUS DP interfaces1)
Without CP 443-5 Extended 0 Without CP 443-5 Extended 0
2 x CP 443-5 Extended 1 2 x CP 443-5 Extended 1
2 x 2 CP 443-5 Extended1) 2 2 x 2 CP 443-5 Extended1) 2
2 x 3 CP 443-5 Extended1) 3 2 x 3 CP 443-5 Extended1) 3
2 x 4 CP 443-5 Extended1) 4 2 x 4 CP 443-5 Extended1) 4
1) 1)
Up to 5 CPs can be plugged in per subsystem with a single power supply, Up to 5 CPs can be plugged in per subsystem with a single power supply,
or up to 3 with a redundant power supply. or up to 3 with a redundant power supply.

5/18 Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011


Ordering data
Recommended preferred types
Fault-tolerant SIMATIC PCS 7
automation systems - Single
Stations, recommended
preferred types
AS 412-3-1H automation
system
with SIMATIC PCS 7
AS Runtime license for 100 POs
Preassembled and tested, without
CP 443-5 Extended, without sync
modules and cables, comprising:
1 x CPU 412-3H with one
integrated interface (MPI/DP
master), 768 KB main memory
(512 KB for program and 256 KB
for data), CP 443-1EX20 commu-
nications processor for
connection to Industrial Ethernet
plant bus as well as
UR2 aluminum rack (9 slots)
- PS 407 power supply; 10 A for
120/230 V AC, optional redun-
dancy, without backup
batteries, memory card
2 MB RAM
- PS 405 power supply; 10 A for
24 V DC, without backup
batteries, memory card
2 MB RAM
AS 414-4-1H automation
system
with SIMATIC PCS 7
AS Runtime license for 100 POs
Preassembled and tested, without
CP 443-5 Extended, without sync
modules and cables, comprising:
1 x CPU 414-4H with 2 integrated
interfaces (MPI/DP master and
DP master), 2.8 MB main memory
(1.4 MB each for program and
data), CP 443-1EX20 communi-
cations processor for connection
to Industrial Ethernet plant bus as
well as
UR2 aluminum rack (9 slots)
- PS 407 power supply; 10 A for
120/230 V AC, optional redun-
dancy, without backup
batteries, memory card
2 MB RAM
- PS 407 power supply; 10 A for
120/230 V AC, optional redun-
dancy, without backup
batteries, memory card
4 MB RAM
- PS 405 power supply; 10 A for
24 V DC, without backup
batteries, memory card
2 MB RAM
- PS 405 power supply; 10 A for
24 V DC, without backup
batteries, memory card
4 MB RAM
Siemens AG 2012
Order No.
6ES7 654-8BA03-3CD0
6ES7 654-8BA03-3GD0
2 x CPU 412-3H with
6ES7 654-8BE03-3CD0
6ES7 654-8CE03-3CD0
6ES7 654-8BE03-3GD0
6ES7 654-8CE03-3GD0
Automation systems
Fault-tolerant automation systems
Order No.
AS 417-4-1H automation
system
with SIMATIC PCS 7
AS Runtime license for 100 POs
Preassembled and tested, without
CP 443-5 Extended, without sync
modules and cables, comprising:
1 x CPU 417-4H with 2 integrated
interfaces (MPI/DP master and
DP master), 30 MB main memory
(15 MB each for program and
data), CP 443-1EX20 communi-
cations processor for connection
to Industrial Ethernet plant bus as
well as
5
UR2 aluminum rack (9 slots)
- PS 407 power supply; 10 A for 6ES7 654-8CM03-3CD0
120/230 V AC, optional redun-
dancy, without backup
batteries, memory card
4 MB RAM
- PS 407 power supply; 10 A for 6ES7 654-8EM03-3CD0
120/230 V AC, optional redun-
dancy, without backup
batteries, memory card
16 MB RAM
- PS 405 power supply; 10 A for 6ES7 654-8CM03-3GD0
24 V DC, without backup
batteries, memory card
4 MB RAM
- PS 405 power supply; 10 A for 6ES7 654-8EM03-3GD0
24 V DC, without backup
batteries, memory card
16 MB RAM
Fault-tolerant SIMATIC PCS 7
automation systems -
Redundant stations, recom-
mended preferred types
AS 412-3-2H automation
system
with SIMATIC PCS 7
AS Runtime license for 100 POs
Preassembled and tested, without
CP 443-5 Extended, comprising:
2 x 1 integrated interface (MPI/DP
master), 2 x 768 KB main memory
(512 KB each for program and
256 KB each for data), two
CP 443-1EX20 communications
processors for connection to
Industrial Ethernet plant bus as
well as
Aluminum UR2-H rack
(2 x 9 slots),
4 sync modules for distances up
to 10 m and 2 fiber-optic sync
cables, 1 m
- 2 PS 407 power supplies; 10 A 6ES7 656-8BA33-1CD0
for 120/230 V AC, optional
redundancy, without backup
batteries, 2 memory cards of
2 MB RAM each
- 2 PS 405 power supplies; 10 A 6ES7 656-8BA33-1GD0
for 24 V DC, without backup
batteries, 2 memory cards of
2 MB RAM each
Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011 5/19

Automation systems
Fault-tolerant automation systems
Ordering data
AS 414-4-2H automation
system
with SIMATIC PCS 7
AS Runtime license for 100 POs
Preassembled and tested, without
CP 443-5 Extended, comprising:
2 x CPU 414-4H with
2 x 2 integrated interfaces (MPI/
DP master and DP master),
2 x 2.8 MB main memory
(1.4 MB each for program and
data), 2 x CP 443-1EX20 commu-
nications processors for
connection to Industrial Ethernet
5 plant bus as well as
Aluminum UR2-H rack
(2 x 9 slots),
4 sync modules for distances up
to 10 m and 2 fiber-optic sync
cables, 1 m
- 2 PS 407 power supplies;
10 A for 120/230 V AC,
optional redundancy, without
backup batteries, 2 memory
cards of 2 MB RAM each
- 2 PS 407 power supplies;
10 A for 120/230 V AC,
optional redundancy, without
backup batteries, 2 memory
cards of 4 MB RAM each
- 2 PS 405 power supplies;
10 A for 24 V DC, without
backup batteries, 2 memory
cards of 2 MB RAM each
- 2 PS 405 power supplies;
10 A for 24 V DC, without
backup batteries, 2 memory
cards of 4 MB RAM each
5/20 Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011
Siemens AG 2012
Order No. Order No.
AS 417-4-2H automation
system
with SIMATIC PCS 7
AS Runtime license for 100 POs
Preassembled and tested, without
CP 443-5 Extended, comprising:
2 x CPU 417-4H with
2 x 2 integrated interfaces
(MPI/DP master and DP master),
2 x 30 MB main memory
(15 MB each for program and
data), 2 x CP 443-1EX20 commu-
nications processors for
connection to Industrial Ethernet
plant bus as well as
Aluminum UR2-H rack
(2 x 9 slots),
4 sync modules for distances up
to 10 m and 2 fiber-optic sync
cables, 1 m
6ES7 656-8BE33-1CD0 - 2 PS 407 power supplies; 6ES7 656-8CM33-1CD0
10 A for 120/230 V AC,
optional redundancy, without
backup batteries, 2 memory
cards of 4 MB RAM each
6ES7 656-8CE33-1CD0 - 2 PS 407 power supplies; 6ES7 656-8DM33-1CD0
10 A for 120/230 V AC,
optional redundancy, without
backup batteries, 2 memory
cards of 8 MB RAM each
6ES7 656-8BE33-1GD0 - 2 PS 407 power supplies; 6ES7 656-8EM33-1CD0
10 A for 120/230 V AC,
optional redundancy, without
backup batteries, 2 memory
6ES7 656-8CE33-1GD0 cards of 16 MB RAM each
- 2 PS 405 power supplies; 6ES7 656-8CM33-1GD0
10 A for 24 V DC, without
backup batteries, 2 memory
cards of 4 MB RAM each
- 2 PS 405 power supplies; 6ES7 656-8DM33-1GD0
10 A for 24 V DC, without
backup batteries, 2 memory
cards of 8 MB RAM each
- 2 PS 405 power supplies; 6ES7 656-8EM33-1GD0
10 A for 24 V DC, without
backup batteries, 2 memory
cards of 16 MB RAM each
Runtime licenses for SIMATIC
PCS 7 automation systems (can
be added to existing licenses)
SIMATIC PCS 7 AS Runtime
license
Language-neutral, runs with
Windows XP Embedded,
Windows XP Professional 32-bit,
Windows 7 Ultimate 32/64-bit,
Windows Server 2003 R2
Standard 32-bit or Windows
Server 2008 R2 Standard 64-bit,
single license for 1 installation
Type of delivery: License key
memory stick, certificate of
license including terms and
conditions
100 POs 6ES7 653-2BA00-0XB5
1 000 POs 6ES7 653-2BB00-0XB5
10 000 POs 6ES7 653-2BC00-0XB5

Ordering data
Individual components
Individual components of the
fault-tolerant SIMATIC PCS 7
automation systems
CPU 412-3H
RAM 768 KB (512 KB for program
and 256 KB for data)
Module occupies 2 slots
CPU 414-4H
RAM 2.8 MB (1.4 MB each for
program and data)
Module occupies 2 slots
CPU 417-4H
RAM 30 MB (15 MB each for
program and data)
Module occupies 2 slots
Sync set
For linking the two redundant
412-3H, 414-4H or 417-4H CPUs;
for distances up to
10 m, consisting of 4 sync
modules for up to 10 m and
2 fiber-optic sync cables, 1 m
each
10 km, consisting of 4 sync
modules for up to 10 km
Note: please order fiber-optic
sync cables (2 units) in the
required length separately.
Sync module
For linking the two CPUs 412-3H,
414-4H or 417-4H;
two modules required per CPU
For distances of up to
10 m
10 km
Sync cable (fiber-optic cable)
For connecting the two 412-3H,
414-4H or 417-4H CPUs;
each redundant automation
system requires 2 cables
1m
2m
10 m
Other lengths
Siemens AG 2012
Order No.
6ES7 412-3HJ14-0AB0
6ES7 414-4HM14-0AB0
6ES7 417-4HT14-0AB0
6ES7 656-7XX30-0XX0
6ES7 656-7XX40-0XX0
6ES7 960-1AA04-0XA0
6ES7 960-1AB04-0XA0
6ES7 960-1AA04-5AA0
6ES7 960-1AA04-5BA0
6ES7 960-1AA04-5KA0
On request
Automation systems
Fault-tolerant automation systems
Order No.
Memory card RAM
1 MB 6ES7 952-1AK00-0AA0
2 MB 6ES7 952-1AL00-0AA0
4 MB 6ES7 952-1AM00-0AA0
8 MB 6ES7 952-1AP00-0AA0
16 MB 6ES7 952-1AS00-0AA0
64 MB 6ES7 952-1AY00-0AA0
Memory Card Flash-EPROM
Only required to update firmware.
Alternative: firmware update via
the engineering system
8 MB 6ES7 952-1KP00-0AA0 5
CP 443-1 6GK7 443-1EX20-0XE0
Communications module for
connecting SIMATIC S7-400 to
Industrial Ethernet through
TCP/IP, ISO and UDP; integrated
real-time switch ERTEC with two
ports; 2 x RJ45 interface; S7
communication, open communi-
cation (SEND/RECEIVE) with
FETCH/WRITE, with or without
RFC 1006, DHCP, SNMP V2,
diagnostics, multicast, access
protection over IP access list,
initialization over LAN 10/
100 Mbit/s; with electronic manual
on DVD
CP 443-5 Extended 6GK7 443-5DX05-0XE0
Communications processor for
connection of SIMATIC S7-400 to
PROFIBUS as DP master or for
S7 communication, for increasing
the number of DP lines, for data
set routing with SIMATIC PDM
and for 10-ms time stamp,
electronic manual on CD;
module occupies 1 slot
Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011 5/21
 Siemens AG 2012

Automation systems

Fault-tolerant automation systems

Ordering data Order No. Order No.

PS 407 power supply module;
10 A
120/230 V AC; 5 V DC/10 A,
24 V DC/1 A;
with battery compartment for
2 backup batteries, module
occupies 2 slots
PS 407 power supply module;
10 A, optional redundancy
120/230 V AC; 5 V DC/10 A,
24 V DC/1 A;
with battery compartment for
2 backup batteries, module
6ES7 407-0KA02-0AA0
6ES7 407-0KR02-0AA0
Aluminum UR1 rack 6ES7 400-1TA11-0AA0
18 slots
Aluminum UR2 rack 6ES7 400-1JA11-0AA0
9 slots
Aluminum UR2-H rack 6ES7 400-2JA10-0AA0
For divided central controllers;
2 x 9 slots
Steel UR1 rack 6ES7 400-1TA01-0AA0
18 slots
Steel UR2 rack 6ES7 400-1JA01-0AA0
9 slots

5
occupies 2 slots Steel UR2-H rack 6ES7 400-2JA00-0AA0
PS 407 power supply module; 6ES7 407-0RA02-0AA0 For divided central controllers;
20 A 2 x 9 slots
120/230 V AC; 5 V DC/20 A, Y-Link
24 V DC/1 A;
with battery compartment for Y-Link 6ES7 197-1LA11-0XA0
2 backup batteries, module For connection of devices with
occupies 2 slots only one PROFIBUS DP interface
to a fault-tolerant automation
PS 405 power supply module; 6ES7 405-0KA02-0AA0 system
10 A
24 V DC; 5 V DC/10 A,
24 V DC/1 A;
with battery compartment for
2 backup batteries, module
occupies 2 slots
PS 405 power supply module; 6ES7 405-0KR02-0AA0
10 A, optional redundancy
24 V DC; 5 V DC/10 A,
24 V DC/1 A;
with battery compartment for
2 backup batteries, module
occupies 2 slots
PS 405 power supply module; 6ES7 405-0RA02-0AA0
20 A
24 V DC; 5 V DC/20 A,
24 V DC/1 A;
with battery compartment for
2 backup batteries, module
occupies 2 slots
Backup battery 6ES7 971-0BA00
Type AA, 2.3 Ah

Options
Y-Link
Bus coupler for transition from a redundant PROFIBUS DP
master system to a single-channel PROFIBUS DP master
system
For connecting devices with only one PROFIBUS DP interface
to the redundant PROFIBUS DP master system AS 412H /
AS 414H / AS 417H
The Y-link comprises:
Two IM 153-2 High Feature interface modules for extended
temperature range
One Y coupler including RS 485 repeater
One BM IM157 (IM/IM) bus module for two IM 153-2 High
Feature modules, for extended temperature range
One BM Y coupler bus module
Evaluation of the Y Link diagnostics (and hence indirectly of the
connected DP standard slaves) is supported by driver blocks.

5/22 Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011

 Siemens AG 2012

Automation systems

Fault-tolerant automation systems

Options (continued)
SIPLUS extreme bundles
The fault-tolerant SIMATIC PCS 7 automation systems are
electrically and mechanically extremely rugged, but can only be
used to a limited extent under extreme ambient conditions.
The SIPLUS extreme bundles for SIMATIC PCS 7 are excellent
alternatives if the environment of use is as follows:
High humidity
Condensation
Chemically, mechanically or biologically active materials
SIPLUS extreme bundles are appropriately refined AS bundles
based on recommended preferred types. The following table
compares the SIPLUS extreme bundles available for SIMATIC
PCS 7 with the identically configured AS bundles.
An overview of the complete range of SIPLUS extreme products
as well as further information on the SIPLUS extreme bundles for
SIMATIC PCS 7 can be found on the Internet at
www.siemens.com/siplus
SIPLUS extreme bundle configurations which are not listed here
can be separately requested on this SIPLUS Web sites under
"Products & Solutions" using the "Request form for new

Configuration
products".
Order No.:
5
SIPLUS extreme bundle Corresponding AS bundle
AS 412-3-2H automation system
with SIMATIC PCS 7 AS Runtime license for 100 POs
Preassembled and tested, without CP 443-5 Extended, comprising:
2 x CPU 412-3H with 2 x 1 integrated interface (MPI/DP master), 2 x 768 KB main
memory (512 KB each for program and 256 KB each for data), two CP 443-1EX20
communications processors for connection to Industrial Ethernet plant bus as well as
Aluminum UR2-H rack (2 x 9 slots),
4 sync modules for distances up to 10 m and 2 fiber-optic sync cables, 1 m
- 2 PS 407 power supplies; 10 A for 120/230 V AC, optional redundancy, without 6AG1 656-8BA33-4CB0 6ES7 656-8BA33-1CD0
backup batteries, 2 memory cards of 2 MB RAM each
AS 414-4-2H automation system
with SIMATIC PCS 7 AS Runtime license for 100 POs
Preassembled and tested, without CP 443-5 Extended, comprising:
2 x CPU 414-4H with 2 x 2 integrated interfaces (MPI/DP master and DP master), 2 x
2.8 MB main memory (1.4 MB each for program and data), 2 x CP 443-1EX20 commu-
nications processors for connection to Industrial Ethernet plant bus as well as
Aluminum UR2-H rack (2 x 9 slots),
4 sync modules for distances up to 10 m and 2 fiber-optic sync cables, 1 m
- 2 PS 407 power supplies; 10 A for 120/230 V AC, optional redundancy, without 6AG1 656-8BE33-4CB0 6ES7 656-8BE33-1CD0
backup batteries, 2 memory cards of 2 MB RAM each
- 2 PS 407 power supplies; 10 A for 120/230 V AC, optional redundancy, without 6AG1 656-8CE33-4CB0 6ES7 656-8CE33-1CD0
backup batteries, 2 memory cards of 4 MB RAM each
- 2 PS 405 power supplies; 10 A for 24 V DC, without backup batteries, 2 memory 6AG1 656-8CE33-4GB0 6ES7 656-8CE33-1GD0
cards of 4 MB RAM each
AS 417-4-2H automation system
with SIMATIC PCS 7 AS Runtime license for 100 POs
Preassembled and tested, without CP 443-5 Extended, comprising:
2 x CPU 417-4H with 2 x 2 integrated interfaces (MPI/DP master and DP master),
2 x 30 MB main memory (15 MB each for program and data), 2 x CP 443-1EX20
communications processors for connection to Industrial Ethernet plant bus as well as
Aluminum UR2-H rack (2 x 9 slots),
4 sync modules for distances up to 10 m and 2 fiber-optic sync cables, 1 m
- 2 PS 407 power supplies; 10 A for 120/230 V AC, optional redundancy, 6AG1 656-8CM33-4CB0 6ES7 656-8CM33-1CD0
without backup batteries, 2 memory cards of 4 MB RAM each
- 2 PS 407 power supplies; 10 A for 120/230 V AC, optional redundancy, 6AG1 656-8DM33-4CB0 6ES7 656-8DM33-1CD0
without backup batteries, 2 memory cards of 8 MB RAM each
- 2 PS 407 power supplies; 10 A for 120/230 V AC, optional redundancy, 6AG1 656-8EM33-4CB0 6ES7 656-8EM33-1CD0
without backup batteries, 2 memory cards of 16 MB RAM each
- 2 PS 405 power supplies; 10 A for 24 V DC, without backup batteries, 6AG1 656-8CM33-4GB0 6ES7 656-8CM33-1GD0
2 memory cards of 4 MB RAM each
- 2 PS 405 power supplies; 10 A for 24 V DC, without backup batteries, 6AG1 656-8DM33-4GB0 6ES7 656-8DM33-1GD0
2 memory cards of 8 MB RAM each
- 2 PS 405 power supplies; 10 A for 24 V DC, without backup batteries, 6AG1 656-8EM33-4GB0 6ES7 656-8EM33-1GD0
2 memory cards of 16 MB RAM each

Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011 5/23

 Siemens AG 2012

Automation systems

Safety-related automation systems

Overview
Safety-related automation systems are used for critical applica-
tions where a fault could endanger life or result in damage to the
plant or the environment. These F/FH systems also referred to as
"fail-safe automation systems" detect both faults in the process
and their own internal faults in association with the safety-related
F modules of the ET 200 distributed I/O systems or fail-safe
transmitters connected directly via the fieldbus. They automati-
cally transfer the plant to a safe state in the event of a fault.

Design
Design variants
In general, two design versions are differentiated across all
architectural levels of a system based on Safety Integrated for
Process Automation:
Single-channel, non-redundant design
Redundant, fault-tolerant design
These two design versions are highly variable and offer a wide
scope for design with regard to different customer requirements.
Standard automation (basic process control) and safety-related
functions can be combined flexibly, not only in the area of
distributed I/O. Even at the controller level, they can be
combined in one system or separated. In addition, there are
numerous possibilities arising from the use of flexible modular
redundancy.
At the individual architectural levels (controller, fieldbus,
distributed I/O) the configuration alternatives shown in the figure
are available depending on the distributed I/O used (ET 200M,
ET 200iSP, ET 200S remote I/O stations or PROFIBUS PA
devices with PA-Profile 3.0 or higher).

Single-channel, Redundant, high-availability Flexible Modular Redundancy

non-redundant configuration and fault-tolerant configuration at module or device level

Distributed I/O and Distributed I/O Direct fieldbus interfacing

direct fieldbus interfacing

AS 412F/ AS 412FH/ AS 412FH/

AS 414F/ AS 414FH/ AS 414FH/
AS 417F AS 417FH AS 417FH
ET 200M PA Link
ET 200M PROFIBUS PA
F-modules
F-modules
ET 200M
ET 200M
F- and standard modules
PA Link
ET 200iSP F- and standard modules with redundant
PA couplers
F- and standard modules ET 200iSP Active field
splitter
ET 200S
F- and F- and standard modules
standard
ET 200M
modules
Module or channel PA Link
PA Link redundancy over with redundant
several separate PA couplers
PROFIBUS PA stations
Active field distributors
F- and standard modules
G_PCS7_XX_00130

ET 200S

Y-Link
ET 200pro PROFIBUS DP
F- and standard modules PROFIBUS PA

Design versions for safety-related systems

5/24 Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011

 Siemens AG 2012
Design (continued)
The safety-related SIMATIC PCS 7 automation systems at the
controller level (F/FH systems) are based on the hardware of the
fault-tolerant AS 412H, AS 414H or AS 417H automation
systems which have been expanded by safety functions by
means of S7 F Systems.
In accordance with the design variant, they are categorized as:
Single stations
AS 412F, AS 414F and AS 417F with only one CPU (safety-
related)
Redundant stations
AS 412FH, AS 414FH and AS 417FH with two redundant
CPUs (safety-related and fault-tolerant)
As with the fault-tolerant automation systems, the availability can
also be flexibly increased for these through redundant design of
the power supply or the Industrial Ethernet communications
module (for details, see "Flexible and scalable availability" in the
section "Fault-tolerant automation systems").
All F/FH systems are TV-certified and comply with the safety
requirements up to SIL 3 according to IEC 61508.
In these systems with multitasking capability, several programs
can be executed simultaneously in one CPU basic process
control (BPCS) applications or also safety-related applications.
The programs are reaction-free, i.e. faults in BPCS applications
have no effect on safety-related applications, and vice versa.
Special tasks with very short response times can also be imple-
mented.
The redundant FH systems operating according to the 1-out-of-
2 principle consist of two subsystems of identical design. These
are electrically isolated from each other to achieve optimum
EMC, and are synchronized with each other via fiber-optic
cables. A bumpless switchover is made from the active
subsystem to the standby subsystem in the event of a fault. The
two subsystems can be present in the same rack or separated
by up to 10 km. The spatial separation provides additional
security in the case of extreme influences in the environment of
the active subsystem, e.g. resulting from a fire.
The redundancy of the FH systems is only used to increase the
availability. It is not relevant to processing of the safety functions
and the associated fault detection.
Depending on the type of automation system, the RAM varies as
follows:
AS type RAM
AS 412F/FH 768 KB (512 KB for program and 256 KB for data)
AS 414F/FH 2.8 MB (1.4 MB each for program and data)
AS 417F/FH 30 MB (15 MB each for program and data)
The firmware can be updated in two different ways:
Per Flash-EPROM memory card (8 MB)
From the central engineering system via the Industrial
Ethernet plant bus
Automation systems
Safety-related automation systems
Connection of process I/Os
Several PROFIBUS DP lines with distributed process I/Os can
be operated on an F/FH system. A table in the section
"Automation systems, introduction" provides an overview of the
number and type of configurable PROFIBUS interfaces.
Connection of the process I/Os to two redundant PROFIBUS DP
lines of an FH system (redundant station) is carried out as
described in the section "Fault-tolerant automation systems".
Communication over the plant bus
The safety-related automation systems are connected as
5
standard to the plant bus using one communications processor
per AS (F-systems) or AS subsystem (FH-systems).
The plant bus can be implemented in the form of a ring structure,
which can also be configured with redundant architecture if the
availability requirements are high. When there are two redundant
rings it makes sense to use two communications processors per
AS (F-systems) or AS subsystem (FH-systems) and to distribute
their connections between the two rings(4-way connection).
Double faults such as failure of the switch on ring 1 with simulta-
neous interruption of the bus cable on ring 2 can thus be
tolerated.
Runtime licenses
Each safety-related automation system is already provided as
standard with the SIMATIC PCS 7 AS Runtime license for
100 process objects (PO) and the S7 F Systems RT license. The
100 POs of the SIMATIC PCS 7 AS Runtime license can be
expanded by additional Runtime licenses for 100, 1 000 or
10 000 POs. The process objects of additional Runtime licenses
can be added to process objects which already exist. The
number and type (e.g. 100 or 1000) of additional Runtime
licenses are irrelevant. The AS Runtime licenses are adminis-
tered on a SIMATIC PCS 7 engineering system or in the SIMATIC
PCS 7 BOX.
Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011 5/25
 Siemens AG 2012

Automation systems

Safety-related automation systems

Design (continued)
Individual configuration of AS bundles
Safety-related automation systems for SIMATIC PCS 7 are
available as AS bundles as follows:
Individual components, combined per station in one
consignment
Preassembled and tested complete systems (no extra charge
compared to delivery of individual components)
The equipment of the safety-related automation systems as well
as their Order Nos. can be individually compiled by selecting
preconfigured ordering units.
The complete range is available to you via two correspondingly
structured configurators in the Industry Mall (www.siemens.com/
industrymall):
SIMATIC PCS 7 AS Single Station configurator
SIMATIC PCS 7 AS Redundant Station configurator
To grant you fast access to the ordering data of frequently used
preferred configurations, these are listed following the system-
specific ordering configurations in the Section "Ordering data"
with their complete Order No.in addition.
Ordering information

5
Combinations typical for the respective system can be selected
using the system-specific ordering configurations in the section
"Ordering data".
These ordering configurations are divided into:
Single stations: AS 412F, AS 414F and AS 417F with only one
CPU
Redundant stations: AS 412FH, AS 414FH and AS 417FH with
two redundant CPUs, mounted on one common rack (UR2-H)
or two separate racks (UR2)
The AS 412F/FH automation systems currently only support
sync modules with a range up to 10 m. Fiber-optic sync cables
longer than 1 m must always be ordered separately (2 of each
required).
The components suitable for engineering the safety-related
applications can be ordered in the section "Safety Integrated for
Process Automation":
S7 F Systems
F programming tool with F block library for programming
safety-related user programs on the engineering system
SIMATIC Safety Matrix
Convenient safety lifecycle tool for configuration, operation
and servicing

Function
Safety functions Safety programs being executed on different F/FH systems of a
plant can also carry out safety-related communication with each
The safety functions of an application are implemented by the other over the Industrial Ethernet plant bus.
safety-related program executed in the CPU of the F/FH systems
together with the safety-related F-modules of the ET 200 The S7 F Systems engineering tool as a component of the
distributed I/O systems or directly by failsafe transmitters SIMATIC Manager allows parameterization of the F/FH systems
connected via the fieldbus. and the safety-related F-modules from the ET 200 series. It
supports configuration by means of functions for:
The PROFIsafe profile is used for the safe PROFIBUS DP
communication between CPU and process I/O. With PROFIsafe, Comparison of safety-related F-programs
the message frames are extended by additional information. Detection of changes in the F-program using the checksum
Using this information, the PROFIsafe communication partners Separation of safety-related and standard functions.
can detect and compensate transmission errors such as:
Delay Access to the F-functions can be password-protected.
Incorrect sequence The F-block library integrated in S7 F Systems contains
Repetition predefined function blocks for generation of safety-related appli-
cations with the CFC or the SIMATIC Safety Matrix based on it.
Loss The certified F-blocks are extremely robust and intercept
Faulty addressing programming errors such as division by zero or out-of-range
Data falsification values. They avoid the need for diverse programming tasks for
detecting and reacting to errors.
Standard modules can be used in F/FH systems in addition to
safety-related F-modules - mixed in a remote I/O station or in
separate stations, in a common PROFIBUS segment or in
separate PROFIBUS segments. Basic process control (BPCS)
applications and safety applications can be automated in such
mixed configurations with one and the same system and
configured with uniform standard tools.
One CPU processes BPCS and safety functions in parallel.
Mutual interference during processing is prevented by ensuring
that the BPCS programs and the safety-related programs are
kept strictly separate and that the data exchange is by means of
special conversion function blocks. The safety functions are
processed twice in different sections of a CPU by means of
redundant, diverse instruction processing. Potential errors are
detected by the system during the subsequent comparison of
results.

5/26 Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011

 Siemens AG 2012

Automation systems

Safety-related automation systems

Ordering data
Ordering data Order No. Ordering data Order No.
AS 412F (Single Station) 6ES7 654- AS 414F (Single Station) 6ES7 654-
with SIMATIC PCS 7 AS Runtime license for with SIMATIC PCS 7 AS Runtime license for
100 POs - D 100 POs - D
CPU with 1 interface (MPI/DP master) CPU with 2 interfaces (MPI/DP master and
768 KB RAM (512 KB for program and DP master)
256 KB for data) 2.8 MB RAM (1.4 MB each for program and
data)
Type of delivery
Individual components, not preassembled 7 Type of delivery
Individual components, not preassembled 7
Preassembled and tested 8
Preassembled and tested 8

5
Memory card
Memory card 1 MB RAM (up to approx. A Memory card
50 POs) Memory card 2 MB RAM (up to approx. B
Memory card 2 MB RAM (up to approx. B 180 POs)
180 POs) Memory card 4 MB RAM (up to approx. C
300 POs)
CPU type
CPU 412-3H with S7 F Systems RT license B CPU type
(up to approx. 50 POs) CPU 414-4H with S7 F Systems RT license F
(up to approx. 250 POs)
Additive interface modules
Without additive interface module 0 Additive interface modules
Without additive interface module 0
Interface to Industrial Ethernet plant bus1)
1 x CP 443-1EX201) 3 Interface to Industrial Ethernet plant bus1)
1 x CP 443-1EX201) 3
2 x CP 443-1EX20 for redundant connection1) 4
2 x CP 443-1EX20 for redundant connection1) 4
Racks
UR2 (9 slots), aluminum 3 Racks
UR2 (9 slots), aluminum 3
UR2 (9 slots), steel 4
UR2 (9 slots), steel 4
UR1 (18 slots), aluminum 5
UR1 (18 slots), aluminum 5
UR1 (18 slots), steel 6
UR1 (18 slots), steel 6
Power supply (without backup batteries)
1 x PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC B Power supply (without backup batteries)
1 x PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC B
1 x PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC, optional C
redundancy 1 x PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC, optional C
1 x PS 407, 20 A for 120/230 V AC D redundancy
1 x PS 407, 20 A for 120/230 V AC D
2 x PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC, optional E
redundancy 2 x PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC, optional E
1 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC G redundancy
1 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC G
1 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC, optional redun- H
dancy 1 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC, optional redun- H
1 x PS 405, 20 A for 24 V DC J dancy
1 x PS 405, 20 A for 24 V DC J
2 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC, optional redun- K
dancy 2 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC, optional redun- K
dancy
Additive PROFIBUS DP interfaces1)
Without CP 443-5 Extended 0 Additive PROFIBUS DP interfaces1)
Without CP 443-5 Extended 0
1 x CP 443-5 Extended 1
1 x CP 443-5 Extended 1
2 x CP 443-5 Extended1) 2
2 x CP 443-5 Extended1) 2
3 x CP 443-5 Extended1) 3
3 x CP 443-5 Extended1) 3
4 x CP 443-5 Extended1) 4
4 x CP 443-5 Extended1) 4
1)
Up to 5 CPs can be plugged into the UR2 rack with a single power supply,
or up to 3 with a redundant power supply. 1)
Up to 5 CPs can be plugged into the UR2 rack with a single power supply,
or up to 3 with a redundant power supply.

Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011 5/27

 Siemens AG 2012

Automation systems

Safety-related automation systems

Ordering data (continued)

Ordering data Order No. Ordering data Order No.
AS 417F (Single Station) 6ES7 654- AS 412FH (Redundant Station) 6ES7 656-
with SIMATIC PCS 7 AS Runtime license for with SIMATIC PCS 7 AS Runtime license for
100 POs - D 100 POs - D
CPU with 2 interfaces (MPI/DP master and 2 x CPU with 1 interface each (MPI/DP master)
DP master) 2 x 768 KB RAM (512 KB each for program
30 MB RAM (15 MB each for program and and 256 KB each for data)
data)
Type of delivery
Type of delivery Individual components, not preassembled 7
Individual components, not preassembled 7
Preassembled and tested 8
Preassembled and tested 8

5
Memory card
Memory card 2 x memory card 1 MB RAM (up to approx. A
Memory card 4 MB RAM (up to approx. C 50 POs)
300 POs) 2 x memory card 2 MB RAM (up to approx. B
Memory card 8 MB RAM (up to approx. D 180 POs)
800 POs)
CPU type
Memory card 16 MB RAM (up to approx. 3 E
000 POs) 2 x CPU 412-3H with S7 F Systems RT B
license (up to approx. 50 POs)
CPU type
Sync modules and cables
CPU 417-4H with S7 F Systems RT license N
(up to approx. 2 500 POs) 2 x 2 sync modules for distances up to 10 m 3
and 2 x FO sync cable, 1 m
Additive interface modules
Interface to Industrial Ethernet plant bus1)
Without additive interface module 0
2 x CP 443-1EX20 for redundant connection1) 3
Interface to Industrial Ethernet plant bus1) 2 x 2 CP 443-1EX20 for 4-way connection1) 4
1 x CP 443-1EX201) 3
Racks
2 x CP 443-1EX20 for redundant connection1) 4
1 x UR2-H (2 x 9 slots), aluminum 1
Racks 1 x UR2-H (2 x 9 slots), steel 2
UR2 (9 slots), aluminum 3
2 x UR2 (9 slots), aluminum 3
UR2 (9 slots), steel 4
2 x UR2 (9 slots), steel 4
UR1 (18 slots), aluminum 5
Power supply (without backup batteries)
UR1 (18 slots), steel 6
2 x PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC B
Power supply (without backup batteries) 2 x PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC, optional C
1 x PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC B redundancy
1 x PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC, optional C 2 x PS 407, 20 A for 120/230 V AC D
redundancy 2 x 2 PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC, optional E
1 x PS 407, 20 A for 120/230 V AC D redundancy
2 x PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC, optional E 2 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC G
redundancy 2 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC, optional redun- H
1 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC G dancy
1 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC, optional redun- H 2 x PS 405, 20 A for 24 V DC J
dancy 2 x 2 PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC, optional K
1 x PS 405, 20 A for 24 V DC J redundancy
2 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC, optional redun- K Additive PROFIBUS DP interfaces1)
dancy Without CP 443-5 Extended 0
Additive PROFIBUS DP interfaces1) 2 x CP 443-5 Extended 1
Without CP 443-5 Extended 0
2 x 2 CP 443-5 Extended1) 2
1 x CP 443-5 Extended 1
2 x 3 CP 443-5 Extended1) 3
2 x CP 443-5 Extended1) 2
2 x 4 CP 443-5 Extended1) 4
3 x CP 443-5 Extended1) 3
1)
4 x CP 443-5 Extended1) 4 Up to 5 CPs can be plugged in per subsystem with a single power supply,
or up to 3 with a redundant power supply.
1)
Up to 5 CPs can be plugged into the UR2 rack with a single power supply,
or up to 3 with a redundant power supply.

5/28 Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011

 Siemens AG 2012

Automation systems

Safety-related automation systems

Ordering data (continued)

Ordering data Order No. Ordering data Order No.
AS 414FH (Redundant Station) 6ES7 656- AS 417FH (Redundant Station) 6ES7 656-
with SIMATIC PCS 7 AS Runtime license for with SIMATIC PCS 7 AS Runtime license for
100 POs - D 100 POs - D
2 x CPU with 2 interfaces (MPI/DP master and 2 x CPU with 2 interfaces (MPI/DP master and
DP master) DP master)
2 x 2.8 MB RAM (1.4 MB each for program 2 x 30 MB RAM (15 MB each for program and
and data) data)
Type of delivery Type of delivery
Individual components, not preassembled 7 Individual components, not preassembled 7
Preassembled and tested 8 Preassembled and tested 8

Memory card
2 x memory card 2 MB RAM (up to approx. B
Memory card
2 x memory card 4 MB RAM (up to approx. C
5
180 POs) 300 POs)
2 x memory card 4 MB RAM (up to approx. C 2 x memory card 8 MB RAM (up to approx. D
300 POs) 800 POs)
CPU type 2 x memory card 16 MB RAM (up to approx. E
3 000 POs)
2 x CPU 414-4H with S7 F Systems RT F
license (up to approx. 250 POs) CPU type
Sync modules and cables 2 x CPU 417-4H with S7 F Systems RT N
license (up to approx. 2 500 POs)
2 x 2 sync modules for distances up to 10 m 3
and 2 x FO sync cable, 1 m Sync modules and cables
2 x 2 sync modules for up to 10 km and 4 2 x 2 sync modules for distances up to 10 m 3
2 x FO sync cable, 1 m, for testing and 2 x FO sync cable, 1 m
Interface to Industrial Ethernet plant bus1) 2 x 2 sync modules for up to 10 km and 4
2 x FO sync cable, 1 m, for testing
2 x CP 443-1EX20 for redundant connection1) 3
Interface to Industrial Ethernet plant bus1)
2 x 2 CP 443-1EX20 for 4-way connection1) 4
2 x CP 443-1EX20 for redundant connection1) 3
Racks 2 x 2 CP 443-1EX20 for 4-way connection1) 4
1 x UR2-H (2 x 9 slots), aluminum 1
Racks
1 x UR2-H (2 x 9 slots), steel 2
1 x UR2-H (2 x 9 slots), aluminum 1
2 x UR2 (9 slots), aluminum 3
1 x UR2-H (2 x 9 slots), steel 2
2 x UR2 (9 slots), steel 4
2 x UR2 (9 slots), aluminum 3
Power supply (without backup batteries) 2 x UR2 (9 slots), steel 4
2 x PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC B
Power supply (without backup batteries)
2 x PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC, optional C
redundancy 2 x PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC B
2 x PS 407, 20 A for 120/230 V AC D 2 x PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC, optional C
redundancy
2 x 2 PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC, optional E
redundancy 2 x PS 407, 20 A for 120/230 V AC D
2 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC G 2 x 2 PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC, optional E
redundancy
2 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC, optional redun- H
dancy 2 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC G
2 x PS 405, 20 A for 24 V DC J 2 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC, optional redun- H
dancy
2 x 2 PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC, optional K
redundancy 2 x PS 405, 20 A for 24 V DC J

Additive PROFIBUS DP interfaces1) 2 x 2 PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC, optional K

redundancy
Without CP 443-5 Extended 0
Additive PROFIBUS DP interfaces1)
2 x CP 443-5 Extended 1
Without CP 443-5 Extended 0
2 x 2 CP 443-5 Extended1) 2
2 x CP 443-5 Extended 1
2 x 3 CP 443-5 Extended1) 3
2 x 2 CP 443-5 Extended1) 2
2 x 4 CP 443-5 Extended1) 4
2 x 3 CP 443-5 Extended1) 3
1) Up to 5 CPs can be plugged in per subsystem with a single power supply, 2 x 4 CP 443-5 Extended1) 4
or up to 3 with a redundant power supply.
1) Up to 5 CPs can be plugged in per subsystem with a single power supply,
or up to 3 with a redundant power supply.

Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011 5/29


Automation systems
Safety-related automation systems
Ordering data
Recommended preferred types
Safety-related SIMATIC PCS 7
automation systems - Single
Stations, recommended
preferred types
AS 412F automation system
with SIMATIC PCS 7
AS Runtime license for 100 POs
and S7 F Systems RT license
Preassembled and tested, without
CP 443-5 Extended, without sync
modules and cables, comprising:
5
1 x CPU 412-3H with one
integrated interface (MPI/DP
master), 768 KB RAM (512 KB for
program and 256 KB for data) as
well as
UR2 aluminum rack (9 slots)
- PS 407 power supply; 10 A for
120/230 V AC/DC, without
backup batteries, memory
card 1 MB RAM, 1 x CP 443-
1EX20 communications
processor for connection to
plant bus
- PS 407 power supply; 10 A for
120/230 V AC/DC, without
backup batteries, memory
card 1 MB RAM, 2 x CP 443-
1EX20 communications
processor for connection to
plant bus
- PS 405 power supply; 10 A for
24 V DC, without backup
batteries, memory card
1 MB RAM, 1 x CP 443-1EX20
communications processor for
connection to plant bus
- PS 405 power supply; 10 A for
24 V DC, without backup
batteries, memory card
1 MB RAM, 2 x CP 443-1EX20
communications processor for
connection to plant bus
5/30 Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011
Siemens AG 2012
Order No. Order No.
AS 414F automation system
with SIMATIC PCS 7
AS Runtime license for 100 POs
and S7 F Systems RT license
Preassembled and tested, without
CP 443-5 Extended, without sync
modules and cables, comprising:
1 x CPU 414-4H with 2 integrated
interfaces (MPI/DP master and
DP master), 2.8 MB RAM (1.4 MB
each for program and data) as
well as
UR2 aluminum rack (9 slots)
- PS 407 power supply; 10 A for 6ES7 654-8CF03-3BD0
120/230 V AC/DC, without
backup batteries, memory
card 4 MB RAM, 1 x CP 443-
1EX20 communications
6ES7 654-8AB03-3BD0 processor for connection to
plant bus
- PS 407 power supply; 10 A for 6ES7 654-8CF04-3BD0
120/230 V AC/DC, without
backup batteries, memory
card 4 MB RAM, 2 x CP 443-
1EX20 communications
6ES7 654-8AB04-3BD0 processor for connection to
plant bus
- PS 405 power supply; 10 A for 6ES7 654-8CF03-3GD0
24 V DC, without backup
batteries, memory card
4 MB RAM, 1 x CP 443-1EX20
communications processor for
6ES7 654-8AB03-3GD0 connection to plant bus
- PS 405 power supply; 10 A for 6ES7 654-8CF04-3GD0
24 V DC, without backup
batteries, memory card
4 MB RAM, 2 x CP 443-1EX20
communications processor for
6ES7 654-8AB04-3GD0 connection to plant bus

Ordering data
AS 417F automation system
with SIMATIC PCS 7
AS Runtime license for 100 POs
and S7 F Systems RT license
Preassembled and tested, without
CP 443-5 Extended, without sync
modules and cables, comprising:
1 x CPU 417-4H with 2 integrated
interfaces (MPI/DP master and
DP master), 30 MB RAM (15 MB
each for program and data) as
well as
UR2 aluminum rack (9 slots)
- PS 407 power supply; 10 A for
120/230 V AC/DC, without
backup batteries, memory
card 16 MB RAM, 1 x CP 443-
1EX20 communications
processor for connection to
plant bus
- PS 407 power supply; 10 A for
120/230 V AC/DC, without
backup batteries, memory
card 16 MB RAM, 2 x CP 443-
1EX20 communications
processor for connection to
plant bus
- PS 405 power supply; 10 A for
24 V DC, without backup
batteries, memory card
16 MB RAM, 1 x CP 443-
1EX20 communications
processor for connection to
plant bus
- PS 405 power supply; 10 A for
24 V DC, without backup
batteries, memory card
16 MB RAM, 2 x CP 443-
1EX20 communications
processor for connection to
plant bus
Siemens AG 2012
Order No.
master), 2 x 768 KB RAM (512 KB
6ES7 654-8EN03-3BD0
6ES7 654-8EN04-3BD0
6ES7 654-8EN03-3GD0
6ES7 654-8EN04-3GD0
Automation systems
Safety-related automation systems
Order No.
Safety-related SIMATIC PCS 7
automation systems -
Redundant Stations, recom-
mended preferred types
AS 412FH automation system
with SIMATIC PCS 7
AS Runtime license for 100 POs
and S7 F Systems RT license
Preassembled and tested, without
CP 443-5 Extended, comprising:
2 x CPU 412-3H, each with
integrated interface (MPI/DP
5
each for program and 256 KB
each for data) as well as
Aluminum UR2-H rack
(2 x 9 slots),
4 sync modules for distances up
to 10 m and 2 fiber-optic sync
cables, 1 m
- 2 x 2 PS 407 power supplies; 6ES7 656-8AB33-1ED0
10 A for 120/230 V AC,
optional redundancy, without
backup batteries, 2 memory
cards with 1 MB RAM each,
2 x CP 443-1EX20 communi-
cations processor for
connection to plant bus
- 2 x 2 PS 407 power supplies; 6ES7 656-8AB34-1ED0
10 A for 120/230 V AC,
optional redundancy, without
backup batteries, 2 memory
cards with 1 MB RAM each,
2 x 2 CP 443-1EX20 communi-
cations processors for
connection to plant bus
- 2 PS 405 power supplies; 10 A 6ES7 656-8AB33-1GD0
for 24 V DC, without backup
batteries, 2 memory cards with
1 MB RAM each, 2 x CP 443-
1EX20 communications
processor for connection to
plant bus
- 2 PS 405 power supplies; 10 A 6ES7 656-8AB34-1GD0
for 24 V DC, without backup
batteries, 2 memory cards with
1 MB RAM each, 2 x 2 CP 443-
1EX20 communications
processors for connection to
plant bus
Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011 5/31

Automation systems
Safety-related automation systems
Ordering data
AS 414FH automation system
with SIMATIC PCS 7
AS Runtime license for 100 POs
and S7 F Systems RT license
Preassembled and tested, without
CP 443-5 Extended, comprising:
2 x CPU 414-4H, each with
2 integrated interfaces (MPI/DP
master and DP master),
2 x 2.8 MB RAM (1.4 MB each for
program and data) as well as
Aluminum UR2-H rack
(2 x 9 slots),
5
4 sync modules for distances up
to 10 m and 2 fiber-optic sync
cables, 1 m
- 2 x 2 PS 407 power supplies;
10 A for 120/230 V AC,
optional redundancy, without
backup batteries, 2 memory
cards with 4 MB RAM each,
2 x CP 443-1EX20 communi-
cations processor for
connection to plant bus
- 2 x 2 PS 407 power supplies;
10 A for 120/230 V AC,
optional redundancy, without
backup batteries, 2 memory
cards with 4 MB RAM each,
2 x 2 CP 443-1EX20 communi-
cations processors for
connection to plant bus
- 2 PS 405 power supplies; 10 A
for 24 V DC, without backup
batteries, 2 memory cards with
4 MB RAM each, 2 x CP 443-
1EX20 communications
processor for connection to
plant bus
- 2 PS 405 power supplies; 10 A
for 24 V DC, without backup
batteries, 2 memory cards with
4 MB RAM each, 2 x 2 CP 443-
1EX20 communications
processors for connection to
plant bus
5/32 Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011
Siemens AG 2012
Order No. Order No.
AS 417FH automation system
with SIMATIC PCS 7
AS Runtime license for 100 POs
and S7 F Systems RT license
Preassembled and tested, without
CP 443-5 Extended, comprising:
2 x CPU 417-4H, each with
2 integrated interfaces (MPI/DP
master and DP master),
2 x 30 MB RAM (15 MB each for
program and data) as well as
Aluminum UR2-H rack
(2 x 9 slots),
4 sync modules for distances up
to 10 m and 2 fiber-optic sync
cables, 1 m
6ES7 656-8CF33-1ED0 - 2 x 2 PS 407 power supplies; 6ES7 656-8EN33-1ED0
10 A for 120/230 V AC,
optional redundancy, without
backup batteries, 2 memory
cards with 16 MB RAM each,
2 x CP 443-1EX20 communi-
cations processor for
connection to plant bus
6ES7 656-8CF34-1ED0 - 2 x 2 PS 407 power supplies; 6ES7 656-8EN34-1ED0
10 A for 120/230 V AC,
optional redundancy, without
backup batteries, 2 memory
cards with 16 MB RAM each,
2 x 2 CP 443-1EX20 communi-
cations processors for
connection to plant bus
6ES7 656-8CF33-1GD0 - 2 PS 405 power supplies; 10 A 6ES7 656-8EN33-1GD0
for 24 V DC, without backup
batteries, 2 memory cards with
16 MB RAM each, 2 x CP 443-
1EX20 communications
processor for connection to
plant bus
6ES7 656-8CF34-1GD0 - 2 PS 405 power supplies; 10 A 6ES7 656-8EN34-1GD0
for 24 V DC, without backup
batteries, 2 memory cards with
16 MB RAM each,
2 x 2 CP 443-1EX20 communi-
cations processors for
connection to plant bus
Runtime licenses for SIMATIC
PCS 7 automation systems (can
be added to existing licenses)
SIMATIC PCS 7 AS Runtime
license
Language-neutral, runs with
Windows XP Embedded,
Windows XP Professional 32-bit,
Windows 7 Ultimate 32/64-bit,
Windows Server 2003 R2
Standard 32-bit or Windows
Server 2008 R2 Standard 64-bit,
single license for 1 installation
Type of delivery: License key
memory stick, certificate of
license including terms and
conditions
100 POs 6ES7 653-2BA00-0XB5
1 000 POs 6ES7 653-2BB00-0XB5
10 000 POs 6ES7 653-2BC00-0XB5
AS 412F/FH, AS 414F/FH and
AS 417F/FH engineering
See section "Safety Integrated for
Process Automation", S7
F Systems

Ordering data
Individual components
Individual components of the
safety-related SIMATIC PCS 7
automation systems
S7 F Systems RT License
For processing safety-related
application programs, for one
AS 412F/FH, AS 414F/FH or
AS 417F/FH system
CPU 412-3H
RAM 768 KB (512 KB for program
and 256 KB for data)
Module occupies 2 slots
CPU 414-4H
RAM 2.8 MB (1.4 MB each for
program and data)
Module occupies 2 slots
CPU 417-4H
RAM 30 MB (15 MB each for
program and data)
Module occupies 2 slots
Sync set
For linking the two redundant
412-3H, 414-4H or 417-4H CPUs;
for distances up to
10 m, consisting of 4 sync
modules for up to 10 m and
2 fiber-optic sync cables, 1 m
each
10 km, consisting of 4 sync
modules for up to 10 km
Note: please order fiber-optic
sync cables (2 units) in the
required length separately.
Sync module
For linking the two 412-3H,
414-4H or 417-4H CPUs; two
modules required per CPU
For distances of up to
10 m
10 km
Sync cable (fiber-optic cable)
For connecting the two 412-3H,
414-4H or 417-4H CPUs;
each redundant automation
system requires 2 cables
1m
2m
10 m
Other lengths
Siemens AG 2012
Order No.
6ES7 833-1CC00-6YX0
6ES7 412-3HJ14-0AB0
6ES7 414-4HM14-0AB0
6ES7 417-4HT14-0AB0
6ES7 656-7XX30-0XX0
6ES7 656-7XX40-0XX0
6ES7 960-1AA04-0XA0
6ES7 960-1AB04-0XA0
6ES7 960-1AA04-5AA0
6ES7 960-1AA04-5BA0
6ES7 960-1AA04-5KA0
On request
Automation systems
Safety-related automation systems
Order No.
Memory card RAM
1 MB 6ES7 952-1AK00-0AA0
2 MB 6ES7 952-1AL00-0AA0
4 MB 6ES7 952-1AM00-0AA0
8 MB 6ES7 952-1AP00-0AA0
16 MB 6ES7 952-1AS00-0AA0
64 MB 6ES7 952-1AY00-0AA0
Memory Card Flash-EPROM
Only required to update firmware;
alternative: firmware update via
the engineering system
5
8 MB 6ES7 952-1KP00-0AA0
CP 443-1 6GK7 443-1EX20-0XE0
Communications module for
connecting SIMATIC S7-400 to
Industrial Ethernet through
TCP/IP, ISO and UDP; integrated
real-time switch ERTEC with two
ports; 2 x RJ45 interface;
S7 communication, open commu-
nication (SEND/RECEIVE) with
FETCH/WRITE, with or without
RFC 1006, DHCP, SNMP V2,
diagnostics, multicast, access
protection over IP access list,
initialization over LAN 10/
100 Mbit/s; with electronic manual
on DVD
CP 443-5 Extended 6GK7 443-5DX05-0XE0
Communications processor for
connection of SIMATIC S7-400 to
PROFIBUS as DP master or for
S7 communication, for increasing
the number of DP lines, for data
set routing with SIMATIC PDM
and for 10-ms time stamp,
electronic manual on CD;
module occupies 1 slot
PS 407 power supply module; 6ES7 407-0KA02-0AA0
10 A
120/230 V AC; 5 V DC/10 A,
24 V DC/1 A;
with battery compartment for
2 backup batteries, module
occupies 2 slots
PS 407 power supply module; 6ES7 407-0KR02-0AA0
10 A, optional redundancy
120/230 V AC; 5 V DC/10 A,
24 V DC/1 A;
with battery compartment for
2 backup batteries, module
occupies 2 slots
PS 407 power supply module; 6ES7 407-0RA02-0AA0
20 A
120/230 V AC; 5 V DC/20 A,
24 V DC/1 A;
with battery compartment for
2 backup batteries, module
occupies 2 slots
Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011 5/33
 Siemens AG 2012

Automation systems

Safety-related automation systems

Ordering data Order No. Order No.

PS 405 power supply module;
10 A
24 V DC; 5 V DC/10 A,
24 V DC/1 A;
with battery compartment for
2 backup batteries, module
occupies 2 slots
PS 405 power supply module;
10 A, optional redundancy
24 V DC; 5 V DC/10 A,
24 V DC/1 A;
with battery compartment for
2 backup batteries, module
6ES7 405-0KA02-0AA0
6ES7 405-0KR02-0AA0
Aluminum UR1 rack 6ES7 400-1TA11-0AA0
18 slots
Aluminum UR2 rack 6ES7 400-1JA11-0AA0
9 slots
Aluminum rack UR2-H 6ES7 400-2JA10-0AA0
For divided central controllers;
2 x 9 slots
Steel UR1 rack 6ES7 400-1TA01-0AA0
18 slots
Steel UR2 rack 6ES7 400-1JA01-0AA0
9 slots

5
occupies 2 slots Steel rack UR2-H 6ES7 400-2JA00-0AA0
PS 405 power supply module; 6ES7 405-0RA02-0AA0 For divided central controllers;
20 A 2 x 9 slots
24 V DC; 5 V DC/20 A,
24 V DC/1 A;
with battery compartment for
2 backup batteries, module
occupies 2 slots
Backup battery 6ES7 971-0BA00
Type AA, 2.3 Ah

5/34 Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011

 6
Siemens AG 2012

Communications

6/2 Introduction

6/4 Industrial Ethernet

6/4 Introduction
6/6 SCALANCE X Industrial Ethernet
switches
6/8 Switches SCALANCE X-200
6/14 Switches SCALANCE X-200 IRT
6/19 Switches SCALANCE X-300
6/31 Switches SCALANCE X-400
6/37 Industrial Ethernet Media Converter
6/38 Passive network components:
FastConnect
6/42 Passive network components:
ITP cables and connectors
6/43 Passive Network Components:
Fiber-Optic Conductors
6/45 System connection PCS 7 systems
6/48 Industrial Wireless LAN

6/55 PROFINET
6/55 Introduction
6/57 Architecture

6/59 PROFIBUS
6/59 Introduction

6/60 PROFIBUS DP
6/60 Introduction
6/61 Electrical networks
6/63 Optical networks
6/65 AS connection
6/66 Y-link

6/67 PROFIBUS PA
6/67 Introduction
6/70 PA Network Transitions
6/75 Active field distributors
6/78 Passive PA components

6/79 FOUNDATION Fieldbus H1

6/79 Introduction
6/81 FF Network Transitions
6/84 Active field distributors
6/87 Passive FF components

6/88 Other communication

6/88 AS-Interface
6/89 Modbus

Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011

 Siemens AG 2012

Communications

Introduction

Overview
Through application of SIMATIC NET network components
based on globally established standards, SIMATIC PCS 7 is
provided with a powerful and rugged range of products for
implementing integrated communications networks for reliable
data exchange between all system components and levels of a
plant.
The SIMATIC NET products specially developed for industrial
applications provide optimum suitability for plants in all sectors.
They are matched to one another, and satisfy maximum
demands, especially in areas subject to extreme influences,
such as:
Electromagnetic interfering fields
Corrosive liquids and atmospheres
Danger of explosion
High mechanical stress
6 The SIMATIC NET products guarantee expandability and the
protection of investments as a result of compatible further
developments, as well as uniformity from inbound logistics to
outbound logistics and from field devices up to the management
information system.

Design
Incorporated in Totally Integrated Automation, the unique basis PROFINET
offered by Siemens for uniform automation of all sectors in the
production, process or hybrid industries, the SIMATIC NET With the introduction of SIMATIC PCS 7 V8.0, PROFINET has
busses promote fast and reliable communication between the been integrated into the process control system. PROFINET is
individual systems/applications of the SIMATIC PCS 7 process based on the international standards IEC 61158 and IEC 61784
control systems such as: and combines the advantages of the open network standard,
Ethernet, and the PROFIBUS fieldbus system. It stands for
Automation systems, distributed I/Os and field components maximum transparency, open IT communication, network
Engineering system, operator system and maintenance security and real-time communication down to the field level.
station This makes PROFINET the basis for uniform automation network
SIMATIC BATCH and SIMATIC Route Control in the plant, into which existing fieldbuses implemented with
PROFIBUS can be easily integrated.
Web clients and Web servers for operator control and
monitoring via Internet/Intranet as well as IT applications In the context of the SIMATIC PCS 7 process control system,
the application of PROFINET mainly focuses on the communi-
Industrial Ethernet plant bus cation between the automation systems (controllers) and the
Industrial Ethernet is used as the plant bus as well as terminal process I/O. The communication initially limited to the modular
bus for multi-user systems with client/server architecture. For standard automation systems of the S7-400 series and the
small systems, the "Basic Communication Ethernet" (BCE) ET 200M remote I/O stations will be gradually expanded.
integrated in the SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstations permits
operation of single stations and servers on the plant bus even
without a CP 1613/CP 1623 communications processor.
In medium and large plants characterized by high requirements,
SIMATIC PCS 7 applies modern Gigabit and FastEthernet
technology which combines the high security provided by
redundant optical rings with the scalable performance provided
by switching technology and high transmission rates up to
1 Gbit/s.

6/2 Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011

 Siemens AG 2012
Design (continued)
OS multi-clients
Maintenance/
OS server
SIMATIC PCS 7
automation system
PROFIBUS DP
PA link
Drives Remote I/O
Integration of PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION Fieldbus H1
Fieldbus systems
PROFIBUS has become established as rugged and reliable
communications medium for connecting intelligent distributed
I/O devices, transmitters and actuators to the controller level of
the SIMATIC PCS 7 process control system. The universal, open
fieldbus corresponds to the international standards IEC 61158
and IEC 61784.
PROFIBUS DP
PROFIBUS DP is a system bus and simultaneously an open
communications system, and it is designed for high data trans-
mission rates and short response times. It is therefore optimally
suited for the control of:
Directly connected field devices, e.g. drives, motor starters,
analyzers, process controllers, or panels
Distributed I/O devices such as the ET 200M, ET 200iSP,
ET 200S or ET 200pro remote I/O stations
Transmitters and actuators on a seamlessly integrated
PROFIBUS PA fieldbus or FOUNDATION Fieldbus H1
Since it also supports the transmission of the HART protocol,
HART field devices can also be integrated in a PROFIBUS DP
communication network.
Communications
Introduction
Engineering
station
6
FF link
PROFIBUS PA FOUNDATION Fieldbus
G_PCS7_XX_00247
PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION Fieldbus H1
In addition to the direct connection of transmitters and actuators
including power supply via the communication medium, the high
information content of the communication as well as the
diagnostics facilities are also of importance for the automation of
industrial processes that frequently take place in corrosive,
harmful, and hazardous environments.
Both the PROFIBUS PA fieldbus and the FOUNDATION
Fieldbus H1 meet these requirements. Both are optimally
suitable for directly integrating actuators and sensors in
operating environments up to Ex zone 1/21 or 0/20 into the
process system.
Their physical bus characteristics are based on the MBP trans-
mission technology (Manchester Coded; Bus Powered) and are
largely identical according to IEC 61158. Both fieldbuses can be
integrated seamlessly in the SIMATIC PCS 7 process control
system using PROFIBUS DP as link.
PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION Fieldbus H1 thus profit
equally from the higher-level PROFIBUS architecture.
Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011 6/3
 Siemens AG 2012

Communications
Industrial Ethernet
Introduction

Overview Benefits
Ethernet presently has a market share of over 80 % with a
tendency to rise further, thus placing it in pole position in the
global LAN landscape. Ethernet offers important characteristics
that can give you significant advantages for your application:
OS clients 7 Fast commissioning through simple connections
Remote
client 7 High flexibility since existing networks can be extended
without any adverse effects
SCALANCE
Terminal bus 7 High availability thanks to redundant network topologies
(optical/electrical)
X-400 7 Almost unlimited communications performance because
scalable performance is available through switching
SCALANCE X-300 technology if required
SCALANCE
7 Networking of different application areas such the office and
W788-1PRO
production areas
Redundant OS servers
7 Investment security through continuous compatible further

6
development
7 Plant-wide clock system permits exact assignment of events
Engineering within the complete plant
station
SCALANCE X-400 Ethernet technology for industrial environment
With Industrial Ethernet, SIMATIC NET expands the Ethernet
SCALANCE
technology by future-oriented network components with special
X-200/X-200 IRT properties and capabilities for use in industrial environments,
SCALANCE e.g.:
X-300 SIMATIC
Plant bus PCS 7 BOX 7 Rugged design, suitable for harsh industrial environments
Industrial Ethernet
(optical/electrical) 7 Fast local assembly using the FastConnect cabling system
with RJ45 technology
7 High fault tolerance through redundancy and fast switchover
to redundant system (max. 300 ms)
7 Continuous monitoring of network components through a
simple yet effective signaling concept
AS 412H/ SCALANCE X-400 AS 414/
AS 414H/ AS 416/
AS 417H AS 417
G_PCS7_XX_00124

AS 412H/
AS 414H/
AS 417H

Industrial Ethernet, connection examples

The plant bus and the terminal bus for multi-user systems with
client/server architecture are implemented with Industrial
Ethernet, a powerful area and cell network for industrial applica-
tions in line with the international IEEE 802.3 standard (Ethernet).
Bus structures with optical rings are particularly suitable for this
because of their high noise immunity and high availability.
In medium-sized and large plants characterized by high require-
ments, SIMATIC PCS 7 applies modern Gigabit and FastEth-
ernet technology. This combines the high reliability of optical
rings with the scalable performance of switching technology and
high transmission rates up to 1 Gbit/s.

6/4 Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011

 Siemens AG 2012

Communications
Industrial Ethernet
Introduction

Design
The following Ethernet communications interfaces are used in A ring design avoids communication failures if e.g. the line is
the various SIMATIC PCS 7 subsystems (ES, OS, AS etc.): damaged or opened at a particular point. To increase the avail-
Interfaces integrated onboard ability even further, the terminal bus can also be distributed
redundantly between two rings which are connected together by
Simple network cards two pairs of switches (see example configuration). The switches
Special communication modules, e.g. CP 1613 A2/CP 1623 from the SCALANCE X-400, X-300 and X-200 IRT ranges have
the standby redundancy function required for this. Each of the
These are defined when selecting the respective system compo- redundant servers and clients can then be connected to both
nents depending on the requirements. For further information, rings via two separate interface modules (redundant terminal
see Section "System connection of PCS 7 systems". bus adapter package). Communication is as standard on ring 1.
The communication stations can be integrated in the terminal Communication on ring 2 is only activated in the event of a fault
bus and the plant bus using Industrial Ethernet Switches of the on ring 1 which is relevant to the redundant switchover.
SCALANCE X product family. These switches offer scalable
performance at an attractive price and support a wide variety of Industrial Ethernet plant bus
configuration options. The automation systems (AS) communicate with one another
and with the engineering system and operator systems (servers/
Client Client single stations) over the Industrial Ethernet plant bus. This can
be designed analogous to the terminal bus with standard 6
SIMATIC NET components such as switches, network cards,
communications processors (CP), cables etc. In the case of
small plants with up to 8 standard automation systems per
operator system, single stations and servers can be operated
cost-effectively on the plant bus using "Basic Communication
Ethernet" (BCE) and a FastEthernet network card. The
CP 1613 A2/CP 1623 communications processor is always
required if more than 8 automation systems or redundant
Terminal bus, ring 1 Terminal bus, ring 2 automation systems are used.
As far as availability is concerned, ring topologies are always the
first choice for the plant bus. With particularly high availability
requirements, the plant bus can also be configured as a
redundant double ring (two CPs per AS CPU and OS server).
Double faults such as a switch failure on ring 1 with a simulta-
Redundant neous interruption in the bus cable on ring 2 can then be
servers tolerated. The two rings in such a configuration are physically
separated. The coupling partners are linked together logically
when configuring with NetPro over a fault-tolerant S7 connection
(4-way redundancy). One switch each takes over the function of
the redundancy manager for each ring. The current switches of
Redundant Industrial Ethernet the SCALANCE X-400, X-300, X-200 IRT and X-200 ranges can
plant bus (double ring)
be used as the redundancy manager in a ring.
Note:
Detailed information on Industrial Ethernet and on the network
components can be found in Catalog IK PI, in the Industry Mall,
G_PCS7_XX_00121

or in Catalog CA 01 under "Industrial Communication".

AS 412H
AS 414H
AS 417H
Technical specifications
Plant bus / terminal bus Industrial Ethernet
Number of stations 1 023 per network segment
Plant and terminal buses: Example configuration with two redundant (IEEE 802.3 standard)
rings
Number of switches Up to 50
Terminal bus
Length of the network
Client-server and server-server communication is carried out on Local network Electrical up to approx. 5 km
a dedicated Ethernet LAN. The communication network Optical up to approx. 150 km
identified as terminal bus can be implemented with standard
SIMATIC NET components such as switches, onboard inter- WAN Worldwide with TCP/IP
faces, network cards, communications processors (CP), cables Topology Line, tree, ring, star
etc.

Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011 6/5

 Siemens AG 2012
Communications
Industrial Ethernet
SCALANCE X Industrial Ethernet switches
Overview
6 Switches are active network components that specifically
distribute data to the relevant addressees. SCALANCE X is the
modern range of Industrial Ethernet switches from SIMATIC NET.
The SCALANCE X family comprises product lines that
complement each other and are carefully tuned to the specific
automation task.
6/6 Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011
Design
In the context of SIMATIC PCS 7, the following SCALANCE X
product lines can be used:
SCALANCE X-200
SCALANCE X-200 IRT
SCALANCE X-300
SCALANCE X-400
These product lines are specifically suited for electrical and/or
optical networks based on linear, star and ring topologies.
They are characterized by the fact that the number of ports,
modularity, flexibility and functionality increase with increasing
numbers.
The designs of the switches differ not only among individual
product lines, but also within a product line, for example:
Compact design or flat design in the ET 200S format for X-200
and X-200 IRT
Compact design or rack design for X-300
While the switches of the SCALANCE X-200 and X-200 IRT
product lines are only equipped with Fast Ethernet ports for data
rates up to 100 Mbit/s, switches from the SCALANCE X-300 and
X-400 product lines are mainly equipped with Gigabit Ethernet
ports.
The switches of the mentioned product lines (except for
X208PRO) can be used in the ring as redundancy managers.
With the exception of the SCALANCE X-200 switches, the
switches also have the required standby functionality for
redundant coupling of two rings. However, you cannot use the
redundancy manager function together with the standby
function with the SCALANCE X-200 IRT switches.
 Siemens AG 2012

Communications
Industrial Ethernet
SCALANCE X Industrial Ethernet switches

More information
The following catalog sections provide you with information and
ordering data for the individual SCALANCE X product lines.
For detailed information and technical specifications of the
SCALANCE X Industrial Ethernet switches, see Catalog IK PI,
section "PROFINET/Industrial Ethernet", subsection "Industrial
Ethernet switches/media converters".
The SIMATIC NET Selection Tool provides you with support for
selecting the right Industrial Ethernet switches as well as during
configuration of the modular versions:
Online version:
www.siemens.com/snst
Offline version:
www.siemens.com/snst-download

Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011 6/7

 Siemens AG 2012

Communications
Industrial Ethernet
Switches SCALANCE X-200

Overview
You can implement line and star structures with the switches of
the SCALANCE X-200 product line; it is also possible to
implement low-cost electrical or optical ring topologies with
transmission rates up to 100 Mbit/s. All switches with the
exception of the X208PRO can be used in the ring as redun-
dancy managers. As a redundancy manager, an X-200 switch
monitors the SCALANCE X switches connected via its ring ports;
it switches bumpless to the substitute route on failure of a trans-
mission route or a switch in the ring.
The switches of the SCALANCE X-200 product line are available
in two designs:
X-200 in a rugged compact housing
XF-200 in a flat housing according to the ET 200S format

6
SCALANCE X-200 switches in compact design

Application
Hardware

Redundant power supply (2 x 24 V DC)

External supply for integrated switch

Connection to S7 backplane bus

Local display (SET pushbutton)

PoE (Power over Ethernet)
Rugged, compact housing
Box type of construction
Flat type of construction

19 type of construction

SIMATIC environment
10 Gigabit Ethernet
Format module S7

Gigabit Ethernet
Modular design

LED diagnosis

Signal contact

C-PLUG slot
PC module
SCALANCE X-200

Type of device
X204-2
X204-2LD
X206-1
X206-1LD
X208
X208PRO
X212-2
X212-2LD
X216
X224
*B3&6B;;B

XF204
XF204-2
XF206-1
XF208
applies

Functional overview of SCALANCE X-200/XF-200, hardware

6/8 Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011

 Siemens AG 2012

Communications
Industrial Ethernet
Switches SCALANCE X-200

Application (continued)
Software

GVRP (Generic VLAN Registaration Protocol)

VRRP, Router Redundancy (Virtual Router

IGMP Snooping/Querier (Internet Group
Ring redundancy incl. RM-functionality

STP/ RSTP (Spanning Tree Protocol/

Broadcast/ Multicast/ Unicast Limiter

GMRP (Generic Multicast Protocol)
VLAN (Virtual Local Area Network)
Security Integrated (Firewall/VPN)

Command Line Interface / Telnet

DHCP Option 82 (Dynamic Host

Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol)

OSPFv2 (Dynamic Routing)

Access Control List (MAC)
Configuration with STEP 7

RIPv2 (Dynamic Routing)

Web based Management
Topology support (LLDP)

Configuration Protocol)
Management Protocol)

Redundancy Protocol)
IEEE 802.1x (Radius)
PROFINET diagnosis

Standby redundancy

Broadcast blocking
Passive Listening

Link Aggregation
Static Routing
IP Access List
IRT capability
SCALANCE X-200

SNMP

6
Type of
device
X204-2
X204-2LD
X206-1
X206-1LD
X208
X208PRO
X212-2
X212-2LD
X216
X224

*B3&6B;;B
XF204
XF204-2
XF206-1
XF208
applies

Functional overview of SCALANCE X-200/XF-200, software

Design
SCALANCE X-200 compact design Switches with electrical ports and optical ports for glass single-
mode FOC up to 26 km
The SCALANCE- X200 switches in compact design are intended
for installation in cabinets (exception: X208PRO for use outside). SCALANCE X204-2LD for optical line or ring structures
They have 6 to 24 Fast Ethernet ports which are designed as - 4 electrical RJ45 ports (10/100BaseTX)
follows depending on the type of device: - 2 optical BFOC ports (100BaseFX) for glass single-mode
FOC
Switches with electrical ports and optical ports for glass multi-
mode FOC up to 5 km SCALANCE X206-1LD for star structures as well as for line or
ring topologies with electrical and optical transmission paths
SCALANCE X204-2 for optical line or ring structures - 6 electrical RJ45 ports (10/100BaseTX)
- 4 electrical RJ45 ports (10/100BaseTX) - 1 optical BFOC port (100BaseFX) for glass single-mode
- 2 optical BFOC ports (100BaseFX) for glass multi-mode FOC
FOC
SCALANCE X212-2LD for optical line or ring structures
SCALANCE X206-1 for star structures as well as for line or ring - 12 electrical RJ45 ports (10/100BaseTX)
topologies with electrical and optical transmission paths - 2 optical BFOC ports (100BaseFX) for glass single-mode
- 6 electrical RJ45 ports (10/100BaseTX) FOC
- 1 optical BFOC port (100BaseFX) for glass multi-mode FOC
SCALANCE X212-2 for optical line or ring structures
- 12 electrical RJ45 ports (10/100BaseTX)
- 2 optical BFOC ports (100BaseFX) for glass multi-mode
FOC

Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011 6/9

 Siemens AG 2012

Communications
Industrial Ethernet
Switches SCALANCE X-200

Design (continued)
Switches with electrical ports for IE FC cable with IE FC RJ45 Summary of interfaces
plug 180/IE FC M12 plug PRO up to max. 100 m; for TP cord up
to 10 m (for electrical line, star, or ring structures) Module type Type and number of ports

SCALANCE X208 Fast Ethernet 100 Mbit/s

- 8 electrical RJ45 ports (10/100BaseTX) Electrical (TP) Optical (glass FOC)
SCALANCE X208PRO for use outside the control cabinet RJ45 M12 BFOC (ST socket)
- 8 electrical M12 ports (10/100BaseTX)
X204-2 4 2 (multimode)
SCALANCE X216
- 16 electrical RJ45 ports (10/100BaseTX) X204-2LD 4 2 (single-mode)

SCALANCE X224 X206-1 6 1 (multimode)

- 24 electrical RJ45 ports (10/100BaseTX) X206-1LD 6 1 (single-mode)
Flat design XF-200 X208 8
X208PRO 8
X212-2 12 2 (multimode)

6 X212-2LD 12 2 (single-mode)
X216 16
X224 24
XF204 4
XF204-2 4 2 (multimode)
XF206-1 6 1 (multimode)
XF208 8

Features of the X-200 compact design (except X208PRO)

The switches in XF-200 flat design are designed for use in the
control cabinet. They have 4 to 8 Fast Ethernet ports which are
designed as follows depending on the type of device:
Switches with electrical ports and optical ports for glass multi-
mode FOC up to 5 km
SCALANCE XF204-2 for optical line or ring structures
- 4 electrical RJ45 ports (10/100BaseTX)
- 2 optical BFOC ports (100BaseFX) for glass multi-mode
FOC
SCALANCE XF206-1 for star structures as well as for line or
ring topologies with electrical and optical transmission paths
- 6 electrical RJ45 ports (10/100BaseTX)
- 1 optical BFOC port (100BaseFX) for glass multi-mode FOC
Switches with electrical ports for IE FC cable with IE FC RJ45
plug 180 up to max. 100 m; for TP cord up to 10 m (for electrical
line, star, or ring structures)
SCALANCE XF204
- 4 electrical RJ45 ports (10/100BaseTX)
SCALANCE XF208
- 8 electrical RJ45 ports (10/100BaseTX)
Rugged metal enclosure of S7-300 format, IP30 degree of
protection, for installation in control cabinets
Mounting possibilities: DIN rail, SIMATIC S7-300 mounting rail,
direct wall mounting
Strain relief and bending strain relief by latching the
PROFINET-compliant RJ45 plug-in connector on the housing
Integrated redundancy manager for ring structures
Redundant 24V DC power supply via 4-pin terminal block
Device diagnostics by means of LEDs (power, port status,
data communication, signaling contact, redundancy manager
function)
Cable length between two devices with electrical transmission
technology using TP ports 10/100BaseTX with RJ45 sockets
(information on plug-in connectors and cable material see
section "Passive network components" in this catalog or
subsection "Cabling systems" in the section on PROFINET/
Industrial Ethernet of the catalog IK PI)
- Up to 100 m with IE FC cable and IE FC RJ45 plugs
- Up to 10 m with TP cord
Cable length of a segment with optical transmission via
100BaseFX ports with BFOC connection (information on plug-
in connectors and cable material see section "Passive network
components" in this catalog or subsection "Cabling systems"
in the section on PROFINET/Industrial Ethernet of the catalog
IK PI):
- Up to 5 km with Industrial Ethernet glass multi-mode FOC
- Up to 26 km with Industrial Ethernet glass single-mode FOC
Permissible ambient temperature during operation for all of
the specified device types: -40 to +60 C

6/10 Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011

 Siemens AG 2012

Communications
Industrial Ethernet
Switches SCALANCE X-200

Design (continued) Technical specifications

Distinguishing features of the X208PRO switch For detailed technical specifications of the SCALANCE X Indus-
Rugged housing in S7-300 format, IP65 degree of protection, trial Ethernet switches, see Catalog IK PI, section "PROFINET/
for mounting outside the control cabinet Industrial Ethernet", subsection "Industrial Ethernet switches/
Eight PROFINET-compliant M12 ports for connection of an media converters".
IE FC cable with IE M12 plug PRO or the pre-assembled
IE M12 connecting cable (information on plug-in connectors
and cable material see subsection "Cabling systems" in the
section on PROFINET/Industrial Ethernet of the catalog IK PI)
Cable length between two devices up to 100 m
No integrated redundancy manager
Device diagnostics by means of LEDs (power, port status,
data communication, signaling contact)
Redundant 24V DC infeed via two M12 interfaces
With additive PS791-1PRO power supply can also be

6
operated on 230V AC
Permissible ambient temperature during operation
-20 to +70 C
Features of the XF-200 flat design
Flat enclosure in ET 200S format, IP20 degree of protection,
for installation in control cabinets or small control boxes
Can be mounted on a standard DIN rail
Strain relief and bending strain relief by latching the
PROFINET-compliant RJ45 plug-in connector on the housing
Integrated redundancy manager for ring structures
Redundant 24V DC power supply via 4-pin terminal block
Device diagnostics by means of LEDs (power, port status,
data communication, signaling contact, redundancy manager
function)
Cable length between two devices with electrical transmission
technology using TP ports 10/100BaseTX with RJ45 sockets
(information on plug-in connectors and cable material see
section "Passive network components" in this catalog or
subsection "Cabling systems" in the section on PROFINET/
Industrial Ethernet of the catalog IK PI)
- Up to 100 m with IE FC cable and IE FC RJ45 plugs
- Up to 10 m with TP cord
Cable length of a segment with optical transmission via
100BaseFX ports with BFOC connection and Industrial
Ethernet glass multi-mode fiber-optic cable up to 5 km (infor-
mation on plug-in connectors and cable material see section
"Passive network components" in this catalog or subsection
"Cabling systems" in the section on PROFINET/Industrial
Ethernet of the catalog IK PI)
Permissible ambient temperature during operation for all of
the specified device types: -40 to +60 C

Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011 6/11

 Siemens AG 2012

Communications
Industrial Ethernet
Switches SCALANCE X-200

Ordering data Order No. Order No.

Industrial Ethernet switches SCALANCE X-200/XF-200
SCALANCE X200 (compact Industrial Ethernet switches
design) and XF-200 (flat design) with electrical ports up to 100 m
SCALANCE X-200/XF-200 Compact design
Industrial Ethernet switches
with electrical ports and optical SCALANCE X208 6GK5 208-0BA10-2AA3
ports for glass multi-mode FO 8 x 10/100 Mbit/s RJ45 ports
cable up to 5 km (10/100BaseTX)

Compact design SCALANCE X208PRO 6GK5 208-0HA00-2AA6

8 X 10/100 Mbit/s M12 ports
SCALANCE X204-2 6GK5 204-2BB10-2AA3 (10/100BaseTX); for use outside
4 x 10/100 Mbit/s RJ45 ports of the control cabinet
(10/100BaseTX)
2 x 100 Mbit/s multi-mode BFOC SCALANCE X216 6GK5 216-0BA00-2AA3
ports (100BaseFX) 16 x 10/100 Mbit/s RJ45 ports
(10/100BaseTX)
SCALANCE X206-1 6GK5 206-1BB10-2AA3
6 x 10/100 Mbit/s RJ45 ports SCALANCE X224 6GK5 224-0BA00-2AA3
24 x 10/100 Mbit/s RJ45 ports
6 (10/100BaseTX)
1 x 100 Mbit/s multi-mode BFOC
ports (100BaseFX)
(10/100BaseTX)
Flat design
SCALANCE X212-2 6GK5 212-2BB00-2AA3 SCALANCE XF204 6GK5 204-0BA00-2AF2
12 x 10/100 Mbit/s RJ45 ports 4 x 10/100 Mbit/s RJ45 ports
(10/100BaseTX) (10/100BaseTX)
2 x 100 Mbit/s multi-mode BFOC
ports (100BaseFX) SCALANCE XF208 6GK5 208-0BA00-2AF2
8 x 10/100 Mbit/s RJ45 ports
Flat design (10/100BaseTX)
SCALANCE XF204-2 6GK5 204-2BC00-2AF2 Accessories
4 x 10/100 Mbit/s RJ45 ports
(10/100BaseTX) IE FC TP Standard Cable 6XV1 840-2AH10
2 x 100 Mbit/s multi-mode BFOC GP 2x2 (type A)
ports (100BaseFX) 4-core, shielded TP installation
cable for connection to IE
SCALANCE XF206-1 6GK5 206-1BC00-2AF2 FC Outlet RJ45/IE FC RJ45 plug;
6 x 10/100 Mbit/s RJ45 ports PROFINET-compatible; with UL
(10/100BaseTX) approval;
1 x 100 Mbit/s multi-mode BFOC sold by the meter
ports (100BaseFX) max. length 1 000 m;
SCALANCE X-200/XF-200 minimum order quantity 20 m
Industrial Ethernet switches FO Standard Cable 6XV1 873-2A
with electrical ports and optical GP 50/125/14001)2)
ports for glass single-mode FO Multi-mode cable,
cable up to 26 km sold by the meter
Compact design max. length 1 000 m;
minimum order 20 m
SCALANCE X204-2LD 6GK5 204-2BC10-2AA3
4 x 10/100 Mbit/s RJ45 ports FO Robust Cable 6XV1 843-2R
(10/100BaseTX) GP 4E9/125/901)2)
2 x 100 Mbit/s single-mode BFOC Single-mode cable,
ports (100BaseFX) sold by the meter
max. length 1 000 m;
SCALANCE X206-1LD 6GK5 206-1BC10-2AA3 minimum order 20 m
6 x 10/100 Mbit/s RJ45 ports
(10/100BaseTX) FC FO Standard Cable 6XV1 847-2A
1 x 100 Mbit/s single-mode BFOC GP 62.5/200/2301)2)
ports (100BaseFX) FC FO standard cable for fixed
routing indoors with PVC sheath;
SCALANCE X212-2LD 6GK5 212-2BC00-2AA3 sold by the meter
12 x 10/100 Mbit/s RJ45 ports max. length 1 000 m;
(10/100BaseTX) minimum order 20 m
2 x 100 Mbit/s single-mode BFOC
ports (100BaseFX) IE FC RJ45 Plug 180 2x2
RJ45 plug connector for Industrial
Ethernet with a rugged metal
enclosure and integrated
insulation/displacement contacts
for connecting Industrial Ethernet
FC installation cables; with
180 cable outlet; for network
components and CPs/CPUs with
Industrial Ethernet interface
1 pack = 1 units 6GK1 901-1BB10-2AA0
1 pack = 10 units 6GK1 901-1BB10-2AB0
1 pack = 50 units 6GK1 901-1BB10-2AE0

6/12 Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011


Ordering data
FC BFOC Plug
Screw connector for on-site
assembly on FC fiber-optic cable;
(1 pack = 20 units + cleaning
cloths)
IE FC Stripping Tool
Pre-adjusted stripping tool for fast
stripping of the Industrial Ethernet
FC cables
FC FO termination kit
Assembly case for on-site
assembly of FC SC and FC BFOC
connectors to FC FO standard
cable;
comprising a stripping tool,
Kevlar cutters, fiber breaking tool
and microscope
IE FC M12 Plug PRO
M12 plug connector for
connection of Industrial Ethernet
FC installation cables; 4-pin,
D-coded, metal enclosure, IP65
degree of protection, pin insert;
180 cable outlet; for network
components and Industrial
Ethernet nodes with IP65/IP67
degree of protection
1 pack = 1 units
1 pack = 8 units
IE Connecting Cable M12-180/
M12-180
Pre-assembled IE FC TP trailing
cable GP 2 x 2 (PROFINET
type C) with two 4-pin M12 plugs,
4-pin, D-coded, IP65/IP67 degree
of protection;
Length:
0.3 m
0.5 m
1.0 m
1.5 m
2.0 m
3.0 m
5.0 m
10 m
15 m
More information
SIMATIC NET Selection Tool
The SIMATIC NET Selection Tool provides you with support for
selecting the right Industrial Ethernet switches as well as during
configuration of the modular versions:
Online version:
www.siemens.com/snst
Offline version:
www.siemens.com/snst-download
Siemens AG 2012
Communications
Industrial Ethernet
Switches SCALANCE X-200
Order No. Order No.
6GK1 900-1GB00-0AC0 IE M12 Panel Feedthrough
Control cabinet feedthrough for
transition from 4-pin, D-coded
M12 interface (IP65IP67) to RJ45
socket (IP20)
6GK1 901-1GA00 1 pack = 5 units 6GK1 901-0DM20-2AA5
IE Power M12 6GK1 907-0DC10-6AA3
Cable Connector PRO
Socket for connecting
6GK1 900-1GL00-0AA0 SCALANCE W-700/SCALANCE
X208PRO for 24V DC supply;
4-pin, A-coded, with installation
instructions
Signaling Contact M12 6GK1 908-0DC10-6AA3
Cable Connector PRO
Socket for connecting
SCALANCE X208PRO for
signaling contact; 5-pin, B-
coded, with installation instruc-
tions
6
SITOP compact 24 V/ 0.6 A 6EP1 331-5BA00
1-phase power supply with wide-
range input 85 264V AC/
110 300V DC,
stabilized output voltage 24 V,
rated output current value 0.6 A,
slim design
6GK1 901-0DB20-6AA0
PS791-1PRO power supply 6GK5 791-1PS00-0AA6
6GK1 901-0DB20-6AA8 AC/DC power supply, 10 W, IP65
(-20 to +60 C) for SCALANCE
X208PRO, input: 85 to 265V AC,
output: 24V DC, metal housing,
product package: AC power
3+PE cable connector, DC power
cord M12, installation materials,
manuals German/English
C-PLUG 6GK1 900-0AB00
6XV1 870-8AE30 Removable medium for simple
6XV1 870-8AE50 replacement of devices in event
6XV1 870-8AH10 of fault; for saving of configuration
6XV1 870-8AH15 and application data, can be
used in SIMATIC NET products
6XV1 870-8AH20 with C-PLUG slot
6XV1 870-8AH30
1)
6XV1 870-8AH50 Special fiber-optic cables, lengths and accessories available on request
2)
6XV1 870-8AN10 Special tools and specially trained personnel are required for pre-assem-
bling glass fiber-optic cables
6XV1 870-8AN15
Note:
For further components and accessories, especially cable
material and connectors as well as tools and supplementary
material for assembly, refer to the sections "FastConnect",
"ITP cables and connectors" and "Fiber-optic cables" as well as
to Catalog IK PI.
Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011 6/13
 Siemens AG 2012

Communications
Industrial Ethernet
Switches SCALANCE X-200 IRT

Overview
You can implement line and star structures with the switches of
the SCALANCE X-200 IRT product line; it is also possible to
implement low-cost electrical or optical ring topologies with
transmission rates up to 100 Mbit/s. All switches can be used in
the ring as redundancy managers, and additionally support the
standby redundancy for bus configurations with two redundant
rings. As a redundancy manager, an X-200 IRT switch monitors
the SCALANCE X switches connected via its ring ports, and
switches bumpless to the substitute route on failure of a trans-
mission route or switch in the ring.
The switches of the SCALANCE X-200 IRT product line are
available in two designs:
X-200 in a rugged compact housing
XF-200 in a flat housing according to the ET 200S format

6 SCALANCE X-200 IRT switches in compact design

Application
Hardware

Redundant power supply (2 x 24 V DC)

External supply for integrated switch

Connection to S7 backplane bus

Local display (SET pushbutton)

PoE (Power over Ethernet)
Rugged, compact housing
Box type of construction
Flat type of construction

19 type of construction

SIMATIC environment
SCALANCE X-200IRT

10 Gigabit Ethernet
Format module S7

Gigabit Ethernet
Modular design

LED diagnosis

Signal contact

C-PLUG slot
PC module

Type of device
X200-4P IRT
X201-3P IRT
X202-2IRT
X202-2P IRT

*B3&6B;;B
X202-2P IRT PRO
X204IRT
X204IRT PRO
XF204IRT
applies

Functional overview of SCALANCE X-200 IRT/XF-200 IRT, hardware

6/14 Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011

 Siemens AG 2012

Communications
Industrial Ethernet
Switches SCALANCE X-200 IRT

Application (continued)
Software

GVRP (Generic VLAN Registaration Protocol)

VRRP, Router Redundancy (Virtual Router

IGMP Snooping/Querier (Internet Group
Ring redundancy incl. RM-functionality

STP/ RSTP (Spanning Tree Protocol/

Broadcast/ Multicast/ Unicast Limiter

GMRP (Generic Multicast Protocol)
VLAN (Virtual Local Area Network)
Security Integrated (Firewall/VPN)

Command Line Interface / Telnet

DHCP Option 82 (Dynamic Host

Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol)

OSPFv2 (Dynamic Routing)

Access Control List (MAC)
Configuration with STEP 7

RIPv2 (Dynamic Routing)

Web based Management
Topology support (LLDP)

Configuration Protocol)
Management Protocol)

Redundancy Protocol)
IEEE 802.1x (Radius)
PROFINET diagnosis

Standby redundancy
SCALANCE X-200IRT

Broadcast blocking
Passive Listening

Link Aggregation
Static Routing
IP Access List
IRT capability
SNMP

6
Type of
device
X200-4P IRT
X201-3P IRT
X202-2IRT
X202-2P IRT
X202-2P IRT

*B3&6B;;B
PRO
X204IRT
X204IRT
PRO
XF204IRT
applies

Functional overview of SCALANCE X-200 IRT/XF-200 IRT, software

Design
X-200 IRT compact design SCALANCE X202-2P IRT PRO
- 2 electrical push-pull RJ45 ports (10/100BaseTX) for
The SCALANCE X-200 IRT switches in compact design are connecting IE FC cables via IE FC RJ45 Plug PRO up to
intended for installation in control cabinets (exception: switches 100 m
of the PRO type for use outside). Each of them has 4 Fast - 2 optical push-pull SC RJ ports (100BaseFX) for the
Ethernet ports in the following design: connection of Ethernet POF FOC (up to 50 m) and PCF FOC
SCALANCE X204 IRT (up to 100 m) using SC RJ Plug PRO connectors
- 4 electrical RJ45 ports (10/100BaseTX) for connecting SCALANCE X201-3P IRT
IE FC cables via IE FC RJ45 Plug 180 up to 100 m - 1 electrical RJ45 port (10/100BaseTX) for connecting
SCALANCE X204 IRT PRO IE FC cables via IE FC RJ45 Plug 180 up to 100 m
- 4 electrical push-pull RJ45 ports (10/100BaseTX) for - 3 optical SC RJ ports (100BaseFX) for the connection of
connecting IE FC cables via IE FC RJ45 Plug PRO up to Ethernet POF FOC (up to 50 m) and PCF FOC (up to 100 m)
100 m using SC RJ plug connectors
SCALANCE X202-2 IRT SCALANCE X200-4P IRT
- 2 electrical RJ45 ports (10/100BaseTX) for connecting - 4 optical SC RJ ports (100BaseFX) for the connection of
IE FC cables via IE FC RJ45 Plug 180 up to 100 m Ethernet POF FOC (up to 50 m) and PCF FOC (up to 100 m)
- 2 optical BFOC ports (100BaseFX) for the connection of using SC RJ plug connectors
glass multi-mode FOC up to 5 km
SCALANCE X202-2P IRT
- 2 electrical RJ45 ports (10/100BaseTX) for connecting
IE FC cables via IE FC RJ45 Plug 180 up to 100 m
- 2 optical SC RJ ports (100BaseFX) for the connection of
Ethernet POF FOC (up to 50 m) and PCF FOC (up to 100 m)
using SC RJ plug connectors

Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011 6/15

 Siemens AG 2012

Communications
Industrial Ethernet
Switches SCALANCE X-200 IRT

Design (continued)
Flat design XF-200 IRT Features of the X-200 IRT compact design
Rugged metal enclosure of S7-300 format, IP30 degree of
protection, for installation in control cabinets
Mounting possibilities: Standard DIN rail, SIMATIC S7-300
mounting rail, direct wall mounting
PROFINET-compliant connection technology; electrical: RJ45,
optical: SC RJ for POF/PCF FOC or BFOC (ST socket) for
glass multi-mode FOC (information about plug-in connectors
and cable material see section "Passive network components"
in this catalog or subsection "Cabling systems" in the section
on PROFINET/Industrial Ethernet of the catalog IK PI)
Strain relief and bending strain relief by latching the
PROFINET-compliant plug-in connector on the housing
Integrated redundancy manager for ring structures
Integral standby function for redundant coupling of two rings
6 Redundant 24V DC power supply via 4-pin terminal block
Device diagnostics by means of LEDs (power, port status,
data communication, signaling contact, redundancy manager
The XF 204 IRT switch in flat design is intended for use in the function)
control cabinet. It has 4 electrical Fast Ethernet ports: The permissible ambient temperature during operation varies
SCALANCE XF204-2 depending on the device type:
- 4 electrical RJ45 ports (10/100BaseTX) for connecting IE FC - -40 to +70 C (X204 IRT)
cables via IE FC RJ45 Plug 180 up to 100 m - -40 to +60 C (X202-2 IRT)
- -25 to +60 C (X202-2P IRT)
Summary of interfaces - -25 to +50 C (X201-3P IRT)
- -25 to +40 C (X200-4P IRT)
Module type Type and number of ports
Fast Ethernet 100 Mbit/s Differentiating features of the switches of the PRO type
Electrical (TP) Optical (FO)
Rugged housing in S7-300 format, IP65/67 degree of
protection, for mounting outside the control cabinet
RJ45 RJ45 Plastic FO: (POF/PCF) Glass fiber-
push- optic cable PROFINET-compliant push-pull connection technology;
pull electrical: RJ45 push-pull, optical: SC RJ push-pull (infor-
SC RJ SC RJ BFOC (ST mation about plug-in connectors and cable material see
push-pull socket) subsection "Cabling systems" in the section on PROFINET/
X200-4P IRT 4 Industrial Ethernet of the catalog IK PI)
X201-3P IRT 1 3 24V DC infeed via two 5-pin push-pull connectors for feeding
and forwarding (no redundancy)
X202-2 IRT 2 2 (multimode)
The permissible ambient temperature during operation varies
X202-2P IRT 2 2 depending on the device type:
X202-2P IRT PRO 2 2 - -25 to +70 C (X204 IRT PRO)
X204 IRT 4
- -25 to +60 C (X202 2P IRT PRO)
X204 IRT PRO 4 Features of the XF-200 IRT flat design
XF204 IRT 4 Flat enclosure in ET 200S format, IP20 degree of protection,
for installation in control cabinets or small control boxes
When configuring the network, it is necessary to observe the Can be mounted on a standard DIN rail
following boundary conditions:
Strain relief and bending strain relief by latching the
Length of the TP cable between two SCALANCE X switches: PROFINET-compliant RJ45 plug-in connector on the housing
- Max. 100 m with IE FC cable and IE FC RJ45 plug 180 or
IE FC RJ45 Plug PRO PROFINET-compliant connection technology; electrical: RJ45
- Max. 10 m with TP cord (information on plug-in connectors and cable material see
section "Passive network components" in this catalog or
Length of the optical cables subsection "Cabling systems" in the section on PROFINET/
- Max. 4 000 m with Industrial Ethernet glass FOC (62.5/ Industrial Ethernet of the catalog IK PI)
125 m)
- Max. 5 000 m with Industrial Ethernet glass FOC (50/125 m) Redundant 24V DC power supply via 4-pin terminal block
- Max. 100 m with Industrial Ethernet PCF FOC Device diagnostics by means of LEDs (power, port status,
- Max. 50 m with Industrial Ethernet POF FOC data communication, signaling contact, redundancy manager
function)
Permissible ambient temperature during operation:
-40 to +60 C

Technical specifications
For detailed technical specifications of the SCALANCE X Indus-
trial Ethernet switches, see Catalog IK PI, section "PROFINET/
Industrial Ethernet", subsection "Industrial Ethernet switches/
media converters".

6/16 Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011


Ordering data
Industrial Ethernet switches
SCALANCE X-200 IRT (compact
design) and XF-200 IRT
(flat design)
Compact design
SCALANCE X204 IRT
4 x 10/100 Mbit/s RJ45 ports
(10/100BaseTX)
SCALANCE X204 IRT PRO
4 x 10/100 Mbit/s RJ45 push-pull
ports (10/100BaseTX)
SCALANCE X202-2 IRT
2 x 10/100 Mbit/s RJ45 ports
(10/100BaseTX)
2 x 100 Mbit/s multi-mode BFOC
ports (100BaseFX)
SCALANCE X202-2P IRT
2 x 10/100 Mbit/s RJ45 ports
(10/100BaseTX)
2 x 100 Mbit/s POF/PCF SC RJ
ports (100BaseFX)
SCALANCE X202-2P IRT PRO
2 x 10/100 Mbit/s RJ45 push-pull
ports (10/100BaseTX)
2 x 100 Mbit/s POF/PCF SC RJ
push-pull ports (100BaseFX)
SCALANCE X201-3P IRT
1 x 10/100 Mbit/s RJ45 port
(10/100BaseTX)
3 x 100 Mbit/s POF/PCF SC RJ
ports (100BaseFX)
SCALANCE X200-4P IRT
4 x 100 Mbit/s POF/PCF SC RJ
ports (100BaseFX)
Flat design
SCALANCE XF204 IRT
4 x 10/100 Mbit/s RJ45 ports
(10/100BaseTX)
Siemens AG 2012
Order No.
6GK5 204-0BA00-2BA3
6GK5 204-0JA00-2BA6
6GK5 202-2BB00-2BA3
6GK5 202-2BH00-2BA3
6GK5 202-2JR00-2BA6
6GK5 201-3BH00-2BA3
6GK5 200-4AH00-2BA3
6GK5 204-0BA00-2BF2
Communications
Industrial Ethernet
Switches SCALANCE X-200 IRT
Order No.
Accessories
IE FC TP Standard Cable 6XV1 840-2AH10
GP 2 x 2 (Type A)
4-core, shielded TP installation
cable for connection to IE
FC Outlet RJ45/IE FC RJ45 plug;
PROFINET-compatible;
with UL approval;
sold by the meter
; max. length 1 000 m,
minimum order quantity 20 m
FO Standard Cable 6XV1 873-2A
GP 50/125/14001) 2)
Multi-mode cable,
sold by the meter
max. length 1 000 m;
minimum order 20 m
POF Standard Cable
GP 980/1000
6XV1 874-2A
6
POF standard cable for fixed
routing indoors with PVC sheath;
sold by the meter
max. length 1 000 m;
minimum order 20 m
PCF Standard Cable 6XV1 861-2A
GP 200/230
Standard cable, may be split,
sold by the meter;
max. quantity 2 000 m;
minimum order 20 m;
IE FC RJ45 Plug 180 2 x 2
RJ45 plug connector for Industrial
Ethernet with a rugged metal
enclosure and integrated
insulation/displacement contacts
for connecting Industrial Ethernet
FC installation cables; with
180 cable outlet; for network
components and CPs/CPUs with
Industrial Ethernet interface
1 pack = 1 units 6GK1 901-1BB10-2AA0
1 pack = 10 units 6GK1 901-1BB10-2AB0
1 pack = 50 units 6GK1 901-1BB10-2AE0
IE FC Stripping Tool 6GK1 901-1GA00
Pre-adjusted stripping tool for fast
stripping of the Industrial Ethernet
FC cables
Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011 6/17

Communications
Industrial Ethernet
Switches SCALANCE X-200 IRT
Ordering data
IE FC RJ45 Plug PRO
Field assembly FastConnect
RJ45 plug connector; plastic
housing, insulation/displacement
technology, for SCALANCE
X-200IRT PRO switches and
SIMATIC ET 200pro;
1 connector (IP65/67) suitable for
on-site assembly
SC RJ POF Plug
20 plugs for on-site assembly
SC RJ POF Plug PRO
1 plug (IP65/67) for on-site
assembly
SC RJ PCF Plug
10 plugs for on-site assembly
6 SC RJ PCF Plug PRO
1 plug (IP65/67) for on-site
assembly
FC FO termination kit
Assembly case for on-site
assembly of FC SC and FC BFOC
connectors to FC FO standard
cable;
comprising a stripping tool,
Kevlar cutters, fiber breaking tool
and microscope
Termination Kit
SC RJ POF Plug
Assembly case for on-site
assembly of SC RJ POF
connectors;
consisting of stripping tool, Kevlar
cutters, SC RJ grinding plate,
grinding paper, grinding base
and microscope
More information
SIMATIC NET Selection Tool
The SIMATIC NET Selection Tool provides you with support for
selecting the right Industrial Ethernet switches as well as during
configuration of the modular versions:
Online version:
www.siemens.com/snst
Offline version:
www.siemens.com/snst-download
6/18 Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011
Siemens AG 2012
Order No.
6GK1 901-1BB20-6AA0
6GK1 900-0MB00-0AC0
6GK1 900-0MB00-6AA0
6GK1 900-0NB00-0AC0
6GK1 900-0NB00-6AA0
6GK1 900-1GL00-0AA0
6GK1 900-0ML00-0AA0
Order No.
Termination Kit 6GK1 900-0NL00-0AA0
SC RJ PCF Plug
Assembly case for on-site
assembly of SC RJ PCF
connectors,
comprising a stripping tool, buffer
stripping tool, Kevlar cutters, fiber
breaking tool and microscope
Power Plug PRO 6GK1 907-0AB10-6AA0
1 plug (IP65/67) for on-site
assembly (5-core)
SITOP compact 24 V/ 0.6 A 6EP1 331-5BA00
1-phase power supply with wide-
range input 85 264V AC/
110 300V DC,
stabilized output voltage 24 V,
rated output current value 0.6 A,
slim design
C-PLUG 6GK1 900-0AB00
Removable medium for simple
replacement of devices in event
of fault; for saving of configuration
and application data, can be
used in SIMATIC NET products
with C-PLUG slot
1)
Special fiber-optic cables, lengths and accessories available on request
2)
Special tools and specially trained personnel are required for pre-assem-
bling glass fiber-optic cables
Note:
For further components and accessories, especially cable
material and connectors as well as tools and supplementary
material for assembly, refer to the sections "FastConnect",
"ITP cables and connectors" and "Fiber-optic cables" as well as
to Catalog IK PI.
 Siemens AG 2012

Communications
Industrial Ethernet
Switches SCALANCE X-300

Overview
To increase network availability, as many as 50 linear cascaded
switches be configured into a ring (Ethernet with fast media
redundancy). All switches of the SCALANCE X-300 product line
can be used as redundancy managers in the ring. As a redun-
dancy manager, a SCALANCE X-300 switch monitors the
SCALANCE X switches connected via its ring ports; it switches
bumpless to the substitute route on failure of a transmission
route or a switch in the ring. Two rings can also be redundantly
linked via the standby function of the SCALANCE X-300
switches.
Several nodes or subnets can be electrically or optically
connected with each other by means of a SCALANCE X-300
switch as star point in a star topology.
The switches of the SCALANCE X-300 product line are available
in different designs:
Compact design
- Standard version X-300 6
- Partially modular version X-300 M
Switches of the SCALANCE X-300 product line in the standard version Rack design: Modular rack for installation in 19" control
Electrical and/or optical line, star or ring structures can be imple- cabinets
mented with the switches of the SCALANCE X-300 product line. - Standard version XR-300 M
Switches with Fast Ethernet and/or Gigabit Ethernet ports are - PoE version XR-300 M PoE (Power over Ethernet)
available for this purpose. - EEC version XR-300 M EEC (Enhanced Environmental
Conditions)

Application
Hardware

Redundant power supply (2 x 24 V DC)

External supply for integrated switch

Connection to S7 backplane bus

Local display (SET pushbutton)

PoE (Power over Ethernet)
Rugged, compact housing
Box type of construction
Flat type of construction

19 type of construction

SIMATIC environment
10 Gigabit Ethernet
Format module S7

Gigabit Ethernet
Modular design

LED diagnosis

Signal contact

C-PLUG slot
PC module
SCALANCE X-300

Type of device
X306-1LD FE
X307-3
X307-3LD
X308-2
X308-2LD
X308-2LH
X308-2LH+
X308-2M
X310
X310FE
X320-1FE
*B3&6B;;B

X320-3LD FE
XR324-12M
XR324-4M PoE
XR324-4M EEC
applies

Functional overview of SCALANCE X-300, hardware

Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011 6/19

 6
SCALANCE X-300

6/20
PoE

EEC
X310
device

X308-2
X307-3
Type of

applies
X310FE
X308-2M

X320-1FE
X308-2LH
X308-2LD
X307-3LD

XR324-4M
XR324-4M
X308-2LH+

XR324-12M
X320-3LD FE
X306-1LD FE
Application (continued)

Security Integrated (Firewall/VPN)

PROFINET diagnosis
Industrial Ethernet

Software

Topology support (LLDP)
Switches SCALANCE X-300

Command Line Interface / Telnet
Communications

Web based Management

Configuration with STEP 7

Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011

Functional overview of SCALANCE X-300, software















SNMP

Ring redundancy incl. RM-functionality

Standby redundancy
IRT capability

VLAN (Virtual Local Area Network)

GVRP (Generic VLAN Registaration Protocol)

STP/ RSTP (Spanning Tree Protocol/

Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol)

Passive Listening
Siemens AG 2012

IGMP Snooping/Querier (Internet Group

Management Protocol)

GMRP (Generic Multicast Protocol)

Broadcast/ Multicast/ Unicast Limiter

Broadcast blocking

DHCP Option 82 (Dynamic Host

Configuration Protocol)

IP Access List

Access Control List (MAC)

IEEE 802.1x (Radius)

Link Aggregation
Static Routing
RIPv2 (Dynamic Routing)
OSPFv2 (Dynamic Routing)

VRRP, Router Redundancy (Virtual Router

Redundancy Protocol)

*B3&6B;;B
 Siemens AG 2012

Communications
Industrial Ethernet
Switches SCALANCE X-300

Design
Compact design X-300, standard version Fast Ethernet ports
SCALANCE X310FE
- 10 electrical Fast Ethernet RJ45 ports (10/100BaseTX)
SCALANCE X306-1LD FE
- 6 electrical Fast Ethernet RJ45 ports (10/100BaseTX)
- 1 optical Fast Ethernet SC port (100BaseFX) for glass single-
mode FOC up to 26 km
SCALANCE X320-1FE
- 20 electrical Fast Ethernet RJ45 ports (10/100BaseTX)
- 1 optical Fast Ethernet SC port (100BaseFX) for glass multi-
mode FOC up to 5 km
SCALANCE X320-3LD FE
- 20 electrical Fast Ethernet RJ45 ports (10/100BaseTX)
- 1 optical Fast Ethernet SC port (100BaseFX) for glass multi-
mode FOC up to 5 km
- 2 optical Fast Ethernet SC ports (100BaseFX) for glass
single-mode FOC up to 26 km 6
Compact design X-300, partially modular version

Fast Ethernet and Gigabit Ethernet ports Gigabit Ethernet ports

SCALANCE X310 SCALANCE X308-2M
- 3 electrical Gigabit Ethernet RJ45 ports (1000BaseTX) - 4 electrical Gigabit Ethernet RJ45 ports (1000BaseTX)
- 7 electrical Fast Ethernet RJ45 ports (10/100BaseTX) - 2 slots for 2-port media modules 10/100/1000 Mbit/s,
electrical or optical
SCALANCE X308-2
- 2 optical Gigabit Ethernet SC ports for glass multi-mode Rack design (modular) XR-300, standard version
FOC (1000BaseSX) up to 750 m
- 1 electrical Gigabit Ethernet RJ45 port (1000BaseTX)
- 7 electrical Fast Ethernet RJ45 ports (10/100BaseTX)
SCALANCE X308-2LD
- 2 optical Gigabit Ethernet SC ports for glass single-mode
FOC (1000BaseLX) up to 10 km
- 1 electrical Gigabit Ethernet RJ45 port (1000BaseTX)
- 7 electrical Fast Ethernet RJ45 ports (10/100BaseTX)
SCALANCE X308-2LH
- 2 optical Gigabit Ethernet SC ports for glass single-mode
FOC (1000BaseLX) up to 40 km
- 1 electrical Gigabit Ethernet RJ45 port (1000BaseTX) The fully modular SCALANCE XR-300 standard basic device is
- 7 electrical Fast Ethernet RJ45 ports (10/100BaseTX) equipped with 12 slots for 2-port media modules (electrical or
SCALANCE X308-2LH+ optical):
- 2 optical Gigabit Ethernet SC ports for glass single-mode SCALANCE XR324-12M (power supply connection and data
FOC (1000BaseLX) up to 70 km cable outlet at front/back)
- 1 electrical Gigabit Ethernet RJ45 port (1000BaseTX) with power supply unit 1 x 24V DC or 1 x 110 to 230V AC
- 7 electrical Fast Ethernet RJ45 ports (10/100BaseTX) - 12 slots for 2-port media modules 10/100/1000 Mbit/s,
SCALANCE X307-3 electrical or optical
- 3 optical Gigabit Ethernet SC ports for glass multi-mode
FOC (1000BaseSX) up to 750 m
- 7 electrical Fast Ethernet RJ45 ports (10/100BaseTX)
SCALANCE X307-3LD
- 3 optical Gigabit Ethernet SC ports for glass single-mode
FOC (1000BaseLX) up to 10 km
- 7 electrical Fast Ethernet RJ45 ports (10/100BaseTX)

Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011 6/21

 Siemens AG 2012

Communications
Industrial Ethernet
Switches SCALANCE X-300

Design (continued)
Rack design (modular) XR-300, PoE version Rack design (modular) XR-300, EEC version

The partially modular SCALANCE XR-300 PoE basic device has

16 integrated electrical RJ45 ports (10/100/1000 Mbit/s), eight of
which are PoE capable. In addition, it has four slots for
expansion with 2-port media modules (electrical or optical):
SCALANCE XR324-4M PoE (power supply connection and
data cable outlet at front/back)
with power supply unit 1 x 24V DC
The partially modular SCALANCE XR-300 EEC basic device has
16 integrated electrical RJ45 ports (10/100/1000 Mbit/s), as well
as four slots for 2-port media modules (electrical or optical).
SCALANCE XR324-4M EEC (data cable outlet at front/back)
with 24V DC power supply or 100 to 240V AC/60 to 250V DC,

6 - 16 electrical Gigabit Ethernet RJ45 ports (1000BaseTX)

- 4 slots for 2-port media modules 10/100/1000 Mbit/s,
each single (1 x) or redundant (2 x)
- 16 electrical Gigabit Ethernet RJ45 ports (1000BaseTX)
electrical or optical - 4 slots for 2-port media modules 10/100/1000 Mbit/s,
electrical or optical
Summary of interfaces
Module type Integrated ports, type and number Number of media
module ports
(Port types, see
table Overview of
media modules)
Gigabit Ethernet 1000 Mbit/s Fast Ethernet 100 Mbit/s
Electrical (TP) Optical (FO) Electrical (TP) Optical (FO)
RJ45 socket SC socket RJ45 socket SC socket
X-300 compact design
X320-1FE 20 1 (multi-mode)
for up to 5 km
X320-3LD FE 20 1 (multi-mode)
for up to 5 km
and 2 (single-
mode) for up to
26 km
X310 3 7
X310FE 10
X308-2 1 2 (multi-mode) 7
for up to 750 m
X308-2LD 1 2 (singlemode) 7
for up to 10 km
X308-2LH 1 2 (singlemode) 7
for up to 40 km
X308-2LH+ 1 2 (singlemode) 7
for up to 70 km
X307-3 3 (multi-mode) 7
for up to 750 m
X307-3LD 3 (singlemode) 7
for up to 10 km
X-306-1LD FE 6 1 (singlemode)
for up to 26 km
X-308-2M 4 4 (2 x 2)
Rack design XR-300
XR324-12M 24 (12 x 2)
XR324-4M PoE 16 (including 8 8 (4 x 2)
PoE)
XR324-4M EEC 16 8 (4 x 2)

6/22 Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011

 Siemens AG 2012
Design (continued)
Network configuration
When configuring the network, it is necessary to observe the
following boundary conditions:
Network configuration X-300 compact design
Maximum line length between two modules for multi-mode
fiber-optic conductors:
- 5 km at 100 Mbit/s
- 750 m at 1 Gbit/s
Maximum line length between two modules for single-mode
fiber-optic conductors:
- 26 km at 100 Mbit/s
- 10 to 70 km at 1 Gbit/s
Maximum cable length of the TP cable between two
SCALANCE X switches:
- Max. 100 m with IE FC cable 2x2 and IE FC RJ45 Plug 180
- Max. 100 m at 1 Gbit/s with IE FC Standard Cable 4x2
(90 m), IE FC RJ45 Modular Outlet and patch cable (10 m)
- Max. 10 m using patches with TP cord
Network configuration rack design XR-300
Maximum line length between two modules for multi-mode
fiber-optic conductors:
- 5 km at 100 Mbit/s
- 750 m at 1 Gbit/s
Maximum line length between two modules for single-mode
fiber-optic conductors:
- 26 km to 70 km at 100 Mbit/s
- 10 to 120 km at 1 Gbit/s
Maximum cable length of the TP cable between two
SCALANCE X switches:
- Max. 100 m with IE FC cable 2x2 and IE FC RJ45 Plug 180
- Max. 100 m at 1 Gbit/s with IE FC Standard Cable 4x2
(90 m), IE FC RJ45 Modular Outlet and patch cable (10 m)
- Max. 10 m using patches with TP cord
Features of the X-300 compact design
Rugged metal enclosure of S7-300 format, IP30 degree of
protection, for installation in control cabinets
Mounting possibilities: DIN rail, SIMATIC S7-300 mounting rail,
direct wall mounting
Redundant 24V DC power supply via 4-pin terminal block
Connection of the floating signaling contact via 2-pin terminal
block
Device diagnostics by means of LEDs (power, port status and
operating mode, supply voltage, signaling contact status,
feedback mask specified condition, redundancy manager
function, standby manager function)
Cable length between two devices with electrical transmission
per TP ports 10/100BaseTX with RJ45 sockets (automatic
detection of data rate):
- Up to 100 m with IE FC cable and IE FC RJ45 plugs (see
section "Passive network components" in this catalog or
section "Cabling technology" in the section PROFINET/
Industrial Ethernet of the catalog IK PI)
- Up to 10 m with TP cord (see section "Passive network
components" in catalog IK PI)
Communications
Industrial Ethernet
Switches SCALANCE X-300
Cable length between two devices with electrical transmission
via TP ports 1000BaseTX with RJ45 sockets (automatic
detection of the data rate (10, 100 or 1000 Mbit/s), in accor-
dance with cable type (see section "Passive network compo-
nents" in this catalog or section "Cabling technology" in the
section PROFINET/Industrial Ethernet of the catalog IK PI):
- Up to 100 m via IE FC cables 2x2 for 100 Mbit/s with
IE FC RJ45 Plug 180
- Up to 100 m via IE FC cables 4x2 for 1000 Mbit/s with
IE FC RJ45 modular outlet and patch cable TP cord
- Up to 100 m via IE FC cables 4x2 for 1000 Mbit/s with
IE FC RJ45 Plug 4x2
Cable length between two devices with optical transmission:
- Up to 750 m via 1000BaseSX ports (1 000 Mbit/s) and Indus-
trial Ethernet glass multi-mode FOC (see section "Passive
network components" in this catalog or subsection "Cabling
6
technology" in the PROFINET/Industrial Ethernet section of
the IK PI catalog)
- Up to 10 km via 1000BaseLX ports (1 000 Mbit/s) and Indus-
trial Ethernet glass single-mode FOC (see section "Cabling
technology" in the section PROFINET/Industrial Ethernet of
the IK PI catalog)
- Up to 40 km via 1000BaseLX ports (1 000 Mbit/s) and Indus-
trial Ethernet glass single-mode FOC (see section "Cabling
technology" in the section PROFINET/Industrial Ethernet of
the IK PI catalog)
- Up to 70 km via 1000BaseLX ports (1 000 Mbit/s) and Indus-
trial Ethernet glass single-mode FOC (see section "Cabling
technology" in the section PROFINET/Industrial Ethernet of
the IK PI catalog)
Switches identified LH/LH+ allow very large optical Gigabit
rings:
- Network ranges up to 2 000 km (ring with max. 50 X308-2LH)
or 3 500 km (ring with max. 50 X308-2LH+)
- Redundant ring coupling (standby redundancy) up to 40 km
(X308-2LH) or 70 km (X-308-2LH+)
Integrated redundancy manager for ring structures
Integral standby function for redundant coupling of two rings
The permissible ambient temperature during operation varies
as follows:
- -40 to +70 C (X308-2M)
- -10 to +60 C (X308-2, X307-3)
- -40 to +60 C (X310, X310 FE, X308-2LD, X308-2LH,
X308-2LH+, X307-3LD, X306-1LD FE, X320-1FE,
X320-3LD FE
Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011 6/23
 Siemens AG 2012

Communications
Industrial Ethernet
Switches SCALANCE X-300

Design (continued)
Features of the XR-300 rack design

)RUYHUVLRQVFRQWDLQLQJFDEOHRXWOHWDWWKHUHDU
RQO\WKH/('ILHOGDQG6(/(&76(7EXWWRQVDV
ZHOODVWKHVHULDOFRQVROHSRUW5-DUHDWWKH
IURQW

)URQW

5HDU

6ORWIRU
&3/8*

G_IK10_XX_10283
&RQQHFWLRQH[DPSOH &RQQHFWLRQH[DPSOH
,()&5-3OXJ)DVW&RQQHFWFRQQHFWRU )&%)2&3OXJ)DVW&RQQHFWFRQQHFWRU
WR00&8&PHGLDPRGXOH WR00PHGLDPRGXOH
ZLWKUHWDLQLQJFROODU PXOWLPRGH

SCALANCE XR-300 with cable outlet at rear

Standard version
Modular switch in a rugged metal enclosure, IP20 degree of
protection, optimized for installation in 19" cabinets
Up to 24 electrical and/or optical interfaces (10/100/1000
Mbit/s) in the form of up to 12 electrical and/or optical 2-port
media modules (assignment of the basic device freely
selectable)
Outgoing feeder of the data cable on the front or rear
Power supply unit in single design (1 x 24V DC or
1 x 110 to 230V AC)
Redundant 24V DC power supply via 4-pin terminal block
Infeed with 230V AC via 3-pin terminal block
Connection of the floating signaling contact via 2-pin terminal
block
SELECT/SET pushbutton for easy setting of the fault signaling
contact on the device
Device diagnostics by means of LEDs (power, port status and
operating mode, supply voltage, signaling contact status,
feedback mask specified condition, redundancy manager
function, standby manager function)
Console port (serial interface) for on-site configuration/
diagnostics (RJ11 cable to RS232, 9-pin, included in product
package)
12 slots for electrical or optical 2-port media modules for multi-
mode or single-mode connections; optical media modules in
various connection systems
Gigabit Ethernet (1000 Mbit/s) on all 24 ports; structure the
ports in three groups of eight ports each (Gigabit Ethernet
Blocking); Gigabit Ethernet full wire speed within a group
All electrical Ethernet interfaces support 10/100/1000 Mbit/s,
all optical Ethernet interfaces support 100 or 1000 Mbit/s
Integrated redundancy manager for ring structures
Integral standby function for redundant coupling of two rings
Permissible ambient temperature during operation
-40 to +70 C

6/24 Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011

 Siemens AG 2012
Design (continued)
PoE version
Modular switch in a rugged metal enclosure, IP20 degree of
protection, optimized for installation in 19" cabinets
Up to 24 electrical and/or optical interfaces (10/100/
1000 Mbit/s) in the form of
- 16 integrated RJ45 ports, eight of which are PoE capable
- Up to four electrical and/or optical 2-port media modules
Outgoing feeder of the data cable on the front or rear
Power supply unit in single design (24V DC)
Redundant 24V DC power supply via 4-pin terminal block
Connection of the floating signaling contact via 2-pin terminal
block
SELECT/SET pushbutton for easy setting of the fault signaling
contact on the device
Device diagnostics by means of LEDs (power, port status,
data communication, supply voltage, signaling contact)
Console port (serial interface) for on-site configuration/
diagnostics (RJ11 cable to RS232, 9-pin, included in product
package)
4 slots for electrical or optical 2-port media modules for multi-
mode or single-mode connections; optical media modules in
various connection systems
Gigabit Ethernet (1000 Mbit/s) on all 24 ports; structure the
ports in three groups of eight ports each (Gigabit Ethernet
Blocking); Gigabit Ethernet full wire speed within a group
All electrical Ethernet interfaces support 10/100/1000 Mbit/s,
all optical Ethernet interfaces support 100 or 1000 Mbit/s
Integrated redundancy manager for ring structures
Integral standby function for redundant coupling of two rings
Permissible ambient temperature during operation
-40 to +60 C
Communications
Industrial Ethernet
Switches SCALANCE X-300
EEC version
Modular switch in a rugged metal enclosure, IP20 degree of
protection, optimized for installation in 19" cabinets
Up to 24 electrical and/or optical interfaces (10/100/
1000 Mbit/s) in the form of
- 16 integrated RJ45 ports
- Up to four electrical and/or optical 2-port media modules
Outgoing feeder of the data cable on the front or rear
Power supply unit in single (1 x 24V DC or 1 x 100 to 240V AC/
60 to 250V DC) or redundant version (2 x 24V DC or
2 x 100 to 240V AC/60 to 250V DC)
Redundant 24V DC power supply via 4-pin terminal block
Infeed with 230V AC via 3-pin terminal block
Connection of the floating signaling contact via 2-pin terminal
6
block
SELECT/SET pushbutton for easy setting of the fault signaling
contact on the device
Device diagnostics by means of LEDs (power, port status,
data communication, supply voltage, signaling contact)
Console port (serial interface) for on-site configuration/
diagnostics (RJ11 cable to RS232, 9-pin, included in product
package)
4 slots for electrical or optical 2-port media modules for multi-
mode or single-mode connections; optical media modules in
various connection systems
Gigabit Ethernet (1000 Mbit/s) on all 24 ports; structure the
ports in three groups of eight ports each (Gigabit Ethernet
Blocking); Gigabit Ethernet full wire speed within a group
All electrical Ethernet interfaces support 10/100/1000 Mbit/s,
all optical Ethernet interfaces support 100 or 1000 Mbit/s
Integrated redundancy manager for ring structures
Integral standby function for redundant coupling of two rings
Permissible ambient temperature during operation
-40 to +70 C
Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011 6/25
 Siemens AG 2012

Communications
Industrial Ethernet
Switches SCALANCE X-300

Design (continued)
Media modules for SCALANCE X-300/XR-300 Product versions of media modules
Electrical media modules with 2 x 10/100/1000 Mbit/s RJ45 ports
MM992-2CUC with retaining sleeve
MM992-2CU without retaining sleeve
Optical media modules with 2 x 100 Mbit/s BFOC ports
MM991-2
multi-mode, glass, up to 5 km
MM991-2LD
single-mode, glass, up to 26 km
Optical media modules with 2 x 100 Mbit/s SC ports
MM991-2
multi-mode, glass, up to 5 km
MM991-2LD
6 single-mode, glass, up to 26 km
MM991-2LH+
single-mode, glass, up to 70 km

The use of 2-port media modules (electrical or optical) lets you:

Expand the network by subsequent installation of additional
media modules in free media module slots
Change the cabling technology (e.g. conversion from copper
to fiber-optic cables, or from multi-mode to single-mode FOC)

Type and quantity of ports

Gigabit Ethernet Fast Ethernet

10 / 100 / 1000 Mbit/s 1000 Mbit/s 100 Mbit/s
Max. distance
Electrical Optical Optical
Type of module Twisted Pair Multimode Singlemode Multimode Singlemode
Media modules
MM992-2CUC 2x RJ451) 100 m
MM992-2CU 2x RJ45 100 m
MM991-2 2x BFOC 5 km
MM991-2LD 2x BFOC 26 km
MM991-2 2x SC 5 km
MM991-2LD 2x SC 26 km
MM991-2LH+ 2x SC 70 km
MM992-2 2x SC 750 m
MM992-2LD 2x SC 10 km
MM992-2LH 2x SC 40 km
MM992-2LH+ 2x SC 70 km
MM992-2ELH 2x SC 120 km
MM992-2SFP 2x LC2) 2x LC2) 2x LC2) 2x LC2)
SFP modules3)
SFP991-1 1x LC 5 km
SFP991-1LD 1x LC 26 km
SFP991-1LH+ 1x LC 70 km
SFP992-1 1x LC 750 m
G_IK10_XX_10277

SFP992-1LD 1x LC 10 km
SFP992-1LH 1x LC 40 km
SFP992-1LH+ 1x LC 70 km
SFP992-1ELH 1x LC 120 km
1) with retaining collars
2) The MM392-2SFP SFP slot module can accommodate up to two 1-port SFP modules
3) Can only be plugged into an MM392-2SFP slot module

Overview of media modules for SCALANCE X-300

6/26 Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011

 Siemens AG 2012

Communications
Industrial Ethernet
Switches SCALANCE X-300

Design (continued)
Optical media modules with 2 x 1000 Mbit/s SC ports SFP plug-in transceiver for MM992-2SFP media module
MM992-2 The following SFP plug-in transceivers (Small Form-factor
multi-mode, glass, up to 750 m Pluggable) can only be used together with the SFP media
MM992-2LD module MM992-2SFP.
single-mode, glass, up to 10 km Optical SFP pluggable transceivers with 1 x 100 Mbit/s LC port
MM992-2LH SFP991-1
single-mode, glass, up to 40 km multi-mode, glass, up to 5 km
MM992-2LH+ SFP991-1LD
single-mode, glass, up to 70 km single-mode, glass, up to 26 km
MM992-2ELH SFP991-1LH+
single-mode, glass, up to 120 km single-mode, glass, up to 70 km
Optical media modules with 2 x 100/1000 Mbit/s for SFP Optical SFP pluggable transceivers with 1 x 1000 Mbit/s LC port
pluggable transceiver
SFP992-1
MM992-2SFP multi-mode, glass, up to 750 m
for SFP plug-in transceivers with 1 x 100 Mbit/s or
1 x 1000 Mbit/s multi-mode or single-mode, glass SFP992-1LD
single-mode, glass, up to 10 km
6
SFP992-1LH
single-mode, glass, up to 40 km
SFP992-1LH+
single-mode, glass, up to 70 km
SFP992-1ELH
single-mode, glass, up to 120 km

2SWLFDO
SRUWPHGLDPRGXOHV
DUHLQVHUWHGLQWRWKH
GHYLFH
6)3PHGLDPRGXOHV
WZR6)3VORWVDUH
LQVHUWHGLQWRWKHGHYLFH
G_IK10_XX_10282

(OHFWULFDO 2SWLFDO
SRUWPHGLDPRGXOHV 6)3SOXJJDEOHWUDQVFHLYHUV
DUHLQVHUWHGLQWRWKH RQHSRUWDUHLQVHUWHGLQWR
GHYLFH WKH6)3PHGLDPRGXOH

Technical specifications
For detailed technical specifications of the SCALANCE X Indus-
trial Ethernet switches, see Catalog IK PI, section "PROFINET/
Industrial Ethernet", subsection "Industrial Ethernet switches/
media converters".

Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011 6/27


Communications
Industrial Ethernet
Switches SCALANCE X-300
Ordering data
Industrial Ethernet Switches SCALANCE X-300
Compact design
Standard design with Fast
Ethernet and Gigabit Ethernet
ports
SCALANCE X310
3 x 10/100/1000 Mbit/s RJ45
ports (1000BaseTX)
7 x 10/100 Mbit/s RJ45 ports
(10/100BaseTX)
SCALANCE X308-2
2 x 1000 Mbit/s multi-mode
SC ports (1000BaseSX)
1 x 10/100/1000 Mbit/s RJ45 port
(1000BaseTX)
7 x 10/100 Mbit/s RJ45 ports
6
(10/100BaseTX)
SCALANCE X308-2LD
2 x 1000 Mbit/s single-mode
SC ports (1000BaseLX) for up to
10 km
1 x 10/100/1000 Mbit/s RJ45 port
(1000BaseTX)
7 x 10/100 Mbit/s RJ45 ports
(10/100BaseTX)
SCALANCE X308-2LH
2 x 1000 Mbit/s single-mode
SC ports (1000BaseLX) for up to
40 km
1 x 10/100/1000 Mbit/s RJ45 port
(1000BaseTX)
7 x 10/100 Mbit/s RJ45 ports
(10/100BaseTX)
SCALANCE X308-2LH+
2 x 1000 Mbit/s single-mode
SC ports (1000BaseLX) for up to
70 km
1 x 10/100/1000 Mbit/s RJ45 port
(1000BaseTX)
7 x 10/100 Mbit/s RJ45 ports
(10/100BaseTX)
SCALANCE X307-3
3 x 1000 Mbit/s multi-mode
SC ports (1000BaseSX)
7 x 10/100 Mbit/s RJ45 ports
(10/100BaseTX)
SCALANCE X307-3LD
3 x 1000 Mbit/s single-mode
SC ports (1000BaseLX) for up to
10 km
7 x 10/100 Mbit/s RJ45 ports
(10/100BaseTX)
Standard version with
Fast Ethernet ports
SCALANCE X310FE
10 x 10/100 Mbit/s RJ45 ports
(10/100BaseTX)
SCALANCE X306-1LD FE
1 x 100 Mbit/s single-mode
SC port (100BaseFX) for up to
max. 26 km
6 x 10/100 Mbit/s RJ45 ports
(10/100BaseTX)
SCALANCE X320-1FE
1 x 100 Mbit/s multi-mode SC port
(100BaseFX) for up to max. 5 km
20 x 10/100 Mbit/s RJ45 ports
(10/100BaseTX)
6/28 Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011
Siemens AG 2012
Order No.
6GK5 310-0FA00-2AA3
6GK5 308-2FL00-2AA3
6GK5 308-2FM00-2AA3
6GK5 308-2FN00-2AA3
6GK5 308-2FP00-2AA3
6GK5 307-3BL00-2AA3
6GK5 307-3BM00-2AA3
6GK5 310-0BA00-2AA3
6GK5 306-1BF00-2AA3
6GK5 320-1BD00-2AA3
Order No.
SCALANCE X320-3LD FE 6GK5 320-3BF00-2AA3
1 x 100 Mbit/s multi-mode SC port
(100BaseFX) for up to max. 5 km
2 x 100 Mbit/s single-mode SC
port (100BaseFX) for up to max.
26 km
20 x 10/100 Mbit/s RJ45 ports
(10/100BaseTX)
Partially modular version with
Gigabit Ethernet ports
SCALANCE X308-2M 6GK5 308-2GG00-2AA2
4 x 10/100/1000 Mbit/s RJ45
ports (1000BaseTX)
2 x slots for 2-port media modules
10/100/1000 Mbit/s, electrical or
optical
Rack design (modular)
Standard version
SCALANCE XR324-12M
12 x slots for 2-port media
modules 10/100/1000 Mbit/s,
electrical or optical
24V DC power supply
Data cable outlet at front 6GK5 324-0GG00-1AR2
Data cable outlet at rear 6GK5 324-0GG00-1HR2
110 to 230V AC power supply
Data cable outlet at front 6GK5 324-0GG00-3AR2
Data cable outlet at rear 6GK5 324-0GG00-3HR2
PoE version
SCALANCE XR324-4M PoE
16 x 10/100/1000 Mbit/s RJ45
ports (1000BaseTX) of which
eight support PoE
4 x slots for 2-port media modules
10/100/1000 Mbit/s, electrical or
optical
24V DC power supply
Data cable outlet at front 6GK5 324-4QG00-1AR2
Data cable outlet at rear 6GK5 324-4QG00-1HR2
EEC version
SCALANCE XR324-4M EEC
16 x 10/100/1000 Mbit/s RJ45
ports (1000BaseTX)
4 x slots for 2-port media modules
10/100/1000 Mbit/s, electrical or
optical
1 x 24V DC power supply
Data cable outlet at front 6GK5 324-4GG00-1ER2
Data cable outlet at rear 6GK5 324-4GG00-1JR2
1 x 100-240V AC / 60-250V DC
power supply
Data cable outlet at front 6GK5 324-4GG00-3ER2
Data cable outlet at rear 6GK5 324-4GG00-3JR2
2 x 24V DC power supply
Data cable outlet at front 6GK5 324-4GG00-2ER2
Data cable outlet at rear 6GK5 324-4GG00-2JR2
2 x 100 to 240V AC/60 to 250V
DC power supply
Data cable outlet at front 6GK5 324-4GG00-4ER2
Data cable outlet at rear 6GK5 324-4GG00-4JR2

Ordering data
Media modules
Electrical media modules
with 2 x 10/100/1000 Mbit/s
RJ45 ports, electrical
MM992-2CUC with retaining
sleeve
MM992-2CU without retaining
sleeve
Optical media modules
with 2 x 100 Mbit/s BFOC ports,
optical
MM991-2
multi-mode, glass, up to 5 km
MM991-2LD
single-mode, glass, up to 26 km
with 2 x 100 Mbit/s SC ports,
optical
MM991-2
multi-mode, glass, up to 5 km
MM991-2LD
single-mode, glass, up to 26 km
MM991-2LH+
single-mode, glass, up to 70 km
with 2 x 1000 Mbit/s SC ports,
optical
MM992-2
multi-mode, glass, up to 750 m
MM992-2LD
single-mode, glass, up to 10 km
MM992-2LH
single-mode, glass, up to 40 km
MM992-2LH+
single-mode, glass, up to 70 km
MM992-2ELH
single-mode, glass, up to 120
km
with 2 x 100/1000 Mbit/s for SFP
pluggable transceiver, optical
MM992-2SFP
for SFP plug-in transceivers with
1 x 100 Mbit/s or 1 x 1000 Mbit/s
multi-mode or single-mode,
glass
SFP pluggable transceiver,
optical
with 1 x 100 Mbit/s LC port,
optical
SFP991-1
multi-mode, glass, up to 5 km
SFP991-1LD
single-mode, glass, up to 26 km
SFP991-1LH+
single-mode, glass, up to 70 km
with 1 x 1000 Mbit/s LC port,
optical
SFP992-1
multi-mode, glass, up to 750 m
SFP992-1LD
single-mode, glass, up to 10 km
SFP992-1LH
single-mode, glass, up to 40 km
SFP992-1LH+
single-mode, glass, up to 70 km
SFP992-1ELH
single-mode, glass, up to 120
km
Siemens AG 2012
Order No.
6GK5 992-2GA00-8AA0
6GK5 992-2SA00-8AA0
6GK5 991-2AB00-8AA0
6GK5 991-2AC00-8AA0
6GK5 991-2AD00-8AA0
6GK5 991-2AF00-8AA0
6GK5 991-2AE00-8AA0
6GK5 992-2AL00-8AA0
6GK5 992-2AM00-8AA0
6GK5 992-2AN00-8AA0
6GK5 992-2AP00-8AA0
6GK5 992-2AQ00-8AA0
6GK5 992-2AS00-8AA0
6GK5 991-1AD00-8AA0
6GK5 991-1AF00-8AA0
6GK5 991-1AE00-8AA0
6GK5 992-1AL00-8AA0
6GK5 992-1AM00-8AA0
6GK5 992-1AN00-8AA0
6GK5 992-1AP00-8AA0
6GK5 992-1AQ00-8AA0
Communications
Industrial Ethernet
Switches SCALANCE X-300
Order No.
Accessory for Industrial Ethernet switches
SITOP compact 24 V/ 0.6 A 6EP1 331-5BA00
For Industrial Ethernet switches in
compact design
1-phase power supply with wide-
range input 85 264V AC/110
300V DC,
stabilized output voltage 24 V,
rated output current value 0.6 A,
slim design
SITOP compact, 2.5 A 6EP1 332-5BA00
for SCALANCE XR324-12M
1-phase power supply with wide-
range input 85 264V AC,
regulated output voltage 24 V,
output current rated value 2.5 A
SIPLUS PS modular 5 A
For SCALANCE XR324-4M PoE
6EP1 933-3BA00
6
and SCALANCE XR324-4M EEC
1-phase and 2-phase power
supply with wide-range input 85
264V AC/ 176 550V AC, stabi-
lized output voltage 24 V, rated
output current value 5 A, coating
of the PCB and electronic compo-
nents (conformal coating)
IE FC TP Standard Cable 6XV1 840-2AH10
GP 2 x 2 (Type A)
4-core, shielded TP installation
cable for connection to IE
FC Outlet RJ45/IE FC RJ45 plug;
PROFINET-compatible; with UL
approval;
sold by the meter
; max. length 1 000 m,
minimum order quantity 20 m
IE FC TP Standard Cable 6XV1 870-2E
GP 4 x 2
8-core, shielded TP installation
cable for connection to IE
FC RJ45 Modular Outlet for
universal applications; with UL
approval;
sold by the meter
; max. quantity 1 000 m,
minimum order 20 m
IE TP Cord RJ45/RJ45
TP cable 4 x 2 with two RJ45
connectors
0.5 m 6XV1 870-3QE50
1m 6XV1 870-3QH10
2m 6XV1 870-3QH20
6m 6XV1 870-3QH60
10 m 6XV1 870-3QN10
Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011 6/29

Communications
Industrial Ethernet
Switches SCALANCE X-300
Ordering data
FO Standard Cable
GP 50/125/14002)
Multi-mode cable,
sold by the meter
max. length 1 000 m;
minimum order 20 m
FO Robust Cable GP 4E9/125/90
Single-mode cable,
sold by the meter
max. length 1 000 m;
minimum order 20 m
Glass fiber-optic cable, pre-
assembled with 4 SC
connectors1)
80 m
100 m
150 m
6 200 m
300 m
FC FO Standard Cable
GP 62.5/200/230
FC FO standard cable for fixed
routing indoors with PVC sheath;
sold by the meter
max. length 1 000 m;
minimum order 20 m
IE FC RJ45 Plug 180 2 x 2
RJ45 plug connector for Industrial
Ethernet with a rugged metal
enclosure and integrated
insulation/displacement contacts
for connecting Industrial Ethernet
FC installation cables; with
180 cable outlet; for network
components and CPs/CPUs with
Industrial Ethernet interface
1 pack = 1 units
1 pack = 10 units
1 pack = 50 units
IE FC RJ45 Plug 4 x 2
RJ45 plug connector for Industrial
Ethernet (10/100/1000 Mbit/s)
with a rugged metal enclosure
and integrated insulation/
displacement contacts for
connecting Industrial Ethernet FC
installation cables; 180 cable
outlet; for network components
and CPs/CPUs with Industrial
Ethernet interface
1 pack = 1 units
1 pack = 10 units
1 pack = 50 units
More information
SIMATIC NET Selection Tool
The SIMATIC NET Selection Tool provides you with support for
selecting the right Industrial Ethernet switches as well as during
configuration of the modular versions:
Online version:
www.siemens.com/snst
Offline version:
www.siemens.com/snst-download
6/30 Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011
Siemens AG 2012
Order No. Order No.
6XV1 873-2A FC SC plug 6GK1 900-1LB00-0AC0
Screw connector for on-site
assembly on FC fiber-optic cable;
(1 pack = 10 duplex plugs +
cleaning cloths)
IE FC RJ45 Modular Outlet
6XV1 843-2R FastConnect RJ45 Outlet for
Industrial Ethernet with interface
for insertion of a replaceable
insert
with insert 2FE ; 6GK1 901-1BE00-0AA1
replaceable insert for
2 x 100 Mbit/s interfaces
with insert 1GE; 6GK1 901-1BE00-0AA2
6XV1 873-6AN80 replaceable insert for
1 x 1000 Mbit/s interfaces
6XV1 873-6AT10
6XV1 873-6AT15 IE FC Stripping Tool 6GK1 901-1GA00
6XV1 873-6AT20
6XV1 873-6AT30
Pre-adjusted stripping tool for fast
stripping of the Industrial Ethernet
FC cables
6XV1 847-2A FC FO termination kit 6GK1 900-1GL00-0AA0
Assembly case for on-site
assembly of FC SC and FC BFOC
connectors to FC FO standard
cable;
comprising a stripping tool,
Kevlar cutters, fiber breaking tool
and microscope
1)
Special fiber-optic cables, lengths and accessories available on request
2) Special tools and specially trained personnel are required for pre-assem-
bling glass fiber-optic cables
Note:
For further components and accessories, especially cable
material and connectors as well as tools and supplementary
material for assembly, refer to the sections "FastConnect", "ITP
6GK1 901-1BB10-2AA0 cables and connectors" and "Fiber-optic cables" as well as to
6GK1 901-1BB10-2AB0 Catalog IK PI.
6GK1 901-1BB10-2AE0
6GK1 901-1BB11-2AA0
6GK1 901-1BB11-2AB0
6GK1 901-1BB11-2AE0
 Siemens AG 2012

Communications
Industrial Ethernet
Switches SCALANCE X-400

Overview
Product overview
The SCALANCE X-400 switches are ideally suited to configure
the system bus and the terminal bus of the SIMATIC PCS 7
process control system in electrical or optical Gigabit ring
technology (non-redundant and redundant rings). The switches
can be used as redundancy managers in the ring and support
the standby redundancy for bus configurations with two
redundant rings. They are also perfectly suited to operate as a
star hub in the plant bus.
The SCALANCE X-400 product range includes two modular
switch types with the following features:
SCALANCE X408-2
2 x 2 electrical RJ45 ports 10/100/1000 Mbit/s (1000BaseTX)
1 x 4 electrical RJ45 ports 10/100 Mbit/s (10/100BaseTX)
2 Gigabit/Fast Ethernet media module slots
SCALANCE X414-3E
1 x 2 electrical RJ45 ports 10/100/1000 Mbit/s (1000BaseTX)
6
Switches of the SCALANCE X-400 product line 3 x 4 electrical RJ45 ports 10/100 Mbit/s (10/100BaseTX);
1 Gigabit Ethernet media module slot
The switches of the SCALANCE X-400 product line allow for the 2 Fast Ethernet media module slots
flexible design of electrical or optical Industrial Ethernet 1 Extender interface for:
networks with high availability. Network topology, type and - Extender with 8 Fast Ethernet twisted-pair ports
number of ports can be adapted easily to the structure of the - Extender with 4 media module slots for up to 8 Fast Ethernet
plant. fiber optic ports
Both versions permit a maximum communications performance,
in particular for very large plants with comprehensive quantity
frameworks and expansive communication networks.

Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011 6/31

 6

3)
2)
1)
X408-2
SCALANCE X-400

6/32
Design

X414-3E
Module type
Application

device

X408-2
X408-2
Type of

applies
X414-3E
X414-3E

either optical or electrical)

Summary of interfaces
Security Integrated (Firewall/VPN) Connection to S7 backplane bus
Industrial Ethernet

PROFINET diagnosis Format module S7

2 additive plug-in media modules

Software

Hardware

Topology support (LLDP) PC module

(Gigabit and Fast Ethernet ports each

Switches SCALANCE X-400

(Gigabit ports either optical or electrical)

Command Line Interface / Telnet Flat type of construction

Functional overview of SCALANCE X-400

With additional EM495-8 extender module

Communications

Web based Management Box type of construction

4
2


Configuration with STEP 7 19 type of construction

Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011

SNMP Rugged, compact housing

Ring redundancy incl. RM-functionality Modular design

RJ45 socket


Standby redundancy 10 Gigabit Ethernet

Electrical (TP)


IRT capability Gigabit Ethernet

VLAN (Virtual Local Area Network) PoE (Power over Ethernet)

With EM496-4 extender module and 4 plug-in media modules additive to 2)

GVRP (Generic VLAN Registaration Protocol) LED diagnosis

Type and number of ports

Gigabit Ethernet 1000 Mbit/s
STP/ RSTP (Spanning Tree Protocol/

Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol) SIMATIC environment

SC socket

Passive Listening Redundant power supply (2 x 24 V DC)

singlemode)
singlemode)
Siemens AG 2012

Optical (FO)
IGMP Snooping/Querier (Internet Group

4 (multi-mode or
2 (multi-mode or


Management Protocol) External supply for integrated switch

GMRP (Generic Multicast Protocol) Signal contact

Broadcast/ Multicast/ Unicast Limiter Local display (SET pushbutton)

Broadcast blocking C-PLUG slot

12/201)
DHCP Option 82 (Dynamic Host

Configuration Protocol)

RJ45 socket
Electrical (TP)
IP Access List

Access Control List (MAC)

IEEE 802.1x (Radius)

Fast Ethernet 100 Mbit/s

Link Aggregation

Static Routing
RIPv2 (Dynamic Routing)

Glass FO:

connection)

Optical (FO)
OSPFv2 (Dynamic Routing)

single-mode)
single-mode)
VRRP, Router Redundancy (Virtual Router

ST socket (BFOC

42)(multi-mode or

Redundancy Protocol)

42)/123) (multi-mode or
 Siemens AG 2012
Design (continued)
Features of SCALANCE X414-3E and X408-2
Modular switches with IP20 degree of protection for instal-
lation in control cabinets; can be combined with media
modules (X414-3E and X408-2) and extenders (only X414-3E)
Mounting possibilities: SIMATIC S7-300 mounting rail or
35 mm DIN rail
Redundant 24 V DC supply
10/100/1000 Mbit/s technology for various transmission media
(8-core electrical, twisted pair or fiber-optic, multi/single-
mode)
Two (X414-3E) or four (X408-2) integral Gigabit Ethernet
twisted pair interfaces (10/100/1000 Mbit/s, RJ45 sockets) for
connecting a number of switches to one another
Node connection via 12 (X414-3E) or 4 (X408-2) Fast Ethernet
twisted-pair ports integrated in the switch (10/100 Mbit/s;
RJ45 sockets with collar)
Extender interface for expansion by 8 Fast Ethernet ports
(X414-3E only):
- Electrical ports with Fast Ethernet extender (can be docked
on right of switch) or
- optical ports with module extender and media modules
Implementation of optical Gigabit rings with 2-port Gigabit
Ethernet media module for conversion of integral Gigabit
Ethernet ports to fiber-optic (FO):
- Module version for multi-mode (1000BaseSX ports for up to
750 m FOC) and
- single-mode (1000BaseLX ports for up to 120 km FOC, see
Catalog IK PI)
SCALANCE X414-3 has 2 slots for optical Fast Ethernet media
modules with 2 ports, SCALANCE X408-2 has 2 universal
slots, can be alternatively used for optical Fast Ethernet or
Gigabit Ethernet media modules with 2 ports
Integration in optical 100 Mbit/s rings using plug-in 2-port
Fast Ethernet media module for multi-mode FOC up to 5 km or
single-mode FOC up to 70 km
Optical interfacing of remote nodes via a second plug-in
2-port FOC media module for Fast Ethernet
Addition and removal of extenders (only X414-3) and media
modules during operation
Max. cable lengths between two modules for communication
via multi-mode FOC (for cables, see section on passive
network components):
- Up to 3 000 m via 100BaseFX ports (100 Mbit/s)
- Up to 750 m via 1000BaseSX ports (1 000 Mbit/s)
Max. cable lengths between two modules for communication
via twisted-pair (for cables, see section on passive network
components):
- Up to 100 m via 10/100BaseTX (10/100 Mbit/s) or
1000BaseTX ports (1 000 Mbit/s)
Detection of failure of a transmission route or a switch in the
ring and activation of the substitute route within 0.3 s (also in
large networks):
- With Gigabit Ethernet (SCALANCE X-400 switches in ring)
just like
- With Fast Ethernet (SCALANCE X-400 switches in the ring
with SCALANCE X-200 or X-200 IRT)
Standby functionality for redundant connection of two rings
Slot numbering and labeling strips for unambiguous port
identification
The permissible ambient temperature during operation varies
depending on the device type:
- -40 to +70 C (X414-3E)
- 0 to +60 C (X408-2)
Communications
Industrial Ethernet
Switches SCALANCE X-400
Media modules (MM) for SCALANCE X414-3E and
SCALANCE X408-2
SCALANCE X-400 switches can be equipped with 2-port media
modules. Media modules are available for both multi-mode and
single-mode optical fibers. They can be added or replaced
during network operation. The operating temperature range is
-40 to +70 C. The SCALANCE X414-3E basic unit supports two
optical Gigabit Ethernet ports and up to four additional optical
Fast Ethernet ports.
On two media-module slots, SCALANCE X408-2 supports as
many as four optical ports which can optionally be equipped
with optical Gigabit Ethernet or Fast Ethernet media modules.
The following media modules are available:
MM491-2;
two fiber optic ports (BFOC sockets) 100 Mbit/s for distances
up to 5 km with multi-mode fiber-optic conductors
MM491-2LD;
6
two fiber optic ports (BFOC sockets) 100 Mbit/s for distances
up to 26 km with single-mode fiber-optic conductors
MM491-2LH+;
two fiber optic ports (SC sockets) 100 Mbit/s for distances up
to 70 km with single-mode fiber-optic conductors
MM492-2;
two fiber optic ports (SC sockets) 1 Gbit/s for distances up to
750 m with multi-mode fiber-optic conductors (when using
SIMATIC NET FO cable 50/125m)
MM492-2LD;
two fiber optic ports (SC sockets) 1 Gbit/s for distances up to
10 km with single-mode fiber-optic conductors
MM492-2LH;
two fiber optic ports (SC sockets) 1 Gbit/s for distances up to
40 km with single-mode fiber-optic conductors
MM492-2LH+;
two fiber optic ports (SC sockets) 1 Gbit/s for distances up to
70 km with single-mode fiber-optic conductors
MM492-2ELH;
two fiber-optic ports (SC sockets) 1 Gbit/s for distances up to
120 km with single-mode fiber-optic conductors
Plug-in media modules for Gigabit Ethernet convert the Gigabit
Ethernet twisted pair-ports included in the switch to optical
mode. The Gigabit ports can then be used as either twisted-pair
or fiber-optic ports. In the case of the SCALANCE X414-3E basic
device, optical media modules for Fast Ethernet each create two
additional ports per slot.
Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011 6/33
 Siemens AG 2012

Communications
Industrial Ethernet
Switches SCALANCE X-400

Design (continued)
Extender modules for SCALANCE X414-3E
An optional extender module with up to eight additional Fast 6&$/$1&(;( 6&$/$1&(;(
Ethernet ports can be mounted next to the expansion interface

733RUWV
(WKHUQHW

(WKHUQHW
*LJDELW
of the SCALANCE X414-3E. The operating temperature range is

)DVW

)DVW
-40 to +70 C.
                   
Versions:

00
00
00
EM495-8 with 8 twisted pair ports (RJ45 sockets with retaining
sleeves) 10/100 Mbit/s; this enables the twelve onboard Fast
Ethernet twisted pair ports of the SCALANCE X414-3E to be
expanded to a total of 20 ports. *LJDELW )DVW(WKHUQHW HJIRUXVHLQWKHRSWLFDO*LJDELW
RU RU RU RU ULQJDQGZLWKFRQQHFWLRQRIIRXU
EM496-4 with 4 additional media module slots for Fast

00/+
UHPRWHRSWLFDOQRGHVDQGDV

00/+
00/'

00/'

00/+
Ethernet media modules for up to 8 optical Fast Ethernet ports PDQ\DVHOHFWULFDOQRGHV

00

00
6&$/$1&(; ([DPSOH        

6
00/+
00/+
00/'
)DVW(WKHUQHW

00

6&$/$1&(;( ([WHQGHU 6&$/$1&(;( ([WHQGHU

*LJDELWRU
RSWLRQDOO\

PRGXOH PRGXOH
(0 (0
6ORW HJIRUXVHLQWKHRSWLFDOJLJDELWULQJ
QXPEHU        ZLWKVLQJOHPRGHIRUURXWHVRIXSWR
NPLQOHQJWKDQGZLWKRSWLRQIRU                            
FRQQHFWLQJWZRUHPRWHRSWLFDODQGDV

00/'
00

00
00
00
PDQ\DVIRXUHOHFWULFDOQRGHV

([DPSOH       
)DVW(WKHUQHW HJIRUXVHLQWKHHOHFWULFDO
00

RU *LJDELWULQJDQGZLWKFRQQHFWLRQ
*LJDELW RU )DVW

00/'
RIWHQUHPRWHRSWLFDOQRGHVDQG
(WKHUQHW

00
DVPDQ\DVHOHFWULFDOQRGHV

RU RU RU RU HJIRUXVHLQWKHRSWLFDO*LJDELW
00/+

ULQJDQGZLWKRSWLRQIRUFRQQHFWLQJXSWR
00/+
00/'

00/'

00/+

VL[HOHFWULFDOQRGHV
00

00

*B,.B;;B

RU
IRUWKHUHGXQGDQWFRXSOLQJRIRSWLFDO
*LJDELWULQJVYLDHOHFWULFDO*LJDELWURXWHV 6&$/$1&(;( ([WHQGHU 6&$/$1&(;( ([WHQGHU
DQGZLWKRSWLRQRIFRQQHFWLQJXSWR PRGXOH PRGXOH
IRXUHOHFWULFDOQRGHV (0 (0

                       

00/'
Possible applications of media modules with SCALANCE X-408-2
00

HJIRUXVHLQWKHRSWLFDO*LJDELW

*B,.B;;B
ULQJZLWKVLQJOHPRGHIRUOLQNVRIXS
WRNPLQOHQJWKZLWKFRQQHFWLRQ
RIWZRUHPRWHRSWLFDOQRGHVDQGDV
PDQ\DVHOHFWULFDOQRGHV

Possible applications of media and extender modules with

SCALANCE X-414-3

Technical specifications
For detailed technical specifications of the SCALANCE X Indus-
trial Ethernet switches, see Catalog IK PI, section "PROFINET/
Industrial Ethernet", subsection "Industrial Ethernet switches/
media converters".

6/34 Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011


Ordering data
Industrial Ethernet Switches
SCALANCE X-400
SCALANCE X414-3E
1 x 2 10/100/1000 Mbit/s RJ45
ports (1000BaseTX)
3 x 4 10/100 Mbit/s RJ45 ports
(10/100BaseTX);
1 Gigabit Ethernet and
2 Fast Ethernet media module
slots;
1 Extender interface
SCALANCE X408-2
2 x 2 10/100/1000 Mbit/s RJ45
ports (1000BaseTX)
1 x 4 10/100 Mbit/s RJ45 ports
(10/100BaseTX);
2 Gigabit/Fast Ethernet media
module slots
MM491/MM492 media modules
Media modules with 2 ports;
1 Gbit/s, SC connection
Media module MM492-2
1000BaseSX, multi-mode fiber-
optic cable up to 750 m
Media module MM492-2LD
1000BaseLX, single-mode fiber-
optic cable up to 10 km
Media module MM492-2LH
1000BaseLX, single-mode fiber-
optic cable up to 40 km
Media module MM492-2LH+
1000BaseLX, single-mode fiber-
optic cable up to 70 km
Media module MM492-2ELH
1000BaseLX, single-mode fiber-
optic cable up to 120 km
Media modules with 2 ports;
100 Mbit/s, BFOC connection
(ST sockets) or SC connection
Media module MM491-2
100BaseFX, BFOC interface,
multi-mode fiber-optic cable up to
5 km
Media module MM491-2LD
100BaseFX, BFOC interface,
single-mode fiber-optic cable up
to 26 km
Media module MM491-2LH+
100BaseFX, SC interface, single-
mode fiber-optic cable up to 70
km
EM495/EM496
extender modules for
SCALANCE X414-3E
Extender module EM495-8
With 8 x 10/100 Mbit/s TP ports
Extender module EM496-4
With 4 slots for 100 Mbit/s media
modules
Siemens AG 2012
Order No.
6GK5 414-3FC00-2AA2
6GK5 408-2FD00-2AA2
6GK5 492-2AL00-8AA2
6GK5 492-2AM00-8AA2
6GK5 492-2AN00-8AA2
6GK5 492-2AP00-8AA2
6GK5 492-2AQ00-8AA2
6GK5 491-2AB00-8AA2
6GK5 491-2AC00-8AA2
6GK5 491-2AE00-8AA2
6GK5 495-8BA00-8AA2
6GK5 496-4MA00-8AA2
Communications
Industrial Ethernet
Switches SCALANCE X-400
Order No.
Accessories
IE FC TP Standard Cable 6XV1 840-2AH10
GP 2x2 (type A)
4-core, shielded TP installation
cable for connection to IE
FC Outlet RJ45/IE FC RJ45 plug;
PROFINET-compatible; with UL
approval;
sold by the meter
; max. length 1 000 m,
minimum order quantity 20 m
IE FC TP Standard Cable 6XV1 870-2E
GP 4x2
8-core, shielded TP installation
cable for connection to IE
FC RJ45 Modular Outlet for
universal applications; with UL
6
approval;
sold by the meter
; max. quantity 1 000 m,
minimum order 20 m
IE TP Cord RJ45/RJ45
TP cable 4 x 2 with two RJ45
connectors
0.5 m 6XV1 870-3QE50
1m 6XV1 870-3QH10
2m 6XV1 870-3QH20
6m 6XV1 870-3QH60
10 m 6XV1 870-3QN10
FO Standard Cable 6XV1 873-2A
GP 50/125/14001) 2)
Multi-mode cable,
sold by the meter;
max. length 1000 m;
minimum order 20 m
FO Robust Cable 6XV1 843-2R
GP 4E9/125/90
Single-mode cable,
sold by the meter;
max. length 1000 m;
minimum order 20 m
FC FO Standard Cable 6XV1 847-2A
GP 62.5/200/230
FC FO standard cable for fixed
routing indoors with PVC sheath;
sold by the meter
max. length 1000 m;
minimum order 20 m
Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011 6/35

Communications
Industrial Ethernet
Switches SCALANCE X-400
Ordering data
IE FC RJ45 Plug 180 2x2
RJ45 plug connector for Industrial
Ethernet with a rugged metal
enclosure and integrated
insulation/displacement contacts
for connecting Industrial Ethernet
FC installation cables; with
180 cable outlet; for network
components and CPs/CPUs with
Industrial Ethernet interface
1 pack = 1 units
1 pack = 10 units
1 pack = 50 units
IE FC RJ45 Plug 4x2
RJ45 plug connector for Industrial
Ethernet (10/100/1000 Mbit/s)
with a rugged metal enclosure
6 and integrated insulation/
displacement contacts for
connecting Industrial Ethernet FC
installation cables; 180 cable
outlet; for network components
and CPs/CPUs with Industrial
Ethernet interface
1 pack = 1 units
1 pack = 10 units
1 pack = 50 units
FC BFOC Plug
Screw connector for on-site
assembly on FC fiber-optic cable;
(1 pack = 20 units + cleaning
cloths)
FC SC plug
Screw connector for on-site
assembly on FC fiber-optic cable;
(1 pack = 10 duplex plugs +
cleaning cloths)
IE FC Stripping Tool
Pre-adjusted stripping tool for fast
stripping of the Industrial Ethernet
FC cables
More information
SIMATIC NET Selection Tool
The SIMATIC NET Selection Tool provides you with support for
selecting the right Industrial Ethernet switches as well as during
configuration of the modular versions:
Online version:
www.siemens.com/snst
Offline version:
www.siemens.com/snst-download
6/36 Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011
Siemens AG 2012
Order No.
6GK1 901-1BB10-2AA0
6GK1 901-1BB10-2AB0
6GK1 901-1BB10-2AE0
6GK1 901-1BB11-2AA0
6GK1 901-1BB11-2AB0
6GK1 901-1BB11-2AE0
6GK1 900-1GB00-0AC0
6GK1 900-1LB00-0AC0
6GK1 901-1GA00
Order No.
FC FO termination kit 6GK1 900-1GL00-0AA0
Assembly case for on-site
assembly of FC SC and FC BFOC
connectors to FC FO standard
cable;
comprising a stripping tool,
Kevlar cutters, fiber breaking tool
and microscope
IE FC RJ45 Modular Outlet
FastConnect RJ45 Outlet for
Industrial Ethernet with interface
for insertion of a replaceable
insert
With insert 2FE; 6GK1 901-1BE00-0AA1
replaceable insert for
2 x 100 Mbit/s interfaces
With insert 1GE; 6GK1 901-1BE00-0AA2
replaceable insert for
1 x 1000 Mbit/s interfaces
SITOP compact, 2.5 A 6EP1 332-5BA00
1-phase power supply with wide-
range input 85 264V AC,
regulated output voltage 24 V,
output current rated value 2.5 A
C-PLUG 6GK1 900-0AB00
Removable medium for simple
replacement of devices in event
of fault; for saving of configuration
and application data, can be
used in SIMATIC NET products
with C-PLUG slot
1) Special fiber-optic cables, lengths and accessories available on request
2) Special tools and specially trained personnel are required for pre-assem-
bling glass fiber-optic cables
Note:
For further components and accessories, especially cable
material and connectors as well as tools and supplementary
material for assembly, refer to the sections "FastConnect", "ITP
cables and connectors" and "Fiber-optic cables" as well as to
Catalog IK PI.
 Siemens AG 2012

Communications
Industrial Ethernet
Industrial Ethernet Media Converter

Overview Ordering data Order No.

SCALANCE X101-1 Industrial 6GK5 101-1BB00-2AA3
Ethernet Media Converter
For conversion from RJ45 TP to
multimode fiber-optic cable
(BFOC) with 100 Mbit/s;
1 x 10/100 Mbit/s RJ45 port and
1 x 100 Mbit/s multimode BFOC;
redundant 24 V DC supply and
signaling contact
SCALANCE X101-1LD Industrial 6GK5 101-1BC00-2AA3
Ethernet Media Converter
For conversion from RJ45 TP to
singlemode fiber optic cable
(BFOC) with 100 Mbit/s;
1 x 10/100 Mbit/s RJ45 Port and
1 x 100 Mbit/s singlemode BFOC;
redundant 24 V supply and signal
contact
SCALANCE X101-1POF Indus-
trial Ethernet Media Converter
6GK5 101-1BH00-2AA3 6
For conversion from RJ45 TP to
SCALANCE X101-1 Industrial Ethernet media converter POF or PCF fiber-optic cable
The SCALANCE X101 Industrial Ethernet media converters are (SC RJ) with 100 Mbit/s;
1 x 10/100 Mbit/s RJ45 port and
suitable for the implementation of various transmission media in 1 x 100 Mbit/s POF SC RJ;
Industrial Ethernet operating at 10/100 Mbit/s in line, star and redundant 24 V DC supply and
ring topologies. signaling contact
Common features of all product versions:
Rugged metal enclosure, suitable for space-saving instal-
lation in control cabinets on a DIN rail or an S7-300 mounting
rail as well as for wall mounting
4-pin terminal block for redundant power supply (2 x 24 V DC)
LED diagnostics on the device (power, link status, data
communication)
Error signaling contact with easy adjustment using the
SET button
Electrical RJ45 socket with collar for strain relief
Product versions
SCALANCE X101-1
An electric twisted-pair interface, 10/100BaseTX port type
(10/100 Mbit/s, RJ45 socket), for connecting IE FC cables via
IE FC RJ45 plugs over distances up to 100 m
An optical interface, 100BaseFX port type (100 Mbit/s with
BFOC connection technology), for connection to multimode
glass fiber-optic cables up to 3 km
SCALANCE X101-1LD
An electric twisted-pair interface, 10/100BaseTX port type
(10/100 Mbit/s, RJ45 socket), for connecting IE FC cables via
IE FC RJ45 plugs over distances up to 100 m
An optical interface, 100BaseFX port type (100 Mbit/s with
BFOC connection technology), for connection to singlemode
glass fiber-optic cables up to 26 km
SCALANCE X101-1POF
An electric twisted-pair interface, 10/100BaseTX port type
(10/100 Mbit/s, RJ45 socket), for connecting IE FC cables via
IE FC RJ45 plugs over distances up to 100 m
An optical interface, 100BaseFX port type (100 Mbit/s with
SC RJ connection technology), for connection to POF fiber-
optic cables up to 50 m or PCF fiber-optic cables up to 100 m
Note:
For detailed information and further product variants, see
Catalog IK PI, section "PROFINET/Industrial Ethernet, Industrial
Ethernet Switches / Media Converters".

Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011 6/37

 Siemens AG 2012

Communications
Industrial Ethernet
Passive network components: FastConnect

Overview
Industrial Ethernet FastConnect (IE FC) is a fast assembly
system with insulation displacement for easy assembly and
wiring of 4-core and 8-core IE FC cables. Using the FC Stripping
Tool it is possible to remove the outer casing and the woven
shield of the IE FC cable accurately in a single step. The cable
prepared in this manner is subsequently assembled on the
contacts of the connection element.

Application
Linking elements
The Linking elements which can be used depend on whether the The following table provides an overview of the available
transmission rate is 10/100 Mbit/s or 1 000 Mbit/s: switches, the transmission rates they support, and the IE FC TP
IE FC RJ45 Plug 2 x 2 90/180 (10/100 Mbit/s) in association standard cables and IE FC linking elements which can be used.
with 4-core (2 x 2) IE FC cables In addition to the IE FC TP standard cables, Catalog IK PI offers
further IE FC TP cables with special properties.
6 IE FC RJ45 Plug 4 x 2 180 (10/100/1000 Mbit/s) in association
with 8-core (4 x 2) IE FC cables
IE FC Outlet RJ45 (10/100 Mbit/s) in association with 4-core
(2 x 2) IE FC cables
IE FC RJ45 Modular Outlet (10/100/1000 Mbit/s) with 8-core
(4 x 2) IE FC cables
Transmission rate 10/100 Mbit/s 1 000 Mbit/s
Port type 10/100BaseTX 1000BaseTX
Max. cable length 100 m 90 m (+ total of 10 m for TP Cord 90 m 90 m (+ total of 10 m for
Patch cables) TP Cord Patch cables)
Cable type IE FC TP Standard Cable IE FC TP Standard Cable 4 x 2 IE FC TP Standard IE FC TP Standard Cable
2x2 Cable 4 x 2 (AWG 24) 4 x 2 (AWG 22)
Linking elements IE FC RJ45 Plug 2 x 2 90/ IE FC RJ45 Modular Outlet with IE FC RJ45 Plug IE FC RJ45 Modular Outlet
180, alternative: IE FC Outlet insert 2FE + TP Cord 4 x 2 180 with insert 1GE + TP Cord
RJ45 + TP Cord

6,0$7,&3&6FRPSRQHQWV 6,0$7,&3&6FRPSRQHQWV

,()&5- ,()&5-
3OXJ[ 3OXJ[

,()&&DEOH[

,()&736WDQGDUG&DEOH*3[7\SH$
,()&73)OH[LEOH&DEOH*3[7\SH%
,()&737UDLOLQJ&DEOH*3[7\SH&
,()&7RUVLRQ&DEOH[7\SH&
1HWZRUN ,()&737UDLOLQJ&DEOH[7\SH& 1HWZRUN
FRPSRQHQW ,()&730DULQH&DEOH[7\SH% FRPSRQHQW
,()&73)RRG&DEOH[7\SH&
,()&73)51&&DEOH*3[7\SH%
*B3&6B;;B

,()&73)HVWRRQ&DEOH*3[7\SH%

,IFRPSRQHQWVWKDWGRQRWVXSSRUWDXWRFURVVLQJDUHXVHG
DQ,(73;3FRUGPXVWEHXVHGEHWZHHQWZRQHWZRUNFRPSRQHQWVRUWHUPLQDOV

Use of FastConnect cables 2 x 2 with IE FC RJ45 Plug 2 x 2

6/38 Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011

 Siemens AG 2012

Communications
Industrial Ethernet
Passive network components: FastConnect

Application (continued)
IE FC RJ45 Plug 2 x 2
The IE FC RJ45 Plugs 2 x 2 suitable for simple and fast on-site
assembly of 4-core (2 x 2) twisted pair (TP) FastConnect instal-
lation cables are the ideal solution for Industrial Ethernet
communication connections for transmission rates up to
100 Mbit/s. They can be used to implement point-to-point
connections without patch technology between two terminal
units/network components at distances up to 100 m. Since the
IE FC RJ45 Plugs 2 x 2 have no parts which can be lost,
assembly is also possible under difficult conditions. For alterna-
tives to the IE FC TP Standard Cable according to the configu-
ration graphics, see Catalog IK PI, section "Industrial Ethernet",
subsection "Cabling systems".

SIMATIC PCS 7 components SIMATIC PCS 7 components

IE FC RJ45 IE FC RJ45
Plug 4x2 Plug 4x2

IE FC TP Cable 4x2
6

Network IE FC TP Standard Cable GP 4x2 (AWG 24) Network

G_PCS7_XX_00234
component IE FC TP Flexible Cable GP 4x2 (AWG 24) component

If components that do not support autocrossing are used,

an IE TP XP cord must be used between two network components or terminals.

Use of FastConnect cables 4 x 2 with IE FC RJ45 Plug 4 x 2

IE FC RJ45 Plug 4 x 2
The IE FC RJ45 Plugs 4 x 2 with 180 (straight) outgoing cable
are exceptionally suitable for simple and fast on-site assembly of
8-core (4 x 2) twisted pair (TP) FastConnect installation cables
(AWG 24) on network components or terminal equipment.
When using the IE FC TP Standard Cable, uncrossed 10/100/
1000 Mbit/s Ethernet connections can thus be made at
distances up to 90 m without patch technology. Crossed cables
can also be implemented by swapping the transmit and receive
pairs in a plug. As an alternative to the IE FC TP Standard Cable
according to the configuration graphics, an IE FC Flexible Cable
is also available for distances up to 60 m (for details see Catalog
IK PI, section "Industrial Ethernet", subsection "Cabling
systems").
SCALANCE X-400 SIMATIC PCS 7
automation system
IE TP Cord
IE FC Outlet RJ45 and IE FC RJ45 Modular Outlet
Alternatives for conversion from RJ45 to the insulation/
displacement system are the
IE FC Outlet RJ45 for 4-core TP (2 x 2) IE FC cables and trans-
mission rates up to 100 Mbit/s and
IE FC RJ45 Modular Outlet for 8-core TP (4 x 2) IE FC cables
and transmission rates up to 1 000 Mbit/s.
The latter has the advantage that the existing wiring can still be
used if the communication is converted from 100 Mbit/s to
1 000 Mbit/s. It is only necessary to replace the 2FE insert by
one of type 1GE. In contrast to the plugs, an RJ45 patch cable
(TP Cord) is additionally required for each outlet which connects
this to the network components or data terminal.
Detailed information on the FastConnect Outlets and the
available TP cords can be found in Catalog IK PI and in the
Industry Mall or in CA 01 under "Industrial Communication".
Further information on network structures is provided in the
manual for TP and fiber-optic networks.

IE FC RJ45 IE FC
Modular Outlet IE FC
Outlet RJ45 Outlet
Insert 1GE RJ45
SIMATIC PCS 7
IE FC Standard Cable 2x2 Industrial Workstation
100 Mbit/s connection with CP 1623
IE FC RJ45
Modular
G_PCS7_XX_00077

Outlet
Insert 1GE
IE FC Standard Cable 4x2
1000 Mbit/s connection
IE TP Cord

Configuration example with IE FC RJ45 Modular Outlet and IE FC Outlet

RJ45

Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011 6/39

 Siemens AG 2012

Communications
Industrial Ethernet
Passive network components: FastConnect

Design
IE FC RJ45 Plugs 4 x 2 and 2 x 2 IE FC RJ45 Modular Outlet

6
IE FC RJ45 Plug 2 x 2 with 90 outgoing cable (left) and with 180 IE FC RJ modular outlet with insert 1GE
outgoing cable (right)
The IE FC RJ45 Modular Outlet (Base Module) designed for
transmission rates up to 1 000 Mbit/s consists of a rugged metal
housing with IP40 degree of protection which is suitable for both
DIN rail and wall mounting. It has 8 barrel contacts for
connecting 8-core Industrial Ethernet FC installation cables
(AWG 22) and an interface for the replaceable insert, for
example:
IE FC RJ45 Modular Outlet Insert 2FE with 2 x RJ45 sockets
for 100 Mbit/s
IE FC RJ45 Modular Outlet Insert 1GE with 1 x RJ45 socket for
1 000 Mbit/s
IE FC RJ45 Modular Outlet Power Insert with 1 x RJ45 socket
for 100 Mbit/s and 1 x 24 V DC connection (for details on use
and ordering, see Section "Industrial Wireless LAN")

IE FC RJ45 Plug 4 x 2 with 180 outgoing cable

In contrast to the IE FC RJ45 Plug 4 x 2 which is only offered with
a 180 (straight) outgoing cable, the IE FC RJ45 Plug 2 x 2 is
also available with a 90 (angled) outgoing cable.
All IE FC RJ45 Plugs have a rugged, industry-compatible metal
housing with integral strain relief that provides optimum
protection for the data communication against EMC interfer-
ences. The integral insulation displacement contacts permit
simple, fault-free contacting of the various types of FC cable.
Following introduction of the stripped ends of the cables into the
tipped-up barrel contacts, the latter are pressed down for secure
contacting of the conductors.
With the housing open, colored marks on the contact cover
identify correct connection of the cable cores. The transparent
plastic material of the contact element allows visual inspection of
the contacts.
Owing to their compact size, IE FC RJ45 Plugs can be used both
on devices with individual jacks and on devices with multiple
jacks (blocks).
Matching retaining collars on terminal equipment, e.g. on
devices from the SCALANCE X and SCALANCE S families,
permits additional protection of the plug connection against
tension and bending stresses.

6/40 Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011


Ordering data
Industrial Ethernet
FC Standard Cable GP 2 x 2
For universal use, for connection
to IE FC Outlet RJ45 or IE FC
RJ45, 4-core (2 x 2), shielded
Cut-to-length;
max. delivery length 1 000 m,
minimum ordering length 20 m
Preferred length 1 000 m
Industrial Ethernet
FC Standard Cable GP 4 x 2
8-core, shielded TP installation
cable for universal applications;
with UL approval;
sold by the meter; max. length
1000 m, minimum order 20 m
AWG 22,
for connection to IE FC RJ45
Modular Outlet
AWG 24,
for connection to IE FC RJ45
Plug 4 x 2
Industrial Ethernet
FC Stripping Tool
Preadjusted stripping tool for fast
stripping of Industrial Ethernet FC
cables
Industrial Ethernet FC Blade
Cassettes
Replacement blade cassette for
the Industrial Ethernet stripping
tool, 5 units; for use with IE FC
RJ45 Plugs and Modular Outlet
Siemens AG 2012
Communications
Industrial Ethernet
Passive network components: FastConnect
Order No. Order No.
IE FC RJ45 Plug 2 x 2 180
RJ45 plug connector for Industrial
Ethernet with a rugged metal
housing and integrated insulation
displacement contacts for
6XV1 840-2AH10 connecting Industrial Ethernet FC
installation cables; with 180
cable outlet; for network compo-
6XV1 840-2AU10 nents and CPs/CPUs with Indus-
trial Ethernet interface
1 pack = 1 unit 6GK1 901-1BB10-2AA0
1 pack = 10 units 6GK1 901-1BB10-2AB0
1 pack = 50 units 6GK1 901-1BB10-2AE0
Industrial Ethernet FC RJ45
Plug 2 x 2 90
RJ45 plug connector for Industrial
6XV1 870-2E Ethernet with a rugged metal
6
housing and integrated insulation
displacement contacts for
6XV1 878-2A connecting Industrial Ethernet FC
installation cables; with 90 cable
outlet
1 pack = 1 unit 6GK1 901-1BB20-2AA0
6GK1 901-1GA00
1 pack = 10 units 6GK1 901-1BB20-2AB0
1 pack = 50 units 6GK1 901-1BB20-2AE0
Industrial Ethernet FC RJ45
Plug 4 x 2 180
6GK1 901-1GB00 RJ45 plug connector for Industrial
Ethernet (10/100/1000 Mbit/s)
with a rugged metal enclosure
and integrated insulation
displacement contacts for
connecting Industrial Ethernet FC
installation cables; 180 cable
outlet; for network components
and CPs/CPUs with Industrial
Ethernet interface
1 pack = 1 unit 6GK1 901-1BB11-2AA0
1 pack = 10 units 6GK1 901-1BB11-2AB0
1 pack = 50 units 6GK1 901-1BB11-2AE0
Industrial Ethernet 6GK1 901-1FC00-0AA0
FC Outlet RJ45
IE FC RJ45 Modular Outlet with 6GK1 901-1BE00-0AA2
Insert 1GE
FastConnect RJ45 Outlet for
Industrial Ethernet with a
replaceable insert for
1 x 1 000 Mbit/s interface
IE FC RJ45 Modular Outlet with 6GK1 901-1BE00-0AA1
Insert 2FE
FastConnect RJ45 Outlet for
Industrial Ethernet with a
replaceable insert for 2 x
100 Mbit/s interface
For further IE FC RJ45 Modular
Outlet versions and replaceable
inserts, see Catalog IK PI
Documentation
Manual for TP and fiber-optic
networks
Network architecture, compo-
nents, configurations, installation
German 6GK1 970-1BA10-0AA0
English 6GK1 970-1BA10-0AA1
Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011 6/41
 Siemens AG 2012

Communications
Industrial Ethernet
Passive network components:
ITP cables and connectors

Overview Ordering data Order No.

Electrical transmission media ITP Standard Cable for Indus-

trial Ethernet
Not preassembled, cut-to-length
Industrial twisted pair cable
2 x 2-core, without connectors 6XV1 850-0AH10
For connection of a terminal; for
Jacket self-assembly of connectors or for
the connection between patch
panel and socket
ITP Standard Cable 9/15
Foil shield around wire pair ITP installation cable for direct
Core Pair 1 connection of terminals with ITP
interface to Industrial Ethernet
Dummy Elements network components with ITP
interface;
G_IK10_XX_10020

Overall braided screen with a 9-pin and a 15-pin Sub-D

plug
2m 6XV1 850-0BH20

6
Core Pair 2
5m 6XV1 850-0BH50
8m 6XV1 850-0BH80
12 m 6XV1 850-0BN12
Terminals can be connected through industrial twisted pairs 15 m 6XV1 850-0BN15
(ITPs). The preassembled ITP standard cable with Sub-D 20 m 6XV1 850-0BN20
connectors is available for connection between stations and 30 m 6XV1 850-0BN30
network components. Line lengths of up to 100 m can be 40 m 6XV1 850-0BN40
achieved while saving on patch technology. 50 m 6XV1 850-0BN50
The ITP standard cable 9/15 is equipped with a 9-pin and a 60 m 6XV1 850-0BN60
15-pin connector. The cable is used for direct connection of 70 m 6XV1 850-0BN70
terminals with ITP interface to Industrial Ethernet components 80 m 6XV1 850-0BN80
with ITP interface. 90 m 6XV1 850-0BN88
100 m 6XV1 850-0BT10
The ITP XP standard cable 9/9 is equipped with two 9-pin
connectors. This cable is crossed for direct connection of two ITP XP Standard Cable 9/9
Industrial Ethernet network components with ITP interface. Crossed ITP installation cable for
direct connection of two Industrial
The ITP XP standard cable 15/15 is equipped with two 15-pin Ethernet network components
connectors. This cable is crossed for direct connection of two with ITP interface;
terminals with ITP interface. with two 9-pin Sub-D plugs
2m 6XV1 850-0CH20
The Industrial Ethernet ITP connectors have Sub-D connectors 5m 6XV1 850-0CH50
made of metal and are available in two versions:
8m 6XV1 850-0CH80
9-pin plug with straight cable outlet 12 m 6XV1 850-0CN12
15-pin plug with variable cable outlet, for connection to 15 m 6XV1 850-0CN15
terminals with ITP interface 20 m 6XV1 850-0CN20
30 m 6XV1 850-0CN30
Alternatively, the terminals can also be connected to twisted pair
(TP cord) cables. Detailed information on the TP cords can be 40 m 6XV1 850-0CN40
found in Catalog IK PI, in the Industry Mall, or in Catalog CA 01 ITP XP Standard Cable 15/15
under "Industrial Communication". Crossed ITP installation cable for
direct connection of two terminals
with ITP interface;
with two 15-pin sub-D plugs
2m 6XV1 850-0DH20
6m 6XV1 850-0DH60
10 m 6XV1 850-0DN10
ITP Connector for Industrial
Ethernet
9-pin 6GK1 901-0CA00-0AA0
15-pin, for connection to 6GK1 901-0CA01-0AA0
terminals with ITP interface

6/42 Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011

 Siemens AG 2012

Communications
Industrial Ethernet
Passive Network Components:
Fiber-Optic Conductors

Overview Ordering data Order No.

Optical transmission media FO Standard Cable

50/1251)
Glass fiber-optic cables are preferably used as the optical trans- Preferred lengths, preassembled
mission medium. The two types of cable offered are suitable for with 2 x 2 SC connectors:
above-ground routing indoors or outdoors. They are available in 1m 6XV1 873-6AH10
fixed lengths, precut/preassembled with 2 x 2 BFOC connectors 3m 6XV1 873-6AH30
(FIBER OPTIC standard cable) or 2 x 2 SC-connectors
5m 6XV1 873-6AH50
(FO Standard Cable).
10 m 6XV1 873-6AN10
The FO Standard Cable with 2 x 2 SC connectors is required for 20 m 6XV1 873-6AN20
optical networks in the Gigabit range, e.g. for implementing 50 m 6XV1 873-6AN50
optical Gigabit Ethernet rings with SCALANCE X414-3E and 100 m 6XV1 873-6AT10
MM492-2 media modules. 200 m 6XV1 873-6AT20
300 m 6XV1 873-6AT30
FIBER OPTIC CABLE standard
cable
62.5/125, may be split 1)
Preferred lengths, preassembled
with 2 x 2 BFOC (ST) connectors:
6
1m 6XV1 820-5BH10
3m 6XV1 820-5BH30
5m 6XV1 820-5BH50
10 m 6XV1 820-5BN10
20 m 6XV1 820-5BN20
50 m 6XV1 820-5BN50
100 m 6XV1 820-5BT10
200 m 6XV1 820-5BT20
300 m 6XV1 820-5BT30
BFOC (ST) connector set 6GK1 901-0DA20-0AA0
For FIBER OPTIC CABLE
standard cable, 20 units
1)
Special tools and specially trained personnel are required for pre-assem-
bling glass fiber-optic cables.
Specifications, other cable lengths and other fiber-optic cables
can be found in catalog IK PI.
Note:
You can order components supplementary to the SIMATIC NET
cabling range from your local contact. For technical advice
contact:
Siemens AG, Industry Sector, Frth
J. Hertlein
Tel.: +49 911 750-4465
E-mail: juergen.hertlein@siemens.com
Further information on assembly is provided in the manual for TP
and fiber-optic networks.

Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011 6/43

 Siemens AG 2012

Communications
Industrial Ethernet
Passive Network Components:
Fiber-Optic Conductors

More information
The following versions of the optical connections for fiber-optic
cables are available with the network components or terminal
equipment:
Design of optical Description
connection
BFOC connection = ST (stick BFOC connectors have a bayonet lock for glass fiber-optic cables. They are
and twist) suitable for monomode and multimode fibers.

SC connection SC connectors are standard connectors for glass fiber-optic cables. The
SC connector is usually in the duplex version. However, it can also be used as
a simplex connector by separating it from the isolating piece.

6
SC RJ connection SC RJ is the smallest SC duplex plug connection.

6/44 Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011

 Siemens AG 2012
Design
Connection of single stations, servers and clients
SIMATIC PCS 7 subsystems for engineering, operation and
monitoring (also via Internet/Intranet), batch control, route
control, asset management or IT applications are distributed
between various SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstations of
single station, server or client design depending on the configu-
rationverteilt. Depending on their task and the associated
integration into the entire plant, these SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial
Workstations are connected either only on the plant bus, only on
the terminal bus or on both buses of the Industrial Ethernet
network. The connection can be redundant or non-redundant,
and is made using:
Interfaces integrated onboard
Simple network cards or
Special communication modules, e.g. CP 1623/CP 1613 A2
CP 1623 communication module
Connection to plant bus
A SIMATIC PCS 7 workstation, designed as single station or
server, can be operated on the Industrial Ethernet plant bus per
Ethernet network card (10/100/1000 Mbit/s) and BCE license or
per CP 1623/CP 1613 A2 communication module and SIMATIC
NET HARDNET-IE S7 or SIMATIC NET HARDNET-IE
S7-REDCONNECT communications software.
The IE versions of the SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstation for
single stations and servers are factory equipped with a CP 1623
communication module and SIMATIC NET- HARDNET-IE S7
communications software, licensed for up to four CP 1623/CP
1613 A2 (license for 4 units).
An Ethernet card (10/100/1000 Mbit/s) with BCE license is
integrated in the BCE versions of the SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial
Workstation. A separately available desktop adapter network
card can also be used with this BCE license in a SIMATIC PCS 7
Industrial Workstation.
If you use alternative hardware instead of the SIMATIC PCS 7
Industrial Workstation, you require an additional BCE license for
each station which communicates over the plant bus via BCE
(Basic Communication Ethernet).
With BCE, AS communication is possible with up to 8 automation
systems, with SIMATIC NET HARDNET-IE S7 communication via
CP 1623/CP 1613 A2 with up to 64 automation systems (only
AS single stations in each case, no AS redundancy stations).
Communications
Industrial Ethernet
System connection PCS 7 systems
Only the SIMATIC PCS 7 workstation with CP 1623/CP 1613 A2
can communicate with redundant automation systems. You
require for this purpose SIMATIC NET HARDNET-IE
S7-REDCONNECT (license for 4 units) communication software
instead of the SIMATIC NET HARDNET-IE S7 communication
software. SIMATIC NET HARDNET-IE S7-REDCONNECT
PowerPack (license for 4 units) can be used to upgrade the
communications software.
Single stations and servers with BCE can be retro-upgraded to
CP 1613/1623 communication. Depending on the criteria
mentioned above, this requires SIMATIC NET HARDNET-IE S7
or SIMATIC NET HARDNET-IE S7-REDCONNECT in addition to
the CP 1623 or CP 1613 A2 communication module.
The communication software for CP 1623 or CP 1613 A2 is
generally supplied with the SIMATIC PCS 7 software and is
installed based on the operating system.
In order to activate this communications software, you may need
6
additional licenses for the SIMATIC NET HARDNET-IE S7,
SIMATIC NET HARDNET-IE S7-REDCONNECT, or SIMATIC NET
HARDNET-IE S7-REDCONNECT PowerPack communication
products.
Connection to terminal bus
SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstations in client, server or single
station designs are connected as standard to the terminal bus
via an onboard Industrial Ethernet interface. In the case of
servers or single stations without a connection to the plant bus,
the network card envisaged for BCE can be used as an alter-
native.
The terminal bus can also have a redundant design where two
rings are connected together using two pairs of switches (see
also "Introduction" at the beginning of the catalog section on
Industrial Ethernet). A "SIMATIC PCS 7 Redundant Terminal Bus
Adapter Package", comprising one server and desktop adapter
network card each, is required to connect the stations to the two
rings of the redundant terminal bus.
It is available in two versions which use different slots in the
SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstation because of the different
bus interfaces:
Redundant terminal bus adapter package
- For the conventional PCI bus (can be used only in SIMATIC
PCS 7 Industrial Workstations with Windows XP Professional
32-bit and Windows Server 2003/2003 R2 Standard 32-bit
operating systems!)
- For the PCI Express bus (PCIe)
Connection of automation systems
The SIMATIC PCS 7 automation systems communicate with
other subsystems of the process control system (e.g. operator
system or engineering system) via the Industrial Ethernet plant
bus. The automation systems are connected to the plant bus
using the CP 443-1 communications processor, also redundant
in the case of fault-tolerant systems.
Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011 6/45
 Siemens AG 2012

Communications
Industrial Ethernet
System connection PCS 7 systems

Ordering data Order No. Order No.

System connection of single
stations, servers and clients
Desktop adapter network card
for BCE and as spare part for
redundant terminal bus
Intel network card for connection
to Industrial Ethernet (10/100/
1000 Mbit/s), with RJ45
connection
With conventional PCI interface
With PCI Express interface
SIMATIC PCS 7 Redundant
Terminal Bus Adapter Package
Server and desktop adapter for
designing a redundant terminal
bus,
In some cases, required
licenses for activating the
functionality of the CP 1623/
CP 1613 A2 (communications
software is part of the SIMATIC
PCS 7 software)
Activation license if no redundant
AS are used
SIMATIC NET HARDNET-IE S7 6GK1 716-1CB08-1AA0
A5E00718412 V8.1
A5E01579552 Runtime software, 2 languages
(German/English), software class
A
License for up to 4 CP 1613 A2/
1623, single license for 1 instal-
lation
Type of delivery: Software and

6 consisting of 2 Intel network cards electronic manual on CD, license

for connection to Industrial
Ethernet (10/100/1000 Mbit/s),
with RJ45 connection
With conventional PCI interface
Note:
Can be used only in SIMATIC
PCS 7 Industrial Workstations
with Windows XP Professional
32-bit and Windows Server
2003/2003 R2 Standard 32-bit
operating systems!
With PCI Express interface
CP 1613 A2
PCI card for connection to Indus-
trial Ethernet, with ITP and RJ45
connections
CP 1623
PCI Express x1 card for
connection to Industrial Ethernet
(10/100/1000 Mbit/s), with 2-port
switch (RJ45)
6ES7 652-0XX01-1XF0
6ES7 652-0XX01-1XF1
6GK1 161-3AA01
6GK1 162-3AA00
key on memory stick
Activation licenses when using
redundant AS
Alternative license for SIMATIC
NET HARDNET-IE S7:
SIMATIC NET HARDNET-IE 6GK1 716-0HB08-1AA0
S7-REDCONNECT V8.1
Runtime software, 2 languages
(German/English), software
class A
License for up to 4 CP 1613 A2/
CP 1623, single license for
1 installation
Type of delivery: Software and
electronic manual on CD, license
key on memory stick
Additive license for SIMATIC
NET HARDNET-IE S7
SIMATIC NET HARDNET-IE 6GK1 716-0HB08-1AC0
S7-REDCONNECT PowerPack
V8.1
Runtime software, 2 languages
(German/English), software
class A
License for up to 4 CP 1613 A2/
CP 1623, single license for
1 installation
Type of delivery: Software and
electronic manual on CD, license
key on memory stick

6/46 Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011


Ordering data
System connection for plant
bus communication via
standard network card and
Basic Communication Ethernet
for single stations and servers
which are not based on a
SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial
Workstation
SIMATIC PCS 7 BCE V8.0
Runtime license for plant bus
communication via standard
network card and Basic Commu-
nication Ethernet; already
integrated in SIMATIC PCS 7
Industrial Workstations
3 languages (German, English,
French), software class A, runs
with Windows XP Professional 32-
bit, Windows 7 Ultimate 32/64-bit,
Windows Server 2003 R2
Standard 32-bit, or Windows
Server 2008 R2 Standard 64-bit,
floating license for 1 user
Type of delivery: License key
memory stick, certificate of
license
Siemens AG 2012
Communications
Industrial Ethernet
System connection PCS 7 systems
Order No. Order No.
System connection of
automation systems
CP 443-1EX20 6GK7 443-1EX20-0XE0
Communications module for
connecting SIMATIC S7-400 to
Industrial Ethernet through TCP/
IP, ISO and UDP; integrated real-
time switch ERTEC with two ports;
6ES7 650-1CD08-2YB5 2 x RJ45 interface; S7 communi-
cation, open communication
(SEND/RECEIVE) with FETCH/
WRITE, with or without RFC 1006,
DHCP, SNMP V2, diagnostics,
multicast, access protection over
IP access list, initialization over
LAN 10/100 Mbit/s; with
electronic manual on DVD
6
Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011 6/47
 Siemens AG 2012

Communications
Industrial Ethernet
Industrial Wireless LAN

Overview
The following applications can be implemented in this manner:
OS clients
PCS 7 Configuration of additional remote OS clients (up to 2 on
Web server IWLAN)
Linking of Web clients to a SIMATIC PCS 7 Web server (up to
2 Web clients on IWLAN)
Remote access to an engineering station using the "RealVNC"
software (Enterprise Edition), e.g., during commissioning
Terminal bus
SCALANCE
Mobile remote clients (e.g. notebooks) equipped with a WLAN
X414-3 interface can use it to communicate with the IWLAN access
point. Stationary remote clients in a desktop/tower housing
SCALANCE
(SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstations) require a SCALANCE
X204-2/X208 W740 IWLAN client module for communication with the IWLAN
access point.
Redundant The IWLAN client modules and the IWLAN access points of the

6
OS server SCALANCE W product family are very rugged, use state-of-the-
Engineering station art authentication and encryption procedures, and guarantee
Access point
SCALANCE W788-1PRO
high reliability of the wireless channel. Various designs are
offered for the following operational environments:
IWLAN client modules and access points for indoor use
IWLAN client modules and access points for control cabinets
G_PCS7_XX_00119

IWLAN access points for outdoor use

Ethernet
Client module Note:
Mobile remote client SCALANCE Stationary Note that Industrial Wireless LAN is not approved as terminal
with WLAN interface W746-1PRO remote client bus or plant bus of SIMATIC PCS 7.
SIMATIC PCS 7 provides the option to integrate mobile or
stationary remote clients via an Industrial Wireless LAN (IWLAN)
Access Point SCALANCE W784, W786 or W788 into the terminal
bus.

Design
IWLAN client modules and access points for indoor use Common features of the IWLAN client modules and access
points for indoor use
Rugged metal enclosure resistant to shock and vibration and
with IP65 water jet and dust protection, resistant to electro-
magnetic fields
Mounting: Wall, S7-300 mounting rail (90 mm length, vertically
mounted, bolts included in product package), or with optional
mounting aid on 35 mm DIN rail
Can be used at ambient temperatures from -20 to +60 C
(resistant to condensation)
Can be used in hazardous areas of zone 2
1 x M12 socket for redundant power infeed (18 to 32 V DC,
48 V DC), e.g. in conjunction with the PS791-1PRO (90 to 265
V AC) power supply
1 x hybrid socket for data and energy line for infeed over the
IE FC Modular Outlet or for supplying with Power-over-
Ethernet according to IEEE 802.3at Type 1 (corresponds to
IEEE 802.3af)
Antenna diversity for reliable reception in complex radio
environments with two ANT795-4MR omnidirectional antennas
installed on the housing, can be replaced by other types from
the SCALANCE W700 range
2 x R-SMA sockets for the connection of remote antennas (4 x
R-SMA for the variants with two wireless modules)
Function LEDs for optical signaling of faults and operating
states
Transmission rate up to 54 Mbit/s at 2.4 GHz and 5 GHz
WPA/WPA2 and 128-bit encryption (AES) for high security
against illegal access

6/48 Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011

 Siemens AG 2012

Communications
Industrial Ethernet
Industrial Wireless LAN

Design (continued)
SCALANCE W740 IWLAN client modules for indoor use IWLAN client modules and access points for
control cabinets
Designed for indoor use, the SCALANCE W740 IWLAN client
modules are optimally suited to integrate devices with Industrial
Ethernet connection into IWLAN wireless networks with reliable
communication. The following product versions are available:
SCALANCE W744-1PRO for managing the wireless
connection of a connected device; a wireless card is perma-
nently installed in the device
SCALANCE W746-1PRO for managing the wireless
connection of up to eight connected devices; a wireless card
is permanently installed in the device
SCALANCE W747-1RR for managing the wireless connection
of up to eight connected devices; lets you set up wireless
connections with iPCF; a wireless card is permanently
installed in the device
Note: 6
iPCF (Industrial Point Coordination Function) is an extension of
the IEEE 802.11 standard for applications with a need for real-
time and deterministics (predictable response times) that
enables rapid roaming of mobile nodes from one wireless cell to The IWLAN client modules and access points intended for instal-
the next. lation in control cabinets are a low-cost alternative for indoor
For additional information and detailed technical specifications, areas with less harsh environmental conditions. Their rugged
refer to Catalog IK PI, the Industry Mall or Catalog CA 01 under aluminum enclosure with IP30 degree of protection still provides
"Industrial Communication - Industrial Wireless Communication". protection against mechanical and electromagnetic loads in
industrial environments.
SCALANCE W788 IWLAN access points for indoor use
They are particularly suited for setting up infrastructures in which
The SCALANCE W788 IWLAN access points for indoor use great temperature differences and protection against dust and
outside the control cabinet are an excellent choice for setting up water are less important.
Industrial Wireless LAN (IWLAN) wireless networks with reliable
communication. The following product versions are available: Common features of the IWLAN client modules and access
points for control cabinets
SCALANCE W788-1PRO: 1 wireless interface (a wireless card
is permanently installed in the device) Low-profile, compact aluminum enclosure, shock and
vibration-proof for high mechanical requirements
SCALANCE W788-1RR: 1 wireless interface (a wireless card is
permanently installed in the device); for setting up wireless Mounting: Wall or S7 mounting rail with optional mounting set,
connections with iPCF 35 mm DIN rail
SCALANCE W788-2PRO: 2 wireless interfaces (two wireless Dust protection with IP30 degree of protection
cards are permanently installed in the device) For use at ambient temperatures from -20 C to +60 C
SCALANCE W788 access points can also be operated as client 1 x 24 V DC connection for redundant power infeed
modules. Devices with two wireless cards react like two separate 1 x RJ45 connection for 10/100 Mbit/s with Power-over-
devices. Ethernet according to IEEE 802.3at Type 1 (corresponds to
For additional information and detailed technical specifications, IEEE 802.3af)
refer to Catalog IK PI, the Industry Mall or Catalog CA 01 under 2 x R-SMA sockets for the connection of remote antennas
"Industrial Communication - Industrial Wireless Communication". Function LEDs for optical signaling of faults and operating
states
Transmission rate up to 54 Mbit/s at 2.4 GHz and 5 GHz
Access control using authentication as well as WPA/WPA2 and
128-bit encryption (AES) for high protection against illegal
access

Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011 6/49

 Siemens AG 2012
Communications
Industrial Ethernet
Industrial Wireless LAN
Design (continued)
SCALANCE W740 IWLAN client modules for control cabinets
The following product versions are available:
SCALANCE W744-1 for managing the wireless connection of
a connected device; a wireless card is permanently installed
in the device
SCALANCE W746-1 for managing the wireless connection of
up to eight connected devices; a wireless card is permanently
installed in the device
For additional information and detailed technical specifications,
refer to Catalog IK PI, the Industry Mall or Catalog CA 01 under
"Industrial Communication - Industrial Wireless Communication".
SCALANCE W784 IWLAN access points for control cabinets
The following product versions are available:
6
SCALANCE W784-1: 1 wireless interface (a wireless card is
permanently installed in the device)
SCALANCE W784 access points for control cabinet installation
can also be operated as client modules.
For additional information and detailed technical specifications,
refer to Catalog IK PI, the Industry Mall or Catalog CA 01 under
"Industrial Communication - Industrial Wireless Communication".
SCALANCE W786 IWLAN access points for outdoor use
SCALANCE W786 IWLAN access points are particularly suited
for applications with high climatic requirements, for mounting in
outdoor applications as well as in publicly accessible areas.
6/50 Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011
Characteristics of the SCALANCE W786 IWLAN access points
for outdoor use
Rugged plastic enclosure (plexiglass type), shock and
vibration-proof for severe mechanical loading
Mounting: Wall or, with optional mounting set, on S7 mounting
rail, 35 mm standard mounting rail, or on a pole
High IP65 degree of protection against dust and water jets
For use at ambient temperatures from -40 C to +70 C
(resistant to condensation)
Resistant to UV radiation and saltwater spray
1 x 48V DC connection (also redundant power infeed),
optional operation on 12 to 24V DC or 100 to 240V AC with
power supply integrated in device
Version with 1 x RJ45 connection for 10/100 Mbit/s with
Power-over-Ethernet according to IEEE 802.3at Type 1 (corre-
sponds to IEEE 802.3af)
Version with 1 x BFOC connection for 10/100 Mbit/s multi-
mode FOC
Up to 6 x R-SMA sockets for the connection of remote
antennas
Function LEDs for optical signaling of faults and operating
states
Transmission rate up to 54 Mbit/s at 2.4 GHz and 5 GHz
Access control using authentication as well as WPA/WPA2 and
128-bit encryption (AES) for high protection against illegal
access
The following product versions are available:
SCALANCE W786-1PRO: 1 wireless interface (a wireless card
is permanently installed in the device); versions with
- RJ45 connection and two internal antennas
- RJ45 connection and two connections for external antennas
- Fiber-optic connection and two internal antennas
- Fiber-optic connection and two connections for external
antennas
SCALANCE W786-2PRO: 2 wireless interfaces (two wireless
cards are permanently installed in the device); versions with:
- RJ45 connection and four internal antennas
- RJ45 connection and four connections for external antennas
- Fiber-optic connection and four internal antennas
- Fiber-optic connection and four connections for external
antennas
For additional information and detailed technical specifications,
refer to Catalog IK PI, the Industry Mall or Catalog CA 01 under
"Industrial Communication - Industrial Wireless Communication".
 Siemens AG 2012

Communications
Industrial Ethernet
Industrial Wireless LAN

Integration
Data and power connections for the SCALANCE W740 IWLAN Data and power connection via one line
client modules and the SCALANCE W784, W786 (RJ45), W788
access points can be made using a hybrid cable or separate If the data and power supply are connected using a cable, an
cables. The FO standard cable GP 50/125/1400 can be used for FC Modular Outlet with power insert and the hybrid cable must
the fiber-optic cable connection of SCALANCE W786 (FOC) also be ordered. The hybrid connector included in the product
IWLAN access points. package and the FC Modular Outlet with power insert can be
assembled and connected on site.
Separate cables for data and power connections
With separate cables (preferably over short distances), a 4-core SCALANCE X-400
TP (2 x 2) IE FC Standard Cable (type A) is used as the data
cable. This Industrial Ethernet cable can be connected on site to
the supplied IP67 hybrid plug connector. A Power M12 Cable
Connector PRO is additionally required for the power supply.
IE FC Standard Cable and Power M12 Cable Connector PRO IE Hybrid
must be ordered in addition. cable connector

SCALANCE
6
W746-1PRO 24 V DC

PC IE FC RJ45 Modular

G_PCS7_XX_00118
(remote client) Outlet Power Insert
SCALANCE
W788-1PRO
IE Hybrid Cable 2x2 + 4x0,34

Example of data and power supply connections using a hybrid cable

24 V DC Power supply 100 to 240 V AC
G_PCS7_XX_00117

IE FC cable 2x2 Power cable 2x0.75 If 100 to 240 V AC is available on site, the PS791-1PRO power
with hybrid with power M12 cable supply can be used (to be ordered in addition). It is supplied
plug-in connector connector PRO including AC connector and connecting cable to the IWLAN
client module/access point but without AC cable.
A built-in power supply for 24V DC (PS-7912DC) and 110 to
Example of data and power supply connections using separate cables 230V AC (PS-7912AC) each is offered for the SCALANCE W786
IWLAN access points.

Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011 6/51


Communications
Industrial Ethernet
Industrial Wireless LAN
Ordering data
IWLAN products for indoor use
SCALANCE W740 client
modules for indoor use
IWLAN Ethernet client modules
with built-in wireless interface;
wireless networks IEEE 802.11a/
b/g/h at 2.4/5 GHz to 54 Mbit/s;
WPA/AES; Power over Ethernet
(PoE) mounting hardware; 4-pin
screw terminal for 24V DC;
manual on CD-ROM, German/
English
SCALANCE W744-1PRO
For managing the wireless
connection of one connected
device with Industrial Ethernet
connection; IP65 degree of
6 protection
Product package: 2 ANT795-4MR
antennas, IP67 hybrid connector
National approvals for operation
outside the U.S.
National approval for operation
in the U.S.1)
SCALANCE W746-1PRO
For managing the wireless
connection of up to eight
connected devices with Indus-
trial Ethernet connection; IP65
degree of protection
Product package: 2 ANT795-4MR
antennas, IP67 hybrid connector
National approvals for operation
outside the U.S.
National approval for operation
in the U.S.1)
SCALANCE W747-1RR
For managing the wireless
connection of up to eight
connected devices with Indus-
trial Ethernet connection;
supports wireless connections
with iPCF; IP65 degree of
protection
Product package: 2 ANT795-4MR
antennas, IP67 hybrid connector
National approvals for operation
outside the U.S.
6/52 Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011
Siemens AG 2012
Order No.
6GK5 744-1AA60-2AA0
6GK5 744-1AA60-2AB0
6GK5 746-1AA60-4AA0
6GK5 746-1AA60-4AB0
6GK5 747-1AA60-6AA0
Order No.
SCALANCE W788 access
points for indoor use
IWLAN access points with built-in
wireless interfaces; wireless
networks IEEE 802.11a/b/g/h at
2.4/5 GHz up to 54 Mbit/s; WPA2/
AES; Power over Ethernet (PoE),
IP65 degree of protection (-20C
to +60C);
Product package: two ANT795-
4MR antennas, IP67 hybrid plug-
in connector, mounting hardware,
manual on CD-ROM, German/
English
SCALANCE W788-1PRO
IWLAN Access Point with one
built-in radio interface
National approvals for operation 6GK5 788-1AA60-2AA0
outside the U.S.
National approval for operation 6GK5 788-1AA60-2AB0
in the U.S.1)
SCALANCE W788-2PRO
IWLAN Dual Access Point with
two built-in radio interfaces
National approvals for operation 6GK5 788-2AA60-2AA0
outside the U.S.
National approval for operation 6GK5 788-2AA60-2AB0
in the U.S.1)
SCALANCE W788-1RR
IWLAN access point with one
built-in wireless interface for
setting up wireless connections
with iPCF
National approvals for operation 6GK5 788-1AA60-6AA0
outside the U.S.
IWLAN products for control cabinets
SCALANCE W740 client
modules for control cabinets
IWLAN Ethernet client modules
with built-in wireless interface;
wireless networks IEEE 802.11a/
b/g/h at 2.4/5 GHz to 54 Mbit/s;
WPA/AES; Power over Ethernet
(PoE), mounting hardware; 4-pin
screw terminal for 24V DC;
manual on CD-ROM, German/
English
SCALANCE W744-1
For administration of the radio link
of one device with Industrial
Ethernet connection; IP30 degree
of protection
National approvals for operation 6GK5 744-1AA30-2AA0
outside the U.S.
National approval for operation 6GK5 744-1AA30-2AB0
in the U.S.1)
SCALANCE W746-1
For administration of the radio link
of up to eight devices with Indus-
trial Ethernet connection; IP30
degree of protection
National approvals for operation 6GK5 746-1AA30-4AA0
outside the U.S.
National approval for operation 6GK5 746-1AA30-4AB0
in the U.S.1)

Ordering data
SCALANCE W784 access
points for control cabinets
IWLAN access points with built-in
wireless interfaces; wireless
networks IEEE 802.11a/b/g/h at
2.4/5 GHz up to 54 Mbit/s; WPA2/
AES; Power over Ethernet (PoE),
IP30 degree of protection (-20 C
to +60 C);
product package: Mounting
hardware, 24V DC screw
terminal; manual on CD-ROM;
German/English
SCALANCE W784-1
IWLAN Access Points with one
built-in radio interface
National approvals for operation
outside the U.S.
National approval for operation
in the U.S.1)
IWLAN products for outdoor use
SCALANCE W786 access
points for outdoor use
IWLAN access points with built-in
wireless interfaces; wireless
networks IEEE 802.11a/b/g/h at
2.4/5 GHz up to 54 Mbit/s; WPA2/
AES; Power over Ethernet (PoE),
IP65 degree of protection (-40 C
to +70 C);
product package: Mounting
hardware, 2-pin screw terminal
for 48 V DC; manual on CD-ROM;
German/English
SCALANCE W786-1PRO
IWLAN Access Points with one
built-in radio interface
RJ45 connection
Two internal antennas
- National approvals for
operation outside the U.S.
- National approvals for
operation within the U.S.1)
Connections for two external
antennas
- National approvals for
operation outside the U.S.
- National approvals for
operation within the U.S.1)
Fiber-optic cable connection
Two internal antennas
- National approvals for
operation outside the U.S.
- National approvals for
operation within the U.S.1)
Connections for two external
antennas
- National approvals for
operation outside the U.S.
- National approvals for
operation within the U.S.1)
Siemens AG 2012
Order No.
6GK5 784-1AA30-2AA0
6GK5 784-1AA30-2AB0
Components for system
the meter; max. delivery unit 1
6GK5 786-1BA60-2AA0
6GK5 786-1BA60-2AB0
SCALANCE W-700 for 24 V DC
6GK5 786-1AA60-2AA0
6GK5 786-1AA60-2AB0
insulation-displacement contacts
6GK5 786-1BB60-2AA0
6GK5 786-1BB60-2AB0
6GK5 786-1AB60-2AA0
6GK5 786-1AB60-2AB0
Communications
Industrial Ethernet
Industrial Wireless LAN
Order No.
SCALANCE W786-2PRO
IWLAN Access Points with two
built-in radio interfaces
RJ45 connection
Four internal antennas
- National approvals for 6GK5 786-2BA60-2AA0
operation outside the U.S.
- National approvals for 6GK5 786-2BA60-2AB0
operation within the U.S.1)
Connections for four external
antennas
- National approvals for 6GK5 786-2AA60-2AA0
operation outside the U.S.
- National approvals for 6GK5 786-2AA60-2AB0
operation within the U.S.1)
Fiber-optic cable connection
Four internal antennas 6
- National approvals for 6GK5 786-2BB60-2AA0
operation outside the U.S.
- National approvals for 6GK5 786-2BB60-2AB0
operation within the U.S.1)
Connections for four external
antennas
- National approvals for 6GK5 786-2AB60-2AA0
operation outside the U.S.
- National approvals for 6GK5 786-2AB60-2AB0
operation within the U.S.1)
connection
Data and power connection via
separate lines
IE FC Standard Cable GP 2 x 2 6XV1 840-2AH10
4-core (2 x 2), shielded TP instal-
lation cable for universal use, can
be connected to IE FC Outlet
RJ45/IE FC RJ45 Plug; sold by
000 m, minimum ordering
quantity 20 m
Power M12 Cable Connector 6GK1 907-0DC10-6AA3
PRO
Socket for connection of
supply; 4-pole, a-coded, with
mounting instructions, 3 units
IE FC RJ45 Plug 180 2x2
RJ45 plug connector for Industrial
Ethernet with a rugged metal
housing and integrated
for connecting Industrial Ethernet
FC installation cables; with a 180
cable outlet; for network compo-
nents and CPs/CPUs with Indus-
trial Ethernet interface
1 pack = 1 units 6GK1 901-1BB10-2AA0
1 pack = 10 units 6GK1 901-1BB10-2AB0
1 pack = 50 units 6GK1 901-1BB10-2AE0
IE FC Stripping Tool 6GK1 901-1GA00
Pre-adjusted stripping tool for fast
stripping of the Industrial Ethernet
FC cables
Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011 6/53

Communications
Industrial Ethernet
Industrial Wireless LAN
Ordering data
Data and power connection via
common line
IE FC Standard Cable GP 2 x 2
4-core (2 x 2), shielded TP instal-
lation cable for universal use, can
be connected to IE FC Outlet
RJ45/IE FC RJ45 Plug; sold by
the meter; max. delivery unit
1 000 m, minimum ordering
quantity 20 m
IE FC RJ45 Modular Outlet with
Power Insert
Fast Connect RJ45 Modular
Outlet for Industrial Ethernet with
a power insert for 1 x 24 V and
1 x 100 Mbit/s interface
IE Hybrid Cable 2x2 + 4x0.34
6 4-core, shielded installation
cable;
sold by the meter; max. delivery
unit 1 000 m, minimum ordering
quantity 20 m
IP 67 hybrid connector2)
(1 unit included in delivery of
SCALANCE W744/746/788)
Plug for connection of
SCALANCE W-700 to Industrial
Ethernet and Power over Ethernet
(PoE), with mounting instructions,
1 unit
IE TP Cord RJ45/RJ45
TP cable 4 x 2 with 2 RJ45
connectors
0.5 m
1m
2m
6m
10 m
Outdoor fiber-optic connection
FO Standard Cable
GP 50/125/14001)
Multimode cable,
sold by the meter;
max. length 1 000 m;
minimum order 20 m;
More information
Radio approvals
Current approvals can be found on the Internet at:
www.siemens.de/funkzulassungen
SIMATIC NET Selection Tool
To assist in selecting the right products for Industrial Wireless
Communication, the SIMATIC NET Selection Tool is available:
Online version:
www.siemens.de/snst
Offline version:
www.siemens.de/snst-download
6/54 Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011
Siemens AG 2012
Order No. Order No.
Power supply
PS791-1PRO power supply 6GK5 791-1PS00-0AA6
6XV1 840-2AH10 AC/DC power supply, 10 W,
IP65, operating temperature
-20 ... +60 C),
input: 90 ... 265 V AC, output:
24 V DC,
metal enclosure
Product package: AC power
3+PE cable connector, DC power
6GK1 901-1BE00-0AA3 cord M12, mounting hardware;
operating instructions in German/
English
PS791-2DC power supply 6GK5 791-2DC00-0AA0
24 V DC power supply for instal-
lation in SCALANCE W786
6XV1 870-2J products; operating instructions
in German/English
PS791-2AC power supply 6GK5 791-2AC00-0AA0
110 V AC to 230 V AC power
supply for installation in the
SCALANCE W786 products;
operating instructions in German/
English
Accessories
IE Hybrid RJ45 Socket Dust 6ES7 194-1JB10-0XA0
Cover
Dust cap for RJ45 connection
socket (Industrial Ethernet/PoE)
of SCALANCE W700
MS2 mounting set 6GK5 798-8MJ00-0AA0
Mounting set for fixing the
SCALANCE W784 products onto
6XV1 870-3QE50 an S7-300 mounting rail or a
6XV1 870-3QH10 35 mm standard DIN rail
6XV1 870-3QH20
Antennas and other accessories
6XV1 870-3QH60 for IWLAN access points and
6XV1 870-3QN10 client modules, refer to Catalog
IK PI, Industry Mall or Catalog
CA 01 under "Industrial communi-
6XV1 873-2A cation - Industrial Wireless
Communication".
1)
Note national approvals under www.siemens.de/funkzulassungen
2)
Order directly using Order No. 09 45 125 1300.00 from:
HARTING Deutschland GmbH & Co KG
P.O. Box 2451
Tel. +49 571-8896-0
Fax. +49 571-8896-354
D-32381 Minden
E-mail: de.sales@harting.com
Internet: www.harting.com
Cabling system
You can order components supplementary to the SIMATIC NET
cabling range from your local contact. Technical advice on this
subject is available from:
Siemens AG, Industry Sector, Frth
J. Hertlein
Tel.: +49 911 750-4465
E-mail: juergen.hertlein@siemens.com
 Siemens AG 2012

Communications
PROFINET
Introduction

Overview Benefits
7 PROFINET is the open Industrial Ethernet standard for
automation
Network standard Ethernet 7 PROFINET is based on Industrial Ethernet
7 PROFINET uses TCP/IP and IT standards
High transmission rate
7 PROFINET is Real-Time Ethernet
Wireless
7 PROFINET permits seamless integration of fieldbus systems
Flexible topologies 7 PROFINET supports fail-safe communication via PROFIsafe
PROFINET
Fieldbus standard PROFIBUS
Fast I/O communication

Safety

Diagnostics

6
PROFINET The Ethernet standard for automation
With currently more than 3 million nodes worldwide, PROFINET
is the leading Industrial Ethernet Standard for automation.
Because it combines the advantages of the leading fieldbus,
PROFIBUS and of the Ethernet open network standard, it is
characterized by very high flexibility, efficiency, and perfor-
mance. These factors are essential for the acceleration of the
information processes, increased plant availability, and
increased productivity in a company.

Function
Your advantages at a glance

Flexibility Efficiency Performance

Tailor-made plant concepts Optimal use of resources Increased productivity

Industrial Wireless LAN One cable for all purposes Speed

Safety Device/network diagnostics High precision

Flexible topologies Energy efficiency Large quantity structures

Open standard Easy cabling High transmission rate

G_IK10_XX_10304

Web tools Fast device replacement Media redundancy

Expandability Ruggedness/stability Fast start-up

Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011 6/55

 Siemens AG 2012
Communications
PROFINET
Introduction
Function (continued)
PROFINET aspects focused on process automation
Open standard
The open vendor-independent standard (IEC 61158/61784),
PROFINET, is supported by PROFIBUS and PROFINET Interna-
tional (PI). It stands for maximum transparency, open IT commu-
nication, network security and real-time communication down to
the field level.
Due to its openness, PROFINET creates the basis for a uniform
automation network in the plant to which all of the devices can
be connected. Existing plant parts, for example those imple-
mented with the PROFIBUS fieldbus, can be easily integrated.
Flexible topologies
PROFINET supports not only line topology common for estab-
lished fieldbuses, but also star, tree, and ring topologies. This is
6
made possible by switching technology, which is based on
active network components (Industrial Ethernet switches and
media converters) and field devices/components with
integrated switch functionality. This all results in more flexibility
for plant planning as well as savings in cabling.
The PROFINET network meets all the requirements relevant for
the industrial sector. It can be installed without any specialist
knowledge. A PROFINET "Cabling and Interconnection
Technology" guideline provides network installation support for
manufacturers and users. Symmetrical copper cables or RFI-
resistant fiber-optic cables are used depending on the appli-
cation. Devices from various manufacturers are easily
connected via standardized and rugged plug-in connectors (up
to IP65/IP67).
Expandability
Integrating existing systems and networks is simple and
requires little effort and expense. This enables you to protect
your investments in plant units with communication via
PROFIBUS and other fieldbuses (e.g. AS-Interface).
Additional PROFINET stations can be integrated at any time as
well. The use of additional network components allows network
infrastructures to be expanded both wired as well as wirelessly.
Safety
The PROFIsafe safety profile, which has been tried and tested
with PROFIBUS and which permits the transmission of standard
and safety-related data on a single bus cable, can also be used
with PROFINET. No special network components are required for
fail-safe communication, standard switches and standard
network transitions can be used without restrictions.
Industrial Wireless LAN (IWLAN)
PROFINET also supports wireless communication with Industrial
Wireless LAN and thus opens up new application fields.
Device and network diagnostics
Retaining the proven PROFIBUS model makes the same
diagnostic information available for PROFINET. In addition,
device diagnostics also includes read-out of module-specific
and channel-specific data from the devices. This enables simple
and fast location of faults. In addition to the availability of device
information, the top priority in network management is reliability
of network operation. PROFINET uses the Simple Network
Management Protocol (SNMP) for maintenance and monitoring
of the network components and their functions.
6/56 Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011
Easy cabling
Industry-standard networks require no specialist knowledge to
be configured without problems in the shortest possible time.
Stringent demands are placed on the installation of cables in the
industrial environment at the same time.
Siemens offers FastConnect, a system that meets these require-
ments. FastConnect is the standards-compliant, industry-
standard cabling system for PROFINET networks consisting of
cables, connectors, and assembly tools.
The time required for the connection of terminal devices is
minimized due to the easy installation using just one tool. The
practical color coding helps avoid installation errors. Both
copper cables and glass fiber-optic cables can be easily
assembled on-site in this way.
Ruggedness/stability
An automation network must be extremely resistant to external
sources of interference. Switched Ethernet prevents faults in one
section of the network from influencing the entire plant network.
Highly resistant fiber-optic cables can be used in particularly
EMC-critical areas.
Speed and precision
PROFINET communication is fast, deterministic and precise. It is
based on Real Time Ethernet (RT) with prioritization of the trans-
mission and division of the bandwidth.
With PROFIdrive, the standardized drive profile, vendor-
independent communication between CPUs and drives can be
implemented as well.
Large quantity structures
A SIMATIC controller (automation system) can manage up to
256 devices in the field via PROFINET. The number of nodes in
a PROFINET network is actually unlimited, the entire IP address
range is available.
With 64 KB of user data per message frame, the transmittable
volume of data on a PROFINET is significantly greater than with
PROFIBUS DP with 244 bytes.
High transmission rate
Based on Ethernet, PROFINET with 100 Mbit/s in full duplex
mode achieves a significantly higher transmission rate than
previous fieldbuses. The transmission of large volumes of data
has no effect on the I/O data transfer.
Media redundancy
Higher plant availability can be achieved by means of a
redundant installation (ring topology). Media redundancy can be
implemented with both external switches and via integrated
PROFINET interfaces. It prevents plant standstill if there is an
interruption in the communication in only a part of the ring instal-
lation. Re-configuration times of 200 ms can be achieved.
Required maintenance and repair work can thus be performed
without time pressure.
 Siemens AG 2012

Communications
PROFINET
Architecture

Overview
Based on Industrial Ethernet, PROFINET enables communi-
cation between automation systems (controllers) and the
process I/O. In the context of the SIMATIC PCS 7 process control
system V8.0, PROFINET can be used primarily for communi-
cation between the modular standard automation systems of the
S7-400 series and ET 200M remote I/O stations.
The bus nodes can be integrated in PROFINET as follows:
Standard automation systems via
- PROFINET interface in the CPU or
- Communications module CP 443-1
ET 200M remote I/O stations via the IM 153-4 PN High Feature
interface module
You can find the ordering data for the standard automation
systems and their PROFINET components in the chapter
"Automation systems (section Standard automation systems);
for the ordering data for the PROFINET interface module of the
ET 200M remote I/O station, see chapter Process I/O (section
ET 200M for SIMATIC PCS 7, Interface modules).
The PROFINET-compatible product spectrum for SIMATIC
PCS 7 will be expanded in the near future.

Design 6
Plant communication

Plant communication
Operator Operator
stations stations

SCALANCE X SCALANCE X

AS single
station AS single station AS single
with PROFINET station with
CPU PROFINET CP

SCALANCE X SCALANCE X
Field communication
Field communication

G_PCS7_XX_00300

G_PCS7_XX_00301
ET 200M ET 200M
ET 200M ET 200M

Networking the PROFINET stations via SCALANCE X switches Direct networking of the PROFINET stations via integrated interfaces
Example PROFINET configurations without redundancy
When configuring PROFINET communication, it is generally
recommended that the field communication should be
separated from the plant communication. A wide variety of
network configurations can be implemented in the field based
on line, star, tree and ring topologies. The highest degree of
availability is achieved by configuration variants with a ring, with
both networking via SCALANCE X switches as well as with direct
networking via the PROFINET interfaces between the
automation system and I/O device. Media redundancy of the
ring means that bus interruptions or failure of a node will not
result in failure of the entire segment.
Various Industrial Ethernet products can be used as network
components, e.g. SCALANCE X switches and media converters,
FastConnect connection elements, electrical and optical trans-
mission media (for ordering data, refer to the chapter Communi-
cation, Industrial Ethernet or PROFINET/Industrial Ethernet in the
IK PI Catalog).

Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011 6/57

 Siemens AG 2012

Communications
PROFINET
Architecture

Design (continued)
Plant communication

Operator
stations

SCALANCE X

AS single station with AS single station

PROFINET CPU with PROFINET CP

ET 200iSP
PROFINET PROFIBUS DP-iS

6 SCALANCE X SCALANCE X
PROFIBUS DP
Field communication

PA Link/FF Link

AFDiS
PROFIBUS PA AFD AFD PA/FF H1

G_PCS7_XX_00302
IE/PB DP/PA
Link coupler
PN IO ET 200M
ET 200M

Fieldbus integration via network transition or fieldbus interface in the automation system
PROFIBUS DP and PROFIBUS PA fieldbus types can be
integrated via an IE/PB Link PN IO network transition in
PROFINET.
You can also integrate the PROFIBUS DP/PA or
FOUNDATION Fieldbus H1 fieldbuses in the automation system
via a PROFIBUS interface (for ordering data, see chapter
Automation systems, section Standard automation systems):
PROFIBUS DP interface in the CPU
CP 443-5 communication module

Ordering data Order No.

Network transition to fieldbus
integration in PROFINET
IE/PB LINK PN IO 6GK1 411-5AB00
Network transition between
Industrial Ethernet and
PROFIBUS DP

6/58 Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011

 Siemens AG 2012

Communications
PROFIBUS
Introduction

Overview Benefits
SIMATIC PCS 7 utilizes the benefits of the PROFIBUS from start
Industrial Ethernet to finish:
Automation system 7 Small planning and engineering overheads as well as low
commissioning costs
Long distances 7 Optimum distributed system structure with low hardware and
with fiber-optic space requirements
7 Significantly reduced overhead for wiring, jumpering, distri-
PROFIBUS DP (RS 485) bution, power supply and field mounting
7 High-speed communication with high measurement accuracy
7 Efficient engineering, interoperability and replaceability of
OLM OLM devices through vendor-independent device description
7 Short commissioning times through short loop tests, easy
parameterization and the elimination of calibration work
AFD AFDiS
7 Bidirectional communication and high amounts of information

PA link/
FF link
PROFIBUS PA/
FOUNDATION
permit enhanced diagnostics functions for fast fault locating
and troubleshooting 6
Fieldbus H1 7 Optimum life cycle management thanks to processing and
(MBP) evaluation of diagnostics and status information by the
maintenance station

Function
G_PCS7_XX_00125

Ex isolation
+ repeater
PROFIBUS DP (RS 485-iS) Users have numerous facilities for communication and line
diagnostics, as well as for diagnostics of the intelligent field
RS 485-iS coupler devices connected. Furthermore, the PROFIBUS is fully
integrated into the global asset management with the mainte-
Communication at field level with PROFIBUS nance station of the SIMATIC PCS 7 process control system.

Distributed peripherals such as remote I/O stations with their For process automation, the following PROFIBUS functions are
I/O modules, transmitters, drives, valves or operator terminals particularly relevant in addition:
communicate with the automation systems (controllers) at field Integration of previously installed HART devices
level through a powerful real-time bus system. This communi- Redundancy
cation is characterized by:
Safety-related communication with PROFIsafe up to SIL 3
Cyclic transmission of process data according to IEC 61508
Acyclic transfer of interrupts, parameters and diagnostics Clock synchronization
data
Time tagging
PROFIBUS is predestined for these tasks because it enables
high-speed communication with the intelligent distributed I/Os PROFIBUS transmission systems
by means of a communications protocol (PROFIBUS DP) as well PROFIBUS DP
as communication and simultaneous power supply for trans-
mitters and actuators (PROFIBUS PA). RS 485
Simple and low-cost electrical transmission system based on
PROFIBUS is simple, rugged and reliable, can be expanded shielded two-wire cable.
online by further distributed components, and can be used in RS 485-iS
both standard environments and hazardous areas. It supports Intrinsically-safe electrical transmission system for hazardous
the coexistence of field devices from different vendors on one areas up to Ex zone 1 or 21, implemented using a shielded
line (interoperability) as well as the vendor-independent two-wire cable with a transmission rate of 1.5 Mbit/s.
exchangeability of devices from one profile family.
Fiber-optic
Optical transmission system with glass or plastic fiber-optic
cables, for fast transmission of large quantities of data in
environments with high interferences or for covering long
distances.
PROFIBUS PA
MBP (Manchester coded; bus powered)
Intrinsically-safe transmission system which permits simulta-
neous transmission of digital data and powering of the field
devices by means of a two-wire cable. It is suitable for direct
connection of devices in environments up to Ex zone 1 or 21
and associated sensors/actuators in environments up to Ex
zone 0 or 20.

Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011 6/59

 Siemens AG 2012

Communications
PROFIBUS DP
Introduction

Application
Controller communication with intelligent distributed devices on
PROFIBUS PA, FOUNDATION Fieldbus H1 or HART I/Os is also
implemented via PROFIBUS DP.
Depending on the type of automation system and the number of
available slots, up to 4 PROFIBUS DP lines can be connected to
a SIMATIC PCS 7 automation system through internal interfaces
in the CPU, and up to 10 PROFIBUS DP lines through additional
CP 443-5 Extended communications processors. On a
PROFIBUS DP line it is possible to operate up to 125 devices,
and on a bus segment up to 31 devices with PROFIBUS DP
interface (32 stations).
Electrical and optical transmission technologies offer many
different configuration options for PROFIBUS DP networks.
Electrical networks can span up to approx. 10 km. With optical
transmission systems, the total size of the network is governed

6
The PROFIBUS DP fieldbus enables the SIMATIC PCS 7
automation systems (controllers) to communicate with
distributed I/Os from the ET 200 range (remote I/Os) as well as
with field/process devices, CPUs/CPs and operator terminals
that have a PROFIBUS DP interface. With the aid of the fieldbus
isolating transformer (RS 485-iS coupler) and the RS 485-iS
transmission technology, PROFIBUS DP can be run as an intrin-
sically-safe fieldbus in all environments up to Ex zone 1 or 21.
primarily by the cycle times as a result of the almost loss-free
transmission.
With SIMATIC PCS 7, PROFIBUS DP topologies are always
implemented through the standard electrical PROFIBUS DP
connection on the automation system in the form of electrical or
mixed (electrical/optical) networks. In the case of mixed
networks, the transition between the two media is implemented
by an optical link module (OLM). As regards communication
between the stations, there is no difference between electrical
two-wire technology and fiber optic technology.
Electrical networks can be configured with a line or tree
topology. Mixed electrical/optical networks with OLMs as routers
can be configured with a line, ring or star topology.

Technical specifications
PROFIBUS DP
Data transmission RS 485 RS 485-iS Fiber-optic
Transmission rate 9.6 kbit/s ... 12 Mbit/s 9.6 kbit/s ... 1.5 Mbit/s 9.6 kbit/s ... 12 Mbit/s
Cable 2-wire shielded 2-wire shielded Plastic as well as multi-mode and
single-mode glass-fiber
Type of protection EEx(ib)
Topology Line, tree Line Ring, star, line
Nodes per segment 32 32 1)
Nodes per network (with repeater) 126 126 126
Cable length per segment 1 200 m at max. 93.75 kbit/s 1 000 m at 187.5 kbit/s1) Max. 80 m (plastic)
dependent on transmission rate 1 000 m at 187.5 kbit/s 400 m at 500 kbit/s 1) 2 ... 3 km (multimode glass fiber)
400 m at 500 kbit/s 200 m at 1.5 Mbit/s 1) >15 km at 12 Mbit/s (single-mode
200 m at 1.5 Mbit/s glass-fiber)
100 m at 12 Mbit/s
Repeater for signal refreshing with Max. 9 Max. 91) Not relevant
RS 485 networks
1) According to PROFIBUS installation guideline 2.262

6/60 Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011

 Siemens AG 2012

Communications
PROFIBUS DP
Electrical networks

Overview FastConnect

The simple and cost-effective two-wire RS 485 transmission

technology is exceptionally suitable for networks with a linear/
tree structure and high data transmission rates. Shielded,
twisted pair cables are used as the transmission medium. The
PROFIBUS DP nodes are connected to these bus cables using
bus connectors.

Design
Seg- 2 3 4 5
ment
1

200 m at 1.5 Mbit/s Termi-

Seg- 9 8 7 6 nation

6
ment FastConnect Stripping Tool
2
PROFIBUS FastConnect is a system for fast and easy assembly
of PROFIBUS copper cables. The system comprises compatible
Re- components:
Seg- 13 12 11 10 peater
ment FastConnect Standard Cable for fast assembly
3 FastConnect Stripping Tool
with FastConnect Blade Cassettes (spare blade cassettes for
G_PCS7_XX_00094

20 19 18 17 16 15 14
the stripping tool)
Seg-
ment
FastConnect bus connector for PROFIBUS
4 Repeater for PROFIBUS
A repeater links the individual bus segments with RS 485
Segment length Number of devices 2 technology. Main applications are:
1 200 m at max. 93.75 kbit/s Max. 126 devices Address
Increase in number of nodes and distances
1 000 m at 187.5 kbit/s Max. 9 repeaters DP Master
400 m at 500 kbit/s Max. 32 participiants per 3 ... 20 Electrical isolation of segments
200 m at 1,5 Mbit/s segment Address
100 m at 12 Mbit/s
If diagnostics functions for physical cable diagnostics are
DP Slaves desired in addition to the standard repeater functionality, a
Configuration example of an electrical RS 485 network with linear/tree diagnostic repeater can be alternatively used. It monitors the
structure copper bus cables in online mode. In the event of a fault it sends
a diagnostic message with detailed information about the type
The network size with an electrical RS 485 network is in total and location of the fault to the DP master.
smaller than that with an optical network. However, by using
segmenting and signal regeneration with up to 9 repeaters, Active RS 485 terminating element
distances from 1 km (at 12 Mbit/s) up to 10 km (at 187.5 kbit/s) The active RS 485 terminating element is used to terminate bus
can be achieved depending on the transmission rate. segments. The component supplied with 24 V DC independent
A segment can have up to 32 participants (master/slaves), and of the bus stations provides a defined RS 485 signal level, and
the total network up to 126 participants. The start and end of suppresses reflections on the line. Bus stations (e.g. ET 200S)
each segment must be terminated by an active bus resistor can be coupled and decoupled without feedback to/from
which is typically pre-integrated in the device (e.g. repeater) or PROFIBUS networks terminated by active RS 485 terminating
is available as an active RS 485 termination element. elements.
The configuration example (figure at top right) shows a typical
addressing scheme for a PROFIBUS DP network made up of
multiple segments. Although repeaters are electrical partici-
pants on the PROFIBUS, they are not assigned a slave address
since they are not directly addressed by the master.

Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011 6/61

 Siemens AG 2012

Communications
PROFIBUS DP
Electrical networks

Design (continued)
RS 485-iS coupler
The RS 485-iS coupler is an isolating transformer with which the
PROFIBUS DP fieldbus can be routed intrinsically-safe into the
hazardous area.
The RS 485-iS coupler has the following functions:
Connection of intrinsically-safe PROFIBUS DP stations, e.g.
ET 200iSP or devices from other vendors with Ex i DP
connection
Conversion of the electrical PROFIBUS DP RS 485 trans-
mission technology into the intrinsically-safe RS 485-iS trans-
mission technology with a transmission rate of 1.5 Mbit/s
Suitable as a safety barrier
Additional use as a repeater in the hazardous area.
The RS 485-iS coupler as an open resource can only be used in
6 housings, cabinets or rooms for electrical equipment. It is
assembled on a SIMATIC S7-300 rail which can be positioned
horizontally or vertically.
The RS 485-iS coupler is integrated into the PROFIBUS as
follows:
Connection to standard PROFIBUS DP via standard Sub-D
socket (at the bottom on the RS 485-iS coupler, behind the
right front door).
Connection of PROFIBUS DP with RS 485-iS transmission
technology via screw terminals (at the top of the RS 485-iS
coupler, behind the right front door)
The last bus station on the intrinsically-safe PROFIBUS DP
segment (not further RS 485-iS couplers) must be terminated
by a selectable terminating resistor using the connector, Order
No. 6ES7 972-0DA60-0XA0.

Ordering data Order No. Order No.

PROFIBUS FastConnect
Standard Cable, violet
Standard type with special design
for fast mounting, 2-core,
shielded, cut-to-length
Specify length in m
Max. delivery unit 1 000 m,
minimum order quantity 20 m
Preferred lengths
- 20 m
- 50 m
- 100 m
- 200 m
- 500 m
- 1 000 m
6XV1 830-0EH10 Other bus connectors
See Catalog IK PI
RS 485 Repeater for PROFIBUS 6ES7 972-0AA02-0XA0
Data transfer rate max. 12 Mbit/s,
24 V DC, IP 20 housing
RS 485 Diagnostic Repeater 6ES7 972-0AB01-0XA0
For connection of 1 or 2 segments
to PROFIBUS DP; with online
diagnostics functions for
6XV1 830-0EN20 monitoring of bus cables
6XV1 830-0EN50 Active RS 485 Terminating 6ES7 972-0DA00-0AA0
6XV1 830-0ET10 Element for PROFIBUS
6XV1 830-0ET20 For terminating bus segments for
6XV1 830-0ET50 data transfer rates from 9.6 kbit/s
6XV1 830-0EU10 to 12 Mbit/s

PROFIBUS FastConnect 6XV1 831-2A RS 485-IS Coupler 6ES7 972-0AC80-0XA0

Standard Cable IS GP, blue
Cable type for use in potentially
explosive atmospheres, with
special design for fast mounting,
2-core, shielded, cut-to-length
Specify length in m
Max. delivery unit 1 000 m,
minimum order quantity 20 m
Further PROFIBUS cables with
associated specifications
PROFIBUS FastConnect
Stripping Tool
Preadjusted stripping tool for fast
stripping of PROFIBUS
FastConnect bus cables
PROFIBUS FastConnect Blade
Cassettes
Spare blade cassettes for
PROFIBUS FastConnect stripping
tool, 5 units
PROFIBUS FastConnect bus
connector RS 485 with 90
cable outlet
With insulation displacement
system
15.8 x 59 x 35.6 mm (W x H x D)
max. transmission rate 12 Mbit/s
No programming port
With programming port
PROFIBUS FastConnect bus
connector RS 485 Plug 180
With 180 cable outlet, with
insulation displacement system,
for connection of PC, PG, OP
Isolating transformer for
connection of PROFIBUS DP
segments with RS 485 and
RS 485-iS transmission technol-
ogies
PROFIBUS connector with 6ES7 972-0DA60-0XA0
selectable terminating resistor
For connection of IM 152 to
PROFIBUS DP with RS 485-iS
See Catalog IK PI transmission technology
S7-300 rail
6GK1 905-6AA00 Lengths:
160 mm 6ES7 390-1AB60-0AA0
482 mm 6ES7 390-1AE80-0AA0
530 mm 6ES7 390-1AF30-0AA0
830 mm 6ES7 390-1AJ30-0AA0
6GK1 905-6AB00
2 000 mm 6ES7 390-1BC00-0AA0
Note:
For further information on electrical PROFIBUS networks as well
as components and accessories, particularly cable material for
special applications, refer to Catalog IK PI, Chapter
"PROFIBUS", Section "Network components for PROFIBUS
electrical networks".
6ES7 972-0BA52-0XA0
6ES7 972-0BB52-0XA0
6GK1 500-0FC10

6/62 Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011

 Siemens AG 2012

Communications
PROFIBUS DP
Optical networks

Overview Optical Link Modules

Optical Link Modules (OLM) permit the construction of optical
Optical networks are more expensive than electrical RS 485 and hybrid (electrical/optical) networks in line, ring or star
networks, but are insensitive to electromagnetic interference. In topology.
addition to purely optical networks, the combination of electrical
and optical networks has been established in practice, OLMs can be combined with each other and individual stations
providing users with the advantages of the respective trans- or complete electrical segments can be integrated into the
mission technologies. optical PROFIBUS network through an electrical interface.
OLMs are available with one (P11/G11) or two (P12/G12/G22)
Design fiber-optic (FO) interfaces with BFOC connections. Depending
on the version, they are suitable for the following distances when
combined with the correspondingly specified plastic/glass fiber-
Max. 15 km
optic cables:
Cable Tray I Distance Fiber-optic OLM
optical conductors
Up to 80 m POF-FOC OLM/P11
Cable Tray II or OLM/P12
Up to 400 m PCF FOC

OLM
Up to 3 km Glass multimode
FOC
Depending on
ambient temperature
6
0 ... +60 C:
OLM/G11,
OLM/G12, or
2 5 6 7 OLM/G22
electrical
-25 ... +60 C:
OLM/G12-EEC
G_PCS7_XX_00095

Up to 10 km Glass multimode OLM/G11-1300

FOC or OLM/G12-1300
3
Up to 15 km Glass singlemode
FOC

We preferably recommend the OLM/G12 as the standard

Length between 2 OLMs Number of devices
Plastic: 80 m Max. 32 electrical participiants
component for optical PROFIBUS networks indoors and
PCF: 400 m per OLM outdoors.
Glass: 2 - 3 km (15 km - single mode) Max. 122 OLMs per OLM Ring The OLMs have a compact metal housing suitable for DIN rail
Max. 12 Mbit/s (depending on PROFIBUS DP assembly. They automatically recognize all PROFIBUS data
bus parameters)
transfer rates. Faults can be rapidly located as follows:
Configuration example of an optical ring combined with an electrical Display of module status via floating signaling contact
network Checking of FO link quality (loss per section) via test output for
A ring structure of the optical network provides fault tolerance optical receivers for logging and plausibility checks.
since communication is not interrupted in the event that the Further information and detailed technical specifications on the
cable is damaged at one point or interrupted. Electrical bus various OLM versions can be found in Catalog IK PI, chapter
segments are incorporated into the optical ring using up to "PROFIBUS", section "Network components for PROFIBUS -
122 optical link modules (OLM). Depending on the version of the Optical networks with OLM".
OLMs and the bus cable, the distance between two OLMs can
be up to 15 km. A maximum of 32 electrical bus participants can Bus cables
be operated on one OLM.
Suitable for the OLM/G12, fiber-optic cables (FOC) made of
The configuration example shows a typical addressing scheme glass with 2 multi-mode fibers are preferably used for optical
with mixed transmission technologies. Although OLMs are PROFIBUS networks indoors and outdoors.
electrical participants within their respective segment, they are
The standard FIBER OPTIC CABLE is available in fixed lengths
not assigned a PROFIBUS slave address.
up to 2 000 m. It is preassembled with 4 BFOC connectors.
A BFOC connector set with 20 connectors is available as an
accessory.
Further fiber-optic cables as well as detailed technical specifica-
tions can be found in the IK PI Catalog, chapter "PROFIBUS",
section "Network components for PROFIBUS - Optical
networks".

Optical Link Module OLM/G22

Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011 6/63


Communications
PROFIBUS DP
Optical networks
Ordering data
FIBER OPTIC CABLE
Standard glass FO cable, split-
table
Pre-assembled with 4 BFOC
connectors
Preferred lengths
1m
5m
10 m
20 m
50 m
100 m
Other lengths and cables
BFOC connector set1)
For standard and trailing FIBER
6
OPTIC CABLES, 20 units
PROFIBUS OLM/P11 V4.0
Optical link module with one
RS 485 interface and one plastic
fiber-optic interface (2 BFOC
sockets), with signaling contact
and measuring output, two BFOC
plugs for plastic fiber-optic cables
PROFIBUS OLM/P12 V4.0
Optical link module with one
RS 485 interface and two plastic
fiber-optic interfaces (4 BFOC
sockets), with signaling contact
and measuring output, four BFOC
plugs for plastic fiber-optic cables
PROFIBUS OLM/G11 V4.0
Optical link module with one
RS 485 interface and one glass
FOC interface (2 BFOC sockets),
for standard distances up to
3 000 m, with signaling contact
and measuring output
PROFIBUS OLM/G12 V4.0
Optical link module with one
RS 485 interface and two glass
FOC interfaces (4 BFOC
sockets), for standard distances
up to 3 km, with signaling contact
and measuring output
6/64 Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011
Siemens AG 2012
Order No. Order No.
PROFIBUS OLM/G22 V4.0 6GK1 503-4CB00
Optical link module with two
RS 485 interfaces and two glass
FOC interfaces (4 BFOC
sockets), for standard distances
up to 3 km, with signaling contact
and measuring output
6XV1 820-5BH10
6XV1 820-5BH50 PROFIBUS OLM/G12-EEC V4.0 6GK1 503-3CD00
Optical link module with one
6XV1 820-5BN10 RS 485 interface and two glass
6XV1 820-5BN20 FOC interfaces (4 BFOC
6XV1 820-5BN50 sockets), for standard distances
6XV1 820-5BT10 up to 3 km, suitable for extended
temperature range from -25 C to
See Catalog IK PI +60 C, with signaling contact
6GK1 901-0DA20-0AA0 and measuring output
PROFIBUS OLM/G11-1300 V4.0 6GK1 503-2CC00
Optical link module with one
6GK1 503-2CA00 RS 485 interface and one glass
FOC interface (2 BFOC sockets),
1 300 nm wavelength for long
distances up to 15 km, with
signaling contact and measuring
output
PROFIBUS OLM/G12-1300 V4.0 6GK1 503-3CC00
6GK1 503-3CA00 Optical link module with one
RS 485 interface and two glass
FOC interfaces (4 BFOC
sockets), 1 300 nm wavelength
for long distances up to 15 km,
with signaling contact and
measuring output
1)
6GK1 503-2CB00 Additional components of the SIMATIC NET cabling range can be ordered
from your local contact.
For technical advice contact:
Siemens AG, Industry Sector, Frth
J. Hertlein
Tel.: +49 911 750-4465
E-mail: juergen.hertlein@siemens.com
6GK1 503-3CB00
 Siemens AG 2012

Communications
PROFIBUS DP
AS connection

Overview Ordering data Order No.

CP 443-5 Extended 6GK7 443-5DX05-0XE0
Communications processor for
connection of SIMATIC S7-400 to
PROFIBUS as DP master or for S7
communication,
for data set routing of SIMATIC
PDM
IF 964-DP 6ES7 964-2AA04-0AB0
Interface module for connection
of another PROFIBUS DP line, for
plugging into a free DP module
slot of the CPU

6
PROFIBUS DP lines can be connected to a SIMATIC PCS 7
automation system (controller) via up to 4 internal interfaces in
the CPU and up to 10 additional CP 443-5 Extended communi-
cations processors.
If a module slot provided in the CPU for the PROFIBUS
connection is still vacant, an IF 964-DP interface module is
required in addition. When using data set routing with SIMATIC
PDM, use of the CP 443-5 Extended communications processor
is essential for the PROFIBUS connection.

Benefits
Advantages of the CP 443-5 Extended communications module:
Compact design; 9-contact Sub-D socket for connection to
PROFIBUS DP
Simple installation
Can be plugged into AS rack slot; connection to the other
S7-400 modules via backplane bus
Operation without fan; backup battery or memory submodule
are not required

Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011 6/65

 Siemens AG 2012

Communications
PROFIBUS DP
Y-link

Overview Ordering data Order No.

Y-Link 6ES7 197-1LA11-0XA0
For connection of devices with
only one PROFIBUS DP interface
to a redundant automation
system, comprising:
2 IM 153-2 High Feature
interface modules
1 Y-coupler
1 BM IM 157 bus module (IM/IM)
1 BM Y-coupler bus module
PS 307 Load Power Supply
Including connecting comb;
120/230 V AC; 24 V DC
2 A; 40 mm wide 6ES7 307-1BA01-0AA0
5 A; 60 mm wide 6ES7 307-1EA01-0AA0
5 A, extended temperature 6ES7 307-1EA80-0AA0
6 range; 80 mm wide
10 A, 80 mm wide 6ES7 307-1KA02-0AA0
The Y-Link is a bus coupler for transition from a redundant PS 305 Load Power Supply
PROFIBUS DP master system to a simple, single-channel 24/48/60/110 V DC; 24 V DC
PROFIBUS DP master system. It can be used to connect 2 A, extended temperature 6ES7 305-1BA80-0AA0
devices with only one PROFIBUS DP interface to the redundant range; 80 mm wide
PROFIBUS DP master system AS 412H, AS 414H or AS 417H.

Design
Redundant
automation system

Y-Link
redundant PROFIBUS DP

G_PCS7_XX_00127

Connection of non-redundant
PROFIBUS DP devices to
redundant PROFIBUS DP

The Y-link comprises:

Two IM 153-2 High Feature interface modules for extended
temperature range
One Y-coupler incl. RS 485 repeater
One IM 157 (IM/IM) bus module for two IM 153-2 High Feature
modules, for extended temperature range
One BM Y-coupler bus module
Evaluation of the Y-link diagnostics (and hence indirectly of the
connected DP standard slaves) is supported by driver blocks.
It is recommendable to have a redundant -24 V DC supply for
the Y-link, e.g. with two PS 307/PS 305 load power supplies.

6/66 Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011

 Siemens AG 2012
Overview
Direct interfacing of the devices in the field, especially in the
hazardous area, together with the information content of the
communication, are of significant importance in the process
industry. PROFIBUS PA, which permits both digital data trans-
mission and the power supply on a two-wire line with the intrinsi-
cally-safe MBP transmission technology (Manchester Coded;
Bus Powered) is tailored to these requirements. It is optimally
suitable for direct integration of solenoid valves, sensors, and
pneumatic actuators positioned in operating environments up to
Ex zone 1/21 or 0/20 into the process control system.
The typical response time of a transmitter of approx. 10 ms
indicates that short cycle times can be achieved with the
PROFIBUS PA even in the case of a segment configuration with
up to 31 devices. Practically all typical applications of the
process industry can be implemented, both in small and large
plants. Bidirectional communication and high information
content allow enhanced diagnostics for fast and exact fault
detection and elimination. The standardized communications
services guarantee interoperability and replaceability between
multi-vendor field devices and remote parameterization of the
field devices during operation.
Safety communication with the PROFIsafe profile
The PROFIsafe profile allows seamless integration of safety
communication into the PROFIBUS PA. You need not configure
a separate safety bus for your safety-related applications. The
PROFIBUS PA with the PROFIsafe profile is incorporated in
"Safety Integrated for Process Automation". This comprehensive
range of products and services from Siemens for failsafe, fault-
tolerant applications in the process industry offers you attractive
and cost-effective alternatives to separate safety systems.
Communications
PROFIBUS PA
Introduction
Redundant architectures
You can define the degree of redundancy separately for the
controller, fieldbus and I/O levels of your plant depending on the
automation task and the derived safety requirements, and match
them to the field instrumentation (Flexible Modular Redundancy,
FMR). You can find an overview of the redundant architectures
of PROFIBUS PA under "Design".
Network transition PROFIBUS PA to PROFIBUS DP
The PA link is preferred as the gateway from PROFIBUS PA to
PROFIBUS DP. When using the PA link, the transmission rate on
the PROFIBUS DP is independent of the subordinate
PROFIBUS PA segments. The configuration of the PA link
depends on the fieldbus architecture. The types of coupler
described in the section "PA routers" can be used for the config-
uration. With a small amount of data (small quantity framework)
and low timing requirements, the DP/PA coupler can also be
operated in stand-alone mode as a gateway.
Benefits 6
Advantages provided by distributed field automation with appli-
cation of the PROFIBUS PA profile included low hardware
overhead, cost-effective engineering, increased operational
safety and problem-free maintenance. These advantages are
underlined by the following features:
Modularity and uniformity from the sensor up to the control
level permit new plant concepts
Implementation of intrinsically-safe applications through use
of the fieldbus in hazardous areas
Redundant PROFIBUS PA architectures (ring and line topol-
ogies with coupler redundancy) support Flexible Modular
Redundancy (FMR) from the automation system (controller)
down to a PA field device
Safety-related and fault-tolerant applications with low device
and cabling requirements
Reduced configuration costs through simple, central
engineering of the field devices (PROFIBUS PA and HART
with SIMATIC PDM, also cross-vendor)
Simple installation using two wire cable for common power
supply and data transmission
Reduced commissioning costs through simplified loop check
Low servicing costs thanks to simple wiring and compre-
hensive diagnostics facilities
Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011 6/67
 Siemens AG 2012

Communications
PROFIBUS PA
Introduction

Design Line architecture with single coupler

Max. 5 PROFIBUS PA lines (line segments) can be operated via
single couplers (max. 3 for mixed configurations with ring or
SIMATIC PCS 7 coupler redundancy) on a PA link as PA router, equipped with up
automation system to 5 DP/PA couplers.
In the line architecture with individual couplers, each line
PA link segment is connected to one DP/PA coupler of the PA router. The
PA router can be connected to a single or redundant
PROFIBUS PA PROFIBUS DP.
The FDC 157-0 the first choice as the DP/PA coupler. When
using this coupler, the PA devices can be integrated into the line
segment via active field distributors AFD (approval for Ex zone
2/22) or AFDiS (approval for Ex zone 1/21). The PA devices are
connected to these field distributors via short-circuit-proof spur
PA link lines.
Up to 8 field distributors of type AFD, up to 5 field distributors of

6
AFD AFD AFDiS type AFDiS, or up to 5 field distributors of both types in any mix
PROFIBUS PA can be operated as alternatives in a line segment. The last field
distributor at the end of the line leading away from the DP/
PA coupler automatically activates its bus terminating resistor.
Intrinsically-safe PA devices in hazardous areas in accordance
with Ex zone 1/21 or 0/20 are primarily integrated into a bus
segment by means of active field distributors AFDiS. For PA
PA link devices in Ex zone 1/21, the connection via a line segment on
the PA router with DP/PA coupler Ex [i] is a possible alternative.
The devices are integrated separately into the line segment via
AFS SplitConnect Taps (via spur line or directly via SplitConnect M12
AFD AFD AFDiS outlet). A SplitConnect terminator is required for the bus termi-
PROFIBUS PA nation of the segment.
By grouping individual devices in different line segments,
Flexible Modular Redundancy is possible at device level.
Line architecture with redundant coupler
The PA link operable as a PA router on a single or redundant
PA link PROFIBUS DP can only be equipped with one redundant DP/PA
coupler pair. This can be used either for a line architecture with
PROFIBUS PA Active Field Splitter (AFS) or for a ring architecture.
AFD AFD AFDiS In the line architecture, the AFS is connected to the redundant
DP/PA coupler pair (2 x FDC 157-0) in the PA router. It connects
PROFIBUS DP

the line segment connected to it to the active of the two

G_PCS7_XX_00146

redundant DP/PA couplers. A DP/PA coupler can be replaced

without interrupting the ongoing operation.
The PA devices are integrated into the line segment as in the line
architecture with individual couplers via active field distributors
AFD/AFDiS. The limits with regard to the number of field distrib-
Basic PROFIBUS PA design versions when using the PA link as the PA
utors are also identical (up to 8 AFD, up to 5 AFDiS or up to
router 5 AFD/AFDiS in any combination).
Basic PROFIBUS PA design versions are shown at this point.
The PA link is used as the PA router in these configuration
examples.
However, the PA router can only be implemented per DP/PA
coupler. The PROFIBUS DP connection is then directly on the
coupler instead of per interface module.
The number of PROFIBUS PA devices is limited according to the
specifications in section "Technical data".

6/68 Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011

 Siemens AG 2012

Communications
PROFIBUS PA
Introduction

Design (continued)
Ring architecture with coupler and media redundancy
With the redundant DP/PA coupler pair (2 x FDC 157-0) of a
PA router, a ring segment with automatic bus termination can
also be implemented instead of a line segment with AFS.
Apart from the ring segment, only line segments with individual
couplers can be configured on this PA router. The PA router can
be connected to a single or a redundant PROFIBUS DP.
Integration of the PA field devices into the ring segment is
carried out via active field distributors AFD or AFDiS whose
number is limited as with the line architectures (up to 8 AFD, up
to 5 AFDiS or up to 5 AFD/AFDiS in any combination). These field
distributors have electrically decoupled, short-circuit-proof spur
line connections for connecting the PA devices.
At the device level, flexible modular redundancy is possible by
grouping individual devices on different field distributors.
Cable lengths of bus segments and spur lines
The PROFIBUS PA is based on electrical transmission compo-
nents. A shielded two-wire cable is used for digital data trans-
mission and for the power supply of the field devices.
With line, tree and ring topologies, bus segments up to approx.
1.9 km can be configured. If AFDs are used, the length of the
spur lines for connecting devices and the quality of the cable
used must also be considered when calculating the total length
of the bus segment. Spur lines on the AFDiS are not relevant to
the total length of the bus segment.
The length for spur lines is as follows with bus segments with
active field distributors AFD/AFDiS:
Up to 120 m in accordance with IEC 61158-2
Up to 60 m in accordance with IEC 60079-27 (FISCO)

Special advantages of the ring architecture:
High availability
Transparent redundancy management of the intelligent
DP/PA couplers FDC 157-0 for the host system
Active bus terminators for automatic bus termination in the
DP/PA couplers FDC 157-0 and the AFDs permit:
- Automatic, smooth isolation of faulty subsegments in the
event of a short-circuit or open-circuit
- Modification of the ring configuration or instrumentation
during operation, including the addition or removal of ring
segments
Safety-related and fault-tolerant applications with low device
and cabling requirements
With active field distributors AFD, these maximum values may be
reduced depending on the number of spur lines of the bus
6
segment (for details, see Section "Technical data"). With active
field distributors AFDiS, this reduction is canceled by the
integrated repeater function.
Intrinsically-safe PA devices in hazardous areas are preferably
integrated into a bus segment by means of active field distrib-
utors AFDiS. For PA devices in Ex zone 1/21, the connection via
a line segment on the PA router with DP/PA coupler Ex [i] is a
possible alternative. In such a configuration the max. possible
length per spur line is reduced to 30 m and per bus segment to
1 km.
Bus segments are terminated either automatically (with architec-
tures with active field distributors AFD/AFDiS) or with the passive
terminating element for PROFIBUS PA (SpliTConnect termi-
nator).

Technical specifications
PROFIBUS PA Bus segments with AFD
Max. spur line length related to the
Data transmission MBP total number of spur lines
Transmission rate 31.25 Kbit/s Number of spur lines (1 device per
Cable 2-wire shielded spur line)
1 to 12 spur lines 120 m
Type of protection EEx(ia/ib)
13 to 14 spur lines 90 m
Topology Line, tree, ring 15 to 18 spur lines 60 m
Active field distributors per 19 to 24 spur lines 30 m
segment/coupler 25 to 31 spur lines 1m
AFD 8
Bus segments with AFDiS
AFDiS or AFD/AFDiS combined 5 Max. spur line length independent
PA devices per segment/coupler 31 of total number of spur lines
PA devices per PA link 64 Number of spur lines (1 device per
spur line)
Max. current for all PA field devices 1A 1 to 31 spur lines
of a segment (for PA gateways with
FDC 157-0 coupler) - Not intrinsically-safe 120 m
Cable length per segment, 1 900 m: standard - Intrinsically-safe acc. to FISCO 60 m
dependent on transmission rate 1 900 m: EEx(ib)
1 000 m: EEx(ia)

Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011 6/69

 Siemens AG 2012

Communications
PROFIBUS PA
PA Network Transitions

Overview Application
The two PA routers are based on two versions of the
DP/PA coupler:
Ex [i] DP/PA coupler (max. output current 110 mA)
for implementation of PROFIBUS PA networks with a line or
tree topology in environments up to Ex zone 1/21, not for
redundant architectures (coupler redundancy, ring)
FDC 1570 DP/PA coupler (max. output current 1 000 mA)
for implementation of PROFIBUS PA networks with a line, tree
or ring topology in environments up to Ex zone 2/22; can be
used for the redundant architectures "Ring" and "Coupler
redundancy"
DP/PA couplers are also integral components of the PA link (see
design). The PA link connects PROFIBUS DP and PROFIBUS PA
together, and decouples the transmission rates. In contrast to
the DP/PA coupler which limits the data transmission rate on the

6 PROFIBUS DP to 45.45 kbit/s, the PA link does not influence the

To create a smooth network transition between PROFIBUS DP
and PROFIBUS PA, the SIMATIC product range offers two
versions: the DP/PA coupler and the PA link.
The following criteria can be applied when choosing the network
transition:
DP/PA coupler:
For small quantity frameworks (volumes of data) and low
timing requirements; limiting of data transfer rate on the
PROFIBUS DP to 45.45 kbit/s
PA link:
For large number of stations and high cycle time require-
ments; data transfer rate on the PROFIBUS DP up to 12 Mbit/s
performance of the PROFIBUS DP.
The PA link functions as a slave on the PROFIBUS DP and as a
master on the PROFIBUS PA. From the viewpoint of the host
PROFIBUS DP master, the PA link is a modular slave whose
modules are the devices connected on the PROFIBUS PA.
Addressing of these devices is carried out indirectly via the PA
link that itself only requires one node address. The host
PROFIBUS master can scan devices connected to the PA link all
at once.
If the router is a DP/PA coupler, the nodes on the PROFIBUS PA
are directly addressed by the PROFIBUS DP master (controller).
The DP/PA coupler is an electrical node, but is transparent for
communication between the master and PA field devices; it
therefore does not require setting of parameters or addresses
(exception: FDC 157-0 DP/PA coupler used as PROFIBUS
diagnostics slave).
PROFIBUS diagnostics with FDC 157-0 DP/PA coupler,
configured as PROFIBUS diagnostics slave
FDC 157-0 DP/PA couplers configured as PROFIBUS
diagnostics slaves supply extensive diagnostic and status infor-
mation via PROFIBUS for swift location and clearance of faults:
I&M (Identification & Maintenance) data
Current and voltage values on the main cable
Redundancy status
Wire breakage
Short-circuit
Signal level
To this end, each of these DP/PA couplers FDC 157-0 requires
its own PROFIBUS address. This applies independent of use in
a PA Link or as a PA router.
The PA link and DP/PA coupler approved for an extended
temperature range are available for use in environments up to
Ex zone 2/22. Both are operated with 24 V DC. Assembly is on
an S7-300 rail with horizontal or vertical alignment.

6/70 Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011

 Siemens AG 2012

Communications
PROFIBUS PA
PA Network Transitions

Design
High Speed solution with PA link Low-cost solution with direct addressing

PROFIBUS master
2 S7-400 2

up to 12 Mbit/s 4 5 45.45 kbit/s PROFIBUS DP

DP/PA coupler

3 PROFIBUS PA
PA link

2 PROFIBUS PA

31.25 kbit/s 1 3 4

3 4 5 6 7 8
6

G_PCS7_XX_00078
PA link DP/PA coupler
IM 153-2 interface module (single/redundant) transparent for communication
DP/PA couplers (max. 5 per IM 153-2) Ex version 13.5 V / 110 mA
Slave on DP side - master on PA side Non-Ex version 31 V / 1000 mA
Max. 64 PA devices (244 bytes I/O data)

Configuration examples for PA link and DP/PA coupler

PA link
The PA link is a modular combination in S7-300 design
consisting of the IM 153-2 High Feature PROFIBUS DP interface
module (with optional redundancy) and up to 5 DP/PA couplers
(FDC 157-0 or Ex [i]).
All components of the PA link are interconnected through the
S7 backplane bus. The use of active bus modules as backplane
bus allows hot swapping of individual modules and redundancy
of the IM 153-2 High Feature PROFIBUS DP interface modules
and the FDC 157-0 DP/PA coupler. If redundancy and changes
during operation are not required, passive bus connectors can
be used instead of active bus modules.
The PS 307 or PS 305 load power supply can be used for the
24 V DC. With a redundant IM 153-2 High Feature interface
module for PROFIBUS DP, it is also recommendable to have a
redundant 24 V DC supply, e.g. with two PS 307/PS 305 load
power supplies.
The PROFIBUS PA bus segments designed with the
DP/PA couplers are physically separated as regards current
infeed, but form one bus system in communication terms. A
PROFIBUS PA ring segment or a PROFIBUS PA line segment
with coupler redundancy can be operated on a PA link. Further
PROFIBUS PA line segments can be operated on this PA link
using individual couplers. The FDC 157-0 DP/PA couplers
provided for the ring coupling or coupler redundancy must
always be located at the right-hand end of a sequence of up
to 5 couplers.
The following basic components are available for configuring the
PA link:
IM 153-2 High Feature interface module for extended
temperature range
DP/PA coupler (Ex [i] and FDC 157-0)
Components for redundant design and for hot swapping
- Mounting rail for hot swapping (as an alternative to the
standard mounting rail)
- BM PS/IM for 1 load power supply and 1 IM 153-2 High
Feature module, for extended temperature range
- IM/IM (IM 157) bus module for two IM 153-2 High Feature
modules, for redundant and non-redundant design and for
extended temperature range
- BM FDC for 1 DP/PA coupler Ex [i] or FDC 157-0, for
extended temperature range (up to 5 DP/PA couplers
possible per PA link)
- BM FDC/FDC for 2 DP/PA couplers FDC 157-0, for extended
temperature range
Additive option:
PS 307 load power supply for 120/230 V AC; 24 V DC, version
in 2, 5 or 10 A, or
PS 305 load power supply for 24/48/60/110 V DC; 24 V DC,
2A

Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011 6/71

 Siemens AG 2012

Communications
PROFIBUS PA
PA Network Transitions

Technical specifications
DP/PA coupler
Bus connection
Connection for PROFIBUS PA
DP/PA coupler Ex [i]
DP/PA coupler FDC 157-0
Connection for PROFIBUS DP
Module-specific data
2 terminals of a 4-pole screw-type
terminal, integral terminating
resistor
4-pole screw-type terminal for
connection and looping through,
selectable terminating resistor
9-pin Sub-D plug,
contact assignment as described
in IEC 61158/EN 50170
Status, interrupts, diagnostics
Diagnostics displays DP/PA coupler
Ex [i] and DP/PA coupler FDC 157-0
PROFIBUS DP bus monitoring Yellow LED "DP"
PROFIBUS PA bus monitoring Yellow LED "PA"
24 V DC power supply monitoring Green "ON" LED
Additive diagnostics displays of the
DP/PA coupler FDC 157-0
Group error Red LED "SF"
Bus error Red LED "BF"
Monitoring DP/PA coupler (active Yellow LED "ACT"
coupler in redundant configu-
ration)

Degree of protection IP20 Climatic conditions

Transmission rate on PROFIBUS DP 45.45 Kbit/s Permissible operating temperature

6 Transmission rate on PROFIBUS PA 31.25 Kbit/s
DP/PA coupler Ex [i] and DP/
PA coupler FDC 157-0
Communication protocol PROFIBUS DP Horizontal installation -25 ... +60 C
Vertical installation -25 ... +40 C
Voltages, currents, potentials
Dimensions and weight
Supply voltage 24 V DC (20.4 V ... 28.8 V)
Dimensions (W x H x D) in mm 80 x 125 x 130
Reverse polarity protection Yes
Weight
Overvoltage protection Yes
DP/PA coupler Ex [i] approx. 550 g
Voltage at coupler output (PA) DP/PA coupler FDC 157-0 Approx. 515 g
DP/PA coupler Ex [i] 13 V ... 14 V DC
DP/PA coupler FDC 157-0 31 1 V DC
Voltage monitoring 15.5 V
Overvoltage monitoring U > 35 V; latching cutoff
Voltage failure bridging Min. 5 ms
Current at coupler output (PA)
for supplying the PA field devices
DP/PA coupler Ex [i] max. 110 mA
DP/PA coupler FDC 157-0 max. 1 A
Galvanic isolation 24 V DC
PROFIBUS DP/PROFIBUS PA Yes
PROFIBUS DP/supply Yes
PROFIBUS PA/supply Yes
All electric circuits/functional Yes
grounding
Power consumption of modules
(24 V DC)
DP/PA coupler Ex [i] Max. 400 mA
DP/PA coupler FDC 157-0 max. 2.3 A
Power loss of the module
DP/PA coupler Ex [i] Typ. 7 W
DP/PA coupler FDC 157-0 Typ. 13.4 W

6/72 Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011

 Siemens AG 2012
Technical specifications (continued)
IM 153-2 High Feature (for
extended temperature range)
Function Linking of PROFIBUS DP
(9.6 Kbit/s to 12 Mbit/s, slave
functionality) and PROFIBUS PA
(master functionality) with support
of the "Configuration in Run"
function
The DP/PA link function is only
implemented by extending the
IM 153-2 High Feature with one or
more DP/PA couplers. Stand-
alone operation of the IM 153-2
High Feature is not possible.
1 Y coupler, up to 5 DP/
PA couplers or up to 64 slaves
can be connected
Isolation from the higher-level DP
master system
Bus connection
Connection for PROFIBUS DP 9-pin Sub-D plug, contact
assignment as described in
IEC 61158/EN 50170, Vol. 2
Connectable lower-level compo-
nents
Number of couplers
DP/PA coupler max. 5
Y coupler 1 Bus error on higher level DP
Number of PA devices on max. 64
PROFIBUS PA
Module-specific data
Degree of protection IP20
Transmission rate of the higher level 9.6; 19.2; 45.45; 93.75; 187.5;
DP master system 500 Kbit/s;
1.5; 3; 6; 12 Mbit/s
Communication protocol PROFIBUS DP
Frame length
I/O data Max. 244 bytes
Configuration frame Max. 244 bytes
Diagnostics frame Max. 244 bytes
Parameter assignment frame Max. 244 bytes
Communications
PROFIBUS PA
PA Network Transitions
Voltages, currents, potentials
Supply voltage 24 V DC (20.4 V ... 28.8 V)
Reverse polarity protection Yes
Voltage failure bridging 20 ms
Galvanic isolation
to the higher-level DP master Yes
system
to the DP/PA coupler or Y coupler No
Power consumption of modules
(24 V DC)
In the PA link Max. 200 mA (at 20.4 V)
in the Y link Max. 400 mA (at 20.4 V)
Power loss of the module
In the PA link Max. 2.6 W (at 28.8 V)
in the Y link
Infeed, mechanical design
Max. 3.6 W (at 28.8 V)
4-pin screw terminal, short-
6
circuiting link between PE and
M24; the short-circuiting link must
be removed for floating operation
(independent of this, the DP
interface is always floating)
Status, interrupts, diagnostics
Diagnostic displays
Group error Red LED "SF"
Red LED "BF 1"
master system
Bus error on underlying bus Red LED "BF 2"
system
Module is active in redundancy Yellow LED "ACT"
mode
24 V DC power supply monitoring Green "ON" LED
Climatic conditions
Permissible operating temperature
Horizontal installation -25 ... +60 C
Vertical installation -25 ... +40 C
Dimensions and weight
Dimensions (W x H x D) in mm 40 x 125 x 130
Weight approx. 360 g
Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011 6/73

Communications
PROFIBUS PA
PA Network Transitions
Ordering data
DP/PA coupler
For transition from RS 485 to MBP
DP/PA coupler Ex [i]
Fieldbus coupler between
PROFIBUS DP and
PROFIBUS PA, EEx(ia) version,
max. output current 110 mA;
degree of protection IP20; for
extended temperature range,
permissible operating temper-
ature -25 ... +60 C
DP/PA coupler FDC 157-0
Fieldbus coupler between
PROFIBUS DP and
PROFIBUS PA, with redundancy
capability; integrated
PROFIBUS diagnostics slave;
max. output current 1 A; degree
6 of protection IP20; for extended
temperature range, permissible
operating temperature
-25 ... +60 C
IM 153-2 High Feature
Interface module for PA Link and
Y-Link; with redundancy
capability; degree of protection
IP20; for extended temperature
range, permissible operating
temperature -25 ... +60 C
Accessories
PS 307 load power supply
Including connecting comb;
120/230 V AC; 24 V DC
2 A; 40 mm wide
5 A; 60 mm wide
5 A, extended temperature
range; 80 mm wide
10 A, 80 mm wide
PS 305 load power supply
24/48/60/110 V DC; 24 V DC
2 A, extended temperature
range; 80 mm wide
Standard profile rails
(without hot swapping function)
482 mm wide (19 inches)
530 mm wide
6/74 Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011
Siemens AG 2012
Order No.
6ES7 157-0AD82-0XA0
6ES7 157-0AC83-0XA0
6ES7 153-2BA82-0XB0
6ES7 307-1BA01-0AA0
6ES7 307-1EA01-0AA0
6ES7 307-1EA80-0AA0
6ES7 307-1KA02-0AA0
6ES7 305-1BA80-0AA0
6ES7 390-1AE80-0AA0
6ES7 390-1AF30-0AA0
Order No.
Components for hot swapping
and for redundant design
Active bus modules for hot
swapping
BM PS/IM SIPLUS extreme 6AG1 195-7HA00-2XA0
for 1 load current supply and
1 IM 153-2 High Feature
module;
for "hot swapping" function, for
extended temperature range,
permissible operating temper-
ature -25 ... +70 C
BM IM/IM 6ES7 195-7HD80-0XA0
for 2 IM 153-2 High Feature
modules, for redundant and
non-redundant configuration, for
"hot swapping" function, for
extended temperature range,
permissible operating temper-
ature -25 ... +60 C
BM FDC 6ES7 195-7HF80-0XA0
for 1 DP/PA coupler Ex [i] or
FDC 157-0,
for "hot swapping" function, for
extended temperature range,
permissible operating temper-
ature -25 ... +60 C
BM FDC/FDC 6ES7 195-7HG80-0XA0
for 2 DP/PA couplers
FDC 157-0,
for "hot swapping" function, for
extended temperature range,
permissible operating temper-
ature -25 ... +60 C
Mounting rail for hot swapping
For max. 5 active bus modules
482 mm wide (19 inches) 6ES7 195-1GA00-0XA0
530 mm wide 6ES7 195-1GF30-0XA0
620 mm wide 6ES7 195-1GG30-0XA0
Covers 6ES7 195-1JA00-0XA0
4 backplane bus covers and
1 cover for active bus module
 Siemens AG 2012
Overview
Active field distributor AFD
The active field distributor (AFD) can be operated in environ-
ments in accordance with Ex zone 2/22. It can integrate up to 4
PA (PROFIBUS PA) or FF (FOUNDATION Fieldbus H1) field
devices via short-circuit-proof spur line connections into a
fieldbus segment (line/ring) with automatic bus termination. This
fieldbus segment can be connected to a single or redundant
PROFIBUS DP via a PA or FF router and it can thus be
seamlessly integrated into the SIMATIC PCS 7 process control
system.
Up to 8 active field distributors AFD with a total of up to 31
connected field devices can be operated per fieldbus segment.
The number of field devices is also limited by the current
consumption of the field devices. A current of 1 A is available for
all field devices of a segment.
An AFD in a ring segment can be replaced during operation
without failure of the segment.
For compliance with IP65 protection, it is necessary to protect
unused spur line connections by plugs.
Communications
PROFIBUS PA
Active field distributors
Active field distributor AFDiS
PROFIBUS DP
PA link
AFDiS AFDiS AFDiS
Ex Zone 1
6
Subsegment max. 500 m
G_PCS7_XX_00285
Ex Zone 0 Bus
terminating
resistor 100
The active field distributor AFDiS (Active Field Distributor
intrinsic Safety) can be operated in environments in accordance
with Ex zone 1/21 and 2/22. It can integrate up to 6 intrinsically-
safe PA (PROFIBUS PA) or FF (FOUNDATION Fieldbus H1) field
devices into a fieldbus segment (line/ring) via its intrinsically-
safe, short-circuit-proof spur line connections. Instead of the
spur line, it is also possible to use a subsegment for 3 to 4
devices with a max. length of 500 m at connection S1 of the
AFDiS. The spur lines with type of protection Ex [ia] as well as
the subsegment can be routed into Zone 0/20.
Up to 5 field distributors AFDiS with a total of up to 31 field
devices can be operated in a fieldbus segment. The limitation to
5 field distributors is also mandatory for mixed operation of AFD
and AFDiS.
The number of field devices per segment additionally depends
on the current consumption of the devices. A current of 1 A is
available for all field devices of the segment.
With the integrated repeater function, the AFDiS has the
following advantages compared to the AFD:
Spur line lengths are independent of the total number of spur
lines in the bus segment
Spur line lengths need not be be taken into account when
determining the total length of the bus segment
Under the following conditions, an AFDiS in a ring segment can
be replaced during operation without failure of the segment:
Installation in zone 2/22; no mixed operation with AFD.
For compliance with IP66 protection, it is necessary to protect
unused spur line connections by plugs.
Active field splitter AFS
The active field splitter (AFS) connects a PA or FF line segment
with a redundant coupler pair of a PA or FF router. The AFS inter-
connects the line segment with the respective active coupler.
To guarantee IP65 protection, it is necessary to protect an
unused connection by a plug.
Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011 6/75
 Siemens AG 2012

Communications
PROFIBUS PA
Active field distributors

Technical specifications
Active field distributor (AFD)
General data
Connection of field devices
Degree of protection
Voltages, currents, potentials
Rated supply voltage
6 Voltage Vmax
Reverse polarity protection
Internal power consumption
Standard-compliant field
devices for PROFIBUS PA or
FOUNDATION Fieldbus H1
Max. 4 per AFD
Max. 31 per fieldbus segment
Operating environment up to
zone 2 or 22
The max. current consumption
of all field devices of the fieldbus
segment is 1 A
IP65
16 V DC (16 ... 32 V)
35 V
Yes
Max. 25 mA or 59 mA with AFD at
end of cable (open main line
connection)
Voltages, currents, potentials
Power supply
Rated supply voltage, permissible
range
Polarity reversal protection (only in
connection with DP/PA coupler)
Overvoltage protection
Current consumption
At 28 V input voltage
At 24 V input voltage
At 20 V input voltage
Power loss
Grounding
Electrical isolation between main
line and spur lines
Via bus, no auxiliary power
necessary
16 ... 32 V DC
Yes; up to 1 A
No
d 64 mA + (0.838 x aggregate
current of all field devices)
d 67 mA + (1.008 x aggregate
current of all field devices)
d 74 mA + (1.246 x aggregate
current of all field devices)
Min. 1.4 W; max. 5.9 W
Direct, via connecting bar
Yes

Current Imax per spur line X1 to X4 60 mA Test voltage 2 550 V DC, 2 s

Status, interrupts, diagnostics Connections, interfaces

Diagnostic displays: Main line

Status main line PA1, PA2 Green LED Number of connections 2
Fault main line PA1, PA2 Red LED Interfaces PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION
Status/fault spur line X1 to X4 Green LED Fieldbus H1
Climatic conditions Automatic bus terminator Yes
Permissible operating temperature -25 ... +70 C Spur cables
Dimensions and weight Number of connections 6
Dimensions (W x H x D) in mm 175 x 57 x 105; Short-circuit-proof Yes
with screw gland 175 x 57 x 105
Intrinsically-safe acc. to FISCO Yes
Weight approx. 700 g
Current Imax
on spur line S1 60 mA
Active field distributor AFDiS on spur line S2 to S6 40 mA
General data in total for all field devices 180 mA

Connection of field devices Standard-compliant field Short-circuit current (test current) 5 mA

devices for PROFIBUS PA or Debounce logic Yes
FOUNDATION Fieldbus H1
Max. 6 per AFDiS No-load voltage Max. 15.3 V
Max. 31 per fieldbus segment Current output to field devices Max. 260 mA
Operating environment up to
zone 1 or 21 Status, interrupts, diagnostics
The max. current consumption
Status display Yes
of all field devices of the fieldbus
segment is 1 A Diagnostics function Yes
Degree of protection IP66 Diagnostic indicator LED Yes
Climatic conditions
Permissible operating temperature -40 ... +70 C
Permissible storage/transport -40 ... +85 C
temperature
Relative humidity during operation Max. 95 %
Approvals for potentially
explosive atmospheres
Gas Zone 1 and Zone 2
Dust Zone 21 and Zone 22
Dimensions and weight
Dimensions (W x H x D) in mm 380 x 85 x 170
Weight approx. 4 500 g

6/76 Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011

 Siemens AG 2012

Communications
PROFIBUS PA
Active field distributors

Technical specifications (continued)

Active field splitter AFS Status, interrupts, diagnostics
General data Diagnostic displays:
Connection of field devices Max. 31 per fieldbus segment Status main line PA1, PA2 Green LED
Operating environment up to Fault main line PA1, PA2 Red LED
zone 2 or 22 Climatic conditions
The max. current consumption
of all field devices of the fieldbus Permissible operating temperature -25 ... +70 C
segment is 1 A
Dimensions and weight
Degree of protection IP65
Dimensions (W x H x D) in mm 125 x 57 x 80;
Voltages, currents, potentials with screw gland 175 x 57 x 105
Rated supply voltage 16 V DC (16 ... 32 V) Weight approx. 700 g
Reverse polarity protection Yes
Overvoltage protection Yes
Voltage failure bridging 5 ms
Current consumption d 25 mA 6
Power loss Max. 1 W
Output current for supplying all field 1A
devices of the fieldbus segment (for
dimensioning the device configu-
ration)

Ordering data Order No. Order No.

Active field distributor AFD 6ES7 157-0AF81-0XA0 Accessories
with 4 short-circuit-proof spur line
connections for the integration of Profile rail adapter 6ES7 157-0AF83-0XA0
standard-compliant PA or FF field for mounting an active field
devices distributor AFD or AFS on a
mounting rail, optional
Active Field Distributor AFDiS 6ES7 157-0AG83-0XA0
(Active Field Distributor Cable gland for active field Can be ordered from:
intrinsic Safety) splitter AFS Jacob GmbH
with 6 short-circuit-proof spur line www.jacob-gmbh.de
connections for the integration of Order No. 50.616 M/EMV
standard-compliant intrinsically-
safe PA or FF field devices Fastener for HSK-Ex standard Can be ordered from:
cable glands Hummel elektrotechnik GmbH
Active field splitter (AFS) 6ES7 157-0AF82-0XA0 For use as plugs for unused www.hummel-group.com
for the interconnection of a bus connections on AFD and AFS Order No. 1.296.0901.11
line segment with the active
coupler of a PA or FF router with Sealing plugs 6ES7 157-0AG80-1XA1
redundant coupler pair for unused connections on AFDiS
(10 units)

Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011 6/77

 Siemens AG 2012

Communications
PROFIBUS PA
Passive PA components

Overview
The following cables in different colors are offered for setting up
PROFIBUS PA networks in accordance with IEC 61158-2 (for
detailed information, refer to the IK PI Catalog, Industry Mall, or
CA 01 Offline Mall under Network components for PROFIBUS,
Electrical networks (PROFIBUS PA)):
PROFIBUS FC Process Cable, 2-wire, shielded, black sheath:
for applications in non-intrinsically safe areas
SpliTConnect
The SpliTConnect Tap enables the design of fieldbus segments
according to IEC 61158-2 with field device connection points.
The SpliTConnect Coupler can be used to construct a
PROFIBUS PA hub by connecting SpliTConnect Taps in series.
By replacing the contacting screw by the SpliTConnect Termi-
nator, the SpliTConnect Tap can be used as a bus terminating
element.
Terminal equipment can be connected directly through the
FC Process Cable. Using the SpliTConnect M12 Outlet, PA field
devices can also be connected to the SpliTConnect Tap by
means of an M12 connection. The SpliTConnect M12 Jack is a
connecting element between an FC Process Cable and an M12
connector on the PROFIBUS PA field device. For details on
SpliTConnect network components, see Catalog IK PI.

Ordering data
6 PROFIBUS FC Process Cable
Order No.

2-wire, shielded
Blue sheath color; for intrinsi- 6XV1 830-5EH10
cally safe applications
PROFIBUS FC Process Cable, 2-wire, shielded, blue sheath: Black sheath color; for non- 6XV1 830-5FH10
for applications in intrinsically safe areas intrinsically safe applications
Sold by the meter:
max. length 1000 m, minimum
order 20 m
PROFIBUS FastConnect 6GK1 905-6AA00
Stripping Tool
Stripping tool for fast stripping of
the PROFIBUS FastConnect bus
cable
PROFIBUS FastConnect 6GK1 905-6AB00
Blade Cassettes
Spare blade cassettes for
PROFIBUS FastConnect Stripping
Tool, 5 units
SpliTConnect Tap 6GK1 905-0AA00
The FastConnect stripping tool can be used to strip the outer for implementing PROFIBUS PA
sheath and shield of the PROFIBUS FC Process Cables to the segments and attaching PA field
required lengths for PROFIBUS PA. devices, insulation displacement
terminal, IP67, 10 units

Design SpliTConnect M12 Outlet

Element for direct attachment of
6GK1 905-0AB10

PA field devices to the

SpliTConnect Tap, 5 units
DP/PA link SpliTConnect
terminator SpliTConnect Coupler 6GK1 905-0AC00
Connection element for
cascading SpliTConnect Taps to
create neutral points, 10 units
SpliTConnect Terminator
SpliTConnect for connecting PROFIBUS PA
coupler segments, 5 units
Terminator (Ex); can be used in 6GK1 905-0AD00
hazardous areas
SpliTConnect taps Terminator (non-Ex); cannot be 6GK1 905-0AE00
used in hazardous areas
FC Process cable
SpliTConnect M12 Jack 6GK1 905-0AF00
Connecting element between an
SpliTConnect
FC Process Cable and M12
M12 Jack
connector on the PROFIBUS PA
field device, 5 units

SpliTConnect M12 Outlet

for direct connection of
PA field devices to the
SpliTConnect tap Connector on
PA field device

6/78 Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011

 Siemens AG 2012

Communications
FOUNDATION Fieldbus H1
Introduction

Overview Characteristic features at a glance

Bus power supply to the field devices
According to preference, either PROFIBUS PA or FOUNDATION Topology: line, tree, ring
Fieldbus (FF) H1 can be used as fieldbus for the direct
connection of transmitters and actuators to the SIMATIC PCS 7 Integration of intrinsically safe field devices in hazardous
process control system. areas with barriers
Deterministic time response
Properties of the FOUNDATION Fieldbus H1
Interoperability due to standardized bus interface and device
Just like PROFIBUS PA, the FOUNDATION Fieldbus H1 is based integration with standardized device descriptions
on the IEC 61158-2 standard. Using the MBP (Manchester
Support of "Control in the Field"
Coded; Bus Powered) transmission method, digital data trans-
mission and power supply of the bus nodes are combined on a
shielded two-wire cable. The constant transmission rate is Design
31.25 Kbit/s.
Up to 32 bus nodes (1 coupler + field devices) can be operated SIMATIC PCS 7
on one fieldbus segment. The field devices are integrated into automation system
the fieldbus segment via active field distributors AFD (approval
for Ex zone 2/22) or AFDiS (approval for Ex zone 1/21). Intrinsi-
cally-safe FF devices connected via active field distributors
AFDiS can be installed in hazardous areas in accordance with FF link
6
Ex zone 1/21 or 0/20.
FOUNDATION Fieldbus H1
The total length of the fieldbus segment is restricted to 1 900 m.
If AFDs are used, the length of the spur lines for connecting AFD AFD AFDiS
devices and the quality of the cable used must also be
considered when calculating the total length of the bus segment.
Spur lines on the AFDiS are not relevant to the total length of the
bus segment.
The spur line length is:
Up to 120 m in accordance with IEC 61158-2
Up to 60 m in accordance with IEC 60079-27 (FISCO)
With active field distributors AFD, the maximum values may be FF link
reduced depending on the number of spur lines of the bus
segment (for details, see Section "Technical specifications"). AFS
With the active field distributor AFDiS, this reduction is canceled
by the integrated repeater function. FOUNDATION Fieldbus H1
AFD AFDiS
The FOUNDATION Fieldbus H1 combines cyclic and acyclic
communication. Time-critical tasks such as the transfer of
process data are executed cyclically according to an exact
processing schedule. On the other hand, non-time-critical infor-
mation such as maintenance/diagnostic data, configuration or
parameterization data are transferred acyclically.
Device management with EDD
The field device data for the following block types are distributed FF link
according to the block model:
Device block (device-specific information)
Function block (implemented functions) FOUNDATION Fieldbus H1
Transmission block (function for controlling input/output
AFD AFD AFDiS
variables of a function block)
PROFIBUS DP

Fieldbus Foundation provides pre-defined device descriptions

G_PCS7_XX_00284

(standard DD) for the basic functions of specific field device

types. The basic functions of the devices (e.g. analog input,
digital output, etc.) are implemented by means of different
standard function and transmission blocks.
The device descriptions are interpreted with SIMATIC PDM V7.0.
Control in the Field Design versions of the FOUNDATION Fieldbus H1
Function and transmission blocks can also be interconnected to An FF fieldbus segment can be operated on the FF Link for the
form control loops. Together with suitable field devices, such a gateway between PROFIBUS DP and the FOUNDATION
control application operates independent of the controller Fieldbus H1, and can be configured as described below.
(automation system) of the control system.

Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011 6/79

 Siemens AG 2012

Communications
FOUNDATION Fieldbus H1
Introduction

Design (continued)
Line architecture with single coupler
The FF field devices are integrated into a line segment via active
field distributors AFD (approval for Ex zone 2/22) or AFDiS
(approval for Ex zone 1/21). Connection to these field distrib-
utors is made via short-circuit-proof spur lines.
Up to 8 field distributors of type AFD, up to 5 field distributors of
type AFDiS, or up to 5 field distributors of both types in any mix
can be operated as alternatives in a line segment. The last field
distributor at the end of the line leading away from the FF Link
automatically activates its bus terminating resistor. The line
segment can be connected to a single or redundant
PROFIBUS DP via the FF Link.
Line architecture with redundant coupler
The active field splitter (AFS) is connected with a redundant
Ring architecture with coupler and media redundancy
Maximum availability can be achieved with a FOUNDATION
Fieldbus H1 ring segment that is created by means of a
redundant coupler pair (2 FDC 157) in the FF Link.
The FF field devices are integrated into the ring segment via the
short-circuit-proof spur lines of the active field distributors AFD
or AFDiS. The number of field distributors is limited as with the
line architectures (up to 8 AFD, up to 5 AFDiS, or up to 5 AFD/
AFDiS in any combination).
The bus is terminated automatically and is immediately adapted
in the event of changes or faults on the bus. An extension on the
fieldbus or replacement of a coupler during operation is
possible.
The ring segment can be connected to a single or redundant

6
coupler pair (2 FDC 157) in the FF Link. This connects the line PROFIBUS DP via the FF Link.
segment connected to it to the respective active coupler.
A coupler can be replaced without interrupting the ongoing
operation. The FF field devices are integrated in the line
segment as described in the section "Line architecture with
single coupler". The limits with regard to the number of field
distributors are also identical (up to 8 AFD, up to 5 AFDiS or up
to 5 AFD/AFDiS in any combination).
The line segment on the AFS can be connected to a single or
redundant PROFIBUS DP via the FF Link.

Integration
Integration in SIMATIC PCS 7
The FOUNDATION Fieldbus H1 can be integrated seamlessly in
the SIMATIC PCS 7 process control system using PROFIBUS DP
as link. A SIMATIC FF Link, which is equipped with one or two
couplers depending on the selected bus architecture (see Setup
section), serves as router between PROFIBUS DP and
FOUNDATION Fieldbus H1.
Engineering of the FOUNDATION Fieldbus H1 segments is
implemented as for PROFIBUS PA. Diagnostic information and
configured maintenance information for FF Link and FF devices
are made available via the SIMATIC PCS 7 Maintenance Station.
SIMATIC PCS 7 generates the diagnostics screens automati-
cally.
System requirements:
System software SIMATIC PCS 7 V7.1+ SP2 or higher
SIMATIC PDM V7.0

Technical specifications
FOUNDATION Fieldbus H1 Bus segments with AFD
Data transmission MBP Max. spur line length related to the
total number of spur lines
Transmission rate 31.25 Kbit/s
Number of spur lines (1 device per
Cable 2-wire shielded spur line)
Topology Line, tree, ring 1 to 12 spur lines 120 m
13 to 14 spur lines 90 m
FF devices per segment/FF Link 31
15 to 18 spur lines 60 m
Active field distributors per 19 to 24 spur lines 30 m
segment/FF Link
25 to 31 spur lines 1m
AFD 8
AFDiS or 5 Bus segments with AFDiS
AFDiS and AFD combined Max. spur line length independent
of total number of spur lines
Max. total current consumption of all 1A
FF field devices Number of spur lines (1 device per
spur line)
Cable length per segment 1 900 m
1 to 31 spur lines
- Not intrinsically-safe 120 m
- Intrinsically-safe acc. to FISCO 60 m

6/80 Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011

 Siemens AG 2012
Overview
OS Single
Station
Plant bus
SIMATIC PCS 7
automation system
PROFIBUS DP
FF Link
FDC 157
IM 153-2FF
FF segment AFD
IM 153-2FF
Examples of DP/FF routers with FF Link
With an FF Link as router between PROFIBUS DP and
FOUNDATION Fieldbus H1 (FF), a fieldbus segment with up to
31 standard-compliant FF-H1 field devices can be integrated in
the SIMATIC PCS 7 process control system. The modular FF Link
can be configured differently depending on the design of
PROFIBUS DP (single or redundant) and FOUNDATION
Fieldbus H1 (for design versions, refer to the section
FOUNDATION Fieldbus H1, introduction). One or two
IM 153-2 FF interface modules are combined with one
coupler or an FDC 157 coupler pair.
Design
FF Link
The FF Link is a modular combination in S7-300 design
consisting of the IM 153-2 FF PROFIBUS DP interface module
and FDC 157 coupler (both either as single units or redundantly
in pairs depending on the plant configuration).
The following design versions are thus possible (also refer to
FOUNDATION Fieldbus H1 section, introduction):
One PROFIBUS DP interface module (1 x IM 153-2 FF)
- Line architecture with single coupler (1 x FDC 157)
- Line architecture with coupler redundancy (2 x FDC 157)
and AFS active field distributor
- Ring architecture with coupler and media redundancy
(2 x FDC 157)
Redundant PROFIBUS DP interface modules
(2 x IM 153-2 FF)
- Line architecture with single coupler (1 x FDC 157)
- Line architecture with coupler redundancy (2 x FDC 157)
and AFS active field distributor
- Ring architecture with coupler and media redundancy
(2 x FDC 157)
Communications
FOUNDATION Fieldbus H1
FF Network Transitions
SIMATIC PCS 7
Engineering/Maintenance Station with
Process Device Manager SIMATIC PDM
FF Link
FDC 157 FF segment
AFD AFD
6
G_PCS7_XX_00258
The FF Link is simultaneously slave on the PROFIBUS DP and
master on the FOUNDATION Fieldbus H1. It decouples the LAN
characteristics, communications protocols, and the time
response of both bus systems.
An FF Link master is integrated in the IM 153-2 FF. Typically the
IM 153-2 FF uses this to control the distributed communication
of the FOUNDATION Fieldbus H1 segment as LAS (Link Active
Scheduler). If it fails, the redundant M 153-2 FF partner module
or a field device with the "Backup Link Master" feature takes over
control of communication. This permits the implementation of
closed-loop control functions by FF field devices (Control in the
Field), independent of the higher-level controller.
In a minimum configuration consisting of one IM 153-2 FF and
one FDC 157 coupler, the components can be connected via the
S7 backplane bus by means of passive bus connectors.
For FF Link configurations with redundant components, active
bus modules must be used for the backplane bus instead of
passive bus connectors. Active bus modules permit "hot
swapping" of individual modules.
If a 24 V DC infeed from the plant's central power supply is not
possible, the PS 307 or PS 305 load power supplies can be
used. A redundant 24 V DC power supply, e.g. by means of two
PS 307/PS 305 load power supplies, is recommended for
FF Link configurations with redundant IM 153-2 FF High Feature
interface modules.
One FF fieldbus segment each can be operated with an FF Link.
This can be a simple line segment with single coupler, a line
segment with coupler redundancy, or a ring segment with
coupler and media redundancy.
Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011 6/81
 Siemens AG 2012

Communications
FOUNDATION Fieldbus H1
FF Network Transitions

Design (continued)
The following basic components are available for configuring the Additive option:
FF Link: PS 307 load power supply for 120/230 V AC; 24 V DC, version
IM 153-2 FF interface module in 2, 5 or 10 A, or
FDC 157 coupler PS 305 load power supply for 24/48/60/110 V DC; 24 V DC,
2A
Components for redundant design and for hot swapping
- Mounting rail for hot swapping (as an alternative to the
standard mounting rail)
- BM PS/IM for 1 load power supply and 1 IM 153-2 FF
module, for extended temperature range
- BM IM/IM for 2 IM 153-2 FF modules, for redundant and non-
redundant design and for extended temperature range
- BM FDC for 1 FDC 157 coupler, for extended temperature
range
- BM FDC/FDC for 2 FDC 157 couplers, for extended temper-
ature range

6 Technical specifications
FDC 157 coupler IM 153-2 FF
Bus connection Function Linking of PROFIBUS DP (slave
functionality) and FOUNDATION
Connection for FOUNDATION 4-pole screw-type terminal for Fieldbus H1 (link master function-
Fieldbus H1 connection and looping through, ality) with support of the "Configu-
selectable terminating resistor ration in Run" function
Module-specific data The FF link function is only imple-
Degree of protection IP20 mented by extending the
IM 153-2 FF with one coupler or
Transmission rate on backplane bus 45.45 Kbit/s one FDC 157 coupler pair. Stand-
alone operation of the IM 153-2
Transmission rate on FOUNDATION 31.25 Kbit/s
FF is not possible.
Fieldbus H1
Bus connection
Communication protocol FOUNDATION Fieldbus H1
Connection for PROFIBUS DP 9-pin sub D connector
Voltages, currents, potentials
Module-specific data
Rated supply voltage 24 V DC (20.4 V ... 28.8 V)
Degree of protection IP20
Reverse polarity protection Yes
Transmission rate of the higher level 9.6; 19.2; 45.45; 93.75; 187.5;
Overvoltage protection Yes DP master system 500 Kbit/s;
Voltage at coupler output (FF) 31 1 V DC 1.5; 3; 6; 12 Mbit/s
Voltage monitoring 15.5 V Communication protocol PROFIBUS DP/FOUNDATION
Fieldbus H1
Overvoltage monitoring U > 35 V; latching cutoff
Frame length
Voltage failure bridging Min. 5 ms
I/O data Max. 244 bytes
Current at coupler output (FF) 1A Configuration frame Max. 244 bytes
(for supplying all FF field devices) Diagnostics frame Max. 244 bytes
Galvanic isolation 24 V DC Parameter assignment frame Max. 244 bytes
Backplane bus / FF Yes Voltages, currents, potentials
Backplane bus / supply Yes
Rated supply voltage 24 V DC (20.4 V ... 28.8 V)
FF / supply Yes
All electric circuits/functional Yes Reverse polarity protection Yes
grounding Voltage failure bridging 20 ms
Power consumption of modules max. 2.3 A Galvanic isolation
(24 V DC)
to the higher-level DP master Yes
Power loss of the module Max. 13.4 W system
Status, interrupts, diagnostics to the FDC 157 coupler No
Diagnostic displays Power consumption of modules max. 100 mA
(24 V DC)
Group error Red LED "SF"
Backplane bus fault Red LED "BF" Power loss of the module Typ. 2 W
Ambient conditions Infeed, mechanical design 4-pole screw-type terminal, short-
circuit bridge between PE and
Operating temperature M24
Horizontal installation -25 ... +60 C
For non-grounded operation, the
Vertical installation -25 ... +40 C short-circuit bridge must be
Dimensions and weight removed (independent of this, the
DP interface is always
Dimensions (W x H x D) in mm 80 x 125 x 130 ungrounded)
Weight approx. 550 g

6/82 Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011


Technical specifications (continued)
Status, interrupts, diagnostics
Diagnostic displays
Group error
Bus error on higher-level DP
master system
Bus error on underlying bus
system
Module is active in redundancy
mode
24 V DC power supply monitoring
Ordering data
IM 153-2 FF
Interface module for SIMATIC
FF Link, with redundancy
capability; FOUNDATION
Fieldbus Link Master; degree of
protection IP20; for extended
temperature range, permissible
operating temperature
-25 ... +60 C
Field Device Coupler FDC 157
for SIMATIC FF Link, with redun-
dancy capability; physical
interface to the FOUNDATION
Fieldbus H1 with integrated bus
power supply up to 1 A and
integrated diagnostics; degree of
protection IP20; for extended
temperature range, permissible
operating temperature
-25 ... +60 C
Accessories
PS 307 load power supply
Including connecting comb;
120/230 V AC; 24 V DC
2 A; 40 mm wide
5 A; 60 mm wide
5 A, extended temperature
range; 80 mm wide
10 A, 80 mm wide
PS 305 load power supply
24/48/60/110 V DC; 24 V DC
2 A, extended temperature
range; 80 mm wide
Standard profile rails
(without hot swapping function)
482 mm wide (19 inches)
530 mm wide
Siemens AG 2012
Red LED "SF"
Red LED "BF 1"
Red LED "BF 2"
Yellow LED "ACT"
Green "ON" LED
Order No.
On request
On request
6ES7 307-1BA01-0AA0
6ES7 307-1EA01-0AA0
6ES7 307-1EA80-0AA0
6ES7 307-1KA02-0AA0
6ES7 305-1BA80-0AA0
6ES7 390-1AE80-0AA0
6ES7 390-1AF30-0AA0
Communications
FOUNDATION Fieldbus H1
FF Network Transitions
Ambient conditions
Operating temperature
Horizontal installation -25 ... +60 C
Vertical installation -25 ... +40 C
Dimensions and weight
Dimensions (W x H x D) in mm 40 x 125 x 130
Weight approx. 350 g
Order No.
Components for hot swapping
6
and for redundant design
Active bus modules for hot
swapping
BM PS/IM SIPLUS extreme 6AG1 195-7HA00-2XA0
for 1 load current supply and
1 IM 153-2 FF module;
for "hot swapping" function, for
extended temperature range,
permissible operating temper-
ature -25 ... +70 C
BM IM/IM 6ES7 195-7HD80-0XA0
for 2 IM 153-2 FF modules;
for redundant and non-
redundant configuration, for "hot
swapping" function, for
extended temperature range,
permissible operating temper-
ature -25 ... +60 C
BM FDC 6ES7 195-7HF80-0XA0
for 1 Field Device Coupler;
for hot swapping function, for
extended temperature range,
permissible operating temper-
ature -25 ... +60 C
BM FDC/FDC 6ES7 195-7HG80-0XA0
for 2 Field Device Couplers;
for redundant configuration; for
hot swapping function, for
extended temperature range,
permissible operating temper-
ature -25 ... +60 C
Mounting rail for hot swapping
For max. 5 active bus modules
482 mm wide (19 inches) 6ES7 195-1GA00-0XA0
530 mm wide 6ES7 195-1GF30-0XA0
620 mm wide 6ES7 195-1GG30-0XA0
2 000 mm wide 6ES7 195-1GC00-0XA0
Covers 6ES7 195-1JA00-0XA0
4 backplane bus covers and
1 cover for active bus module
Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011 6/83
 Siemens AG 2012
Communications
FOUNDATION Fieldbus H1
Active field distributors
Overview
6 Active field distributor AFD
The active field distributor (AFD) can be operated in environ-
ments in accordance with Ex zone 2/22. It can integrate up to
4 PA (PROFIBUS PA) or FF (FOUNDATION Fieldbus H1) field
devices via short-circuit-proof spur line connections into a
fieldbus segment (line/ring) with automatic bus termination. This
fieldbus segment can be connected to a single or redundant
PROFIBUS DP via a PA or FF router and it can thus be
seamlessly integrated into the SIMATIC PCS 7 process control
system.
Up to 8 active field distributors AFD with a total of up to
31 connected field devices can be operated per fieldbus
segment. The number of field devices is also limited by the
current consumption of the field devices. A current of 1 A is
available for all field devices of a segment.
An AFD in a ring segment can be replaced during operation
without failure of the segment.
For compliance with IP65 protection, it is necessary to protect
unused spur line connections by plugs.
6/84 Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011
Active field distributor AFDiS
PROFIBUS DP
PA link
AFDiS AFDiS AFDiS
Ex Zone 1
Subsegment max. 500 m
G_PCS7_XX_00285
Ex Zone 0 Bus
terminating
resistor 100
The active field distributor AFDiS (Active Field Distributor
intrinsic Safety) can be operated in environments in accordance
with Ex zone 1/21 and 2/22. It can integrate up to 6 intrinsically-
safe PA (PROFIBUS PA) or FF (FOUNDATION Fieldbus H1) field
devices into a fieldbus segment (line/ring) via its intrinsically-
safe, short-circuit-proof spur line connections. Instead of the
spur line, it is also possible to use a subsegment for 3 to 4
devices with a max. length of 500 m at connection S1 of the
AFDiS. The spur lines with type of protection Ex [ia] as well as
the subsegment can be routed into Zone 0/20.
Up to 5 field distributors AFDiS with a total of up to 31 field
devices can be operated in a fieldbus segment. The limitation to
5 field distributors is also mandatory for mixed operation of AFD
and AFDiS.
The number of field devices per segment additionally depends
on the current consumption of the devices. A current of 1 A is
available for all field devices of the segment.
With the integrated repeater function, the AFDiS has the
following advantages compared to the AFD:
Spur line lengths are independent of the total number of spur
lines in the bus segment
Spur line lengths need not be be taken into account when
determining the total length of the bus segment
Under the following conditions, an AFDiS in a ring segment can
be replaced during operation without failure of the segment:
Installation in zone 2/22; no mixed operation with AFD.
For compliance with IP66 protection, it is necessary to protect
unused spur line connections by plugs.
Active field splitter AFS
The active field splitter (AFS) connects a PA or FF line segment
with a redundant coupler pair of a PA or FF router. The AFS inter-
connects the line segment with the respective active coupler.
To guarantee IP65 protection, it is necessary to protect an
unused connection by a plug.
 Siemens AG 2012

Communications
FOUNDATION Fieldbus H1
Active field distributors

Technical specifications
Active field distributor (AFD)
General data
Connection of field devices
Degree of protection
Voltages, currents, potentials
Rated supply voltage
Voltage Vmax
Reverse polarity protection
Internal power consumption
Standard-compliant field
devices for PROFIBUS PA or
FOUNDATION Fieldbus H1
Max. 4 per AFD
Max. 31 per fieldbus segment
Operating environment up to
zone 2 or 22
The max. current consumption
of all field devices of the fieldbus
segment is 1 A
IP65
16 V DC (16 ... 32 V)
35 V
Yes
Max. 25 mA or 59 mA with AFD at
end of cable (open main line
connection)
Voltages, currents, potentials
Power supply
Rated supply voltage, permissible
range
Polarity reversal protection (only in
connection with DP/PA coupler)
Overvoltage protection
Current consumption
At 28 V input voltage
At 24 V input voltage
At 20 V input voltage
Power loss
Grounding
Electrical isolation between main
line and spur lines
Via bus, no auxiliary power
necessary
16 ... 32 V DC
Yes; up to 1 A
No
d 64 mA + (0.838 x aggregate
current of all field devices)
d 67 mA + (1.008 x aggregate
current of all field devices)
d 74 mA + (1.246 x aggregate
current of all field devices)
Min. 1.4 W; max. 5.9 W 6
Direct, via connecting bar
Yes

Current Imax per spur line X1 to X4 60 mA Test voltage 2 550 V DC, 2 s

Status, interrupts, diagnostics Connections, interfaces

Diagnostic displays: Main line

Status main line PA1, PA2 Green LED Number of connections 2
Fault main line PA1, PA2 Red LED Interfaces PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION
Status/fault spur line X1 to X4 Green LED Fieldbus H1
Climatic conditions Automatic bus terminator Yes
Permissible operating temperature -25 ... +70 C Spur cables
Dimensions and weight Number of connections 6
Dimensions (W x H x D) in mm 175 x 57 x 105; Short-circuit-proof Yes
with screw gland 175 x 57 x 105
Intrinsically-safe acc. to FISCO Yes
Weight approx. 700 g
Current Imax
on spur line S1 60 mA
Active field distributor AFDiS on spur line S2 to S6 40 mA
General data in total for all field devices 180 mA

Connection of field devices Standard-compliant field Short-circuit current (test current) 5 mA

devices for PROFIBUS PA or Debounce logic Yes
FOUNDATION Fieldbus H1
Max. 6 per AFDiS No-load voltage Max. 15.3 V
Max. 31 per fieldbus segment Current output to field devices Max. 260 mA
Operating environment up to
zone 1 or 21 Status, interrupts, diagnostics
The max. current consumption
Status display Yes
of all field devices of the fieldbus
segment is 1 A Diagnostics function Yes
Degree of protection IP66 Diagnostic indicator LED Yes
Climatic conditions
Permissible operating temperature -40 ... +70 C
Permissible storage/transport -40 ... +85 C
temperature
Relative humidity during operation Max. 95 %
Approvals for potentially
explosive atmospheres
Gas Zone 1 and Zone 2
Dust Zone 21 and Zone 22
Dimensions and weight
Dimensions (W x H x D) in mm 380 x 85 x 170
Weight approx. 4 500 g

Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011 6/85

 Siemens AG 2012

Communications
FOUNDATION Fieldbus H1
Active field distributors

Technical specifications (continued)

Active field splitter AFS Status, interrupts, diagnostics
General data Diagnostic displays:
Connection of field devices Max. 31 per fieldbus segment Status main line PA1, PA2 Green LED
Operating environment up to Fault main line PA1, PA2 Red LED
zone 2 or 22 Climatic conditions
The max. current consumption
of all field devices of the fieldbus Permissible operating temperature -25 ... +70 C
segment is 1 A
Dimensions and weight
Degree of protection IP65
Dimensions (W x H x D) in mm 125 x 57 x 80;
Voltages, currents, potentials with screw gland 175 x 57 x 105
Rated supply voltage 16 V DC (16 ... 32 V) Weight approx. 700 g
Reverse polarity protection Yes
Overvoltage protection Yes
Voltage failure bridging 5 ms
6 Current consumption d 25 mA
Power loss Max. 1 W
Output current for supplying all field 1A
devices of the fieldbus segment (for
dimensioning the device configu-
ration)

Ordering data Order No. Order No.

Active field distributor AFD 6ES7 157-0AF81-0XA0 Accessories
with 4 short-circuit-proof spur line
connections for the integration of Profile rail adapter 6ES7 157-0AF83-0XA0
standard-compliant PA or FF field for mounting an active field
devices distributor AFD or AFS on a
mounting rail, optional
Active Field Distributor AFDiS 6ES7 157-0AG83-0XA0
(Active Field Distributor Cable gland for active field Can be ordered from:
intrinsic Safety) splitter AFS Jacob GmbH
with 6 short-circuit-proof spur line www.jacob-gmbh.de
connections for the integration of Order No. 50.616 M/EMV
standard-compliant intrinsically-
safe PA or FF field devices Fastener for HSK-Ex standard Can be ordered from:
cable glands Hummel elektrotechnik GmbH
Active field splitter (AFS) 6ES7 157-0AF82-0XA0 For use as plugs for unused www.hummel-group.com
for the interconnection of a bus connections on AFD and AFS Order No. 1.296.0901.11
line segment with the active
coupler of a PA or FF router with Sealing plugs 6ES7 157-0AG80-1XA1
redundant coupler pair for unused connections on AFDiS
(10 units)

6/86 Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011

 Siemens AG 2012

Communications
FOUNDATION Fieldbus H1
Passive FF components

Overview Ordering data Order No.

Depending on the field of application, cables in different colors FOUNDATION Fieldbus Cable
are offered for setting up FOUNDATION Fieldbus H1 networks in Bus cable according to
accordance with IEC 61158-2: IEC 61158-2, 2-wire, shielded;
stranded filler wires
FOUNDATION Fieldbus Cable, 2-wire, shielded, yellow Yellow sheath color; for non- 6XV1 830-5HH10
sheath: intrinsically safe applications
for applications in a non-intrinsically safe area Blue sheath color; for intrinsi- 6XV1 830-5GH10
cally safe applications
Sold by the meter:
max. length 1000 m,
minimum order 20 m

FOUNDATION Fieldbus Cable, 2-wire, shielded, blue sheath:

for applications in an intrinsically safe area

Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011 6/87

 Siemens AG 2012

Communications
Other communication
AS-Interface

Overview System components

The basic components of a system installation are:
AS-Interface master (alternatives):
- DP/AS-i Link Advanced (AS-i single or double master)
- CP 343-2 or CP 343-2P (both can be operated in an ET
200M remote I/O station)
AS-Interface block library for SIMATIC PCS 7 (add-on product
for SIMATIC PCS 7; see Catalog ST PCS 7.1, Chapter
"Libraries/Blocks/Tools")
AS-Interface shaped cable (use of round cable also possible
if preferred)
Modules for connecting standard sensors/actuators
Power supply unit for powering the slaves
Actuators and sensors with an integrated slave ASIC
Address programming device for setting the slave address

6
AS-i slaves
You can use all digital AS-i standard slaves as well as digital AS-i
A/B slaves in accordance with the AS-i specification V3.0.
CP 343-2 communications module Analog AS-i slaves can also be integrated via the DP/AS-i Link
The actuator/sensor interface (AS interface) is a heterogeneous Advanced.
network system for simple, usually binary actuators and sensors
at the lowest field level. However, if the AS-Interface is used Ordering data Order No.
instead, a wire bundle with parallel wiring can be replaced by a
single two-wire line that is shared by all sensors or actuators. DP/AS-i LINK Advanced

The AS interface operates according to the master/slave Router between PROFIBUS DP

and AS-Interface; master profiles
principle. The AS-i master module (DP/AS-i Link Advanced, M3 and M4, enhanced AS-
CP 343-2 or CP 343-2P) controls the slaves (sensors/actuators) Interface specification V3.0; IP20
connected per AS-i cable. Up to 62 AS-Interface slaves can be degree of protection;
operated on an AS-Interface master module. manual on CD-ROM, German,
English, French, Spanish, Italian
Note:
Single master with display 6GK1 415-2BA10
AS-Interface is integrated as a subordinatebus in SIMATIC PCS Dual master with display 6GK1 415-2BA20
7. For further information on the AS-Interface, see Catalog IK PI. CP 343-2 6GK7 343-2AH01-0XA0
Communications module for the
Design connection of SIMATIC S7-300
and ET 200M to AS-Interface;
configuration of the AS-i network
SIMATIC PCS 7 by means of SET key; including
automation manual on CD-ROM (German,
systems English, French, Spanish, Italian);
without front panel connector
CP 343-2P 6GK7 343-2AH11-0XA0
PROFIBUS Communications module for the
connection of SIMATIC S7-300
and ET 200M to AS-Interface;
CP 343-2
IM 153-2

DP/AS-i configuration of the AS-i network

link by means of SET key or
Advanced HW-Config (STEP 7 V5.2 and
higher); including manual on
AS-Interface AS-Interface CD-ROM (German, English,
French, Spanish, Italian); without
G_PCS7_XX_00228

front panel connector

AS-i AS-i AS-i AS-i
Front Connector 6ES7 392-1AJ00-0AA0
slave slave slave slave 20-pin, with screw contacts
Standard A/B Standard A/B
Electronic manuals1) 6GK1 975-1AA00-3AA0
Communications systems,
AS-i integration options in SIMATIC PCS 7 protocols and products on DVD
(German, English)
1) Download free-of-charge from the Internet at
http://support.automation.siemens.com/WW/view/en/10805930/133300
and
http://support.automation.siemens.com/WW/view/en/22502958/133300

6/88 Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011

 Siemens AG 2012

Communications
Other communication
Modbus

Overview Ordering data Order No.

CP 341 communications 6ES7 341-1AH02-0AE0
processor
with one RS 232 C (V.24)
interface
RS 232 connecting cable
for linking to SIMATIC S7
5m 6ES7 902-1AB00-0AA0
10 m 6ES7 902-1AC00-0AA0
15 m 6ES7 902-1AD00-0AA0

CP 341 communications 6ES7 341-1BH02-0AE0

processor
with one 20 mA (TTY) interface
20 mA (TTY) connecting cable
for linking to SIMATIC S7

6
5m 6ES7 902-2AB00-0AA0
10 m 6ES7 902-2AC00-0AA0
50 m 6ES7 902-2AG00-0AA0
Modbus is connected to PROFIBUS DP using an ET 200M with
a CP 341 communications processor. The latter enables the fast
and efficient exchange of data through point-to-point coupling. CP 341 communications 6ES7 341-1CH02-0AE0
processor
The CP 341 communications module is available in 3 versions with one RS 422/485 (X.27)
with different transmission physics: interface
RS 232C (V.24) RS 422/485 connecting cable
20 mA (TTY) for linking to SIMATIC S7
RS 422/RS 485 (X.27) 5m 6ES7 902-3AB00-0AA0
10 m 6ES7 902-3AC00-0AA0
The Modbus Master or Modbus Slave loadable drivers are 50 m 6ES7 902-3AG00-0AA0
needed for the Modbus coupling.

Loadable drivers for CP 341

Modbus master (RTU format)
Single license 6ES7 870-1AA01-0YA0
Single license, without software 6ES7 870-1AA01-0YA1
or documentation
Modbus slave (RTU format)
Single license 6ES7 870-1AB01-0YA0
Single license, without software 6ES7 870-1AB01-0YA1
or documentation

Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011 6/89

 Siemens AG 2012

Communications

Notes

6/90 Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011

 7
Siemens AG 2012

Process I/O

7/2 Introduction

7/4 Centralized I/O for SIMATIC PCS 7

7/4 Central I/O modules
7/5 Expansion units for central I/O

7/6 Terminal modules

7/6 MTA terminal modules

7/10 ET 200M for SIMATIC PCS 7

7/10 Introduction
7/11 Power supply
7/12 Interface modules
7/13 Accessories
7/14 Bundles
7/15 Digital modules
7/19 Analog modules
7/22 Analog modules with HART
7/24 Ex digital/analog modules
7/25 F digital/analog modules
7/28 Closed-loop control modules
7/30 Counter modules

7/31 ET 200iSP for SIMATIC PCS 7

7/31 Introduction
7/33 Power supply unit
7/34 Interface module
7/35 Digital electronics modules
7/38 Analog electronics modules
7/40 Safety-related electronics modules
7/42 Watchdog module
7/43 RS 485-IS coupler
7/44 Stainless steel wall enclosure

7/48 ET 200S for SIMATIC PCS 7

7/48 Introduction
7/50 Terminal modules
7/52 Interface modules
7/53 Power modules
7/55 Digital electronics modules
7/58 Analog electronics modules
7/60 Technology modules
7/61 Motor starter
7/65 SIGUARD safety technology

7/68 ET 200pro for SIMATIC PCS 7

7/68 Introduction
7/70 Interface module IM 154-2 DP
High Feature
7/71 Digital electronics modules
EM 141, EM 142
7/72 Analog electronics modules
EM 144, EM 145
7/74 Safety-related electronics modules
7/76 Power module PM-E

Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011

 Siemens AG 2012

Process I/O

Introduction

Overview

ET 200 remote I/O stations

The SIMATIC PCS 7 process control system offers a variety of
possibilities for detecting and outputting process signals via Function
sensors and actuators as well as for connecting process I/O to Possible online modifications among the process I/Os
the automation systems:
ET 200M Adding of ET 200M stations
Analog and digital I/O modules of the SIMATIC S7-400
Adding of I/O modules to the station
operated centrally in the automation system
Changing the parameter settings of
Remote I/O stations ET 200M, ET 200iSP, ET 200S and I/O modules
ET 200pro with an extensive range of cost-effective signal and
Parameterization of connected HART field
function modules on the PROFIBUS DP devices with SIMATIC PDM
ET 200M remote I/O stations on PROFINET
ET 200iSP Adding of ET 200iSP stations
Intelligent, distributed field/process devices and operator Adding of modules for the station
terminals on PROFIBUS DP/PA (also redundant or in Reparameterization of modules
hazardous areas of Zones 0, 1, 2 or 20, 21, 22) or on the Parameterization of connected HART field
FOUNDATION Fieldbus H1 devices with SIMATIC PDM
ET 200S Adding of ET 200S stations
SIMATIC S7-400 signal modules used centrally in the automation
system are suitable for small applications or plants with few ET 200pro Adding of ET 200pro stations
remote locations. PROFIBUS DP, Adding of PROFIBUS DP stations
However, distributed process I/O is mainly used: ET 200 PROFIBUS PA, Adding of PA links and PA field devices
remote I/Os in conjunction with classical field/process devices FOUNDATION Parameterization of PA or FF field devices with
Fieldbus H1 SIMATIC PDM
and HART field devices or intelligent field/process devices.
Decisive for this are properties such as:
Modularity and consistency
Flexible adaptability to the plant structure
Minimum cabling and engineering requirements
Low commissioning, servicing and lifecycle costs
Wide technical bandwidth

7/2 Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011

 Siemens AG 2012

Process I/O

Introduction

Design
Integration of process I/O in the hazardous area

Process control system

Industrial Ethernet

FM/UL Class I Zone 2 Class I Zone 1 Class I Zone 0

Gas ATEX Zone 2 Zone 1 Zone 0

FM/UL Class II Zone 2 Class II Zone 1 Class II Zone 0

Dust ATEX Zone 22 Zone 21 Zone 20

S7-4002) ET 200S1) SIMOCODE pro1) Hazardous area

Ex e, Ex d
Actuators/
sensors
7
ET 200M1)
Ex i, Ex e, Ex d
Actuators/
sensors
HART
ET 200iSP1) 3)
Fieldbus
Isolating Transformer1) PROFIBUS DP-iS
Ex i
Actuators/
Ex i, Ex e
sensors
HART

G_PCS7_XX_00147
PA link/FF link1) PROFIBUS PA/FF H1
AFDiS

Actuators/
PROFIBUS sensors

1
) Dust atmospheres: installation of components always in an enclosure with IP6x degree of protection
2
) With 10 A DC standard power supply
3
) Also complies with FM/UL according to Class I Division 2

Process I/O in explosive gas and dust atmospheres

The graphic shows the possibilities for connecting SIMATIC Intrinsically-safe operator panel
PCS 7 process I/Os with consideration of different environmental
conditions. An intrinsically-safe PC operator panel can be used in zone 1, 2,
21 or 22 if necessary. For further information on this operator
Ex input/output modules from the ET 200M range panel, see under SIMATIC HMI Thin Client Ex in the Catalog
"Add-ons for the SIMATIC PCS 7 process control system",
ET 200M can be operated in Ex zone 2 or 22. The actuators/ Section "Operator control and monitoring".
sensors can be positioned in Ex zone 1 or 21 when suitable
Ex input/output modules are used. Hot swapping of I/O modules
within Ex zone 2 is allowed with the right permit (e.g. fire certif-
icate). FM approvals: Class I, Division 2 and Class I, Zone 2.
PROFIBUS PA-compatible field devices
Field/process devices can be directly integrated in Ex
zones 1, 2, 21 or 22 over PROFIBUS, sensors/actuators also in
zone 0 or 20. FM approvals: Class I, Division 1 and Class I,
Zone 0.
Integration of actuators/sensors via ET 200iSP
The ET 200iSP suitable for gas and dust atmospheres according
to the ATEX directive 94/9/EU can be installed directly in the
Ex zones 1, 2, 21 or 22 as well as in non-hazardous areas. The
intrinsically-safe sensors, actuators and HART field devices can
also be located in zone 0 or 20 if necessary.

Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011 7/3

 Siemens AG 2012

Process I/O
Centralized I/O for SIMATIC PCS 7
Central I/O modules

Overview Ordering data Order No.

SM 421 Digital Input Modules
32 inputs, 24 V DC 6ES7 421-1BL01-0AA0
32 inputs, 120 V AC/DC 6ES7 421-1EL00-0AA0
16 inputs, 24 V DC, 6ES7 421-7BH01-0AB0
with process/diagnostics
interrupt
16 inputs, 24 to 60 V AC/DC, 6ES7 421-7DH00-0AB0
with process/diagnostics
interrupt
16 inputs, 120/230 V AC/DC, 6ES7 421-1FH20-0AA0
inputs according to IEC 1131-2
Type 2
SM 422 Digital Output Modules
32 outputs; 24 V DC, 0.5 A 6ES7 422-1BL00-0AA0
32 outputs; 24 V DC, 0.5 A; with 6ES7 422-7BL00-0AB0
diagnostics
16 outputs; 24 V DC, 2 A 6ES7 422-1BH11-0AA0
16 outputs; relay contacts 6ES7 422-1HH00-0AA0
16 outputs; 120/230 V AC, 2 A 6ES7 422-1FH00-0AA0
Signal modules from the SIMATIC S7-400 range can be used in
SM 431 Analog Input Modules
7 the SIMATIC PCS 7 automation system if necessary. These are
primarily an alternative to use of distributed I/Os in the case of 16 inputs, non-floating, 13 bit
8 inputs, floating, 13 bit
6ES7 431-0HH00-0AB0
6ES7 431-1KF00-0AB0
small applications or systems with a small distributed configu-
ration. 8 inputs, floating, 14 bit, with 6ES7 431-1KF10-0AB0
linearization (RTD/TC)
For SIMATIC PCS 7, the I/O modules listed in the Ordering data 8 inputs, floating, 14 bit 6ES7 431-1KF20-0AB0
have been selected from the range of S7-400 signal modules. 16 inputs, floating, 16 bit; 6ES7 431-7QH00-0AB0
process interrupt capability, with
Notes: diagnostics interrupt
Apart from these selected modules it is also possible to use - 8 inputs, floating, 16 bit; process 6ES7 431-7KF00-0AB0
with limitations in functions - all other I/O modules from the interrupt capability, for thermo-
current range of S7-400 signal modules. couples, with diagnostics
interrupt
All process data from the I/O are available for PCS 7 engineering 8 inputs, floating, 16 bit; process 6ES7 431-7KF10-0AB0
in the CFC, and can be graphically interconnected to the signal interrupt capability, for thermal
name in the signal list. Diagnostics information is generated resistors, with diagnostics
automatically when using the I/O modules listed here. interrupt

When using other I/O modules, integration in SIMATIC PCS 7 is SM 432 Analog Output Modules
limited to the process data, i.e. the full scope of diagnostics 8 outputs, floating, 13 bit; for 6ES7 432-1HF00-0AB0
functions is not automatically available. These modules can 10 V, 0 to 10 V, 1 to 5 V,
20 mA, 0 to 20 mA, 4 to 20 mA
therefore only be used meaningfully in SIMATIC PCS 7 if the
diagnostics capability can be omitted. Front Connector (1 unit)
With screw contacts 6ES7 492-1AL00-0AA0
Online modifications and redundancy are not supported by the
With spring clamps 6ES7 492-1BL00-0AA0
central I/O.
With crimp contacts 6ES7 492-1CL00-0AA0

Technical specifications
You can find the detailed technical data of the S7-400 modules
at the following points:
Catalog ST 70 or
Industry Mall/CA 01 under "Automation engineering
Automation systems SIMATIC industrial automation systems
Controllers SIMATIC S7 modular controllers"

7/4 Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011


Overview
Ordering data
IM 460-0 Interface Module
Transmitter module for central
controller
Without transmission of voltage
to the expansion unit
Cable up to 5 m long
With K-bus for communication
with CPs and FMs in the
expansion unit
For connecting as many as
8 expansion units
IM 461-0 Interface Module
Corresponding receiver module
for the expansion unit
IM 460-1 Interface Module
Transmitter module for central
controller
With transmission of the 5 V
supply for I/O modules
Cable up to 1.5 m long
Without transmission of the
K-bus, hence solely for commu-
nication from I/O modules
IM 461-1 Interface Module
Corresponding receiver module
for the expansion unit
IM 460-3 Interface Module
Transmitter module for central
controller
Without transmission of voltage
to the expansion unit
Cable up to 100 m long
With K-bus for communication
with CPs and FMs in the
expansion unit
For connecting as many as
8 expansion units
IM 461-3 Interface Module
Corresponding receiver module
for the expansion unit
Siemens AG 2012
Process I/O
Centralized I/O for SIMATIC PCS 7
Expansion units for central I/O
Expansion units can be used for the distributed expansion of the
SIMATIC S7-400. The IM 460-x interface modules are used as
the interface for these expansion units.
Restrictions compared to standard I/O modules from the
Central controller ET 200M range
No redundant interfacing of expansion units
No configuration during normal operation
Subracks
Expansion units The universal racks (UR) are used for SIMATIC PCS 7. They can
be used as central racks and as expansion racks. Other racks:
I/O modules, see Catalog ST 70.
G_P CS7_XX_00131
CP and FM
Order No. Order No.
7
6ES7 460-0AA01-0AB0 UR1 rack 6ES7 400-1TA01-0AA0
for central and expansion units
18 slots
Suitable for redundant power
supply
UR2 rack 6ES7 400-1JA01-0AA0
for central and expansion units
9 slots
Suitable for redundant power
supply
Accessories
468-1 Connecting Cable
6ES7 461-0AA01-0AA0 for connecting IM 460-0 and
IM 461-0; IM 460-3 and IM 461-3
0.75 m 6ES7 468-1AH50-0AA0
6ES7 460-1BA01-0AB0 1.5 m 6ES7 468-1BB50-0AA0
5m 6ES7 468-1BF00-0AA0
Additional lengths for connecting
IM 460-3 and IM 461-3
10 m 6ES7 468-1CB00-0AA0
25 m 6ES7 468-1CC50-0AA0
50 m 6ES7 468-1CF00-0AA0
100 m 6ES7 468-1DB00-0AA0
6ES7 461-1BA01-0AA0
Terminator 6ES7 461-0AA00-7AA0
for IM 461-0
6ES7 460-3AA01-0AB0 468-3 Connecting Cable
for connecting IM 460-1 and
IM 461-1
0.75 m 6ES7 468-3AH50-0AA0
1.5 m 6ES7 468-3BB50-0AA0
6ES7 461-3AA01-0AA0
Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011 7/5
 Siemens AG 2012

Process I/O
Terminal modules
MTA terminal modules

Overview
MTA terminal modules (Marshalled Termination Assemblies) can
ET 200M ET 200M be used to connect field devices, sensors and actuators to the
redundant single I/O modules of the ET 200M remote I/O stations simply, rapidly
and reliably. They can be used to significantly reduce the costs
and required work for cabling and commissioning, and prevent
wiring errors.
The individual MTA terminal modules are each tailored to
specific I/O modules from the ET 200M range (see design for
assignment table). MTA versions are available for standard
I/O modules as well as for redundant and safety-related
I/O modules.
MTA MTA The MTA terminal modules are connected to the I/O modules
using 3 m or 8 m long preassembled cables.

Preassembled The terminal module MTA power supply 24 V DC features

cable with sixteen 24 V DC, 0.5 A outputs protected against short-circuit,
front connector for redundant power supply of field devices that are not supplied
via signal cables, e.g. 4-wire transmitters. If 0.5 A is not suffi-
cient, you can connect two or more outputs in parallel.
G_PCS7_XX_00136

Design
MTA terminal modules in versions for standard, redundant Screw terminals for the 1:1 connection of field devices,
and safety-related I/O modules of the ET 200M distributed sensors and actuators
I/O system Protection of channels frequently by fuse or electronic current
Redundant 24 V DC supply limitation, partially with LED display
Power Monitor Board for diagnostics of the redundant power Test and release as SIMATIC PCS 7 system component with
supply (partially integrated or can be ordered as option) corresponding approvals (FM, UL, CE, ATEX, TV)
3 or 8 m long preassembled cables for connecting MTA
terminal module and ET 200M module, in each case with:
- 50/25-contact Sub-D socket or 25-contact Sub-D plug, for
connection to MTA terminal
- 40/20-pole Siemens front connector, female version, for
connection to ET 200M module

7/6 Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011


Design (continued)
Product overview with information on combinable ET 200M
modules and connection cables
MTA type Input/output area
8 channels, AI 1 ... 5 V; 5 V; 10 V; 6ES7 650-1AA51-2XX0
0 ... 20 mA; 4 ... 20 mA;
20 mA
8 channels, AI 1 ... 5 V; 5 V; 10 V; 6ES7 650-1AA52-2XX0
0 ... 20 mA; 4 ... 20 mA;
20 mA
8 channels, AI 1 ... 5 V; 5 V; 10 V; 6ES7 650-1AA52-2XX0
0 ... 20 mA; 4 ... 20 mA;
20 mA
8 channels, AO 0 ... 20 mA; 4 ... 20 mA
8 channels, 0 ... 20 mA (without use of
AI HART HART)
4 ... 20 mA (with/without
8 channels,
use of HART)
0 ... 20 mA (with/without
AO HART use of HART)
4 ... 20 mA (with/without
use of HART)
8 channels, AI TC Thermocouple types B, C,
N, E, R, S, J, L, T, K, U
8 channels, AI RTD Resistance thermometers
Pt100, Pt200, Pt500,
Pt1000, Ni100, Ni120,
Ni200, Ni500, Ni1000,
Cu10
16 channels, DO 24 V DC, 0.5 A
16 channels, DO 24 V DC, 0.5 A
6 channels F-AI 0 ... 20 mA (standard
HART (safety- mode); 4 ... 20 mA
related) (standard and safety
modes)
0 ... 20 mA (without use of
HART);
4 ... 20 mA (with/without
use of HART)
16 channels, DI 24 V DC
24 channels F-DI 24 V DC
(safety-related)
10 channels F-DO 24 V DC, 2 A
(safety-related)
16 channels DO 120 230 V AC, 5 A; 6ES7 650-1AM30-3XX0
relay 24 V DC, 5 A
10 channels F DO 120 230 V AC, 5 A; 6ES7 650-1AM31-6XX0
relays (safety- 24 V DC, 5 A
related)
Siemens AG 2012
Process I/O
Terminal modules
MTA terminal modules
Order no. of Order No. of Order No. of I/O redun-
MTA and accessories ET 200M module connecting cable dancy
6ES7 331-7NF00-0AB0 6ES7 922-3BD00-0AS0 (3 m) yes
(from product version 5) 6ES7 922-3BJ00-0AS0 (8 m)
6ES7 331-7NF00-0AB0 6ES7 922-3BD00-0BA0 (3 m) yes
(from product version 5) 6ES7 922-3BJ00-0BA0 (8 m)
6ES7 331-7NF10-0AB0 6ES7 922-3BD00-0BB0 (3 m) yes
(from product version 8) 6ES7 922-3BJ00-0BB0 (8 m)
6ES7 650-1AB51-2XX0 6ES7 332-5HF00-0AB0 6ES7 922-3BD00-0AS0 (3 m) yes
(from product version 3) 6ES7 922-3BJ00-0AS0 (8 m)
6ES7 650-1AA61-2XX0 6ES7 331-7TF01-0AB0 6ES7 922-3BD01-0AM0 (3 m) yes
6ES7 922-3BJ01-0AM0 (8 m)
6ES7 650-1AB61-2XX0 6ES7 332-8TF01-0AB0 6ES7 922-3BD01-0AM0 (3 m) yes
7
6ES7 922-3BJ01-0AM0 (8 m)
6ES7 650-1AF51-2XX0 6ES7 331-7PF10-0AB0 6ES7 922-3BD00-0AS0 (3 m) No
(from product version 4) 6ES7 922-3BJ00-0AS0 (8 m)
or
6ES7 331-7PF11-0AB0
6ES7 650-1AG51-2XX0 6ES7 331-7PF00-0AB0 6ES7 922-3BD00-0AS0 (3 m) No
(from product version 8) 6ES7 922-3BJ00-0AS0 (8 m)
or
6ES7 331-7PF01-0AB0
6ES7 650-1AD10-2XX0 6ES7 322-8BH01-0AB0 6ES7 922-3BD00-0AT0 (3 m) Yes
6ES7 922-3BJ00-0AT0 (8 m)
6ES7 650-1AD11-2XX0 6ES7 322-8BH10-0AB0 6ES7 922-3BD00-0AT0 (3 m) yes
6ES7 922-3BJ00-0AT0 (8 m)
6ES7 650-1AH61-5XX0 6ES7 336-1HE00-0AB0 6ES7 922-3BD00-0AS0 (3 m) yes
and 2 x 6ES7 650- (from product version 6) 6ES7 922-3BJ00-0AS0 (8 m)
1BD51-0XX0
6ES7 650-1AH61-5XX0 6ES7 336-4GE00-0AB0 6ES7 922-3BD00-0AU0 (3 m) yes
6ES7 922-3BJ00-0AU0 (8 m)
6ES7 650-1AH62-5XX0
6ES7 650-1AC11-3XX0 6ES7 321-7BH01-0AB0 6ES7 922-3BD01-0AM0 (3 m) yes
(from product version 2) 6ES7 922-3BJ01-0AM0 (8 m)
6ES7 650-1AK11-7XX0 6ES7 326-1BK00-0AB0, 6ES7 922-3BD00-0AS0 (3 m) yes
6ES7 326-1BK01-0AB0 6ES7 922-3BJ00-0AS0 (8 m)
or
6ES7 326-1BK02-0AB0
6ES7 650-1AL11-6XX0 6ES7 326-2BF01-0AB0 6ES7 922-3BD00-0AN0 (3 m) yes
(from product version 2) 6ES7 922-3BJ00-0AN0 (8 m)
or
6ES7 326-2BF10-0AB0
6ES7 322-8BH01-0AB0 6ES7 922-3BD00-0AS0 (3 m) yes
6ES7 922-3BJ00-0AS0 (8 m)
6ES7 326-2BF01-0AB0 6ES7 922-3BD00-0AS0 (3 m) yes
(from product version 2) 6ES7 922-3BJ00-0AS0 (8 m)
or
6ES7 326-2BF10-0AB0
Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011 7/7

Process I/O
Terminal modules
MTA terminal modules
Ordering data
MTA terminal modules for
SIMATIC PCS 7
MTA AI terminal module,
8-channel
Terminal module for connection of
field devices/sensors to a single
or two redundant ET 200M analog
input modules 6ES7 331-7NF00-
0AB0
Input range: 1 ... 5 V; 5 V;
10 V und 0/4 ... 20 mA;
20 mA
MTA AI terminal module,
8-channel
Terminal module for connection of
field devices/sensors to a single
or two redundant ET 200M analog
input modules 6ES7 331-7NF00-
0AB0 or 6ES7 331-7NF10-0AB0
Input range: 1 ... 5 V; 5 V;
10 V und 0/4 ... 20 mA;
7 20 mA
Note:
4-wire devices must be supplied
separately.
MTA AO terminal module,
8-channel
Terminal module for connection of
field devices/actuators to a single
or two redundant ET 200M analog
output modules 6ES7 332-5HF00-
0AB0
Output range: 0/4 ... 20 mA
MTA AI HART terminal module,
8-channel
Terminal module for connection of
field devices/sensors to a single
or two redundant ET 200M analog
input modules 6ES7 331-7TF01-
0AB0
Input range: 0 ... 20 mA (without
use of HART), 4 ... 20 mA (with/
without use of HART)
MTA AO HART terminal module,
8-channel
Terminal module for connection of
field devices/actuators to a single
or two redundant ET 200M analog
output modules 6ES7 332-8TF01-
0AB0
Output range: 0 ... 20 mA (with/
without use of HART), 4 ... 20 mA
(with/without use of HART)
MTA AI TC terminal module,
8-channel
Terminal module for connection of
field devices/sensors to a single
ET 200M analog input module
6ES7 331-7PF10-0AB0 or
6ES7 331-7PF11-0AB0
Input range: Thermocouple types
B, C, N, E, R, S, J, L, T, K, U
7/8 Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011
Siemens AG 2012
Order No.
6ES7 650-1AA51-2XX0
Ni200, Ni500, Ni1000, Cu10
MTA DO terminal module,
6ES7 650-1AA52-2XX0
MTA DO terminal module,
16-channel
6ES7 650-1AB51-2XX0
6ES7 650-1AA61-2XX0
6ES7 650-1AB61-2XX0
6ES7 650-1AF51-2XX0
Order No.
MTA AI RTD terminal module, 6ES7 650-1AG51-2XX0
8-channel
Terminal module for connection of
field devices/sensors to a single
ET 200M analog input module
6ES7 331-7PF00-0AB0 or
6ES7 331-7PF01-0AB0
Measuring range: Resistance
thermometers Pt100, Pt200,
Pt500, Pt1000, Ni100, Ni120,
6ES7 650-1AD10-2XX0
16-channel
Terminal module for connection of
field devices/actuators to a single
or two redundant ET 200M the
digital output modules 6ES7 322-
8BH01-0AB0
Output range: 24 V DC, 0.5 A
6ES7 650-1AD11-2XX0
Terminal module for connection of
field devices/actuators to a single
or two redundant ET 200M the
digital output modules 6ES7 322-
8BH10-0AB0
Output range: 24 V DC, 0.5 A
MTA F-AI HART terminal 6ES7 650-1AH61-5XX0
module, 6-channel
Terminal module for connection of
field devices/sensors to a single
or two redundant safety-related
ET 200M analog input modules
6ES7 336-4GE00-0AB0 or
6ES7 336-1HE00-0AB0
Input range: 0 20 mA,
4 20 mA
Accessories included:
1 x 5.6 V Zener diode board,
Order No.
6ES7 650-1BB51-0XX0
1 x 6.2 V Zener diode board,
Order No.
6ES7 650-1BC51-0XX0
Note:
In combination with the F-AI
module 6ES7 336-1HE00-0AB0,
two FET adapters, Order No.
6ES7 650-1BD51-0XX0, are
required in addition.
MTA F-AI HART terminal 6ES7 650-1AH62-5XX0
module, 6-channel
Terminal module for connection of
field devices/sensors to a single
or two redundant safety-related
ET 200M analog input modules
6ES7 336-4GE00-0AB0
Input range: 0 ... 20 mA (without
use of HART), 4 ... 20 mA (with/
without use of HART)
Note:
4-wire devices must be powered
separately.
MTA DI terminal module, 6ES7 650-1AC11-3XX0
16-channel
Terminal module for connection of
field devices/sensors to a single
or two redundant ET 200M digital
input modules 6ES7 321-7BH01-
0AB0
Input range: 24 V DC

Ordering data
MTA F-DI terminal module,
24-channel
Terminal module for connection of
field devices/sensors to a single
or two redundant safety-related
ET 200M digital input modules
6ES7 326-1BK00-0AB0,
6ES7 326-1BK01-0AB0 or
6ES7 326-1BK02-0AB0
Input range: 24 V DC
MTA F-DO terminal module,
10-channel
Terminal module for connection of
field devices/actuators to a single
or two redundant safety-related
ET 200M digital output modules
6ES7 326-2BF01-0AB0 or
6ES7 326-2BF10-0AB0
Output range: 24 V DC, 2A
MTA DO Relay terminal module,
16-channel
Terminal module for connection of
field devices/actuators to a single
or two redundant ET 200M the
digital output modules 6ES7 322-
8BH01-0AB0
Output range: 120 ... 230 V AC,
5 A; 24 V DC, 5 A
MTA F-DO Relay terminal
module, 10-channel
Terminal module for connection of
field devices/actuators to a single
or two redundant safety-related
ET 200M digital output modules
6ES7 326-2BF01-0AB0 or
6ES7 326-2BF10-0AB0
Output range: 120 ... 230 V AC,
5 A; 24 V DC, 5 A
Separate power supply for
field devices, for example
4-wire transmitter
MTA terminal module 24 V DC
power supply, 16-channel
Terminal module for the
redundant power supply of field
devices separated from the signal
transmission
Output range: 24 V DC, 0.5 A
Siemens AG 2012
Order No.
6ES7 650-1AK11-7XX0
6ES7 650-1AL11-6XX0
6ES7 650-1AM30-3XX0
6ES7 650-1AM31-6XX0
6ES7 650-1BE10-3XX0
Process I/O
Terminal modules
MTA terminal modules
Order No.
Preassembled cable for
connection of ET 200 module
and MTA terminal module
Connecting cable with 40-pin
front plug for ET 200M and
50-pin Sub-D socket for MTA
Lengths:
3m 6ES7 922-3BD00-0AS0
8m 6ES7 922-3BJ00-0AS0
Connecting cable with 40-pin
front plug for ET 200M and
25-pin Sub-D socket for MTA
Lengths:
3m 6ES7 922-3BD00-0BA0
8m 6ES7 922-3BJ00-0BA0
Connecting cable with 40-pin
front plug for ET 200M and
25-pin Sub-D socket for MTA
Lengths:
3m
8m
6ES7 922-3BD00-0BB0
6ES7 922-3BJ00-0BB0 7
Connecting cable with 40-pole
front connector for ET 200M
and 25-pole Sub-D connector
for MTA
Lengths:
3m 6ES7 922-3BD00-0AT0
8m 6ES7 922-3BJ00-0AT0
Connecting cable with 40-pin
front plug for ET 200M and
25-pin Sub-D socket for MTA
Lengths:
3m 6ES7 922-3BD00-0AN0
8m 6ES7 922-3BJ00-0AN0
Connecting cable with 20-pin
front plug for ET 200M and
25-pin Sub-D socket for MTA
Lengths:
3m 6ES7 922-3BD01-0AM0
8m 6ES7 922-3BJ01-0AM0
Connecting cable with 20-pin
front plug for ET 200M and
50-pin Sub-D socket for MTA
Lengths:
3m 6ES7 922-3BD00-0AU0
8m 6ES7 922-3BJ00-0AU0
Accessories
Power monitor board (PMB) 6ES7 650-1BA02-0XX0
for display of status of redundant
MTA power supply
Spare parts components for
MTA F-AI HART, 6-channel
(6ES7 650-1AH61-5XX0)
5.6 V Zener diode board 6ES7 650-1BB51-0XX0
6.2 V Zener diode board 6ES7 650-1BC51-0XX0
Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011 7/9
 Siemens AG 2012
Process I/O
ET 200M for SIMATIC PCS 7
Introduction
Overview
Within the ET 200 range, ET 200M represents the main series
of distributed I/O systems for process control applications with
SIMATIC PCS 7.
The ET 200M I/O system offers a comprehensive range of
I/O modules of S7-300 design, including ones with special
I&C functions:
7 Standard analog and digital modules
Redundant I/O modules
I/O modules with enhanced diagnostics capability
Ex I/O modules
Controller and counter modules
HART modules
F-modules for safety-related applications
When using active bus modules, faulty I/O modules can be
replaced while the plant is in operation (RUN) without influencing
adjacent modules (hot swapping function).
The following actions are possible with the automation system in
RUN:
Adding new modules to the station
Re-configuration of modules
Addition of ET 200M stations
Configuration of connected HART field devices with SIMATIC
PDM
The connected HART field devices can be configured using
SIMATIC PDM.
Note:
Apart from these selected modules, it is also possible to use -
with limitations in functions - all other I/O modules from the
current range of S7-300 signal modules.
Design
An ET 200M remote I/O station comprises:
1 or 2 (redundant) power supply modules (can be omitted in
the case of a central 24 V DC supply for the plant)
Up to 2 interface modules:
- 1 or 2 (redundant) IM 153-2 High Feature for PROFIBUS DP
connection or
- 1 IM 153-4 PN High Feature for PROFINET connection
Up to 12 I/O modules for connection of sensors/actuators
All I/O modules have optical electrical isolation from the
backplane bus. Up to 12 I/O modules can connected to an
IM 153-2 High Feature or IM 153-4 PN High Feature interface
module. The IM 153-2 High Feature interface modules can also
be configured redundantly.
7/10 Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011
In addition to the standard SIMATIC S7 I/O modules, special
I/O modules with diagnostics capability offer the following
functions, among others:
Channel-based diagnostics, e.g. open-circuit, short-circuit,
limit violations
Internal module monitoring, e.g. configuration error, RAM
error, tripped fuse
Flatter monitoring for sensors
Pulse stretching
Output of a selectable substitute value on failure of the central
processing unit
In the event of a fault, the modules with diagnostics capability
automatically pass on the corresponding message to the
operator station, permitting fast and simple troubleshooting.
The ET 200M stations can be used in standard environments
and also in Ex zone 2/22. The actuators/sensors can be
positioned in Ex zone 1/21 when suitable Ex input/output
modules are used. Hot swapping of I/O modules within Ex zone
2 is allowed with the right permit (e.g. fire certificate).
Technical specifications
You can find detailed technical data on the ET 200M and S7-300
I/O modules in the following places:
Catalog ST 70 or
Industry Mall/CA 01 under "Automation engineering
Automation systems SIMATIC industrial automation systems
SIMATIC ET 200 distributed I/O"
Options
SIPLUS extreme range for extended temperature ranges and
corrosive environments
The "standard" properties of an individual device or system are
often insufficient for harsh environmental conditions, applica-
tions in corrosive environments or extreme temperature ranges.
Depending on the location of use, the result could be limitations
in functionality or operational safety or even total failure of the
plant.
The SIPLUS extreme range offers individually adapted standard
products which permit retention of the functionality of your plant
or process even under extreme conditions of use. These
include:
Ambient temperature range from -25 to +60/+70 C
Condensation, high humidity
Increased mechanical stress
Extreme loading by media, e.g. toxic atmospheres
Voltage ranges deviating from the standard
Increased degree of protection (dust, water)
You can find a summary of the available range of products
classified according to their special properties on the Internet.
The corresponding SIPLUS product is assigned there to the
standard product:
www.siemens.com/siplus
Note:
SIPLUS products are also included in the ST 70 Catalog.
 Siemens AG 2012

Process I/O
ET 200M for SIMATIC PCS 7
Power supply

Overview Ordering data Order No.

PS 307 Load Power Supply
incl. connecting comb;
120/230 V AC; 24 V DC
- 2 A; 40 mm wide 6ES7 307-1BA01-0AA0
- 5 A; 60 mm wide 6ES7 307-1EA01-0AA0
- 5 A, extended temperature 6ES7 307-1EA80-0AA0
range; 80 mm wide
- 10 A, 80 mm wide 6ES7 307-1KA02-0AA0
PS 305 Load Power Supply
incl. connecting comb;
24/48/60/110 V DC; 24 V DC
- 2 A, extended temperature 6ES7 305-1BA80-0AA0
range; 80 mm wide

You can use the PS 307 or PS 305 load power supplies as the
power supply module for the ET 200M. You can select different
input voltages and output currents (120/230 V AC with 2 A, 5 A 7
or 10 A or 24 to 110 V DC with 2 A) depending on the appli-
cation.
With a redundant ET 200M configuration, it is also recom-
mendable to have a redundant 24 V DC supply, e.g. with two
PS 307 / PS 305 load power supplies.

Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011 7/11

 Siemens AG 2012

Process I/O
ET 200M for SIMATIC PCS 7
Interface modules

Overview
IM 153-2 High Feature interface module for PROFIBUS connection
7
Interface module for the PROFIBUS connection
The IM 153-2 High Feature interface module (electrical
PROFIBUS DP transmission mode) is available for connecting
the ET 200M remote I/O station to the PROFIBUS DP fieldbus.
Depending on the fieldbus configuration (single/redundant), the
ET 200M remote I/O station can be connected via one single or
two redundant interface modules.
Function
IM 153-2 High Feature
The IM 153-2 High Feature supports the following functions:
HART configuring of intelligent field devices
Configuration of ET 200M I/Os in RUN mode of the automation
system
Connection to redundant AS 412H, AS 414H and AS 417H
automation systems
Use of ET 200M function modules (controller and counter
modules)
Operation of up to 12 I/O modules per remote I/O station
Time stamping (SOE) with the safety-related SM 326F digital
input module (F-DI24)
Transmission of additional values with HART secondary
variables of the HART SM 331 and SM 332 analog modules
(up to 4 per channel or up to 8 per module)
IM 153-4 PN High Feature
Integrated 2-port switch
Baud rate 10 Mbit/s / 100 Mbit/s (Autonegotiation/Full Duplex)
Operation of up to 12 I/O modules per remote I/O station
I&M functions in accordance with PROFIBUS International
Guidelines, order no. 3.502, version V1.1
Note:
In order to be able to use the hot swapping function, use of the
active bus module and the mounting rail for hot swapping is
necessary (see under the following section "Accessories").

Ordering data Order No.

Interface module for the
PROFIBUS connection
IM 153-2 High Feature 6ES7 153-2BA02-0XB0
Slave interface module for
connection of an ET 200M station
to PROFIBUS DP, with time stamp
(accuracy 1 ms), support of
HART functionality, F modules,
FM modules, "Configuration in
RUN" function; also for use in
redundant systems
Interface module for
PROFINET connection
IM 153-4 PN High Feature 6ES7 153-4BA00-0XB0
Interface for connecting an
ET 200M station to PROFINET
IM 153-4 High Feature interface module for PROFINET connection
Interface module for PROFINET connection
The IM 153-4 PN High Feature interface module is used to
connect the ET 200M remote I/O station to PROFINET via
copper cables (RJ45). It autonomously handles communication
between the I/O modules and the higher-level PROFINET I/O
controller.

7/12 Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011

 Siemens AG 2012

Process I/O
ET 200M for SIMATIC PCS 7
Accessories

Overview Ordering data Order No.

Following components are available as accessories for the Bus modules for hot swapping
ET 200M: BM PS/IM for load power supply 6ES7 195-7HA00-0XA0
and IM 153,
Bus modules for hot swapping incl. 1 bus module cover
DIN rail for hot swapping BM 2x40 for 2 modules, each 6ES7 195-7HB00-0XA0
Covers for backplane bus and bus modules 40 mm wide
BM 1x80 for 1 module, 80 mm 6ES7 195-7HC00-0XA0
Front connectors wide
Ex partition for ET 200M BM IM/IM 6ES7 195-7HD10-0XA0
LK 393 cable duct for two IM 153-2/-2 FOs for
design of redundant systems
DM 370 dummy module
DIN rail for hot swapping
Ex partition 482 mm long (19 inches) 6ES7 195-1GA00-0XA0
530 mm long 6ES7 195-1GF30-0XA0
A mechanical isolation is required between the IM 153 interface
module and the first Ex I/O module. For the hot swapping 620 mm long 6ES7 195-1GG30-0XA0
function, an Ex partition is installed which guarantees the 2 000 mm long, for vertical 6ES7 195-1GC00-0XA0
installation
prescribed isolation distance between non-intrinsically-safe and
intrinsically-safe areas of an ET 200M remote I/O station. Covers 6ES7 195-1JA00-0XA0
Pack with 4 backplane bus
LK 393 cable duct covers and 1 bus module cover
The LK 393 cable duct provides the prescribed isolation
between the load voltage input and the intrinsically safe inputs/
Front connector (1 unit)
20-pin, with screw contacts 6ES7 392-1AJ00-0AA0
7
outputs. The cable duct is easy to fit following insertion of the 20-pin, with spring contacts 6ES7 392-1BJ00-0AA0
load voltage inputs L+. 40-pin, with screw contacts 6ES7 392-1AM00-0AA0
40-pin, with spring contacts 6ES7 392-1BM01-0AA0
DM 370 dummy module
20-pin, FastConnect 6ES7 392-1CJ00-0AA0
Reservation of slots for unconfigured I/O modules 40-pin, FastConnect 6ES7 392-1CM00-0AA0
Retention of design and address assignment when replacing Front connector for Ex analog 6ES7 392-1AJ20-0AA0
by I/O module input module 6ES7 331-7SF00-
0AB0 (1 unit)
Design 20-pin, with screw contacts
Enables an accuracy of 1.5 K
for the internal cold junction
Redundant connection temperature when taking thermo-
couple temperature measure-
ments in the measuring mode
Redundant ET 200M Special modules, "internal compensation" at
ambient temperatures of
IM 153-2 standard 80 mm wide,
0 ... 60 C
High Feature modules e.g. FM 355
Ex partition for ET 200M 6ES7 195-1KA00-0XA0
Separation of IM 153 and
downstream Ex modules within
an ET 200M line
Mixed operation of non-Ex and
Ex modules within an ET 200M
line
For supporting the hot swapping
Bus module BM 1x80 function in connection with
Bus module BM 2x40 IM 153-2
Bus module IM 153/IM 153 LK 393 cable duct 6ES7 393-4AA00-0AA0
[EEx ib] IIC-conform routing of
load voltage cable in front plug,
Singular connection
5 units
DM 370 dummy module 6ES7 370-0AA01-0AA0
including bus connector, labeling
strips
IM 153-2 ET 200M
High Feature standard modules
G_PCS7_XX_00134

Bus module BM 2x40

Bus module PS/IM

The figure shows use of the various bus modules for hot
swapping - at the top for a redundant connection, at the bottom
for a non-redundant connection.

Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011 7/13

 Siemens AG 2012

Process I/O
ET 200M for SIMATIC PCS 7
Bundles

Overview Ordering data Order No.

The following preassembled bundles are available for the I/O subsystem for ET 200M 6ES7 654-0XX08-1XA0
ET 200M: for ET 200M stations with up to
8 I/O modules, suitable for hot
I/O subsystem for ET 200M stations with up to 8 I/O modules swapping, comprising:
suitable for hot swapping, comprising:
DIN rail for active bus modules,
- DIN rail for active bus modules, 482 mm long (19 inches) 482 mm long (19 inches)
- PS/IM bus module
- PROFIBUS DP IM 153-2 High Feature interface module PS/IM bus module
PROFIBUS DP IM 153-2 High
I/O subsystem extended for ET 200M stations with up to Feature interface module
12 I/O modules suitable for hot swapping, comprising:
- DIN rail for active bus modules, 620 mm long I/O subsystem extended for 6ES7 654-0XX08-1XB0
- PS/IM bus module ET 200M
for ET 200M stations with up to
- PROFIBUS DP IM 153-2 High Feature interface module 12 I/O modules, suitable for hot
IM 153 redundancy bundle swapping, comprising:
for operation of the ET 200M on an AS 412H, AS 414H or DIN rail for active bus modules,
AS 417H fault-tolerant automation system, comprising: 620 mm long
- 2 PROFIBUS DP IM 153-2 High Feature interface modules PS/IM bus module
PROFIBUS DP IM 153-2 High
- 1 IM/IM active bus module Feature interface module
IM 153 redundancy bundle 6ES7 153-2AR03-0XA0

7
for operation of an ET 200M
station on the AS 412H, AS 414H
or AS 417H fault-tolerant
automation system, comprising:
2 PROFIBUS DP IM 153-2 High
Feature interface modules
1 IM/IM active bus module

7/14 Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011


Overview
Ordering data
Digital input modules
SM 321 for floating contacts
(supply with DC voltage)
16 inputs, 24 V DC
Redundancy optional
(module-granular redundancy)
Isolated in groups of 16
Front connector required: 20-pin
16 inputs, 24 V DC
Isolated in groups of 16; active
low
Front connector required: 20-pin
16 inputs, 24 V DC, high-speed
Isolated in groups of 16
0.05 ms input delay
Front connector required: 20-pin
32 inputs, 24 V DC
Redundancy optional
(module-granular redundancy)
Isolated in groups of 16
Front connector required: 40-pin
16 inputs, 48 ... 125 V DC
Isolated in groups of 8
Front connector required: 20-pin
64 inputs, 24 V DC
Isolated in groups of 16; active
high/low
Note:
2 connection cables 6ES7392-
4B..0-0AA0 and 2 terminal blocks
6ES7392-1.N00-0AA0 required
per module.
Siemens AG 2012
Process I/O
ET 200M for SIMATIC PCS 7
Digital modules
Digital input modules
Simple signal modules for DC and AC voltage
Modules with diagnostics capability that automatically output
a corresponding message to the operator system in the event
of a fault
Digital output modules
Simple signal modules for DC and AC voltage with different
output currents per channel, where various relay modules are
available for larger output currents and voltages
Modules with diagnostics capability which provide information
for fault diagnosis and also permit parameterizable reactions
to failure of the automation system
Digital input/output modules
Standard signal module for DC voltage (24 V DC) with
8 digital inputs and 8 digital outputs
For connection of switches, 2-wire proximity switches (BERO),
solenoid valves, contactors, signal lamps
Order No. Order No.
7
S7-300 cable for 64-channel
modules; 2 units
6ES7 321-1BH02-0AA0 1m 6ES7 392-4BB00-0AA0
2.5 m 6ES7 392-4BC50-0AA0
5m 6ES7 392-4BF00-0AA0
Terminal block for 64-channel
modules; 2 units
6ES7 321-1BH50-0AA0 With screw contacts 6ES7 392-1AN00-0AA0
With spring-loaded contacts 6ES7 392-1BN00-0AA0
SM 321 for floating contacts
(supply with DC/AC voltage)
6ES7 321-1BH10-0AA0
16 inputs, 24...48 V AC/DC 6ES7 321-1CH00-0AA0
Isolated in groups of 1
Front connector required: 40-pin
6ES7 321-1BL00-0AA0 SM 321 for floating contacts
(supply with AC voltage)
32 inputs, 120 V AC 6ES7 321-1EL00-0AA0
Isolated in groups of 8
Front connector required: 40-pin
6ES7 321-1CH20-0AA0
8 inputs, 120/230 V AC 6ES7 321-1FF01-0AA0
Redundancy optional
(module-granular redundancy)
6ES7 321-1BP00-0AA0 Isolated in groups of 2
Front connector required: 20-pin
16 inputs, 120/230 V AC 6ES7 321-1FH00-0AA0
Isolated in groups of 4
Front connector required: 20-pin
Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011 7/15

Process I/O
ET 200M for SIMATIC PCS 7
Digital modules
Ordering data
SM 321 for non-floating
contacts (supply with
AC voltage)
8 inputs, 120/230 V AC
Isolated in groups of 1
Front connector required: 40-pin
SM 321 modules with
diagnostics capability (IM 153-2
High Feature interface module
required)
for isolated contacts (supplied
with DC voltage)
16 inputs, 24 V DC
Redundancy optional
(channel-granular redundancy)
Isolated in groups of 16
Time stamping in association
with IM 153-2 High Feature,
accuracy 1 ms, rising or falling
edge, can be configured
channel-granular
7 Two short-circuit-proof sensor
supplies for 8 channels each
Sensor supply by the module,
additional external redundant
sensor supply possible
Diagnostics of missing sensor
supply for channel group
(8 channels)
Diagnostics inside module
Channel-granular wire break
monitoring
Front connector required: 20-pin
16 inputs, NAMUR
Redundancy optional
(channel-granular redundancy)
Isolated in groups of 8
Time stamping in association
with IM 153-2 High Feature,
accuracy 10 ms, rising or falling
edge, can be configured
channel-granular
Two sensor supplies (8.2 V DC
or 18 V DC each)
Connection of NAMUR sensors
or contacts with resistor circuit
Pulse stretching
Channel-granular diagnostics
(short-circuit, open-circuit,
chatter monitoring, discrepancy
with changeover contacts)
Diagnostics inside module
Front connector required: 40-pin
7/16 Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011
Siemens AG 2012
Order No. Order No.
Digital output modules
SM 322 for DC voltage
Suitable for solenoid valves,
6ES7 321-1FF10-0AA0 contactors, indicator lights, etc.
8 outputs, 24 V DC / 2 A 6ES7 322-1BF01-0AA0
Redundancy optional
(channel-granular redundancy)
Isolated in groups of 4
Front connector required: 20-pin
16 outputs, 24 V DC, 0.5 A 6ES7 322-1BH01-0AA0
Isolated in groups of 8
Front connector required: 20-pin
6ES7 321-7BH01-0AB0
16 outputs, 24 V DC / 0.5 A, 6ES7 322-1BH10-0AA0
high speed
Isolated in groups of 8
Output delay max. 0.2 ms
Front connector required: 20-pin
32 outputs, 24 V DC / 0.5 A 6ES7 322-1BL00-0AA0
Redundancy optional
(module-granular redundancy)
Isolated in groups of 8
Front connector required: 40-pin
8 outputs, 48 ... 125 V DC / 1.5 A 6ES7 322-1CF00-0AA0
Isolated in groups of 4
Front connector required: 20-pin
64 outputs, 24 V DC, 0.3 A, 6ES7 322-1BP00-0AA0
source output
Isolated in groups of 16
Note:
2 connection cables 6ES7392-
4B..0-0AA0 and 2 terminal blocks
6ES7 321-7TH00-0AB0 6ES7392-1.N00-0AA0 required
per module.
64 outputs, 24 V DC, 0.3 A, 6ES7 322-1BP50-0AA0
sink output
Isolated in groups of 16
Note:
2 connection cables 6ES7392-
4..0-0AA0 and 2 terminal blocks
6ES7392-1.N00-0AA0 required
per module.
S7-300 cable for 64-channel
modules; 2 units
1m 6ES7 392-4BB00-0AA0
2.5 m 6ES7 392-4BC50-0AA0
5m 6ES7 392-4BF00-0AA0
Terminal block for 64-channel
modules; 2 units
With screw contacts 6ES7 392-1AN00-0AA0
With spring-loaded contacts 6ES7 392-1BN00-0AA0

Ordering data
SM 322 for AC voltage
Suitable for AC solenoid valves,
contactors, motor starters, small-
power motors and indicator lights
8 outputs, 120/230 V AC / 2 A
Redundancy optional
(module-granular redundancy)
Isolated in groups of 4
Front connector required: 20-pin
16 outputs, 120/230 V AC, 1 A
Isolated in groups of 8
Front connector required: 20-pin
32 outputs, 120/230 V AC, 1 A
Isolated in groups of 8
Front connector required:
2 x 20-pin
SM 322 for relay output
Suitable for AC/DC solenoid
valves, contactors, motor starters,
small-power motors, and
indicator lights
8 outputs, 24 ... 120 V DC,
48 ... 230 V AC, max. 2 A
Isolated in groups of 2
Front connector required: 20-pin
8 outputs, 24 ... 120 V DC,
48 ... 230 V AC, max. 5 A
Isolated in groups of 1
Front connector required: 40-pin
16 outputs, 24 ... 120 V DC,
48 ... 230 V AC, max. 2 A
Isolated in groups of 8
Front connector required: 20-pin
Siemens AG 2012
Order No.
6ES7 322-1FF01-0AA0
8 outputs, 24 V DC / 0.5 A
Redundancy optional
6ES7 322-1FH00-0AA0
6ES7 322-1FL00-0AA0
6ES7 322-1HF01-0AA0
16 outputs, 24 V DC / 0.5 A
Redundancy optional
6ES7 322-1HF10-0AA0
6ES7 322-1HH01-0AA0
Process I/O
ET 200M for SIMATIC PCS 7
Digital modules
Order No.
SM 322 modules with
diagnostics capability
(with channel and module
diagnostics) for DC voltage
Suitable for solenoid valves,
DC contactors and indicator
lights
6ES7 322-8BF00-0AB0
(module-granular redundancy)
Isolated in groups of 8
2 connections per output (with
and without series diode)
Connection of a default value by
channel in the event of CPU stop
(configurable)
Wire break monitoring per
channel
Load voltage monitoring per
channel
Short-circuit monitoring to M/L+
per channel
7
Module-internal diagnostics
functions
Front connector required: 20-pin
6ES7 322-8BH10-0AB0
(module-granular redundancy)
Isolated in groups of 4
Connection of a default value by
channel in the event of CPU stop
(configurable)
Wire break monitoring per
channel (with 0 and 1 signals)
Signaling of output overload
Discrepancy error monitoring
Load voltage monitoring or
ground monitoring per channel
group
Short-circuit monitoring to M/L+
per channel group
Module-internal diagnostics
functions
Front connector required: 40-pin
Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011 7/17
 Siemens AG 2012

Process I/O
ET 200M for SIMATIC PCS 7
Digital modules

Ordering data Order No. Order No.

For AC voltage Digital input/output modules

Suitable for AC solenoid valves,
SM 323 for DC voltage
contactors, motor starters, small-
Suitable for switches, BERO
power motors and indicator lights
proximity switches, solenoid
8 outputs, 120/230 V AC, 2 A 6ES7 322-5FF00-0AB0 valves, contactors, indicator
Isolated in groups of 1 lights, etc.
Connection of a default value by 8 inputs 24 V DC 6ES7 323-1BH01-0AA0
channel in the event of CPU stop - Suitable for connection of
(configurable) 2-wire proximity switches
Module-internal diagnostics (BERO) as sensors
functions 8 outputs, 24 V DC, 0.5 A
Front connector required: 40-pin Inputs and outputs electrically
16 outputs, 24/48 V DC, 0.5 A 6ES7 322-5GH00-0AB0 isolated in groups of 8
Isolated in groups of 1 Front connector required: 20-pin
Connection of a default value by
channel in the event of CPU stop
(configurable)
Module-internal diagnostics
functions
Front connector required: 40-pin
For relay output

7 Suitable for AC/DC solenoid

valves, contactors, motor starters,
small-power motors and indicator
lights
8 outputs, 24...120 V DC, 6ES7 322-5HF00-0AB0
24...230 V AC / max. 5 A
Isolated in groups of 1
With RC suppressor element for
protection of contacts per
channel
Connection of a default value by
channel in the event of CPU stop
(configurable)
Module-internal diagnostics
functions
Front connector required: 40-pin

7/18 Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011

 Siemens AG 2012

Process I/O
ET 200M for SIMATIC PCS 7
Analog modules

Overview
Analog input modules
Multi-function modules for current, voltage and temperature
measurements
Special, highly accurate modules for current and voltage
measurements or temperature measurements
All modules automatically supply channel-specific and module-
internal diagnostics data, except module 6ES7 331-1KF01-
0AB0. With this module, a channel failure is detected by the
SIMATIC PCS 7 analog driver block.
The channels of the analog input modules can be parameterized
in groups independent of each other.
Analog output modules
Modules with 12-bit resolution and different numbers of
channels
Highly accurate module with 15-bit resolution
The analog output modules can be parameterized in groups
independent of each other, and automatically provide all
channel-specific and module-internal diagnostics information. 7

Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011 7/19


Process I/O
ET 200M for SIMATIC PCS 7
Analog modules
Ordering data
Analog input modules
SM 331 modules for current,
voltage and temperature
measurements
8 inputs, individually configu-
rable
Note: can currently only be
operated with the functional
scope of 6ES7 331-1KF01-0AB0
module
Resolution 12 bit + sign
Current measurement
(8 channels) 0/4 ... 20 mA,
20 mA (2 wires with external
supply or 4 wires)
Voltage measurement
(8 channels) 1 ... 5 V, 0 ... 10 V,
50 mV, 500 mV, 1 V, 5 V,
10 V
Resistance thermometer Pt100,
Ni100, Ni1000, LG-Ni1000
7 (8 channels; 2, 3 or 4 wires)
Front connector required: 40-pin
8 inputs in 4 channel groups
Redundancy optional
(module-granular redundancy)
Changeover of measurement
type by range module per
channel group
Resolution 14 bit + sign
Current measurement
(8 channels) 0 ... 20 mA,
3.2 mA, 10 mA, 20 mA
(4 wires) or 4 ... 20 mA (2 or
4 wires)
Voltage measurement
(8 channels) 1 ... 5 V, 0 ... 10 V,
50 mV, 500 mV, 1 V, 5 V,
10 V
Resistance thermometer Pt100,
Ni100 (4 channels, 2 or 4 wires)
Thermocouples type E, N, J, K, L
(8 channels),
internal compensation or
external compensation with
compensating box or 0 C cold
junction
Wire break monitoring
Diagnostics inside module
Front connector required: 20-pin
2 inputs in 1 channel group
Changeover of measurement
type by range module
Adjustable resolution per
channel group: 9/12/14 bits +
sign
Current measurement
(2 channels) 0 ... 20 mA,
3.2 mA, 10 mA, 20 mA
(4 wires) or 4 ... 20 mA (2 or
4 wires)
Voltage measurement
(2 channels) 1 ... 5 V, 80 mV,
250 mV, 500 mV, 1 V,
2.5 V, 5 V, 10 V
Resistance thermometer Pt100,
Ni100 (1 channel, 2 or 4 wires)
Thermocouples type E, N, J, K, L
(2 channels),
internal compensation or
external compensation with
compensating box or 0 C cold
junction
Wire break monitoring
Diagnostics inside module
Front connector required: 20-pin
7/20 Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011
Siemens AG 2012
Order No. Order No.
SM 331 modules for current and
voltage measurements
8 inputs in 4 channel groups, 6ES7 331-7HF01-0AB0
6ES7 331-1KF02-0AB0 high speed
Resolution 13 bit + sign
Measurement type and range
selection adjustable per channel
group
Current measurement
0 ... 20 mA, 20 mA (4 wires) or
4 ... 20 mA (2 or 4 wires)
Voltage measurement 1 ... 5 V,
1 V, 5 V, 10 V
Limit monitoring adjustable for
2 channels
Fast updating of measured
value
Supporting of isochronous
mode
Diagnostics inside module
Front connector required: 20-pin
8 inputs in 4 channel groups 6ES7 331-7NF00-0AB0
6ES7 331-7KF02-0AB0 Redundancy optional
(channel-granular redundancy)
Resolution 15 bit + sign
Current measurement 0/
4 ... 20 mA, 20 mA
(8 channels; 2 or 4 wires)
Voltage measurement 1 ... 5 V,
5 V, 10 V (8 channels)
Wire break monitoring with
4 ... 20 mA and 1 ... 5 V
Diagnostics inside module
Front connector required: 40-pin
8 inputs in 4 channel groups 6ES7 331-7NF10-0AB0
Redundancy optional
(channel-granular redundancy)
Resolution 15 bit + sign
Fast module cycle (min. 10 ms
for 4 channels)
Current measurement 0/
4 ... 20 mA, 20 mA
(8 channels, 2 wires with
external supply or 4 wires)
Voltage measurement 1 ... 5 V,
5 V, 10 V (8 channels)
Wire break monitoring with
4 ... 20 mA and 1 ... 5 V, 5 V,
10 V
6ES7 331-7KB02-0AB0 Short-circuit-proof
Isolation between channel
groups
Diagnostics inside module
Front connector required: 40-pin
 Siemens AG 2012

Process I/O
ET 200M for SIMATIC PCS 7
Analog modules

Ordering data Order No. Order No.

SM 331 modules for temper- Analog output modules

ature measurement
SM 332 modules for current and
8 inputs in 4 channel groups 6ES7 331-7PF01-0AB0 voltage outputs
Resolution 15 bit + sign
2 outputs in 2 channel groups 6ES7 332-5HB01-0AB0
Resistance thermometer
Resolution 12 bit/11 bit + sign
Pt100 ... 1000, Ni100 ... 1000,
Voltage 1 ... 5 V, 0 ... 10 V;
Cu10 (8 channels; 2, 3 or
10 V (2 channels; 2 or 4 wires)
4 wires)
Current 0/4 ... 20 mA; 20 mA
Resistance measurement 150 :,
(2 channels; 2 wires)
300 :, 600 :
Configurable substitute value
Measuring mode (temperature
output in case of CPU stop
or resistance) and measuring
Broken wire monitoring (only for
range adjustable per channel
current)
group
Short circuit monitoring (only for
Short-circuit-proof
voltage)
Wire break monitoring
Diagnostics inside module
Diagnostics inside module
Front connector required: 20-pin
Front connector required: 40-pin
4 outputs in 4 channel groups 6ES7 332-5HD01-0AB0
8 inputs in 4 channel groups 6ES7 331-7PF11-0AB0
Redundancy optional
Resolution 15 bit + sign
(channel-granular redundancy)
Thermocouples type B, C, N, E,
Resolution 12 bit/11 bit + sign
R, S, J, L, T, K, U (8 channels),
internal compensation; external
compensation with Pt100
Voltage 1 ... 5 V, 0 ... 10 V;
10 V (4 channels; 4 wires)
Current 0/4 ... 20 mA; 20 mA
7
through separate inputs
(4 channels; 2 wires)
possible
Configurable substitute value
Measuring range adjustable per
output in case of CPU stop
channel group
Broken wire monitoring (only for
Fast module cycle (10 ms for
current)
4 channels)
Short circuit monitoring (only for
Short-circuit-proof
voltage)
Wire break monitoring
Diagnostics inside module
Diagnostics inside module
Front connector required: 20-pin
Front connector required: 40-pin
8 outputs in 8 channel groups 6ES7 332-5HF00-0AB0
6 inputs in 6 channel groups 6ES7 331-7PE10-0AB0
Redundancy optional
Redundancy optional
(channel-granular redundancy)
(channel-granular redundancy)
Resolution 12 bit/11 bit + sign
Resolution 15 bit + sign
Voltage 1 ... 5 V, 0 ... 10 V;
Electrical isolation up to 250 V
10 V (8 channels; 4 wires)
AC between the channels
Current 0/4 ... 20 mA; 20 mA
Measuring mode (temperature
(8 channels; 2 wires)
or voltage) and measuring
Configurable substitute value
range adjustable per channel
output in case of CPU stop
Temperature measurement with
Broken wire monitoring (only for
thermocouple type B, C, N, E, R,
current)
S, J, L, T, K, U, TxK/ XK (L);
Short circuit monitoring (only for
internal compensation; external
voltage)
compensation possible with
Diagnostics inside module
Pt100
Front connector required: 40-pin
Voltage measurement 25 mV/
50 mV/80 mV/ 250 mV/ 4 outputs in 4 channel groups 6ES7 332-7ND02-0AB0
500 mV/ 1 V Resolution 14/15/16 bit
Input impedance 10 M: in each Voltage 1 ... 5 V, 0 ... 10 V;
case 10 V (4 channels; 4 wires)
Programmable diagnostics and Current 0/4 ... 20 mA; 20 mA
diagnostics alarm (4 channels; 2 wires)
Programmable process alarm Configurable substitute value
on limit violation output in case of CPU stop
Calibration possible using Isolated by channel
SIMATIC PDM Diagnostics inside module
Front connector required: 40-pin Front connector required: 20-pin

Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011 7/21

 Siemens AG 2012
Process I/O
ET 200M for SIMATIC PCS 7
Analog modules with HART
Overview
The modules with HART (Highway Addressable Remote Trans-
7 ducer) which can be used in ET 200M remote I/O stations (with
IM 153-2 High Feature interface module) permit connection of
HART devices to the SIMATIC PCS 7 automation system.
Transmitters and HART actuators that are certified for digital
communication with the HART protocol can be connected
through these modules.
With 0/4 to 20 mA technology, conventional transmitters/
actuators without HART protocol can also be connected.
All modules with HART come with diagnostics capability
(channel and module diagnostics). The diagnostics and
monitoring functions are directly available in SIMATIC PCS 7.
They require no additional engineering. Plain text messages
output on the operator station provide information on faults or
changes in the HART parameter settings.
Homogenous integration in the SIMATIC Process Device
Manager (PDM) and the PCS 7 Asset Management permit
intuitive online diagnostics and parameterization of all
connected field devices from a central position.
7/22 Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011
Function
HART is a serial transmission procedure with which additional
parameter data such as measuring ranges, attenuation etc. can
be sent to transmitters and actuators over a 4 to 20-mA current
loop. The HART jobs for each channel can be remotely initiated
over the PROFIBUS DP. This usually takes place from the central
engineering system of the SIMATIC PCS 7 process control
system per SIMATIC PDM.
The modules with HART have the following features:
Connections compatible with the conventional analog
modules of the ET 200M
Additional communications possibility over the current loop
Up to 8 analog channels per module (2 analog channels with
Ex modules; 6 analog channels with safety-related SM 336
F-AI HART module)
Each channel is a primary master of the HART protocol
Selectable input range per channel (AI):
- 0 to 20 mA (without HART function)
- 20 mA (without HART function, not with Ex module or
SM 336 F-AI HART module)
- 4 to 20 mA (with/without HART function)
Selectable output range per channel (AO):
- 0 to 20 mA (with/without HART function; in the case of
Ex module, only without HART function)
- 4 to 20 mA (with/without HART function)
Additional functions of the HART analog modules 6ES7 331-
7TF01-0AB0 and 6ES7 332-8TF01-0AB0:
Supplementary HART variables (up to 4 per channel, up to 8
per module) allow the transmission of additional values from/
to the HART devices
Modules can be used redundant (channel-granular redun-
dancy)
Additional functions of the SM 336 F-AI HART module:
Modules can be used redundant (channel-granular redun-
dancy)
HART communication can be activated safety-related in
online mode, or switched off
Note:
Two hardware upgrade packages (HUP) are available for
integration of the SM 336 F-AI HART module in SIMATIC PCS 7.
These are available for downloading from the Service & Support
Portal on the Internet:
http://support.automation.siemens.com/WW/view/en/29000518
(HUP for SIMATIC PCS 7 V7.0+SP1)
http://support.automation.siemens.com/WW/view/en/31481983
(HUP for SIMATIC PCS 7 V6.1+SP2 and PCS 7 V7.0+SP1 when
using the module without HART function)
Parameterization
For the analog input modules (AI), it is possible to parame-
terize e.g. conversion time, input range, limits, alarms,
smoothing of measured values
For the analog output modules (AO), it is possible to parame-
terize e.g. output range, response on stoppage of AS (CPU),
diagnostics
Remote parameterization (per PROFIBUS DP) of the HART
transmitters and actuators with SIMATIC PDM
It is still possible to parameterize the HART devices using an
operator terminal (handheld).

Ordering data
Analog input module
SM 331 HART
Redundancy optional
(channel-granular redundancy)
8 inputs, 0/4 ... 20 mA or 20 mA
Resolution: 15 bit + sign
Connection of 2-wire or 4-wire
transmitters possible
HART (2-wire or 4-wire)
Wire break monitoring
Short-circuit-proof
Front connector required: 20-pin
Analog output module
SM 332 HART
Redundancy optional
(channel-granular redundancy)
8 outputs, 0/4 ... 20 mA
Resolution: 15 bit + sign
For 2-wire actuators
HART (2-wire)
Wire break monitoring
Front connector required: 20-pin
Siemens AG 2012
Process I/O
ET 200M for SIMATIC PCS 7
Analog modules with HART
Order No. Order No.
6ES7 331-7TF01-0AB0 SM 331 HART Ex analog input 6ES7 331-7TB00-0AB0
module [EEx ib]
2 inputs, 0/4 ... 20 mA in
2 channel groups
Individually floating channels
Resolution: 15 bit + sign
Connection of 2-wire or 4-wire
transmitters possible
Wire break monitoring
Short-circuit-proof
HART (2-wire or 4-wire)
Front connector required: 20-pin
SM 332 HART Ex analog output 6ES7 332-5TB00-0AB0
module [EEx ib]
6ES7 332-8TF01-0AB0 2 outputs, 0/4 ... 20 mA in
2 channel groups
Individually floating channels
Resolution: 12 bit + sign
For 2-wire actuators
Wire break monitoring
HART
7
Front connector required: 20-pin
SM 336 F-AI HART safety-
related analog input module
Redundancy optional
(channel-granular redundancy)
6 inputs, 0/4 ... 20 mA
For detailed Ordering data, see
the section "F digital/analog
modules"
Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011 7/23

Process I/O
ET 200M for SIMATIC PCS 7
Ex digital/analog modules
Overview
7 Ordering data
Ex digital input modules
4 NAMUR inputs in 4 channel
groups
Redundancy optional
(channel-granular redundancy)
Voltage supply to sensors 8.2 V
Individually floating channels
Time stamping in association
with IM 153-2 High Feature,
accuracy 10 ms, rising or falling
edge, can be configured
channel-granular
Wire break and short-circuit
monitoring (directly at the
contact for contacts with
external resistor circuit)
Diagnostics inside module
Front connector required: 20-pin
Ex digital output modules
4 outputs, 24 V DC, 10 mA in
4 channel groups
Redundancy optional
(channel-granular redundancy)
Individually floating channels
Wire break monitoring
Short-circuit monitoring
Diagnostics inside module
Front connector required: 20-pin
4 outputs, 15 V DC / 20 mA in
4 channel groups
Individually floating channels
Wire break monitoring
Short-circuit monitoring
Diagnostics inside module
Front connector required: 20-pin
7/24 Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011
Siemens AG 2012
Order No.
6ES7 321-7RD00-0AB0
6ES7 322-5SD00-0AB0
6ES7 322-5RD00-0AB0
Ex analog input module 6ES7
331-7SF00-0AB0 enables greater
accuracy when making thermo-
couple temperature measure-
ments in "internal compensation"
The following analog and digital input and output modules are
suitable for use in hazardous plants. They separate the non-
intrinsically safe electrical circuits of the automation system and
the intrinsically safe electrical circuits of the process. Sensors
and actuators suitable for placing in zone 1 or 21 and 2 or 22
hazardous areas as well as intrinsically safe equipment
compliant with DIN 50020 and [EEx ib] IIC can be operated on
these modules.
All Ex modules come with diagnostics capability (channel and
module diagnostics).
Ex modules identified by "redundant design possible"
(6ES7 321-7RD00-0AB0, 6ES7 322-5SD00-0AB0, 6ES7 331-
7RD00-0AB0, 6ES7 332-5RD00-0AB0) can also be configured
redundant when used in non-hazardous plants.
Order No.
Ex analog input modules
4 inputs, 0/4 ... 20 mA in 6ES7 331-7RD00-0AB0
4 channel groups
Redundancy optional
(channel-granular redundancy)
Individually floating channels
Resolution 15 bit + sign
Connection of 2-wire or 4-wire
transmitters possible
Wire break monitoring
Measurement range monitoring
Short-circuit-proof
Diagnostics inside module
Front connector required: 20-pin
8 inputs in 4 channel groups 6ES7 331-7SF00-0AB0
Resolution 15 bit + sign
Thermocouples type T, U, E, J,
L, K, N, R, S, B (8 channels)
Internal compensation; external
compensation with Pt100
(2 channels), compensating box
or 0/50 C cold junction
Resistance thermometer Pt100,
Pt200, Ni100 (4 channels; 2-wire
or 4-wire, 3-wire Pt100 on
request)
Wire break monitoring
Diagnostics inside module
Front connector required: 20-pin
Note:
A special front connector for the
measuring mode (see the section
"Accessories").
Ex analog output modules
4 outputs, 0/4 ... 20 mA in 6ES7 332-5RD00-0AB0
4 channel groups
Redundancy optional
(channel-granular redundancy)
Individually floating channels
Resolution 15 bit
For 2-wire transmitters
Wire break monitoring
Diagnostics inside module
Front connector required: 20-pin
For additional Ex modules, refer to the previous Section "Analog modules
with HART".
 Siemens AG 2012

Process I/O
ET 200M for SIMATIC PCS 7
F digital/analog modules

Overview Design
SM 336 F-AI HART analog input module
The safety-related SM 336 F-AI HART analog input module has
6 inputs for current measurements in the range from 0 to 20 mA
or 4 to 20 mA, all of which are designed for SIL 3. The compact
width of 40 mm means that a relatively high packing density can
be achieved for F modules, allowing a design which saves
space and costs.
The module can also handle HART communication with appro-
priate HART field devices. HART communication can be
activated safety-related in online mode, or switched off.
Digital output module SM 326 F-DO
The 40-mm wide safety-related SM 326 F-DO digital output
module with 10 outputs (24 V DC, 2 A) and parameterizable
redundancy extends the range of compact F-modules
commenced with the SM 336 F-AI HART. The module features
short response times, and can be used in SIL 3 applications
even without an isolating module. It supports the "Keep last valid
value" function as well as channel-selective passivation.
7
The safety functions of the AS 412F/FH, AS 414F/FH and
AS 417F/FH automation systems are matched to the safety-
related I/O modules (F modules) of the ET 200M distributed
I/O system. The F-signal modules (DI/DO/AI) in the ET 200M
remote I/O stations comply with safety requirements up to SIL 3
(IEC 61508). They can diagnose both internal and external
faults. To this end, they carry out self-tests, e.g. for short-circuit
or open-circuit, and automatically monitor the discrepancy time
defined in the parameter settings. They are able to guarantee
plant safety even if there is a CPU failure in the automation
system.
Depending on the version, the input modules support 1oo1 and
1oo2 evaluation on the module. 2oo3 evaluation of three sensors
is possible using the corresponding voter block (component of
the S7 F block library) within the safety program.
In the event of a faulty output, the digital output modules allow a
safe shutdown via a second shutdown path.

Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011 7/25


Process I/O
ET 200M for SIMATIC PCS 7
F digital/analog modules
Ordering data
SM 326 F-DI safety-related
digital input module
for floating contacts
24 inputs, 24 V DC
80 mm wide
Isolated in groups of 12
Redundancy optional
(channel-granular redundancy)
4 short-circuit-proof sensor
power supplies, each for
6 channels, isolated in groups
of 3
External sensor power supply
possible
SIL 2: 1oo1 evaluation, 24
channels
SIL 3: 1oo2 evaluation on the
module, 12 channels
(adjustable discrepancy time)
SIL 3 achievable without
isolating module
Short-circuit monitoring to L+
7 Discrepancy monitoring
Supports 20 ms time stamping
(SOE)
Diagnostics inside module
PROFIsafe telegram
Front connector required: 40-pin
8 inputs, NAMUR [EEx ib]
80 mm wide
Isolated by channel
Redundancy optional
(channel-granular redundancy)
8 short-circuit-resistant sensor
power supplies, each for
1 channel, mutually isolated
SIL 2: 1oo1 evaluation, 8
channels
SIL 3: 1oo2 evaluation on the
module, 4 channels (adjustable
discrepancy time)
Wire break and short-circuit
monitoring (for contacts with
external resistor circuit)
Discrepancy monitoring
Diagnostics inside module
PROFIsafe telegram
Front connector required: 40-pin
7/26 Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011
Siemens AG 2012
Order No.
6ES7 326-1BK02-0AB0
(outputs with internal diode)
8 outputs, 24 V DC, 2 A
6ES7 326-1RF00-0AB0
Order No.
Safety-related digital output
module SM 326 F-DO
Suitable for solenoid valves,
DC contactors and indicator
lights
10 outputs, 24 V DC, 2 A 6ES7 326-2BF10-0AB0
40 mm wide
Electrically isolated in groups of 5
Redundancy optional
(channel-granular redundancy)
10 outputs, isolated in groups
of 5
SIL 3 achievable without
isolating module
P/P-switching (for non-floating
loads; ground and earth
connected together)
Wire break and short-circuit
monitoring
Configrable diagnostics
"Keep last valid value"
parameter
Channel-selective passivation
PROFIsafe telegram
Front connector required: 40-pin
6ES7 326-2BF41-0AB0
80 mm wide
Electrically isolated in groups of 4
SIL 2, SIL 3 configurable
(8 channels)
SIL 3 achievable without
isolating module
P/M-switching (for floating
loads; ground and earth
separate)
Wire break and short-circuit
monitoring
Diagnostics inside module
PROFIsafe telegram
Front connector required: 40-pin
 Siemens AG 2012

Process I/O
ET 200M for SIMATIC PCS 7
F digital/analog modules

Options (continued)
SM 336 F-AI HART safety- Options
related analog input module
Isolating module 6ES7 195-7KF00-0XA0
6 inputs, 0 ... 20 mA or 6ES7 336-4GE00-0AB0 For F modules, 40 mm wide
4 ... 20 mA For isolation of F and standard
40 mm wide modules in an ET 200M rack
Electrically isolated in groups of 3 For signal isolation when using
Redundancy optional a copper bus connection
(channel-granular redundancy) (only F modules in a rack with
Resolution: 15 bits + sign IM 153-2)
2-wire or 4-wire connection Isolating bus module 6ES7 195-7HG00-0XA0
6 short-circuit-proof sensor 80 mm wide, for isolating module,
supplies for 1 channel each when using an active backplane
External sensor power supply bus
possible
SIL 3: 1oo1 evaluation
(6 channels) and 1oo2 evalu-
ation (3 channels) on the
module
SIL 3 achievable without
isolating module
Discrepancy monitoring with
1oo2 evaluation (adjustable
discrepancy time)
Wire break monitoring 7
Module and channel
diagnostics
HART communication in
measuring range 4 ... 20 mA
(can be switched on/off online)
HART status display
PROFIsafe telegram
Front connector required: 20-pin

Options
Isolating module
Isolating
module F-modules The following components are available as accessories for the
IM 153-2 F modules:
ET 200 rack Isolating module
only for SIL 3 operation, - Isolation of F and standard modules in an ET 200M remote
SIL 2 also possible I/O station
without isolating module - Signal isolation when using a copper bus connection (only
F modules in an ET 200M remote I/O station with IM 153-2)
Isolating bus submodule for isolating module, when using an
PROFIBUS Isolating bus submodule active backplane bus
copper cable for active
backplane bus The isolating module is required in SIL 3 applications with
F signal modules SM 326; AI 6 x 13 bit, SM 326; DI 8 x NAMUR
and SM 326; DO 10 x DC 24 V/2 A (width 80 mm) in the
IM 153-2 following cases:
ET 200 rack Design of PROFIBUS DP with copper cables
Design of PROFIBUS DP with fiber-optic cables and
joint operation of the mentioned F signal modules with
G_PCS7_XX_00128

standard modules in an ET 200M station

Note:
PROFIBUS Isolating module for isolation of
copper cable standard and F-modules The isolating module for F modules and the isolating bus
or fiber-optic cable submodule can only be used together. The 40-mm wide gap
cannot be used for other modules.

Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011 7/27

 Siemens AG 2012

Process I/O
ET 200M for SIMATIC PCS 7
Closed-loop control modules

Overview Function
The FM 355 / FM 355-2 modules have four separate control
channels. These controllers have the following features:
Predefined controller structures for
- fixed-setpoint control,
- cascade control,
- ratio control,
- 3-component control
Various operating modes:
- automatic mode,
- manual mode,
- safety mode,
- follow-up mode,
- backup mode
Sampling interval (dependent on the resolution of the analog
inputs and the compensation input):
- at 12 bit: 20 ms to 100 ms (only FM 355-2)
- at 14 bit: 100 ms to 500 ms (dependent on the number of
enabled analog inputs)
2 control algorithms:
7 The FM 355 is an intelligent 4-channel controller module for
universal control tasks. It can be used to control temperature,
- self-optimized temperature control algorithm,
- PID algorithm
pressure and flow. Integrated online self-optimization without configuration (only
FM 355-2)
The following versions of the FM 355 are available: - for faster adoption of the operating point
FM 355 C User-friendly controller optimization
Continuous-action controller with 4 analog outputs for
controlling analog actuators Backup mode: The controller can maintain its control function
in the event of CPU failure or CPU stop. Programmable safety
FM 355 S setpoint values or safety manipulated variables are set for this
Step or pulse controller with 8 digital outputs for controlling purpose.
motor-driven (integrating) actuators or binary controlled
actuators (e.g. electrical heating strips and cartridges) Feedforward control: The analog inputs can be optionally
used for feedforward control as well as for actual value acqui-
FM 355-2 C/S sition.
Specially optimized for temperature controls with user-friendly
online self-optimization integrated

7/28 Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011

 Siemens AG 2012

Process I/O
ET 200M for SIMATIC PCS 7
Closed-loop control modules

Integration Ordering data Order No.

FM 355 C controller module 6ES7 355-0VH10-0AE0
With 4 analog outputs for
OP Automation
4 continuous-action controllers
system
Required front connector:
2 x 20-pin
Incl. multi-lingual configuration
package, manual and Getting
Started (German, English,
French, Italian) on CD-ROM
FM-355 module FM 355 S controller module 6ES7 355-1VH10-0AE0
(80 mm wide) With 8 digital outputs for 4 step or
IM 153-2
pulse controllers
Required front connector:

G_PCS7_XX_00135G
2 x 20-pin
ET 200 Rack Incl. multi-lingual configuration
package, manual and Getting
Standard Started (German, English,
modules French, Italian) on CD-ROM
FM 355-2 C temperature 6ES7 355-2CH00-0AE0
controller module
Use in SIMATIC PCS 7
The FM 355 / FM 355-2 modules can be used to implement
with 4 analog outputs for
4 continuous-action controllers 7
control tasks outside the SIMATIC PCS 7 automation system. Required front connector:
The modules have not only controller structures but also analog 2 x 20-pin
and digital channels, thus eliminating the need for additional Incl. multi-lingual configuration
modules to detect the setpoint/actual value or to control the package, manual and Getting
actuator. Started (German, English,
French, Italian) on CD-ROM
On the one hand this reduces the work load for the CPU, on the
other hand it enables backup mode with which the control FM 355-2 S temperature 6ES7 355-2SH00-0AE0
controller module
system continues to work even if the CPU fails. In this case the With 8 digital outputs for 4 step or
FM 355 module can be operated further with an OP operator pulse controllers
panel (does not apply to FM 355-2).
Required front connector:
The operator panel is connected to the PROFIBUS DP fieldbus 2 x 20-pin
for this purpose. The CPU of the automation system can Incl. multi-lingual configuration
surrender input privilege to the operator panel in normal package, manual and Getting
operation as well. The parameters that can be accessed with the Started (German, English,
operator panel are the setpoint and manipulated variable. If the French, Italian) on CD-ROM
FM 355 module is operated from the operator panel, the Note:
automation system reads back the values accessible from the
operator panel after the input privilege is withdrawn or recovered In the case of the FM 355 C and FM 355 S controller modules,
again. Bumpless continuation of the operations is thus assured. the channels are not electrically isolated from one another.
IM 153-2 High Feature interface modules are needed for the
PROFIBUS DP connection when the FM 355 / FM 355-2
controller modules are used in ET 200M.
PCS 7 blocks
CFC blocks with OS faceplates for all FM 355 modules are
included in the scope of supply of the standard SIMATIC PCS 7
library (part of engineering software). These blocks are
integrated into the PCS 7 driver concept. This guarantees
homogenous system integration (including automatic
diagnostics messages).
Parameterization in HW-Config
A configuration package containing all parameterization masks
required for configuring, parameterizing and commissioning is
included in the scope of supply of the FM 355 controller
modules.

Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011 7/29

 Siemens AG 2012

Process I/O
ET 200M for SIMATIC PCS 7
Counter modules

Overview Ordering data Order No.

FM 350-1 counter module 6ES7 350-1AH03-0AE0
Counting functions up to 500 kHz
1 channel for the connection of
5 V and 24 V incremental
encoders
Required front connector:
1 x 20-pin
incl. configuration package on
CD-ROM
FM 350-2 counter module 6ES7 350-2AH01-0AE0
8 channels with max. 20 kHz
counting frequency;
for 24 V encoders,
for the following tasks:
counting,
frequency measurement,
speed measurement,
period measurement,
dosing
Required front connector:
The FM 350-1 counter module is a single-channel intelligent 1 x 40-pin

7 counter module for simple counting tasks, suitable for the direct
connection of incremental encoders. It provides a comparison
incl. configuration package on
CD-ROM
function with 2 preselectable reference values, as well as
integrated digital outputs for outputting a reaction upon reaching
the reference value.
The FM 350-2 counter module is an eight-channel intelligent
counter module for universal counting and measuring tasks, as
well as for simple positioning jobs (max. 4 axes).

7/30 Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011

 Siemens AG 2012

Process I/O
ET 200iSP for SIMATIC PCS 7
Introduction

Overview Design
Terminal module for Power Supply Terminal modules
for electronics module
Interface module
Power Supply
EEx d Electronics module
EEx ib

The ET 200iSP is a modular, intrinsically-safe I/O system with
IP30 degree of protection which can be operated in gas and
dust atmospheres at ambient temperatures from -20 to +70 C.
The ET 200iSP remote I/Os stations can be installed directly in
the Ex zones 1, 2, 21 or 22 as well as in non-hazardous areas in
accordance with ATEX directive 94/9/EC. The intrinsically-safe
sensors, actuators and HART field devices can also be located
in zone 0 or 20 if necessary.
The modular design of the ET 200iSP makes it possible to
optimally adapt the remote I/O stations to the respective
automation task through individual configuration and flexible
expansion. To increase plant availability, the pressure-encapsu-
lated power supply and the intrinsically-safe PROFIBUS DP
connection (RS 485-iS) of the stations can also be of redundant
design.
The modern architecture with independent wiring and automatic
slot coding supports simple and reliable hot swapping of
individual modules without a fire certificate.
In addition to analog and digital I/O modules for the automation
of the technological functions of the process (Basic Process
Control), the range of electronics modules also includes safety-
related F-I/O modules for implementing safety applications. The
various types of electronics module can be arranged mixed
within a station.
24 V DC
PROFIBUS DP connection Connection
PA-ground EEx ib intrinsically safe terminal EEx ia/ib
Terminal module
for interface module 7
Main components of the ET 200iSP distributed I/O system:
Terminal modules
for prewiring, and also for inserting power supply, interface
and electronics modules, mounted on an S7-300 rail
Power supply unit
1 or 2 (redundant) power supply modules PS with pressurized
enclosure for feeding 24 V DC or 120/230 V AC
Interface module
1 or 2 (redundant) IM 152 interface modules for connecting
the station to the PROFIBUS DP
Electronics modules (2/4/8 channels): Up to 32 in any combi-
nation
- Digital electronics modules (DI, DO)
- Analog electronics modules (AI, AO)
- Safety-related electronics modules (F-DI, F-DO and F-AI)
- Watchdog module
Accessories
- Reserve module for reserving a slot for any electronics
module
- Terminating module (included in scope of delivery of
terminal modules for the PROFIBUS interface)
- Labeling sheets with printable labeling strips
- Inscription labels for slot numbering
Assembly
Assembly is quick and easy:
Latching of terminal modules onto the S7-300 rail
Prewiring of process signal cables on the terminal modules
using spring-loaded or screw-type connections
Plugging-in of power supply, interface and electronics
modules without the need for additional tools
Expansion limits
The station width is 107 cm in the maximum configuration with
32 electronic modules.
The maximum number of electronics modules which can be
used per station may be limited depending on the current
consumption of the modules required to solve the automation
task. However, up to 16 electronics modules can be used
without limitation.

Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011 7/31

 Siemens AG 2012

Process I/O
ET 200iSP for SIMATIC PCS 7
Introduction

Design (continued) Technical specifications

Stainless steel wall enclosure ET 200iSP general
If the ET 200iSP is used in a hazardous area, it must be installed Degree of protection IP30
in an appropriate Ex housing which at least corresponds to the Ambient -20 ... +70 C
IP54 degree of protection. Appropriate versions of an IP65 temperature
housing are offered in the Section "Stainless steel wall housings".
Loading of media According to ISA-S71.04 severity level G1; G2;
Outstanding design features G3 (except for NH3, only level G2 in this case)
Installation and testing of the wiring is possible in advance EMC Electromagnetic compatibility according
without the electronics module (independent wiring). to NE21
Isolation of the mechanical and electronic systems, in Vibration resistance 0.5 g continuously, 1 g occasionally
conjunction with the independent process wiring, permits fast Approvals,
and easy replacement of the electronics modules standards
Mechanical coding which is carried out when an electronics ATEX II 2 G (1) GD Ex de [ia/ib] IIC T4
module is plugged onto a terminal module for the first time I M2 Ex de [ia/ib] I
prevents the connection of incorrect replacement modules
IECEx Zone 1 Ex de [ia/ib] IIC T4
Hot swapping of the power supply modules and electronics
modules is possible without a fire certificate INMETRO Zone 1 BR-Ex de [ia/ib] IIC T4
cFMus Class I, II, III NI Division 2,
Integration Groups A, B, C, D, E, F, G T4

7 Distributed ET 200iSP stations are connected to the SIMATIC

AIS Division 1,
Groups A, B, C, D, E, F, G
PCS 7 automation systems (controllers) via the PROFIBUS DP, Class I Zone 1, AEx de [ia/ib] IIC T4
which can be routed intrinsically-safe into Ex zone 1 using an
cULus Class I, II, III Division 2,
isolating transformer (RS485-iS coupler) as barrier. Data transfer Groups A, B, C, D, E, F, G T4
rates of up to 1.5 Mbit/s are possible. providing int. safe circuits for
The ET 200iSP is integrated into SIMATIC PCS 7 using standard Division 1,
Groups A, B, C, D, E, F, G
driver blocks. You can therefore configure the ET 200iSP in the
SIMATIC Manager of the engineering system extremely simply Class I Zone 1, AEx de [ia/ib] IIC T4
using HW-Config. The system function CiR (Configuration in PROFIBUS EN 50170, Volume 2
Run) is also supported, and permits the following changes to be
made to the configuration during runtime: IEC IEC 61131, Part 2
Adding ET 200iSP stations CE According to 94/9/EU (ATEX 100a), 89/336/EEC
and 73/23/EEC
Adding modules to the ET 200iSP station
Marine approval Classification companies
Re-configuration of modules ABS (American Bureau of Shipping)
Parameterization of connected HART field devices with BV (Bureau Veritas)
SIMATIC PDM DNV (Det Norske Veritas)
GL (Germanischer Lloyd)
Vendor-specific information and maintenance data are saved LRS (Lloyds Register of Shipping)
powerfail-proof on the electronics modules. Class NK (Nippon Kaiji Kyokai)

The existing standard diagnostics drivers preprocess the
diagnostics messages generated by internal or external faults
(e.g. wire breakage or short-circuit) as well as status messages
of the connected HART field devices for the host operator
system and the maintenance station of the PCS 7 asset
management.
The ET 200iSP and the HART field devices can also be
configured using SIMATIC PDM (process device manager). With
SIMATIC PDM you can directly access the HART field devices
on the ET 200iSP by routing via PROFIBUS DP.
For detailed technical specifications, especially on individual
components such as power supply module, interface module or
electronics modules, see:
Catalog ST 70, chapter "SIMATIC ET 200 distributed I/O"
Industry Mall/CA 01 under "Automation engineering -
Automation systems - SIMATIC industrial automation systems
- SIMATIC ET 200 distributed I/O"

7/32 Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011

 Siemens AG 2012

Process I/O
ET 200iSP for SIMATIC PCS 7
Power supply unit

Overview
An ET 200iSP power supply unit consists of a TM-PS terminal
module (A or B) and a PS power supply module which is
plugged onto this. Terminal modules and power supply modules
can be ordered separately.
The power supply modules are suitable for both individual
operation (standard) and redundant operation. Depending on
the operating mode, they must be combined with the terminal
Design
Depending on the operating mode (standard or redundant), one
or two power supply modules are plugged onto the corre-
sponding terminal modules. In standard mode, a PS power
supply module is combined with a TM-PS-A terminal module. In
redundant mode, a second power supply unit is provided on the
right of the first one. This consists of a PS power supply module
and a TM-PS-B terminal module.
The power supply modules can also be used in hazardous
areas. The explosion protection is guaranteed by an explosion-
proof metal enclosure (explosion protection EEx d).
The power source (24 V DC or 120/230 V AC) must be installed
in the safe area. It is connected to the terminal module of the
power supply unit via EX e terminals. The power source must not
be connected or disconnected in the hazardous area, but only
in a safe environment.
The power supply module is moved into its working position by
means of a slide system, and manually fixed there by means of
a mechanical lock. Replacement through disconnection of the
existing power supply module and insertion of a new module is
also permissible in the hazardous area. To replace the module,
the mechanical lock must first be released to remove the module
7
from its working position using the slide.
Ordering data Order No.

modules as follows: Power supply units

for 24 V DC supply
Standard: 1 x PS on TM-PS-A
PS 24 V DC power supply 6ES7 138-7EA01-0AA0
Redundancy: 1 x PS on TM-PS-A (left) plus 1 x PS on TM-PS-B module for ET 200iSP
(right)
TM-PS-A terminal module 6ES7 193-7DA10-0AA0
Power supply modules are available for supplies of 24 V DC and for standard operation
120/230 V AC. These can only be used together with the
TM-PS-B terminal module 6ES7 193-7DB10-0AA0
matching terminal module versions.
Additional terminal module for
The operating state of the power supply modules is indicated by redundant operation
two LEDs on the IM 152 interface module (one for each module). Power supply units
for 120/230 V AC supply
Application PS 120/230 V AC power supply 6ES7 138-7EC00-0AA0
module for ET 200iSP
Functions of the power supply modules
TM-PS-A UC terminal module 6ES7 193-7DA20-0AA0
Supply of ET 200iSP with safely isolated operating voltages for For standard operation
- Power bus
TM-PS-B UC terminal module 6ES7 193-7DB20-0AA0
- Backplane bus Additional terminal module for
- Interface module (IM 152-1) redundant operation
Safety-related limiting of output voltages

Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011 7/33

 Siemens AG 2012

Process I/O
ET 200iSP for SIMATIC PCS 7
Interface module

Overview Design
The terminal module of the IM 152 (TM-IM/EM or TM-IM/IM) is
connected directly next to the power supply unit on the DIN rail.
The PROFIBUS DP connection of the IM 152 is made using the
standard Sub-D socket on the terminal module. The matching
connection element we provide is a special terminating plug with
selectable terminating resistance. The terminating resistance
must be activated on the last ET 200iSP station of each
PROFIBUS DP segment.
Hot swapping of the IM 152 and the PROFIBUS connector is
permissible under hazardous conditions.
A terminating module is provided together with the IM 152, and
must be fitted at the right end of each ET 200iSP station following
the last electronics module.
The IM 152 has a slot for micro memory cards (MMC). The
firmware can therefore be updated either via the PROFIBUS DP
or using MMCs.
The PROFIBUS addresses can be set using DIL switches at the
The IM 152 interface module connects the ET 200iSP to the front which are protected by a cover.
7 PROFIBUS DP with intrinsically-safe RS 485-iS transmission
technology with transmission rates up to 1.5 Mbit/s. A redundant LEDs on the front of the IM 152 signal the supply voltage, group
faults, bus faults, the active IM with redundant operation, and the
connection is also possible. In this case the ET 200iSP is
connected via two interface modules to two redundant operating state of the fitted power supply modules.
PROFIBUS DP segments of a fault-tolerant automation system.
The IM 152 is plugged onto a special terminal module (to be
Ordering data Order No.
ordered separately). The following terminal modules are ET 200iSP interface module 6ES7 152-1AA00-0AB0
available: IM 152-1
TM-IM/EM60 terminal module for one interface module and ET 200iSP terminal module
one electronics module (with screw-type or spring-loaded TM-IM/EM60
terminals) for an IM 152 and an electronics/
reserve module (except 2 DO
TM-IM/IM terminal module for two interface modules (for Relay), including terminating
redundant PROFIBUS DP connection) module
TM-IM/EM60S (screw-type 6ES7 193-7AA00-0AA0
Tasks of the IM 152 interface module terminals)
Connection of ET 200iSP to the intrinsically-safe TM-IM/EM60S (spring-loaded 6ES7 193-7AA10-0AA0
PROFIBUS DP terminals)
Autonomous communication with the host automation system ET 200iSP terminal module 6ES7 193-7AB00-0AA0
Preparation of data for the fitted electronic modules TM-IM/IM
for two IM 152 modules
Saving of parameters of the electronics modules (redundant operation), including
Time stamping of digital process signals with an accuracy of terminating module
20 ms Accessories
The maximum address space of the interface module is PROFIBUS connector with 6ES7 972-0DA60-0XA0
244 bytes for inputs, and 244 bytes for outputs. selectable terminating resistor
for connection of IM 152 to
PROFIBUS DP with RS 485-iS
transmission technology
RS 485-IS coupler 6ES7 972-0AC80-0XA0
Isolating transformer for
connection of PROFIBUS DP
segments with RS 485 and
RS 485-iS transmission technol-
ogies
S7-300 rails
585 mm long, suitable for 6ES7 390-1AF85-0AA0
assembly of ET 200iSP in a
650 mm wide wall box
885 mm long, suitable for 6ES7 390-1AJ85-0AA0
assembly of ET 200iSP in a
950 mm wide wall box
For additional accessories such as labeling strips or plates, see Industry
Mall/CA 01 under "Automation engineering - Automation systems -
SIMATIC industrial automation systems - SIMATIC ET 200iSP distributed
I/O" or Catalog IK PI

7/34 Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011

 Siemens AG 2012
Overview
Digital input modules
8-channel digital input module DI NAMUR EEx i, for evaluation
of NAMUR sensors, connected and non-connected contacts,
as well as for use as counter or frequency meter
Parameterizable connections:
- NAMUR sensor on/off
- NAMUR changeover contact
- Single contact connected (mechanical NO contact)
- Changeover contact connected (mechanical changeover
contact)
- Single contact non-connected (mechanical NO contact with
single contact)
- Changeover contact non-connected (mechanical
changeover contact)
- Counting function: optional use of 2 channels for recording
counter pulses or for frequency measurement
- Short-circuit and wire break monitoring
Design
The digital electronics modules are installed on terminal
modules which must be aditionally ordered.
The digital electronics module 2 DO Relays must be plugged
onto the terminal module TM-RM/RM 60S (screw-type
connection system). All other digital electronics modules are
plugged as planned onto terminal modules using screw-type
systems (TM-EM/EM60S) or spring-loaded systems (TM-EM/
EM60C).
Using a spare module plugged onto a terminal module
TM-EM/EM60S, TM-EM/EM60C or TM-RM/RM 60S, you can
reserve a slot for a digital electronics module or close a gap
resulting from the design. The spare module can be simply
replaced by the envisaged electronics module at a later point
in time.
Process I/O
ET 200iSP for SIMATIC PCS 7
Digital electronics modules
Digital output modules
4-channel digital output modules DO EEx i, 23.1 V DC/20 mA,
17.4 V DC/27 mA , 17.4 V DC/40 mA or 25.5 V DC/22 mA, with
external actuator switch-off via High or Low signal (H/L switch-
off)
- Load-free switching of outputs via external intrinsically-safe
signal
- Power boosting through parallel connection of two outputs
for one actuator with 4 DO 17.4 V DC/27 mA or
4 DO 17.4 V DC/40 mA
- Short-circuit and wire break monitoring
2-channel digital output module DO Relay EEx e, e.g. for
switching solenoid valves, DC contactors or signaling lamps
- Can be plugged onto TM-RM/RM terminal module
- Output current up to 2 A with 60 V AC/DC for each of the two
relay outputs
- Installation up to Ex zone 1
- Intrinsically-safe and non-intrinsically-safe signals can be
mixed in a station
Extra functions
Actuator switch-off function of the 4-DO EEx i modules
7
The 4-DO EEx i modules are equipped with a switch-off function.
This permits implementation of an external switch-off
independent of the automation system (controller).
As soon as the intrinsically-safe switch-off signal (High or Low)
is present at the actuator switch-off input of the electronics
module, its outputs are deactivated.
You can also combine several DO modules into a switch-off
group. The intrinsically-safe power supply for the switch-off
device is either via the watchdog module or a separate intrinsi-
cally-safe source.
The mechanical coding of the terminal module which is
carried out when an electronics module is plugged on for the
first time prevents the connection of incorrect replacement
modules.
Hot swapping of individual modules is possible under
hazardous conditions.
The process signals are connected to the terminals of the
terminal modules assigned according to the plan, using either
conventional screw-type or spring-loaded systems
(conductor cross-sections 0.14 mm to max. 2.5 mm)
depending on the type of module.
Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011 7/35

Process I/O
ET 200iSP for SIMATIC PCS 7
Digital electronics modules
Ordering data
Digital input modules
Digital input modules EEx i
8 DI NAMUR
For evaluation of NAMUR
sensors, connected/non-
connected contacts, as well as
for recording counter pulses or
measuring frequencies
8 x NAMUR (NAMUR sensor on/
off, NAMUR changeover
contact) or connected/non-
connected inputs (single/
changeover contact)
2 channels optionally usable as
counters (max. 5 kHz) or
frequency meters (1 Hz ...
5 kHz)
Time tagging 20 ms, rising or
falling edge
Wire break monitoring
Short-circuit monitoring
Sensor power supply monitoring
7 Flutter monitoring
Digital output modules
Digital output modules EEx i with
H switch-off
(external actuator switch-off via
H-signal);
for switching of solenoid valves,
DC relays, signal lamps,
actuators
4 DO DC 23.1 V/20 mA
4 channels with 20 mA each
Short-circuit monitoring
Wire break monitoring
Parameterizable connection of
substitute value in case of CPU
failure
Load-free switching of outputs
via external intrinsically-safe
signal
4 DO DC 17.4 V/27 mA
4 channels with 27 mA each or
2 outputs connected in parallel
with 54 mA each
Short-circuit monitoring
Wire break monitoring
Parameterizable connection of
substitute value in case of CPU
failure
Load-free switching of outputs
via external intrinsically-safe
signal
4 DO DC 17.4 V/40 mA
4 channels with 40 mA each or
2 outputs connected in parallel
with 80 mA each
Short-circuit monitoring
Wire break monitoring
Parameterizable connection of
substitute value in case of CPU
failure
Load-free switching of outputs
via external intrinsically-safe
signal
7/36 Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011
Siemens AG 2012
Order No.
6ES7 131-7RF00-0AB0
4 DO DC 17.4 V/27 mA
6ES7 132-7RD01-0AB0
6ES7 132-7RD11-0AB0
Digital output module EEx e
6ES7 132-7RD22-0AB0
Order No.
Digital output modules EEx i with
L switch-off
(external actuator switch-off via L-
signal);
for switching of solenoid valves,
DC relays, signal lamps,
actuators
4 DO DC 23.1 V/20 mA 6ES7 132-7GD00-0AB0
4 channels with 20 mA each
Short-circuit monitoring
Wire break monitoring
Parameterizable connection of
substitute value in case of CPU
failure
Load-free switching of outputs
via external intrinsically-safe
signal
6ES7 132-7GD10-0AB0
4 channels with 27 mA each or
2 outputs connected in parallel
with 54 mA each
Short-circuit monitoring
Wire break monitoring
Parameterizable connection of
substitute value in case of CPU
failure
Load-free switching of outputs
via external intrinsically-safe
signal
4 DO DC 17.4 V/40 mA 6ES7 132-7GD21-0AB0
4 channels with 40 mA each or
2 outputs connected in parallel
with 80 mA each
Short-circuit monitoring
Wire break monitoring
Parameterizable connection of
substitute value in case of CPU
failure
Load-free switching of outputs
via external intrinsically-safe
signal
4 DO DC 25.5 V/22 mA1) 6ES7 132-7GD30-0AB0
4 channels with 22 mA each
Short-circuit monitoring
Wire break monitoring
Parameterizable connection of
substitute value in case of CPU
failure
Load-free switching of outputs
via external intrinsically-safe
signal
For switching of solenoid valves,
DC contactors or indicator lights
2 DO Relay, 60 V AC/DC, 2 A 6ES7 132-7HB00-0AB0
Can be plugged onto TM-RM/
RM terminal module
Output current up to 2 A with
60 V AC/DC for each of the two
relay outputs
Installation up to Ex zone 1
Parameterizable connection of
substitute value in case of CPU
failure
1) Can be used with SIMATIC PCS 7 V7.1 + SP2 or higher

Ordering data
Terminal modules
ET 200iSP terminal module
TM-EM/EM60
For two modules (reserve module
and all electronics modules
except 2 DO Relay can be
plugged-in)
TM-EM/EM60S (screw-type
terminals)
TM-EM/EM60C (spring-loaded
terminals)
ET 200iSP terminal module
TM-RM/RM 60
For two modules (electronics
module 2 DO Relay and reserve
module can be plugged-in)
TM-RM/RM 60S (screw-type
terminals)
Siemens AG 2012
Process I/O
ET 200iSP for SIMATIC PCS 7
Digital electronics modules
Order No. Order No.
Accessories
Reserve module 6ES7 138-7AA00-0AA0
For any electronics module
S7-300 rail
585 mm long, suitable for 6ES7 390-1AF85-0AA0
assembly of ET 200iSP in a
6ES7 193-7CA00-0AA0 650 mm wide wall box
885 mm long, suitable for 6ES7 390-1AJ85-0AA0
6ES7 193-7CA10-0AA0 assembly of ET 200iSP in a
950 mm wide wall box
For additional accessories such as labeling strips or plates, see
Industry Mall/CA 01 under "Automation engineering - Automation
systems - SIMATIC industrial automation systems - SIMATIC ET 200
distributed I/O" or Catalog IK PI
6ES7 193-7CB00-0AA0
Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011 7/37
 Siemens AG 2012
Process I/O
ET 200iSP for SIMATIC PCS 7
Analog electronics modules
Overview
Analog input modules
7 4-channel analog input module AI 2 WIRE HART EEx i for
current measurement in the range 4 to 20 mA, suitable for
connection of two-wire transmitters (with/without HART
functionality)
- Resolution 12 bit + sign
- Max. load of transmitter 750 :
- Short-circuit and wire break monitoring
4-channel analog input module AI 4 WIRE HART EEx i for
current measurement in the range 0/4 to 20 mA, suitable for
connection of 4-wire transmitters (with/without HART function-
ality)
- Resolution 12 bit + sign
- Max. load of transmitter 750 :
- Wire break monitoring
Design
The analog electronics modules are installed on terminal
modules which must be additionally ordered.
The analog electronics modules are plugged as planned onto
terminal modules using screw-type systems (TM-EM/EM60S)
or spring-loaded systems (TM-EM/EM60C).
Using a spare module plugged onto a terminal module
TM-EM/EM60S or TM-EM/EM60C, you can reserve a slot for
an analog electronics module or close a gap resulting from
how the modules were placed. The spare module can be
simply replaced by the envisaged electronics module at a
later point in time.
7/38 Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011
4-channel analog input module AI RTD EEx i for resistance
measurement and for temperature measurement per Pt100/
Ni100 resistance thermometer
- Resolution 15 bit + sign
- 2-wire, 3-wire or 4-wire connection possible
- Resistance measurements 600 : absolute and 1 000 :
absolute
- Wire break monitoring
4-channel analog input module AI TC EEx i for thermoelectric
EMF measurements and for temperature measurement per
thermocouple, type B, E, N, J, K, L, S, R, T, U
- Resolution 15 bit + sign
- Internal temperature compensation possible using TC
sensor module (included in scope of delivery of module)
- External temperature compensation by means of a temper-
ature value acquired at an analog module of the same
ET 200iSP station
- Wire break monitoring
Analog output modules
4-channel analog output module AO I HART EEx i for output of
current signals in the range 0/4 to 20 mA to field devices (with/
without HART functionality)
- Resolution 14 bit
- Parameterizable substitute value in case of CPU failure
- Short-circuit and wire break monitoring
Extra functions
Temperature compensation
A TC sensor module for internal temperature compensation is
provided with the 4 AI TC module, and is fitted on the corre-
sponding terminals of the associated terminal module.
External temperature compensation is possible via a Pt100 on a
4-AI-RTD module.
The mechanical coding of the terminal module which is
carried out when an electronics module is plugged on for the
first time prevents the connection of incorrect replacement
modules.
Hot swapping of individual modules is possible under
hazardous conditions.
The process signals are connected to the terminals of the
terminal modules assigned according to the plan, using either
conventional screw-type or spring-loaded systems
(conductor cross-sections 0.14 mm to max. 2.5 mm)
depending on the type of module.

Ordering data
Analog input modules
Analog input modules EEx i
4 AI I 2 WIRE HART
For measuring currents with
2-wire transmitters with/without
HART functionality
4 x 4 ... 20 mA, HART, 2-wire
transmitter
Transmitter load: max. 750 :
Resolution 12 bit + sign
Short-circuit monitoring
Wire break monitoring
4 AI I 4 WIRE HART
For measuring currents with
4-wire transmitters with/without
HART functionality
4 x 0/4 ... 20 mA, HART, 4-wire
transmitter
Transmitter load: max. 750 :
Resolution 12 bit + sign
Wire break monitoring
4 AI RTD
For measuring resistances as well
as for temperature measurements
with resistance thermometers
4 x RTD, resistance thermometer
Pt100/Ni100
2-, 3-, 4-wire
Resolution 15 bit + sign
Short-circuit monitoring
Wire break monitoring
4 AI TC
For measuring thermal e.m.f. as
well as for temperature measure-
ments with thermocouples
4 x TC (thermocouples)
Type B [PtRh-PtRh]
Type N [NiCrSi-NiSi]
Type E [NiCr-CuNi]
Type R [PtRh-Pt]
Type S [PtPh-Pt]
Type J [Fe-CuNi]
Type L [Fe-CuNi]
Type T [Cu-CuNi]
Type K [NiCr-Ni]
Type U [Cu-CuNi]
Resolution 15 bit + sign
Internal compensation of cold
junction temperature possible
using TC sensor module
(included in scope of delivery of
module)
External temperature compen-
sation via Pt100 connected to
RTD module of same ET 200iSP
station
Wire break monitoring
Siemens AG 2012
Process I/O
ET 200iSP for SIMATIC PCS 7
Analog electronics modules
Order No. Order No.
Analog output modules
Analog output modules EEx i
6ES7 134-7TD00-0AB0 4 AO I HART 6ES7 135-7TD00-0AB0
For output of currents to field
devices with/without HART
functionality
4 x 0/4 ... 20 mA, HART (max.
load 750 :)
Resolution 14 bit
Short-circuit monitoring
Wire break monitoring
Parameterizable substitute
value in case of CPU failure
6ES7 134-7TD50-0AB0
Terminal modules
ET 200iSP terminal module
TM-EM/EM60
For two modules (reserve module
and all electronics modules
except 2 DO Relay can be
plugged-in)
7
TM-EM/EM60S (screw-type 6ES7 193-7CA00-0AA0
6ES7 134-7SD51-0AB0 terminals)
TM-EM/EM60C (spring-loaded 6ES7 193-7CA10-0AA0
terminals)
Accessories
Reserve module 6ES7 138-7AA00-0AA0
For any electronics module
S7-300 rails
585 mm long, suitable for 6ES7 390-1AF85-0AA0
6ES7 134-7SD00-0AB0 assembly of ET 200iSP in a
650 mm wide wall box
885 mm long, suitable for 6ES7 390-1AJ85-0AA0
assembly of ET 200iSP in a
950 mm wide wall box
For additional accessories such as labeling strips or plates, see Industry
Mall/CA 01 under "Automation engineering - Automation systems -
SIMATIC industrial automation systems - SIMATIC ET 200 distributed I/O"
or Catalog IK PI
Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011 7/39
 Siemens AG 2012
Process I/O
ET 200iSP for SIMATIC PCS 7
Safety-related electronics modules
Overview
The electronics modules of the SIMATIC ET 200iSP distributed
7 I/O system equipped with safety functions can be used together
with the safety-related automation systems of the SIMATIC
PCS 7 process control system for the implementation of safety
applications. The input modules record the process signals,
evaluate them, and prepare them for addional processing by the
automation system. The output modules convert the safety-
related signals output by the automation systems so that they are
suitable for controlling the connected actuators.
F digital input modules
8 F-DI Ex NAMUR
Safety-related digital input module for evaluating the signals
from IEC 60947-5-6/NAMUR sensors and connected/non-
connected mechanical contacts in hazardous and non-
hazardous areas
- SIL 3/Cat. 3/PLe with 8 inputs (1-channel/1oo1 evaluation) or
4 inputs (2-channel/1oo2 evaluation)
- 8 short-circuit-proof sensor supplies (8 V DC) for 1 channel
each
- Inputs and sensor supplies electrically isolated from power
bus and backplane bus
- Diagnostics evaluation (deactivated for non-connected
mechanical contacts)
- Internal diagnostics buffer
- Programmable diagnostics interrupt
- Support of time stamping
- Channel-selective passivation
- Firmware update using HW Config possible
- Exclusively for safety mode
- LED displays for safety mode, group errors and channel
status/fault
Design
The safety-related electronics modules are installed on
terminal modules which must be additionally ordered.
The safety-related electronics modules are plugged as
planned onto terminal modules using screw-type systems
(TM-EM/EM60S) or spring-loaded systems (TM-EM/EM60C).
Using a spare module plugged onto a terminal module
TM-EM/EM60S or TM-EM/EM60C, you can reserve a slot for
an safety-related electronics module or close a gap resulting
from the design. The spare module can be simply replaced by
the envisaged electronics module at a later point in time.
7/40 Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011
F digital output modules
4 F-DO Ex DC 17.4 V/40 mA
Safety-related digital output module for controlling actuators in
hazardous and non-hazardous areas, e.g. solenoid valves,
DC current relays or indicator lamps
- SIL 3/Cat. 3/PLe with 4 outputs, P/P-switching
- Electrical isolation from power bus and backplane bus
- Rated load voltage 17.4 V DC
- Max. output current 40 mA
- Performance enhancement through parallel connection of
two digital outputs for one actuator
- Short-circuit, overload and wire-break monitoring
- Configurable diagnostics
- Internal diagnostics buffer
- Programmable diagnostics interrupt
- Channel-selective passivation
- Firmware update using HW Config possible
- Exclusively for safety mode
- LED displays for safety mode, group errors and channel
status/fault
F analog input modules
4 F-AI Ex HART (0 ... 20 mA or 4 ... 20 mA)
Safety-related digital input module for evaluating the signals
from current sensors in hazardous and non-hazardous areas,
e.g. 2-wire transmitters and HART field devices
- SIL 3/Cat. 3/PLe with 4 inputs of one module (1-channel/
1oo1 evaluation) or 4 inputs of two modules (2-channel/1oo2
evaluation)
- Measuring ranges: 0 ... 20 mA or 4 ... 20 mA
- Resolution 15 bit + sign
- HART communication in measuring range 4 ... 20 mA
- 4 short-circuit-proof sensor supplies (min. 12 V DC;
max. 26 V DC) for 1 channel each
- Inputs and sensor supplies electrically isolated from
backplane bus
- Configurable diagnostics
- Programmable diagnostics interrupt
- Internal diagnostics buffer
- Firmware update using HW Config possible
- Exclusively for safety mode
- LED displays for safety mode, group errors, channel faults
and HART status per channel
The mechanical coding of the terminal module which is
carried out when an electronics module is plugged on for the
first time prevents the connection of incorrect replacement
modules.
Hot swapping of individual modules is possible under
hazardous conditions.
The process signals are connected to the terminals of the
terminal modules assigned according to the plan, using either
conventional screw-type or spring-loaded systems
(conductor cross-sections 0.14 mm to max. 2.5 mm)
depending on the type of module.
 Siemens AG 2012

Process I/O
ET 200iSP for SIMATIC PCS 7
Safety-related electronics modules

Ordering data Order No. Order No.

Safety-related electronics Terminal modules
modules
ET 200iSP terminal module
F digital input modules TM-EM/EM60
For two modules (reserve module
8 F-DI Ex NAMUR 6ES7 138-7FN00-0AB0 and all electronics modules
For evaluating the signals from except 2 DO Relay can be
IEC 60947-5-6/NAMUR sensors plugged-in)
and connected/non-connected
mechanical contacts in TM-EM/EM60S (screw-type 6ES7 193-7CA00-0AA0
hazardous and non-hazardous terminals)
areas TM-EM/EM60C (spring-loaded 6ES7 193-7CA10-0AA0
SIL3/Cat.3/PLe with 8 inputs terminals)
(1-channel/1oo1 evaluation) or Accessories
4 inputs (2-channel/1oo2 evalu-
ation) Reserve module 6ES7 138-7AA00-0AA0
For any electronics module
F digital output modules
S7-300 rails
4 F-DO Ex 17.4 V DC/40 mA 6ES7 138-7FD00-0AB0
For controlling actuators in 585 mm long, suitable for 6ES7 390-1AF85-0AA0
hazardous and non-hazardous assembly of ET 200iSP in a
areas, e.g. solenoid valves, 650 mm wide wall box
DC current relays or indicator 885 mm long, suitable for 6ES7 390-1AJ85-0AA0
assembly of ET 200iSP in a
7
lamps
SIL 3/Cat. 3/PLe with 4 outputs, 950 mm wide wall box
P/P-switching
For additional accessories such as labeling strips or plates, see
F analog input modules Industry Mall/CA 01 under "Automation engineering - Automation
systems - SIMATIC industrial automation systems - SIMATIC ET 200
4 F-AI Ex HART 6ES7 138-7FA00-0AB0
distributed I/O" or Catalog IK PI.
(0 ... 20 mA or 4 ... 20 mA)
For evaluating the signals from
current sensors in hazardous and
non-hazardous areas, e.g. 2-wire
transmitters and HART field
devices
SIL 3/Cat. 3/PLe with 4 inputs of
one module (1-channel/1oo1
evaluation) or 4 inputs of two
modules (2-channel/1oo2 evalu-
ation)
Resolution 15 bit + sign
HART communication in
measuring range 4 ... 20 mA

Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011 7/41

 Siemens AG 2012

Process I/O
ET 200iSP for SIMATIC PCS 7
Watchdog module

Overview Ordering data Order No.

Watchdog module
Watchdog module 6ES7 138-7BB00-0AB0
For failure monitoring and for the
intrinsically-safe power supply of
an external actuator switch-off
Terminal modules
ET 200iSP terminal module
TM-EM/EM60
For two modules (reserve module
and all electronics modules
except 2 DO Relay can be
plugged-in)
TM-EM/EM60S (screw-type 6ES7 193-7CA00-0AA0
terminals)
TM-EM/EM60C (spring-loaded 6ES7 193-7CA10-0AA0
terminals)

The watchdog module has two fundamental functions:

7 Monitoring of the ET 200iSP remote I/O station for hardware

failures (hardware lifebeat); external, applicative failure
monitoring is also possible via an I/O address area of the
module
Intrinsically-safe power supply for external actuator switch-off
The watchdog module must be plugged onto a terminal module
(order separately). The first slot directly next to the interface
module is provided for the watchdog module. You can use the
same terminal modules for the watchdog module as for the
electronics modules.

7/42 Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011

 Siemens AG 2012

Process I/O
ET 200iSP for SIMATIC PCS 7
RS 485-IS coupler

Overview Ordering data Order No.

RS 485-IS coupler 6ES7 972-0AC80-0XA0
Isolating transformer for
connection of PROFIBUS DP
segments with RS 485 and
RS 485-iS transmission technol-
ogies
Accessories
PROFIBUS connector with 6ES7 972-0DA60-0XA0
selectable terminating resistor
For connection of IM 152 to
PROFIBUS DP with RS 485-iS
transmission technology
S7-300 rails
Lengths:
160 mm 6ES7 390-1AB60-0AA0
482 mm 6ES7 390-1AE80-0AA0
530 mm 6ES7 390-1AF30-0AA0
830 mm 6ES7 390-1AJ30-0AA0
2 000 mm 6ES7 390-1BC00-0AA0
Tasks of the RS 485-iS coupler
Conversion of the electrical PROFIBUS DP RS 485 trans-
mission technology into the intrinsically-safe RS 485-iS trans-
PROFIBUS Fast Connect bus
cable
Standard type with special
6XV1 830-0EH10
7
mission technology with a transmission rate of 1.5 Mbit/s design for fast mounting, 2-core,
shielded, cut-to-length; max.
Required to connect intrinsically-safe PROFIBUS DP stations, delivery unit 1 000 m, minimum
e.g. ET 200iSP or devices from other vendors with Ex i DP ordering quantity 20 m
connection
Functionality as a safety barrier
Additional use as a repeater in the hazardous area
Passive bus station (no configuration necessary)
Certified according to ATEX 100a

Design
The RS 485-iS coupler is an open unit; assembly is only
permissible in housings, cabinets or rooms for electrical
equipment.
The RS 485-iS coupler is approved for use in hazardous areas
of zone 2.
It must be fitted in a housing which at least corresponds to the
IP54 degree of protection. A manufacturer's declaration for
zone 2 (according to EN 50021) is required for the housing
and the necessary cable glands.
The RS 485-iS coupler can be used in a horizontal or vertical
position.
Installation is on a SIMATIC S7-300 rail.
Diagnostics LEDs on the front panel signal the operating
status.
Connection to PROFIBUS DP
Connection to standard PROFIBUS DP via standard Sub-D
socket (at the bottom on the RS 485-iS coupler, behind the
right front door).
Integral bus connection for PROFIBUS DP with RS 485-iS
transmission technology
Connection of PROFIBUS DP with RS 485-iS transmission
technology via screw terminals (at the top of the RS 485-iS
coupler, behind the right front door)
The last bus station on the intrinsically-safe PROFIBUS DP
segment (not further RS 485-iS couplers) must be terminated
by a selectable resistance using the connector, Order No.
6ES7 972-0DA60-0XA0.

Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011 7/43

 Siemens AG 2012

Process I/O
ET 200iSP for SIMATIC PCS 7
Stainless steel wall enclosure

Design Ordering data Order No.

Stainless steel enclosure IP65,
protection class Ex e, suitable
for Ex zones 1 and 21
Empty enclosure without instal-
lation of modules, for use in
gaseous area (zones 1 and 2),
IP65
Enclosure with hinged cover
650 x 450 x 230
For installation of max.
15 ET 200iSP modules, for use in
gaseous area, for temperature
range -20 C to +70 C,
with PA bus and cable inlets:
2 x M32 for infeed, 4 x M20 for 6DL2 804-0AD30
bus cables, 39 x M16 (3 rows)
for signal lines and 2 rows of
blanking plugs, all cable inlets of
black plastic
2 x M32 for infeed, 4 x M20 for 6DL2 804-0AD32
bus cables, 39 x M16 (3 rows)

7
for signal lines and 2 rows of
ET 200iSP modules can also be installed in stainless steel wall blanking plugs, cable inlets M20
housings designed to meet more exacting protection require- and M16 of blue plastic, M32 of
black plastic
ments. The housings are available in three different sizes. They
comply with degree of protection IP65 and can also be used in 2 x M32 for infeed, 4 x M20 for 6DL2 804-0AD42
bus cables, 36 x M20 (3 rows)
Ex zones 1 and 21. for signal lines and 2 rows of
blanking plugs, cable inlets M20
of blue plastic, M32 of black
plastic
2 x M32 for infeed, 4 x M20 for 6DL2 804-0AD50
bus cables, 65 x M16 (5 rows)
for signal lines, all cable inlets of
black plastic
2 x M32 for infeed, 4 x M20 for 6DL2 804-0AD51
bus cables, 65 x M16 (5 rows)
for signal lines, all cable inlets of
metal, for extended temperature
range -40 C to +70 C
2 x M32 for infeed, 4 x M20 for 6DL2 804-0AD52
bus cables, 65 x M16 (5 rows)
for signal lines, cable inlets M20
and M16 of blue plastic, M32 of
black plastic
2 x M32 for infeed, 4 x M20 for 6DL2 804-0AD62
bus cables, 60 x M20 (5 rows)
for signal lines, cable inlets M20
of blue plastic, M32 of black
plastic

7/44 Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011


Ordering data
Enclosure with hinged cover
950 x 450 x 230
For installation of max.
25 ET 200iSP modules, for use in
gaseous area, for temperature
range -20 C to +70 C,
with PA bus and cable inlets:
2 x M32 for infeed, 4 x M20 for
bus cables, 66 x M16 (3 rows)
for signal lines and 2 rows of
blanking plugs, all cable inlets of
black plastic
2 x M32 for infeed, 4 x M20 for
bus cables, 66 x M16 (3 rows)
for signal lines and 2 rows of
blanking plugs, cable inlets M20
and M16 of blue plastic, M32 of
black plastic
2 x M32 for infeed, 4 x M20 for
bus cables, 57 x M20 (3 rows)
for signal lines and 2 rows of
blanking plugs, cable inlets M20
of blue plastic, M32 of black
plastic
2 x M32 for infeed, 4 x M20 for
bus cables, 110 x M16 (5 rows)
for signal lines, all cable inlets of
black plastic
2 x M32 for infeed, 4 x M20 for
bus cables, 110 x M16 (5 rows)
for signal lines, all cable inlets of
metal, for extended temperature
range -40 C to +70 C
2 x M32 for infeed, 4 x M20 for
bus cables, 110 x M16 (5 rows)
for signal lines, cable inlets M20
and M16 of blue plastic, M32 of
black plastic
2 x M32 for infeed, 4 x M20 for
bus cables, 90 x M20 (5 rows)
for signal lines, cable inlets M20
of blue plastic, M32 of black
plastic
Siemens AG 2012
Process I/O
ET 200iSP for SIMATIC PCS 7
Stainless steel wall enclosure
Order No. Order No.
Empty enclosure without instal-
lation of modules, for use in
dusty area (zones 21 and 22),
IP65
Enclosure with hinged cover
650 x 450 x 230
For installation of max.
6DL2 804-0AE30 15 ET 200iSP modules, for use in
dusty area, for temperature range
-20 C to +70 C,
with PA bus and cable inlets:
2 x M32 for infeed, 4 x M20 for 6DL2 804-0DD30
6DL2 804-0AE32 bus cables, 39 x M16 (3 rows)
for signal lines and 2 rows of
blanking plugs, all cable inlets of
black plastic
2 x M32 for infeed, 4 x M20 for 6DL2 804-0DD50
bus cables, 65 x M16 (5 rows)
6DL2 804-0AE42 for signal lines, all cable inlets of
black plastic
Enclosure with hinged cover
950 x 450 x 230
For installation of max.
25 ET 200iSP modules, for use in
7
6DL2 804-0AE50
dusty area, for temperature range
-20 C to +70 C,
with PA bus and cable inlets:
6DL2 804-0AE51 2 x M32 for infeed, 4 x M20 for 6DL2 804-0DE30
bus cables, 66 x M16 (3 rows)
for signal lines and 2 rows of
blanking plugs, all cable inlets of
black plastic
6DL2 804-0AE52 2 x M32 for infeed, 4 x M20 for 6DL2 804-0DE50
bus cables, 110 x M16 (5 rows)
for signal lines, all cable inlets of
black plastic
6DL2 804-0AE62
Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011 7/45

Process I/O
ET 200iSP for SIMATIC PCS 7
Stainless steel wall enclosure
Ordering data
Enclosure with installation of
ET 200iSP modules, for use in
gaseous area (zones 1 and 2),
IP651)
Enclosure with hinged cover
650 x 450 x 230
For installation of max.
15 ET 200iSP modules, for use in
gaseous area, for temperature
range -20 C to +70 C,
with PA bus and cable inlets:
2 x M32 for infeed, 4 x M20 for
bus cables, 39 x M16 (3 rows)
for signal lines and 2 rows of
blanking plugs, all cable inlets of
black plastic
2 x M32 for infeed, 4 x M20 for
bus cables, 39 x M16 (3 rows)
for signal lines and 2 rows of
blanking plugs, cable inlets M20
and M16 of blue plastic, M32 of
black plastic
7 2 x M32 for infeed, 4 x M20 for
bus cables, 36 x M20 (3 rows)
for signal lines and 2 rows of
blanking plugs, cable inlets M20
of blue plastic, M32 of black
plastic
2 x M32 for infeed, 4 x M20 for
bus cables, 65 x M16 (5 rows)
for signal lines, all cable inlets of
black plastic
2 x M32 for infeed, 4 x M20 for
bus cables, 65 x M16 (5 rows)
for signal lines, cable inlets M20
and M16 of blue plastic, M32 of
black plastic
2 x M32 for infeed, 4 x M20 for
bus cables, 60 x M20 (5 rows)
for signal lines, cable inlets M20
of blue plastic, M32 of black
plastic
7/46 Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011
Siemens AG 2012
Order No. Order No.
Enclosure with hinged cover
950 x 450 x 230
For installation of max.
25 ET 200iSP modules, for use in
gaseous area, for temperature
range -20 C to +70 C,
with PA bus and cable inlets:
2 x M32 for infeed, 4 x M20 for 6DL2 804-1AE30
bus cables, 66 x M16 (3 rows)
for signal lines and 2 rows of
blanking plugs, all cable inlets of
black plastic
6DL2 804-1AD30
2 x M32 for infeed, 4 x M20 for 6DL2 804-1AE32
bus cables, 66 x M16 (3 rows)
for signal lines and 2 rows of
blanking plugs, cable inlets M20
and M16 of blue plastic, M32 of
6DL2 804-1AD32 black plastic
2 x M32 for infeed, 4 x M20 for 6DL2 804-1AE42
bus cables, 57 x M20 (3 rows)
for signal lines and 2 rows of
blanking plugs, cable inlets M20
6DL2 804-1AD42
of blue plastic, M32 of black
plastic
2 x M32 for infeed, 4 x M20 for 6DL2 804-1AE50
bus cables, 110 x M16 (5 rows)
for signal lines, all cable inlets of
black plastic
6DL2 804-1AD50 2 x M32 for infeed, 4 x M20 for 6DL2 804-1AE52
bus cables, 110 x M16 (5 rows)
for signal lines, cable inlets M20
and M16 of blue plastic, M32 of
black plastic
6DL2 804-1AD52
2 x M32 for infeed, 4 x M20 for 6DL2 804-1AE62
bus cables, 90 x M20 (5 rows)
for signal lines, cable inlets M20
of blue plastic, M32 of black
plastic
6DL2 804-1AD62
 Siemens AG 2012

Process I/O
ET 200iSP for SIMATIC PCS 7
Stainless steel wall enclosure

Ordering data Order No. Order No.

Enclosure with installation of Enclosure with installation of

ET 200iSP modules, for use in ET 200iSP and AirLINE EX
dusty area (zones 21 and 22), modules, for use in dusty area
IP651) (zones 21 and 22), IP652)
Enclosure with hinged cover Enclosure with hinged cover
650 x 450 x 230 950 x 450 x 230
For installation of max. For installation of max.
15 ET 200iSP modules, for use in 25 ET 200iSP modules, for use in
dusty area, for temperature range dusty area, for temperature range
-20 C to +70 C, -20 C to +70 C,
with PA bus and cable inlets: with PA bus and cable inlets:
2 x M32 for infeed, 4 x M20 for 6DL2 804-1DD30 2 x M32 for infeed, 4 x M20 for 6DL2 804-2DE50
bus cables, 39 x M16 (3 rows) bus cables, 110 x M16 (5 rows)
for signal lines and 2 rows of for signal lines, all cable inlets of
blanking plugs, all cable inlets of black plastic
black plastic
Special configurations
2 x M32 for infeed, 4 x M20 for 6DL2 804-1DD50
bus cables, 65 x M16 (5 rows) See the section entitled "Options".
for signal lines, all cable inlets of 1)
black plastic The ET 200iSP components must be ordered separately
2)
The AirLINE Ex components (see Catalog ST PCS 7.1, Add-ons for
Enclosure with hinged cover SIMATIC PCS 7) and the ET 200iSP components must be ordered
950 x 450 x 230
For installation of max.
25 ET 200iSP modules, for use in
separately
7
dusty area, for temperature range Options
-20 C to +70 C,
with PA bus and cable inlets: Special configurations
2 x M32 for infeed, 4 x M20 for 6DL2 804-1DE30
bus cables, 66 x M16 (3 rows) For all configurations which deviate from the described standard
for signal lines and 2 rows of configurations the order no. 6DL5 711-8AB must be listed as an
blanking plugs, all cable inlets of additional order number alongside one of the specified basic
black plastic order numbers.
2 x M32 for infeed, 4 x M20 for 6DL2 804-1DE50 Furthermore, this order number must be supplemented with the
bus cables, 110 x M16 (5 rows)
for signal lines, all cable inlets of following additional information:
black plastic Specification/description of the supplementary service
Enclosure with installation of and/or
ET 200iSP and AirLINE EX Reference to an offer
modules, for use in gaseous
area (zones 1 and 2), IP652)
Enclosure with hinged cover
650 x 450 x 230
For installation of max.
15 ET 200iSP modules, for use in
gaseous area, for temperature
range -20 C to +70 C,
with PA bus and cable inlets:
2 x M32 for infeed, 4 x M20 for 6DL2 804-2AD30
bus cables, 39 x M16 (3 rows)
for signal lines and 2 rows of
blanking plugs, all cable inlets of
black plastic
2 x M32 for infeed, 4 x M20 for 6DL2 804-2AD50
bus cables, 65 x M16 (5 rows)
for signal lines, all cable inlets of
black plastic
Enclosure with hinged cover
950 x 450 x 230
For installation of max.
25 ET 200iSP modules, for use in
gaseous area, for temperature
range -20 C to +70 C,
with PA bus and cable inlets:
2 x M32 for infeed, 4 x M20 for 6DL2 804-2AE30
bus cables, 66 x M16 (3 rows)
for signal lines and 2 rows of
blanking plugs, all cable inlets of
black plastic
2 x M32 for infeed, 4 x M20 for 6DL2 804-2AE50
bus cables, 110 x M16 (5 rows)
for signal lines, all cable inlets of
black plastic

Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011 7/47

 Siemens AG 2012

Process I/O
ET 200S for SIMATIC PCS 7
Introduction

Overview Design

Power module Electronic Power module

PM-E module PM-D
Motor starter

Bus
termination
module
Interface Terminal
module IM 151 modules

Terminal module TM-D

7 with integrated energy

bus PE/N module

ET 200S with safety-related and standard I/Os
The ET 200S is a bit-modular distributed I/O system in IP 20
degree of protection and is approved for operation in Ex zone 2
or 22 (except for operation with motor starters). It is designed
with independent wiring that supports the hot swapping of I/O
modules (with fire certificate).
The range of I/Os that can be used with SIMATIC PCS 7 includes
power modules for electronics modules and motor starters,
analog and digital signal modules, and motor starters up to
7.5 kW.
The implementation of safety engineering applications is
supported by:
Safety-related F-components which are integrated in the
SIMATIC Safety Integrated System, e.g. terminal, power and
electronics modules as well as motor starters
SIGUARD safety engineering for motor starter applications
with conventional safety logic in plants of safety categories
2 to 4 (EN 954-1)
Note:
In addition to the selected modules, all other current ET 200S
electronics modules can be used, but with limited functionality.
Use of components from the SIPLUS extreme range in extended
temperature ranges and under medial loading on request.
Main components of the ET 200S distributed I/O system:
Terminal modules enable the electrical and mechanical
connection of the I/O modules and carry the terminals for the
process wiring:
- TM-P terminal modules for power modules
- TM-E terminal modules for electronics modules
- TM-DS/TM-RS terminal modules for motor starters and
TM-xB expansion modules
IM 151 interface module for connecting the PROFIBUS DP to
the ET 200S station. The terminal module is included in the
scope of delivery.
Power modules for PM-E electronics modules and PM-D
motor starters
- Individual grouping of load and sensor supply voltages and
their monitoring, as well as
for the safe shutting down of digital output modules
- Supplying and monitoring the auxiliary voltages for motor
starters, as well as for the shutting down of a complete group
of motor starters
Electronics modules for process data exchange
- Digital electronics modules for connecting digital sensors
and actuators
- Analog electronics modules for connecting analog sensors
and actuators
Technology modules
- 1 COUNT 24 V/100 kHz counter module
Motor starter modules for switching and protecting any
three-phase loads
Accessories
- Reserve module for reserving a slot for any electronics
module
- Label sheets for printing ID labels on a laser printer
- Shield connection: shield connecting element, shield
terminal, ground terminal, copper voltage bus 3 x 10 mm;
components for the low-impedance connection of cable
shielding at low cost of installation

7/48 Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011

 Siemens AG 2012

Process I/O
ET 200S for SIMATIC PCS 7
Introduction

Design (continued) Technical specifications

Mounting For detailed technical specifications on ET 200S refer to:
The terminal modules that can be mounted on a DIN rail Catalog ST 70, chapter "SIMATIC ET 200 distributed I/O"
(35 x 15 x 7.5 or 15 mm) form the carrier system for the Industry Mall/CA 01 under "Automation engineering
I/O modules. They are used for the process wiring and enable Automation systems SIMATIC industrial automation systems
the electrical and mechanical connection of the I/O modules. SIMATIC ET 200 distributed I/O"
The terminal modules can be prewired and tested without the
I/O modules. The I/O modules are simply plugged in place later.
Terminal modules are available with screw connections, spring-
loaded terminals or FastConnect design for fast mounting.
The automatic coding of the I/O modules reliably prevents the
risk of injury to persons and/or destruction of modules through
accidental mounting of the wrong module.
Expansion limits
Depending on the IM 151 interface module used, the expansion
of an ET 200S station is subject to the following limits:
A maximum total of 63 I/O modules per station can be inserted
between interface module and terminating module
The maximum permissible width of an ET 200S station is 2 m
The maximum address volume of all the inserted I/O modules 7
is 244 byte for input data and 244 byte for output data
The maximum number of parameters is restricted to 244 byte
per station
ET 200S configuration
The SIMATIC ET 200 configurator can be used to compile an
ET 200S station rapidly and simply. It knows the configuration
rules, and supports selection of all components and associated
accessories in interactive mode. The SIMATIC ET 200 is
available in the current CD-ROM Catalog CA 01 and on the
Internet.
Additional information is available on the Internet at:
www.siemens.com/et200

Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011 7/49


Process I/O
ET 200S for SIMATIC PCS 7
Terminal modules
Overview
Ordering data
7
TM-P terminal modules for power
modules
TM-P15S23-A1 terminal module
2 x 3 terminals, terminal access to
AUX1 bus, AUX1 interconnected
to the left, screw-type terminals
Ordering unit 1 item
TM-P15C23-A1 terminal module
2 x 3 terminals, terminal access to
AUX1 bus, AUX1 interconnected
to the left, spring-loaded
terminals
Ordering unit 1 item
TM-P15N23-A1 terminal module
2 x 3 terminals, terminal access to
AUX1 bus, AUX1 interconnected
to the left, Fast Connect
Ordering unit 1 item
TM-P15S23-A0 terminal module
2 x 3 terminals, terminal access to
AUX1 bus, AUX1 interrupted to
the left, screw-type terminals
Ordering unit 1 item
TM-P15C23-A0 terminal module
2 x 3 terminals, terminal access to
AUX1 bus, AUX1 interrupted to
the left, spring-loaded terminals
Ordering unit 1 item
TM-P15N23-A0 terminal module
2 x 3 terminals, terminal access to
AUX1 bus, AUX1 interrupted to
the left, Fast Connect
Ordering unit 1 item
7/50 Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011
Siemens AG 2012
Order No.
6ES7 193-4CC20-0AA0
6ES7 193-4CC30-0AA0
6ES7 193-4CC70-0AA0
6ES7 193-4CD20-0AA0
6ES7 193-4CD30-0AA0
6ES7 193-4CD70-0AA0
Terminal modules are mechanical modules for integrating the
power and electronics modules as well as the motor starters
and expansion modules (Ordering data of the terminal
modules for motor starters and expansion modules can be
found under "Motor starters")
For constructing the independent wiring using self-assem-
bling voltage buses
Alternatively with screw-type or spring-loaded terminals and
Fast Connect design
Replaceable terminal box
Automatic coding of the electronics modules
Build-as-you-go shielding of the backplane bus for high data
security
Optional plug-in shield connection
Color coding facility for the terminals and for identifying the
slot numbers
Order No.
TM-P15S22-01 terminal module 6ES7 193-4CE00-0AA0
2 x 2 terminals, no terminal
access to AUX1 bus, AUX1 inter-
connected to the left, screw-type
terminals
Ordering unit 1 item
TM-P15C22-01 terminal module 6ES7 193-4CE10-0AA0
2 x 2 terminals, no terminal
access to AUX1 bus, AUX1 inter-
connected to the left, spring-
loaded terminals
Ordering unit 1 item
TM-P15N22-01 terminal module 6ES7 193-4CE60-0AA0
2 x 2 terminals, no terminal
access to AUX1 bus, AUX1 inter-
connected to the left, Fast
Connect
Ordering unit 1 item
TM-P30S44-A0 terminal module 6ES7 193-4CK20-0AA0
7 x 2 terminals, terminal access to
AUX1 bus, AUX1 interrupted to
the left, screw-type terminals for
PM-E F PROFIsafe
Ordering unit 1 item
TM-P30C44-A0 terminal module 6ES7 193-4CK30-0AA0
7 x 2 terminals, terminal access to
AUX1 bus, AUX1 interrupted to
the left, spring-loaded terminals
for PM-E F PROFIsafe
Ordering unit 1 item

Ordering data
TM-E terminal modules for
electronic modules
TM-E15S24-A1 terminal module
2 x 4 terminals, terminal access to
AUX1 bus, AUX1 interconnected
to the left, screw-type terminals
Ordering unit 5 items
TM-E15C24-A1 terminal module
2 x 4 terminals, terminal access to
AUX1 bus, AUX1 interconnected
to the left, spring-loaded
terminals
Ordering unit 5 items
TM-E15N24-A1 terminal module
2 x 4 terminals, terminal access to
AUX1 bus, AUX1 interconnected
to the left, Fast Connect
Ordering unit 5 items
TM-E15S24-01 terminal module
2 x 4 terminals, no terminal
access to AUX1 bus, AUX1 inter-
connected to the left, screw-type
terminals
Ordering unit 5 items
TM-E15C24-01 terminal module
2 x 4 terminals, no terminal
access to AUX1 bus, AUX1 inter-
connected to the left, spring-
loaded terminals
Ordering unit 5 items
TM-E15N24-01 terminal module
2 x 4 terminals, no terminal
access to AUX1 bus, AUX1 inter-
connected to the left, Fast
Connect
Ordering unit 5 items
TM-E15S23-01 terminal module
2 x 3 terminals, no terminal
access to AUX1 bus, AUX1 inter-
connected to the left, screw-type
terminals
Ordering unit 5 items
TM-E15C23-01 terminal module
2 x 3 terminals, no terminal
access to AUX1 bus, AUX1 inter-
connected to the left, spring-
loaded terminals
Ordering unit 5 items
TM-E15N23-01 terminal module
2 x 3 terminals, no terminal
access to AUX1 bus, AUX1 inter-
connected to the left, Fast
Connect
Ordering unit 5 items
TM-E15N26-A1 terminal module
2 x 6 terminals, terminal access to
AUX1 bus, AUX1 interconnected
to the left, Fast Connect
Ordering unit 5 items
TM-E15S26-A1 terminal module
2 x 6 terminals, terminal access to
AUX1 bus, AUX1 interconnected
to the left, screw-type terminals
Ordering unit 5 items
Siemens AG 2012
Order No.
6ES7 193-4CA20-0AA0
6ES7 193-4CA30-0AA0
6ES7 193-4CA70-0AA0
6ES7 193-4CB20-0AA0
6ES7 193-4CB30-0AA0
6ES7 193-4CB70-0AA0
6ES7 193-4CB00-0AA0
6ES7 193-4CB10-0AA0
6ES7 193-4CB60-0AA0
6ES7 193-4CA80-0AA0
6ES7 193-4CA40-0AA0
Process I/O
ET 200S for SIMATIC PCS 7
Terminal modules
Order No.
TM-E15C26-A1 terminal module 6ES7 193-4CA50-0AA0
2 x 6 terminals, terminal access to
AUX1 bus, AUX1 interconnected
to the left, spring-loaded
terminals
Ordering unit 5 items
TM-E30S44-01 terminal module 6ES7 193-4CG20-0AA0
4 x 4 terminals, no terminal
access to AUX1 bus, AUX1 inter-
connected to the left, screw-type
terminals
Ordering unit 1 item
TM-E30C44-01 terminal module 6ES7 193-4CG30-0AA0
4 x 4 terminals, no terminal
access to AUX1 bus, AUX1 inter-
connected to the left, spring-
loaded terminals
Ordering unit 1 item
TM-E30S46-A1 terminal module 6ES7 193-4CF40-0AA0
4 x 6 terminals, terminal access to
7
AUX1 bus, AUX1 interconnected
to the left, screw-type terminals
Ordering unit 1 item
TM-E30C46-A1 terminal module 6ES7 193-4CF50-0AA0
4 x 6 terminals, terminal access to
AUX1 bus, AUX1 interconnected
to the left, spring-loaded
terminals
Ordering unit 1 item
TM-E15S24-AT terminal module 6ES7 193-4CL20-0AA0
For internal temperature compen-
sation with 2AI TC High Feature,
screw-type terminals
Ordering unit 1 item
TM-E15C24-AT terminal module 6ES7 193-4CL30-0AA0
For internal temperature compen-
sation with 2AI TC High Feature,
spring-loaded terminals
Ordering unit 1 item
For accessories for the terminal modules, see Catalog IK PI, Industry
Mall/CA 01 under "Automation engineering Automation systems
SIMATIC industrial automation systems SIMATIC ET 200 distributed I/O"
Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011 7/51
 Siemens AG 2012

Process I/O
ET 200S for SIMATIC PCS 7
Interface modules

Overview Ordering data Order No.

IM151-1 interface module 6ES7 151-1BA02-0AB0
for ET 200S, High Feature

IM 151-1 High Feature (RS 485)

7 Interface module for electrical connection of the ET 200S to
PROFIBUS DP using copper bus cables
Handles all data exchange with the PROFIBUS DP master
Delivery including terminating module

7/52 Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011

 Siemens AG 2012
Overview
PM-E power module
For all types of electronics modules (including safety-related
electronics modules); limitations resulting from the supply
voltage for PM-E DC 24 V
For monitoring and depending on the version fusing the
power supply for electronics modules provided via the TM-P
terminal module (load and sensor power supply)
Diagnostics signals for voltage and blown fuse (can be
switched off in the configuration)
Three versions with different supply voltages:
- PM-E 24 V DC (not for 2 DI 120 V AC Standard, 2 DI
230 V AC Standard, and 2 DO 24 to 230 V AC)
- PM-E 24 V DC High Feature with extended status information
(not for 2 DI 120 V AC Standard, 2 DI 230 V AC Standard,
and 2 DO 24 to 230 V AC)
- PM-E DC 24 to 48 V; AC 24 to 230 V; with additional fuse
Process I/O
ET 200S for SIMATIC PCS 7
Power modules
PM-E F power module
For all non-safety-related types of electronics modules with
24 V DC power supply
For monitoring the power supply for electronics modules
7
provided via the TM-P terminal module (load and sensor
power supply)
For safe switching off of series-connected digital output
modules 24 V DC (up to 10 A; not safety-related) via relay
contacts (up to Cat. 3 in accordance with EN 954 or SIL 2 in
accordance with IEC 61508);
released output modules are specified on the Internet at:
http://support.automation.siemens.com/WW/view/en/39198632
Design PM-E F pm DC 24 V PROFIsafe for floating loads
(ground and earth separated); with two additional safety-
related digital outputs (switching to high/low, up to SIL 3)
Diagnostics functions:
- Channel: short-circuit, overload, wire break, safety-related
shutdown
- Module: overtemperature, internal fault, parameterization
error, sensor/load voltage missing, communication fault
Design PM-E F pp DC 24 V PROFIsafe for non-floating
loads (ground and earth connected), e.g. actuators for
connection to a central ground (switching to high/high, up to
SIL 3)
Diagnostics functions:
- Channel: short-circuit, safety-related shutdown
- Module: overtemperature, internal fault, parameterization
error, sensor/load voltage missing, communication fault
Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011 7/53
 Siemens AG 2012

Process I/O
ET 200S for SIMATIC PCS 7
Power modules

Design
Depending on the possible combinations listed in the table, the The TM-P terminal module of the power module interrupts the
power modules are plugged onto corresponding TM-P terminal voltage buses (P1/P2) and therefore opens up a new potential
modules. Power modules are suitable for dividing the ET 200S group. All sensor and load supplies of the downstream
into potential groups. A power module must be plugged in at the electronics modules are fed from the TM-P and monitored by the
beginning of each potential group. In addition, the first module power module. The total current of all modules of a potential
following the IM 151-1 High Feature interface module must group is limited by the maximum current carrying capacity of the
always be a power module. power module, which is up to 10 A depending on the voltage
and temperature range; for details, refer to the technical specifi-
cations of the power modules in the IK PI Catalog.
Possible combinations of the TM-P terminal modules and PM-E power modules
TM-P terminal modules for power modules
Screw terminal TM-P15S23-A1 TM-P15S23-A0 TM-P15S22-01 TM-P30S44-A0
6ES7 193-... ...4CC20-0AA0 ...4CD20-0AA0 ...4CE00-0AA0 ...4CK20-0AA0
Spring terminal TM-P15C23-A1 TM-P15C23-A0 TM-P15C22-01 TM-P30C44-A0
6ES7 193-... ...4CC30-0AA0 ...4CD30-0AA0 ...4CE10-0AA0 ...4CK30-0AA0
Fast Connect TM-P15N23-A1 TM-P15N23-A0 TM-P15N22-01 --
6ES7 193-... ...4CC70-0AA0 ...4CD70-0AA0 ...4CE60-0AA0
7 Power modules
PM-E 24 V DC n n n
PM-E 24 V DC High Feature n n n
PM-E 24 ... 48 V DC/24 ... 230 V AC n n n
PM-E F 24 V DC PROFIsafe n

Ordering data Order No. Order No.

PM-E power module for
electronics modules
PM-E power module
24 V DC / 10 A
- Monitoring of the load voltage
24 V DC/10 A High Feature
- Monitoring of the load voltage
- Additional status information
about voltage and reverse
polarity voltage
24 ... 48 V DC; 24 ... 230 V AC
- Monitoring of the fuse
- Monitoring of the load voltage
PM-E F power module
6ES7 138-4CA01-0AA0
6ES7 138-4CA60-0AB0
6ES7 138-4CB11-0AB0
PM-E F pm DC 24 V PROFIsafe 6ES7 138-4CF03-0AB0
- 1 x relay 24 V DC/10 A,
switching to high/low, for
switching off of series-
connected standard digital
output modules (up to SIL 3)
- 2 x 24 V DC/2 A, switching to
high/low
- Safe monitoring of communi-
cation with PROFIsafe
- Channel-specific diagnostics:
short-circuit, overload, wire
break, safety-related
shutdown
- Module diagnostics:
overtemperature, internal fault,
parameterization error, sensor/
load voltage missing, commu-
nication fault
PM-E F pp DC 24 V PROFIsafe 6ES7 138-4CF42-0AB0
- 1 x relay 24 V DC/10 A,
switching to high/high, for
switching off of series-
connected standard digital
output modules (up to SIL 3)
- Safe monitoring of communi-
cation with PROFIsafe
- Channel-specific diagnostics:
short-circuit, safety-related
shutdown
- Module diagnostics:
overtemperature, internal fault,
parameterization error, sensor/
load voltage missing, commu-
nication fault

7/54 Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011

 Siemens AG 2012

Process I/O
ET 200S for SIMATIC PCS 7
Digital electronics modules

Overview
2, 4 and 8-channel digital inputs and outputs for the ET 200S
Can be plugged onto TM-E terminal modules with automatic
coding.
High-feature versions for enhanced plant availability,
additional functions and comprehensive diagnostics
Hot swapping of modules possible
Safety-related digital input module 4/8 F-DI PROFIsafe
Safety-related digital output module 4 F-DO PROFIsafe
24 V DC/2 A
Isolated from the backplane bus

Design
Possible combinations of the TM-E terminal modules and digital modules
TM-E terminal modules for electronics modules
7
Screw terminal TM-E15S26-A1 TM-E15S24-A1 TM-E15S24-01 TM-E15S23-01 TM-E15S24-AT TM-E30S44-01 TM-E30S46-A1
Order number 6ES7 193 4CA40-0AA0 4CA20-0AA0 4CB20-0AA0 4CB00-0AA0 4CL20-0AA0 4CG20-0AA0 4CF40-0AA0
Spring terminal TM-E15C26-A1 TM-E15C24-A1 TM-E15C24-01 TM-E15C23-01 TM-E15C24-AT TM-E30C44-01 TM-E30C46-A1
Order number 6ES7 193 4CA50-0AA0 4CA30-0AA0 4CB30-0AA0 4CB10-0AA0 4CL30-0AA0 4CG30-0AA0 4CF50-0AA0
Fast Connect TM-E15N26-A1 TM-E15N24-A1 TM-E15N24-01 TM-E15N23-01
Order number 6ES7 193 4CA80-0AA0 4CA70-0AA0 4CB70-0AA0 4CB60-0AA0
Electronics modules
2DI 24 V DC Standard n n n n
2DI 24 V DC High Feature
4DI 24 V DC Standard
4DI 24 V DC High Feature
4DI UC 24 48 V n n n n
High Feature
4 DI NAMUR n n n n
8 DI 24 V DC Standard n n n n
2DI 120 V AC Standard n n n n
2DI 230 V AC Standard n n n n
2 DO 24 V DC/0.5 A Standard n n n n
2 DO 24 V DC/0.5 A High
Feature
4 DO 24 V DC/0.5 A Standard
4 DO 24 V DC/0.5 A High
Feature
8 DO 24 V DC/0.5 A Standard n n
8 DO 24 V DC/0.5 A High
Feature
2 DO 24 V DC/2 A Standard n n n n
2 DO 24 V DC/2 A High Feature
4 DO 24 V DC/2 A Standard
4 DO 24 V DC/2 A High Feature
2 DO 24 230 V AC/2 A n n n n
2RO, 24 120 V DC/5 A, n n n n
24 230 V AC/5 A
2RO, 24 48 V DC/5 A,
24 230 V AC/5 A
4/8 failsafe DI 24 V DC1) n n
4 failsafe DO 24 V DC/2 A1) n n
Reserve (width 15 mm) n n n n n
Reserve (width 30 mm) n n
1)
See Manual "ET 200S failsafe modules" in the documentation packages "S7 F Systems" and "S7 Distributed Safety"

Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011 7/55


Process I/O
ET 200S for SIMATIC PCS 7
Digital electronics modules
Ordering data
Digital inputs for floating
contacts
DI 2 x 24 V DC, standard
Ordering unit 5 items
DI 4 x 24 V DC, standard
Ordering unit 5 items
DI 2 x 24 V DC, High Feature;
with diagnostics
Short-circuit monitoring
Ordering unit 5 items
DI 4 x 24 V DC, High Feature;
with diagnostics
Short-circuit monitoring
Ordering unit 5 items
DI 4 x 24 ... 48 V AC/DC, High
Feature; with parameterizable
diagnostics
Wire break monitoring (external
7
resistance circuit required)
Monitoring of the fuse
Monitoring of the load voltage
Ordering unit 5 items
DI 4 x 24 V DC, NAMUR, with
diagnostics
Adjustable diagnostics interrupt
Ordering unit 1 item
DI 8 x 24 V DC, High Speed
Ordering unit 1 item
DI 2 x 120 V AC, standard
Ordering unit 5 items
DI 2 x 230 V AC, standard
Ordering unit 5 items
Safety-related digital input
4/8 F-DI 24 V DC PROFIsafe
8 DI safety-related SIL 2 (1oo1) or
4 DI safety-related SIL 3 (1oo2),
with diagnostics
Cyclic short-circuit test
Discrepancy monitoring of
2 channels for SIL 3 (adjustable
discrepancy time)
Safe monitoring of communi-
cation with PROFIsafe
Ordering unit 1 item
7/56 Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011
Siemens AG 2012
Order No.
6ES7 131-4BB01-0AA0
6ES7 131-4BD01-0AA0
6ES7 131-4BB01-0AB0
High Feature, with diagnostics
6ES7 131-4BD01-0AB0
6ES7 131-4CD02-0AB0
High Feature, with diagnostics
6ES7 131-4RD02-0AB0
Ordering unit 5 items
6ES7 131-4BF00-0AA0
6ES7 131-4EB00-0AB0
6ES7 131-4FB00-0AB0
6ES7 138-4FA04-0AB0
Order No.
Digital outputs for DC voltage
(suitable for solenoid valves, DC
contactors, indicator lights etc.)
DO 2 x 24 V DC/0.5 A, standard 6ES7 132-4BB01-0AA0
Ordering unit 5 items
DO 2 x 24 V DC/2 A, standard 6ES7 132-4BB31-0AA0
Ordering unit 5 items
DO 2 x 24 V DC/0.5 A, 6ES7 132-4BB01-0AB0
Connection of a substitute value
channel by channel in the event
of CPU failure (parameterizable)
Short-circuit monitoring by
channel
Broken wire monitoring by
channel (when "1" signal)
Ordering unit 5 items
DO 2 x 24 V DC/2 A, 6ES7 132-4BB31-0AB0
Connection of a substitute value
channel by channel in the event
of CPU failure (parameterizable)
Short-circuit monitoring by
channel
Broken wire monitoring by
channel (when "1" signal)
DO 4 x 24 V DC/0.5 A, standard 6ES7 132-4BD02-0AA0
Ordering unit 5 items
DO 4 x 24 V DC/0.5 A, 6ES7 132-4BD00-0AB0
High Feature
Diagnostics: Short-circuit
Ordering unit 5 items
DO 8 x 24 V DC/0.5 A, standard 6ES7 132-4BF00-0AA0
Ordering unit 1 item
DO 8 x 24 V DC/0.5 A, 6ES7 132-4BF00-0AB0
High Feature
Connection of a substitute value
channel by channel in the event
of CPU failure (parameterizable)
Diagnostics: Short-circuit
Ordering unit 1 item
DO 4 x 24 V DC/2 A, standard 6ES7 132-4BD32-0AA0
Ordering unit 5 items
DO 4 x 24 V DC/2 A, 6ES7 132-4BD30-0AB0
High Feature
Diagnostics: Short-circuit
Ordering unit 5 items

Ordering data
Digital output for AC voltage
(suitable for solenoid valves,
AC contactors, indicator lights
etc.)
DO 2 x 24...230 V AC, 2 A
Connection of a substitute value
channel by channel in the event
of CPU failure (parameterizable)
Ordering unit 5 items
Relay output (suitable for
solenoid valves, contactors,
motor starters, miniature motors
and indicator lights)
2 x RO, NO contact
24 ... 120 V DC/5 A
24 ... 230 V AC/5 A
Connection of a substitute value
channel by channel in the event
of CPU failure (parameterizable)
Ordering unit 5 items
2 x RO, changeover contact
24 ... 48 V DC/5 A
24 ... 230 V AC/5 A
Connection of a substitute value
channel by channel in the event
of CPU failure (parameterizable)
Ordering unit 5 items
Siemens AG 2012
Process I/O
ET 200S for SIMATIC PCS 7
Digital electronics modules
Order No. Order No.
Safety-related digital output
4 F-DO 24 V DC/2 A PROFIsafe 6ES7 138-4FB03-0AB0
Safety-related up to SIL 3, with
diagnostics, switching to low/high
6ES7 132-4FB01-0AB0 Channel-specific diagnostics:
short-circuit, overload, wire
break (with "1" signal), safety-
related shutdown
Module diagnostics: overtem-
perature, internal fault, parame-
terization error, sensor/load
voltage missing, communication
fault
Safe monitoring of communi-
cation with PROFIsafe
6ES7 132-4HB01-0AB0
Ordering unit 1 item
Accessories
Reserve modules for ET 200S
for reserving unused slots for any
electronics module
7
15 mm wide (Ordering unit 6ES7 138-4AA01-0AA0
6ES7 132-4HB12-0AB0 5 items)
30 mm wide (Ordering unit 6ES7 138-4AA11-0AA0
1 item)
For additional accessories, e.g.
for labeling, see Catalog ST 70
Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011 7/57
 Siemens AG 2012

Process I/O
ET 200S for SIMATIC PCS 7
Analog electronics modules

Overview
Analog inputs and outputs for the ET 200S
Can be plugged onto TM-E terminal modules with automatic
coding.
High-feature variants with enhanced accuracy and resolution
Hot swapping of modules possible

Design
7 Possible combinations of the TM-E terminal modules and analog modules
TM-E terminal modules for electronic modules
Screw terminal TM-E15S26-A1 TM-E15S24-A1 TM-E15S24-01 TM-E15S23-01 TM-E15S24-AT
Order number 6ES7 193 4CA40-0AA0 4CA20-0AA0 4CB20-0AA0 4CB00-0AA0 4CL20-0AA0
Spring terminal TM-E15C26-A1 TM-E15C24-A1 TM-E15C24-01 TM-E15C23-01 TM-E15C24-AT
Order number 6ES7 193 4CA50-0AA0 4CA30-0AA0 4CB30-0AA0 4CB10-0AA0 4CL30-0AA0
Fast Connect TM-E15N26-A1 TM-E15N24-A1 TM-E15N24-01 TM-E15N23-01 --
Order number 6ES7 193 4CA80-0AA0 4CA70-0AA0 4CB70-0AA0 4CB60-0AA0
Electronics modules
2AI U Standard n n n n
2AI U High Feature
2AI I 2WIRE Standard n n n n
2AI I 2/4WIRE High Feature n n
2 AI I 4WIRE Standard n n
2AI RTD Standard n n
2AI RTD High Feature n n n n
2 AI TC Standard n n n n
2 AI TC High Feature n
2AO U Standard n n
2AO U High Feature
2 AO I Standard n n n n
2AO I High Feature
Reserve (width 15 mm) n n n n n

7/58 Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011


Ordering data
Analog input
AI 2 x U ( 5 V, 1 ... 5 V, 10 V) /
13 bit, standard
- Diagnostics inside module
- Overflow/underflow
diagnostics
AI 2 x I, 2-wire transmitter
(4 ... 20 mA) / 13 bit, standard
- Diagnostics inside module
- Overflow/underflow
diagnostics
- Wire break monitoring
AI 2 x I, 4-wire transmitter
( 20 mA, 4 ... 20 mA) / 13 bit,
standard
- Diagnostics inside module
- Overflow/underflow
diagnostics
- Wire break monitoring
AI 2 x TC standard for thermo-
couple or voltage measurement
- Resolution 15 bit + sign
- Temperature measurement
with thermocouple type E, N, J,
K, L, S, R, B, T
- Voltage measurement 80 mV
- Module diagnostics: Overflow/
underflow, internal faults,
parameterization errors
- Wire break monitoring per
channel for measurement with
thermocouple
- Compensation through
external Pt100 in the same
station with AI 2/4 x RTD
standard
- Extended temperature range
from 0 to 50 C when installed
vertically
AI 2/4 x RTD standard for resis-
tance thermometer or resistance
measurement
- 2 inputs (3-wire and 4-wire
connection) / 4 inputs (2-wire
connection)
- Max. resolution 15 bits + sign
- Resistance thermometer
Pt100, Ni100
- Module diagnostics: Overflow/
underflow, internal faults,
parameterization errors
- Wire break monitoring per
channel
AI 2 x U (1 ... 5 V, 5 V, 10 V) /
15 bit, High Feature
- Diagnostics inside module
- Overflow/underflow
diagnostics
Siemens AG 2012
Order No.
6ES7 134-4FB01-0AB0
6ES7 134-4GB01-0AB0
6ES7 134-4GB11-0AB0
6ES7 134-4JB01-0AB0
6ES7 134-4JB51-0AB0
6ES7 134-4LB02-0AB0
Process I/O
ET 200S for SIMATIC PCS 7
Analog electronics modules
Order No.
AI 2 x I, 2/4-wire transmitter 6ES7 134-4MB02-0AB0
( 20 mA, 4 ... 20 mA) / 15 bit,
High Feature
- Diagnostics inside module
- Overflow/underflow
diagnostics
- Wire break monitoring
AI 2 x TC / 15 bit, High Feature 6ES7 134-4NB01-0AB0
- Diagnostics inside module
- Overflow/underflow
diagnostics
- Wire break monitoring
- Internal temperature compen-
sation with TM-E15S24-AT or
TM-E15C24-AT terminal
module
AI 2 x RTD / 15 bit, High Feature 6ES7 134-4NB51-0AB0
- Diagnostics inside module
- Overflow/underflow
diagnostics
- Wire break monitoring
- Resistance thermometer
7
Pt100/200/500/1000, Ni100/
1000 (2, 3 or 4 wires)
- Temperature in Celsius or
Fahrenheit
Analog output
AO 2 x U (1 ... 5 V / 6ES7 135-4FB01-0AB0
12 bit, 10 V / 13 bit), standard
- Diagnostics inside module
- Connection of substitute value
in event of CPU stop (parame-
terizable)
- Short-circuit monitoring
AO 2 x I ( 20 mA, 4 ... 20 mA) / 6ES7 135-4GB01-0AB0
13 bit, standard
- Diagnostics inside module
- Connection of substitute value
in event of CPU stop (parame-
terizable)
- Wire break monitoring
AO 2 x U (1 ... 5 V, 10 V) / 6ES7 135-4LB02-0AB0
15 bit, High Feature
- Diagnostics inside module
- Connection of substitute value
in event of CPU stop (parame-
terizable)
- Short-circuit monitoring
AO 2 x I ( 20 mA, 4 ... 20 mA) / 6ES7 135-4MB02-0AB0
15 bit, High Feature
- Diagnostics inside module
- Connection of substitute value
in event of CPU stop (parame-
terizable)
- Wire break monitoring
Accessories
Reserve module for ET 200S
for reserving unused slots for any
electronics module
15 mm wide (5 units) 6ES7 138-4AA01-0AA0
For additional accessories, e.g.
for labeling, see Catalog IK PI
Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011 7/59
 Siemens AG 2012

Process I/O
ET 200S for SIMATIC PCS 7
Technology modules

Overview
1 COUNT 24 V/100 kHz counter module
Single-channel, intelligent 32 bit counter module for universal
counting and time-based measuring tasks (frequency, speed
and period measurements)
For direct connection of 24 V DC incremental encoders or initi-
ators
Comparison functions with definable comparison values
Integrated digital output for output of the response on
reaching the comparison value
Can be plugged onto TM-E terminal modules with automatic
coding
Hot swapping of modules possible
Simple parameterization without additional software

Design 7
Possible combinations of the TM-E terminal modules and technology modules
TM-E terminal modules for electronic modules
Screw terminal TM-E15S26-A1 TM-E15S24-01
Order number 6ES7 193 4CA40-0AA0 4CB20-0AA0
Spring terminal TM-E15C26-A1 TM-E15C24-01
Order number 6ES7 193 4CA50-0AA0 4CB30-0AA0
Fast Connect TM-E15N26-A1 TM-E15N24-01
Order number 6ES7 193 4CA80-0AA0 4CB70-0AA0
Technology modules
1 COUNT 24 V/100 kHz n n

Function Ordering data Order No.

1 COUNT 24 V/100 kHz counter module 1 COUNT 24 V/100 kHz counter 6ES7 138-4DA04-0AB0
module
1 channel for up and down counting; counting range 31 bit For universal counting and
Counting frequency up to 100 kHz measuring tasks with ET 200S
6 different operating modes: Accessories
- Continuous counting For SIMODRIVE sensor incre-
- Single counting mental encoders, signal lines,
- Periodic count shield clamps and connections
- Frequency measurement as well as further accessories,
- Speed measurement e.g. labeling sheets, see
- Period measurement "Automation engineering
Automation systems SIMATIC
Gate control via level at digital input (HW gate) as well as industrial automation systems
software control (SW gate) SIMATIC ET 200S distributed I/O"
1-, 2- or 4-fold evaluation in the Industry Mall or in the
Catalogs ST 70 and CA 01.
Response on reaching a comparison value or on exceeding a
range
Loading of counter with defined starting value
Once-only or periodic synchronization
Latch function: saving of current counter values through
setting of digital input
Parameterizable response in case of CPU failure: abort,
continue, connection of substitute value, holding of last value

Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011 7/60

 Siemens AG 2012
Overview
Design
Power modules and motor starters are operated on the terminal
modules which are assigned to them in the tables in the sections
"High Feature motor starters" and "Safety-oriented motor
starters". The terminal modules are a carrier system which is
simultaneously used for the power supply to the motor starters
(electronics: 24 V DC and load: 400 V AC).
24 V DC for the electronics is provided by the power module
inserted to the left of the first motor starter. The power module
and the downstream motor starters constitute a potential group
whose scope is limited by the current carrying capacity of the
power module. When this limit is reached, a new potential group
must be established with a further power module.
The load current is applied to the first (left) TM-xxxxS32 motor
starter terminal module, and reaches the other motor starters via
the power bus of the adjacent TM-xxxxS31 terminal modules.
The power bus is designed for loads up to 50 A. When this limit
is reached, a new load group must be started with a further
TM-xxxxS32 terminal module, and provided with load current.
Process I/O
ET 200S for SIMATIC PCS 7
Motor starter
Completely factory-wired motor starters for switching and
protecting any three-phase loads
Can be used as a direct-on-line, reversing or soft starter
High Feature motor starter with a combination comprising
starter circuit-breaker, solid-state overload protection and
contactor or soft starter up to 7.5 kW
Safety-oriented motor starters based on the High Feature
motor starters (direct-on-line and reversing starters) with
integral redundancy function for shutdown reliability up to
Category 4 (EN 954-1)
With self-assembling 50 A power bus, i.e. the load current is
only supplied once for a group of motor starters
Hot swapping is permissible
Inputs and outputs for activating and signaling the states have
been integrated
Diagnostics capability for active monitoring of the switching
and protection functions
Can be combined with brake control module for controlling
electromechanical brakes in three-phase motors 7
Brake control modules for motor starters
High Feature and safety-oriented motor starters can be
expanded by a brake control module for controlling electrome-
chanical brakes in three-phase motors. The following modules
are available:
For brakes with external supply 24 V DC/4 A:
- xB3 (with two optional inputs for special functions)
- xB1
For brakes with internal supply 500 V DC/0.7 A:
- xB4 (with two optional inputs for special functions)
- xB2
The externally supplied 24 V DC brakes can be released
independent of the switching status of the motor starter. The
500 V DC brakes, on the other hand, are generally supplied
direct from the junction plate of the motor via a rectifier module
and cannot be released if the motor starter is switched off. These
brakes cannot be used in conjunction with the DSS1e-x motor
starter (direct-on-line soft starter).
The outputs of the brake control modules can also be used for
other purposes e.g. for controlling DC valves. Independent
special functions can be implemented with the help of two
optional local inputs each on a brake control module xB3 or xB4
and a control module 2DI of the High Feature motor starter.
These operate independently of the bus and higher-level control,
e.g. to implement rapid stop functions for slide controls.
Brake control modules are operated on different terminal
modules depending on the design:
Brake control module Terminal module for brake control module
xB1 or xB2 TM-xB15S24-01 --
3RK1 903-0AG00
xB3 or xB4 -- TM-xB215S24-01
3RK1 903-0AG01
Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011 7/61
 Siemens AG 2012

Process I/O
ET 200S for SIMATIC PCS 7
Motor starter

Design (continued)
High Feature motor starters Terminal modules for motor starters,
The High Feature motor starters are used together with the PM-D power modules and supplementary/
expansion modules
power module. Combined with a terminal module according to
the table, a PM-D power module opens up a new potential With power bus supply for TM-FD65- TM- --
group. The scope of the group is limited in that the value one load group, including S32 FRS130-
specified for the current carrying capacity of the power module 3 caps for termination of 3RK1 903- S32
power bus 3AC00 3RK1 903-
(10 A for PM-D) must not be exceeded by the total current of all 3AD00
modules in a potential group.
With power bus bushing TM-FD65- TM- --
The PM-D handles the following tasks for the motor starters in a S31 FRS130-
potential group: 3RK1 903- S31
Supply of voltages for the electronics via the voltage buses of 3AC10 3RK1 903-
3AD10
the terminal modules
Monitoring of voltages for the electronics and contactors With screw terminals -- -- TM-
PF30S47-
Terminal modules for motor starters F0
and power modules 3RK1 903-
3AA00
With power bus supply for TM-DS65- TM-RS130- --
one load group, including S32 S32 Power module
3 caps for termination of 3RK1 903- 3RK1 903- PM-D F PROFIsafe n
7 power bus
With power bus bushing
0AK00
TM-DS65-
0AL00
TM-RS130- --
Motor starters
S31 S31 F-DS1e-x n
3RK1 903- 3RK1 903- High Feature direct-on-
0AK10 0AL10 line starter
With screw terminals -- -- TM-P15- F-RS1e-x n
S27-01 High Feature reversing
3RK1 903- starter
0AA00
Supplementary/expansion modules for safety-oriented motor
Power module starter applications
PM-D 24 V DC n
The PM-D F X1 power/expansion module permits selective shut-
Motor starters down of 1 to 6 shut-down groups through external safety
DS1e-x n devices (e.g. safety relay or AS-i safety monitor). The PM-D F X1
High Feature direct-on- uses the safety-oriented shut-down signals connected to the
line starter module to trigger the downstream failsafe motor starters which
then safely switch off the assigned motors.
DSS1e-x n
High Feature direct-on- In addition, external safety devices can also be powered by a
line soft starter safe 24 V DC voltage V1 via the safety-oriented PM-D F X1
RS1e-x n power/expansion module.
High Feature reversing
starter The F-CM contact multiplier equipped with four safe floating
contacts (NO contacts) can be used together with the PM-D F
Safety-oriented motor starters PROFIsafe or the PM-D F X1 as an interface to plants with
conventional safety engineering. It has internal diagnostics
In EMERGENCY STOP applications, safety-oriented motor functions, and can be set to one of 6 shut-down groups.
starters can be shut down selectively by means of the upstream
PM-D F PROFIsafe power module. Up to 6 shut-down groups Terminal modules for supplementary/
can be formed per power module. The PM-D F PROFIsafe expansion modules
obtains the shut-down signal from the F/FH automation system Without supply from left (as TM-PFX30 S47-G1 --
via the interface module of the ET 200S. power module) 3RK1 903-3AE00
Combined with a terminal module according to the table, a With supply from left (for TM-PFX30 S47-G0 --
PM-D F PROFIsafe power module opens up a new potential expansion) 3RK1 903-3AE10
group. The scope of the group is limited in that the total current -- TM-FCM30-S47
of all modules in a potential group must not exceed the current 3RK1 903-3AB10
carrying capacity of the power module (with PM-D F PROFIsafe:
Additional/expansion
inrush current 10 A; continuous current 5 A). modules
PM-D F X1 n
safety-oriented power/
expansion module
F-CM n
safety-oriented contact multi-
plier

7/62 Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011


Ordering data
High Feature motor starters
With diagnostics, expandable with
brake control module
DS1e-x direct-on-line starters
Mechanical switching, electronic
overload protection
Up to 1.1 kW/400 V; 0.3 ... 3.0 A
Up to 3.0 kW/400 V; 2.4 ... 8.0 A
Up to 7.5 kW/400 V; 2.4 ... 16.0 A
DSS1e-x soft starters
Electronic switching, electronic
overload protection
Up to 1.1 kW/400 V; 0.3 ... 3.0 A
Up to 3.0 kW/400 V; 2.4 ... 8.0 A
Up to 7.5 kW/400 V;
2.4 ... 16.0 A
RS1e-x reversing starters
Mechanical switching, electronic
overload protection
Up to 1.1 kW/400 V; 0.3 ... 3.0 A
Up to 3.0 kW/400 V; 2.4 ... 8.0 A
Up to 7.5 kW/400 V;
2.4 ... 16.0 A
Accessories
Terminal modules for motor
starters
TM-DS65-S32
for DS1e-x, DSS1e-x direct
starters with supply connection
for power bus, incl. 3 caps for
terminating the power bus
TM-DS65-S31
for DS1e-x, DSS1e-x direct
starters without supply
connection for power bus
TM-RS130-S32
for RS1e-x reversing starter with
supply connection for power
bus, incl. 3 caps for connecting
the power bus
TM-RS130-S31
for RS1e-x reversing starter
without supply connection for
power bus
PM-D power module
for direct and reversing starters;
24 V DC, with diagnostics
Terminal module for PM-D
power module
TM-P15-S27-01
Jumper modules
M15-PEN
Terminal block PE/N, for
jumpering a gap in the PE/N
bus, 15 mm wide
M30-PEN
Terminal block PE/N, for
jumpering a gap in the PE/N
bus, 30 mm wide
M15-L123
Terminal block L1/L2/L3, for
jumpering a gap in the power
bus, 15 mm wide
M30-L123
Terminal block L1/L2/L3, for
jumpering a gap in the power
bus, 30 mm wide
Siemens AG 2012
Process I/O
ET 200S for SIMATIC PCS 7
Motor starter
Order No. Order No.
Control modules
Control module 2DI COM 3RK1 903-0CH10
DC 24 V
Digital input module with two
inputs for parameterizable motor
starters, for mounting on front of
motor starter, with PC
3RK1 301-0AB10-0AA4 connection (LOGO! PC cable
3RK1 301-0BB10-0AA4 6ED1057-1AA00-0AB0
3RK1 301-0CB10-0AA4 required)
Control module 2DI LC COM 3RK1 903-0CH20
DC 24 V
Like control module 2DI COM,
plus input for switching to
3RK1 301-0AB20-0AA4 manual local mode
3RK1 301-0BB20-0AA4
3RK1 301-0CB20-0AA4 M65-PEN-F infeed module 3RK1 903-2AC00
65 mm wide, incl. two caps,
in combination with TM-DS65-32/
TM-RS130-S32
M65-PEN-S connection module 3RK1 903-2AC10
65 mm wide, in combination with
3RK1 301-0AB10-1AA4
7
TM-DS65-31/TM-RS130-S31
3RK1 301-0BB10-1AA4
3RK1 301-0CB10-1AA4 Brake control expansion
module
For motors with mechanical brake
xB1 3RK1 903-0CB00
24 V DC / 4 A
xB2 3RK1 903-0CC00
3RK1 903-0AK00 500 V DC / 0.7 A
xB3 3RK1 903-0CE00
24 V DC / 4 A, DI 2 x 24 V DC
with two optional inputs
xB4 3RK1 903-0CF00
3RK1 903-0AK10 500 V DC / 0.7 A, DI 2 x 24 V DC
with two optional inputs
Terminal modules for brake
control expansion module
3RK1 903-0AL00 TM-xB15S24-01 3RK1 903-0AG00
for xB1 or xB2
TM-xB215S24-01 3RK1 903-0AG01
for xB3 or xB4
3RK1 903-0AL10 Safety-related motor starters
With diagnostics, expandable with
brake control module
F-DS1e-x safety-related direct
3RK1 903-0BA00 starter
Mechanical switching, electronic
overload protection
3RK1 903-0AA00 Up to 1.1 kW/400 V; 0.3 ... 3.0 A 3RK1 301-0AB13-0AA4
Up to 3.0 kW/400 V; 2.4 ... 8.0 A 3RK1 301-0BB13-0AA4
Up to 7.5 kW/400 V; 3RK1 301-0CB13-0AA4
2.4 ... 16.0 A
3RK1 903-0AH00 F-RS1e-x safety-related
reversing starter
Mechanical switching, electronic
overload protection
3RK1 903-0AJ00 Up to 1.1 kW/400 V; 0.3 ... 3.0 A 3RK1 301-0AB13-1AA4
Up to 3.0 kW/400 V; 2.4 ... 8.0 A 3RK1 301-0BB13-1AA4
Up to 7.5 kW/400 V; 3RK1 301-0CB13-1AA4
2.4 ... 16.0 A
3RK1 903-0AE00
3RK1 903-0AF00
Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011 7/63
 Siemens AG 2012

Process I/O
ET 200S for SIMATIC PCS 7
Motor starter

Ordering data Order No. Order No.

Accessories PM-D F X1 power module 3RK1 903-3DA00

For power supply of emergency
Terminal modules for safety- stop signals of external safety
related motor starters units; for 6 switch-off groups,
For F-DS1e-x direct starter, with 24 V DC
coding
- TM-FDS65-S32 with supply 3RK1 903-3AC00 Terminal module for PM-D F X1
connection for power bus power module
- TM-FDS65-S31 without supply 3RK1 903-3AC10 TM-PFX30 S47-G0 3RK1 903-3AE10
connection for power bus With infeed on left
For F-RS1e-x reversing starter, TM-PFX30 S47-G1 3RK1 903-3AE00
with coding Without infeed on left
- TM-FRS130-S32 with supply 3RK1 903-3AD00 F-CM contact multiplexer 3RK1 903-3CA00
connection for power bus With 4 safe floating contacts
- TM-FRS130-S31 without 3RK1 903-3AD10 Terminal module for F-CM 3RK1 903-3AB10
supply connection for power contact multiplexer
bus TM-FCM30 S47-F01
PM-D F PROFIsafe power 3RK1 903-3BA02
module Note:
for direct and reversing starters; For color-coded labels and further accessories for ET 200S
24 V DC, with diagnostics
configurations with High Feature motor starters and for ET 200S
7 Terminal module for
PM-D F PROFIsafe power
3RK1 903-3AA00 configurations with safety-related motor starters, refer to
"Automation engineering automation systems SIMATIC
module industrial automation systems SIMATIC ET 200 distributed I/O"
TM PF30 S47-F0 in Industry Mall/Catalog CA 01 or Catalog IK PI.
Jumper modules and control
modules
See under High Feature motor
starters
M65-PEN-F infeed module 3RK1 903-2AC00
65 mm wide, incl. two caps, in
combination with TM-DS65-32 /
TM-RS130-S32
M65-PEN-S connection module 3RK1 903-2AC10
65 mm wide, in combination with
TM-DS65-31/TM-RS130-S31
Brake control expansion
module
For motors with mechanical brake
xB3 3RK1 903-0CE00
24 V DC / 4 A, DI 2 x 24 V DC
with two optional inputs
xB4 3RK1 903-0CF00
500 V DC / 0.7 A, DI 2 x 24 V DC
with two optional inputs
Terminal modules for brake 3RK1 903-0AG01
control expansion module
TM-xB215S24-01 for xB3 or xB4

7/64 Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011

 Siemens AG 2012

Process I/O
ET 200S for SIMATIC PCS 7
SIGUARD safety technology

Overview Application
The following ET 200S motor starters can be combined with the
safety modules of the SIGUARD safety system:
Standard motor starter (see Catalog IK PI) with additive
failsafe kit 1 or 2
High Feature motor starters
This results in versatile options for use. Several safety circuits
can be designed without problem. Typical application examples
are presented in the manual "SIMATIC ET 200S motor starters".

AS 41x

PM-D F1 PM-D F2
PM-X PM-X

PROFIBUS

The SIGUARD safety system based on the PM-D F1, F2, F3, F4,
F5 and PM-X safety modules can be combined with ET 200S
motor starters to enable local safety applications up to
ET 200S
7
category 4 in accordance with EN 954-1, independent of the
safety-related control carried out by the PLC. The costs involved
in the configuration and wiring of conventional safety systems
are no longer incurred.
Motor 1 Motor 2 Motor 3 Motor 4 Motor 5
The safety sensors are directly connected to the safety modules.
Instead of the safety relays which are otherwise essential, the

G_PCS7_XX_00198
safety modules available with functions for evaluating
emergency stop circuits, for monitoring protective doors or for
implementation of time-delayed shut-downs safely switch off
downstream motor starters. In addition, they monitor their EMERGENCY-STOP Bowden wire
auxiliary voltages.

Example of safety application with 2 safety circuits (switch-off groups)

Design
Components required in relation to safety requirement Possible combinations of safety and terminal modules
Components required Safety category acc. to EN 954-1 PM-D PM-D PM-D PM-D PM-D PM-X
F1 F2 F3 F4 F5
2 3 4
TM-PF30 S47-B11) n n
PM-D F1...5 n n n1)
TM-PF30 S47-B02) n n
TM-PF30 S47-.. n n n
TM-PF30 S47-C13) n n
F kit 1/2 n2) n2) n2)
TM-PF30 S47-C04) n n
PM-X n n n
TM-PF30 S47-D0 n
TM-X15 S27-01 n n n
TM-X15 S27-01 n
Redundantly switching, n n
external infeed contactor 1)
For F1 or F2 in higher-level or individual safety group (voltage group)
2)
1) PM-D F3 power module only approved up to Category 3 For F1 or F2 in lower-level cascaded safety group (partial voltage group)
3)
2) F kit required for Standard motor starter only; already integrated into For expansion with F3 or F4 in separate ET 200S station (voltage group)
High Feature motor starter 4)
For expansion with F3 or F4 in the same ET 200S station (partial voltage
group)

Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011 7/65

 Siemens AG 2012
Process I/O
ET 200S for SIMATIC PCS 7
SIGUARD safety technology
Design (continued)
Safety modules PM-D F1/F2/F3/F4/F5
In the case of safety applications with SIGUARD systems, the
following safety modules are used individually or combined
instead of the PM-D standard power module:
PM-D F1 for evaluating emergency stop circuits with the
function "Monitored start"
PM-D F2 for monitoring of protective doors with the function
"Automatic start"
PM-D F3 as expansion for PM-D F1/F2 for time-delayed
tripping
PM-D F4 for expanding safety circuits with other ET 200S
motor starters, e.g. in a different tier (station)
PM-D F5 for transmitting the status of PM-D F1...4 over four
floating relay circuits to external safety devices (contact multi-
pliers)
These serve as safety relays for downstream ET 200S motor
starters.
7 The PM-D F1 and PM-D F2 safety modules can be combined
with the PM-D F3 or PM-D F4 modules. A PM-D F5 can be
arranged in any position between a PM-D F1...4 and a PM-X.
Every safety circuit starting with a PM-D F1 ... 4 must be termi-
nated by a PM-X. An additional PM-D power module is not
required.
The PM-D F1 ... F4 safety modules monitor the auxiliary voltages
U1 and U2. A voltage failure is communicated in the form of a
diagnostics message via bus.
Failsafe kit
Every standard motor starter in a safety segment has to be
supplemented by the failsafe kit (F-kit) in order to monitor the
switching function. F-Kit 1 supplements the DS1-x direct-on-line
starter, F-Kit 2 the RS1-x reversing starter.
The F-kits comprise:
Contact carriers for the terminal modules
1 or 2 auxiliary switch blocks for the contactor(s) of the motor
starter
Connecting lines
High Feature motor starters and their terminal modules come
equipped with the F-Kit functions.
7/66 Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011
TM-PF30 terminal modules for PM-D F1 ... F5 safety modules
The TM-PF30 terminal modules are used to accommodate the
PM-D F1 ... F5 safety modules (see table for possible combina-
tions). Depending on the version, they are suitable for:
Supply of 24 V DC for the electronics (U1) and the contactors
of the motor starters (U2)
Sensor connection: connection of 2-channel sensor circuit
(e.g. emergency stop button) and a reset button
Design of separate safety circuits
Cascading of safety circuits
Summary of product range with important differences in
features:
TM-PF30 S47-B1
- Carrier for PM-D F1 or PM-D F2 safety module
- Creates a safety circuit
- Supply of U1 and U2
- Sensor connection
TM-PF30 S47-B0
- Carrier for PM-D F1 or PM-D F2 safety module
- Creates a subordinate (cascaded) safety circuit
- No separate supply of U1 and U2; (U1 and U2 are present on
the voltage buses)
- Sensor connection
TM-PF30 S47-C1
- Carrier for PM-D F3 or PM-D F4 safety module
- Creates the expansion of a safety circuit in a new station
- Supply of U1 and U2
- Control input IN+/IN-
- No sensor connection
TM-PF30 S47-C0
- Carrier for PM-D F3 or PM-D F4 safety module
- Creates a subordinate (cascaded) safety circuit
- Separate supply of U2 (U1 is present on the voltage buses)
- No sensor connection
TM-PF30 S47-D0
- Carrier for PM-D F5 safety module
- Arrangement between a TM-PF30 S47-B0, B1, C0 or C1 and
a TM-X
- No sensor connection
TM-X terminal module for PM-X safety module
The TM-X 15 S27-01 terminal module (TM-X) is a carrier for the
PM-X safety module. It must be positioned on the right next to the
last motor starter of a safety circuit.
The TM-X is suitable for connecting an external supply contactor
(second switch-off possibility). It has terminals for connecting
the contactor coil and the feedback contact.
 Siemens AG 2012

Process I/O
ET 200S for SIMATIC PCS 7
SIGUARD safety technology

Ordering data Order No. Order No.

SIGUARD safety modules SIGUARD terminal modules
PM-D F1 3RK1 903-1BA00 TM-PF30 S47-B1 terminal 3RK1 903-1AA00
Safety module with diagnostics; module
for emergency stop applications For PM-D F1/2 safety modules;
with the function "Monitored start"; with incoming supply U1/U2 and
2-channel sensor connection
PM-D F2 3RK1 903-1BB00 TM-PF30 S47-B0 terminal 3RK1 903-1AA10
Safety module with diagnostics; module
for protective door monitoring For PM-D F1/2 safety modules;
with the function "Automatic start"; with sensor connection
2-channel
TM-PF30 S47-C1 terminal 3RK1 903-1AC00
PM-D F3 3RK1 903-1BD00 module
Safety module with diagnostics; For PM-D F3/4 safety modules;
for expansion of PM-D F1/2 for an with incoming supply U1/U2 and
additional voltage group; time control input IN+/IN-
delay 0 to 15 s
TM-PF30 S47-C0 terminal 3RK1 903-1AC10
PM-D F4 3RK1 903-1BC00 module
Safety module with diagnostics; For PM-D F3/4 safety modules;
for expansion of PM-D F1/2 for an with incoming supply U2
additional voltage group
TM-PF30 S47-D0 terminal 3RK1 903-1AD10
PM-D F5
Expansion to PM-D F1 up to
3RK1 903-1BE00 module
For PM-D F5 safety module 7
PM-D F4, contact multiplier
TM-X15 S27-01 terminal module 3RK1 903-1AB00
Accessories For PM-X safety module
PM-X 3RK1 903-1CB00
Safety module with diagnostics;
for connecting a safety group and
for connecting an external
incoming-feeder contactor or for
connecting an external safety
circuit
F-Kit 1 3RK1 903-1CA00
Failsafe kit for DS1-x standard
motor starter (not necessary for
High Feature motor starter)
F-Kit 2 3RK1 903-1CA01
Failsafe kit for RS1-x standard
motor starter (not necessary for
High Feature motor starter)

Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011 7/67

 Siemens AG 2012

Process I/O
ET 200pro for SIMATIC PCS 7
Introduction

Overview
SIMATIC ET 200pro is a modular I/O system with high IP65/66/67
protection suitable for use at machine level outside the control
cabinet. As a result of the innovative design, the ET 200pro has
a relatively small size and can be flexibly adapted to the require-
ments of the respective automation task with regard to the
connection system and I/Os. Summary of the most important
features of the SIMATIC ET 200pro:
Distributed I/O system with IP65/67 protection for use without
a control cabinet at machine level
Small, multi-functional complete solution: analog and digital
I/O modules as well as safety-related digital I/O modules
Communication over PROFIBUS DP, transmission rate up to
12 Mbit/s
Mixed design of fail-safe and standard modules possible in
the same station
Free selection of connection system: direct, ECOFAST or
M12 7/8"
Power module for simple implementation of load groups

7 Hot swapping of modules

Simple assembly and independent wiring
Comprehensive diagnostics: exact to the module or channel

Design
The architecture of the ET 200pro is based on the proven Expansion modules
separation of modules from the bus/power supply connection
system. This permits the T functionality for bus and 24 V DC The following expansion modules are available:
power supply for the interface module, and prewiring of sensor/ Digital electronics modules
actuator connections for the electronics modules (independent Analog electronics modules
wiring). When servicing, the independent wiring permits hot
swapping of an electronics module without having to switch off Safety-related electronics modules
the remaining station. This can continue without interruption I/O connection modules
during the replacement. When replacing an electronics module, - CM IO 4 x M12 for digital or analog electronics modules
the complete I/O wiring remains on the connection module, and - CM IO 8 x M12 for digital electronics modules
need be neither labeled nor removed. - CM IO 12 x M12 for 4/8 F-DI/4 F-DO
- CM IO 16 x M12 for 8/16 F-DI
Up to 16 electronics modules can be arranged in any order
between the interface module (left) and the terminating module Power module electronics PM-E
(right limit). Connection modules for power module
- CM PM-E direct with up to 2 M20 cable glands
Modules of an ET 200pro station - CM PM-E ECOFAST Cu
The ET 200pro modules are usually designed in two or three - CM PM-E 7/8"
parts. Interface and power modules as well as digital and analog
electronics modules comprise:
Bus module as mechanical and electrical connection element
of the individual ET 200pro modules (they form the backplane
bus of the system)
Electronics or interface module
Connection module
The ET 200pro modules are fitted when delivered on the
associated bus module.
An ET 200pro station comprises:
Module support
Interface module for PROFIBUS DP
Connection module for the PROFIBUS DP interface module
- CM IM DP direct with up to 6 M20 cable glands
- CM IM DP ECOFAST Cu
- CM IM DP M12 7/8"
Max. 16 electronics modules with associated connection
modules which may be assembled up to a station width of 1 m
Terminating module (included in scope of delivery of interface
module)

7/68 Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011

 Siemens AG 2012

Process I/O
ET 200pro for SIMATIC PCS 7
Introduction

Design (continued) Integration

Module support The distributed ET 200pro system is connected to SIMATIC
Various module supports are available for mounting the PCS 7 automation systems (controllers) over PROFIBUS DP.
ET 200pro: Data transfer rates of up to 12 Mbit/s are possible.
Narrow module support The ET 200pro is integrated into SIMATIC PCS 7 using standard
The narrow module support permits complete preassembly driver blocks. You can therefore configure and parameterize the
on a workbench as a result of two mounting flanges outside ET 200pro in the SIMATIC Manager of the engineering system
the ET 200pro station. extremely simply using HW-Config.

Technical specifications
General technical specifications
Electronics modules
Connection system for actuator/
sensor
Data transfer rate, max.
Supply voltage
Current consumption of an
ET 200pro (internal and sensor
supply, non-switched voltage),
up to 55 C, max.
Compact-narrow module support
The compact-narrow module support permits the most space- Load current for ET 200pro per
incoming supply (IM, PM, switched
saving design. voltage), up to 55 C, max.
For total configuration with looping
through (several ET 200pro),
up to 55 C, max.
Degree of protection
Material
Ambient conditions
Temperature
Relative humidity
Atmospheric pressure
Mechanical stress
Vibrations
Expansion limits
Number of electronics modules per station (between interface
module and terminating module): up to 16
Max. width (without module support): 1 m
Digital inputs/outputs
Analog inputs/outputs
Safety-related digital inputs/
outputs
M12 round plug connection with
standard assignments for
actuator/sensor
12 Mbit/s (PROFIBUS DP)
24 V DC 7
d5A
10 A
16 A (with direct connection
module)
IP65/66/IP67 for interface, digital
and analog modules
Thermoplast (glass-fiber
reinforced)
0 ... 55 C (-25 C on request)
5 ... 100 %
795 ... 1 080 hPa
Vibration test according to
IEC 60068, Part 2-6 (sinusoidal)
Constant acceleration 5 g,
occasionally 10 g, for interface,
digital and analog modules
2 g for motor starters

Electronics/sensor supply 1L+ max. 5 A per ET 200pro station Shock Shock test according to
IEC 680068 Part 2-27, half-sine,
Load voltage supply 2L+ max. 10 A per potential group 30 g, 18 ms duration, for
Maximum address range of an ET 200pro station: 244 bytes interface, digital and analog
modules
for inputs and 244 bytes for outputs 15 g, 11 ms duration for motor
ET 200pro configuration starters
Approvals UL, CSA and cULus
The SIMATIC ET 200 configurator can be used to compile an
ET 200pro station rapidly and simply. It knows the configuration For detailed technical specifications, especially for individual
rules, and supports selection of all components and associated components such as interface module, power module and
accessories in interactive mode. The SIMATIC ET 200 is electronics modules, see:
available in the current CD-ROM Catalog CA 01 and on the
Internet: Catalog ST 70, chapter "SIMATIC ET 200 distributed I/O"
Industry Mall/CA 01 under "Automation engineering
www.siemens.com/et200 Automation systems SIMATIC industrial automation systems
SIMATIC ET 200 distributed I/O"

Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011 7/69

 Siemens AG 2012

Process I/O
ET 200pro for SIMATIC PCS 7
Interface module IM 154-2 DP High Feature

Overview Ordering data Order No.

IM154-2 High Feature interface 6ES7 154-2AA01-0AB0
module
for ET 200pro; for communication
between ET 200pro and host
masters over PROFIBUS DP;
support of PROFIsafe
Connection module for IM154-2
High Feature interface module
CM IM DP ECOFAST connection 6ES7 194-4AA00-0AA0
module
for connection of PROFIBUS DP
and 24 V DC power supply to
PROFIBUS interface modules,
2 ECOFAST Cu connections
CM IM DP direct connection 6ES7 194-4AC00-0AA0
The IM 154-2 DP High Feature interface module is responsible module
for PROFIBUS communication between the ET 200pro station for direct connection of
and the host automation system (controller) as PROFIBUS DP PROFIBUS DP and 24 V DC
master. The scope of delivery of the interface module also power supply to PROFIBUS
includes a terminating module which is plugged in following the interface modules, up to six M20
cable glands
last electronics module of the station.
CM IM DP M12 7/8" connection 6ES7 194-4AD00-0AA0
7 Function
module
for connection of PROFIBUS DP
and 24 V DC power supply to
Features of the IM 154-2 DP High Feature interface module PROFIBUS interface modules,
2 x M12 and 2 x 7/8"
Mounted on delivery on the bus module
Connects the ET 200pro station to the PROFIBUS DP via the Cables and further accessories
connection module For cables and further acces-
Prepares the data for the connected electronics modules sories for CM IM DP ECOFAST,
CM IM DP direct and CM IM DP
Max. 16 electronics modules can be operated on an interface M12 7/8" connection modules,
module - also safety-related see Catalog IK PI or Industry Mall/
CA 01 under "Automation
PROFIBUS DP address of the ET 200pro station can be set on engineering Automation
the connection module systems SIMATIC industrial
Terminating resistor of the PROFIBUS DP can be switched on automation systems SIMATIC
and off on the connection module ET 200 distributed I/O"
Maximum address range: 244 bytes for inputs and 244 bytes General accessories
for outputs ET 200pro module support
Powers the ET 200pro station via the connection module with Narrow, for interface, electronics
the sensor/electronics supply 1L+ and the load power supply and power modules
2L+ - 500 mm 6ES7 194-4GA00-0AA0
Integral power module for the load power supply 2L+ - 1 000 mm 6ES7 194-4GA60-0AA0
- 2 000 mm, can be cut to 6ES7 194-4GA20-0AA0
Can be operated as DP-V1 slave on Y link length
Compact-narrow, for interface,
electronics and power modules
- 500 mm 6ES7 194-4GC70-0AA0
- 1 000 mm 6ES7 194-4GC60-0AA0
- 2 000 mm, can be cut to 6ES7 194-4GC20-0AA0
length
Spare fuse 6ES7 194-4HB00-0AA0
12.5 A fast-blow, for interface and
power modules, 10 units per pack

Accessories
Connection modules
The connection module for the IM 154-2 DP High Feature
interface module (to be ordered separately) is available in three
different connection versions:
CM IM DP direct
CM IM DP ECOFAST Cu
CM IM DP M12 7/8"
The PROFIBUS address can be set on the connection module
per DIL switch. The segmenting terminating resistor can be
connected using a further DIL switch.

7/70 Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011

 Siemens AG 2012

Process I/O
ET 200pro for SIMATIC PCS 7
Digital electronics modules EM 141, EM 142

Overview Ordering data Order No.

Digital electronics modules
Digital input modules
Digital input module 6ES7 141-4BF00-0AB0
8 DI High Feature
24 V DC, with channel
diagnostics, including bus
module. Connection module must
be ordered separately
Digital output modules
Digital output module 6ES7 142-4BD00-0AB0
4 DO High Feature
24 V DC, 2 A, with channel
diagnostics, including bus
module. Connection module must
be ordered separately
Accessories
The following digital electronics modules can be used for Connection module 6ES7 194-4CA00-0AA0
connecting actuators/sensors in the context of SIMATIC PCS 7: CM IO 4 x M12
4 M12 sockets for connecting
Digital input modules
7
digital or analog sensors/
EM 8 DI DC 24 V High Feature actuators to ET 200pro
- Digital electronics module with eight inputs Connection module 6ES7 194-4CB00-0AA0
- Suitable for standard switches and proximity switches CM IO 8 x M12
(BEROs) 8 M12 sockets for connecting
- Rated input voltage 24 V DC digital sensors/actuators to
- Diagnostics "Short-circuit of sensor supply to ground" per ET 200pro
channel Module labels 6ES7 194-4HA00-0AA0
- Diagnostics "Open-circuit" per channel for color-coded identification of
- Process alarm the CM IOs in white, red, blue and
- Parameterizable input delay green; pack with 100 units of
each color
Digital output modules
Further accessories
EM 4 DO DC 24 V; 2 High Feature
- Digital electronics module with four outputs For plugs, cables and further
accessories, see Catalog IK PI or
- Suitable for solenoid valves, DC contactors and indicator Industry Mall/CA 01 under
lights "Automation engineering
- Output current 2 A per output Automation systems SIMATIC
- Rated load voltage 24 V DC industrial automation systems
- Diagnostics "Short-circuit of outputs to ground" per channel SIMATIC ET 200 distributed I/O"
- Diagnostics "Short-circuit of outputs to P" per channel
- Diagnostics "Open-circuit in outputs" per channel
- Diagnostics "Load voltage missing" per module Accessories
- Parameterizable substitute value
Connection modules
Actuators and sensors are connected using commercially-
available 5-contact M12 plugs on the connection module. The
connection module is plugged onto the electronics module, and
screwed to the latter. The following connection modules (to be
ordered separately) are available for the above-mentioned
electronics modules:
CM IO 4x M12 (for EM DI and EM DO)
CM IO 8x M12 (for EM DI)
Depending on the selected connection module, each plug for
the 8-channel digital input module has one or two channels:
4 x M12 round plug connections with 2 channels per plug
(double assignment)
8 x M12 round plug connections with 1 channel per plug
(single assignment)

Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011 7/71

 Siemens AG 2012
Process I/O
ET 200pro for SIMATIC PCS 7
Analog electronics modules EM 144, EM 145
Overview
The following analog electronics modules can be used for
connecting actuators/sensors in the context of SIMATIC PCS 7:
7 Analog input modules
EM 4 AI U High Feature
4 inputs for voltage measurements
Input ranges:
- 10 V, resolution 15 bit + sign
- 5 V, resolution 15 bit + sign
- 0 to 10 V, resolution 15 bit
- 1 to 5 V, resolution 15 bit
Electrically isolated from load voltage 2L+
Diagnostics "Short-circuit of sensor supply to M" per module
Diagnostics "Short-circuit, open-circuit" per channel
(depending on measuring range)
Process interrupt with limit violation on channel 0
Permissible common mode voltage 5 V AC pp
EM 4 AI I High Feature
4 inputs for current measurements
Input ranges:
- 20 mA, resolution 15 bit + sign
- 0 to 20 mA, resolution 15 bit
- 4 to 20 mA, resolution 15 bit
Two-wire and four-wire transmitters can be connected
Electrically isolated from load voltage 2L+
Diagnostics "Short-circuit of sensor supply to M" per module
Diagnostics "Short-circuit, open-circuit" per channel
(depending on measuring range)
Process interrupt with limit violation on channel 0
Permissible common mode voltage 5 V AC pp
7/72 Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011
EM 4 AI RTD High Feature
4 inputs for isolated (floating) resistance measurements or
resistance thermometers with 2-, 3- and 4-wire connections
Input ranges:
- Resistance measurement: 150 :; 300 :; 600 :; 3000 :;
resolution 15 bit
- Resistance thermometer: Pt100; Ni100; Ni120; Pt200; Ni200;
Pt500; Ni500; Pt1000; Ni1000; resolution 15 bit + sign
Automatic compensation of line resistances with 3-wire and
4-wire connections
Parameterizable temperature coefficient with resistance-type
sensors
Electrically isolated from load voltage supply 1L+ and 2L+
Linearization of sensor characteristics
Diagnostics "Open-circuit" per channel (terminals 1 and 3 are
monitored for open-circuit)
Permissible common mode voltage 10 V AC pp
EM 4 AI TC High Feature
4 inputs for isolated/non-isolated thermocouples or voltage
measurement; resolution 15 bits + sign
Input ranges:
- Voltage measurement 80 mV
- Thermocouples: Type B, E, J, K, L, N, R, S, T
Inputs are isolated from the encoder voltage supply 1L+ and
load voltage supply 2L+
Linearization of the voltage characteristic (conversion of the
thermoelectric voltage to a temperature value)
Smoothing
Interference frequency suppression
Various options to compensate for the reference temperature
Overflow and underflow diagnostics
Analog output modules
EM 4 AO U High Feature
4 outputs for voltage output
Output ranges:
- 10 V, resolution 15 bits + sign
- 1 to 5 V, resolution 14 bit
- 0 to 10 V, resolution 15 bit
Electrically isolated from sensor supply voltage 1L+
Diagnostics "Short-circuit of sensor supply to M" per module
Diagnostics "Open-circuit in outputs" per channel
Substitute value output
EM 4 AO I High Feature
4 outputs for current output
Output ranges:
- 20 mA, resolution 15 bit + sign
- 4 to 20 mA, resolution 14 bit
- 0 to 20 mA, resolution 15 bit
Electrically isolated from sensor supply voltage 1L+
Diagnostics "Short-circuit of sensor supply to M" per module
Diagnostics "Open-circuit" per channel
Substitute value output
 Siemens AG 2012

Process I/O
ET 200pro for SIMATIC PCS 7
Analog electronics modules EM 144, EM 145

Ordering data Order No. Accessories

Analog electronics modules Connection modules
Analog input modules Actuators and sensors are connected using commercially-
Analog input module 4 AI U 6ES7 144-4FF00-0AB0 available 5-contact M12 plugs on the connection module. The
High Feature, 10 V; 5 V; 0 to connection module is plugged onto the electronics module, and
10 V; 1 to 5 V, channel screwed to the latter. The connection module CM IO 4 x M12 (to
diagnostics, including bus be ordered separately) is available for the electronics modules.
module. The connection module
must be ordered separately.
Analog input module 4 AI I 6ES7 144-4GF00-0AB0
High Feature, 20 mA; 0 to 20
mA; 4 to 20 mA, channel
diagnostics, including bus
module. The connection module
must be ordered separately.
Analog input module 4 AI RTD 6ES7 144-4JF00-0AB0
High Feature; resistances: 150,
300, 600 and 3 000 Ohm; resis-
tance thermometers: Pt100, 200,
500, 1000, Ni100, 120, 200, 500
and 1000; channel diagnostics,

7
including bus module. The
connection module must be
ordered separately.
Analog input module 4 AI TC 6ES7 144-4PF00-0AB0
High Feature; thermocouples:
Type B, E, J, K, L, N, R, S, T;
voltage measurement 80 mV;
channel diagnostics, includes
bus module. The connection
module must be ordered
separately.
Analog output modules
Analog output module 4 AO U 6ES7 145-4FF00-0AB0
High Feature, 10 V; 0 to 10 V;
1 to 5 V, channel diagnostics,
including bus module. The
connection module must be
ordered separately.
Analog output module 4 AO I 6ES7 145-4GF00-0AB0
High Feature, 20 mA; 0 to 20
mA; 4 to 20 mA, channel
diagnostics, including bus
module. The connection module
must be ordered separately.
Accessories
Connection module CM IO 6ES7 194-4CA00-0AA0
4 x M12
4 M12 sockets for connecting
digital or analog sensors/
actuators to ET 200pro
Module labels 6ES7 194-4HA00-0AA0
for color-coded identification of
the CM IOs in white, red, blue and
green; pack with 100 units of
each color
Further accessories
For plugs, cables and further
accessories, see Catalog IK PI or
Industry Mall/CA 01 under
"Automation engineering
Automation systems SIMATIC
industrial automation systems
SIMATIC ET 200 distributed I/O"

Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011 7/73

 Siemens AG 2012
Process I/O
ET 200pro for SIMATIC PCS 7
Safety-related electronics modules
Overview
In combination with the safety-related automation systems of the
SIMATIC PCS 7 process control system, the safety-related
7 electronics modules of SIMATIC ET 200pro can be used to
implement safety applications. The safety-related digital inputs
record the signal statuses from safety-related sensors, and
generate corresponding safety telegrams for the automation
system. Depending on the safety telegrams of the automation
system, the safety-related digital outputs trigger safe shut-down
procedures. They are also responsible for monitoring short-
circuits and cross-circuits up to the actuator. The safe communi-
cation with the automation systems is carried out over
PROFIBUS with PROFIsafe.
All modules are certified up to SIL 3 (IEC 61508) and Cat. 4
(EN954-1).
7/74 Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011
Design
The following modules are available:
Safety-related digital input module
EM 8/16 F-DI PROFIsafe
16 inputs (SIL2/Cat.3) or 8 inputs (SIL3/Cat.3 or Cat.4)
Suitable for standard switches and 3/4-wire proximity switches
(BEROs)
Rated input voltage 24 V DC
4 short-circuit-proof sensor supplies for 4 inputs each
External sensor power supply possible
Group fault display (SF; red LED)
Fault display for each sensor power supply (Vs1F to Vs4F) is
output on the VsF LED and the associated channels
Status and fault displays per input (dual-color green/red LED)
Identification data
Parameterizable diagnostics
Can only be operated in safety mode
Safety-related digital input/output module
EM 4/8 F-DI, 4 F-DO 2 A
Inputs
- 8 inputs (SIL 2/Cat. 3) or 4 inputs (SIL 3/Cat. 3 or Cat. 4)
- Suitable for standard switches and 3/4-wire proximity
switches (BEROs)
- Rated input voltage 24 V DC
- 2 short-circuit-proof sensor supplies for 4 inputs each
- External sensor power supply possible
Outputs
- 4 outputs, current sourcing/sinking
- Output current 2 A
- Rated load voltage 24 V DC
- Suitable for solenoid valves, DC contactors and indicator
lights
Group fault display (SF; red LED)
Fault display for each sensor power supply (Vs1F to Vs2F) is
output on the VsF LED and the associated channels
Status and fault displays per input/output (dual-color green/
red LED)
Identification data
Parameterizable diagnostics
Achievable safety class SIL 3
Can only be operated in safety mode
 Siemens AG 2012

Process I/O
ET 200pro for SIMATIC PCS 7
Safety-related electronics modules

Ordering data Order No. Accessories

Safety-related electronics Connection modules
modules
Actuators and sensors are connected using commercially-
Safety-related digital input
module
available 5-contact M12 plugs on the connection module. The
connection module is plugged onto the electronics module, and
Safety-related digital input 6ES7 148-4FA00-0AB0 screwed to the latter. One of the following connection modules
module 8/16 F-DI PROFIsafe (to be ordered separately) is required for each of the above-
24 V DC, including bus module. mentioned electronics modules:
Connection module must be
ordered separately Connection module CM IO 16 x M12
for the electronics module 8/16 F-DI, 24 V DC/2 A
Safety-related digital input/output
module Connection module CM IO 12 x M12
Safety-related digital input/ 6ES7 148-4FC00-0AB0
for the electronics module 4/8 F-DI/4 F DO, 24 V DC/2 A
output module 4/8 F-DI,
4 F-DO 2 A
24 V DC, including bus module.
Connection module must be
ordered separately
Accessories
Connection module
CM IO 16 x M12 for the
electronics module 8/16 F-DI,
24 V DC/2 A
6ES7 194-4DD00-0AA0
7
CM IO 12 x M12 for the 6ES7 194-4DC00-0AA0
electronics module 4/8 F-DI/
4 F DO, 24 V DC/2 A
Further accessories
For plugs, cables and further
accessories, see Catalog ST 70
or Industry Mall/CA 01 under
"Automation engineering
Automation systems SIMATIC
industrial automation systems
SIMATIC ET 200 distributed I/O"

Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011 7/75

 Siemens AG 2012

Process I/O
ET 200pro for SIMATIC PCS 7
Power module PM-E

Overview Ordering data Order No.

Power module
Power module PM-E DC 24 V 6ES7 148-4CA00-0AA0
For generating 24 V DC load
voltage groups for electronics
modules within an ET 200pro
station.
Accessories
Connection modules for power
module
Connection module 6ES7 194-4BA00-0AA0
CM PM-E ECOFAST
for supply of 24 V DC load
voltage, 1 ECOFAST Cu
connection
Connection module 6ES7 194-4BC00-0AA0
CM PM-E direct
for supply of 24 V DC load
voltage, up to two M20 cable
glands
The power module PM-E DC 24 V is used within an ET 200pro Connection module 6ES7 194-4BD00-0AA0

7 station when generating 24 V DC load voltage groups for CM PM-E 7/8"

for supply of 24 V DC load
electronics modules. voltage, 1 x 7/8"
You can position power modules in an ET 200pro station Spare fuse 6ES7 194-4HB00-0AA0
anywhere to the right of the interface module. The first power 12.5 A fast-blow, for interface and
module is already integrated in the interface module. power modules, 10 units per pack
Each power module which you install in the ET 200pro station Further accessories
interrupts the load voltage busbar, and opens up a new potential For plugs, cables and further
group (common potential) for the load voltage supply 2L+. All accessories, see Catalog IK PI or
subsequent load voltages of the electronics modules are fed Industry Mall/CA 01 under
from this power module. Each power module has a replaceable "Automation engineering
fuse for protecting the device. Only line protection according to Automation systems SIMATIC
DIN VDE 0100 need be provided externally in addition. industrial automation systems
SIMATIC ET 200 distributed I/O"
The electronics/sensor supply 1L+ is not interrupted by the
power module, it is looped through.
The power module is fitted on the associated bus module when Accessories
delivered. Connection module
The connection module for the power module PM-E is used to
connect the load voltage 2L+. It is fitted on the power module.
The module must be ordered separately, and is available with
the following types of connection:
CM PM-E direct
CM PM-E ECOFAST
CM PM-E 7/8"

7/76 Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011

 8
Siemens AG 2012

SIMATIC PCS 7 Software and

System documentation

8/2 SIMATIC PCS 7 Software

8/4 System documentation

Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011

 Siemens AG 2012

SIMATIC PCS 7 Software and system documentation

SIMATIC PCS 7 Software

Design
Separate products for installation software and licenses
Generally, the SIMATIC PCS 7 and TIA software products offered
in Catalog ST PCS 7 can be categorized as follows:
Core products (single, floating or rental license) with:
- Installation software on data medium
- License key for software licensing
Secondary products (single, floating or rental license) with:
- License key for licensing of installation software delivered
with a core product
Cumulative volume licenses (quantity options) with
- License keys for a specific license volume in the form of POs,
archive tags, TAGs or units
The SIMATIC PCS 7 core products are divided into:
SIMATIC PCS 7 Software Media Package with the SIMATIC
PCS 7 installation software
Specific SIMATIC PCS 7 software product (software
license) with license key for licensing of the installation
software delivered in the SIMATIC PCS 7 Software Media
Package
Order
This splitting is transparent and very flexible. SIMATIC PCS 7
Software Media Package and software license are completely
independent packages. They are no longer sealed together in
one product package.
A SIMATIC PCS 7 Software Media Package is supplied with each
ordered item. For example, if you order three SIMATIC PCS 7
OS Software Single Station V8.0 software products as one order
item, you will receive only one SIMATIC PCS 7 Software Media
Package. However, if you distribute the order between three
order items, you will receive a SIMATIC PCS 7 Software Media
Package for each of the three software licenses.
Additional SIMATIC PCS 7 Software Media Packages and
volume licenses specified for the core product can be ordered
separately depending on the requirement.
The following table clarifies the new ordering and delivery
logistics using an example of ordering three SIMATIC PCS 7
OS Software Single Station software products.
Product package

8
Item No. Quantity Product name Order No. Quantity Components
Ordering of 3 units with one order item
010 3 SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Software Single 6ES7 658-2AA08- 3 License key memory stick, Certificate
Station V8.0 including 100 OS 0YA0 of License
Runtime POs
1 SIMATIC PCS 7 Software Media
Package
Ordering of 3 units with three order items
010 1 SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Software Single 6ES7 658-2AA08- 1 License key memory stick, Certificate
Station V8.0 including 100 OS 0YA0 of License
Runtime POs
1 SIMATIC PCS 7 Software Media
Package
020 1 SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Software Single 6ES7 658-2AA08- 1 License key memory stick, Certificate
Station V8.0 including 100 OS 0YA0 of License
Runtime POs
1 SIMATIC PCS 7 Software Media
Package
030 1 SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Software Single 6ES7 658-2AA08- 1 License key memory stick, Certificate
Station V8.0 including 100 OS 0YA0 of License
Runtime POs
1 SIMATIC PCS 7 Software Media
Package

This method is not used for the following SIMATIC PCS 7

software products:
Secondary products
Core products with rental license
Client software
These products are delivered without the SIMATIC PCS 7
Software Media Package.
You can order SIMATIC PCS 7 Software Media Packages
separately depending on your requirements.

8/2 Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011

 Siemens AG 2012

SIMATIC PCS 7 Software and system documentation

SIMATIC PCS 7 Software

Design (continued) SIMATIC PCS 7 Software

Support Package V8.0
6ES7650-4XX08-0YT8

SIMATIC PCS 7 Software Support Package Add-on documentation and

We offer you supplementary documentation and additive software (drivers, service packs,
and tools, etc.) on DVD,
software (drivers, service packs, tools, etc.) for SIMATIC PCS 7 5 languages (German, English,
in the form of the SIMATIC PCS 7 Software Support Package. It French, Italian, Spanish), software
is only authorized for use in combination with the corresponding class B, runs with Windows XP
SIMATIC PCS 7 Software Media Package/SIMATIC PCS 7 Professional 32-bit, Windows 7
Software Media Package ASIA. Software licenses are not Ultimate 32/64-bit, Windows
involved. Server 2003 R2 Standard 32-bit,
or Windows Server 2008 R2
If required, you can also obtain some of the software compo- Standard 64-bit,
nents in the SIMATIC PCS 7 Software Support Package directly Type of delivery: DVD, without
from the respective manufacturer. license
Note:
Ordering data Order No. SIMATIC PCS 7 Software Support
Package V8.0 is authorized for
SIMATIC PCS 7 Software Media use only in combination with the
Packages SIMATIC PCS 7 Software Media
SIMATIC PCS 7 Software Media 6ES7 658-4XX08-0YT8 Package V8.0 or the SIMATIC
Package V8.0 PCS 7 Software Media Package
ASIA V8.0.
Installation software and
electronic documentation on
DVD, 5 languages (German,
English, French, Italian, Spanish), More information
software class A, runs with
Windows XP Professional 32-bit, Regional product versions
Windows 7 Ultimate 32/64-bit,
Windows Server 2003 R2 Originally, all SIMATIC PCS 7 software products were designed 8
Standard 32-bit or Windows for international use, i.e. there was only one product version for
Server 2008 R2 Standard 64-bit worldwide use, which was offered in up to 6 languages: German,
Type of delivery: DVD, trial license English, French, Italian, Spanish and Chinese. However, the
for 14 days number of supported languages was not uniform, it varied
Note: depending on the product.
Permanent use of SIMATIC PCS 7
software requires valid software The product version for international use will continue to be
licenses. In addition to the available for the SIMATIC PCS 7 software. In addition, a regional
SIMATIC PCS 7 software from the "ASIA" product version will also be offered for the SIMATIC PCS 7
SIMATIC PCS 7 Software Media Software Media Package and specific SIMATIC PCS 7 software
Package, you may require products of the "Engineering System" and "Operator System"
supplementary software (for system components. ASIA products are explicitly identified in
details, see product information),
which can be obtained directly
the name by the supplement "ASIA". They currently support
from the manufacturers or in the English and Chinese (simplified).
form of the SIMATIC PCS 7 If a product listed in this catalog does not have the regional
Software Support Package.
identification ASIA, it can always be used globally. However, the
SIMATIC PCS 7 Software Media 6ES7 658-4XX08-0CT8 following restriction applies: If a regional ASIA product is offered,
Package ASIA V8.0 the pendant for international use does not support the Asian
Installation software and languages (currently Chinese simplified) present in the ASIA
electronic documentation on product.
DVD, 2 languages (English,
Chinese), software class A, runs The following special points must be observed as a result of the
with Windows XP Professional definition of separate products for installation software and
32-bit, Windows 7 Ultimate licenses. The SIMATIC PCS 7 installation software is available in
32/64-bit, Windows Server 2003
R2 Standard 32-bit or Windows the form of two data medium packages:
Server 2008 R2 Standard 64-bit SIMATIC PCS 7 Software Media Package
Type of delivery: DVD, trial license SIMATIC PCS 7 Software Media Package ASIA
for 14 days
Note: The specific ASIA software licenses harmonize exclusively with
Permanent use of SIMATIC PCS 7 the SIMATIC PCS 7 Software Media Package ASIA. SIMATIC
software requires valid software PCS 7 software licenses for which there is no ASIA pendant can
licenses. In addition to the be used with both SIMATIC PCS 7 Software Media Packages.
SIMATIC PCS 7 software from the
SIMATIC PCS 7 Software Media
Package, you may require further
software (for details, see product
information), which can be
obtained directly from the
manufacturers or in the form of
the SIMATIC PCS 7 Software
Support Package.

Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011 8/3

 Siemens AG 2012

SIMATIC PCS 7 Software and system documentation

System documentation

Overview More information

PCS 7 online help is supplied with SIMATIC PCS 7 V8.0. It can

be opened via the SIMATIC Manager. The help can be dynami-
cally expanded with add-on help documents.
The "SIMATIC Technical Documentation" site on the Internet
The complete SIMATIC PCS 7 system documentation is directs you straight to the complete range of technical documen-
provided as a free-of-charge, multilingual manual collection on tation available for SIMATIC products and systems in German,
the Internet via My Documentation Manager. English, French, Italian, Spanish and Chinese. If other
My Documentation Manager not only enables you to view languages are available, you can also find them there. You can
8 documents, you can also collect them in your own library and
even generate your own documents. Information about using
select individual documents from this range for viewing or
downloading.
these functions as well as FAQs is available in the integrated My Additional information is available on the Internet at:
Documentation Manager.
www.siemens.com/simatic-docu
The SIMATIC PCS 7 system documentation provides both
beginners and experienced users with valuable information on
all aspects of the process control system. The range extends
from the system introduction, covers initial steps and cross-
system topics, up to a description of individual system compo-
nents. With the "Getting Started" documentation you can gain
initial practical experience using example projects.
In order to use this, select the manuals for your SIMATIC PCS 7
version on the website for SIMATIC PCS 7 technical documen-
tation:
www.siemens.com/pcs7-documentation
You can open the available SIMATIC PCS 7 manuals directly in
the My Documentation Manager or first start the My Documen-
tation Manager and then select the desired documentation in the
integrated Siemens library.
In addition to the SIMATIC PCS 7 system documentation, the
Siemens library in the My Documentation Manager provides
access to the technical documentation of other products and
systems from the SIMATIC range of products.

8/4 Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011

 9
Siemens AG 2012

Batch automation

9/2 SIMATIC BATCH

9/2 Introduction
9/5 SIMATIC BATCH software

Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011

 Siemens AG 2012

Batch automation
SIMATIC BATCH
Introduction

Overview
In the process industry, discontinuous processes so-called
batch processes are of great significance. Permanently shorter
product lifecycles as well as the versatility required by
consumers are two of the reasons for this.
Product quality that stays the same even in the umpteenth batch,
quick response to changed market conditions, traceability for
production (FDA compliance), fulfillment of legal standards, as
well as the economic and technical necessity to utilize
production plants flexibly and optimally all of this places high
demands on plant automation.
The SIMATIC PCS 7 process control system with the SIMATIC
BATCH software package offers the right solution for low-cost
and effective automation of batch processes.
SIMATIC BATCH is completely integrated in SIMATIC PCS 7,
both in the visualization and in the engineering system. Thanks
to the modular design and the flexible scaling, it can be used in
small test centers as well as in production plants of any size.

Design
Client/server configuration
SIMATIC BATCH clients Engineering
and OS clients System However, characteristic for the automation of batch processes
SIMATIC PCS 7
operator station
using SIMATIC BATCH are client/server architectures with which
with
one Batch server and multiple Batch clients running a plant

9 SIMATIC BATCH project in unison. The batch server in such a configuration can
also be configured with redundancy in order to increase avail-
Terminal bus ability.
BATCH clients and OS clients can run on separate or common
basic hardware. In addition to the SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial
Workstations, the more compact SIMATIC PCS 7 OS clients
627C and 427C can be used as batch clients.
Batch server OS server
The SIMATIC BATCH server software is usually run on separate
server hardware (Batch Server). Depending on the load on the
G_PCS7_XX_00053

Plant bus operator system, the OS Server and Batch Server software can
only on AS mode also be run on shared server hardware (OS/Batch Server).

Automation
systems
SIMATIC BATCH, scalable from single-user up to client/server system
Scalability
SIMATIC BATCH is configured as a single station system or as a
client/server system and can be used in plants of any size due
to its modular architecture and scalability in cumulative SIMATIC
BATCH UNITs (sets of 1, 10 and 50 plant unit instances).
Single-user system for small applications
For small batch applications, SIMATIC BATCH can be installed
together with the OS software on a single station system. Both
the SIMATIC PCS 7 ES/OS Single Station and the SIMATIC PCS 7
BOX are suitable as a single station. Both can be both combined
with modular automation systems from the S7-400 series as well
as with compact SIMATIC PCS 7 AS RTX and SIMATIC PCS 7
AS mEC RTX.
The hardware configuration of the batch server depends on the
SIMATIC BATCH operating mode:
In PC mode, the complete recipe logic is executed in the
Batch server. If SIMATIC BATCH is only executed in PC mode,
the Batch server does not require a connection to the plant
bus. Communication with the automation system is via the
operator system.
In AS mode, the recipe unit logic is executed in the
automation system. Mixed operation with PC operating mode
is also possible within a batch where recipe units are run on
both the batch server and on the automation system. In AS
mode, the batch server requires a connection to the plant bus
for communication with the automation system.

9/2 Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011

 Siemens AG 2012
Design (continued)
System connection
Batch Single Station and Batch Server can be connected to the
Industrial Ethernet plant bus via a CP 1623/CP 1613 A2 commu-
nication module or via a simple FastEthernet network card with
BCE (suitable for communication with up to 8 automation
systems; not redundant systems).
The IE versions of the SIMATIC PCS 7 Workstation for single
stations and servers are equipped with a CP 1623 communi-
cation module with the SIMATIC NET HARDNET-IE S7 communi-
cations software. When using redundant automation systems,
the SIMATIC PCS 7 workstation requires SIMATIC NET
HARDNET-IE S7-REDCONNECT communications software
instead of the SIMATIC NET HARDNET-IE S7 communication
software. The SIMATIC NET HARDNET-IE S7-REDCONNECT
PowerPack is suitable for upgrading the communications
software (for ordering data, see chapter "Communication",
section "Industrial Ethernet, system connection of PCS 7
systems").
The 10/100/1000 Mbps Ethernet RJ45 port is already onboard
and can be used for connecting to the terminal bus.
Redundancy
The SIMATIC BATCH Server software supports the batch server
redundancy. The two batch servers in a redundant pair of
servers have identical configurations. A separate redundant
connection between these servers is used to optimize the
internal communication. This must always be provided as an
Ethernet connection. This also applies if SIMATIC BATCH
software and SIMATIC PCS 7 OS software are installed together
on the redundant pair of servers. The serial RS 232 connection
described in the section "OS redundancy" is not possible in this
case.
A redundant optical or electrical connection can be used
depending on the environmental conditions and the distance
between the two batch servers, e.g. up to 100 m per crossover
network cable (RJ45 connectors). For details, refer to Manual
"Fault-tolerant process control systems"; for appropriate cable
material and further accessories, refer to Catalog IK PI.
For information and components for the redundant bus
connection (plant bus and terminal bus), see "Communication,
Industrial Ethernet" in the Sections "Introduction" and "System
connection of PCS 7 systems".
Batch automation
SIMATIC BATCH
Introduction
Basic hardware
The modularity and flexibility of SIMATIC BATCH are optimally
supported by the hardware available. The basic hardware from
the section "Industrial Workstation/IPC" as well as the SIMATIC
PCS 7 BOX from the section "Compact systems" can be used for
SIMATIC BATCH. Please note that the operating system and the
ES/OS software of the SIMATIC PCS 7 process control system
are preinstalled as standard on the SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial
Workstations of version Single Station, Server and Client. If these
basic devices are used for SIMATIC BATCH, it is possible to
extend or reject the existing SIMATIC PCS 7 installation, and
restore it for the operating system using the restore DVD.
Expansion options
The basic hardware is expandable with the following options
according to the customer's particular requirements and
whether the hardware is used as a Batch Single Station, Batch
Server, or Batch Client:
Multi-monitor graphics card for connection of up to 4 monitors
Process monitors (see chapter "Industrial Workstation/IPC",
section "Multi-monitor graphics cards and process monitors")
The multi-monitor graphics cards "2 Screens" and "4 Screens"
are offered for multichannel operation of an OS/Batch Single
Station or a Batch Client with 2 or up to 4 process monitors.
Using a multi-monitor graphics card, the visualization of the
plant/unit can be divided among 2 to 4 process monitors per
9
operator station by using different views. These plant sections
can all be operated using just one keyboard and one mouse.
Note:
Since all messages from SIMATIC BATCH are processed in the
operator system's message system, the use of a signal module
is only recommendable with multi-function OS/batch stations
(clients, single stations).
Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011 9/3
 Siemens AG 2012

Batch automation
SIMATIC BATCH
Introduction

Integration
Process display with integrated OS Control
Integration in SIMATIC PCS 7
SIMATIC BATCH is fully integrated in SIMATIC PCS 7.
Connection to the production control level is supported by direct
communication with SIMATIC IT or by an open interface to any
manufacturing execution systems (MES).
Operating modes for recipe processing
PC mode: Processing of the recipe logic in the batch server
AS mode: Execution of recipe logic in the automation system:
Mixed operation: Parallel application of PC and AS modes in
one batch (unit recipe-granular)
SIMATIC BATCH works as standard in PC mode. The complete
control recipe is executed in the batch server. In the alternative
AS operating mode, the control recipe logic can be executed in
the automation system unit recipe-granular.
Advantages of AS mode are:
Very fast step changing times
Improved deterministics during execution of a batch
Enhanced availability
Communication with the automation systems
Depending on the operating mode, SIMATIC BATCH communi-
cates with the automation systems via the operator system or
directly via S7-DOS.
SFC instances derived from a SFC type template are generally
used as the interface to the subordinate automation level. The
properties of the SFC type can be defined in a properties dialog,
including:
Control strategies

9
The plant data can be configured entirely using the engineering Setpoint/actual value
system. The engineering system transfers all data required for Instance parameters
creating recipes to the batch server. It is therefore possible to
edit recipes separate from the engineering system. Changes to Timers
the configuration which are made on the engineering system
can be transferred to the batch server using an update function
(online/offline).
SIMATIC BATCH supports the operation and monitoring of batch
processes by means of standard faceplates and OS Controls
which can be integrated into the process display.
The SIMATIC Logon integrated in SIMATIC PCS 7 uses SIMATIC
BATCH for the following functions:
Central user administration with access control
"Electronic Signature" function
This means that actions cannot be performed until enabled by
authorized users/user groups.
A smart card reader suitable as a logon device is offered in
section "Industrial Workstation/IPC", under "Expansion compo-
nents, smart card reader".

9/4 Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011

 Siemens AG 2012

Batch automation
SIMATIC BATCH
SIMATIC BATCH software

Overview
The product structure of the SIMATIC BATCH software is
optimized for operation as single station system and client-
server system. The SIMATIC BATCH Single Station Package,
SIMATIC BATCH Server and SIMATIC BATCH software products
are usually installed on destination hardware of the same name.
In exceptional cases, the SIMATIC BATCH Client software can
also be operated on the batch server.
You require separately supplied SIMATIC BATCH UNITs
(cumulative quantity options for instances of plant units) in
addition to the basic software for the implementation of a
SIMATIC BATCH project.
Functional expansion components (SIMATIC BATCH Recipe
System, SIMATIC BATCH API) provide additional options (see
table). The SIMATIC BATCH Recipe System (Recipe Editor) is
not an option for the SIMATIC BATCH Single Station Package
because it is already integrated in the standard package.

Software products/licenses Batch single Batch server Batch server Batch client
station single redundant
Server A Server B
Basic software
SIMATIC BATCH Single Station Package n
SIMATIC BATCH Server n n n
SIMATIC BATCH Client o o o o
Functional expansion components
SIMATIC BATCH Recipe System o o o o2)
SIMATIC BATCH API o o o o
Quantity options: Cumulative SIMATIC BATCH UNITs1)
1 UNIT1) o o o o
UNITs1)
9
10 o o o o
50 UNITs1) o o o o
SIMATIC BATCH software products/licenses for BATCH Single Station, Batch Server and BATCH Client
1) Instances of plant units; at least one SIMATIC BATCH UNIT license is required per project
2) A client-server system is required on at least one client.
n Software product/license required
o Software product/license optional
Software product/license not required or not available

Function
Recipe editor
The recipe editor is integrated in the SIMATIC BATCH Single
Station Package and can be installed as a functional expansion
component of the SIMATIC BATCH Recipe System on a batch
client and batch server.
It is used for easy, intuitive creation and modification of master
recipes and library operations. The basis for recipe creation are
the batch objects created from the plant configuration using the
SIMATIC PCS 7 Engineering System, e.g. units and equipment
phases.
The Batch Recipe Editor can be started individually, but can also
be launched from the Batch Control Center (BatchCC, see
below). It possesses a GUI, processing functions typical to
Microsoft Windows for individual and grouped objects, and a
structural syntax check.

Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011 9/5

 Siemens AG 2012

Batch automation
SIMATIC BATCH
SIMATIC BATCH software

Function (continued)
Recipe
Plant procedure

Unit Partial recipe

procedure

Recipe
operation

Technical Recipe function

Equipment

Individual
control unit

Plant Unit Technical Individual

Equipment control unit

Hierarchical recipes according to ISA-88.01
9
The recipe editor offers powerful functions for the following
tasks:
Creation of new master recipes and library operations
Modification of existing master recipes and library operations
(changes in structure or parameters)
Querying the states of recipe objects and process values in
transition conditions
Assignment of route control locations as transfer parameters
(source, target, via) to the transport phases, in order to direct
products of one batch to other units (local or external)
Configuration of arithmetic expressions for calculating
setpoints for transitions and recipe parameters from recipe
variables and constants
Documentation of master recipes and library operations
Validation under inclusion of user-specific plausibility checks
Selection of unit candidates via a class-based view or
limitation of the equipment properties
Releasing master recipes and library operations for test or
production
Flat recipes
Flat recipes are suitable for simple applications with only a few
units. With these recipes, the units are directly assigned to the
recipe functions within the recipe procedure.
G_PCS7_XX_00102
Hierarchical recipes according to ISA-88.01
SIMATIC BATCH also supports hierarchical recipes in accor-
dance with the ISA-88.01 standard. SIMATIC BATCH and
SIMATIC PCS 7 form a functional unit that fully covers the models
described in the standard.
The hierarchical recipe structure is mapped on the plant module
as follows:
Recipe procedure for controlling the process or the
production in a plant
Recipe unit procedure for controlling a process step in a plant
unit
Recipe operation/function for the process engineering task/
function in an equipment module
Recipe elements for handling of exceptions
Monitoring of process states is possible during runtime by
marking freely selectable recipe sections. It is then possible to
automatically react to evaluated events or faults using a
command block or jump function in a special container.
ROP Library
Recipe operations managed in a user library (ROP library) can
be installed in the recipe procedures of hierarchical recipes as a
reference and thus modified centrally. With flat recipes, refer-
encing is possible in an analogous manner to so-called
substructures in the user library.
This reduces the requirements for engineering and validation.
If the reference link is broken, the recipe operation or the
substructure becomes a fixed component of the recipe
procedure, and is thus independent of further central modifica-
tions.

9/6 Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011

 Siemens AG 2012

Batch automation
SIMATIC BATCH
SIMATIC BATCH software

Function (continued)
Separation Procedures/Formulas Batch Control Center (BatchCC)

Formula 1 Formula 2 Formula 3

Quantity 1 000 kg 500 kg 900 kg
Temperature 90 C 80 C 95 C
Time 10 min 15 min 12 min
Salt Yes Yes No
Pepper No No Yes
Sugar 100 g 150 g 50 g

Master Recipe #1 Master Recipe #2 Master Recipe #3

G_PCS7_XX_00064

The SIMATIC BATCH Batch Control Center (BatchCC) is the

The flexibility achieved by recipes which are independent of
specific units can be increased even further if the procedure and
parameter sets (formulas) are separated from one another.
Various master recipes can be created by linking several
formulas using a recipe procedure. This enables central modifi-
cation of procedures. The formula structure is determined by the
formula category defined by the user.
"command center" for monitoring and controlling batch
processes with SIMATIC BATCH. Using BatchCC you can
manage all data relevant to SIMATIC BATCH through a graphical
user interface.
BatchCC also has a viewer for batches archived in XML format.
This allows either local batch data or batch data saved on a
network drive or central archive server (CAS/Process Historian)
to be displayed again as a control recipe. It is insignificant
9
whether the connected batches originate from a single SIMATIC
BATCH plant or from several plants.
BatchCC offers powerful functions for the following tasks:
Reading in and updating the plant data of the basic
automation
Definition of user privileges for all functions, for clients, or for
plant units of SIMATIC BATCH
Definition of material names and codes
Management of master recipes
Management of libraries with recipe elements (library opera-
tions)
Editing of formula categories and management of associated
formulas (parameter sets)
Creation of master recipes from control recipe
Exporting and importing of master recipes, formulas and
library objects
Creation of batches with master recipes
Starting of batch processing and controlling of batches
Monitoring and diagnostics of batch processing
Online modification of occupation strategy and assignment of
units during batch processing
Online modification, deletion or insertion of objects (RPH,
ROP, RUP) and structure elements (loops, transitions, etc.) of
the recipe (special privileges and explicit authorization
required)
Recording and archiving of recipes and batch data
Calling of SFC visualization directly from the control recipe

Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011 9/7

 Siemens AG 2012

Batch automation
SIMATIC BATCH
SIMATIC BATCH software

Function (continued)
Batch planning SIMATIC Batch API
The SIMATIC BATCH API Application Programming Interface,
which is offered as an expansion component, is an open
interface for customer-specific extensions. It provides users with
access to data and functions of SIMATIC BATCH and enables
programming of special applications for specific sectors or
projects.

Batch Control Center enables the creation of individual

production orders and batches. However, Batch Planning offers
significantly more planning functions. The batches for a large
number of production orders can then be planned in advance.
The functional scope not only includes planning, but also modifi-
cation, cancellation, deletion and release of batches. Creation
and distribution of the batches for a production order are
possible manually, but can also be carried out automatically
depending on the definition of the batch number or production
9 quantity.
The following batch properties can be set and changed:
Quantity
Start mode (immediately, following operator input, or time-
driven)
Unit allocation
Formula (parameter set)
Run sequence (chaining to previous or subsequent batch)
Displaying the runtime of a batch
Definition of minimum time interval for batch chaining
Batch planning and control are supported in a user-friendly
manner and simplified, thanks to special displays such as the
order category list, production order list, batch planning list,
batch status list, or batch results list.
All batches including their unit allocation can be clearly
presented in a combination of Gantt diagram and table. Time
conflicts or those resulting from multiple allocation of units are
identified by symbols. Time conflicts can be eliminated simply
by shifting the associated batches in the Gantt diagram.

9/8 Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011


Ordering data
Basic software for Batch
Single Station, Batch Server
and Batch Client
SIMATIC BATCH
Single Station Package V8.0
including SIMATIC BATCH Recipe
System
6 languages (German, English,
French, Italian, Spanish,
Chinese), software class A, runs
with Windows XP Professional
32-bit, Windows 7 Ultimate
32/64-bit, Windows Server 2003
R2 Standard 32-bit, or Windows
Server 2008 R2 Standard 64-bit,
single license for 1 installation
Type of delivery: License key
memory stick, certificate of
license and product information
SIMATIC BATCH Server V8.0
6 languages (German, English,
French, Italian, Spanish,
Chinese), software class A, runs
with Windows XP Professional
32-bit, Windows 7 Ultimate
32/64-bit, Windows Server 2003
R2 Standard 32-bit, or Windows
Server 2008 R2 Standard 64-bit,
single license for 1 installation
Type of delivery: License key
memory stick, certificate of
license
SIMATIC BATCH Client V8.0
6 languages (German, English,
French, Italian, Spanish,
Chinese), software class A, runs
with Windows XP Professional
32-bit, Windows 7 Ultimate
32/64-bit, Windows Server 2003
R2 Standard 32-bit, or Windows
Server 2008 R2 Standard 64-bit,
floating license for 1 user
Type of delivery: License key
memory stick, certificate of
license
Siemens AG 2012
Order No.
6ES7 657-0UX08-0YB0
6ES7 657-0TX08-0YB0
6ES7 657-0VX08-0YB5
Batch automation
SIMATIC BATCH
SIMATIC BATCH software
Order No.
Functional expansion compo-
nents
SIMATIC BATCH 6ES7 657-0AX08-0YB5
Recipe System V8.0
For recipe creation; installation on
at least one client of a client/
server system (alone or in combi-
nation with the SIMATIC BATCH
Client software)
6 languages (German, English,
French, Italian, Spanish,
Chinese), software class A, runs
with Windows XP Professional
32-bit, Windows 7 Ultimate 32/
64-bit, Windows Server 2003 R2
Standard 32-bit, or Windows
Server 2008 R2 Standard 64-bit,
floating license for 1 user
Type of delivery: License key
memory stick, certificate of
license
SIMATIC BATCH API V8.0 6ES7 657-0MX08-2YB0
1 language (English), software
class A, runs with Windows XP
Professional 32-bit, Windows 7
Ultimate 32/64-bit, Windows
Server 2003 R2 Standard 32-bit or
Windows Server 2008 R2
Standard 64-bit, single license for
1 installation
Type of delivery: License key
memory stick, certificate of 9
license
Quantity options for Batch
Single Station and Batch Server
(cumulative)
SIMATIC BATCH UNITs1)
For SIMATIC BATCH Single
Station Package/SIMATIC BATCH
Server software
Language-neutral, software class
A, runs with Windows XP Profes-
sional 32-bit, Windows 7 Ultimate
32/64-bit, Windows Server 2003
R2 Standard 32-bit, or Windows
Server 2008 R2 Standard 64-bit,
single license for 1 installation
Type of delivery: License key
memory stick, certificate of
license
1 UNIT 6ES7 657-0XA00-0YB0
10 UNITs 6ES7 657-0XB00-0YB0
50 UNITs 6ES7 657-0XC00-0YB0
1) Instances of plant units
Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011 9/9
 Siemens AG 2012

Batch automation

Notes

9/10 Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011

 10
Siemens AG 2012

Route control

10/2 SIMATIC Route Control

10/2 Introduction
10/5 Route Control runtime software
10/7 Route Control engineering software

Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011

 Siemens AG 2012

Route control
SIMATIC Route Control
Introduction

Overview
SIMATIC Route Control expands the SIMATIC PCS 7 process
control system with a sector-independent tool for the configu-
ration, control, monitoring and diagnostics of material transport
in pipeline networks or on conveyor belts.
With this integrated route control, SIMATIC PCS 7 can also
automate the connecting material transports in addition to the
production processes and the associated stores. In this case
SIMATIC Route Control can also be combined with SIMATIC
BATCH.
In particular SIMATIC Route Control is perfect for plants with a
multitude of complex route combinations or extensive tank farms
such as are found above all in the chemical, petrochemical and
10 food and drinks industries.
Application
The possible applications of SIMATIC Route Control extend from
small plants with simple/static lines up to plants in the medium
and upper performance range which have an extensive network
of routes/pipes.
SIMATIC Route Control is particularly predestined for the
following requirements:
Frequent conversions and extensions of the transport network
including actuators and sensors
Transport routes with high flexibility, characterized by:
- Regularly changing materials
- Dynamic selection of the origin and destination of the
material transport (including reversal of direction on bidirec-
tional transport routes)
Numerous simultaneous material transports
Plant projects in combination with SIMATIC BATCH
When transporting solid materials on conveyor belts, the
sequence for switching actuators on and off can be cascaded
using WAIT elements.

10/2 Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011

 Siemens AG 2012

Route control
SIMATIC Route Control
Introduction

Design
Redundancy
SIMATIC Route Control clients and OS clients Engineering
System The SIMATIC Route Control Server software supports the RC
server redundancy. Further software components or a separate
connection between the two servers as is the case with the
OS server redundancy or batch server redundancy are not
required.
Terminal bus
With the assistance of the SIMATIC Route Control Server
software, the two redundant RC servers carry out mutual
monitoring during operation. If the active RC server fails, the
redundant partner immediately becomes the master and takes
Route Control OS server over operation. The RC clients are automatically switched over
server to the new master in this case. Following the return of the failed

G_PCS7_XX_00052
RC server, data matching is carried out with the active RC server
Plant bus with the latter remaining the master.
For information and components for the redundant bus
Automation connection (plant bus and terminal bus), see "Communication,
systems
Industrial Ethernet" in the Sections "Introduction" and "System
connection of PCS 7 systems".
The modularity and flexibility of SIMATIC Route Control are
optimally supported by the hardware available. The SIMATIC Expansion options
PCS 7 Industrial Workstations from the "Industrial Workstation/ The basic hardware is expandable with the following options
IPC" section can be used for SIMATIC Route Control. according to the customer's particular requirements and
Hardware for small plants whether the hardware is used as RC Single Station, RC Server or
RC Client:
For small plants, SIMATIC Route Control can be installed either
Multi-monitor graphics card for connection of up to 4 monitors
alone or together with the OS software on a single station
system. You can select the hardware for this OS/RC single Process monitors (see chapter "Industrial Workstation/IPC",
station from the chapter "Industrial Workstation/IPC", section section "Multi-monitor graphics cards and process monitors")
"SIMATIC Rack PC". The multi-monitor graphics cards "2 Screens" and "4 Screens"
Client/server configuration are offered for multi-channel operation of an OS/RC Single
Distributed multi-user systems with client-server architecture,
Station or a client with 2 up to 4 process monitors. Using a multi-
monitor graphics card, the visualization of the plant/unit can be
10
expandable with up to 32 clients per server, are typical for the divided among 2 to 4 process monitors per operator station by
automation of material transports with SIMATIC Route Control. using different views. These plant sections can all be operated
Basically it is possible to operate an RC Server, Batch Server using just one keyboard and one mouse.
and OS Server on shared basic hardware. However, availability
will be higher and performance better if each component has its Note:
own server hardware. The availability of the RC server can be Since all messages from SIMATIC Route Control are processed
increased further by a redundant design of the server hardware. in the operator system's message system, it is not necessary to
SIMATIC PCS 7 supports a Route Control server or pair of Route use a signal module.
Control servers in the multiuser system which is limited to
12 servers/pairs of servers. Requirements for selection of the automation systems
The Route Control client (RC Client) is represented by the Route SIMATIC Route Control supports standard automation systems,
Control Center (RCC). The RCC can be installed on an OS Client, fault-tolerant and safety-related automation systems of the
a Batch Client or separate client hardware. S7-400 range based on to the following CPU types:
System connection CPU 416-3 (up to 30 simultaneous material transports)
CPU 417-4 and CPU 417-4H (up to 300 simultaneous material
RC server and OS/RC single stations can be connected to the transports)
Industrial Ethernet plant bus via a CP 1613 A2/1623 communi-
cation module or via a simple FastEthernet network card with
BCE (suitable for communication with up to 8 automation
systems; not redundant systems).
The IE versions of the SIMATIC PCS 7 Workstation for single
stations and servers are equipped with a CP 1623 communi-
cation module with the SIMATIC NET HARDNET-IE S7 communi-
cations software. When using redundant automation systems,
the SIMATIC PCS 7 workstation requires SIMATIC NET
HARDNET-IE S7-REDCONNECT communications software
instead of the SIMATIC NET HARDNET-IE S7 communication
software. The SIMATIC NET HARDNET-IE S7-REDCONNECT
PowerPack is suitable for upgrading the communications
software (for ordering data, see chapter "Communication",
section "Industrial Ethernet, system connection of PCS 7
systems").

Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011 10/3

 Siemens AG 2012
Route control
SIMATIC Route Control
Introduction
Configuration
SIMATIC Route Control, which is fully integrated in SIMATIC
PCS 7, is modular and scalable. It can be flexibly adapted to
various sizes of plants by cumulatively adding SIMATIC Route
Control routes (in sets of 10 and 50 for the number of simulta-
neous material transports) up to a project limit of 300 routes.
SIMATIC Route Control provides graded user privileges for
engineering, operating and maintenance personnel who are
integrated into the user administration with SIMATIC logon.
SIMATIC Logon is an integral component of SIMATIC PCS 7.
Route Control in the engineering system
The Route Control Engineering tool, the Route Control Library
and the Route Control Wizard are concentrated together with the
other engineering tools of the SIMATIC PCS 7 process control
system in the central engineering system.
In SIMATIC PCS 7, blocks from a SIMATIC PCS 7 library are
inserted into CFC plans and connected to plant control blocks in
accordance with the technological requirements in order to
control and monitor the elements of a plant. These individual
connections are omitted with SIMATIC Route Control (RC). You
adapt the standard blocks of the technological elements
relevant to RC (RC elements) using standardized interface
blocks from the RC library, and allow RC to control and monitor
the elements during operation. This is of course also possible
with existing plantswithout an increased overhead.
The blocks of the RC library support redundancy at the controller
level, i.e. they can be used with standard automation systems or
even with fault-tolerant automation systems or mixed configura-
tions. The changes in the engineering system can be recorded
(Change log), both in the SIMATIC PCS 7 project and in the
RC project.
10 The Route Control Assistant functions as the interface between
the PCS 7 basic configuration expanded by RC components
and the RC engineering tool. It analyzes the hardware and
software configuration of the SIMATIC PCS 7 (multi-)project, and
generates a database which serves as the basis for further,
RC-specific configuration with the RC engineering tool.
During the RC-specific configuration, the elements imported
from the SIMATIC PCS 7 project by the Route Control Assistant
must be inserted into a sub-route structure. These sub-routes
divide the plant. The complete routes will be subsequently
"joined together" from them during the automatic route
searching. The response of the sub-routes in a particular
function are already defined when inserting the elements into
them. Functions represent the technological requirements when
operating the plant (e.g. "Open source", "Pumps" etc.).
As a rule: the more finely divided the sub-route structure, the
more flexible the subsequent automatic route searching. With
purely static routes, a sub-route can already be a complete
route.
10/4 Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011
Route Control Server/Route Control Center
Following configuration of the route network and testing of the
material transport versions, the Route Control configuration data
is transferred to the Route Control server. There they can be
activated via the Route Control Center at a suitable point in time
from the process engineering viewpoint. From this time onwards,
the new data are included in route searches.
If a material transport is pending during operation, a route
(material transport) is requested by the controller (e.g. using an
adapted RC SFC type) or by the operator on the Route Control
Center. In addition to selection of the origin and destination as
well as up to 10 intermediate plant points (synonyms: nodes,
locations), this also includes the application of a start signal on
the route control block RC_IF_ROUTE in the automation system
(AS). The AS "informs" the RC Server which then starts searching
for the route and if possible combines the statically defined
sub-routes into a complete transport route. From this point
onward, the Route Control takes over control and monitoring of
all RC elements involved in the transport route. If faults occur,
detailed diagnostics information is provided concerning the
cause, e.g. why the search for a suitable transport route was
unsuccessful. The plant control program only switches the
individual technological functions, everything else is handled by
the Route Control.
The Route Control Server (RC Server) supplies the Route Control
Clients (Route Control Center) with the necessary data and
transfers their operations to the automation systems.
For maintenance purposes, an automation system can be
specifically set to "in maintenance" (out of service). The material
transports being carried out by this automation system are still
continued until finished. However, new material transports are no
longer permitted.
RC block symbols and faceplates
In the process displays of the SIMATIC PCS 7 operator systems,
each route block is represented by an RC block symbol and an
RC faceplate. Through a route block's RC block symbol it is
possible to select its RC faceplate, and through a route block's
RC faceplate it is possible to select the Route Control Center.
 Siemens AG 2012

Route control
SIMATIC Route Control
Route Control runtime software

Overview
Software components (runtime) RC single station RC server single RC server redundant RC client
Server A Server B
SIMATIC Route Control Server n n n n
SIMATIC Route Control Center n n
Quantity options: cumulative SIMATIC Route Control Routes1)
10 routes1) o o o o
50 routes1) o o o o

SIMATIC Route Control software for RC single station, RC server, and RC client
1) Number of simultaneous material transports; at least one "SIMATIC Route Control Routes" license (for sets of 10/50) is required per project,
total project limit: 300 routes
n Software product/license required
o Software product/license optional
Software product/license not required or not available

The Route Control Software is structured such that SIMATIC
Route Control can be flexibly adapted to different plant sizes and
architectures (single/multi-user systems):
Route Control Engineering (component of the SIMATIC PCS 7
Engineering System)
Route Control Server
Route Control Center (RCC)
In the case of multi-user systems with small quantity frameworks
it is also possible to operate the Route Control Server, Batch
Server and OS Server on shared basic hardware. However,
availability will be higher and performance better if they are
installed on separate server hardware.
The Route Control Center (RCC) can be installed on an
OS client, a batch client, or on separate RC client hardware.

SIMATIC Route Control works closely with the operator system, In addition to the SIMATIC Route Control Server and SIMATIC
hence where small plants are concerned it is possible for the Route Control Center runtime software, for a Route Control
Route Control Center and Route Control Server to be installed project you require separately available SIMATIC Route Control
not only on their own but also together with the OS software on a Routes (cumulative sets of 10 and 50 for the number of simulta-
single station. The ordering data for the OS software can be neous material transports). Several sets of 10 and 50 SIMATIC
found in the section "Operator system". Route Control Routes licenses can be combined up to a total
project limit of 300 routes. 10
Function
Route Control Server
The Route Control Server supplies the RC Clients (Route Control
Center) with the necessary data and transfers their operations to
the automation systems. When a material transport is requested
through the Route Control Center, it is the job of the RC Server to
dynamically compile a suitable transport route from the partial
routes which were configured using a map of the automation
systems on the basis of the selected parameters (source, desti-
nation and intermediate locations) and with due consideration of
other parameters (e.g. function catalogs, function IDs or material
IDs). Configuration changes can be taken immediately into
account in the determination of a suitable transport route after
transfer from the Route Control Engineering Tool to the Route
Control Server and subsequent activation through the Route
Control Center (online loading).

Route Control Center

Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011 10/5

 Siemens AG 2012

Route control
SIMATIC Route Control
Route Control runtime software

Function (continued) Ordering data Order No.

Route Control Center (RCC) SIMATIC Route Control Server 6ES7 658-7FX08-0YB0
V8.0
The RCC can be called either from the faceplate of a route block for single station or client-
or from the keyset on the operator station. It displays all of a server configuration
material transport's relevant route data and error information in
6 languages (German, English,
several coordinated views French, Italian, Spanish,
Key functional features are: Chinese), software class A, runs
with Windows XP Professional 32-
Overview of all RC elements, partial routes and request details bit, Windows 7 Ultimate 32/64-bit,
Operation of the selected material transport: Windows Server 2003 R2
- Selection of operating mode: Manual/automatic Standard 32-bit, or Windows
Server 2008 R2 Standard 64-bit,
- Request, start, stop, continue and terminate material single license for 1 installation
transport in manual mode
- Set/modify request parameters (origin, destination, inter- Type of delivery: License key
memory stick, certificate of
mediate points) as well as general properties (function license
catalog, function ID, material ID and "ignore fault") in manual
mode Quantity options for single
- Enable/disable sequence functions in manual mode station/server (cumulative)
Diagnostics of material transport request errors caused by SIMATIC Route Control
locked RC elements, locked partial routes, inconsistent actua- Routes1)
For expansion of the SIMATIC
tions or prohibited sequential material Route Control Server software for
Diagnostics of currently running material transports: color and single station or client/server
text display of transport route status in the route view of the configuration, cumulative
RCC; detailed analyses by evaluation of feedback signals Language-neutral, software class
from RC elements A, runs with Windows XP Profes-
sional 32-bit, Windows 7 Ultimate
Server functions: select RC Server, display RC Server status, 32/64-bit, Windows Server
update view (read in data again from the RC Server) 2003 R2 Standard 32-bit, or
Display of the operator who has logged on Windows Server 2008 R2
Standard 64-bit, single license for
Definition of route parameters (source, destination, material, 1 installation
function ID etc.), and saving and loading these settings with
Type of delivery: License key
names
10
memory stick, certificate of
Switchover between "AS in maintenance" and "AS in operation" license
10 routes1) 6ES7 658-7FF00-0XB0
50 routes1) 6ES7 658-7FG00-0XB0
SIMATIC Route Control Center 6ES7658-7EX08-0YB5
V8.0
6 languages (German, English,
French, Italian, Spanish,
Chinese), software class A, runs
with Windows XP Professional 32-
bit, Windows 7 Ultimate 32/64-bit,
Windows Server 2003 R2
Standard 32-bit, or Windows
Server 2008 R2 Standard 64-bit,
floating license for 1 user
Type of delivery: License key
memory stick, certificate of
license
1)
Number of simultaneous material transports; total project limit: 300 routes

10/6 Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011

 Siemens AG 2012
Overview
The Route Control (RC) configuration supplements the basic
SIMATIC PCS 7 plant configuration with blocks from the PCS 7
standard library. Existing plants are then also easy to upgrade
with SIMATIC Route Control. Technological elements of
relevance for control of the material transport (RC elements) are
adapted in the CFC Editor using uniform interface blocks from
the Route Control Library. The RC elements include:
Control elements (actuators)
Sensor elements (sensors)
Parameter elements (setpoints)
Connection elements (material information related to partial
route)
Route control
SIMATIC Route Control
Route Control engineering software
Function
Locations (synonym: nodes) of partial or complete routes are
configured in the SIMATIC Manager as "Equipment properties of
plant units" and transferred to the RC project together with the
other RC-relevant basic data of the SIMATIC PCS 7 project. The
configuration requirements caused by many repeated
sequences can be minimized by exporting locations in CSV
format, duplicating and modifying them using a spreadsheet
program, and then importing them again.
Nodes are parameters for requesting a material transport
(source, destination, intermediate locations/via) and which mark
the start and end of each partial route, and thus also the source
and destination of a material transport.
In addition to the basic tools (SIMATIC Manager, CFC, etc.) of
the SIMATIC PCS 7 engineering system, the following configu-
ration components of the SIMATIC Route Control Engineering
program package are available for configuration of the route
control applications:
Route Control library
The Route Control library contains blocks for RC and transport
route configuration and interface blocks for RC elements. It is
provided in the catalog of the CFC editor.
Route Control wizard
The Route Control wizard is the interface between the SIMATIC
PCS 7 basic configuration supplemented with RC interface
blocks and the actual RC configuration in the RC engineering
tool. The wizard, which can be called up from the SIMATIC
Manager menu, accepts the RC-specific configuration data of
the SIMATIC PCS 7 project into the Route Control engineering. In
10
doing so, it carries out plausibility checks, defines the AS-OS
and AS-AS communication connections (NetPro and CFC), and
configures the RC server signals.
Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011 10/7
 Siemens AG 2012

Route control
SIMATIC Route Control
Route Control engineering software

Function (continued) Ordering data Order No.

Route Control Engineering tool SIMATIC Route Control 6ES7 658-7DX08-0YB5
Engineering V8.0
Following importing of the basic data of a SIMATIC PCS 7 project 6 languages (German, English,
relevant to the RC into an RC project, the RC-specific objects are French, Italian, Spanish,
configured using the Route Control Engineering tool: Chinese), software class A, runs
Partial routes: with Windows XP Professional 32-
division of the transport paths into partial routes is used to bit, Windows 7 Ultimate 32/64-bit,
Windows Server 2003 R2
increase the flexibility and minimize the configuring overhead Standard 32-bit, or Windows
by means of repeated application. Relevant partial route Server 2008 R2 Standard 64-bit,
parameters: "bidirectional" and "priority" (lowest total of partial floating license for 1 user
route priorities is decisive when searching for the overall Type of delivery: License key
route). memory stick, certificate of
Interconnections: license
Through inclusion in a partial route, the RC elements receive
additional properties depending on the type, and these can
be edited using configuration dialogs (e.g. in the basic
setting: "close valve").
Function catalogs:
The partial routes can be assigned to function catalogs
depending on technological and product-specific aspects,
e.g. "cleaning" or "product transport". In the route search,
function catalogs permit restriction of the resulting quantity to
the type of material transport.
Function steps/sequence functions:
Function catalogs contain as many as 32 configurable techno-
logical sequence functions which define the sequence of
material transport by means of the RC elements connected in
the partial routes, e.g. base position of the control elements,
open transport valves, open origin valve, switch on pump).
Configuration of the partial routes and assignment of the RC
elements to the partial routes are performed in a matrix of the
10 Route Control Engineering tool. With the aid of generic elements,
objects or blocks generated on a user-specific basis can be
integrated into the RC project and handled like RC elements.
Special configuration functions make it easier to perform repet-
itive routine work and extend the range of options for controlling
material transport, e.g.:
Exporting configuration data in the form of CSV files to
Microsoft Excel, copying and editing the data there, and then
re-importing the files into Route Control
Controlling the joint use of partial routes by configurable
function IDs
Checking material compatibilities and interlocking partial
routes in case of incompatible material sequences based on
the material ID saved in the connection element of the partial
route
Injection of dynamic (external) setpoints coming from the
process at runtime into the route block (e.g. weighed quantity)

10/8 Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011

 11
Siemens AG 2012

Safety Integrated for

Process Automation

11/2 Introduction

11/4 SIMATIC Safety Integrated

11/4 S7 F Systems
11/5 SIMATIC Safety Matrix

Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011

 Siemens AG 2012

Safety Integrated for Process Automation

Introduction

Overview
Single-channel, Redundant, high-availability Flexible Modular Redundancy
non-redundant configuration and fault-tolerant configuration at module or device level

Distributed I/O and Distributed I/O Direct fieldbus interfacing

direct fieldbus interfacing

AS 412F/ AS 412FH/ AS 412FH/

AS 414F/ AS 414FH/ AS 414FH/
AS 417F AS 417FH AS 417FH
ET 200M PA Link
ET 200M PROFIBUS PA
F-modules
F-modules
ET 200M
ET 200M
F- and standard modules
PA Link
ET 200iSP F- and standard modules with redundant
PA couplers
F- and standard modules ET 200iSP Active field
splitter
ET 200S
F- and F- and standard modules
standard
ET 200M
modules
Module or channel PA Link
PA Link redundancy over with redundant
several separate PA couplers
PROFIBUS PA stations
Active field distributors
F- and standard modules

G_PCS7_XX_00130
ET 200S

Y-Link
ET 200pro PROFIBUS DP
F- and standard modules PROFIBUS PA

Design versions for safety-related SIMATIC PCS 7 systems

11 The process industry frequently features complex technological
sequences with high safety demands, and faults and failures in
the process automation could have fatal consequences for
personnel, machines, plants and the environment. The safety
technology used must reliably detect errors in the process and
also its own internal errors, and automatically set the plant/appli-
cation to a safe state if an error is detected.
Safety Integrated for Process Automation is the comprehensive
range of products and services from Siemens for safe, fault-
tolerant applications in the process industry. This is charac-
terized by:
AS 412F/FH, AS 414F/FH and AS 417F/FH safety-related
automation systems (see section "Automation systems")
Failsafe PROFIBUS communication using the PROFIsafe
profile (see section "Communication", PROFIBUS)
Failsafe transmitters (SITRANS P DS III) on the PROFIBUS PA
with PROFIsafe (see Catalog FI 01, Field devices for process
automation)
ET 200M, ET 200iSP, ET 200S and ET 200pro distributed
I/O systems with safety-oriented F-I/O modules/submodules
(see chapter "Process I/O")
Failsafe process instruments/devices for connection to ET 200
remote I/Os (see Catalog FI 01, Field devices for process
automation)
SIMATIC Safety Integrated software for implementation and
operation of safety applications, executes in the engineering
system or operator system: S7 F Systems, SIMATIC Safety
Matrix
Products for special applications, e.g. for burner management
or the Partial Stroke Test (see Catalog ST PCS 7.1, Add-ons for
the SIMATIC PCS 7 process control system)
Safety lifecycle management with support of highly qualified
solution partners: services for all phases of the lifecycle of a
safety instrumented system (analysis, implementation and
operation)

11/2 Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011

 Siemens AG 2012

Safety Integrated for Process Automation

Introduction

Benefits
Safety Integrated for Process Automation enables full integration 7 Integrated data management - no complex data exchange
of safety engineering into the SIMATIC PCS 7 process control between BPCS and SIS
system. The Basic Process Control System (BPCS) and Safety 7 Integration of safety-related applications into process visual-
Instrumented System (SIS) combine seamlessly to form a ization on the operator station
uniform and innovative complete system. The advantages of this
fusion are quite clear: 7 Automatic integration of safety-related fault messages with
time tagging into the process control system
7 One common controller platform
7 Integration of safety-related hardware into the asset
7 One common engineering system management with the SIMATIC PCS 7 Maintenance Station for
7 No separate safety bus - standard and safety-related commu- diagnostics and preventive maintenance
nication take place on the same fieldbus (PROFIBUS with
PROFIsafe)
7 Mixed operation of standard and safety-related I/O modules
in ET 200M, ET 200iSP, ET 200S and ET 200pro remote I/O
stations

11

Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011 11/3

 Siemens AG 2012

Safety Integrated for Process Automation

SIMATIC Safety Integrated
S7 F Systems

Overview Ordering data Order No.

S7 F Systems V6.1 6ES7 833-1CC02-0YA5
(including SP)
Programming and configuration
environment for creating and
using safety-related STEP 7
programs for a target system
based on S7-400H
Engineering and Runtime
software, 2 languages (German,
English), software class A, runs
with Windows XP Professional 32-
bit, Windows 7 Ultimate 32/64-bit,
Windows Server 2003 32-bit, or
Windows Server 2008 R2
Standard 64-bit, floating license
for 1 user
Type of delivery: Certificate of
license as well as software and
electronic documentation on CD
Upgrades for S7 F Systems
See "Upgrades Process Safety
Software" in chapter "Update/
The S7 F Systems engineering tool for configuration of safety- upgrade packages", section
related SIMATIC PCS 7 automation systems and safety-related "Updates/upgrades
F-modules from the ET 200 range is integrated in the SIMATIC asynchronous to the PCS 7
Manager. The following functions are available with version"
S7 F Systems based on preconfigured and TV-approved Note:
blocks: With a S7 F Systems Upgrade
Parameterization of CPU and F signal modules from V5.x to V6.0/V6.1, the type of
S7 F Systems license changes
Creation of safety-related applications in the CFC from single license to floating
license.
Note:
Depending on the software requirements of the SIMATIC PCS 7
version, S7 F systems can be operated under the Microsoft Options
Windows operating systems Windows XP Professional 32-bit
(SP2/SP3), Windows Server 2003 32-bit (SP2), Windows 7 S7 F ConfigurationPack
Ultimate 32/64-bit or Windows Server 2008 R2 Standard 64-bit.
11
When using the safety-related SM 326F/336F I/O modules
(AI, DI, DO) as standard I/Os (without F-functionality), an
Configuration S7 F ConfigurationPack is required for engineering. This is
included in S7 F Systems V6.1, and is also available on the
S7 F Systems supports configuration by means of functions for: Internet for downloading:
Comparison of safety-related F-programs
http://support.automation.siemens.com/WW/view/en/15208817
Recognition of changes in the F-program using the checksum
Separation of safety-related and standard functions.
Access to the F functions can be password-protected.
The F-block library integrated in S7 F Systems contains
predefined function blocks for generation of safety-related appli-
cations with the CFC or the SIMATIC Safety Matrix based on it.
The certified F-blocks are extremely robust and intercept
programming errors such as division by zero or out-of-range
values. They save the necessity for performing diverse
programming tasks for detecting and reacting to errors.

11/4 Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011

 Siemens AG 2012
Safety Integrated for Process Automation
Overview
Process image of an operator station with Safety Matrix Viewer displayed
The SIMATIC Safety Matrix which can be used in addition to the
CFC is an innovative safety lifecycle tool from Siemens that can
be used not only for user-friendly configuration of safety applica-
tions, but also for their operation and service. The tool, which is
based on the proven principle of a cause & effect matrix, is
ideally suited to processes where defined statuses require
specific safety reactions.
The SIMATIC Safety Matrix not only means that programming of
the safety logic is significantly simpler and more convenient, but
also much faster than in the conventional manner. During the risk
analysis of a plant, the configuration engineer can assign exactly
defined reactions (effects) to events (causes) which may occur
during a process.
Benefits
Advantages of the Safety Matrix in the implementation and
operation phase
Implementation phase
7 Direct further processing of safety specification possible
7 Simple programming using Cause&Effect method
7 No programming knowledge required
7 Preprocessing of input values
7 Alarm generation and provision of diagnostic information for
each individual cause and effect
7 Prealarm for analog values
7 Free color selection for alarms and messages
7 Automatic generation of CFCs including driver blocks
7 Matrix comparison on basis of created CFC charts
7 Automatic version tracking
7 integrated change tracking
7 1-to-1 printout of Cause&Effect matrix
SIMATIC Safety Integrated
SIMATIC Safety Matrix
Operating phase
7 Complete integration in SIMATIC PCS 7
7 All relevant information can be seen at a glance in the
template
7 Cause & Effect-dependent matrix and alarm display
7 Tag display in the alarm
7 Sequence of event display and saving
7 First-up alarm display and saving
7 Integral operating functions such as reset, override, and
parameter modification
7 Automatic saving of operating interventions for the safety life-
cycle management
7 Integral maintenance functions such as bypass and
simulation
7 Display of all relevant process values, also during mainte-
nance
7 Automatic version tracking
7 Automatic documentation of modifications
Design
In the context of SIMATIC PCS 7, the following individual
products are offered for the SIMATIC Safety Matrix:
Safety Matrix Tool
for the SIMATIC PCS 7 Engineering System; for creating, config-
uring and compiling the Safety Matrix as well as for loading and
control and monitoring of the safety-related CFC program
The application covers the complete safety lifecycle from
analysis through implementation up to operation and mainte-
nance.
Safety Matrix Editor
for creating, configuring, testing and documenting the Safety
Matrix logic on an external computer independent of the 11
SIMATIC PCS 7 engineering system (can optionally be used in
addition to the Safety Matrix Tool).
The application is focused on planning and configuring in the
analysis and implementation phases.
The Safety Matrix Editor runs on a computer with Windows XP
Professional 32-bit (from SP2), Windows Server 2003/2003 R2
32-bit (SP1 and higher), Windows 7 Ultimate 32/64-bit or
Windows Server 2008 R2 Standard 64-bit operating systems. It
also enables the Safety Matrix to be set up, configured, checked
for plausibility and documented, independently of the
Engineering System of the SIMATIC PCS 7 process control
system. However, generation of the safety-related CFC program,
the compilation and downloading to the automation system and
the procedural test are only possible with the Safety Matrix Tool
on the SIMATIC PCS 7 Engineering System.
The CEM matrix file generated by the configuration with the
Safety Matrix Editor can be imported and further processed by
the Safety Matrix Tool.
Safety Matrix Viewer for SIMATIC PCS 7
For the SIMATIC PCS 7 operator system; for operator control and
monitoring of the SIMATIC Safety Matrix in the operating phase
With the Safety Matrix Viewer that can be installed on the
SIMATIC PCS 7 Operator Station, single station or client version,
the safety application can be operated and monitored simply
and intuitively during operation.
Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011 11/5
 Siemens AG 2012

Safety Integrated for Process Automation

SIMATIC Safety Integrated
SIMATIC Safety Matrix

Function
In addition to the alarms derived from process values, alarms
can also be generated and diagnostics information can be
provided for each individual cause and effect. Priorities and
response behavior can be defined in various profiles here. The
color scheme for the alarms and messages can be adapted on
a customer- or country-specific basis.
For the Safety Life-cycle Management, functions are integrated
for the version management and for the documentation of
program changes and operator interventions.
During plant operation, the operator has direct access to the
relevant data with the viewer of the SIMATIC Safety Matrix. From
the overall view it can change directly to cause or effect related
detailed views and return from there. In the detailed views, alarm
indications corresponding with the respective cause or effect
can be called up.

Safety Matrix: intersections define the linking of causes and effects

The matrix table is comparable with a spreadsheet program, and
the configuration engineer first enters the possible process
events (inputs) in the horizontal lines, and then configures their
type and number, logical links, possible delays and interlocks,
and any tolerable faults. The reactions (outputs) to a particular
event are then defined in the vertical columns.
The events and reactions are linked by simply clicking the cell at
the intersection of the row and column. Using these data, the
SIMATIC Safety Matrix automatically generates complex, safety-
related CFC programs. No special programming knowledge is
required of the configuration engineer, and he can completely

11
concentrate on the safety requirements of the plant.
Tag display in online mode with process value, simulation value and
active value
The signal status is indicated online in the Cause&Effect matrix.
The process value, simulation value and active value are
indicated on the tag display in each case.
The Safety Matrix viewer enables the operator to display and
save first value messages as well as to record safety-relevant
events. Changes in parameters are supported, as are bypass,
reset and override functions.

Input window for configuration of analog "causes" with process value

preprocessing
Each input value can be combined with a freely configurable
preprocessing if necessary without giving up the simulation
option.
The alarm management is supported by collective alarms, alarm
prioritization and individually adjustable acknowledgement.

11/6 Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011

 Siemens AG 2012

Safety Integrated for Process Automation

SIMATIC Safety Integrated
SIMATIC Safety Matrix

Technical specifications
Safety lifecycle support Operating modes Hardware requirements Software requirements
Safety Matrix Tool Complete lifecycle: Offline, online SIMATIC PCS 7 with Alternative SIMATIC PCS 7 versions:
Analysis phase AS 412H/F/FH, AS 414H/F/FH or V6.1 SP3 or higher
AS 417H/F/FH
Implementation phase (S7 F Systems RT license is V7.0 SP3 or higher
Operation and maintenance integrated in the case of F/FH V7.1 HF1 or higher
phase systems)
V8.0
Installation basis: SIMATIC PCS 7
Automation License Manager (ALM)
Engineering Station
as of V3.0+SP1
Microsoft Windows operating system
(depending on the software require-
ments of the SIMATIC PCS 7 version):
Windows XP Professional 32-bit
(SP2/SP3)
Windows Server 2003 or 2003 R2,
each 32-bit (SP1/SP2)
Windows 7 Ultimate 32/64-bit
Windows Server 2008 R2 Standard
64-bit
For offline testing: S7-PLCSIM,
depending on the installed
S7 F System version
S7 F Systems as of V5.2+SP1 with
F-library "Failsafe Blocks" V1_2 or
"S7 F Systems Lib" V1_3 (depending
on S7 F Systems version);
S7 F Lib V1_3 in combination with
SIMATIC PCS 7 as of V6.1+SP2
Safety Matrix Analysis phase Offline PC, independent from Operating system alternatives:
Editor Partial implementation SIMATIC PCS 7 Windows XP Professional 32-bit
phase (planning and (SP2/SP3)
configuration of a Safety Windows Server 2003 or 2003 R2,
Matrix only, no program each 32-bit (SP1/SP2)
generation and commis- Windows 7 Ultimate 32/64-bit
sioning) Windows Server 2008 R2 Standard

11
64-bit
Safety Matrix Operating phase (control Online SIMATIC PCS 7 with Alternative SIMATIC PCS 7 versions:
Viewer and monitoring) AS 412H/F/FH, AS 414H/F/FH or V6.1 SP3 or higher
AS 417H/F/FH V7.0 SP3 or higher
(S7 F Systems RT license is V7.1 HF1 or higher
integrated in the case of F/FH V8.0
systems) Automation License Manager (ALM)
Installation basis: SIMATIC PCS 7 as of V3.0+SP1
Operator Station, single station or Microsoft Windows operating system
client version (depending on the software require-
ments of the SIMATIC PCS 7 version):
Windows XP Professional 32-bit
(SP2/SP3)
Windows Server 2003 or 2003 R2,
each 32-bit (SP1/SP2)
Windows 7 Ultimate 32/64-bit
Windows Server 2008 R2 Standard
64-bit
System requirements

Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011 11/7


Safety Integrated for Process Automation
SIMATIC Safety Integrated
SIMATIC Safety Matrix
Ordering data
Safety Matrix Tool V6.2
(including SP)
Creation, configuration, compi-
lation and loading of the Safety
Matrix as well as operator control
and monitoring in a SIMATIC
PCS 7 environment
2 languages (German, English),
software class A, runs with
Windows XP Professional 32-bit,
Windows 7 Ultimate 32/64-bit,
Windows Server 2003/2003 R2
Standard 32-bit, or Windows
Server 2008 R2 Standard 64-bit,
floating license for 1 user
Type of delivery: License key on
memory stick and Certificate of
License, software and electronic
documentation on CD
Safety Matrix Editor V6.2
(including SP)
Creation, configuration,
debugging and documentation of
the Safety Matrix logic on an
external computer without a
SIMATIC PCS 7 / STEP 7
environment
2 languages (German, English),
software class A, runs with
Windows XP Professional 32-bit,
Windows 7 Ultimate 32/64-bit,
Windows Server 2003/2003 R2
Standard 32-bit, or Windows
Server 2008 R2 Standard 64-bit,
single license for 1 installation
Type of delivery: License key on
memory stick and certificate of
license, software and electronic
11 documentation on CD
11/8 Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011
Siemens AG 2012
Order No.
6ES7 833-1SM02-0YA5
6ES7 833-1SM42-0YA5
Order No.
Safety Matrix Viewer V6.2 6ES7 833-1SM62-0YA5
(including SP)
Operator control and monitoring
of the SIMATIC Safety Matrix per
OS single station/OS client
Runtime software, 2 languages
(German, English), software class
A, runs with Windows XP Profes-
sional 32-bit, Windows 7 Ultimate
32/64-bit, Windows Server 2003/
2003 R2 Standard 32-bit, or
Windows Server 2008 R2
Standard 64-bit, floating license
for 1 user
Type of delivery: License key on
memory stick and certificate of
license, software and electronic
documentation on CD
Upgrades for Safety Matrix Tool
and Safety Matrix Viewer
See "Upgrades Process Safety
Software" in chapter "Update/
upgrade packages", section
"Updates/upgrades
asynchronous to the PCS 7
version"
 12
Siemens AG 2012

IT Security

12/2 Introduction
12/3 Industrial security
12/5 SIMATIC Logon

Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011

 Siemens AG 2012

IT security

Introduction

Overview

Web client Data monitor ERP Domain controller

- OS
- Maintenance

Virus scan WSUS

server server

Ethernet, office LAN

Front-end
Domain MES/MIS Comos plant lifecycle firewall
controller SIMATIC IT management

Web server / Central archive

Back-end OpenPCS 7 server
firewall

OS clients Domain controller

Engineering
station
Terminal bus

Plant bus

G_PCS7_XX_00145
Example of a staggered security architecture

12 The progressive standardization, opening and networking of

control systems has been accompanied by an enormous
increase in security risks. The potential dangers arising from
destructive programs such as computer viruses, worms or
trojans or from access by unauthorized personnel range from
network overloads or failures, theft of passwords and data, to
unauthorized access to the process automation. Apart from
material damage, specifically targeted sabotage can also have
dangerous consequences for personnel and the environment.

Function
With its pioneering security concept, SIMATIC PCS 7 offers
comprehensive solutions for protecting a process engineering
plant which are based on a staggered security architecture
(defense in depth). The speciality of this concept is to be found
in its holistic approach. It is not just limited to the application of
individual security methods (e.g. encryption) or devices (e.g.
firewalls). Its strengths are rather to be found in the interaction of
a wide variety of security measures in the plant network.
The SIMATIC PCS 7 security concept provides information and
recommendations (best practices) on topics which are
described in detail in the manual "PCS 7 & WinCC security
concept, basic document" and the further detailed documents:
Generation of a network architecture with staggered security
(defense in depth), combined with segmenting of the plant
into security cells
Network administration, assignment of IP addresses, and
division into subnetworks
Operation of plants in Windows domains (active directory)
Administration of Windows operator privileges and SIMATIC
PCS 7 operator privileges; integration of SIMATIC PCS 7
operator privileges into the Windows administration
Reliable control of time synchronization
Management of security patches for Microsoft products
Use of virus scanners, whitelisting software, and firewalls
Establishment and operation of support and remote access
(VPN, IPSec)
The manual "PCS 7 & WinCC security concept, basic document"
is accessible on the Internet under "SIMATIC Technical
Documentation" - "SIMATIC PCS 7 Manuals" - "SIMATIC PCS 7
V8.0 or V7.1 Manuals".
www.siemens.com/simatic-docu

12/2 Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011

 Siemens AG 2012

IT security

Industrial security

Overview Automation firewall

On the system side, SIMATIC PCS 7 supports implementation of
guidelines and recommendations of the security concept by
means of:
Compatibility with the current versions of the following virus
scanners: Trend Micro OfficeScan, Symantec Norton AntiVirus
and McAfee Virusscan
Use of the local Windows firewall
Automatic setting of safety-related parameters during the
setup, e.g. in DCOM, registry and Windows firewall
Operator administration and authentication using SIMATIC
Logon (for details, see Section "SIMATIC Logon")
Integration of the SCALANCE S602, S612 and S613 industrial
security modules (see Section "Industrial Security")
Automation firewall
Application whitelisting
Design
The automation firewall (available soon) is based on the
Microsoft Threat Management Gateway 2010 and is provided
with stateful inspection packet filters, application layer firewall,
VPN gateway functionality, URL filtering, Web proxy, virus scan,
and intrusion prevention. Depending on the plant size, it can be
used as a front and back firewall or in a three-homed configu-
ration. It thus protects the access point to the production
environment, e.g. from the office or intranet networks. The
automation firewall is supplied preinstalled.
A user-friendly configuration wizard is provided for setup.
Application whitelisting
Whitelisting protection mechanisms guarantee that only trust-
worthy applications and programs are executed on a station of
the SIMATIC PCS 7 process control systems. They prevent the
execution of illegal software and the modification of installed
applications, and thus offer additional protection against
malware (malicious software). This protection can be imple-
mented by means of additionally installed security applications,
e.g. the McAfee Application Control V5.1.
Industrial security services

Planning
Modernization and
and Optimization Conception
Awareness
Workshop
Review to
assure the Analysis and
effectiveness of assessment of
the security Tools, threats and
architectures Methods, risks
Operation SOPs,
and Standardized
Security
SCALANCE S industrial security modules Maintenance
Management
Solutions, Best
Practices Design and Engineering
The SCALANCE S industrial security modules offer scalable without development of and
disturbances into security Develop-
security functions such as port filter, NAT, DHCP server, data
12
the availability of architectures ment
encryption (IPSec), and VPN in a rugged, industrial-compatible the plant
design. They can be used, for example, to safeguard the cross- Implementation/
cell data exchange between components of automation and Acceptance Test
process control systems.

G_PCS7_XX_00286
The following SCALANCE S industrial security modules can be
used: Installation and Commissioning
SCALANCE S602 industrial security module
with Stateful Inspection Firewall
SCALANCE S612 industrial security module
with Stateful Inspection Firewall and VPN (Virtual Private Siemens Industry Automation not only offers products and
Network) functionality for up to 32 devices (up to systems but also professional services and solutions for
64 simultaneous VPN tunnels) protection of industrial plants against the manifold threats to IT
security. These industrial security services are not only oriented
SCALANCE S613 industrial security module according to individual phases but are provided for the
with Stateful Inspection Firewall and VPN (Virtual Private complete lifecycle of the plant.
Network) functionality for up to 64 devices (up to
128 simultaneous VPN tunnels); suitable for extended temper-
ature range from -20 to +70C
Note:
Using the supplied configuration tool, it is easy to create and
configure the security modules which are to communicate
securely with one another. You do not require any special IT
knowledge.
The complete configuration can be saved on the optional swap
medium C-PLUG (order separately) and transmitted to another
security module. This permits easy and fast replacement of
modules in the event of a fault.

Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011 12/3

 Siemens AG 2012

IT security

Industrial security

Design (continued) Ordering data Order No.

The "Awareness Workshop" and "Assessment" services can be SCALANCE S industrial security
used to identify spheres of activity for an holistic security modules
program. Specific consulting concerning secure plant configu-
SCALANCE S602 6GK5 602-0BA00-2AA3
rations and concepts support customers in the individual Industrial security module for
planning of their I&C plant. protection against unauthorized
Services for implementing and acceptance test support the access by means of Stateful
Inspection Firewall
protective measures. These also include the service for setting
up and updating the automation firewall as well as for implemen- SCALANCE S612 6GK5 612-0BA00-2AA3
tation of the application whitelisting concept. Industrial security module for
protection against unauthorized
See here for further information on industrial security services: access by means of Stateful
E-mail: industrialsecurity.i@siemens.com Inspection Firewall as well as for
Internet: www.siemens.com/industrial-security protection of up to 32 devices
using VPN tunnel (up to 64 VPN
tunnels simultaneously)
SCALANCE S613 6GK5 613-0BA00-2AA3
Industrial security module for
protection against unauthorized
access by means of Stateful
Inspection Firewall as well as for
protection of up to 64 devices
using VPN tunnel (up to 128 VPN
tunnels simultaneously); suitable
for extended temperature range
from -20 to +70 C
Accessories
C-PLUG 6GK1 900-0AB00
Swap medium for simple
replacement of devices in event
of fault; for saving of configuration
and application data, can be
used in SIMATIC NET products
with C-PLUG slot

Note:
For further components and accessories, especially cable
material and connectors as well as tools and supplementary
material for assembly, see "Communication - Industrial Ethernet
- Passive network components" in the Sections "FastConnect",
"ITP cables and connectors" and "Fiber-optic cables" as well as

12
Catalog IK PI.

More information
To ensure safe operation of the plant, you need to take suitable
security measures that also include IT security (e.g. network
segmentation). You can find more information on the topic of
Industrial Security on the Internet at
www.siemens.de/industrialsecurity.

12/4 Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011

 Siemens AG 2012

IT security

SIMATIC Logon

Overview
Central operator management, access protection and
electronic signatures
SIMATIC Logon is a central operator management system
based on Microsoft Windows operating systems with access
control for
System components of SIMATIC PCS 7
Non-system components linked via an interface
It can be used to fulfill the validation requirements of 21 CFR Part
11. An electronic signature function can also be used in
conjunction with SIMATIC Logon.
Design
Logon devices
The following logon devices are supported by SIMATIC Logon:
Keyboard
Smart card reader (see section "SIMATIC Industrial
Workstation/IPC" under "Expansion components")
Logon devices which can be operated with a Microsoft device
driver for the respective operating system, e.g. logon devices
on a USB interface
With the SIMATIC PCS 7 add-on product "Device Manager for
SIMATIC Logon", further logon devices which support various
identification technologies (biometric features, smart card,
electronic key etc.) can be linked to SIMATIC Logon at low cost.
The Device Manager for SIMATIC Logon can be found in Section
"Operator control and monitoring" of Catalog ST PCS 7.1.
Number of licenses
The number of SIMATIC Logon licenses required depends on
the number of clients/single stations that access applications for
which SIMATIC Logon is used for access protection.
SIMATIC Logon upgrade
All previous versions can be upgraded to the current version.

Application
SIMATIC Logon was developed for the SIMATIC PCS 7 process
control system but can also be used together with other SIMATIC
products in the context of Totally Integrated Automation (TIA),
e.g. with SIMATIC WinCC. A requirement for working together is
that user groups have already been created in the partner appli-
cations, or can be defined.
Note: 12
Software and licenses of SIMATIC Logon are integrated in the
system software of the SIMATIC PCS 7 process control system
V8.0. The products listed here in the ordering data are only
relevant for use in the TIA environment and not for SIMATIC
PCS 7.

Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011 12/5

 Siemens AG 2012

IT security

SIMATIC Logon

Function Ordering data Order No.

SIMATIC Logon Admin Tool Only for TIA applications

Using the SIMATIC Logon Admin Tool it is possible to assign SIMATIC Logon V1.4 6ES7 658-7BX41-2YA0
Single license for 1 installation
the roles defined in the SIMATIC PCS 7 applications (e.g.
Automation License Manager and SIMATIC BATCH) to the 7 languages (German, English,
Windows users/user groups. Administrators with the necessary French, Spanish, Italian, Chinese,
Japanese), software class A, runs
Windows administrator privileges can also use the SIMATIC with Windows 2000 Professional,
Logon Admin Tool to edit Windows users and user groups. Windows 2000 Server, Windows
XP Professional, Windows Server
SIMATIC Logon Service 2003/2003 R2, Windows Vista,
The login dialog of the SIMATIC Logon Service is activated when Windows 7 32-bit, and Windows
an application is started which is managed by SIMATIC Logon. Server 2008 32-bit
The user receives his specific privileges after making the login, Engineering software and
password and domain entries. The SIMATIC Logon Service electronic documentation on CD
dialog for logoff, user change or password edit can be called in Type of delivery: CD, license key
the applications. on USB flash drive, certificate of
license
SIMATIC Electronic Signature Note:
This product is not for
SIMATIC PCS 7 applications!
SIMATIC Logon Upgrade to 6ES7 658-7BX41-2YE0
V1.4
Single license for 1 installation
7 languages (German, English,
French, Spanish, Italian, Chinese,
Japanese), software class A, runs
with Windows 2000 Professional,
Windows 2000 Server, Windows
XP Professional, Windows Server
2003/2003 R2, Windows Vista,
Windows 7 32-bit, and Windows
Server 2008 32-bit
Engineering software and
electronic documentation on CD
Type of delivery: CD, license key
on USB flash drive, certificate of
license
The SIMATIC Electronic Signature means that operations cannot Note:
This product is not for
be performed until enabled by previously assigned Windows SIMATIC PCS 7 applications!
users/user groups. Users/user groups are assigned to the
12 operations in the respective application.
At the moment this function is implemented as a system function
only on SIMATIC BATCH. However, the Electronic Signature can
be used on any products in the specific applications.

12/6 Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011

 13
Siemens AG 2012

Connection of IT systems

13/2 SIMATIC IT
13/5 OpenPCS 7

Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011

 Siemens AG 2012
Connection of IT systems
SIMATIC IT
Overview
Integration and synchronization of all business processes
with SIMATIC IT
In order to remain competitive, manufacturers must shorten their
product launch times, increase production transparency and
flexibility, optimize planning and scheduling, and reduce waste,
storage costs and downtimes. At the same time, directives and
high-quality standards must be observed in the global
production locations, and maximum productivity and optimum
costs must be guaranteed.
Manufacturing Execution Systems (MES), such as SIMATIC IT
from Siemens, permit effective integration of product processes
and material management systems, and support the coordi-
nation of all equipment and applications relevant to production
13 during all phases.
SIMATIC IT can be used to model the complete production
know-how, to precisely define the operating processes, and to
record data in real-time from the ERP and production levels. It is
then possible to control corporate processes more effectively, to
minimize downtimes, production waste and post processing, to
optimize stock keeping, and to react rapidly and flexibly to
changing customer requirements.
13/2 Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011
Benefits
7 Safe, compliant and flexible, from design to delivery
7 Greater flexibility and efficiency with open standards
7 Complete integration of regulatory and quality demands
7 Synchronized production processes for optimal supply chain
management
7 Sustained reductions in operating costs
7 Higher performance by systematically tapping hidden capac-
ities
Application
The process industry is required to continuously optimize all
operational processes within a company, to reduce the time-to-
production and the time-to-market, and to increase the produc-
tivity and quality while reducing cost. To achieve these goals,
SIMATIC IT provides the best possible basis with a wide range
of standardized and modular components. SIMATIC IT cannot
only optimize your production and business processes, it can
also make your entire company more flexible.
In order to maximize the return on investment for the customer,
SIMATIC IT specialists continuously add to their knowledge of
special customer and sector requirements and finely adapt their
range of products for MES. Industry libraries offer a range of
SIMATIC IT Best Practice templates, especially configured for
the process industry and their specific niches.
The SIMATIC IT specialists communicate with experts inside the
industry, who provide highly detailed information about their
sector. This knowledge then flows into sector-specific libraries
and takes into account the typical aspects of the respective
sector.
Siemens has been active in the pharmaceutical industry for
many years. The mission of the Siemens MES Center of Excel-
lence for Life Sciences is to offer the right MES software and the
corresponding services to pharmaceutical and life science
companies and provide support for the optimization of their
business processes.
SIMATIC IT for Life Sciences is a modular, flexible and scalable
MES-platform. Ready-to-use and tested in advance, it provides
a wide range of MES functions with a reliable validation package
for extended interoperability and reduced complexity. It meets
the ISA-95 standard, ensures full compliance with the GxP and
FDA regulations, and enables quick and easy use, low total cost
of ownership, and high return on investment.
SIMATIC IT for Life Sciences bridges the gap between R&D and
production, and integrates and optimizes development, quality
and manufacturing processes. This guarantees optimum
production and market resonance.
 Siemens AG 2012

Connection of IT systems

SIMATIC IT

Design
Business
ERP PLM SCM

SIMATIC IT Data Integration Service

Third-party (XML, B2MML) Third-party
applications applications

SIMATIC IT
SIMATIC IT
Material
Interspec
Manager
SIMATIC IT Report Manager

Client Application Builder

SIMATIC IT Framework
SIMATIC IT____ SIMATIC IT
Product Definition Personnel
Manager__
__ Manager
MES
SIMATIC IT
SIMATIC IT
Product Order
Historian
Manager

SIMATIC IT
SIMATIC IT OEE
Unilab
SIMATIC IT
SPC
SIMATIC IT
Messaging SIMATIC IT
Manager PDS-I
Real Time Data Server RTDS
SIMATIC BATCH Third-party devices
Control SIMATIC PCS 7 SIMATIC S5/S7 PLC DCS OPC

Summary of SIMATIC IT bundles

SIMATIC IT consists of various components designed for
different tasks which can all be coordinated by the SIMATIC IT
Production Modeler.
The basic functions are implemented using SIMATIC IT compo-
nents. These are available in the form of the following bundles:
SIMATIC IT Historian
is a collection of software functions for the analysis of plant
performance. They record, archive, group, compress, check,
contextualize and process data from various real-time,
historical and back-end data sources and make the data
available.
SIMATIC IT Plant Intelligence
(formally known as MIS - Management Information System)
Defines key performance indicators conforming to the plant
model. SIMATIC IT Plant Intelligence enables realistic
assessment of the plant performance by means of KPI calcu-
lations, statistical analyses, quality assurance, benchmarking,
and decision-making tools.
SIMATIC IT Production Suite Full MES
SIMATIC IT Production Suite links enterprise resource
planning (ERP) with the process control technology and
enables real-time visualization of the productive performance
on the company level, thereby increasing the efficiency in the
entire supply chain.
The SIMATIC IT Production Suite offers complete material
genealogy, full tracking and tracing capability for cost-effective
compliance with statutory directives as well as material
management and plant performance analysis for optimizing of
production costs.
To achieve an optimum response, manufacturers can model
their own business operation using the modeling platform
concept of SIMATIC IT and easily adapt business processes to
new market requirements or the production plant. Modeling also
facilitates application rollouts in multiple production facilities,
ensuring fast ROI and low TCO in constellations with several 13
production sites.
Each of these product bundles contains the optional SIMATIC IT
Client Application Builder (CAB) which provides the GUI for the
MES applications in a complete Web-based environment.
Patented functions for optimization of image updating are
available based on standard technology. The SIMATIC IT Client
Application Builder offers complete support for operator stations
which require practically no administrative overhead (so-called
zero administration cost clients).

Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011 13/3

 Siemens AG 2012
Connection of IT systems
SIMATIC IT
Design (continued)
Additional options can be separately purchased for each
bundle:
SIMATIC IT Report Manager
offers comprehensive reporting functions. It provides valuable
knowledge concerning the company and supports users in
complying with statutory requirements for ad hoc reporting
(e.g. EU directive EC 178/2002 for Europe, the Bioterrorism
Act for North America).
SIMATIC IT OEE-DTM option (Overall Equipment Efficiency /
Down Time Management)
offers support for the dedicated configuration for downtime
management and efficient utilization of the overall equipment
through various predefined KPIs for evaluation of perfor-
mance and efficiency. It also allows customized performance
calculations as well as real and consistent efficiency analysis
using graphic objects. Thanks to integration within the
complete SIMATIC IT infrastructure, it supports the implemen-
tation of corrective and/or preventive actions for avoiding
reductions in quality.
SIMATIC IT SPC(Statistical Process Control)
is used for the dedicated configuration of statistical process
control through various predefined KPIs for evaluation with the
most common control charts (e.g. Nelson and Western
Electric). It also allows customized KPI calculations as well as
consistent statistical analyses with application of graphic
objects. Thanks to integration within the complete SIMATIC IT
infrastructure, it supports the implementation of corrective
and/or preventive actions for avoiding reductions in quality.
SIMATIC IT Intelligence Suite
meets the requirements for real-time enterprises. It offers
comprehensive visualization of performance variables in real
time, allowing decision-makers to make their business
decisions simultaneous to ongoing production. Due to the
integration in production operation, users can use SIMATIC IT
to take immediate measures and start production processes.
The possibility of drawing on data from different systems
allows companies to protect their previous investments.
SIMATIC IT Intelligence Suite improves profitability by
providing new insight into business processes and the possi-
bility of increased efficiency in the production processes.
13
13/4 Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011
Function
SIMATIC IT from Siemens offers significant advantages. The
model of the business and production processes is transparent,
understandable, and independent of the automation level. Even
complex business and production processes are easy to model.
Subsequent modifications can be incorporated efficiently and
without problem.
Modeling of the business and production processes with
SIMATIC IT allows complete documentation as well as effective
protection of know-how.
The plant and production models can be saved in libraries, and
then used again in other projects. In this manner, they can be
used at any company location for standardization of procedures.
"Best practices" are therefore available everywhere. This
prevents implementation errors, provides investment
safeguarding, reduces launch and maintenance costs, and
results in a significant shortening in the project duration.
The product architecture and functionality of SIMATIC IT
conform to ISA-95, the internationally recognized standard for
Manufacturing Execution Systems and Manufacturing Operation
Management.
Tailor-made functionality for changing requirements
SIMATIC IT can be easily expanded with libraries that contain
the SIMATIC IT Best Practice templates as rules, reports and
user interfaces. The pre-configured applications of the libraries
generally cover at least 80% of the industry-specific customer
requirements. Benefit now - also without having to install a
complete MES solution.
More information
Contact partners
Siemens
Industry Sector
Industry Automation Division
Industry Automation Systems
Manufacturing Execution Systems
Viale Cembrano, 11
I-16148 Genoa, Italy
Tel.: +39 010 3434-1
Fax: +39 010 383 115
E-mail: marketing.simatic-it@siemens.com
Additional information is available on the Internet at:
www.siemens.com/mes-simaticit
 Siemens AG 2012

Connection of IT systems

OpenPCS 7

Overview Function
The OpenPCS 7 interface is based on the OPC specifications
OPC clients
(Openness, Productivity, Collaboration) that mainly make use of
Microsoft's DCOM technology (Distributed Component Object
Model) for communication between the applications. It supports
the following standardized access options:
OpenPCS 7 server OPC DA (data access server)
For read and write access to process values according to
OPC specification OPC DA V1.00, V2.05a, V3.00
Office LAN As an OPC DA server, the OpenPCS 7 server provides other
applications with current data from the OS data management.
The OPC client can log itself on to ongoing changes or also write
Front values.
Firewall
OPC HDA (historical data access server)
Back For read-only access to archived process values according to
Firewall OPC Specification OPC HDA V1.20
Terminal bus As an OPC HDA server, the OpenPCS 7 server provides other
applications with historical data from the OS archive system. The
OPC client, e.g. a reporting tool, can specifically request the
G_PCS7_XX_00144

Plant bus
Use the OpenPCS7 interface to directly integrate a control
system into host systems for production planning, process data
evaluation and management. These higher-level systems
(OPC clients) can access SIMATIC PCS 7 V8.0 process data by
means of the OpenPCS 7 server.
The OpenPCS 7 server collects data for the OPC clients.
Depending on the system configuration, these data may be
distributed across different SIMATIC PCS 7 stations (OS server,
central archive server). It covers the distribution of data with
respect to
period (OS1 / OS2 / / CAS),
location (OS1 / OS2 / ),
redundancy (OS1 master / OS1 standby )
OpenPCS 7 has replaced the @PCS 7 previously offered for
required data by defining the start and end of a time interval.
Numerous functions, e.g. variance, mean value or integral,
already permit preprocessing by the HDA server and thus
contribute towards reduction of the communications load.
OPC A&E (alarm & events server)
For read-only access to messages, alarms and events
according to OPC Specification OPC A&E V1.10
As an OPC A&E server, the OpenPCS 7 server passes on
OS messages together with all accompanying process values to
the subscribers at the production and corporate management
levels. They can of course also be acknowledged there. Filter
mechanisms and subscriptions ensure that only selected,
modified data are transmitted.
OPC "H" A&E (historical alarm & events server)
For read-only access to archived alarms and messages
By means of a Siemens extension to the OPC standard interface,
the OpenPCS 7 server is also able to transmit historical alarms
and messages from the archive to the subscribers at the

13
SIMATIC PCS 7. At the same time, it is the pendant to the production and corporate management levels.
Connectivity Pack of the WinCC SCADA system. Access to the OLE-DB
data of SIMATIC BATCH is therefore impossible.
Simple, standardized direct access to the archive data in the
Design Microsoft SQL server database of the operator system is
possible with the OLE-DB. Through this, all OS archive data are
The OpenPCS 7 server can be operated in two different config- accessible with the accompanying process values, message
urations: texts and user texts.
Autonomous OpenPCS 7 server based on a SIMATIC PCS 7
Industrial Workstation in the client version (recommended
preferred configuration)
Multi-functional SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstation, client
version, with OpenPCS 7 server and OS client functionalities
(OpenPCS 7 server/OS client)

Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011 13/5


Connection of IT systems
OpenPCS 7
Ordering data
Multi-functional OpenPCS 7
server/OS client
SIMATIC PCS 7 OpenPCS 7/OS
Client V8.0
Software for expansion of an
existing OS client by OpenPCS 7
server functionality
6 languages (German, English,
French, Italian, Spanish,
Chinese), software class A, runs
with Windows XP Professional 32-
bit, or Windows 7 Ultimate 32/64-
bit, single license for 1 installation
Type of delivery: License key
memory stick, certificate of
license
13
13/6 Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011
Siemens AG 2012
Order No.
Autonomous OpenPCS 7
server
6ES7 658-0GX08-2YB0 SIMATIC PCS 7 OpenPCS 7 6ES7 658-0HX08-2YB0
V8.0
OpenPCS 7 software for a
separate OpenPCS 7 server,
based on the hardware of the
SIMATIC PCS 7 Workstation,
client version
6 languages (German, English,
French, Italian, Spanish,
Chinese), software class A, runs
with Windows XP Professional 32-
bit, or Windows 7 Ultimate 32/64-
bit, single license for 1 installation
Type of delivery: License key
memory stick, certificate of
license
More information
To ensure safe operation of the plant, you need to take suitable
security measures that also include IT security (e.g. network
segmentation). You can find more information on the topic of
Industrial Security on the Internet at
www.siemens.com/industrialsecurity.
 14
Siemens AG 2012

Compact Systems

14/2 SIMATIC PCS 7 BOX

Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011

 Siemens AG 2012

Compact Systems

SIMATIC PCS 7 BOX

Overview
The products for SIMATIC PCS 7 V8.0 from this catalog section
will appear in the 1st quarter of 2012. The contents of this
catalog section will then be updated.
The current products for SIMATIC PCS 7 V7.1 can be found in
the chapter "Previous versions".

14

14/2 Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011

 15
Siemens AG 2012

Previous versions

15/2 SIMATIC PCS 7 V7.0

15/2 SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstations
V7.0
15/5 ES Software V7.0
15/9 OS Software V7.0
15/13 SIMATIC BATCH Software V7.0
15/14 Route Control Software V7.0
15/15 Asset Management Software V7.0
15/16 PROFIBUS PA components
15/17 Automation systems
15/26 Components from the TIA product range

15/27 SIMATIC PCS 7 V7.1

15/27 SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstation/
IPC V7.1
15/40 Engineering System V7.1
15/43 Operator System V7.1
15/47 SIMATIC PCS 7 Maintenance Station V7.1
15/48 Automation Systems
15/58 Communication, PROFIBUS PA,
Components
15/59 Communication,
FOUNDATION Fieldbus H1, Components
15/60 Process I/O for SIMATIC PCS 7 V7.1
15/61 SIMATIC PCS 7 Software Media Pa-
ckages V7.1
15/62 SIMATIC BATCH Software V7.1
15/64 SIMATIC Route Control Software V7.1
15/65 Safety Integrated for Process Automation
15/66 Interfacing IT Systems
15/67 Compact Systems
15/69 Components from the TIA Product Range

Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011

 Siemens AG 2012

Previous versions
SIMATIC PCS 7 V7.0
SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstations V7.0

Ordering data
Individually configurable SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstations V7.0
Ordering data Order No. Ordering data Order No.
SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstation 6ES7 660- SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstation 6ES7 660-
for ES/OS single station for OS server
0 1 A 0 - 1 B
SIMATIC IPC547C industrial PC SIMATIC IPC547C industrial PC
SIMATIC PCS 7 V7.0 + SP3 preinstalled SIMATIC PCS 7 V7.0 + SP3 preinstalled
Windows XP Professional operating system, Windows Server 2003 operating system,
MUI (German, English, French, Italian, MUI (German, English, French, Italian,
Spanish, Chinese) Spanish, Chinese), 5 CAL
Processor and memory type Processor and memory type
Core 2 Duo E8400 (3.0 GHz, 1 333 MHz FSB, Core 2 Duo E8400 (3.0 GHz, 1 333 MHz FSB,
6 MB L2 Cache, EM64-T, VT) 6 MB L2 Cache, EM64-T, VT)
- ES/OS single station BCE (PCI card) A - OS server BCE (PCI card) C
- ES/OS single station IE (CP 1613 A2) B - OS server IE (CP 1613 A2) D
Intel Core 2 Quad processor Q9400 Intel Core 2 Quad processor Q9400
(2.66 GHz, 1 333 MHz FSB, (2.66 GHz, 1 333 MHz FSB,
6 MB L2 cache, EM64-T, VT) 6 MB L2 cache, EM64-T, VT)
- ES/OS single station BCE (PCI card) F - OS server BCE (PCI card) H
- ES/OS single station IE (CP 1613 A2) G - OS server IE (CP 1613 A2) J

Hard disks Hard disks

RAID1 (2 x 250 GB, HDD SATA); internal C RAID1 (2 x 250 GB, HDD SATA); internal C
RAID1 (2 x 500 GB, HDD SATA); internal D RAID1 (2 x 500 GB, HDD SATA); internal D
RAID1 (2 x 250 GB HDD SATA); in swap E RAID1 (2 x 250 GB HDD SATA); in swap E
frame; hot-swap; front frame; hot-swap; front
RAID1 (2 x 500 GB HDD SATA); in swap F RAID1 (2 x 500 GB HDD SATA); in swap F
frame; hot-swap; front frame; hot-swap; front
Memory Memory
2.0 GB DDR2 SDRAM (2 x 1.0 GB) 1 2.0 GB DDR2 SDRAM (2 x 1.0 GB) 1
3.0 GB DDR2 SDRAM (3 x 1.0 GB) 2 3.0 GB DDR2 SDRAM (3 x 1.0 GB) 2
4.0 GB DDR2 SDRAM (2 x 2.0 GB) 3 4.0 GB DDR2 SDRAM (2 x 2.0 GB) 3

Changeable media Changeable media

DVD+/-RW, without 3.5" diskette drive 1 DVD+/-RW, without 3.5" diskette drive 1
DVD+/-RW, with 3.5" diskette drive 3 DVD+/-RW, with 3.5" diskette drive 3

Expansion (hardware) Expansion (hardware)

Without expansions A Without expansions A
DVI extension adapter (DVI-D) B DVI extension adapter (DVI-D) B

Power supply unit, country-specific version Power supply unit, country-specific version
110/230 V AC industrial power supply; 110/230 V AC industrial power supply;
- European power cable 0 - European power cable 0
- USA power cable 1 - USA power cable 1
- GB power cable 2 - GB power cable 2

15 - Swiss power cable

- Italian power cable
3
4
- Swiss power cable
- Italian power cable
3
4
- Chinese power cable 5 - Chinese power cable 5
2 x 110/230 V AC, redundant power supply, 6 2 x 110/230 V AC, redundant power supply, 6
without power cable1) without power cable1)
1) 1)
The redundant power supply can only be used together with the hard disk The redundant power supply can only be used together with the hard disk
version with swap frame (option E or F). version with swap frame (option E or F).

15/2 Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011


Ordering data (continued)
Ordering data
SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstation
for OS client
0 - 1 A
SIMATIC IPC547C industrial PC
SIMATIC PCS 7 V7.0 + SP3 preinstalled
Windows XP Professional operating system,
MUI (German, English, French, Italian,
Spanish, Chinese)
Processor and memory type
Core 2 Duo E8400 (3.0 GHz, 1 333 MHz FSB,
6 MB L2 Cache, EM64-T, VT)
- OS client
Hard disks
1 x 250 GB HDD SATA; internal
1 x 250 GB HDD SATA; swap frame; front
Memory
1.0 GB DDR2 SDRAM (1 x 1.0 GB)
2.0 GB DDR2 SDRAM (2 x 1.0 GB)
3.0 GB DDR2 SDRAM (3 x 1.0 GB)
4.0 GB DDR2 SDRAM (2 x 2.0 GB)
Changeable media
DVD-ROM, without 3.5" floppy disk drive
DVD-ROM, with 3.5" floppy disk drive
Expansion (hardware)
Without expansions
DVI extension adapter (DVI-D)
Multi-monitor graphics card "2 Screens"
(SIMATIC PCS 7 option)
Multi-monitor graphics card "4 Screens"
(SIMATIC PCS 7 option)
Power supply unit, country-specific version
110/230 V AC industrial power supply;
- European power cable
- USA power cable
- GB power cable
- Swiss power cable
- Italian power cable
- Chinese power cable
2 x 110/230 V AC, redundant power supply,
without power cable1)
1) The redundant power supply can only be used together with the hard disk
version with swap frame (option B).
Siemens AG 2012
Previous versions
SIMATIC PCS 7 V7.0
SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstations V7.0
Order No. Preferred types for SIMATIC PCS 7 V7.0
6ES7 660- SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial
Workstation, single station
version
SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial
Workstation ES/OS single station
IPC547C
SIMATIC PC in 19" rack, with
optical mouse, without monitor,
keyboard or printer; Intel Core 2
Duo E8400 (3.0 GHz, 1 333 MHz
FSB, 6 MB L2 cache, EM64T, VT),
E RAID1 (2 x 250 GB, HDD SATA),
internal; 2.0 GB DDR2 SDRAM
(2 x 1.0 GB); DVDRW, with 3.5"
A diskette drive; 110/230 V AC
industrial power supply;
B European power cable
SIMATIC PC DiagMonitor
diagnostics software and restore
0 DVDs;
1 SIMATIC PCS 7 ES/OS software
V7.0 + SP3 preinstalled
2
Windows XP Professional MUI
3 operating system
(German, English, French, Italian,
Spanish, Chinese)
0 SIMATIC PCS 7 6ES7 660-0AC13-1AA0
ES/OS 547C BCE WXP
2
Connection to plant bus with
Ethernet network card RJ45
(PCI) 10/100/1000 Mbit/s and
A Basic Communication Ethernet
B (BCE) for up to 8 automation
systems (single stations only, not
C redundant stations)
SIMATIC PCS 7 6ES7 660-0BC13-1AA0
D ES/OS 547C IE WXP
Connection to plant bus with
CP 1613 A2 (PCI) communica-
tions module
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
15
Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011 15/3
 Siemens AG 2012

Previous versions
SIMATIC PCS 7 V7.0
SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstations V7.0

Ordering data Order No. Order No.

SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Additional and expansion

Workstation, server version components
SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Memory modules for expanding
Workstation OS server IPC547C the main memory
SIMATIC PC in 19" rack, with SIMATIC PC, memory expansion 6ES7 648-2AF40-0JA0
optical mouse, without monitor, 1.0 GB DDR2 800 SDRAM
keyboard or printer; Intel Core 2 (1 x 1.0 GB), single channel
Duo E8400 (3.0 GHz, 1 333 MHz SIMATIC PC, memory expansion 6ES7 648-2AF50-0JB0
FSB, 6 MB L2 cache, EM64T, VT), 2.0 GB DDR2 800 SDRAM
RAID1 (2 x 250 GB, HDD SATA), (2 x 1.0 GB), dual channel kit
in swap frame, hot swap, at front;
2.0 GB DDR2 SDRAM (2 x SIMATIC PC keyboard
1.0 GB); DVDRW, with 3.5" (USB connection)
diskette drive; 110/230 V AC German/international key 6ES7 648-0CB00-0YA0
industrial power supply; assignment
European power cable Tower kit for SIMATIC PCS 7
SIMATIC PC DiagMonitor Industrial Workstations
diagnostics software and restore Based on SIMATIC IPC547C
DVDs; Tower kit for conversion of a 6ES7 648-1AA00-0XC0
SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Software Rack PC into an industrial
Server V7.0 + SP3 preinstalled Tower PC
Windows Server 2003 MUI HDD guide frame for swap
operating system frame
(German, English, French, Italian,
Spanish, Chinese) Guide frame for low-profile HDD 6ES7 648-0EG00-1BA0
SIMATIC PCS 7 6ES7 660-0CE13-1BA0 swap frame for 3.5" hard disk,
OS Server 547C BCE SRV03 SATA (without hard disk)
Connection to plant bus with 3-m power cable for Rack PC 1)
Ethernet network card RJ45 For Great Britain 6ES7 900-0BA00-0XA0
(PCI) 10/100/1000 Mbit/s and
Basic Communication Ethernet For Switzerland 6ES7 900-0CA00-0XA0
(BCE) for up to 8 automation For USA 6ES7 900-0DA00-0XA0
systems (single stations only, not For Italy 6ES7 900-0EA00-0XA0
redundant stations) for China 6ES7 900-0FA00-0XA0
SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Server 6ES7 660-0DE13-1BA0 1)
547C IE SRV03 The SIMATIC PCS 7 preferred types are delivered as standard with a
Connection to plant bus with "European power cable". The country-specific versions listed above are
CP 1613 A2 (PCI) communica- required for some countries.
tions module
SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial
Workstation, client version
SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial
Workstation OS client IPC547C
SIMATIC PC in 19" rack, with
optical mouse, without monitor,
keyboard or printer; Intel Core 2
Duo E8400 (3.0 GHz, 1 333 MHz
FSB, 6 MB L2 cache, EM64-T,
VT), 1 x 250 GB HDD SATA,
internal; 1.0 GB DDR2 SDRAM
(1 x 1.0 GB); DVD-ROM, with 3.5"
diskette drive; 110/230 V AC
industrial power supply;
European power cable
15 SIMATIC PC DiagMonitor
diagnostics software and restore
DVDs;
SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Software
Client V7.0 + SP3 preinstalled
Windows XP Professional MUI
operating system
(German, English, French, Italian,
Spanish, Chinese)
SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Client 547C
WXP
- Without multi-monitor graphics 6ES7 660-0EA02-1AA0
card
- with multi-monitor graphics 6ES7 660-0EA02-1AC0
card "2 Screens"

15/4 Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011


Ordering data
Standard engineering software
A classic, exclusive
engineering station without
limitation of quantities, not
suitable for productive
operation as an operator
station
SIMATIC PCS 7 Engineering
Software V7.0
Engineering software,
6 languages (German, English,
French, Italian, Spanish,
Chinese), software class A,
executes with Windows
XP Professional or Windows
Server 2003, floating license for
1 user
Electronic documentation on
PCS 7 toolset DVD
Type of delivery: License key
disk, certificate of license, incl.
terms and conditions;
PCS 7 V7.0 toolset DVDs,
Microsoft SQL Server 2005 incl.
EULA and supplementary CDs/
DVDs (e.g. Microsoft Service-
Packs and tools)
AS/OS engineering software,
enabled for two-hour OS test
operation
AS/OS Engineering unlimited
POs and AS Runtime license for
600 POs
OS engineering software,
enabled for two-hour OS test
operation
OS Engineering unlimited POs
AS engineering software
AS Engineering unlimited POs
SIMATIC PCS 7 Engineering
Software V7.0 Rental License
Engineering software,
6 languages (German, English,
French, Italian, Spanish,
Chinese), software class A,
executes with Windows
XP Professional or Windows
Server 2003
Type of delivery: License key
disk, certificate of license, incl.
terms and conditions;
PCS 7 V7.0 toolset DVDs,
Microsoft SQL Server 2005 incl.
EULA and supplementary CDs/
DVDs (e.g. Microsoft Service-
Packs and tools)
Rental license for 30 days (time
billing independent of use)
AS Engineering unlimited POs
OS Engineering unlimited POs
Rental license for 50 hours (time
billing dependent on use)
AS Engineering unlimited POs
OS Engineering unlimited POs
Siemens AG 2012
Order No.
6ES7 658-5AF07-0YA5
6ES7 658-2DF07-0YA5
6ES7 658-1AF07-0YA5
6ES7 658-1AF07-0YA6
6ES7 658-2DF07-0YA6
6ES7 658-1AF07-0YG6
6ES7 658-2DF07-0YG6
Previous versions
SIMATIC PCS 7 V7.0
ES Software V7.0
Order No.
A combined engineering/
operator station for small appli-
cations, suitable for productive
operation as an operator
station
SIMATIC PCS 7 Engineering
Software V7.0
Engineering and runtime
software, 6 languages (German,
English, French, Italian, Spanish,
Chinese), software class A,
executes with Windows
XP Professional or Windows
Server 2003, floating license for
1 user
Electronic documentation on
PCS 7 toolset DVD
Type of delivery: License key
disk, certificate of license, incl.
terms and conditions;
PCS 7 V7.0 toolset DVDs,
Microsoft SQL Server 2005 incl.
EULA and supplementary CDs/
DVDs (e.g. Microsoft Service-
Packs and tools)
AS/OS Engineering Software for
productive operation
250 AS/OS Engineering and 6ES7 658-5AA07-0YA5
Runtime POs
1 000 AS/OS Engineering and 6ES7 658-5AB07-0YA5
Runtime POs
2 000 AS/OS Engineering and 6ES7 658-5AC07-0YA5
Runtime POs
SIMATIC PCS 7 Engineering
PowerPack AS/OS V7.0
for expansion of PO volume of a
combined ES/OS station
Engineering and runtime
software, 6 languages (German,
English, French, Italian, Spanish,
Chinese), software class A,
executes with Windows
XP Professional or Windows
Server 2003, floating license for
1 user
Type of delivery: License key
disk, certificate of license
including terms and conditions
From 250 to 1 000 POs (AS/OS 6ES7 658-5AB07-0YD5
Engineering and Runtime POs)
From 1 000 to 2 000 POs (AS/OS 6ES7 658-5AC07-0YD5
15
Engineering and Runtime POs)
From 2 000 to unlimited POs 6ES7 658-5AF07-0YD5
(only AS/OS Engineering POs;
the number of existing AS/OS
Runtime POs remains
unchanged)
Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011 15/5

Previous versions
SIMATIC PCS 7 V7.0
ES Software V7.0
Ordering data
Version Cross Manager
SIMATIC
Version Cross Manager V7.0
Engineering software,
6 languages (German, English,
French, Italian, Spanish,
Chinese), software class A,
executes with Windows
XP Professional or Windows
Server 2003, floating license for
1 user
Type of delivery: License key
disk, certificate of license
including terms and conditions as
well as TIA toolset CD V7.0
Version Trail
SIMATIC Version Trail V7.0
Engineering software, 6
languages (German, English,
French, Italian, Spanish,
Chinese), software class A,
executes with Windows
XP Professional or Windows
Server 2003, floating license for
1 user
Type of delivery: License key
disk, certificate of license
including terms and conditions as
well as TIA toolset CD V7.0
Import/Export Assistant
SIMATIC PCS 7
Import/Export Assistant V7.0
Engineering software,
6 languages (German, English,
French, Italian, Spanish,
Chinese), software class A,
executes with Windows
XP Professional or Windows
Server 2003, floating license for
1 user
Type of delivery: License key
disk, certificate of license
including terms and conditions
SIMATIC PDM
SIMATIC PDM Single Point
SIMATIC PDM Single Point V6.0
for operation and parameter-
ization of one field device;
communication via
PROFIBUS DP/PA or HART
15 modem, including 1 TAG,
cannot be expanded with respect
to functions or with TAG option/
PowerPack
Engineering software,
5 languages (German, English,
French, Spanish, Italian), software
class A,executes with Windows
2000 Professional or Windows
XP Professional
Floating license for 1 user
Type of delivery: License Key
Disk, Emergency Key Disk, Certif-
icate of License, Terms and
Conditions;
2 CDs with SIMATIC PDM V6.0
and device library as well as
supplementary DVD with
Microsoft ServicePacks and tools
15/6 Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011
Siemens AG 2012
Order No.
6ES7 658-1CX07-2YA5
6ES7 658-1FX07-2YA5
6ES7 658-1DX07-2YB5
6ES7 658-3HX06-0YA5
Order No.
SIMATIC PDM Basic
SIMATIC PDM Basic V6.0
for operation and parameter-
ization of field devices and
components, communication via
PROFIBUS DP/PA, HART modem/
interface, RS 232, Modbus,
SIREC bus, SIPART DR, including
4 TAGs
Engineering software,
5 languages (German, English,
French, Spanish, Italian), software
class A,executes with Windows
2000 Professional or Windows
XP Professional
Type of delivery: License Key
Disk, Emergency Key Disk, Certif-
icate of License, Terms and
Conditions;
2 CDs with SIMATIC PDM V6.0
and device library as well as
supplementary DVD with
Microsoft ServicePacks and tools
Floating license for 1 user 6ES7 658-3AX06-0YA5
Rental license for 50 hours 6ES7 658-3AX06-0YA6
Functional options for
SIMATIC PDM V6.0
Integration in STEP 7 /
SIMATIC PCS 7
Only required if integration of
SIMATIC PDM into HW Config is
to be used
Engineering software,
5 languages (German, English,
French, Spanish, Italian), software
class A,executes with Windows
2000 Professional or Windows
XP Professional
Type of delivery: License Key
Disk, Emergency Key Disk, Certif-
icate of License, Terms and
Conditions
Floating license for 1 user 6ES7 658-3BX06-2YB5
Routing via S7-400
Engineering software,
5 languages (German, English,
French, Spanish, Italian), software
class A,executes with Windows
2000 Professional or Windows
XP Professional
Type of delivery: License Key
Disk, Emergency Key Disk, Certif-
icate of License, Terms and
Conditions
Floating license for 1 user 6ES7 658-3CX06-2YB5
Communication via
standard HART multiplexer
Engineering software,
5 languages (German, English,
French, Spanish, Italian), software
class A,executes with Windows
2000 Professional or Windows
XP Professional
Type of delivery: License Key
Disk, Emergency Key Disk, Certif-
icate of License, Terms and
Conditions
Floating license for 1 user 6ES7 658-3EX06-2YB5

Ordering data
TAG Options / PowerPacks
SIMATIC PDM TAG option
for TAG expansion, additive to
SIMATIC PDM Basic V6.0
Engineering software,
5 languages (German, English,
French, Spanish, Italian), software
class A,executes with Windows
2000 Professional or Windows
XP Professional
Floating license for 1 user
Type of delivery: License Key
Disk, Certificate of License, Terms
and Conditions
Up to 128 TAGs
Up to 512 TAGs
Up to 1 024 TAGs
Up to 2 048 TAGs
SIMATIC PDM PowerPack
for subsequent TAG expansion of
all SIMATIC PDM V6.0 product
configurations
Engineering software,
5 languages (German, English,
French, Spanish, Italian), software
class A,executes with Windows
2000 Professional or Windows
XP Professional
Floating license for 1 user
Type of delivery: License Key
Disk, Certificate of License, Terms
and Conditions
From 128 TAGs to 512 TAGs
From 512 TAGs to 1 024 TAGs
From 1 024 TAGs to 2 048 TAGs
From 2 048 TAGs to unlimited
TAGs
Siemens AG 2012
Order No.
6ES7 658-3XA06-2YB5
6ES7 658-3XB06-2YB5
6ES7 658-3XC06-2YB5
6ES7 658-3XD06-2YB5
6ES7 658-3XB06-2YD5
6ES7 658-3XC06-2YD5
6ES7 658-3XD06-2YD5
6ES7 658-3XH06-2YD5
Previous versions
SIMATIC PCS 7 V7.0
ES Software V7.0
Order No.
Predefined SIMATIC PDM V6.0
product configurations for
special applications
SIMATIC PDM Service V6.0 6ES7 658-3JX06-0YA5
Complete package for stand-
alone users for servicing, with
SIMATIC PDM Basic V6.0
128 TAGs
Engineering software,
5 languages (German, English,
French, Spanish, Italian), software
class A,executes with Windows
2000 Professional or Windows
XP Professional
Floating license for 1 user
Type of delivery: License Key
Disk, Emergency Key Disk, Certif-
icate of License, Terms and
Conditions;
2 CDs with SIMATIC PDM V6.0
and device library as well as
supplementary DVD with
Microsoft ServicePacks and tools
SIMATIC PDM S7 V6.0 6ES7 658-3KX06-0YA5
Complete package for use in a
SIMATIC S7 configuration
environment, with
SIMATIC PDM Basic V6.0
Integration in STEP 7 / PCS 7
128 TAGs
Engineering software,
5 languages (German, English,
French, Spanish, Italian), software
class A,executes with Windows
2000 Professional or Windows
XP Professional
Floating license for 1 user
Type of delivery: License Key
Disk, Emergency Key Disk, Certif-
icate of License, Terms and
Conditions;
2 CDs with SIMATIC PDM V6.0
and device library as well as
supplementary DVD with
Microsoft ServicePacks and tools
SIMATIC PDM PCS 7 V6.0 6ES7 658-3LX06-0YA5
Complete package for integration
into the engineering toolset of the
SIMATIC PCS 7 engineering
system
Floating license for 1 user, with
SIMATIC PDM Basic
Integration in STEP 7 / PCS 7
15
Routing via S7-400
128 TAGs
Engineering software,
5 languages (German, English,
French, Spanish, Italian), software
class A,executes with Windows
2000 Professional or Windows
XP Professional
Type of delivery: License Key
Disk, Emergency Key Disk, Certif-
icate of License, Terms and
Conditions;
2 CDs with SIMATIC PDM V6.0
and device library as well as
supplementary DVD with
Microsoft ServicePacks and tools
Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011 15/7
 Siemens AG 2012

Previous versions
SIMATIC PCS 7 V7.0
ES Software V7.0

Ordering data Order No. Order No.

Individual components for Engineering Process Safety
Engineering F/FH Systems
S7 F Systems V6.1
Programming and configuration
environment for creating and
using safety-related STEP 7
programs for a target system
based on S7-400H
Engineering and runtime
software, 2 languages (German,
English), software class A,
executes with Windows
XP Professional SP2/SP3 and
Windows Server 2003 SP2,
floating license for 1 user
Type of delivery: Certificate of
license as well as software and
electronic documentation on CD
SIMATIC Safety Matrix
Safety Matrix Tool V6.2
Creation, configuration, compi-
lation and loading of the Safety
Matrix as well as operator control
and monitoring in a SIMATIC
PCS 7 environment
Engineering and runtime
software, 2 languages (German,
English), software class A,
executes with Windows
XP Professional/Server 2003,
floating license for 1 user
Type of delivery: License Key on
memory stick and Certificate of
License, software and electronic
documentation on CD
Safety Matrix Editor V6.2
Creation, configuration,
debugging and documentation of
the Safety Matrix logic on an
external computer without a
SIMATIC PCS 7 / STEP 7
environment
Engineering software,
2 languages (German, English),
software class A, executes with
Windows XP Professional/Server
2003, single license for
1 installation
Type of delivery: License Key on
Memory Stick and Certificate of
License, software and electronic
documentation on CD
6ES7 833-1CC02-0YA5
6ES7 833-1SM02-0YA5
6ES7 833-1SM42-0YA5
Route Control Engineering
SIMATIC Route Control
Engineering V7.0
Engineering software,
6 languages (German, English,
French, Italian, Spanish,
Chinese), software class A,
executes with Windows 2000
Professional/ 2000 Server or
Windows XP Professional/
Server 2003
Type of delivery: License Key
Disk, Emergency Key Disk, Certif-
icate of License, Terms and
Conditions
Floating license for 1 user 6ES7 658-7DX07-0YB5
Simulation with S7-PLCSIM
S7-PLCSIM V5.4
Functional testing of programs
which were created with CFC/
SFC, on PC/PG
Engineering software,
5 languages (German, English,
French, Spanish, Italian), software
class A, executes with Windows
2000 Professional/ 2000 Server or
Windows XP Professional/
Server 2003
Type of delivery: License key
memory stick, certificate of
license including terms and
conditions
Floating license for 1 user 6ES7 841-0CC05-0YA5

15 Safety Matrix Viewer V6.2

For operator control and
monitoring of the SIMATIC Safety
Matrix per OS single station/OS
client, see "OS Software V7.0"
Safety Matrix Tool, upgrade
from V5.x/V6.1 to V6.2
See "Upgrades Process Safety
Software" in Chapter "Update/
upgrade packages", Section
"Updates/upgrades
asynchronous to the PCS 7
version"

15/8 Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011


Ordering data
OS standard software for single station/server/client
OS Software Single Station
SIMATIC PCS 7
OS Software Single Station V7.0
6 languages (German, English,
French, Italian, Spanish,
Chinese), software class A,
executes with Windows XP
professional, single license for
1 installation
Electronic documentation on
PCS 7 toolset DVD
Type of delivery: License key
disk, certificate of license, incl.
terms and conditions;
PCS 7 V7.0 toolset DVDs,
Microsoft SQL Server 2005 incl.
EULA and supplementary CDs/
DVDs (e.g. Microsoft Service-
Packs and tools)
250 POs 1)
1 000 POs
2 000 POs
3 000 POs
5 000 POs
SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Software
Single Station PowerPack V7.0
for extending the OS Software
Single Station
6 languages (German, English,
French, Italian, Spanish,
Chinese), software class A,
executes with Windows XP
professional, single license for
1 installation
Type of delivery: License key
disk, certificate of license
including terms and conditions
From 250 POs to 1 000 POs
From 1 000 POs to 2 000 POs
From 2 000 POs to 3 000 POs
From 3 000 POs to 5 000 POs
Siemens AG 2012
Order No.
6ES7 658-2AA07-0YA0
6ES7 658-2AB07-0YA0
6ES7 658-2AC07-0YA0
6ES7 658-2AD07-0YA0
6ES7 658-2AE07-0YA0
6ES7 658-2AB07-0YD0
6ES7 658-2AC07-0YD0
6ES7 658-2AD07-0YD0
6ES7 658-2AE07-0YD0
Previous versions
SIMATIC PCS 7 V7.0
OS Software V7.0
Order No.
OS Software Server
SIMATIC PCS 7
OS Software Server V7.0
6 languages (German, English,
French, Italian, Spanish,
Chinese), software class A,
executes with Windows
Server 2003, single license for
1 installation
Electronic documentation on
PCS 7 toolset DVD
Type of delivery: License key
disk, certificate of license, incl.
terms and conditions;
PCS 7 V7.0 toolset DVDs,
Microsoft SQL Server 2005 incl.
EULA and supplementary CDs/
DVDs (e.g. Microsoft Service-
Packs and tools)
250 POs 6ES7 658-2BA07-0YA0
1 000 POs 6ES7 658-2BB07-0YA0
2 000 POs 6ES7 658-2BC07-0YA0
3 000 POs 6ES7 658-2BD07-0YA0
5 000 POs 6ES7 658-2BE07-0YA0
8 500 POs 6ES7 658-2BF07-0YA0
SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Software
Server PowerPack V7.0
for extending the OS Software
Server
6 languages (German, English,
French, Italian, Spanish,
Chinese), software class A,
executes with Windows
Server 2003, single license for
1 installation
Type of delivery: License key
disk, certificate of license
including terms and conditions
From 250 POs to 1 000 POs 6ES7 658-2BB07-0YD0
From 1 000 POs to 2 000 POs 6ES7 658-2BC07-0YD0
From 2 000 POs to 3 000 POs 6ES7 658-2BD07-0YD0
From 3 000 POs to 5 000 POs 6ES7 658-2BE07-0YD0
From 5 000 POs to 8 500 POs 6ES7 658-2BF07-0YD0
OS Software Client
SIMATIC PCS 7 6ES7 658-2CX07-0YA5
OS Software Client V7.0
6 languages (German, English,
French, Italian, Spanish,
Chinese), software class A,
executes with Windows
XP Professional, floating license
for 1 user
15
Electronic documentation on
PCS 7 toolset DVD
Type of delivery: License key
disk, certificate of license, incl.
terms and conditions;
PCS 7 V7.0 toolset DVDs,
Microsoft SQL Server 2005 incl.
EULA and supplementary CDs/
DVDs (e.g. Microsoft Service-
Packs and tools)
1)
A process object (PO) is a synonym for an operable and observable block
with approx. 30 to 50 individual OS tags (parameters). When licensing, an
average of 50 OS tags is calculated for one PO.
Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011 15/9

Previous versions
SIMATIC PCS 7 V7.0
OS Software V7.0
Ordering data
SFC Visualization
SIMATIC PCS 7
SFC Visualization V7.0
For displaying and operating SFC
sequence controls on an operator
station
6 languages (German, English,
French, Italian, Spanish,
Chinese), software class A,
executes with Windows
XP Professional or Windows
Server 2003, floating license for
1 user
Type of delivery: License key
disk, certificate of license
including terms and conditions
Safety Matrix Viewer
Safety Matrix Viewer V6.2
Operation and monitoring of the
Safety Matrix in the SIMATIC
PCS 7 environment with several
operating levels
Runtime software, 2 languages
(German, English), software
class A, executes with Windows
XP Professional/Server 2003,
floating license for 1 user
Type of delivery: License Key on
USB stick and certificate of
license, software and electronic
documentation on CD
Safety Matrix Viewer for
SIMATIC PCS 7, upgrade from
V6.x to V6.2
See "Upgrades Process Safety
Software" in Chapter "Update/
upgrade packages", Section
"Updates/upgrades
asynchronous to the PCS 7
version"
15
15/10 Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011
Siemens AG 2012
Order No.
6ES7 652-0XD07-2YB5
6ES7 833-1SM62-0YA5
Order No.
OS redundancy
Design of redundant
OS single stations
SIMATIC PCS 7 Single Station
Redundancy V7.0
6 languages (German, English,
French, Italian, Spanish,
Chinese), software class A,
executes with Windows XP
professional, single license for
2 installations
with OS Software Single Station
and WinCC/Redundancy as well
as RS 232 connecting cable,
10 m
Type of delivery: 2 license key
disks, certificate of license incl.
terms and conditions; PCS 7 V7.0
toolset DVDs, Microsoft
SQL Server 2005 incl. EULA,
supplementary CDs/DVDs (e.g.
Microsoft ServicePacks and tools)
as well as RS 232 connecting
cable, 10 m
250 POs 6ES7 652-3AA07-2YA0
1 000 POs 6ES7 652-3AB07-2YA0
2 000 POs 6ES7 652-3AC07-2YA0
3 000 POs 6ES7 652-3AD07-2YA0
5 000 POs 6ES7 652-3AE07-2YA0
PowerPacks for PO expansion
See under OS Software Single
Station PowerPack V7.0
(2 PowerPacks each required)
Design of redundant
OS servers
SIMATIC PCS 7
Server Redundancy V7.0
6 languages (German, English,
French, Italian, Spanish,
Chinese), software class A,
executes with Windows
Server 2003, single license for
2 installations
with OS Software Server and
WinCC/Redundancy as well as
RS 232 connecting cable, 10 m
Type of delivery: 2 license key
disks, certificate of license incl.
terms and conditions; PCS 7 V7.0
toolset DVDs, Microsoft
SQL Server 2005 incl. EULA,
supplementary CDs/DVDs (e.g.
Microsoft ServicePacks and tools)
as well as RS 232 connecting
cable, 10 m
250 POs 6ES7 652-3BA07-2YA0
1 000 POs 6ES7 652-3BB07-2YA0
2 000 POs 6ES7 652-3BC07-2YA0
3 000 POs 6ES7 652-3BD07-2YA0
5 000 POs 6ES7 652-3BE07-2YA0
8 500 POs 6ES7 652-3BF07-2YA0
PowerPacks for PO expansion
See under OS Software Server
PowerPack V7.0 (2 PowerPacks
each required)

Ordering data
OS archiving: Short-term archiving
Expansion of integral high-
performance cyclic buffer
archive (512 tags) of OS Single
Station and OS Server
SIMATIC PCS 7 Archive V7.0
6 languages (German, English,
French, Italian, Spanish,
Chinese), software class A,
executes with Windows
XP Professional or Windows
Server 2003, single license for
1 installation (Count Relevant
License)
Type of delivery: License key
disk, certificate of license
including terms and conditions
1 500 tags
5 000 tags
10 000 tags
SIMATIC PCS 7 Archive
PowerPack V7.0
6 languages (German, English,
French, Italian, Spanish,
Chinese), software class A,
executes with Windows
XP Professional or Windows
Server 2003, single license for
1 installation
Type of delivery: License key
disk, emergency key disk, certif-
icate of license, terms and condi-
tions
For expansion from 1 500 to
5 000 tags
For expansion from 5 000 to
10 000 tags
OS archiving: Long-term archiving
Storage Plus
SIMATIC StoragePlus V1.2
Software for long-term archiving
of data from up to 4 single
stations, servers or pairs of
servers
4 languages (German, English,
French, Chinese), software class
A, executes with Windows
XP Professional or Windows
Server 2003, single license for
1 installation
Type of delivery: License key
disk, certificate of license
including terms and conditions
Central Archive Server (CAS)
Central Archive Server Basic
Package V7.0,
including 1 500 tags
expandable to 120 000 tags
using SIMATIC PCS 7 Archives/
SIMATIC PCS 7 Archive Power-
Packs; 6 languages (German,
English, French, Italian, Spanish,
Chinese), software class A,
executes with Windows
Server 2003, single license for
1 installation
Type of delivery: License key
disk, certificate of license
including terms and conditions
Siemens AG 2012
Order No.
6ES7 658-2EA07-2YB0
6ES7 658-2EB07-2YB0
6ES7 658-2EC07-2YB0
6ES7 658-2EB07-2YD0
6ES7 658-2EC07-2YD0
6ES7 652-0XC21-2YB0
6ES7 658-2FA07-0YB0
Previous versions
SIMATIC PCS 7 V7.0
OS Software V7.0
Order No.
SIMATIC PCS 7 Archive V7.0
6 languages (German, English,
French, Italian, Spanish,
Chinese), software class A,
executes with Windows
XP Professional or Windows
Server 2003, single license for
1 installation (Count Relevant
License)
Type of delivery: License key
disk, certificate of license
including terms and conditions
1 500 tags 6ES7 658-2EA07-2YB0
5 000 tags 6ES7 658-2EB07-2YB0
10 000 tags 6ES7 658-2EC07-2YB0
30 000 tags 6ES7 658-2ED07-2YB0
80 000 tags 6ES7 658-2EE07-2YB0
120 000 tags 6ES7 658-2EF07-2YB0
SIMATIC PCS 7 Archive
PowerPack V7.0
6 languages (German, English,
French, Italian, Spanish,
Chinese), software class A,
executes with Windows
XP Professional or Windows
Server 2003, single license for
1 installation
Type of delivery: License key
disk, certificate of license
including terms and conditions
For expansion from 1 500 to 6ES7 658-2EB07-2YD0
5 000 tags
For expansion from 5 000 to 6ES7 658-2EC07-2YD0
10 000 tags
For expansion from 10 000 to 6ES7 658-2ED07-2YD0
30 000 tags
For expansion from 30 000 to 6ES7 658-2EE07-2YD0
80 000 tags
For expansion from 80 000 to 6ES7 658-2EF07-2YD0
120 000 tags
Additional components for
redundant CAS
WinCC/Redundancy 6AV6 371-1CF06-2AX0
For alignment of archives
following restart; single license for
2 installations
Installation required on each of
the redundant SIMATIC PCS 7
Industrial Workstations
RS 232 connecting cable, 10 m 6ES7 902-1AC00-0AA0
Operation and monitoring via Web
SIMATIC PCS 7 Web server V7.0
6 languages (German, English,
15
French, Italian, Spanish,
Chinese), software class A,
executes with Windows
Server 2003, single license for
1 installation
Type of delivery: License key
disk, certificate of license
including terms and conditions
For 3 clients 6ES7 658-2GA07-2YB0
For 10 clients 6ES7 658-2GB07-2YB0
For 25 clients 6ES7 658-2GC07-2YB0
For 50 clients 6ES7 658-2GD07-2YB0
Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011 15/11

Previous versions
SIMATIC PCS 7 V7.0
OS Software V7.0
Ordering data
SIMATIC PCS 7
PowerPack Web Server V7.0
6 languages (German, English,
French, Italian, Spanish,
Chinese), software class A,
executes with Windows
Server 2003, single license for
1 installation
Type of delivery: License key
disk, certificate of license
including terms and conditions
For expansion of PCS 7 Web
server license
from 3 to up to 10 clients
from 10 to up to 25 clients
from 25 to up to 50 clients
OS Software Client
SIMATIC PCS 7
OS Software Client V7.0 1)
6 languages (German, English,
French, Italian, Spanish,
Chinese), software class A,
executes with Windows
XP Professional, floating license
for 1 user
Electronic documentation on
PCS 7 toolset DVD
Type of delivery:
License key disk, certificate of
license including terms and
conditions
PCS 7 V7.0 Toolset DVDs,
Microsoft SQL Server 2005
including EULA, as well as
supplementary CDs/DVDs (e.g.
Microsoft ServicePacks and
tools)
SIMATIC PCS 7
Web Diagnostics Client V7.0
6 languages (German, English,
French, Italian, Spanish,
Chinese), software class A,
executes with Windows XP
professional, single license for
1 installation
Type of delivery: License key
disk, certificate of license
including terms and conditions
15
15/12 Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011
Siemens AG 2012
Order No.
6ES7 658-2GB07-2YD0
6ES7 658-2GC07-2YD0
6ES7 658-2GD07-2YD0
6ES7 658-2CX07-0YA5
Type of delivery: License key
6ES7 658-2JX07-2YB0
Order No.
SIMATIC PCS 7 6ES7 658-2HX07-2YB0
Web Diagnostic Server V7.0
6 languages (German, English,
French, Italian, Spanish,
Chinese), software class A,
executes with Windows
Server 2003, single license for
1 installation
Type of delivery: License key
disk, certificate of license
including terms and conditions
1)
Deviating from the specification in the ordering data, the license of the
OS Software Client V7.0 in this special application is also enabled for the
Microsoft Windows Server 2003 operating system.
OpenPCS 7
Multi-functional OpenPCS 7
server/OS client
SIMATIC PCS 7 6ES7 658-0GX07-2YB0
OpenPCS 7/OS Client V7.0
Software for expansion of an
existing OS client by OpenPCS 7
server functionality
6 languages (German, English,
French, Italian, Spanish,
Chinese), software class A,
executes with Windows XP
professional, single license for
1 installation
disk, certificate of license
including terms and conditions
Autonomous OpenPCS 7 server
SIMATIC PCS 7 6ES7 658-0HX07-2YB0
OpenPCS 7 V7.0
OpenPCS 7 software for a
separate OpenPCS 7 server,
based on the hardware of the
SIMATIC PCS 7 Workstation,
client version
6 languages (German, English,
French, Italian, Spanish,
Chinese), software class A,
executes with Windows XP
professional, single license for
1 installation
Type of delivery: License key
disk, certificate of license
including terms and conditions

Ordering data
SIMATIC BATCH
Server Basic Package V7.0
(10 units)
For single station or client/server
configuration, comprising
Batch server for 10 units 1)
Recipe System
Batch Control Center (BatchCC)
6 languages (German, English,
French, Italian, Spanish,
Chinese), software class A,
executes with Windows
XP Professional or Windows
Server 2003, single license for
1 installation
Type of delivery: License key
disk, certificate of license
including terms and conditions
SIMATIC BATCH
PO Option V7.0
For expansion of the SIMATIC
BATCH Server Basic Package
6 languages (German, English,
French, Italian, Spanish,
Chinese), software class A,
executes with Windows
XP Professional or Windows
Server 2003, single license for
1 installation
Type of delivery: License key
disk, certificate of license
including terms and conditions
To 20 UNITs
To 40 UNITs
To 100 UNITs
to UNITs unlimited
SIMATIC BATCH
PowerPack V7.0
For expansion of the units
6 languages (German, English,
French, Italian, Spanish,
Chinese), software class A,
executes with Windows
XP Professional or Windows
Server 2003, single license for
1 installation
Type of delivery: License key
disk, certificate of license
including terms and conditions
From 20 UNITs to 40 UNITs
From 40 UNITs to 100 UNITs
From 100 UNITs to unlimited
UNITs
SIMATIC BATCH
BatchCC V7.0
6 languages (German, English,
French, Italian, Spanish,
Chinese), software class A,
executes with Windows
XP Professional or Windows
Server 2003, floating license for
1 user
Type of delivery: License key
disk, certificate of license
including terms and conditions
Siemens AG 2012
Order No.
6ES7 657-0SA07-0YB0
6ES7 657-0XB07-2YB0
6ES7 657-0XC07-2YB0
6ES7 657-0XD07-2YB0
6ES7 657-0XE07-2YB0
6ES7 657-0XC07-2YD0
6ES7 657-0XD07-2YD0
6ES7 657-0XE07-2YD0
6ES7 657-0LX07-2YB5
Previous versions
SIMATIC PCS 7 V7.0
SIMATIC BATCH Software V7.0
Order No.
SIMATIC BATCH 6ES7 657-0AX07-2YB5
Recipe System V7.0
6 languages (German, English,
French, Italian, Spanish,
Chinese), software class A,
executes with Windows
XP Professional or Windows
Server 2003, floating license for
1 user
Type of delivery: License key
disk, certificate of license
including terms and conditions
SIMATIC BATCH 6ES7 657-0BX07-2YB5
Batch Planning V7.0
6 languages (German, English,
French, Italian, Spanish,
Chinese), software class A,
executes with Windows
XP Professional or Windows
Server 2003, floating license for
1 user
Type of delivery: License key
disk, certificate of license
including terms and conditions
SIMATIC BATCH 6ES7 657-0FX07-2YB0
Hierarchical Recipe V7.0
6 languages (German, English,
French, Italian, Spanish,
Chinese), software class A,
executes with Windows
XP Professional or Windows
Server 2003, single license for
1 installation
Type of delivery: License key
disk, certificate of license
including terms and conditions
SIMATIC BATCH 6ES7 657-0GX07-2YB0
ROP Library V7.0
6 languages (German, English,
French, Italian, Spanish,
Chinese), software class A,
executes with Windows
XP Professional or Windows
Server 2003, single license for
1 installation
Type of delivery: License key
disk, certificate of license
including terms and conditions
SIMATIC BATCH 6ES7 657-0HX07-2YB0
Separation Procedures/
Formulas V7.0
6 languages (German, English,
French, Italian, Spanish,
Chinese), software class A,
executes with Windows
XP Professional or Windows 15
Server 2003, single license for
1 installation
Type of delivery: License key
disk, certificate of license
including terms and conditions
SIMATIC BATCH API V7.0 6ES7 657-0MX07-2YB0
1 language (English), software
class A, executes with Windows
XP Professional or Windows
Server 2003, single license for
1 installation
Type of delivery: License key
disk, certificate of license
including terms and conditions
1) Instances of plant units
Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011 15/13

Previous versions
SIMATIC PCS 7 V7.0
Route Control Software V7.0
Ordering data
SIMATIC Route Control Server
V7.0
for up to 30 simultaneous
material transports
For SIMATIC PCS 7 single station
and client/server configuration
6 languages (German, English,
French, Italian, Spanish,
Chinese), software class A,
executes with Windows
XP Professional or Windows
Server 2003, single license for
1 installation
Type of delivery: License key
disk, certificate of license
including terms and conditions
SIMATIC Route Control Server
PowerPack V7.0
For expansion of SIMATIC Route
Control Server
6 languages (German, English,
French, Italian, Spanish,
Chinese), software class A,
executes with Windows
XP Professional or Windows
Server 2003, single license for
1 installation
Type of delivery: License key
disk, certificate of license
including terms and conditions
from 30 to up to 100 simulta-
neous material transports
from 100 to up to 300 simulta-
neous material transports
15
15/14 Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011
Siemens AG 2012
Order No.
6ES7 658-7FA07-0YB0
6ES7 658-7FB07-0YD0
6ES7 658-7FC07-0YD0
Order No.
SIMATIC Route Control Center 6ES7 658-7EX07-0YB5
V7.0
6 languages (German, English,
French, Italian, Spanish,
Chinese), software class A,
executes with Windows
XP Professional or Windows
Server 2003, floating license for
1 user
Type of delivery: License key
disk, certificate of license
including terms and conditions
SIMATIC Route Control
Engineering V7.0
6 languages (German, English,
French, Italian, Spanish,
Chinese), software class A,
executes with Windows
XP Professional or Windows
Server 2003
Type of delivery: License key
disk, certificate of license
including terms and conditions
Floating license for 1 user 6ES7 658-7DX07-0YB5

Ordering data
SIMATIC PCS 7 Asset Runtime
Basic Package V7.0
including SNMP OPC server
license and 100 asset TAGs 1)
for installation on SIMATIC PCS 7
single station or server
6 languages (German, English,
French, Italian, Spanish,
Chinese), software class A,
executes with Windows
XP Professional or Windows
Server 2003, single license for
1 installation
Type of delivery: License key
disk, certificate of license
including terms and conditions
SIMATIC PCS 7 Asset Runtime
V7.0
for expansion of asset TAGs
6 languages (German, English,
French, Italian, Spanish,
Chinese), software class A,
executes with Windows
XP Professional or Windows
Server 2003, single license for
1 installation
Type of delivery: License key
disk, certificate of license
including terms and conditions
100 asset TAGs
1 000 asset TAGs
Siemens AG 2012
Order No.
6ES7 658-7GB07-0YB0
6ES7 658-7GB07-2YB0
6ES7 658-7GC07-2YB0
Previous versions
SIMATIC PCS 7 V7.0
Asset Management Software V7.0
Order No.
Asset Engineering
SIMATIC PCS 7 Asset 6ES7 658-7GX07-0YB5
Engineering V7.0
for installation on SIMATIC PCS 7
single station or client
6 languages (German, English,
French, Italian, Spanish,
Chinese), software class A,
executes with Windows
XP Professional/ Server 2003,
floating license for 1 user
Type of delivery: License key
disk, certificate of license
including terms and conditions
1)
With asset TAGs, the number of asset objects monitored in SIMATIC PCS 7
is licensed. An asset object represents individual hardware components
within a SIMATIC PCS 7 project, e.g.
- measuring devices, positioners, switchgear or remote I/O stations
monitored per EDD or
- basic devices or Ethernet components monitored in the maintenance
station via an SNMP OPC link.
The asset TAGs of the SIMATIC PCS 7 Asset Runtime licenses (groups of
10, 100 and 1000) are cumulative (Count Relevant Licenses)
15
Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011 15/15
 Siemens AG 2012

Previous versions
SIMATIC PCS 7 V7.0
PROFIBUS PA components

Ordering data Order No. Order No.

Routers: DP/PA link and DP/PA coupler Active field distributor AFD and active field splitter AFS
DP/PA coupler Active field distributor (AFD) 6ES7 157-0AF81-0XA0
For transition from RS 485 to MBP with 4 short-circuit-proof spur line
Ex version 6ES7 157-0AD82-0XA0 connections for integration of field
Non-Ex version 6ES7 157-0AC83-0XA0 devices

IM 153-2 High Feature 6ES7 153-2BA82-0XB0 Active field splitter (AFS) 6ES7 157-0AF82-0XA0
Interface module for DP/PA Link for connecting a PROFIBUS PA
and Y-Link line to 2 redundant FDC 157-0
DP/PA couplers; automatic
Accessories switchover to the active coupler
PS 307 Load Power Supply Profile rail adapter 6ES7 157-0AF83-0XA0
Including connection jumpers; for an active field distributor AFD
120/230V AC; 24V DC or active field splitter AFS,
2 A; 40 mm wide 6ES7 307-1BA01-0AA0 optional
5 A; 60 mm wide 6ES7 307-1EA01-0AA0
5 A, extended temperature 6ES7 307-1EA80-0AA0
range; 80 mm wide
10 A, 80 mm wide 6ES7 307-1KA02-0AA0
PS 305 Load Power Supply
24/48/60/110 V DC; 24 V DC
2 A, extended temperature 6ES7 305-1BA80-0AA0
range; 80 mm wide
Standard mounting rails
(without hot swapping function)
482 mm wide (19 inches) 6ES7 390-1AE80-0AA0
530 mm wide 6ES7 390-1AF30-0AA0
Components for hot swapping
and for redundant design
Active bus modules for hot
swapping
BM PS/IM 6ES7 195-7HA00-0XA0
for one load power supply and
one IM 153-2 High Feature
module
BM IM 157 6ES7 195-7HD80-0XA0
For two IM 153-2 High Feature
modules, for redundant and
non-redundant configuration, for
extended temperature range, for
hot swapping function,
permissible operating temper-
ature -25...+60 C
BM DP/PA 6ES7 195-7HF80-0XA0
For one DP/PA coupler Ex [i] or
FDC 157-0,
for extended temperature range,
for hot swapping function,
permissible operating temper-
ature -25 ... +60 C
BM DP/PA 6ES7 195-7HG80-0XA0
For two DP/PA couplers
15 FDC 157-0,
for extended temperature range,
for hot swapping function,
permissible operating temper-
ature -25 ... +60 C
Mounting rail for hot swapping
For max. 5 active bus modules
482 mm wide (19 inches) 6ES7 195-1GA00-0XA0
530 mm wide 6ES7 195-1GF30-0XA0
620 mm wide 6ES7 195-1GG30-0XA0

15/16 Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011

 Siemens AG 2012

Previous versions
SIMATIC PCS 7 V7.0
Automation systems

Ordering data
AS Runtime license
SIMATIC PCS 7 AS Runtime Type of delivery: License key
license memory stick, certificate of
(Count Relevant License, license including terms and
cumulative) conditions
Executes in the engineering 100 POs 6ES7 653-2BA00-0XB5
system with Windows XP Profes- 1 000 POs 6ES7 653-2BB00-0XB5
sional, floating license for 10 000 POs 6ES7 653-2BC00-0XB5
1 installation

Standard automation systems (bundles)

System requirements: SIMATIC PCS 7 V7.0 + SP1
Ordering data Order No. Ordering data Order No.
AS 414-3 (Single Station) 6ES7 654- AS 416-2 (Single Station) 6ES7 654-
with SIMATIC PCS 7 AS Runtime license for With SIMATIC PCS 7 AS Runtime license for
- D - D
100 POs 100 POs
CPU with 3 interfaces (MPI/DP, DP and slot for CPU with 2 interfaces (MPI/DP and DP)
IF module) 5.6 MB RAM (2.8 MB each for program and
2.8 MB RAM (1.4 MB each for program and data)
data)
Type of delivery
Type of delivery Individual components, not preassembled 7
Individual components, not preassembled 7
Preassembled and tested 8
Preassembled and tested 8
Memory card
Memory card
Memory card 4 MB RAM (up to approx. C
Memory card 2 MB RAM (up to approx. B
300 POs)
180 POs)
Memory card 4 MB RAM (up to approx. C Memory card 8 MB RAM (up to approx. D
300 POs) 800 POs)

CPU type CPU type

CPU 414-3 (up to approx. 300 POs) C CPU 416-2 (up to approx. 800 POs) G

Additive IF 964-DP interface module Additive IF 964-DP interface module

Without additive IF 964-DP 0 Without additive IF 964-DP 0
1 x IF 964-DP 1 Interface to Industrial Ethernet plant bus
Interface to Industrial Ethernet plant bus 1 x CP 443-1EX20 3
1 x CP 443-1EX20 3
Racks
Racks UR2 (9 slots), aluminum 3
UR2 (9 slots), aluminum 3 UR2 (9 slots), steel 4
UR2 (9 slots), steel 4 UR1 (18 slots), aluminum 5
UR1 (18 slots), aluminum 5 UR1 (18 slots), steel 6
UR1 (18 slots), steel 6
Power supply (without backup batteries)
Power supply (without backup batteries) 1 x PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC B
1 x PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC B
1 x PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC, optional C
1 x PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC, optional C redundancy
redundancy
1 x PS 407, 20 A for 120/230 V AC D
1 x PS 407, 20 A for 120/230 V AC
2 x PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC, optional
D
E
15
2 x PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC, optional E redundancy
redundancy
1 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC G
1 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC G
1 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC, optional redun- H 1 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC, optional redun- H
dancy
dancy
1 x PS 405, 20 A for 24 V DC J 1 x PS 405, 20 A for 24 V DC J

2 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC, optional redun- K 2 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC, optional redun- K
dancy dancy
Additive PROFIBUS DP interfaces1) Additive PROFIBUS DP interfaces1)
Without CP 443-5 Extended 0 Without CP 443-5 Extended 0
1 x CP 443-5 Extended 1 1 x CP 443-5 Extended 1
2 x CP 443-5 Extended 2 2 x CP 443-5 Extended 2
3 x CP 443-5 Extended1) 3 3 x CP 443-5 Extended 3
4 x CP 443-5 Extended1) 4 4 x CP 443-5 Extended1) 4
1)
With the UR2 rack in combination with a redundant power supply, the 1)
With the UR2 rack in combination with a redundant power supply, the
number of additive CP 443-5 Extended is limited to 2. number of additive CP 443-5 Extended is limited to 3.

Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011 15/17

 Siemens AG 2012

Previous versions
SIMATIC PCS 7 V7.0
Automation systems

Ordering data (continued)

Ordering data Order No. Ordering data Order No.
AS 416-3 (Single Station) 6ES7 654- AS 417-4 (Single Station) 6ES7 654-
with SIMATIC PCS 7 AS Runtime license for with SIMATIC PCS 7 AS Runtime license for
100 POs - D 100 POs - D
CPU with 3 interfaces (MPI/DP, DP and slot for CPU with 4 interfaces (MPI/DP, DP and 2 slots
IF module) for IF modules)
11.2 MB RAM (5.6 MB each for program and 30 MB RAM (15 MB each for program and
data) data)
Type of delivery Type of delivery
Individual components, not preassembled 7 Individual components, not preassembled 7
Preassembled and tested 8 Preassembled and tested 8

Memory card Memory card

Memory card 4 MB RAM (up to approx. C Memory card 4 MB RAM (up to approx. C
300 POs) 300 POs)
Memory card 8 MB RAM (up to approx. D Memory card 8 MB RAM (up to approx. D
800 POs) 800 POs)
Memory card 16 MB RAM (up to approx. E Memory card 16 MB RAM (up to approx. E
3 000 POs) 3 000 POs)
CPU type CPU type
CPU 416-3 (up to approx. 1 400 POs) H CPU 417-4 (up to approx. 3 000 POs) K

Additive IF 964-DP interface module Additive IF 964-DP interface module

Without additive IF 964-DP 0 Without additive IF 964-DP 0
1 x IF 964-DP 1 1 x IF 964-DP 1

Interface to Industrial Ethernet plant bus 2 x IF 964-DP 2

1 x CP 443-1EX20 3 Interface to Industrial Ethernet plant bus
Racks 1 x CP 443-1EX20 3
UR2 (9 slots), aluminum 3 Racks
UR2 (9 slots), steel 4 UR2 (9 slots), aluminum 3
UR1 (18 slots), aluminum 5 UR2 (9 slots), steel 4
UR1 (18 slots), steel 6 UR1 (18 slots), aluminum 5

Power supply (without backup batteries) UR1 (18 slots), steel 6

1 x PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC B Power supply (without backup batteries)
1 x PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC, optional C 1 x PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC B
redundancy
1 x PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC, optional C
1 x PS 407, 20 A for 120/230 V AC D redundancy
2 x PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC, optional E 1 x PS 407, 20 A for 120/230 V AC D
redundancy
2 x PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC, optional E
1 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC G redundancy
1 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC, optional redun- H 1 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC G
dancy
1 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC, optional redun- H
1 x PS 405, 20 A for 24 V DC J dancy
2 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC, optional redun- K 1 x PS 405, 20 A for 24 V DC J
dancy

15
2 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC, optional redun- K
Additive PROFIBUS DP interfaces1) dancy
Without CP 443-5 Extended 0 Additive PROFIBUS DP interfaces1)
1 x CP 443-5 Extended 1 Without CP 443-5 Extended 0
2 x CP 443-5 Extended 2 1 x CP 443-5 Extended 1
3 x CP 443-5 Extended1) 3 2 x CP 443-5 Extended 2
4 x CP 443-5 Extended1) 4 3 x CP 443-5 Extended1) 3
1) 4 x CP 443-5 Extended1) 4
With the UR2 rack in combination with a redundant power supply, the
number of additive CP 443-5 Extended is limited to 2. 1) With the UR2 rack in combination with a redundant power supply, the
number of additive CP 443-5 Extended is limited to 2.

15/18 Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011

 Siemens AG 2012

Previous versions
SIMATIC PCS 7 V7.0
Automation systems

Ordering data (continued)

Ordering data Order No. Ordering data Order No.
AS 414-3IE 6ES7 654- AS 416-3IE 6ES7 654-
with SIMATIC PCS 7 AS Runtime license for with SIMATIC PCS 7 AS Runtime license for
100 POs - D 100 POs - D
CPU with 2 DP interfaces (MPI/DP and slot for CPU with 2 DP interfaces (MPI/DP and slot for
IF module) IF module)
2.8 MB RAM (1.4 MB each for program and 11.2 MB RAM (5.6 MB each for program and
data) data)
Type of delivery Type of delivery
Individual components, not preassembled 7 Individual components, not preassembled 7
Preassembled and tested 8 Preassembled and tested 8

Memory card Memory card

Memory card 2 MB RAM (up to approx. B Memory card 4 MB RAM (up to approx. C
180 POs) 300 POs)
Memory card 4 MB RAM (up to approx. C Memory card 8 MB RAM (up to approx. D
300 POs) 800 POs)
CPU type Memory card 16 MB RAM (up to approx. E
3 000 POs)
CPU 414-3 PN/DP (up to approx. 300 POs) D
CPU type
Additive IF 964-DP interface module CPU 416-3 PN/DP (up to approx. 1 400 POs) J
Without additive IF 964-DP 0
Additive IF 964-DP interface module
1 x IF 964-DP 1
Without additive IF 964-DP 0
Interface to Industrial Ethernet plant bus 1 x IF 964-DP 1
Integrated, without CP 443-1 0
Interface to Industrial Ethernet plant bus
Racks Integrated, without CP 443-1 0
UR2 (9 slots), aluminum 3
Racks
UR2 (9 slots), steel 4
UR2 (9 slots), aluminum 3
UR1 (18 slots), aluminum 5
UR2 (9 slots), steel 4
UR1 (18 slots), steel 6
UR1 (18 slots), aluminum 5
Power supply (without backup batteries) UR1 (18 slots), steel 6
1 x PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC B
Power supply (without backup batteries)
1 x PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC, optional C
redundancy 1 x PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC B
1 x PS 407, 20 A for 120/230 V AC D 1 x PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC, optional C
redundancy
2 x PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC, optional E
redundancy 1 x PS 407, 20 A for 120/230 V AC D
1 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC G 2 x PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC, optional E
redundancy
1 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC, optional redun- H
dancy 1 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC G
1 x PS 405, 20 A for 24 V DC J 1 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC, optional redun- H
dancy
2 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC, optional redun- K
dancy 1 x PS 405, 20 A for 24 V DC J

Additive PROFIBUS DP interfaces1) 2 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC, optional redun- K

dancy

15
Without CP 443-5 Extended 0
Additive PROFIBUS DP interfaces1)
1 x CP 443-5 Extended 1
Without CP 443-5 Extended 0
2 x CP 443-5 Extended 2
1 x CP 443-5 Extended 1
3 x CP 443-5 Extended1) 3
2 x CP 443-5 Extended 2
4 x CP 443-5 Extended1) 4
3 x CP 443-5 Extended1) 3
1) With the UR2 rack in combination with a redundant power supply, the 4 x CP 443-5 Extended1) 4
number of additive CP 443-5 Extended is limited to 2.
1)
With the UR2 rack in combination with a redundant power supply, the
number of additive CP 443-5 Extended is limited to 2.

Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011 15/19

 Siemens AG 2012

Previous versions
SIMATIC PCS 7 V7.0
Automation systems

Ordering data (continued)

Fault-tolerant automation systems (bundles)
System requirements: SIMATIC PCS 7 V7.0 + SP1
Ordering data Order No. Ordering data Order No.
AS 412-3-1H (Single Station) 6ES7 654- AS 414-4-1H (Single Station) 6ES7 654-
with SIMATIC PCS 7 AS Runtime license for with SIMATIC PCS 7 AS Runtime license for
100 POs - D 100 POs - D
CPU with 1 interface (MPI/DP master) CPU with 2 interfaces (MPI/DP master and
768 KB RAM (512 KB for program and 256 KB DP master)
for data) 2.8 MB RAM (1.4 MB each for program and
data)
Type of delivery
Type of delivery
Individual components, not preassembled 7
Individual components, not preassembled 7
Preassembled and tested 8
Preassembled and tested 8
Memory card
Memory card
Memory card 1 MB RAM (up to approx. A
50 POs) Memory card 2 MB RAM (up to approx. B
180 POs)
Memory card 2 MB RAM (up to approx. B
180 POs) Memory card 4 MB RAM (up to approx. C
300 POs)
CPU type
CPU type
CPU 412-3H (up to approx. 50 POs) A
CPU 414-4H (up to approx. 250 POs) E
Additive IF 964-DP interface module
Additive IF 964-DP interface module
Without additive IF 964-DP 0
Without additive IF 964-DP 0
Interface to Industrial Ethernet plant bus1)
Interface to Industrial Ethernet plant bus1)
1 x CP 443-1EX201) 3
1 x CP 443-1EX201) 3
2 x CP 443-1EX20 for redundant connection1) 4
2 x CP 443-1EX20 for redundant connection1) 4
Racks
Racks
UR2 (9 slots), aluminum 3
UR2 (9 slots), aluminum 3
UR2 (9 slots), steel 4
UR2 (9 slots), steel 4
UR1 (18 slots), aluminum 5
UR1 (18 slots), aluminum 5
UR1 (18 slots), steel 6
UR1 (18 slots), steel 6
Power supply (without backup batteries)
Power supply (without backup batteries)
1 x PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC B
1 x PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC B
1 x PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC, optional C
redundancy 1 x PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC, optional C
redundancy
1 x PS 407, 20 A for 120/230 V AC D
1 x PS 407, 20 A for 120/230 V AC D
2 x PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC, optional E
redundancy 2 x PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC, optional E
redundancy
1 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC G
1 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC G
1 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC, optional redun- H
dancy 1 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC, optional redun- H
dancy
1 x PS 405, 20 A for 24 V DC J
1 x PS 405, 20 A for 24 V DC J
2 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC, optional redun- K
dancy 2 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC, optional redun- K
15 Additive PROFIBUS DP interfaces1)
dancy
Additive PROFIBUS DP interfaces1)
Without CP 443-5 Extended 0
Without CP 443-5 Extended 0
1 x CP 443-5 Extended 1
1 x CP 443-5 Extended 1
2 x CP 443-5 Extended1) 2
2 x CP 443-5 Extended1) 2
3 x CP 443-5 Extended1) 3
3 x CP 443-5 Extended1) 3
4 x CP 443-5 Extended1) 4
4 x CP 443-5 Extended1) 4
1) Up to 5 CPs can be plugged into the UR2 rack with a single power supply, 1)
or up to 3 with a redundant power supply. Up to 5 CPs can be plugged into the UR2 rack with a single power supply,
or up to 3 with a redundant power supply.

15/20 Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011

 Siemens AG 2012

Previous versions
SIMATIC PCS 7 V7.0
Automation systems

Ordering data (continued)

Ordering data Order No. Ordering data Order No.
AS 417-4-1H (Single Station) 6ES7 654- AS 412-3-2H (Redundancy Station) 6ES7 656-
with SIMATIC PCS 7 AS Runtime license for with SIMATIC PCS 7 AS Runtime license for
100 POs - D 100 POs - D
CPU with 2 interfaces (MPI/DP master and 2 x CPU with 1 interface each (MPI/DP master)
DP master) 2 x 768 KB RAM (512 KB each for program
30 MB RAM (15 MB each for program and and 256 KB each for data)
data)
Type of delivery
Type of delivery
Individual components, not preassembled 7
Individual components, not preassembled 7
Preassembled and tested 8
Preassembled and tested 8
Memory card
Memory card
2 x memory card 1 MB RAM (up to approx. A
Memory card 4 MB RAM (up to approx. C 50 POs)
300 POs)
2 x memory card 2 MB RAM (up to approx. B
Memory card 8 MB RAM (up to approx. D 180 POs)
800 POs)
Memory card 16 MB RAM (up to approx. E CPU type
3 000 POs) 2 x CPU 412-3H (up to approx. 50 POs) A
CPU type Sync modules and cables
CPU 417-4H (up to approx. 2 500 POs) M 2 x 2 sync modules for distances up to 10 m 3
and 2 x FO sync cable, 1 m
Additive IF 964-DP interface module
Without additive IF 964-DP 0 Interface to Industrial Ethernet plant bus1)
2 x CP 443-1EX20 for redundant connection1) 3
Interface to Industrial Ethernet plant bus1)
2 x 2 CP 443-1EX20 for 4-way connection1) 4
1 x CP 443-1EX201) 3
2 x CP 443-1EX20 for redundant connection1) 4 Racks
1 x UR2-H (2 x 9 slots), aluminum 1
Racks
1 x UR2-H (2 x 9 slots), steel 2
UR2 (9 slots), aluminum 3
2 x UR2 (9 slots), aluminum 3
UR2 (9 slots), steel 4
2 x UR2 (9 slots), steel 4
UR1 (18 slots), aluminum 5
UR1 (18 slots), steel 6 Power supply (without backup batteries)
2 x PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC B
Power supply (without backup batteries)
2 x PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC, optional C
1 x PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC B redundancy
1 x PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC, optional C 2 x PS 407, 20 A for 120/230 V AC D
redundancy
2 x 2 PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC, optional E
1 x PS 407, 20 A for 120/230 V AC D redundancy
2 x PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC, optional E 2 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC G
redundancy
2 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC, optional redun- H
1 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC G dancy
1 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC, optional redun- H 2 x PS 405, 20 A for 24 V DC J
dancy
2 x 2 PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC, optional K
1 x PS 405, 20 A for 24 V DC J redundancy
2 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC, optional redun- K Additive PROFIBUS DP interfaces1)
dancy

15
Without CP 443-5 Extended 0
Additive PROFIBUS DP interfaces1)
2 x CP 443-5 Extended 1
Without CP 443-5 Extended 0
2 x 2 CP 443-5 Extended1) 2
1 x CP 443-5 Extended 1
2 x 3 CP 443-5 Extended1) 3
2 x CP 443-5 Extended1) 2
2 x 4 CP 443-5 Extended1) 4
3 x CP 443-5 Extended1) 3
4 x CP 443-5 Extended1) 4 1) Up to 5 CPs can be plugged in per subsystem with a single power supply,
or up to 3 with a redundant power supply.
1)
Up to 5 CPs can be plugged into the UR2 rack with a single power supply,
or up to 3 with a redundant power supply.

Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011 15/21

 Siemens AG 2012

Previous versions
SIMATIC PCS 7 V7.0
Automation systems

Ordering data (continued)

Ordering data Order No. Ordering data Order No.
AS 414-4-2H (Redundancy Station) 6ES7 656- AS 417-4-2H (Redundancy Station) 6ES7 656-
with SIMATIC PCS 7 AS Runtime license for with SIMATIC PCS 7 AS Runtime license for
100 POs - D 100 POs - D
2 x CPU with 2 interfaces (MPI/DP master and 2 x CPU with 2 interfaces (MPI/DP master and
DP master) DP master)
2 x 2.8 MB RAM (1.4 MB each for program 2 x 30 MB RAM (15 MB each for program and
and data) data)
Type of delivery Type of delivery
Individual components, not preassembled 7 Individual components, not preassembled 7
Preassembled and tested 8 Preassembled and tested 8

Memory card Memory card

2 x memory card 2 MB RAM (up to approx. B 2 x memory card 4 MB RAM (up to approx. C
180 POs) 300 POs)
2 x memory card 4 MB RAM (up to approx. C 2 x memory card 8 MB RAM (up to approx. D
300 POs) 800 POs)
CPU type 2 x memory card 16 MB RAM (up to approx. E
3 000 POs)
2 x CPU 414-4H (up to approx. 250 POs) E
CPU type
Sync modules and cables 2 x CPU 417-4H (up to approx. 2 500 POs) M
2 x 2 sync modules for distances up to 10 m 3
and 2 x FO sync cable, 1 m Sync modules and cables
2 x 2 sync modules for up to 10 km and 4 2 x 2 sync modules for distances up to 10 m 3
2 x FO sync cable, 1 m, for testing and 2 x FO sync cable, 1 m
Interface to Industrial Ethernet plant bus1) 2 x 2 sync modules for up to 10 km and 4
2 x FO sync cable, 1 m, for testing
2 x CP 443-1EX20 for redundant connection1) 3
Interface to Industrial Ethernet plant bus1)
2 x 2 CP 443-1EX20 for 4-way connection1) 4
2 x CP 443-1EX20 for redundant connection1) 3
Racks 2 x 2 CP 443-1EX20 for 4-way connection1) 4
1 x UR2-H (2 x 9 slots), aluminum 1
Racks
1 x UR2-H (2 x 9 slots), steel 2
1 x UR2-H (2 x 9 slots), aluminum 1
2 x UR2 (9 slots), aluminum 3
1 x UR2-H (2 x 9 slots), steel 2
2 x UR2 (9 slots), steel 4
2 x UR2 (9 slots), aluminum 3
Power supply (without backup batteries) 2 x UR2 (9 slots), steel 4
2 x PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC B
Power supply (without backup batteries)
2 x PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC, optional C
redundancy 2 x PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC B
2 x PS 407, 20 A for 120/230 V AC D 2 x PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC, optional C
redundancy
2 x 2 PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC, optional E
redundancy 2 x PS 407, 20 A for 120/230 V AC D
2 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC G 2 x 2 PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC, optional E
redundancy
2 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC, optional redun- H
dancy 2 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC G
2 x PS 405, 20 A for 24 V DC J 2 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC, optional redun- H
dancy
2 x 2 PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC, optional K

15 redundancy 2 x PS 405, 20 A for 24 V DC J

Additive PROFIBUS DP interfaces1) 2 x 2 PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC, optional K

redundancy
Without CP 443-5 Extended 0
Additive PROFIBUS DP interfaces1)
2 x CP 443-5 Extended 1
Without CP 443-5 Extended 0
2 x 2 CP 443-5 Extended1) 2
2 x CP 443-5 Extended 1
2 x 3 CP 443-5 Extended1) 3
2 x 2 CP 443-5 Extended1) 2
2 x 4 CP 443-5 Extended1) 4
2 x 3 CP 443-5 Extended1) 3
1)
Up to 5 CPs can be plugged in per subsystem with a single power supply, 2 x 4 CP 443-5 Extended1) 4
or up to 3 with a redundant power supply.
1)
Up to 5 CPs can be plugged in per subsystem with a single power supply,
or up to 3 with a redundant power supply.

15/22 Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011

 Siemens AG 2012

Previous versions
SIMATIC PCS 7 V7.0
Automation systems

Ordering data (continued)

Safety-related automation systems (bundles)
System requirements: SIMATIC PCS 7 V7.0 + SP1
Ordering data Order No. Ordering data Order No.
AS 412F (Single Station) 6ES7 654- AS 414F (Single Station) 6ES7 654-
with SIMATIC PCS 7 AS Runtime license for with SIMATIC PCS 7 AS Runtime license for
100 POs - D 100 POs - D
CPU with 1 interface (MPI/DP master) CPU with 2 interfaces (MPI/DP master and
768 KB RAM (512 KB for program and 256 KB DP master)
for data) 2.8 MB RAM (1.4 MB each for program and
data)
Type of delivery
Individual components, not preassembled 7 Type of delivery
Individual components, not preassembled 7
Preassembled and tested 8
Preassembled and tested 8
Memory card
Memory card 1 MB RAM (up to approx. A Memory card
50 POs) Memory card 2 MB RAM (up to approx. B
Memory card 2 MB RAM (up to approx. B 180 POs)
180 POs) Memory card 4 MB RAM (up to approx. C
300 POs)
CPU type
CPU 412-3H with S7 F Systems RT license B CPU type
(up to approx. 50 POs) CPU 414-4H with S7 F Systems RT license F
(up to approx. 250 POs)
Additive interface modules
Without additive interface module 0 Additive interface modules
Without additive interface module 0
Interface to Industrial Ethernet plant bus1)
1 x CP 443-1EX201) 3 Interface to Industrial Ethernet plant bus1)
1 x CP 443-1EX201) 3
2 x CP 443-1EX20 for redundant connection1) 4
2 x CP 443-1EX20 for redundant connection1) 4
Racks
UR2 (9 slots), aluminum 3 Racks
UR2 (9 slots), aluminum 3
UR2 (9 slots), steel 4
UR2 (9 slots), steel 4
UR1 (18 slots), aluminum 5
UR1 (18 slots), aluminum 5
UR1 (18 slots), steel 6
UR1 (18 slots), steel 6
Power supply (without backup batteries)
1 x PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC B Power supply (without backup batteries)
1 x PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC B
1 x PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC, optional C
redundancy 1 x PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC, optional C
1 x PS 407, 20 A for 120/230 V AC D redundancy
1 x PS 407, 20 A for 120/230 V AC D
2 x PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC, optional E
redundancy 2 x PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC, optional E
1 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC G redundancy
1 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC G
1 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC, optional redun- H
dancy 1 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC, optional redun- H
1 x PS 405, 20 A for 24 V DC J dancy
1 x PS 405, 20 A for 24 V DC J
2 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC, optional redun- K
dancy
Additive PROFIBUS DP interfaces1)
2 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC, optional redun-
dancy
K
15
Without CP 443-5 Extended 0 Additive PROFIBUS DP interfaces1)
Without CP 443-5 Extended 0
1 x CP 443-5 Extended 1
1 x CP 443-5 Extended 1
2 x CP 443-5 Extended1) 2
2 x CP 443-5 Extended1) 2
3 x CP 443-5 Extended1) 3
3 x CP 443-5 Extended1) 3
4 x CP 443-5 Extended1) 4
4 x CP 443-5 Extended1) 4
1)
Up to 5 CPs can be plugged into the UR2 rack with a single power supply,
or up to 3 with a redundant power supply. 1)
Up to 5 CPs can be plugged into the UR2 rack with a single power supply,
or up to 3 with a redundant power supply.

Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011 15/23

 Siemens AG 2012

Previous versions
SIMATIC PCS 7 V7.0
Automation systems

Ordering data (continued)

Ordering data Order No. Ordering data Order No.
AS 417F (Single Station) 6ES7 654- AS 412FH (Redundancy Station) 6ES7 656-
with SIMATIC PCS 7 AS Runtime license for with SIMATIC PCS 7 AS Runtime license for
100 POs - D 100 POs - D
CPU with 2 interfaces (MPI/DP master and 2 x CPU with 1 interface each (MPI/DP master)
DP master) 2 x 768 KB RAM (512 KB each for program
30 MB RAM (15 MB each for program and and 256 KB each for data)
data)
Type of delivery
Type of delivery Individual components, not preassembled 7
Individual components, not preassembled 7
Preassembled and tested 8
Preassembled and tested 8
Memory card
Memory card 2 x memory card 1 MB RAM (up to approx. A
Memory card 4 MB RAM (up to approx. C 50 POs)
300 POs) 2 x memory card 2 MB RAM (up to approx. B
Memory card 8 MB RAM (up to approx. D 180 POs)
800 POs)
CPU type
Memory card 16 MB RAM (up to approx. E
3 000 POs) 2 x CPU 412-3H with S7 F Systems RT B
license (up to approx. 50 POs)
CPU type
Sync modules and cables
CPU 417-4H with S7 F Systems RT license N
(up to approx. 2 500 POs) 2 x 2 sync modules for distances up to 10 m 3
and 2 x FO sync cable, 1 m
Additive interface modules
Interface to Industrial Ethernet plant bus1)
Without additive interface module 0
2 x CP 443-1EX20 for redundant connection1) 3
Interface to Industrial Ethernet plant bus1) 2 x 2 CP 443-1EX20 for 4-way connection1) 4
1 x CP 443-1EX201) 3
Racks
2 x CP 443-1EX20 for redundant connection1) 4
1 x UR2-H (2 x 9 slots), aluminum 1
Racks 1 x UR2-H (2 x 9 slots), steel 2
UR2 (9 slots), aluminum 3
2 x UR2 (9 slots), aluminum 3
UR2 (9 slots), steel 4
2 x UR2 (9 slots), steel 4
UR1 (18 slots), aluminum 5
Power supply (without backup batteries)
UR1 (18 slots), steel 6
2 x PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC B
Power supply (without backup batteries) 2 x PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC, optional C
1 x PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC B redundancy
1 x PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC, optional C 2 x PS 407, 20 A for 120/230 V AC D
redundancy 2 x 2 PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC, optional E
1 x PS 407, 20 A for 120/230 V AC D redundancy
2 x PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC, optional E 2 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC G
redundancy 2 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC, optional redun- H
1 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC G dancy
1 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC, optional redun- H 2 x PS 405, 20 A for 24 V DC J
dancy 2 x 2 PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC, optional K
1 x PS 405, 20 A for 24 V DC J redundancy
2 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC, optional redun- K Additive PROFIBUS DP interfaces1)

15 dancy
Additive PROFIBUS DP interfaces1)
Without CP 443-5 Extended
2 x CP 443-5 Extended
0
1
Without CP 443-5 Extended 0
2 x 2 CP 443-5 Extended1) 2
1 x CP 443-5 Extended 1
2 x 3 CP 443-5 Extended1) 3
2 x CP 443-5 Extended1) 2
2 x 4 CP 443-5 Extended1) 4
3 x CP 443-5 Extended1) 3
1)
4 x CP 443-5 Extended1) 4 Up to 5 CPs can be plugged in per subsystem with a single power supply,
or up to 3 with a redundant power supply.
1)
Up to 5 CPs can be plugged into the UR2 rack with a single power supply,
or up to 3 with a redundant power supply.

15/24 Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011

 Siemens AG 2012

Previous versions
SIMATIC PCS 7 V7.0
Automation systems

Ordering data (continued)

Ordering data Order No. Ordering data Order No.
AS 414FH (Redundancy Station) 6ES7 656- AS 417FH (Redundancy Station) 6ES7 656-
with SIMATIC PCS 7 AS Runtime license for with SIMATIC PCS 7 AS Runtime license for
100 POs - D 100 POs - D
2 x CPU with 2 interfaces (MPI/DP master and 2 x CPU with 2 interfaces (MPI/DP master and
DP master) DP master)
2 x 2.8 MB RAM (1.4 MB each for program 2 x 30 MB RAM (15 MB each for program and
and data) data)
Type of delivery Type of delivery
Individual components, not preassembled 7 Individual components, not preassembled 7
Preassembled and tested 8 Preassembled and tested 8

Memory card Memory card

2 x memory card 2 MB RAM (up to approx. B 2 x memory card 4 MB RAM (up to approx. C
180 POs) 300 POs)
2 x memory card 4 MB RAM (up to approx. C 2 x memory card 8 MB RAM (up to approx. D
300 POs) 800 POs)
CPU type 2 x memory card 16 MB RAM (up to approx. E
3 000 POs)
2 x CPU 414-4H with S7 F Systems RT F
license (up to approx. 250 POs) CPU type
Sync modules and cables 2 x CPU 417-4H with S7 F Systems RT N
license (up to approx. 2 500 POs)
2 x 2 sync modules for distances up to 10 m 3
and 2 x FO sync cable, 1 m Sync modules and cables
2 x 2 sync modules for up to 10 km and 4 2 x 2 sync modules for distances up to 10 m 3
2 x FO sync cable, 1 m, for testing and 2 x FO sync cable, 1 m
Interface to Industrial Ethernet plant bus1) 2 x 2 sync modules for up to 10 km and 4
2 x FO sync cable, 1 m, for testing
2 x CP 443-1EX20 for redundant connection1) 3
Interface to Industrial Ethernet plant bus1)
2 x 2 CP 443-1EX20 for 4-way connection1) 4
2 x CP 443-1EX20 for redundant connection1) 3
Racks 2 x 2 CP 443-1EX20 for 4-way connection1) 4
1 x UR2-H (2 x 9 slots), aluminum 1
Racks
1 x UR2-H (2 x 9 slots), steel 2
1 x UR2-H (2 x 9 slots), aluminum 1
2 x UR2 (9 slots), aluminum 3
1 x UR2-H (2 x 9 slots), steel 2
2 x UR2 (9 slots), steel 4
2 x UR2 (9 slots), aluminum 3
Power supply (without backup batteries) 2 x UR2 (9 slots), steel 4
2 x PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC B
Power supply (without backup batteries)
2 x PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC, optional C
redundancy 2 x PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC B
2 x PS 407, 20 A for 120/230 V AC D 2 x PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC, optional C
redundancy
2 x 2 PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC, optional E
redundancy 2 x PS 407, 20 A for 120/230 V AC D
2 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC G 2 x 2 PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC, optional E
redundancy
2 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC, optional redun- H
dancy 2 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC G
2 x PS 405, 20 A for 24 V DC J 2 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC, optional redun- H
dancy
15
2 x 2 PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC, optional K
redundancy 2 x PS 405, 20 A for 24 V DC J

Additive PROFIBUS DP interfaces1) 2 x 2 PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC, optional K

redundancy
Without CP 443-5 Extended 0
Additive PROFIBUS DP interfaces1)
2 x CP 443-5 Extended 1
Without CP 443-5 Extended 0
2 x 2 CP 443-5 Extended1) 2
2 x CP 443-5 Extended 1
2 x 3 CP 443-5 Extended1) 3
2 x 2 CP 443-5 Extended1) 2
2 x 4 CP 443-5 Extended1) 4
2 x 3 CP 443-5 Extended1) 3
1) Up to 5 CPs can be plugged in per subsystem with a single power supply, 2 x 4 CP 443-5 Extended1) 4
or up to 3 with a redundant power supply.
1) Up to 5 CPs can be plugged in per subsystem with a single power supply,
or up to 3 with a redundant power supply.

Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011 15/25

 Siemens AG 2012

Previous versions
SIMATIC PCS 7 V7.0
Components from the TIA product range

Overview
In the context of SIMATIC PCS 7 V7.0, other components from
the TIA product range are used in addition to the previously
listed SIMATIC PCS 7 system components, including modules
from the following distributed I/O systems:
ET 200M distributed I/O system
ET 200iSP distributed I/O system
ET 200S distributed I/O system
ET 200pro distributed I/O system
Which TIA products have been approved for SIMATIC PCS 7
V7.0 can be found in the "Readme file" as well as in the
documentation "SIMATIC PCS 7 process control system -
approved PCS 7 modules".
Documentation "SIMATIC PCS 7 process control system -
approved PCS 7 modules" for SIMATIC PCS 7 V7.0
Additional information is available on the Internet at:
http://support.automation.siemens.com/WW/view/en/24831707
Documentation "SIMATIC PCS 7 process control system -
approved PCS 7 modules" for SIMATIC PCS 7 V7.0+SP1
Additional information is available on the Internet at:
http://support.automation.siemens.com/WW/view/en/28739248

15

15/26 Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011


Overview
Pre-configured bundles based on SIMATIC Rack PC
Operating system downgrade
SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstations V7.1 are delivered with
the following operating system licenses depending on the type:
Type IPC547C
- Windows 7 Ultimate 32-bit with ES/OS Single Station and
OS Client
- Windows Server 2008 R2 Standard Edition 32-bit including
5 CALs with OS Server
Type IPC647C and IPC847C
Ordering data
SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstations of the type IPC547C
Individually configurable ES/OS single station IPC547C
Ordering Data
SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstation
for ES/OS single station
SIMATIC IPC547C industrial PC
Windows XP Professional 32-bit, MUI
(German, English, French, Italian, Spanish,
Chinese), and SIMATIC PCS 7 V7.1+SP3 pre-
installed
Operating system license: Windows 7
Ultimate 32-bit, Multi-language (German,
English, French, Italian, Spanish, Chinese),
with license downgrade to Windows XP
Professional 32-bit, MUI (German, English,
French, Italian, Spanish, Chinese
Processor and system type
Core 2 Duo E8400 (3.0 GHz, 1 333 MHz
FSB, 6 MB L2 Cache, EM64-T, VT)
- ES/OS single station BCE (PCIe card)
- ES/OS single station IE (CP 1623, PCIe)
Intel Core 2 Quad processor Q9400
(2.66 GHz, 1 333 MHz FSB,
6 MB L2 cache, EM64-T, VT)
- ES/OS single station BCE (PCIe card)
- ES/OS single station IE (CP 1623, PCIe)
Hard disks
RAID1 (2 x 250 GB, HDD SATA); internal
RAID1 (2 x 500 GB, HDD SATA); internal
RAID1 (2 x 250 GB HDD SATA); in swap
frame; hot-swap; front
RAID1 (2 x 500 GB HDD SATA); in swap
frame; hot-swap; front
Main memory
2.0 GB DDR2 SDRAM (2 x 1.0 GB)
3.0 GB DDR2 SDRAM (3 x 1.0 GB)
4.0 GB DDR2 SDRAM (2 x 2.0 GB)
Removable media
DVDRW, without 3.5" floppy disk drive
DVDRW, with 3.5" floppy disk drive
Siemens AG 2012
Previous versions
SIMATIC PCS 7 V7.1
SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstation/IPC V7.1
- Windows 7 Ultimate 64-bit with ES/OS Single Station and
OS Client
- Windows Server 2008 R2 Standard Edition 64-bit including
5 CALs with OS Server
This does not mean, however, that SIMATIC PCS 7 V7.1
(including Service Pack) has been approved for these operating
systems.
Only the Windows XP Professional 32-bit and Server 2003 R2
Standard Edition 32-bit including 5 CALs operating systems
continue to be preinstalled and used on SIMATIC PCS 7 Indus-
trial Workstations V7.1, with a license downgrade for the
operating system.
Order No. Ordering Data Order No.
6ES7 660- SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstation 6ES7 660-
for ES/OS single station
0 - 2 A 0 - 2 A
SIMATIC IPC547C industrial PC
Windows XP Professional 32-bit, MUI
(German, English, French, Italian, Spanish,
Chinese), and SIMATIC PCS 7 V7.1+SP3 pre-
installed
Operating system license: Windows 7
Ultimate 32-bit, Multi-language (German,
English, French, Italian, Spanish, Chinese),
with license downgrade to Windows XP
Professional 32-bit, MUI (German, English,
French, Italian, Spanish, Chinese
Expansion (hardware)
Without expansions A
DVI extension adapter (DVI-D) B
A
Multi-monitor graphics card "2 Screens" C
B (SIMATIC PCS 7 option)
Multi-monitor graphics card "4 Screens" D
(SIMATIC PCS 7 option)
Power supply unit, country-specific
F version
G 110/230 V AC industrial power supply
- European power supply cord 0
C - US power supply cord 1
D - power supply cord for UK 2
E - power supply cord for Switzerland 3
F
- Italian power supply cord
- Chinese power supply cord
4
5
15
2 x 110/230 V AC, redundant power supply, 6
1 without power supply cord1)
1)
2 The redundant power supply can only be used together with the hard disk
version with swap frame (option E or F).
3
1
3
Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011 15/27
 Siemens AG 2012

Previous versions
SIMATIC PCS 7 V7.1
SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstation/IPC V7.1

Ordering data (continued)

Individually configurable OS server IPC547C Individually configurable OS client IPC547C
Ordering Data Order No. Ordering Data Order No.
SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstation 6ES7 660- SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstation 6ES7 660-
for OS server for OS client
0 - 2 B 0 - 2 A
SIMATIC IPC547C industrial PC SIMATIC IPC547C industrial PC
Windows Server 2003 R2 Standard 32-bit Windows XP Professional 32-bit, MUI
including 5 CAL, MUI (German, English, (German, English, French, Italian, Spanish,
French, Italian, Spanish, Chinese), and Chinese), and SIMATIC PCS 7 V7.1+SP3 pre-
SIMATIC PCS 7 V7.1+SP3 pre-installed installed
Operating system license: Windows Server Operating system license: Windows 7
2008 32-bit including 5 CAL, Multi-language Ultimate 32-bit, Multi-language (German,
(German, English, French, Italian, Spanish, English, French, Italian, Spanish, Chinese),
Chinese), with license downgrade to with license downgrade to Windows XP
Windows Server 2003 R2 Standard 32-bit Professional 32-bit, MUI (German, English,
including 5 CAL, MUI (German, English, French, Italian, Spanish, Chinese)
French, Italian, Spanish, Chinese)
Processor and system type
Processor and system type Core 2 Duo E8400 (3.0 GHz, 1 333 MHz
Core 2 Duo E8400 (3.0 GHz, 1 333 MHz FSB, 6 MB L2 Cache, EM64-T, VT)
FSB, 6 MB L2 Cache, EM64-T, VT) - OS client E
- OS server BCE (PCIe card) C
Hard disks
- OS server IE (CP 1623, PCIe) D
1 x 250 GB HDD SATA; internal A
Intel Core 2 Quad processor Q9400
(2.66 GHz, 1 333 MHz FSB, 1 x 250 GB HDD SATA; swap frame; front B
6 MB L2 cache, EM64-T, VT)
Memory
- OS server BCE (PCIe card) H
1.0 GB DDR2 SDRAM (1 x 1.0 GB) 0
- OS server IE (CP 1623, PCIe) J
2.0 GB DDR2 SDRAM (2 x 1.0 GB) 1
Hard disks 3.0 GB DDR2 SDRAM (3 x 1.0 GB) 2
RAID1 (2 x 250 GB, HDD SATA); internal C
4.0 GB DDR2 SDRAM (2 x 2.0 GB) 3
RAID1 (2 x 500 GB, HDD SATA); internal D
Removable media
RAID1 (2 x 250 GB HDD SATA); in swap E
frame; hot-swap; front DVD-ROM, without 3.5" floppy disk drive 0
RAID1 (2 x 500 GB HDD SATA); in swap F DVD-ROM, with 3.5" floppy disk drive 2
frame; hot-swap; front
Expansion (hardware)
Memory
Without expansions A
2.0 GB DDR2 SDRAM (2 x 1.0 GB) 1
DVI extension adapter (DVI-D) B
3.0 GB DDR2 SDRAM (3 x 1.0 GB) 2
Multi-monitor graphics card "2 Screens" C
4.0 GB DDR2 SDRAM (2 x 2.0 GB) 3 (SIMATIC PCS 7 option)
Removable media Multi-monitor graphics card "4 Screens" D
(SIMATIC PCS 7 option)
DVDRW, without 3.5" floppy disk drive 1
Power supply unit, country-specific
DVDRW, with 3.5" floppy disk drive 3 version
Expansion (hardware) 110/230 V AC industrial power supply
Without expansions A - European power supply cord 0
DVI extension adapter (DVI-D) B - US power supply cord 1
- power supply cord for UK 2
15
Power supply unit, country-specific
version - power supply cord for Switzerland 3
110/230 V AC industrial power supply
- Italian power supply cord 4
- European power supply cord 0
- Chinese power supply cord 5
- US power supply cord 1
2 x 110/230 V AC, redundant power supply, 6
- power supply cord for UK 2 without power supply cord1)
- power supply cord for Switzerland 3 1)
The redundant power supply is only for use with the hard disk option B.
- Italian power supply cord 4
- Chinese power supply cord 5
2 x 110/230 V AC, redundant power supply, 6
without power supply cord1)
1) The redundant power supply can only be used together with the hard disk
version with swap frame (option E or F).

15/28 Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011


Ordering data
Preferred types for ES/OS single station, OS server and OS client of type IPC547C
SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial
Workstation, single station
version
SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial
Workstation ES/OS single station
IPC547C
SIMATIC PC in 19" rack, with
optical mouse, without monitor,
keyboard or printer; Intel Core 2
Duo E8400 (3.0 GHz, 1 333 MHz
FSB, 6 MB L2 cache, EM64-T,
VT), RAID1 (2 x 250 GB, HDD
SATA), internal; 2.0 GB DDR2
SDRAM (2 x 1.0 GB); DVD+/RW,
with 3.5" floppy disk drive; 110/
230 V AC industrial power supply;
European power supply cord
SIMATIC IPC DiagMonitor
diagnostics software and restore
DVDs;
SIMATIC PCS 7 ES/OS software
pre-installed
Operating system license:
Windows 7 Ultimate 32-bit, Multi-
language (German, English,
French, Italian, Spanish,
Chinese), with license downgrade
to Windows XP Professional 32-
bit, MUI (German, English,
French, Italian, Spanish, Chinese
Preinstalled operating system:
Windows XP Professional 32-bit,
MUI
(German, English, French, Italian,
Spanish, Chinese)
SIMATIC PCS 7
ES/OS 547C BCE WXP
Connection to plant bus with
Ethernet network card RJ45
(PCIe X1 Express) 10/100/
1000 Mbit/s and Basic Commu-
nication Ethernet (BCE) for up to
8 automation systems (single
stations only, no redundancy
stations)
SIMATIC PCS 7
ES/OS 547C IE WXP
Connection to plant bus with
CP 1623 communication
module (PCIe X1 Express)
Siemens AG 2012
Order No.
6ES7 660-0AC13-2AA0
6ES7 660-0BC13-2AA0
Previous versions
SIMATIC PCS 7 V7.1
SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstation/IPC V7.1
Order No.
SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial
Workstation, server version
SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial
Workstation OS server IPC547C
SIMATIC PC in 19" rack, with
optical mouse, without monitor,
keyboard or printer; Intel Core 2
Duo E8400 (3.0 GHz, 1 333 MHz
FSB, 6 MB L2 cache, EM64T, VT),
RAID1 (2 x 250 GB, HDD SATA),
in swap frame, hot swap, at front;
2.0 GB DDR2 SDRAM (2 x
1.0 GB); DVDRW, with 3.5"
diskette drive; 110/230 V AC
industrial power supply;
European power supply cord
SIMATIC IPC DiagMonitor
diagnostics software and Restore
DVDs;
SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Software
Server pre-installed
Operating system license:
Windows Server 2008 32-bit
including 5 CAL, Multi-language
(German, English, French, Italian,
Spanish, Chinese), with license
downgrade to Windows Server
2003 R2 Standard 32-bit
including 5 CAL, MUI (German,
English, French, Italian, Spanish,
Chinese)
Preinstalled operating system:
Windows Server 2003 R2
Standard 32-bit MUI
(German, English, French, Italian,
Spanish, Chinese)
SIMATIC PCS 7 6ES7 660-0CE13-2BA0
OS Server 547C BCE SRV03
Connection to plant bus with
Ethernet network card RJ45
(PCIe X1 Express) 10/100/
1000 Mbit/s and Basic Commu-
nication Ethernet (BCE) for up to
8 automation systems (single
stations only, no redundancy
stations)
SIMATIC PCS 7 6ES7 660-0DE13-2BA0
OS Server 547C IE SRV03
Connection to plant bus with
CP 1623 communication
module (PCIe X1 Express)
15
Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011 15/29

Previous versions
SIMATIC PCS 7 V7.1
SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstation/IPC V7.1
Ordering data
SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial
Workstation, client version
SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial
Workstation OS client IPC547C
SIMATIC PC in 19" rack, with
optical mouse, without monitor,
keyboard or printer; Intel Core 2
Duo E8400 (3.0 GHz, 1 333 MHz
FSB, 6 MB L2 cache, EM64-T,
VT), 1 x 250 GB HDD SATA,
internal; 1.0 GB DDR2 SDRAM
(1 x 1.0 GB); DVD-ROM, with 3.5"
floppy disk drive;
110/230 V AC industrial power
supply; European power supply
cord
SIMATIC IPC DiagMonitor
diagnostics software and Restore
DVDs;
SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Software
Client pre-installed
Operating system license:
Windows 7 Ultimate 32-bit, Multi-
language (German, English,
French, Italian, Spanish,
Chinese), with license downgrade
to Windows XP Professional 32-
bit, MUI (German, English,
French, Italian, Spanish, Chinese)
Windows XP Professional MUI
operating system
(German, English, French, Italian,
Spanish, Chinese)
SIMATIC PCS 7
OS Client 547C WXP
- Without multi-monitor graphics
card
- with Multi-monitor graphics
card "2 Screens"
15
15/30 Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011
Siemens AG 2012
Order No.
6ES7 660-0EA02-2AA0
6ES7 660-0EA02-2AC0
Order No.
Add-on/expansion components for Industrial Workstations of
type IPC547C
Memory submodules for
main memory
1.0 GB DDR2 800 SDRAM 6ES7 648-2AF40-0JA0
(1 x 1.0 GB), Single Channel
2.0 GB DDR2 800 SDRAM 6ES7 648-2AF50-0JB0
(2 x 1.0 GB), Dual Channel Kit
SIMATIC PC keyboard
(USB connection)
German/international key 6ES7 648-0CB00-0YA0
assignment
Tower kit for SIMATIC PCS 7
Industrial Workstations
Based on SIMATIC IPC547C
Tower kit for conversion of a 6ES7 648-1AA00-0XC0
Rack PC into an industrial
Tower PC
Withdrawable HDD swap frame
Low-profile, withdrawable HDD 6ES7 648-0EG00-1BA0
swap frame for 3.5" hard disk,
SATA (without hard disk)
3 m power supply cord
for Rack PC 1)
For Europe 6ES7 900-0AA00-0XA0
For Great Britain 6ES7 900-0BA00-0XA0
For Switzerland 6ES7 900-0CA00-0XA0
For the USA 6ES7 900-0DA00-0XA0
For Italy 6ES7 900-0EA00-0XA0
For China 6ES7 900-0FA00-0XA0
SIMATIC NET PowerPack
S7-REDCONNECT
For communication with fault-
tolerant AS systems, see chapter
"Communication", section "Indus-
trial Ethernet system connection
of PCS 7 system"
1) The SIMATIC PCS 7 preferred types are delivered as standard with a
"European power cable". The country-specific versions listed above are
required for some countries.

Ordering data (continued)
SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstations of the type IPC647C
Individually configurable ES/OS single station IPC647C
Ordering Data
SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstation
for ES/OS single station
1 - 0 A
SIMATIC Industrial PC IPC647C
Windows XP Professional 32-bit, MUI
(German, English, French, Italian, Spanish,
Chinese), and SIMATIC PCS 7 V7.1+SP3 pre-
installed
Operating system license: Windows 7
Ultimate 64-bit, Multi-language (German,
English, French, Italian, Spanish, Chinese),
with license downgrade to Windows XP
Professional 32-bit, MUI (German, English,
French, Italian, Spanish, Chinese)
Processor and system type
Core i7-610E (2C/4T, 2.53 GHz, 4 MB cache ,
TB, VT-x, VT-d, EM64-T),
ES/OS single station
Hard disks
RAID1 (2 x 500 GB, HDD SATA); internal;
0.5 g vibration, 5 g shock
RAID1 (2 x 500 GB HDD SATA); in swap
frame; hot-swap; front
RAID1 (2 x 1 TB, HDD SAS); in swap frame;
hot swap; front; HW RAID controller with
PCIe X8 in PCIe X16 slot; including battery
backup unit (BBU)1)
Main memory
2.0 GB DDR3 SDRAM (1 x 2.0 GB), DIMM,
single channel
4.0 GB DDR3 SDRAM (2 x 2.0 GB), DIMM,
dual channel
6.0 GB DDR3 SDRAM (1 x 2.0 GB,
1 x 4.0 GB), DIMM, dual channel
8.0 GB DDR3 SDRAM (2 x 4.0 GB), DIMM,
dual channel
2.0 GB DDR3 SDRAM (2 x 1.0 GB), DIMM,
ECC, dual channel
4.0 GB DDR3 SDRAM (2 x 2.0 GB), DIMM,
ECC, dual channel
8.0 GB DDR3 SDRAM (2 x 4.0 GB), DIMM,
ECC, dual channel
Communications
BCE (PCIe x1)
Industrial Ethernet (CP 1623, PCIe x1)
Expansion (hardware)
Without expansions
Multi-monitor graphics card "2 Screens"
(SIMATIC PCS 7 option)1)
Multi-monitor graphics card "4 Screens"
(SIMATIC PCS 7 option)1)
Power supply, country-specific power
supply cable
110/230 V AC industrial power supply
- European power supply cord
- US power supply cord
- power supply cord for UK
- power supply cord for Switzerland
- Italian power supply cord
- Chinese power supply cord
2 x 110/230 V AC, redundant power supply,
without power supply cord
1)
HW RAID controller and multi-monitor graphics card cannot be combined
with one another because they use the same slot.
Siemens AG 2012
Previous versions
SIMATIC PCS 7 V7.1
SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstation/IPC V7.1
Individually configurable OS server IPC647C
Order No. Ordering Data Order No.
6ES7 660- SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstation 6ES7 660-
for OS server
1 - 0 B
SIMATIC Industrial PC IPC647C
Windows Server 2003 R2 Standard 32-bit
including 5 CAL, MUI (German, English,
French, Italian, Spanish, Chinese), and
SIMATIC PCS 7 V7.1+SP3 pre-installed
Operating system license: Windows Server
2008 R2 64-bit including 5 CAL, multi-
language (German, English, French, Italian,
Spanish, Chinese), with license downgrade
to Windows Server 2003 R2 Standard 32-bit
including 5 CAL, MUI (German, English,
French, Italian, Spanish, Chinese)
Processor and system type
A
Core i7-610E (2C/4T, 2.53 GHz, 4 MB cache, B
TB, VT-x, VT-d, EM64-T),
OS server
C Hard disks
RAID1 (2 x 500 GB, HDD SATA); internal; C
D 0.5 g vibration, 5 g shock
RAID1 (2 x 500 GB HDD SATA); in swap D
E frame; hot-swap; front
RAID1 (2 x 1 TB, HDD SAS); in swap frame; E
hot swap; front; HW RAID controller with
PCIe X8 in PCIe X16 slot; incl. battery
backup unit (BBU)
0 Main memory
2.0 GB DDR3 SDRAM (1 x 2.0 GB), DIMM, 0
1 single channel
4.0 GB DDR3 SDRAM (2 x 2.0 GB), DIMM, 1
2 dual channel
6.0 GB DDR3 SDRAM (1 x 2.0 GB, 2
3 1 x 4.0 GB), DIMM, dual channel
8.0 GB DDR3 SDRAM (2 x 4.0 GB), DIMM, 3
4 dual channel
2.0 GB DDR3 SDRAM (2 x 1.0 GB), DIMM, 4
5 ECC, dual channel
4.0 GB DDR3 SDRAM (2 x 2.0 GB), DIMM, 5
6 ECC, dual channel
8.0 GB DDR3 SDRAM (2 x 4.0 GB), DIMM, 6
ECC, dual channel
0 Communications
BCE (PCIe x1) 0
1
Industrial Ethernet (CP 1623, PCIe x1) 1
A Expansion (hardware)
15
Without expansions A
B
Power supply, country-specific power
C supply cable
110/230 V AC industrial power supply
- European power supply cord 0
- US power supply cord 1
0 - power supply cord for UK 2
1 - power supply cord for Switzerland 3
2 - Italian power supply cord 4
3 - Chinese power supply cord 5
4 2 x 110/230 V AC, redundant power supply, 6
without power supply cord
5
6
Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011 15/31
 Siemens AG 2012

Previous versions
SIMATIC PCS 7 V7.1
SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstation/IPC V7.1

Ordering data (continued)

Individually configurable OS client IPC647C
Ordering Data Order No.
SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstation 6ES7 660-
for OS client
1 - 0 A
SIMATIC Industrial PC IPC647C
Windows XP Professional 32-bit, MUI
(German, English, French, Italian, Spanish,
Chinese), and SIMATIC PCS 7 V7.1+SP3 pre-
installed
Operating system license: Windows 7
Ultimate 64-bit, Multi-language (German,
English, French, Italian, Spanish, Chinese),
with license downgrade to Windows XP
Professional 32-bit, MUI (German, English,
French, Italian, Spanish, Chinese)
Processor and system type
Core i7-610E (2C/4T, 2.53 GHz, C
4 MB cache, TB, VT-x, VT-d, EM64-T),
OS client
Hard disks
1 x 500 GB HDD SATA; internal; A
0.5 g vibration, 5 g shock
1 x 500 GB HDD SATA; swap frame; front B

Main memory
2.0 GB DDR3 SDRAM (1 x 2.0 GB), DIMM, 0
single channel
4.0 GB DDR3 SDRAM (2 x 2.0 GB), DIMM, 1
dual channel
6.0 GB DDR3 SDRAM (1 x 2.0 GB, 2
1 x 4.0 GB), DIMM, dual channel
8.0 GB DDR3 SDRAM (2 x 4.0 GB), DIMM, 3
dual channel
2.0 GB DDR3 SDRAM (2 x 1.0 GB), DIMM, 4
ECC, dual channel
4.0 GB DDR3 SDRAM (2 x 2.0 GB), DIMM, 5
ECC, dual channel
8.0 GB DDR3 SDRAM (2 x 4.0 GB), DIMM, 6
ECC, dual channel
Communications
Without additional communication module 8
for plant bus
Expansion (hardware)
Without expansions A
Multi-monitor graphics card "2 Screens" B
(SIMATIC PCS 7 option)
Multi-monitor graphics card "4 Screens" C
(SIMATIC PCS 7 option)
Power supply, country-specific power

15
supply cable
110/230 V AC industrial power supply
- European power supply cord 0
- US power supply cord 1
- power supply cord for UK 2
- power supply cord for Switzerland 3
- Italian power supply cord 4
- Chinese power supply cord 5
2 x 110/230 V AC, redundant power supply, 6
without power supply cord

15/32 Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011

 Siemens AG 2012

Previous versions
SIMATIC PCS 7 V7.1
SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstation/IPC V7.1

Ordering data (continued)

SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstations of the type IPC647C as replacement part
(without hardware expansions, software pre-installation, system software licenses, restore DVDs)
Replacement for ES/OS single station or OS server
of the type IPC647C
Ordering Data
SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstation
as replacement for ES/OS single station/
OS server
Industrial PC SIMATIC IPC647C without pre-
installation, without SIMATIC PCS 7 restore
DVDs
Processor and system type
Core i7-610E (2C/4T, 2.53 GHz,
4 MB cache, TB, VT-x, VT-d, EM64-T),
replacement for ES/OS single station or
OS server
Hard disks
RAID1 (2 x 500 GB, HDD SATA); internal;
0.5 g vibration, 5 g shock
RAID1 (2 x 500 GB HDD SATA); in swap
frame; hot-swap; front
RAID1 (2 x 1 TB, HDD SAS); in swap frame;
hot swap; front; HW RAID controller with
PCIe X8 in PCIe X16 slot; incl. battery
backup unit (BBU)
Main memory
2.0 GB DDR3 SDRAM (1 x 2.0 GB), DIMM,
single channel
4.0 GB DDR3 SDRAM (2 x 2.0 GB), DIMM,
dual channel
6.0 GB DDR3 SDRAM (1 x 2.0 GB,
1 x 4.0 GB), DIMM, dual channel
8.0 GB DDR3 SDRAM (2 x 4.0 GB), DIMM,
dual channel
2.0 GB DDR3 SDRAM (2 x 1.0 GB), DIMM,
ECC, dual channel
4.0 GB DDR3 SDRAM (2 x 2.0 GB), DIMM,
ECC, dual channel
8.0 GB DDR3 SDRAM (2 x 4.0 GB), DIMM,
ECC, dual channel
Communications
BCE (PCIe x1)
Industrial Ethernet (CP 1623, PCIe x1)
Without additional communication module
for plant bus
Operating system
Windows 7 Ultimate 64-bit, Multi-language
(German, English, French, Italian, Spanish,
Chinese), with license downgrade to
Windows XP Professional 32-bit, MUI
(German, English, French, Italian, Spanish,
Replacement for OS client
of the type IPC647C
Order No. Ordering Data Order No.
6ES7 660- SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstation 6ES7 660-
1 - 8 as replacement for OS client
1 - 8
Industrial PC SIMATIC IPC647C without pre-
installation, without SIMATIC PCS 7 restore
DVDs
Processor and system type
Core i7-610E (2C/4T, 2.53 GHz, Y
X 4 MB cache, TB, VT-x, VT-d, EM64-T),
replacement for OS client
Drives
1 x 500 GB HDD SATA; internal; A
C 0.5 g vibration, 5 g shock
1 x 500 GB HDD SATA; swap frame; front B
D
Main memory
E 2.0 GB DDR3 SDRAM (1 x 2.0 GB), DIMM, 0
single channel
4.0 GB DDR3 SDRAM (2 x 2.0 GB), DIMM, 1
dual channel
6.0 GB DDR3 SDRAM (1 x 2.0 GB, 2
0 1 x 4.0 GB), DIMM, dual channel
8.0 GB DDR3 SDRAM (2 x 4.0 GB), DIMM, 3
1 dual channel
2.0 GB DDR3 SDRAM (2 x 1.0 GB), DIMM, 4
2 ECC, dual channel
4.0 GB DDR3 SDRAM (2 x 2.0 GB), DIMM, 5
3 ECC, dual channel
8.0 GB DDR3 SDRAM (2 x 4.0 GB), DIMM, 6
4 ECC, dual channel
5 Communications
Without additional communication module 8
6 for plant bus
Operating system
Windows 7 Ultimate 64-bit, Multi-language A
0 (German, English, French, Italian, Spanish,
1 Chinese), with license downgrade to
8 Windows XP Professional 32-bit, MUI
(German, English, French, Italian, Spanish,
Chinese)
A Without operating system X
Expansion (hardware)
Without expansions A

15
Chinese) Power supply, country-specific power
Windows Server 2008 R2 64-bit including B supply cable
5 CAL, multi-language (German, English, 110/230 V AC industrial power supply
French, Italian, Spanish, Chinese), with - European power supply cord 0
license downgrade to Windows Server
2003 R2 Standard 32-bit including 5 CAL, - US power supply cord 1
MUI (German, English, French, Italian,
Spanish, Chinese) - power supply cord for UK 2
Without operating system X - power supply cord for Switzerland 3
Expansion (hardware) - Italian power supply cord 4
Without expansions A - Chinese power supply cord 5
Power supply, country-specific power 2 x 110/230 V AC, redundant power supply, 6
supply cable without power supply cord
110/230 V AC industrial power supply
- European power supply cord 0
- US power supply cord 1
- power supply cord for UK 2
- power supply cord for Switzerland 3
- Italian power supply cord 4
- Chinese power supply cord 5
2 x 110/230 V AC, redundant power supply, 6
without power supply cord

Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011 15/33


Previous versions
SIMATIC PCS 7 V7.1
SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstation/IPC V7.1
Ordering data
Add-on/expansion components for
Industrial Workstations of type IPC647C
Memory submodules for main
memory
1.0 GB DDR3 1066 SDRAM
(1 x 1.0 GB), DIMM
2.0 GB DDR3 1066 SDRAM
(1 x 2.0 GB), DIMM
4.0 GB DDR3 1066 SDRAM
(1 x 4.0 GB), DIMM
1.0 GB DDR3 1066 SDRAM
(1 x 1.0 GB), DIMM, ECC
2.0 GB DDR3 1066 SDRAM
(1 x 2.0 GB), DIMM, ECC
4.0 GB DDR3 1066 SDRAM
(1 x 4.0 GB), DIMM, ECC
SIMATIC PC keyboard
German/international keyboard
layout with USB connection
SIMATIC PC mouse
Optical, with USB connection
and PS/2 adapter
Withdrawable HDD swap frame
Low-profile, withdrawable HDD
swap frame for 3.5" hard disk,
SATA (without hard disk)
15
15/34 Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011
Siemens AG 2012
Order No.
6ES7 648-2AJ40-0KA0
6ES7 648-2AJ50-0KA0
6ES7 648-2AJ60-0KA0
6ES7 648-2AJ40-1KA0
6ES7 648-2AJ50-1KA0
6ES7 648-2AJ60-1KA0
6ES7 648-0CB00-0YA0
6ES7 790-0AA01-0XA0
6ES7 648-0EG00-1BA0
Order No.
3 m power supply cord
for Rack PC 1)
For Europe 6ES7 900-0AA00-0XA0
For Great Britain 6ES7 900-0BA00-0XA0
For Switzerland 6ES7 900-0CA00-0XA0
For the USA 6ES7 900-0DA00-0XA0
For Italy 6ES7 900-0EA00-0XA0
For China 6ES7 900-0FA00-0XA0
SIMATIC NET PowerPack
S7-REDCONNECT
For communication with fault-
tolerant AS systems, see chapter
"Communication", section "Indus-
trial Ethernet system connection
of PCS 7 system"
1)
The SIMATIC PCS 7 preferred types are delivered as standard with a
"European power cable". The country-specific versions listed above are
required for some countries.
 Siemens AG 2012

Previous versions
SIMATIC PCS 7 V7.1
SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstation/IPC V7.1

Ordering data (continued)

SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstations of the type IPC847C
Individually configurable ES/OS single station IPC847C
Ordering Data
SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstation
for ES/OS single station
SIMATIC IPC847C industrial PC
Windows XP Professional 32-bit, MUI
(German, English, French, Italian, Spanish,
Chinese), and SIMATIC PCS 7 V7.1+SP3 pre-
installed
Operating system license: Windows 7
Ultimate 64-bit, Multi-language (German,
English, French, Italian, Spanish, Chinese),
with license downgrade to Windows XP
Professional 32-bit, MUI (German, English,
French, Italian, Spanish, Chinese)
Processor and system type
Core i7-610E (2C/4T, 2.53 GHz, 4 MB cache ,
TB, VT-x, VT-d, EM64-T),
ES/OS single station
Hard disks
RAID1 (2 x 500 GB, HDD SATA); internal;
0.5 g vibration, 5 g shock
RAID1 (2 x 500 GB HDD SATA); in swap
frame; hot-swap; front
RAID1 (2 x 1 TB, HDD SAS); in swap frame;
hot swap; front; HW RAID controller with
PCIe X8 in PCIe X16 slot; including battery
backup unit (BBU)1)
RAID5 (3 x 1 TB, HDD SAS); in swap frame;
hot swap; front; HW RAID controller with
PCIe X8 in PCIe X16 slot; incl. battery
backup unit (BBU)1)
Main memory
2.0 GB DDR3 SDRAM (1 x 2.0 GB), DIMM,
single channel
4.0 GB DDR3 SDRAM (2 x 2.0 GB), DIMM,
dual channel
6.0 GB DDR3 SDRAM (1 x 2.0 GB,
1 x 4.0 GB), DIMM, dual channel
8.0 GB DDR3 SDRAM (2 x 4.0 GB), DIMM,
dual channel
2.0 GB DDR3 SDRAM (2 x 1.0 GB), DIMM,
ECC, dual channel
4.0 GB DDR3 SDRAM (2 x 2.0 GB), DIMM,
ECC, dual channel
8.0 GB DDR3 SDRAM (2 x 4.0 GB), DIMM,
ECC, dual channel
Communications
BCE (PCIe x1)
Industrial Ethernet (CP 1623, PCIe x1)
Individually configurable OS server IPC847C
Order No. Ordering Data Order No.
6ES7 660- SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstation 6ES7 660-
2 - 0 A for OS server
2 - 0 B
SIMATIC IPC847C industrial PC
Windows Server 2003 R2 Standard 32-bit
including 5 CAL, MUI (German, English,
French, Italian, Spanish, Chinese), and
SIMATIC PCS 7 V7.1+SP3 pre-installed
Operating system license: Windows Server
2008 R2 64-bit including 5 CAL, multi-
language (German, English, French, Italian,
Spanish, Chinese), with license downgrade
to Windows Server 2003 R2 Standard 32-bit
including 5 CAL, MUI (German, English,
French, Italian, Spanish, Chinese)
A Processor and system type
Core i7-610E (2C/4T, 2.53 GHz, 4 MB cache, B
TB, VT-x, VT-d, EM64-T),
OS server
A
Hard disks
B RAID1 (2 x 500 GB, HDD SATA); internal; A
0.5 g vibration, 5 g shock
C RAID1 (2 x 500 GB HDD SATA); in swap B
frame; hot-swap; front
RAID1 (2 x 1 TB, HDD SAS); in swap frame; C
hot swap; front; HW RAID controller with
D PCIe X8 in PCIe X16 slot; incl. battery
backup unit (BBU)
RAID5 (3 x 1 TB, HDD SAS); in swap frame; D
hot swap; front; HW RAID controller with
PCIe X8 in PCIe X16 slot; including battery
0 backup unit (BBU)
Main memory
1 2.0 GB DDR3 SDRAM (1 x 2.0 GB), DIMM, 0
single channel
2
4.0 GB DDR3 SDRAM (2 x 2.0 GB), DIMM, 1
dual channel
3
6.0 GB DDR3 SDRAM (1 x 2.0 GB, 2
4 1 x 4.0 GB), DIMM, dual channel
8.0 GB DDR3 SDRAM (2 x 4.0 GB), DIMM, 3
5 dual channel
2.0 GB DDR3 SDRAM (2 x 1.0 GB), DIMM, 4
6 ECC, dual channel
4.0 GB DDR3 SDRAM (2 x 2.0 GB), DIMM, 5
ECC, dual channel
0 8.0 GB DDR3 SDRAM (2 x 4.0 GB), DIMM, 6
1 ECC, dual channel

15
Communications
Expansion (hardware)
Without expansions A BCE (PCIe x1) 0
Multi-monitor graphics card "2 Screens" B Industrial Ethernet (CP 1623, PCIe x1) 1
(SIMATIC PCS 7 option)1)
Multi-monitor graphics card "4 Screens" C Expansion (hardware)
(SIMATIC PCS 7 option)1) Without expansions A
Power supply, country-specific power Power supply, country-specific power
supply cable supply cable
110/230 V AC industrial power supply
110/230 V AC industrial power supply
- European power supply cord 0
- US power supply cord 1 - European power supply cord 0
- power supply cord for UK 2 - US power supply cord 1
- power supply cord for Switzerland 3 - power supply cord for UK 2
- Italian power supply cord 4 - power supply cord for Switzerland 3
- Chinese power supply cord 5 - Italian power supply cord 4
2 x 110/230 V AC, redundant power supply, 6 - Chinese power supply cord 5
without power supply cord
2 x 110/230 V AC, redundant power supply, 6
1) without power supply cord
HW RAID controller and multi-monitor graphics card cannot be combined
with one another because they use the same slot.

Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011 15/35

 Siemens AG 2012

Previous versions
SIMATIC PCS 7 V7.1
SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstation/IPC V7.1

Ordering data (continued)

SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstations of the type IPC847C as replacement part
(without hardware expansions, software pre-installation, system software licenses, restore DVDs)
Replacement for ES/OS single station or OS server of the type IPC847C
Ordering Data Order No. Ordering Data Order No.
SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstation 6ES7 660- SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstation 6ES7 660-
as replacement for ES/OS single station/ as replacement for ES/OS single station/
OS server 2 - 8 OS server 2 - 8
Industrial PC SIMATIC IPC847C without pre- Industrial PC SIMATIC IPC847C without pre-
installation, without SIMATIC PCS 7 restore installation, without SIMATIC PCS 7 restore
DVDs DVDs
Processor and system type Operating system
Core i7-610E (2C/4T, 2.53 GHz, X Windows 7 Ultimate 64-bit, Multi-language A
4 MB cache, TB, VT-x, VT-d, EM64-T), (German, English, French, Italian, Spanish,
replacement for ES/OS single station or Chinese), with license downgrade to
OS server Windows XP Professional 32-bit, MUI
(German, English, French, Italian, Spanish,
Hard disks Chinese)
RAID1 (2 x 500 GB, HDD SATA); internal; A Windows Server 2008 R2 64-bit including B
0.5 g vibration, 5 g shock 5 CAL, multi-language (German, English,
RAID1 (2 x 500 GB HDD SATA); in swap B French, Italian, Spanish, Chinese), with
frame; hot-swap; front license downgrade to Windows Server
RAID1 (2 x 1 TB, HDD SAS); in swap frame; C 2003 R2 Standard 32-bit including 5 CAL,
hot swap; front; HW RAID controller with MUI (German, English, French, Italian,
PCIe X8 in PCIe X16 slot; incl. battery Spanish, Chinese)
backup unit (BBU) Without operating system X
RAID5 (3 x 1 TB, HDD SAS); in swap frame; D
hot swap; front; HW RAID controller with Expansion (hardware)
PCIe X8 in PCIe X16 slot; including battery Without expansions A
backup unit (BBU)
Main memory Power supply, country-specific power
supply cable
2.0 GB DDR3 SDRAM (1 x 2.0 GB), DIMM, 0
single channel 110/230 V AC industrial power supply
4.0 GB DDR3 SDRAM (2 x 2.0 GB), DIMM, 1 - European power supply cord 0
dual channel
- US power supply cord 1
6.0 GB DDR3 SDRAM (1 x 2.0 GB, 2
1 x 4.0 GB), DIMM, dual channel - power supply cord for UK 2
8.0 GB DDR3 SDRAM (2 x 4.0 GB), DIMM, 3 - power supply cord for Switzerland 3
dual channel
2.0 GB DDR3 SDRAM (2 x 1.0 GB), DIMM, 4 - Italian power supply cord 4
ECC, dual channel - Chinese power supply cord 5
4.0 GB DDR3 SDRAM (2 x 2.0 GB), DIMM, 5
ECC, dual channel 2 x 110/230 V AC, redundant power supply, 6
without power supply cord
8.0 GB DDR3 SDRAM (2 x 4.0 GB), DIMM, 6
ECC, dual channel
Communications
BCE (PCIe x1) 0
Industrial Ethernet (CP 1623, PCIe x1) 1
Without additional communication module 8
for plant bus

15

15/36 Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011


Ordering data
Add-on/expansion components for Industrial Workstations of type IPC847C
Memory submodules for
main memory
1.0 GB DDR3 1066 SDRAM
(1 x 1.0 GB), DIMM
2.0 GB DDR3 1066 SDRAM
(1 x 2.0 GB), DIMM
4.0 GB DDR3 1066 SDRAM
(1 x 4.0 GB), DIMM
1.0 GB DDR3 1066 SDRAM
(1 x 1.0 GB), DIMM, ECC
2.0 GB DDR3 1066 SDRAM
(1 x 2.0 GB), DIMM, ECC
4.0 GB DDR3 1066 SDRAM
(1 x 4.0 GB), DIMM, ECC
SIMATIC PC keyboard
German/international keyboard
layout with USB connection
SIMATIC PC mouse
Optical, with USB connection
and PS/2 adapter
Tower kit for SIMATIC PCS 7
Industrial Workstations
Based on SIMATIC IPC847C
Tower kit for conversion of a
Rack PC into an industrial
Tower PC
Siemens AG 2012
Order No.
6ES7 648-2AJ40-0KA0
6ES7 648-2AJ50-0KA0
6ES7 648-2AJ60-0KA0
6ES7 648-2AJ40-1KA0
6ES7 648-2AJ50-1KA0
6ES7 648-2AJ60-1KA0
6ES7 648-0CB00-0YA0
6ES7 790-0AA01-0XA0
6ES7 648-1AA00-0XD0
Previous versions
SIMATIC PCS 7 V7.1
SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstation/IPC V7.1
Order No.
Withdrawable HDD swap frame
Low-profile, withdrawable HDD 6ES7 648-0EG00-1BA0
swap frame for 3.5" hard disk,
SATA (without hard disk)
3 m power supply cord
for Rack PC 1)
For Europe 6ES7 900-0AA00-0XA0
For Great Britain 6ES7 900-0BA00-0XA0
For Switzerland 6ES7 900-0CA00-0XA0
For the USA 6ES7 900-0DA00-0XA0
For Italy 6ES7 900-0EA00-0XA0
For China 6ES7 900-0FA00-0XA0
SIMATIC NET PowerPack
S7-REDCONNECT
For communication with fault-
tolerant AS systems, see chapter
"Communication", section "Indus-
trial Ethernet system connection
of PCS 7 system"
1)
The SIMATIC PCS 7 preferred types are delivered as standard with a
"European power cable". The country-specific versions listed above are
required for some countries.
15
Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011 15/37
 Siemens AG 2012

Previous versions
SIMATIC PCS 7 V7.1
SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstation/IPC V7.1

Ordering data Order No. Order No.

Pre-configured bundles based on SIMATIC BOX PC Pre-configured bundles based on SIMATIC Microbox PC
SIMATIC PCS 7 BOX OS Client V7.1 SIMATIC PCS 7 Microbox OS Client V7.1
Ordering Data Order No. SIMATIC IPC427C (Microbox),
SIMATIC PCS 7 version
SIMATIC PCS 7 BOX OS Client System 6ES7 650- OS Client 427C
PC type: SIMATIC IPC627C
4 A A 0 0 - 8 SIMATIC IPC427C for use as
Hardware:
Intel Core i7-610E processor (2 cores/4 SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Client/Batch
threads), 2.53 GHz, TB, HT, VT, 4 MB cache); Client
main memory 2 GB, DDR3 1066, DIMM; Intel Core 2 Duo 1.2 GHz,
hard disk 250 GB HDD SATA; DVDRW; 800 MHz FSB, 3 MB L2 cache;
2 x 10/100/1000 Mbit/s Ethernet RJ45; 2.0 GB DDR3 SDRAM 1066
graphics onboard, (SO-DIMM module); 2 x Ethernet
4 x USB V2.0 (high-current); 1 x serial 10/100/1000 Mbit/s (RJ45)
(COM1); 1 x PCI, 1 x PCIe (X16) onboard;
SIMATIC PCS 7 software version V7.1+SP3 without 3.5" floppy disk drive,
optical drive, mouse, keyboard or
Windows XP Professional operating system, monitor
MUI (English, German, French, Italian,
Spanish, Chinese) SIMATIC PC DiagMonitor
diagnostics software and restore
Without additional communications interfaces DVDs;
System type SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Software
Client V7.1+SP3 preinstalled
PCS 7 BOX OS Client E
Windows XP Professional MUI
PCS 7 BOX spare part (without licenses, F operating system
without preinstallation) (German, English, French, Italian,
Panel Front Spanish, Chinese)
without panel A SIMATIC PCS 7 6ES7 650-0RG17-0YX0
OS Client 427C (HDD)
19" TFT Touch, 1280 x 1024 pixels B version with hard disk drive,
1 x 250 GB, HDD SATA
Power supply, country-specific power
supply cable SIMATIC PCS 7 6ES7 650-0RG17-0YX1
OS Client 427C (SSD)
110/230 V AC industrial power supply version with solid-state drive,
- European power supply cord 0 1 x 50 GB, SSD SATA
- US power supply cord 1 Additional and expansion components
- power supply cord for UK 2 2.0 GB main memory DDR3- 6ES7 648-2AH50-0KA0
- power supply cord for Switzerland 3 SDRAM 1066 (SO-DIMM
module)
- Italian power supply cord 4
SIMATIC PC, graphics adapter 6ES7 648-3AB00-0XA0
- Chinese power supply cord 5 cable, DVI-I to VGA
2 x 110/230 V AC, redundant power supply, 6 250 mm long (included in the
without power supply cord scope of supply, only for ordering
as spare part)
Additional and expansion components Multi-monitor option for
SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Client 427C
Keyboard/mouse
SIMATIC PC DVI-I Y graphics 6ES7 648-3AE00-0XA0
SIMATIC PC keyboard 6ES7 648-0CB00-0YA0 adapter cable
German/international with USB DVI-I to VGA and DVI-D
connection
SIMATIC PC keyboard, German/ 6ES7 648-0CB00-0YA0 Keyboard/mouse
international, with USB port
15
SIMATIC PC keyboard 6ES7 648-0CB00-0YA0
SIMATIC PC mouse 6ES7 790-0AA01-0XA0 German/international with
Optical, with USB connection and USB connection
PS/2 adapter SIMATIC PC mouse 6ES7 790-0AA01-0XA0
Optical, with USB connection and
Accessories PS/2 adapter
Portrait assembly kit Portrait mounting
Kit 1: Interfaces to the front 6ES7 648-1AA10-0YB0
Portrait assembly kit 6ES7 648-1AA20-0YB0
Kit 2: Interfaces point up/down 6ES7 648-1AA10-0YA0 for space-saving installation of
the SIMATIC PCS 7
OS Client 427C (front)

15/38 Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011


Ordering data
Industrial Workstation/IPC expansion components
Mouse and keyboard
Mouse
SIMATIC PC mouse
Optical, with USB connection and
USB-PS/2 adapter
Keyboard
SIMATIC PC keyboard
German/international key
assignment, with USB connection
and USB-PS/2 adapter
Multi-monitor graphics cards and process monitors
Multi-monitor graphics cards
Multi-monitor graphics card
"2 Screens"
For operation of 2 process
monitors on 1 station
Type of delivery: Dual graphics
card, driver CD, 1 dual DVI cable
for 2 digital outputs, 2 adapters
for VGA outputs
Multi-monitor graphics card
"4 Screens"
For operation of 4 process
monitors on 1 station
Type of delivery: Quad graphics
card, driver CD, 2 dual DVI cable
for 4 digital outputs, 4 adapters
for VGA outputs
Process monitors
SCD 19101-D industrial LCD
monitor
(same design as SCD 1898-I)
Desktop unit, 230 V AC,
48 cm (19") screen diagonal,
horizontal frequency 50...97 kHz,
IP20 degree of protection
Siemens AG 2012
Order No.
6ES7 790-0AA01-0XA0
6ES7 648-0CB00-0YA0
6ES7 652-0XX04-1XE0
6ES7 652-0XX04-1XE1
6GF6 220-1DA01
Previous versions
SIMATIC PCS 7 V7.1
SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstation/IPC V7.1
Order No.
Redundant terminal bus adapter
Components for connecting a
SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial
Workstation to a redundant
terminal bus
SIMATIC PCS 7 6ES7 652-0XX01-1XF0
Redundant Terminal Bus
Adapter Package PCI
Server and desktop adapter with
conventional PCI interface for
configuration of a redundant
terminal bus,
consisting of 2 Intel PCI network
cards for connection to Industrial
Ethernet (10/100/1000 Mbit/s),
with RJ45 connection
SIMATIC PCS 7 6ES7 652-0XX01-1XF1
Redundant Terminal Bus
Adapter Package PCIe
Server and desktop adapter with
PCI Express interface for configu-
ration of a redundant terminal
bus,
consisting of 2 Intel PCIe network
cards for connection to Industrial
Ethernet (10/100/1000 Mbit/s),
with RJ45 connection
Smart card reader
USB smart card reader 6ES7 652-0XX02-1XC0
Desktop unit with USB cable
Serial smart card reader 6ES7 652-0XX11-1XC0
Desktop unit with cable for a
serial RS 232 COM port and PS/2
keyboard adapter for power
supply
Smart card for USB/serial smart 6ES7 652-0XX05-1XD1
card reader
Pack with 10 units; 1 card is
required per user
Signal output
PCI Signal module 6DS1 916-8RR
PCI card for installation in an
operator station
Connecting cable
For connection of an external
horn to a signal module
3m 6XV2 175-8AH30
10 m 6XV2 175-8AN10
32 m
50 m
6XV2 175-8AN32
6XV2 175-8AN50
15
Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011 15/39

Previous versions
SIMATIC PCS 7 V7.1
Engineering System V7.1
Ordering data
Standard engineering software
A classic, exclusive
engineering station without
limitation of quantities, not
suitable for productive
operation as an operator
station
SIMATIC PCS 7 Engineering
Software V7.1
Software class A, runs with
Windows XP Professional or
Windows Server 2003, floating
license for 1 user
Type of delivery: License key
memory stick, certificate of
license including terms and
conditions
AS/OS engineering software,
activated for 2-hour OS test mode
AS/OS Engineering unlimited
POs and AS Runtime license for
600 POs
- 5 languages1)
- ASIA, 2 languages2)
OS engineering software,
activated for 2-hour OS test mode
OS Engineering unlimited POs
- 5 languages1)
- ASIA, 2 languages2)
AS engineering software
AS Engineering unlimited POs
- 5 languages1)
- ASIA, 2 languages2)
SIMATIC PCS 7 Engineering
Software V7.1
AS Engineering unlimited POs
Rental License
6 languages (German, English,
French, Italian, Spanish,
Chinese), software class A, runs
with Windows XP Professional or
Windows Server 2003
Type of delivery: License key
memory stick, certificate of
license including terms and
conditions
Rental license for 30 days (time
billing independent of use)
Rental license for 50 hours (time
billing dependent on use)
15 SIMATIC PCS 7 Engineering
Software V7.1
OS Engineering unlimited POs
Rental License
Software class A, runs with
Windows XP Professional or
Windows Server 2003
Type of delivery: License key
memory stick, certificate of
license including terms and
conditions
Rental license for 30 days (time
billing independent of use)
- 5 languages3)
- ASIA, 2 languages4)
Rental license for 50 hours (time
billing dependent on use)
- 5 languages3)
- ASIA, 2 languages4)
15/40 Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011
Siemens AG 2012
Order No.
6ES7 658-5AF17-0YA5
6ES7 658-5AF17-0CA5
6ES7 658-2DF17-0YA5
6ES7 658-2DF17-0CA5
SIMATIC PCS 7 Engineering
6ES7 658-1AF17-0YA5
6ES7 658-1AF17-0CA5
6ES7 658-1AF17-0YA6
6ES7 658-1AF17-0YG6
6ES7 658-2DF17-0YA6
6ES7 658-2DF17-0CA6
6ES7 658-2DF17-0YG6
6ES7 658-2DF17-0CG6
Order No.
A combined engineering/
operator station for small appli-
cations, suitable for productive
operation as an operator
station
SIMATIC PCS 7 Engineering
Software V7.1
Software class A, runs with
Windows XP Professional or
Windows Server 2003, floating
license for 1 user
Type of delivery: License key
memory stick, certificate of
license including terms and
conditions
AS/OS Engineering Software for
productive operation
250 AS/OS Engineering and
Runtime POs
- 5 languages1) 6ES7 658-5AA17-0YA5
- ASIA, 2 languages2) 6ES7 658-5AA17-0CA5
1 000 AS/OS Engineering and
Runtime POs
- 5 languages1) 6ES7 658-5AB17-0YA5
- ASIA, 2 languages2) 6ES7 658-5AB17-0CA5
2 000 AS/OS Engineering and
Runtime POs
- 5 languages1) 6ES7 658-5AC17-0YA5
- ASIA, 2 languages2) 6ES7 658-5AC17-0CA5
PowerPack AS/OS V7.1
for expansion of PO volume of a
combined ES/OS station
Can be used for all languages
offered, software class A, runs
with Windows XP Professional or
Windows Server 2003, floating
license for 1 user
Type of delivery: License key
memory stick, certificate of
license including terms and
conditions
from 250 to 1 000 POs 6ES7 658-5AB17-0YD5
(AS/OS Engineering and
Runtime POs)
from 1 000 to 2 000 POs 6ES7 658-5AC17-0YD5
(AS/OS Engineering and
Runtime POs)
from 2 000 to unlimited POs 6ES7 658-5AF17-0YD5
(only AS/OS Engineering POs;
the number of existing AS/OS
Runtime POs remains
unchanged)
1)
Languages: German, English, French, Italian, Spanish. Supplied with
SIMATIC PCS 7 Software Media Package V7.1
2)
Languages: English, Chinese. Supplied with SIMATIC PCS 7 Software
Media Package ASIA V7.1
3)
Languages: German, English, French, Italian, Spanish. Delivery without
SIMATIC PCS 7 Software Media Package V7.1
4)
Languages: English, Chinese. Delivery without SIMATIC PCS 7 Software
Media Package ASIA V7.1
For additional information on the Software Media Package, see section
"SIMATIC PCS 7 Software".

Ordering data
Version Cross Manager
SIMATIC Version Cross
Manager V7.1
6 languages (German, English,
French, Italian, Spanish,
Chinese), software class A, runs
with Windows XP Professional or
Windows Server 2003, floating
license for 1 user
Type of delivery: License key
memory stick, certificate of
license including terms and
conditions as well as TIA
Engineering Toolset CDs V7.1
Version Trail
SIMATIC Version Trail V7.1
6 languages (German, English,
French, Italian, Spanish,
Chinese), software class A, runs
with Windows XP Professional or
Windows Server 2003, floating
license for 1 user
Type of delivery: License key
memory stick, certificate of
license including terms and
conditions as well as TIA
Engineering Toolset CDs V7.1
Advanced Engineering
SIMATIC PCS 7 Advanced
Engineering System V7.1
Engineering software, 2
languages (German, English),
software class A, runs with
Windows XP Professional or
Windows Server 2003, floating
license for 1 user
Type of delivery: License key
memory stick, certificate of
license including terms and
conditions, software and
documentation on DVD
Import/Export Assistant
SIMATIC PCS 7 Import/Export
Assistant V7.1
6 languages (German, English,
French, Italian, Spanish,
Chinese), software class A, runs
with Windows XP Professional or
Windows Server 2003, floating
license for 1 user
Type of delivery: License key
memory stick, certificate of
license including terms and
conditions
Siemens AG 2012
Order No.
6ES7 658-1CX17-2YA5
6ES7 658-1FX17-2YA5
6ES7 658-1GX17-2YA5
6ES7 658-1DX17-2YB5
Previous versions
SIMATIC PCS 7 V7.1
Engineering System V7.1
Order No.
SIMATIC PDM V6.1
Product packages
SIMATIC PDM PCS 7 V6.1 6ES7 658-3LX16-0YA5
Complete package for integration
into the engineering toolset of the
SIMATIC PCS 7 engineering
system
6 languages (German, English,
French, Italian, Spanish,
Chinese), software class A, runs
with Windows XP Professional/
Server 2003
Floating license for 1 user, with
SIMATIC PDM Basic
Integration in STEP 7 / PCS 7
Routing via S7-400
128 TAGs
Type of delivery: License key
memory stick, certificate of
license including terms and
conditions; software SIMATIC
PDM V6.1 and device library on
CD/DVD
Optional product components
for SIMATIC PDM V6.1
SIMATIC PDM communication 6ES7 658-3EX16-2YB5
via standard HART multiplexer
6 languages (German, English,
French, Italian, Spanish,
Chinese), software class A, runs
with Windows XP Professional/
Server 2003, floating license for
1 user
Type of delivery: License key
memory stick, certificate of
license including terms and
conditions
PowerPacks for
SIMATIC PDM V6.1
SIMATIC PDM PowerPack
for expanding the TAGs of
SIMATIC PDM PCS 7 V6.1
Software class A, runs with
Windows XP Professional/Server
2003
Floating license for 1 user
Type of delivery: License key
memory stick, certificate of
license including terms and
conditions
from 128 TAGs to 512 TAGs 6ES7 658-3XB16-2YD5
15
from 512 TAGs to 1 024 TAGs 6ES7 658-3XC16-2YD5
from 1 024 TAGs to 2 048 TAGs 6ES7 658-3XD16-2YD5
from 2 048 TAGs to unlimited 6ES7 658-3XH16-2YD5
number of TAGs
Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011 15/41

Previous versions
SIMATIC PCS 7 V7.1
Engineering System V7.1
Ordering data
SIMATIC PDM V7.0
Product packages
SIMATIC PDM PCS 7 V7.0
Complete package for integration
into the engineering toolset of the
SIMATIC PCS 7 engineering
system
5 languages (German, English,
French, Italian, Spanish), software
class A, runs with Windows
XP Professional and Server 2003
Floating license for 1 user, with
SIMATIC PDM Basic and
Extended
Integration in STEP 7 / PCS 7
Routing via S7-400
100 TAGs
Note:
SIMATIC PDM PCS 7 V7.0
requires the installation of
SIMATIC PCS 7 V7.1+SP2 or
higher!
Type of delivery: License key
memory stick, certificate of
license including terms and
conditions; software SIMATIC
PDM V7.0 and device library on
CD/DVD
SIMATIC PDM PCS 7-FF V7.0
Complete package for integration
into the engineering toolset of the
SIMATIC PCS 7 engineering
system
5 languages (German, English,
French, Italian, Spanish), software
class A, runs with Windows
XP Professional and Server 2003
Floating license for 1 user, with
SIMATIC PDM Basic and
Extended
Integration in STEP 7 / PCS 7
Routing via S7-400
Communication FOUNDATION
Fieldbus
100 TAGs
Note:
SIMATIC PDM PCS 7-FF V7.0
requires the installation of
SIMATIC PCS 7 V7.1+SP2 or
higher!
Type of delivery: License key
memory stick, certificate of
license including terms and
15 conditions; software SIMATIC
PDM V7.0 and device library on
CD/DVD
15/42 Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011
Siemens AG 2012
Order No. Order No.
Optional product components
for SIMATIC PDM V7.0
SIMATIC PDM Communication 6ES7658-3QX07-2YB5
6ES7 658-3LD07-0YA5
FOUNDATION Fieldbus V7.0
5 languages (German, English,
French, Italian, Spanish), software
class A, runs with Windows
XP Professional and Server 2003,
floating license for 1 user
Type of delivery: License key
memory stick, certificate of
license including terms and
conditions
SIMATIC PDM TAGs for SIMATIC
PDM V7.0
SIMATIC PDM TAGs
Count Relevant Licenses (can be
accumulated) for expanding the
TAGs of SIMATIC PDM product
packages V7.0 or higher
Software class A, runs with
Windows XP Professional and
Server 2003
Floating license for 1 user
Type of delivery: License key
memory stick, certificate of
license including terms and
conditions
6ES7 658-3MD07-0YA5 10 TAGs 6ES7 658-3XC00-2YB5
100 TAGs 6ES7 658-3XD00-2YB5
1 000 TAGs 6ES7 658-3XE00-2YB5
Simulation with S7-PLCSIM
S7-PLCSIM V5.4 6ES7 841-0CC05-0YA5
Functional testing on PC/PG of
programs created with CFC/SFC
5 languages (German, English,
French, Italian, Spanish), runs
with Windows 2000 Professional,
Windows XP Professional or
Windows Server 2003, floating
license for 1 user
Type of delivery: License key
memory stick, certificate of
license including terms and
conditions; software and
electronic documentation on CD

Ordering data
OS standard software for single station/server/client
OS Software Single Station
SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Software
Single Station V7.1
5 languages (German, English,
French, Italian, Spanish), software
class A, runs with Windows
XP Professional, single license for
1 installation
Type of delivery: License key
memory stick, certificate of
license including terms and
conditions
Delivery with SIMATIC PCS 7
Software Media Package V7.1
250 POs
1 000 POs
2 000 POs
3 000 POs
5 000 POs
SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Software
Single Station ASIA V7.1
2 languages(English, Chinese),
software class A, runs with
Windows XP Professional, single
license for 1 installation
Type of delivery: License key
memory stick, certificate of
license including terms and
conditions
Delivery with SIMATIC PCS 7
Software Media Package ASIA
V7.1
250 POs (ASIA)
1 000 POs (ASIA)
2 000 POs (ASIA)
3 000 POs (ASIA)
5 000 POs (ASIA)
SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Software
Single Station PowerPack V7.1
For extending the OS Software
Single Station
Can be used for all offered
languages, software class A, runs
with Windows XP Professional,
single license for 1 installation
Type of delivery: License key
disk, certificate of license
including terms and conditions
From 250 POs to 1 000 POs
From 1 000 POs to 2 000 POs
From 2 000 POs to 3 000 POs
From 3 000 POs to 5 000 POs
Siemens AG 2012
Order No.
6ES7 658-2AA17-0YA0
6ES7 658-2AB17-0YA0
6ES7 658-2AC17-0YA0
6ES7 658-2AD17-0YA0
6ES7 658-2AE17-0YA0
6ES7 658-2AA17-0CA0
6ES7 658-2AB17-0CA0
6ES7 658-2AC17-0CA0
6ES7 658-2AD17-0CA0
6ES7 658-2AE17-0CA0
6ES7 658-2AB17-0YD0
6ES7 658-2AC17-0YD0
6ES7 658-2AD17-0YD0
6ES7 658-2AE17-0YD0
Previous versions
SIMATIC PCS 7 V7.1
Operator System V7.1
Order No.
OS Software Server
SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Software
Server V7.1
5 languages (German, English,
French, Italian, Spanish), software
class A, runs with Windows
Server 2003, single license for
1 installation
Type of delivery: License key
memory stick, certificate of
license including terms and
conditions
Delivery with SIMATIC PCS 7
Software Media Package V7.1
250 POs 6ES7 658-2BA17-0YA0
1 000 POs 6ES7 658-2BB17-0YA0
2 000 POs 6ES7 658-2BC17-0YA0
3 000 POs 6ES7 658-2BD17-0YA0
5 000 POs 6ES7 658-2BE17-0YA0
8 500 POs 6ES7 658-2BF17-0YA0
SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Software
Server ASIA V7.1
2 languages (English, Chinese),
software class A, runs with
Windows Server 2003, single
license for 1 installation
Type of delivery: License key
memory stick, certificate of
license including terms and
conditions
Delivery with SIMATIC PCS 7
Software Media Package ASIA
V7.1
250 POs (ASIA) 6ES7 658-2BA17-0CA0
1 000 POs (ASIA) 6ES7 658-2BB17-0CA0
2 000 POs (ASIA) 6ES7 658-2BC17-0CA0
3 000 POs (ASIA) 6ES7 658-2BD17-0CA0
5 000 POs (ASIA) 6ES7 658-2BE17-0CA0
8 500 POs (ASIA) 6ES7 658-2BF17-0CA0
SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Software
Server PowerPack V7.1
for extending the OS Software
Server
Can be used for all offered
languages, software class A, runs
with Windows Server 2003, single
license for 1 installation
Type of delivery: License key
memory stick, certificate of
license including terms and
conditions
From 250 POs to 1 000 POs 6ES7 658-2BB17-0YD0 15
From 1 000 POs to 2 000 POs 6ES7 658-2BC17-0YD0
From 2 000 POs to 3 000 POs 6ES7 658-2BD17-0YD0
From 3 000 POs to 5 000 POs 6ES7 658-2BE17-0YD0
From 5 000 POs to 8 500 POs 6ES7 658-2BF17-0YD0
Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011 15/43

Previous versions
SIMATIC PCS 7 V7.1
Operator System V7.1
Ordering data
OS Software Client
SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Software
Client V7.1
5 languages (German, English,
French, Italian, Spanish), software
class A, runs with Windows
XP Professional, floating license
for 1 user
Type of delivery: License key
memory stick, certificate of
license including terms and
conditions
Delivery without SIMATIC PCS 7
Software Media Package V7.1
SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Software
Client ASIA V7.1
2 languages(English, Chinese),
software class A, runs with
Windows XP Professional, floating
license for 1 user
Type of delivery: License key
memory stick, certificate of
license including terms and
conditions
Delivery without SIMATIC PCS 7
Software Media Package ASIA
V7.1
Extension of the software
license from OS Single Station
to OS Server
WinCC/Server V7.0
Runtime software, single license
for 1 Installation
1) A process object (PO) is a synonym for an operable and observable block
with approx. 30 to 90 individual OS tags (parameters). When licensing, an
average of 90 OS tags is calculated for one PO.
15
15/44 Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011
Siemens AG 2012
Order No. Order No.
SFC Visualization
6ES7 658-2CX17-0YA5 SIMATIC PCS 7 6ES7 652-0XD17-2YB5
SFC Visualization V7.1
For displaying and operating SFC
sequence controls on an operator
station
6 languages (German, English,
French, Italian, Spanish,
Chinese), software class A, runs
with Windows XP Professional or
Windows Server 2003, floating
license for 1 user
Type of delivery: License key
memory stick, certificate of
6ES7 658-2CX17-0CA5 license including terms and
conditions
OS Redundancy
Design of redundant OS single
stations
SIMATIC PCS 7 Single Station
Redundancy V7.1
5 languages (German, English,
French, Italian, Spanish), software
class A, runs with Windows
XP Professional, single license for
2 installations
with OS Software Single Station
and WinCC/Redundancy as well
as RS 232 connecting cable,
6AV6 371-1CA07-0AX0 10 m
Type of delivery: 1 license key
memory stick, certificate of
license including terms and
conditions as well as RS 232
connecting cable, 10 m
Delivery with SIMATIC PCS 7
Software Media Package V7.1
250 POs 6ES7 652-3AA17-2YA0
1 000 POs 6ES7 652-3AB17-2YA0
2 000 POs 6ES7 652-3AC17-2YA0
3 000 POs 6ES7 652-3AD17-2YA0
5 000 POs 6ES7 652-3AE17-2YA0
SIMATIC PCS 7 Single Station
Redundancy ASIA V7.1
2 languages (English, Chinese),
software class A, runs with
Windows XP Professional, single
license for 2 installations
with OS Software Single Station
and WinCC/Redundancy as well
as RS 232 connecting cable,
10 m
Type of delivery: 1 license key
memory stick, certificate of
license including terms and
conditions as well as RS 232
connecting cable, 10 m
Delivery with SIMATIC PCS 7
Software Media Package ASIA
V7.1
250 POs (ASIA) 6ES7 652-3AA17-2CA0
1 000 POs (ASIA) 6ES7 652-3AB17-2CA0
2 000 POs (ASIA) 6ES7 652-3AC17-2CA0
3 000 POs (ASIA) 6ES7 652-3AD17-2CA0
5 000 POs (ASIA) 6ES7 652-3AE17-2CA0
PowerPacks for PO expansion
See under OS Software Single
Station PowerPack V7.1
(2 PowerPacks each required)

Ordering data
Design of redundant OS Servers
SIMATIC PCS 7 Server Redun-
dancy V7.1
5 languages (German, English,
French, Italian, Spanish), software
class A, runs with Windows
Server 2003, single license for
2 installations
with OS Software Server and
WinCC/Redundancy as well as
RS 232 connecting cable, 10 m
Type of delivery: 1 license key
memory stick, certificate of
license including terms and
conditions as well as RS 232
connecting cable, 10 m
Delivery with SIMATIC PCS 7
Software Media Package V7.1
250 POs
1 000 POs
2 000 POs
3 000 POs
5 000 POs
8 500 POs
SIMATIC PCS 7 Server Redun-
dancy ASIA V7.1
2 languages (English, Chinese),
software class A, runs with
Windows Server 2003, single
license for 2 installations
with OS Software Server and
WinCC/Redundancy as well as
RS 232 connecting cable, 10 m
Type of delivery: 1 license key
memory stick, certificate of
license including terms and
conditions as well as RS 232
connecting cable, 10 m
Delivery with SIMATIC PCS 7
Software Media Package ASIA
V7.1
250 POs (ASIA)
1 000 POs (ASIA)
2 000 POs (ASIA)
3 000 POs (ASIA)
5 000 POs (ASIA)
8 500 POs (ASIA)
PowerPacks for PO expansion
See under OS Software Server
PowerPack V7.1 (2 PowerPacks
each required)
Siemens AG 2012
Order No.
6ES7 652-3BA17-2YA0
6ES7 652-3BB17-2YA0
6ES7 652-3BC17-2YA0
6ES7 652-3BD17-2YA0
6ES7 652-3BE17-2YA0
6ES7 652-3BF17-2YA0
6ES7 652-3BA17-2CA0
6ES7 652-3BB17-2CA0
6ES7 652-3BC17-2CA0
6ES7 652-3BD17-2CA0
6ES7 652-3BE17-2CA0
6ES7 652-3BF17-2CA0
Previous versions
SIMATIC PCS 7 V7.1
Operator System V7.1
Order No.
OS archiving: Short-term archiving
Expansion of integral high-
performance cyclic buffer
archive (512 tags) of OS Single
Station and OS Server
SIMATIC PCS 7 Archive
6 languages (German, English,
French, Italian, Spanish,
Chinese), software class A, runs
with Windows XP Professional or
Windows Server 2003, single
license for 1 installation (Count
Relevant License)
Type of delivery: License key
memory stick, certificate of
license including terms and
conditions
1 500 tags 6ES7 658-2EA00-2YB0
5 000 tags 6ES7 658-2EB00-2YB0
10 000 tags 6ES7 658-2EC00-2YB0
OS archiving: Long-term archiving
Storage Plus
SIMATIC PCS 7 StoragePlus 6ES7 652-0XC17-2YB0
V7.1
Software for long-term archiving
of data from up to 4 single
stations, servers or pairs of
servers
4 languages (German, English,
French, Chinese), software class
A, runs with Windows
XP Professional or Windows
Server 2003, single license for
1 installation
Type of delivery: License key
memory stick, certificate of
license including terms and
conditions
Central archive server (CAS)
Central Archive Server Basic
Package V7.1
including 1 500 tags
Expandable per SIMATIC PCS 7
Archive licenses up to
120 000 tags; software class A,
runs with Windows Server 2003,
single license for 1 installation
Type of delivery: License key
memory stick, certificate of
license including terms and
conditions
5 languages1)
ASIA, 2 languages2)
6ES7 658-2FA17-0YB0
6ES7 658-2FA17-0CB0 15
SIMATIC PCS 7 Archive
Can be used for all offered
languages, software class A, runs
with Windows XP Professional or
Windows Server 2003, single
license for 1 installation (Count
Relevant License)
Type of delivery: License key
memory stick, certificate of
license including terms and
conditions
1 500 tags 6ES7 658-2EA00-2YB0
5 000 tags 6ES7 658-2EB00-2YB0
10 000 tags 6ES7 658-2EC00-2YB0
30 000 tags 6ES7 658-2ED00-2YB0
80 000 tags 6ES7 658-2EE00-2YB0
120 000 tags 6ES7 658-2EF00-2YB0
Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011 15/45

Previous versions
SIMATIC PCS 7 V7.1
Operator System V7.1
Ordering data
Additional components for
redundant CAS
WinCC/Redundancy V7.0
For alignment of archives
following restart; single license for
2 installations
Installation required on each of
the redundant SIMATIC PCS 7
Industrial Workstations
RS 232 connecting cable, 10 m
Operator input and monitoring via Web
SIMATIC PCS 7
Web Server V7.1
6 languages (German, English,
French, Italian, Spanish,
Chinese), software class A, runs
with Windows Server 2003, single
license for 1 installation
Type of delivery: License key
memory stick, certificate of
license including terms and
conditions
For 3 Clients
For 10 Clients
For 25 Clients
For 50 Clients
SIMATIC PCS 7
PowerPack Web Server V7.1
6 languages (German, English,
French, Italian, Spanish,
Chinese), software class A, runs
with Windows Server 2003, single
license for 1 installation
Type of delivery: License key
memory stick, certificate of
license including terms and
conditions
For expansion of SIMATIC PCS 7
Web server license
from 3 to up to 10 clients
from 10 to up to 25 clients
from 25 to up to 50 clients
15
15/46 Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011
Siemens AG 2012
Order No.
6AV6 371-1CF07-0AX0
6ES7 902-1AC00-0AA0
6ES7 658-2GA17-2YB0
6ES7 658-2GB17-2YB0
6ES7 658-2GC17-2YB0
6ES7 658-2GD17-2YB0
6ES7 658-2GB17-2YD0
6ES7 658-2GC17-2YD0
6ES7 658-2GD17-2YD0
Order No.
OS Software Client
SIMATIC PCS 7 6ES7 658-2CX17-0YA5
OS Software Client V7.11)
5 languages (German, English,
French, Italian, Spanish), software
class A, runs with Windows
XP Professional, floating license
for 1 user
Type of delivery: License key
memory stick, certificate of
license including terms and
conditions
Delivery without SIMATIC PCS 7
Software Media Package V7.1
SIMATIC PCS 7 6ES7 658-2CX17-0CA5
OS Software Client ASIA V7.11)
2 languages(English, Chinese),
software class A, runs with
Windows XP Professional, floating
license for 1 user
Type of delivery: License key
memory stick, certificate of
license including terms and
conditions
Delivery without SIMATIC PCS 7
Software Media Package ASIA
V7.1
SIMATIC PCS 7 6ES7 658-2JX17-2YB0
Web Diagnostics Client V7.1
6 languages (German, English,
French, Italian, Spanish,
Chinese), software class A, runs
with Windows XP professional,
single license for 1 installation
Type of delivery: License key
memory stick, certificate of
license including terms and
conditions
SIMATIC PCS 7 6ES7 658-2HX17-2YB0
Web Diagnostics Server V7.1
6 languages (German, English,
French, Italian, Spanish,
Chinese), software class A, runs
with Windows Server 2003, single
license for 1 installation
Type of delivery: License key
memory stick, certificate of
license including terms and
conditions
1)
Deviating from the specification in the ordering data, the license of the
OS Software Client V7.1 in this special application is also enabled for the
Microsoft Windows Server 2003 operating system.
 Siemens AG 2012

Previous versions
SIMATIC PCS 7 V7.1
SIMATIC PCS 7 Maintenance Station V7.1

Ordering data Order No. Order No.

Maintenance Station Runtime Maintenance Station Engineering

SIMATIC PCS 7 Maintenance 6ES7 658-7GB17-0YB0 SIMATIC PCS 7 Maintenance 6ES7 658-7GX17-0YB5
Station Runtime Basic Package Station Engineering V7.1
V7.1 For installation on SIMATIC PCS 7
including SNMP OPC server BOX, single station or client
license and 100 asset TAGs 1) 6 languages (German, English,
For installation on SIMATIC PCS 7 French, Italian, Spanish,
BOX, single station or server Chinese), software class A, runs
6 languages (German, English, with Windows XP Professional/
French, Italian, Spanish, Server 2003, floating license for
Chinese), software class A, runs 1 user
with Windows XP Professional or Type of delivery: License key
Windows Server 2003, single memory stick, certificate of
license for 1 installation license including terms and
Type of delivery: License key conditions
memory stick, certificate of
license including terms and
conditions
SIMATIC PCS 7 Maintenance
Station Runtime Asset TAGs
for expansion of asset TAGs
(Count Relevant License)
6 languages (German, English,
French, Italian, Spanish,
Chinese), software class A, runs
with Windows XP Professional or
Windows Server 2003, single
license for 1 installation
Type of delivery: License key
memory stick, certificate of
license including terms and
conditions
100 asset TAGs 6ES7 658-7GB00-2YB0
1 000 asset TAGs 6ES7 658-7GC00-2YB0
1)
With asset TAGs, the number of asset objects monitored in SIMATIC PCS 7
is licensed. An asset object represents individual hardware components
within a SIMATIC PCS 7 project, e.g.
- measuring devices, positioners, switchgear or remote I/O stations
monitored per EDD or
- basic devices or Ethernet components monitored in the maintenance
station via an OPC link.
The asset TAGs of the SIMATIC PCS 7 Maintenance Station Runtime
licenses (sets of 100 and 1000) are cumulative (Count Relevant Licenses).

15

Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011 15/47


Previous versions
SIMATIC PCS 7 V7.1
Automation Systems
Ordering data
AS Runtime License
SIMATIC PCS 7 AS Runtime
license (can be added to
existing licenses)
Executes with Windows XP
Professional/Embedded, single
license for 1 installation
Type of delivery: License key
memory stick, certificate of
license including terms and
conditions
100 POs
1 000 POs
10 000 POs
15
15/48 Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011
Siemens AG 2012
6ES7 653-2BA00-0XB5
6ES7 653-2BB00-0XB5
6ES7 653-2BC00-0XB5
Microbox automation system
SIMATIC PCS 7 AS RTX 6ES7 654-0UE13-0XX0
Assembled and preinstalled
automation system on the basis of
the SIMATIC IPC427C with
Windows XP Embedded Standard
2009 operating system, WinAC
RTX 2010 controller software and
SIMATIC PC DiagMonitor
diagnostics software, pre-
installed on a 4 GB Compact-
Flash Card, can be used with
SIMATIC PCS 7 V7.1 + SP2 or
higher
SIMATIC PCS 7 AS Runtime
License for 100 POs
 Siemens AG 2012

Previous versions
SIMATIC PCS 7 V7.1
Automation Systems

Ordering data (continued)

Standard automation systems (bundles)
Ordering Data Order No. Ordering Data Order No.
AS 414-3 6ES7 654- AS 416-2 6ES7 654-
with SIMATIC PCS 7 AS Runtime license for with SIMATIC PCS 7 AS Runtime license for
100 POs - D 100 POs - D
CPU with 3 interfaces (MPI/DP, DP and slot CPU with 2 interfaces (MPI/DP and DP)
for IF module) 5.6 MB RAM (2.8 MB each for program and
2.8 MB RAM (1.4 MB each for program and data)
data)
Type of delivery
Type of delivery Individual components, not preassembled 7
Individual components, not preassembled 7
Preassembled and tested 8
Preassembled and tested 8
Memory card
Memory card Memory card 4 MB RAM (up to approx. C
Memory card 2 MB RAM (up to approx. B 300 POs)
180 POs) Memory card 8 MB RAM (up to approx. D
Memory card 4 MB RAM (up to approx. C 800 POs)
300 POs)
CPU type
CPU type CPU 416-2 (up to approx. 800 POs) G
CPU 414-3 (up to approx. 300 POs) C
Additive IF 964-DP interface module
Additive IF 964-DP interface module Without additive IF 964-DP 0
Without additive IF 964-DP 0
Interface to Industrial Ethernet plant bus
1 x IF 964-DP 1
1 x CP 443-1EX20 3
Interface to Industrial Ethernet plant bus
Racks
1 x CP 443-1EX20 3
UR2 (9 slots), aluminum 3
Racks UR2 (9 slots), steel 4
UR2 (9 slots), aluminum 3
UR1 (18 slots), aluminum 5
UR2 (9 slots), steel 4
UR1 (18 slots), steel 6
UR1 (18 slots), aluminum 5
Power supply (without backup batteries)
UR1 (18 slots), steel 6
1 x PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC B
Power supply (without backup batteries) 1 x PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC, optional C
1 x PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC B redundancy
1 x PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC, optional C 1 x PS 407, 20 A for 120/230 V AC D
redundancy 2 x PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC, optional E
1 x PS 407, 20 A for 120/230 V AC D redundancy
2 x PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC, optional E 1 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC G
redundancy 1 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC, optional H
1 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC G redundancy
1 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC, optional H 1 x PS 405, 20 A for 24 V DC J
redundancy 2 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC, optional K
1 x PS 405, 20 A for 24 V DC J redundancy
2 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC, optional K Additive PROFIBUS DP interfaces1)
redundancy Without CP 443-5 Extended 0
Additive PROFIBUS DP interfaces1)
Without CP 443-5 Extended 0
1 x CP 443-5 Extended
2 x CP 443-5 Extended
1
2
15
1 x CP 443-5 Extended 1
3 x CP 443-5 Extended 3
2 x CP 443-5 Extended 2
4 x CP 443-5 Extended1) 4
3 x CP 443-5 Extended1) 3
1) With the UR2 rack in combination with a redundant power supply, the
4 x CP 443-5 Extended1) 4
number of additive CP 443-5 Extended is limited to 3
1) With the UR2 rack in combination with a redundant power supply, the
number of additive CP 443-5 Extended is limited to 2

Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011 15/49

 Siemens AG 2012

Previous versions
SIMATIC PCS 7 V7.1
Automation Systems

Ordering data (continued)

Ordering Data Order No. Ordering Data Order No.
AS 416-3 6ES7 654- AS 417-4 6ES7 654-
with SIMATIC PCS 7 AS Runtime license for with SIMATIC PCS 7 AS Runtime license for
100 POs - D 100 POs - D
CPU with 3 interfaces (MPI/DP, DP and slot CPU with 4 interfaces (MPI/DP, DP and 2
for IF module) slots for IF modules)
11.2 MB RAM (5.6 MB each for program and 30 MB RAM (15 MB each for program and
data) data)
Type of delivery Type of delivery
Individual components, not preassembled 7 Individual components, not preassembled 7
Preassembled and tested 8 Preassembled and tested 8

Memory card Memory card

Memory card 4 MB RAM (up to approx. C Memory card 4 MB RAM (up to approx. C
300 POs) 300 POs)
Memory card 8 MB RAM (up to approx. D Memory card 8 MB RAM (up to approx. D
800 POs) 800 POs)
Memory card 16 MB RAM (up to approx. E Memory card 16 MB RAM (up to approx. E
3 000 POs) 3 000 POs)
CPU type CPU type
CPU 416-3 (up to approx. 1 400 POs) H CPU 417-4 (up to approx. 3 000 POs) K

Additive IF 964-DP interface module Additive IF 964-DP interface module

Without additive IF 964-DP 0 Without additive IF 964-DP 0
1 x IF 964-DP 1 1 x IF 964-DP 1

Interface to Industrial Ethernet plant bus 2 x IF 964-DP 2

1 x CP 443-1EX20 3 Interface to Industrial Ethernet plant bus
Racks 1 x CP 443-1EX20 3
UR2 (9 slots), aluminum 3 Racks
UR2 (9 slots), steel 4 UR2 (9 slots), aluminum 3
UR1 (18 slots), aluminum 5 UR2 (9 slots), steel 4
UR1 (18 slots), steel 6 UR1 (18 slots), aluminum 5

Power supply (without backup batteries) UR1 (18 slots), steel 6

1 x PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC B Power supply (without backup batteries)
1 x PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC, optional C 1 x PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC B
redundancy
1 x PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC, optional C
1 x PS 407, 20 A for 120/230 V AC D redundancy
2 x PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC, optional E 1 x PS 407, 20 A for 120/230 V AC D
redundancy
2 x PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC, optional E
1 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC G redundancy
1 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC, optional H 1 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC G
redundancy
1 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC, optional H
1 x PS 405, 20 A for 24 V DC J redundancy
2 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC, optional K 1 x PS 405, 20 A for 24 V DC J
redundancy

15
2 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC, optional K
Additive PROFIBUS DP interfaces1) redundancy
Without CP 443-5 Extended 0 Additive PROFIBUS DP interfaces1)
1 x CP 443-5 Extended 1 Without CP 443-5 Extended 0
2 x CP 443-5 Extended 2 1 x CP 443-5 Extended 1
3 x CP 443-5 Extended1) 3 2 x CP 443-5 Extended 2
4 x CP 443-5 Extended1) 4 3 x CP 443-5 Extended1) 3
1) 4 x CP 443-5 Extended1) 4
With the UR2 rack in combination with a redundant power supply, the
number of additive CP 443-5 Extended is limited to 2 1) With the UR2 rack in combination with a redundant power supply, the
number of additive CP 443-5 Extended is limited to 2

15/50 Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011

 Siemens AG 2012

Previous versions
SIMATIC PCS 7 V7.1
Automation Systems

Ordering data (continued)

Ordering Data Order No. Ordering Data Order No.
AS 414-3IE 6ES7 654- AS 416-3IE 6ES7 654-
with SIMATIC PCS 7 AS Runtime license for with SIMATIC PCS 7 AS Runtime license for
100 POs - D 100 POs - D
CPU with 2 DP interfaces (MPI/DP and slot for CPU with 2 DP interfaces (MPI/DP and slot for
IF module) IF module)
4 MB RAM (2 MB each for program and data) 16 MB RAM (8 MB each for program and
data)
Type of delivery
Individual components, not preassembled 7 Type of delivery
Individual components, not preassembled 7
Preassembled and tested 8
Preassembled and tested 8
Memory card
Memory card 2 MB RAM (up to approx. B Memory card
180 POs) Memory card 4 MB RAM (up to approx. C
Memory card 4 MB RAM (up to approx. C 300 POs)
300 POs) Memory card 8 MB RAM (up to approx. D
Memory card 8 MB RAM (up to approx. D 800 POs)
800 POs) Memory card 16 MB RAM (up to approx. E
3 000 POs)
CPU type
CPU 414-3 PN/DP (up to approx. 300 POs) D CPU type
CPU 416-3 PN/DP (up to approx. 1 400 POs) J
Additive IF 964-DP interface module
Without additive IF 964-DP 0 Additive IF 964-DP interface module
Without additive IF 964-DP 0
1 x IF 964-DP 1
1 x IF 964-DP 1
Interface to Industrial Ethernet plant bus
Integrated, without CP 443-1 0 Interface to Industrial Ethernet plant bus
Integrated, without CP 443-1 0
Racks
UR2 (9 slots), aluminum 3 Racks
UR2 (9 slots), aluminum 3
UR2 (9 slots), steel 4
UR2 (9 slots), steel 4
UR1 (18 slots), aluminum 5
UR1 (18 slots), aluminum 5
UR1 (18 slots), steel 6
UR1 (18 slots), steel 6
Power supply (without backup batteries)
1 x PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC B Power supply (without backup batteries)
1 x PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC B
1 x PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC, optional C
redundancy 1 x PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC, optional C
1 x PS 407, 20 A for 120/230 V AC D redundancy
1 x PS 407, 20 A for 120/230 V AC D
2 x PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC, optional E
redundancy 2 x PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC, optional E
1 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC G redundancy
1 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC G
1 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC, optional H
redundancy 1 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC, optional H
1 x PS 405, 20 A for 24 V DC J redundancy
1 x PS 405, 20 A for 24 V DC J
2 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC, optional K
redundancy 2 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC, optional K
redundancy
Additive PROFIBUS DP interfaces1)
Without CP 443-5 Extended 0 Additive PROFIBUS DP interfaces1)
Without CP 443-5 Extended 0
15
1 x CP 443-5 Extended 1
1 x CP 443-5 Extended 1
2 x CP 443-5 Extended 2
2 x CP 443-5 Extended 2
3 x CP 443-5 Extended 3
1) 3 x CP 443-5 Extended 3
4 x CP 443-5 Extended 4
4 x CP 443-5 Extended1) 4
1) With the UR2 rack in combination with a redundant power supply, the
number of additive CP 443-5 Extended is limited to 3 1)
With the UR2 rack in combination with a redundant power supply, the
number of additive CP 443-5 Extended is limited to 3

Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011 15/51

 Siemens AG 2012

Previous versions
SIMATIC PCS 7 V7.1
Automation Systems

Ordering data (continued)

Fault-tolerant automation systems (bundles)
Ordering Data Order No. Ordering Data Order No.
AS 412-3-1H (Single Station) 6ES7 654- AS 414-4-1H (Single Station) 6ES7 654-
with SIMATIC PCS 7 AS Runtime license for with SIMATIC PCS 7 AS Runtime license for
100 POs - D 100 POs - D
CPU with 1 interface (MPI/DP master) CPU with 2 interfaces (MPI/DP master and
768 KB RAM (512 KB for program and DP master)
256 KB for data) 2.8 MB RAM (1.4 MB each for program and
data)
Type of delivery
Type of delivery
Individual components, not preassembled 7
Individual components, not preassembled 7
Preassembled and tested 8
Preassembled and tested 8
Memory card
Memory card
Memory card 1 MB RAM (up to approx. A
50 POs) Memory card 2 MB RAM (up to approx. B
180 POs)
Memory card 2 MB RAM (up to approx. B
180 POs) Memory card 4 MB RAM (up to approx. C
300 POs)
CPU type
CPU type
CPU 412-3H (up to approx. 50 POs) A
CPU 414-4H (up to approx. 250 POs) E
Additive IF 964-DP interface module
Additive IF 964-DP interface module
Without additive IF 964-DP 0
Without additive IF 964-DP 0
Interface to Industrial Ethernet plant bus1)
Interface to Industrial Ethernet plant bus1)
1 x CP 443-1EX201) 3
1 x CP 443-1EX201) 3
2 x CP 443-1EX20 for redundant 4
connection1) 2 x CP 443-1EX20 for redundant 4
connection1)
Racks
Racks
UR2 (9 slots), aluminum 3
UR2 (9 slots), aluminum 3
UR2 (9 slots), steel 4
UR2 (9 slots), steel 4
UR1 (18 slots), aluminum 5
UR1 (18 slots), aluminum 5
UR1 (18 slots), steel 6
UR1 (18 slots), steel 6
Power supply (without backup batteries)
Power supply (without backup batteries)
1 x PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC B
1 x PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC B
1 x PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC, optional C
redundancy 1 x PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC, optional C
redundancy
1 x PS 407, 20 A for 120/230 V AC D
1 x PS 407, 20 A for 120/230 V AC D
2 x PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC, optional E
redundancy 2 x PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC, optional E
redundancy
1 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC G
1 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC G
1 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC, optional H
redundancy 1 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC, optional H
redundancy
1 x PS 405, 20 A for 24 V DC J
1 x PS 405, 20 A for 24 V DC J
2 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC, optional K
redundancy 2 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC, optional K
redundancy

15 Additive PROFIBUS DP interfaces1)

Without CP 443-5 Extended 0
Additive PROFIBUS DP interfaces1)
Without CP 443-5 Extended 0
1 x CP 443-5 Extended 1
1 x CP 443-5 Extended 1
2 x CP 443-5 Extended1) 2
2 x CP 443-5 Extended1) 2
3 x CP 443-5 Extended1) 3
3 x CP 443-5 Extended1) 3
4 x CP 443-5 Extended1) 4
4 x CP 443-5 Extended1) 4
1) Up to 5 CPs can be plugged into the UR2 rack with a single power supply, 1)
or up to 3 with a redundant power supply. Up to 5 CPs can be plugged into the UR2 rack with a single power supply,
or up to 3 with a redundant power supply.

15/52 Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011

 Siemens AG 2012

Previous versions
SIMATIC PCS 7 V7.1
Automation Systems

Ordering data (continued)

Ordering Data Order No. Ordering Data Order No.
AS 417-4-1H (Single Station) 6ES7 654- AS 412-3-2H (Redundancy Station) 6ES7 656-
with SIMATIC PCS 7 AS Runtime license for with SIMATIC PCS 7 AS Runtime license for
100 POs - D 100 POs - D
CPU with 2 interfaces (MPI/DP master and 2 x CPU with 1 interface each (MPI/DP
DP master) master)
30 MB RAM (15 MB each for program and 2 x 768 KB RAM (512 KB each for program
data) and 256 KB each for data)
Type of delivery Type of delivery
Individual components, not preassembled 7 Individual components, not preassembled 7
Preassembled and tested 8 Preassembled and tested 8
Memory card Memory card
Memory card 4 MB RAM (up to approx. C 2 x memory card 1 MB RAM (up to approx. A
300 POs) 50 POs)
Memory card 8 MB RAM (up to approx. D 2 x memory card 2 MB RAM (up to approx. B
800 POs) 180 POs)
Memory card 16 MB RAM (up to approx. E
3 000 POs) CPU type
2 x CPU 412-3H (up to approx. 50 POs) A
CPU type
CPU 417-4H (up to approx. 2 500 POs) M Sync modules and cables
2 x 2 sync modules for distances up to 10 m 3
Additive IF 964-DP interface module and 2 x FO sync cable, 1 m
Without additive IF 964-DP 0
Interface to Industrial Ethernet plant bus1)
Interface to Industrial Ethernet plant bus1) 2 x CP 443-1EX20 for redundant 3
1 x CP 443-1EX201) 3 connection1)
2 x 2 CP 443-1EX20 for 4-way connection1) 4
2 x CP 443-1EX20 for redundant 4
connection1) Racks
Racks 1 x UR2-H (2 x 9 slots), aluminum 1
UR2 (9 slots), aluminum 3 1 x UR2-H (2 x 9 slots), steel 2
UR2 (9 slots), steel 4 2 x UR2 (9 slots), aluminum 3
UR1 (18 slots), aluminum 5 2 x UR2 (9 slots), steel 4
UR1 (18 slots), steel 6
Power supply (without backup batteries)
Power supply (without backup batteries) 2 x PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC B
1 x PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC B 2 x PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC, optional C
1 x PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC, optional C redundancy
redundancy 2 x PS 407, 20 A for 120/230 V AC D
1 x PS 407, 20 A for 120/230 V AC D 2 x 2 PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC, E
2 x PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC, optional E optional redundancy
redundancy 2 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC G
1 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC G 2 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC, optional H
1 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC, optional H redundancy
redundancy 2 x PS 405, 20 A for 24 V DC J
1 x PS 405, 20 A for 24 V DC J 2 x 2 PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC, optional K
2 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC, optional K redundancy

15
redundancy Additive PROFIBUS DP interfaces1)
Additive PROFIBUS DP interfaces1) Without CP 443-5 Extended 0
Without CP 443-5 Extended 0 2 x CP 443-5 Extended 1
1 x CP 443-5 Extended 1 2 x 2 CP 443-5 Extended1) 2
2 x CP 443-5 Extended1) 2 2 x 3 CP 443-5 Extended1) 3
3 x CP 443-5 Extended1) 3 2 x 4 CP 443-5 Extended1) 4
4 x CP 443-5 Extended1) 4
1)
Up to 5 CPs can be plugged in per subsystem with a single power supply,
1)
Up to 5 CPs can be plugged into the UR2 rack with a single power supply, or up to 3 with a redundant power supply.
or up to 3 with a redundant power supply.

Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011 15/53

 Siemens AG 2012

Previous versions
SIMATIC PCS 7 V7.1
Automation Systems

Ordering data (continued)

Ordering Data Order No. Ordering Data Order No.
AS 414-4-2H (Redundancy Station) 6ES7 656- AS 417-4-2H (Redundancy Station) 6ES7 656-
with SIMATIC PCS 7 AS Runtime license for with SIMATIC PCS 7 AS Runtime license for
100 POs - D 100 POs - D
2 x CPU with 2 interfaces (MPI/DP master 2 x CPU with 2 interfaces (MPI/DP master
and DP master) and DP master)
2 x 2.8 MB RAM (1.4 MB each for program 2 x 30 MB RAM (15 MB each for program and
and data) data)
Type of delivery Type of delivery
Individual components, not preassembled 7 Individual components, not preassembled 7
Preassembled and tested 8 Preassembled and tested 8

Memory card Memory card

2 x memory card 2 MB RAM (up to approx. B 2 x memory card 4 MB RAM (up to approx. C
180 POs) 300 POs)
2 x memory card 4 MB RAM (up to approx. C 2 x memory card 8 MB RAM (up to approx. D
300 POs) 800 POs)
CPU type 2 x memory card 16 MB RAM (up to approx. E
3 000 POs)
2 x CPU 414-4H (up to approx. 250 POs) E
CPU type
Sync modules and cables 2 x CPU 417-4H (up to approx. 2,500 POs) M
2 x 2 sync modules for distances up to 10 m 3
and 2 x FO sync cable, 1 m Sync modules and cables
2 x 2 sync modules for up to 10 km and 4 2 x 2 sync modules for distances up to 10 m 3
2 x FO sync cable, 1 m, for testing and 2 x FO sync cable, 1 m
Interface to Industrial Ethernet plant bus1) 2 x 2 sync modules for up to 10 km and 4
2 x FO sync cable, 1 m, for testing
2 x CP 443-1EX20 for redundant 3
connection1) Interface to Industrial Ethernet plant bus1)
2 x 2 CP 443-1EX20 for 4-way connection1) 4 2 x CP 443-1EX20 for redundant 3
connection1)
Racks 2 x 2 CP 443-1EX20 for 4-way connection1) 4
1 x UR2-H (2 x 9 slots), aluminum 1
Racks
1 x UR2-H (2 x 9 slots), steel 2
1 x UR2-H (2 x 9 slots), aluminum 1
2 x UR2 (9 slots), aluminum 3
1 x UR2-H (2 x 9 slots), steel 2
2 x UR2 (9 slots), steel 4
2 x UR2 (9 slots), aluminum 3
Power supply (without backup batteries) 2 x UR2 (9 slots), steel 4
2 x PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC B
Power supply (without backup batteries)
2 x PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC, optional C
redundancy 2 x PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC B
2 x PS 407, 20 A for 120/230 V AC D 2 x PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC, optional C
redundancy
2 x 2 PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC, E
optional redundancy 2 x PS 407, 20 A for 120/230 V AC D
2 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC G 2 x 2 PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC, E
optional redundancy
2 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC, optional H
redundancy 2 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC G
2 x PS 405, 20 A for 24 V DC J 2 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC, optional H
redundancy
15
2 x 2 PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC, optional K
redundancy 2 x PS 405, 20 A for 24 V DC J

Additive PROFIBUS DP interfaces1) 2 x 2 PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC, optional K

redundancy
Without CP 443-5 Extended 0
Additive PROFIBUS DP interfaces1)
2 x CP 443-5 Extended 1
Without CP 443-5 Extended 0
2 x 2 CP 443-5 Extended1) 2
2 x CP 443-5 Extended 1
2 x 3 CP 443-5 Extended1) 3
2 x 2 CP 443-5 Extended1) 2
2 x 4 CP 443-5 Extended1) 4
2 x 3 CP 443-5 Extended1) 3
1) Up to 5 CPs can be plugged in per subsystem with a single power supply, 2 x 4 CP 443-5 Extended1) 4
or up to 3 with a redundant power supply.
1) Up to 5 CPs can be plugged in per subsystem with a single power supply,
or up to 3 with a redundant power supply.

15/54 Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011

 Siemens AG 2012

Previous versions
SIMATIC PCS 7 V7.1
Automation Systems

Ordering data (continued)

Safety-related automation systems (bundles)
Ordering Data Order No. Ordering Data Order No.
AS 412F (Single Station) 6ES7 654- AS 414F (Single Station) 6ES7 654-
with SIMATIC PCS 7 AS Runtime license for with SIMATIC PCS 7 AS Runtime license for
100 POs - D 100 POs - D
CPU with 1 interface (MPI/DP master) CPU with 2 interfaces (MPI/DP master and
768 KB RAM (512 KB for program and DP master)
256 KB for data) 2.8 MB RAM (1.4 MB each for program and
data)
Type of delivery
Individual components, not preassembled 7 Type of delivery
Individual components, not preassembled 7
Preassembled and tested 8
Preassembled and tested 8
Memory card
Memory card 1 MB RAM (up to approx. A Memory card
50 POs) Memory card 2 MB RAM (up to approx. B
Memory card 2 MB RAM (up to approx. B 180 POs)
180 POs) Memory card 4 MB RAM (up to approx. C
300 POs)
CPU type
CPU 412-3H with S7 F Systems RT license B CPU type
(up to approx. 50 POs) CPU 414-4H with S7 F Systems RT license F
(up to approx. 250 POs)
Additive interface modules
Without additive interface module 0 Additive interface modules
Without additive interface module 0
Interface to Industrial Ethernet plant bus1)
1 x CP 443-1EX201) 3 Interface to Industrial Ethernet plant bus1)
1 x CP 443-1EX201) 3
2 x CP 443-1EX20 for redundant 4
connection1) 2 x CP 443-1EX20 for redundant 4
connection1)
Racks
UR2 (9 slots), aluminum 3 Racks
UR2 (9 slots), aluminum 3
UR2 (9 slots), steel 4
UR2 (9 slots), steel 4
UR1 (18 slots), aluminum 5
UR1 (18 slots), aluminum 5
UR1 (18 slots), steel 6
UR1 (18 slots), steel 6
Power supply (without backup batteries)
1 x PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC B Power supply (without backup batteries)
1 x PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC B
1 x PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC, optional C
redundancy 1 x PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC, optional C
1 x PS 407, 20 A for 120/230 V AC D redundancy
1 x PS 407, 20 A for 120/230 V AC D
2 x PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC, optional E
redundancy 2 x PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC, optional E
1 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC G redundancy
1 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC G
1 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC, optional H
redundancy 1 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC, optional H
1 x PS 405, 20 A for 24 V DC J redundancy
1 x PS 405, 20 A for 24 V DC J
2 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC, optional K
redundancy 2 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC, optional K
Additive PROFIBUS DP interfaces1)
Without CP 443-5 Extended 0
redundancy
Additive PROFIBUS DP interfaces1)
15
Without CP 443-5 Extended 0
1 x CP 443-5 Extended 1
1 x CP 443-5 Extended 1
2 x CP 443-5 Extended1) 2
2 x CP 443-5 Extended1) 2
3 x CP 443-5 Extended1) 3
3 x CP 443-5 Extended1) 3
4 x CP 443-5 Extended1) 4
4 x CP 443-5 Extended1) 4
1)
Up to 5 CPs can be plugged into the UR2 rack with a single power supply,
or up to 3 with a redundant power supply. 1)
Up to 5 CPs can be plugged into the UR2 rack with a single power supply,
or up to 3 with a redundant power supply.

Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011 15/55

 Siemens AG 2012

Previous versions
SIMATIC PCS 7 V7.1
Automation Systems

Ordering data (continued)

Ordering Data Order No. Ordering Data Order No.
AS 417F (Single Station) 6ES7 654- AS 412FH (Redundancy Station) 6ES7 656-
with SIMATIC PCS 7 AS Runtime license for with SIMATIC PCS 7 AS Runtime license for
- D 100 POs - D
100 POs
CPU with 2 interfaces (MPI/DP master and 2 x CPU with 1 interface each (MPI/DP
DP master) master)
30 MB RAM (15 MB each for program and 2 x 768 KB RAM (512 KB each for program
data) and 256 KB each for data)
Type of delivery Type of delivery
Individual components, not preassembled 7 Individual components, not preassembled 7
Preassembled and tested 8 Preassembled and tested 8

Memory card Memory card

Memory card 4 MB RAM (up to approx. C 2 x memory card 1 MB RAM (up to approx. A
300 POs) 50 POs)
Memory card 8 MB RAM (up to approx. D 2 x memory card 2 MB RAM (up to approx. B
800 POs) 180 POs)
Memory card 16 MB RAM (up to approx. E CPU type
3 000 POs) 2 x CPU 412-3H with S7 F Systems RT B
CPU type license (up to approx. 50 POs)
CPU 417-4H with S7 F Systems RT license N Sync modules and cables
(up to approx. 2 500 POs) 2 x 2 sync modules for distances up to 10 m 3
Additive interface modules and 2 x FO sync cable, 1 m
Without additive interface module 0 Interface to Industrial Ethernet plant bus1)
2 x CP 443-1EX20 for redundant 3
Interface to Industrial Ethernet plant bus1) connection1)
1 x CP 443-1EX201) 3 2 x 2 CP 443-1EX20 for 4-way connection1) 4
2 x CP 443-1EX20 for redundant 4
connection1) Racks
1 x UR2-H (2 x 9 slots), aluminum 1
Racks
UR2 (9 slots), aluminum 3 1 x UR2-H (2 x 9 slots), steel 2
UR2 (9 slots), steel 4 2 x UR2 (9 slots), aluminum 3
UR1 (18 slots), aluminum 5 2 x UR2 (9 slots), steel 4
UR1 (18 slots), steel 6 Power supply (without backup batteries)
2 x PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC B
Power supply (without backup batteries)
1 x PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC B 2 x PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC, optional C
redundancy
1 x PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC, optional C 2 x PS 407, 20 A for 120/230 V AC D
redundancy
1 x PS 407, 20 A for 120/230 V AC D 2 x 2 PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC, E
optional redundancy
2 x PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC, optional E 2 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC G
redundancy
1 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC G 2 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC, optional H
redundancy
1 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC, optional H 2 x PS 405, 20 A for 24 V DC J
redundancy
1 x PS 405, 20 A for 24 V DC J 2 x 2 PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC, optional K
redundancy
15 2 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC, optional
redundancy
K
Additive PROFIBUS DP interfaces1)
Without CP 443-5 Extended 0
Additive PROFIBUS DP interfaces1)
Without CP 443-5 Extended 0 2 x CP 443-5 Extended 1
1 x CP 443-5 Extended 1 2 x 2 CP 443-5 Extended1) 2
2 x CP 443-5 Extended1) 2 2 x 3 CP 443-5 Extended1) 3
3 x CP 443-5 Extended1) 3 2 x 4 CP 443-5 Extended1) 4
4 x CP 443-5 Extended1) 4 1) Up to 5 CPs can be plugged in per subsystem with a single power supply,
or up to 3 with a redundant power supply.
1) Up to 5 CPs can be plugged into the UR2 rack with a single power supply,
or up to 3 with a redundant power supply.

15/56 Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011

 Siemens AG 2012

Previous versions
SIMATIC PCS 7 V7.1
Automation Systems

Ordering data (continued)

Ordering Data Order No. Ordering Data Order No.
AS 414FH (Redundancy Station) 6ES7 656- AS 417FH (Redundant Station) 6ES7 656-
with SIMATIC PCS 7 AS Runtime license for with SIMATIC PCS 7 AS Runtime license for
100 POs - D 100 POs - D
2 x CPU with 2 interfaces (MPI/DP master 2 x CPU with 2 interfaces (MPI/DP master
and DP master) and DP master)
2 x 2.8 MB RAM (1.4 MB each for program 2 x 30 MB RAM (15 MB each for program and
and data) data)
Type of delivery Type of delivery
Individual components, not preassembled 7 Individual components, not preassembled 7
Preassembled and tested 8 Preassembled and tested 8

Memory card Memory card

2 x memory card 2 MB RAM (up to approx. B 2 x memory card 4 MB RAM (up to approx. C
180 POs) 300 POs)
2 x memory card 4 MB RAM (up to approx. C 2 x memory card 8 MB RAM (up to approx. D
300 POs) 800 POs)
CPU type 2 x memory card 16 MB RAM (up to approx. E
3 000 POs)
2 x CPU 414-4H with S7 F Systems RT F
license (up to approx. 250 POs) CPU type
Sync modules and cables 2 x CPU 417-4H with S7 F Systems RT N
license (up to approx. 2 500 POs)
2 x 2 sync modules for distances up to 10 m 3
and 2 x FO sync cable, 1 m Sync modules and cables
2 x 2 sync modules for up to 10 km and 4 2 x 2 sync modules for distances up to 10 m 3
2 x FO sync cable, 1 m, for testing and 2 x FO sync cable, 1 m
Interface to Industrial Ethernet plant bus1) 2 x 2 sync modules for up to 10 km and 4
2 x FO sync cable, 1 m, for testing
2 x CP 443-1EX20 for redundant 3
connection1) Interface to Industrial Ethernet plant bus1)
2 x 2 CP 443-1EX20 for 4-way connection1) 4 2 x CP 443-1EX20 for redundant 3
connection1)
Racks 2 x 2 CP 443-1EX20 for 4-way connection1) 4
1 x UR2-H (2 x 9 slots), aluminum 1
Racks
1 x UR2-H (2 x 9 slots), steel 2
1 x UR2-H (2 x 9 slots), aluminum 1
2 x UR2 (9 slots), aluminum 3
1 x UR2-H (2 x 9 slots), steel 2
2 x UR2 (9 slots), steel 4
2 x UR2 (9 slots), aluminum 3
Power supply (without backup batteries) 2 x UR2 (9 slots), steel 4
2 x PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC B
Power supply (without backup batteries)
2 x PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC, optional C
redundancy 2 x PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC B
2 x PS 407, 20 A for 120/230 V AC D 2 x PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC, optional C
redundancy
2 x 2 PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC, E
optional redundancy 2 x PS 407, 20 A for 120/230 V AC D
2 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC G 2 x 2 PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC, E
optional redundancy
2 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC, optional H
redundancy 2 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC G
2 x PS 405, 20 A for 24 V DC J 2 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC, optional H

15
redundancy
2 x 2 PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC, optional K
redundancy 2 x PS 405, 20 A for 24 V DC J

Additive PROFIBUS DP interfaces1) 2 x 2 PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC, optional K

redundancy
Without CP 443-5 Extended 0
Additive PROFIBUS DP interfaces1)
2 x CP 443-5 Extended 1
Without CP 443-5 Extended 0
2 x 2 CP 443-5 Extended1) 2
2 x CP 443-5 Extended 1
2 x 3 CP 443-5 Extended1) 3
2 x 2 CP 443-5 Extended1) 2
2 x 4 CP 443-5 Extended1) 4
2 x 3 CP 443-5 Extended1) 3
1)
Up to 5 CPs can be plugged in per subsystem with a single power supply, 2 x 4 CP 443-5 Extended1) 4
or up to 3 with a redundant power supply.
1)
Up to 5 CPs can be plugged in per subsystem with a single power supply,
or up to 3 with a redundant power supply.

Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011 15/57


Previous versions
SIMATIC PCS 7 V7.1
Communication, PROFIBUS PA, Components
Ordering data
Active field distributor AFD and active field splitter AFS
Active field distributor (AFD)
with 4 short-circuit-proof spur line
connections for the integration of
standard-compliant PA or FF field
devices
Active Field Distributor AFDiS
(Active Field Distributor
intrinsic Safety)
with 6 short-circuit-proof spur line
connections for the integration of
standard-compliant intrinsically-
safe PA or FF field devices
Active field splitter (AFS)
For the interconnection of a bus
line segment with the active
coupler of a PA or FF network
transition with redundant coupler
pair
Accessories
Profile rail adapter
for mounting an active field
distributor AFD or AFS on a
mounting rail, optional
Cable gland for active field
splitter AFS
Fastener for HSK-Ex standard
cable glands
For use as plugs for unused
connections on AFD and AFS
Sealing plugs
for unused connections on AFDiS
(10 units)
PA network transitions
DP/PA coupler
For transition from RS 485 to MBP
DP/PA coupler Ex [i]
Fieldbus coupler between
PROFIBUS DP and
PROFIBUS PA, EEx(ia) version,
max. output current 110 mA;
IP20 degree of protection; for
extended temperature range,
permissible operating temper-
ature -25 to +60 C
DP/PA coupler FDC 157-0
Fieldbus coupler between
PROFIBUS DP and
15
PROFIBUS PA, redundancy
capable; integrated PROFIBUS
diagnostics slave; max. output
current 1 A; IP20 degree of
protection; for extended temper-
ature range, permissible
operating temperature -25 to
+60 C
IM 153-2 High Feature
Interface module for PA Link and
Y-Link; redundancy capable; IP20
degree of protection; for
extended temperature range,
permissible operating temper-
ature -25 to +60 C
15/58 Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011
Siemens AG 2012
Order No.
6ES7 157-0AF81-0XA0
6ES7 157-0AG83-0XA0
6ES7 157-0AF82-0XA0
6ES7 157-0AF83-0XA0
Can be ordered from:
Jacob GmbH
www.jacob-gmbh.de
Order No. 50.616 M/EMV
Can be ordered from:
Hummel Elektrotechnik GmbH
www.hummel-group.com
Order No. 1.296.0901.11
6ES7 157-0AG80-1XA1
6ES7 157-0AD82-0XA0
6ES7 157-0AC83-0XA0
1 cover for active bus module
6ES7 153-2BA82-0XB0
Order No.
Accessories
PS 307 Load Power Supply
including connecting comb;
120/230 V AC; 24 V DC
2 A; 40 mm wide 6ES7 307-1BA01-0AA0
5 A; 60 mm wide 6ES7 307-1EA01-0AA0
5 A, extended temp. range; 6ES7 307-1EA80-0AA0
80 mm wide
10 A, 80 mm wide 6ES7 307-1KA02-0AA0
PS 305 Load Power Supply
24/48/60/110 V DC; 24 V DC
2 A, extended temp. range; 6ES7 305-1BA80-0AA0
80 mm wide
Standard profile rails
(without hot swapping function)
482 mm wide (19 inches) 6ES7 390-1AE80-0AA0
Width 530 mm 6ES7 390-1AF30-0AA0
Components for hot swapping
and for redundant design
Active bus modules for hot
swapping
BM PS/IM SIPLUS extreme 6AG1 195-7HA00-2XA0
for 1 load current supply and
1 IM 153-2 High Feature
module;
for "hot swapping" function, for
extended temperature range,
permissible operating temper-
ature -25 to +70 C
BM IM/IM 6ES7 195-7HD80-0XA0
for 2 IM 153-2 High Feature
modules, for redundant and
non-redundant configuration, for
"hot swapping" function, for
extended temperature range,
permissible operating temper-
ature -25 to +60 C
BM FDC 6ES7 195-7HF80-0XA0
for 1 DP/PA coupler Ex [i] or
FDC 157-0,
for "hot swapping" function, for
extended temperature range,
permissible operating temper-
ature -25 to +60 C
BM FDC/FDC 6ES7 195-7HG80-0XA0
for 2 DP/PA couplers
FDC 157-0,
for "hot swapping" function, for
extended temperature range,
permissible operating temper-
ature -25 to +60 C
Mounting rail for hot swapping
For max. 5 active bus modules
482 mm wide (19 inches) 6ES7 195-1GA00-0XA0
Width 530 mm 6ES7 195-1GF30-0XA0
Width 620 mm 6ES7 195-1GG30-0XA0
Covers 6ES7 195-1JA00-0XA0
4 backplane bus covers and

Ordering data
FF network transitions
IM 153-2 FF
Interface module for SIMATIC
FF Link, with redundancy
capability; FOUNDATION
Fieldbus Link Master; degree of
protection IP20; for extended
temperature range, permissible
operating temperature
-25 ... +60 C
Field Device Coupler FDC 157
for SIMATIC FF Link, with redun-
dancy capability; physical
interface to the FOUNDATION
Fieldbus H1 with integrated bus
power supply up to 1 A and
integrated diagnostics; degree of
protection IP20; for extended
temperature range, permissible
operating temperature
-25 ... +60 C
Accessories
PS 307 Load Power Supply
including connecting comb;
120/230 V AC; 24 V DC
2 A; 40 mm wide
5 A; 60 mm wide
5 A, extended temp. range;
80 mm wide
10 A; 80 mm wide
PS 305 Load Power Supply
24/48/60/110 V DC; 24 V DC
2 A, extended temp. range;
80 mm wide
Standard profile rails
(without hot swapping function)
482 mm wide (19 inches)
Width 530 mm
Components for hot swapping
and for redundant design
Active bus modules for hot
swapping
BM PS/IM SIPLUS extreme
for 1 load current supply and
1 IM 153-2 FF module;
for "hot swapping" function, for
extended temperature range,
permissible operating temper-
ature -25 ... +70 C
BM IM/IM
for 2 IM 153-2 FF modules;
for redundant and non-
redundant configuration, for "hot
swapping" function, for
extended temperature range,
permissible operating temper-
ature -25 ... +60 C
BM FDC
for 1 Field Device Coupler;
for hot swapping function, for
extended temperature range,
permissible operating temper-
ature -25 ... +60 C
BM FDC/FDC
for 2 Field Device Couplers;
for redundant configuration; for
hot swapping function, for
extended temperature range,
permissible operating temper-
ature -25 ... +60 C
Siemens AG 2012
Order No.
On request
On request
6ES7 307-1BA01-0AA0
6ES7 307-1EA01-0AA0
6ES7 307-1EA80-0AA0
6ES7 307-1KA02-0AA0
6ES7 305-1BA80-0AA0
6ES7 390-1AE80-0AA0
6ES7 390-1AF30-0AA0
6AG1 195-7HA00-2XA0
6ES7 195-7HD80-0XA0
6ES7 195-7HF80-0XA0
6ES7 195-7HG80-0XA0
Previous versions
SIMATIC PCS 7 V7.1
Communication, FOUNDATION Fieldbus H1,
Components
Order No.
Mounting rail for hot swapping
For max. 5 active bus modules
482 mm wide (19 inches) 6ES7 195-1GA00-0XA0
Width 530 mm 6ES7 195-1GF30-0XA0
Width 620 mm 6ES7 195-1GG30-0XA0
Width 2 000 mm 6ES7 195-1GC00-0XA0
Covers 6ES7 195-1JA00-0XA0
4 backplane bus covers and
1 cover for active bus module
Active field distributor AFD and active field splitter AFS
Active field distributor (AFD) 6ES7 157-0AF81-0XA0
with 4 short-circuit-proof spur line
connections for the integration of
standard-compliant PA or FF field
devices
Active Field Distributor AFDiS 6ES7 157-0AG83-0XA0
(Active Field Distributor
intrinsic Safety)
with 6 short-circuit-proof spur line
connections for the integration of
standard-compliant intrinsically-
safe PA or FF field devices
Active field splitter (AFS) 6ES7 157-0AF82-0XA0
For the interconnection of a bus
line segment with the active
coupler of a PA or FF network
transition with redundant coupler
pair
Accessories
Profile rail adapter 6ES7 157-0AF83-0XA0
for mounting an active field
distributor AFD or AFS on a
mounting rail, optional
Cable gland for active field Can be ordered from:
splitter AFS Jacob GmbH
ww.jacob-gmbh.de
Order No. 50.616 M/EMV
Fastener for HSK-Ex standard Can be ordered from:
cable glands Hummel Elektrotechnik GmbH
For use as plugs for unused www.hummel-group.com
connections on AFD and AFS Order No. 1.296.0901.11
Sealing plugs 6ES7 157-0AG80-1XA1
for unused connections on AFDiS
(10 units)
15
Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011 15/59
 Siemens AG 2012

Previous versions
SIMATIC PCS 7 V7.1
Process I/O for SIMATIC PCS 7 V7.1

Overview
The central I/O and distributed I/O ET 200M, ET 200iSP, ET 200S
and ET 200pro from the "Process I/O" chapter of this catalog are
suitable for SIMATIC PCS 7 V7.1. MTA terminal modules from this
chapter can also be used in combination with ET 200M.

15

15/60 Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011

 Siemens AG 2012

Previous versions
SIMATIC PCS 7 V7.1
SIMATIC PCS 7 Software Media Packages V7.1

Ordering data Order No.

SIMATIC PCS 7 Software Media 6ES7 658-4XX17-0YT8
Package V7.1
Installation software and
electronic documentation on CD/
DVD, 5 languages (German,
English, French, Italian, Spanish)
SIMATIC PCS 7 Software Media 6ES7 658-4XX17-0CT8
Package ASIA V7.1
Installation software and
electronic documentation on CD/
DVD, 2 languages (English,
Chinese)

15

Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011 15/61


Previous versions
SIMATIC PCS 7 V7.1
SIMATIC BATCH Software V7.1
Ordering data
SIMATIC BATCH
Server Basic Package V7.1
(10 units)
For single station or client/server
configuration, comprising
Batch server for 10 UNITs1)
Recipe system
Batch Control Center (BatchCC)
6 languages (German, English,
French, Italian, Spanish,
Chinese), software class A, runs
with Windows XP Professional or
Windows Server 2003, single
license for 1 installation
Type of delivery: License key
memory stick, certificate of
license including terms and
conditions
SIMATIC BATCH
PO Option V7.1
For expansion of the SIMATIC
BATCH Server Basic Package
6 languages (German, English,
French, Italian, Spanish,
Chinese), software class A, runs
with Windows XP Professional or
Windows Server 2003, single
license for 1 installation
Type of delivery: License key
memory stick, certificate of
license including terms and
conditions
to 20 UNITs
to 40 UNITs
to 100 UNITs
to UNITs unlimited
SIMATIC BATCH
PowerPack V7.1
For expansion of the units
6 languages (German, English,
French, Italian, Spanish,
Chinese), software class A, runs
with Windows XP Professional or
Windows Server 2003, single
license for 1 installation
Type of delivery: License key
memory stick, certificate of
license including terms and
conditions
from 20 UNITs to 40 UNITs
from 40 UNITs to 100 UNITs
from 100 UNITs to unlimited
15 UNITs
15/62 Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011
Siemens AG 2012
Order No.
6ES7 657-0SA17-0YB0
6ES7 657-0XB17-2YB0
6ES7 657-0XC17-2YB0
6ES7 657-0XD17-2YB0
6ES7 657-0XE17-2YB0
6ES7 657-0XC17-2YD0
6ES7 657-0XD17-2YD0
6ES7 657-0XE17-2YD0
Order No.
SIMATIC BATCH 6ES7 657-0LX17-2YB5
BatchCC V7.1
6 languages (German, English,
French, Italian, Spanish,
Chinese), software class A, runs
with Windows XP Professional or
Windows Server 2003, floating
license for 1 user
Type of delivery: License key
memory stick, certificate of
license including terms and
conditions
SIMATIC BATCH 6ES7 657-0AX17-2YB5
Recipe System V7.1
6 languages (German, English,
French, Italian, Spanish,
Chinese), software class A, runs
with Windows XP Professional or
Windows Server 2003, floating
license for 1 user
Type of delivery: License key
memory stick, certificate of
license including terms and
conditions
SIMATIC BATCH 6ES7 657-0BX17-2YB5
Batch Planning V7.1
6 languages (German, English,
French, Italian, Spanish,
Chinese), software class A, runs
with Windows XP Professional or
Windows Server 2003, floating
license for 1 user
Type of delivery: License key
memory stick, certificate of
license including terms and
conditions
SIMATIC BATCH 6ES7 657-0FX17-2YB0
Hierarchical Recipe V7.1
6 languages (German, English,
French, Italian, Spanish,
Chinese), software class A, runs
with Windows XP Professional or
Windows Server 2003, single
license for 1 installation
Type of delivery: License key
memory stick, certificate of
license including terms and
conditions
SIMATIC BATCH 6ES7 657-0GX17-2YB0
ROP Library V7.1
6 languages (German, English,
French, Italian, Spanish,
Chinese), software class A, runs
with Windows XP Professional or
Windows Server 2003, single
license for 1 installation
Type of delivery: License key
memory stick, certificate of
license including terms and
conditions
 Siemens AG 2012

Previous versions
SIMATIC PCS 7 V7.1
SIMATIC BATCH Software V7.1

Ordering data Order No. Order No.

SIMATIC BATCH 6ES7 657-0HX17-2YB0 SIMATIC BATCH API V7.1 6ES7 657-0MX17-2YB0
Separation Procedures/ 1 language (English), software
Formulas V7.1 class A, runs with Windows
6 languages (German, English, XP Professional or Windows
French, Italian, Spanish, Server 2003, single license for
Chinese), software class A, runs 1 installation
with Windows XP Professional or Type of delivery: License key
Windows Server 2003, single memory stick, certificate of
license for 1 installation license including terms and
Type of delivery: License key conditions
memory stick, certificate of 1)
license including terms and Instances of plant units
conditions
SIMATIC BATCH AS Execution 6ES7 657-0PX17-2YB0
V7.1
3 languages (German, English,
French), runtime software,
software class A, runs with
Windows XP Professional or
Windows Server 2003, single
license for 1 installation
Type of delivery: License key
memory stick, certificate of
license including terms and
conditions

15

Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011 15/63

 Siemens AG 2012

Previous versions
SIMATIC PCS 7 V7.1
SIMATIC Route Control Software V7.1

Ordering data Order No. Order No.

Route Control Runtime Software Route Control Engineering Software

SIMATIC Route Control Server 6ES7 658-7FA17-0YB0 SIMATIC Route Control 6ES7 658-7DX17-0YB5
V7.1 Engineering V7.1
for up to 30 simultaneous 6 languages (German, English,
material transports French, Italian, Spanish,
For SIMATIC PCS 7 single station Chinese), software class A, runs
and client/server configuration with Windows XP Professional or
6 languages (German, English, Windows Server 2003, floating
French, Italian, Spanish, license for 1 user
Chinese), software class A, runs Type of delivery: License key
with Windows XP Professional or memory stick, certificate of
Windows Server 2003, single license including terms and
license for 1 installation conditions
Type of delivery: License key
memory stick, certificate of
license including terms and
conditions
SIMATIC Route Control Server
PowerPack V7.1
For expansion of SIMATIC Route
Control Server
6 languages (German, English,
French, Italian, Spanish,
Chinese), software class A, runs
with Windows XP Professional or
Windows Server 2003, single
license for 1 installation
Type of delivery: License key
memory stick, certificate of
license including terms and
conditions
from 30 to up to 100 simulta- 6ES7 658-7FB17-0YD0
neous material transports
from 100 to up to 300 simulta- 6ES7 658-7FC17-0YD0
neous material transports
SIMATIC Route Control Center 6ES7 658-7EX17-0YB5
V7.1
6 languages (German, English,
French, Italian, Spanish,
Chinese), software class A, runs
with Windows XP Professional or
Windows Server 2003, floating
license for 1 user
Type of delivery: License key
memory stick, certificate of
license including terms and
conditions

15

15/64 Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011


Ordering data
S7 F Systems
S7 F Systems V6.1
Programming and configuration
environment for creating and
using safety-related STEP 7
programs for a target system
based on S7-400H
Engineering and runtime
software, 2 languages (German,
English), software class A, runs
with Windows XP Professional
SP2/SP3 and Windows Server
2003 SP2, floating license for
1 user
Type of delivery: Certificate of
license as well as software and
electronic documentation on CD
Upgrades for S7 F Systems
See "Upgrades Process Safety
Software" in chapter "Update/
upgrade packages", section
"Updates/upgrades
asynchronous to the PCS 7
version"
Note:
With a S7 F Systems Upgrade
from V5.x to V6.0/V6.1, the type of
S7 F Systems license changes
from single license to floating
license.
Siemens AG 2012
Previous versions
SIMATIC PCS 7 V7.1
Safety Integrated for Process Automation
Order No. Order No.
SIMATIC Safety Matrix
6ES7 833-1CC02-0YA5 Safety Matrix Tool V6.2 6ES7 833-1SM02-0YA5
Creation, configuration, compi-
lation and loading of the Safety
Matrix as well as operator control
and monitoring in a SIMATIC
PCS 7 environment
2 languages (German, English),
software class A, runs with
Windows XP Professional/Server
2003, floating license for 1 user
Type of delivery: License key on
memory stick and certificate of
license, software and electronic
documentation on CD
Safety Matrix Editor V6.2 6ES7 833-1SM42-0YA5
Creation, configuration,
debugging and documentation of
the Safety Matrix logic on an
external computer without a
SIMATIC PCS 7 / STEP 7
environment
2 languages (German, English),
software class A, runs with
Windows XP Professional or
Windows Server 2003, single
license for 1 installation
Type of delivery: License key on
memory stick and certificate of
license, software and electronic
documentation on CD
Safety Matrix Viewer V6.2 6ES7 833-1SM62-0YA5
Operation and monitoring of the
Safety Matrix in the SIMATIC
PCS 7 environment with several
operator control levels
Runtime software, 2 languages
(German, English), software
class A, runs with Windows
XP Professional/Server 2003,
floating license for 1 user
Type of delivery: License Key on
USB flash drive and certificate of
license, software and electronic
documentation on CD
Upgrades for Safety Matrix Tool
and Safety Matrix Viewer
See "Upgrades Process Safety
Software" in chapter "Update/
upgrade packages", section
"Updates/upgrades
asynchronous to the PCS 7
version"
15
Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011 15/65

Previous versions
SIMATIC PCS 7 V7.1
Interfacing IT Systems
Ordering data
OpenPCS 7
Multi-functional OpenPCS 7
server/OS client
SIMATIC PCS 7 OpenPCS 7/OS
Client V7.1
Software for expansion of an
existing OS client by OpenPCS 7
server functionality
6 languages (German, English,
French, Italian, Spanish,
Chinese), software class A, runs
with Windows XP professional,
single license for 1 installation
Type of delivery: License key
memory stick, certificate of
license including terms and
conditions
15
15/66 Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011
Siemens AG 2012
Order No. Order No.
Autonomous OpenPCS 7 server
SIMATIC PCS 7 OpenPCS 7 6ES7 658-0HX17-2YB0
6ES7 658-0GX17-2YB0 V7.1
OpenPCS 7 software for a
separate OpenPCS 7 server,
based on the hardware of the
SIMATIC PCS 7 Workstation,
client version
6 languages (German, English,
French, Italian, Spanish,
Chinese), software class A, runs
with Windows XP professional,
single license for 1 installation
Type of delivery: License key
memory stick, certificate of
license including terms and
conditions
 Siemens AG 2012

Previous versions
SIMATIC PCS 7 V7.1
Compact Systems

Ordering data Order No. Order No.

Ordering data Order No. Additional and expansion components
SIMATIC PCS 7 BOX System 6ES7 650- Additional and expansion
PC type: SIMATIC IPC627C components
4 A A 0 0 - 0
Hardware: SIMATIC PCS 7 PowerPacks for
Intel Core i7-610E processor (2 cores/ ES/OS systems
4 threads), 2.53 GHz, TB, HT, VT, 4 MB
cache); SIMATIC PCS 7 Engineering
main memory 2 GB, DDR3 1066, DIMM; PowerPack AS/OS V7.1
hard disk 250 GB HDD SATA; DVDRW; for extending the engineering
2 x 10/100/1000 Mbit/s Ethernet RJ45; software for AS/OS
graphics onboard, 5 languages (German, English,
4 x USB V2.0 (high-current); 1 x serial French, Italian, Spanish), software
(COM1); 1 x PCI, 1 x PCIe (X16) class A, runs with Windows
SIMATIC PCS 7 software version V7.1+SP3 XP Professional operating
system, floating license for 1 user
Windows XP Professional operating system,
MUI (English, German, French, Italian, Type of delivery: License key
Spanish, Chinese) memory stick, certificate of
license including terms and
PROFIBUS onboard conditions
System type From 250 to 1 000 POs 6ES7 658-5AB17-0YD5
PCS 7 BOX RTX ES/OS System A (AS/OS Engineering and
(WinAC RTX 2010) Runtime POs)
PCS 7 BOX RTX OS Runtime B From 1 000 to 2 000 POs 6ES7 658-5AC17-0YD5
(WinAC RTX 2010) (AS/OS Engineering and
PCS 7 BOX ES/OS System C Runtime POs)

PCS 7 BOX OS Runtime D SIMATIC PCS 7 PowerPacks/

licenses for OS Runtime systems
PCS 7 BOX spare part (without licenses, F
without preinstallation) SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Software
Single Station PowerPack V7.1
Panel Front For extending the OS Software
without panel A Single Station
19" TFT Touch, 1280 x 1024 pixels B 5 languages (German, English,
French, Italian, Spanish), software
Power supply, class A, runs with Windows
country-specific power supply cable XP Professional, single license for
1 installation
110/230 V AC industrial power supply to
NAMUR Type of delivery: License key
- European power cable 0 memory stick, certificate of
license including terms and
- power cable for Great Britain 1 conditions
- power cable for Switzerland 2 From 250 POs to 1 000 POs 6ES7 658-2AB17-0YD0
From 1 000 POs to 2 000 POs 6ES7 658-2AC17-0YD0
- power cable for USA 3
SIMATIC PCS 7 AS Runtime
- power cable for Italy 4 license (can be added to
- power cable for China 5 existing licenses)
Executes with Windows XP
24 V DC Industrial Power Supply 6 Professional, single license for
1 installation
Type of delivery: License key
memory stick, certificate of
license including terms and
conditions

15
100 POs 6ES7 653-2BA00-0XB5
1 000 POs 6ES7 653-2BB00-0XB5
Further SIMATIC PCS 7 system
software
SIMATIC PDM: see chapter
"Engineering System", section
"ES software"
SIMATIC PCS 7 Maintenance
Station: see chapter "Mainte-
nance Station"
Keyboard/mouse
SIMATIC PC keyboard, German/ 6ES7 648-0CB00-0YA0
international, with USB port
SIMATIC PC optical mouse, with 6ES7 790-0AA01-0XA0
USB connection and PS/2
adapter

Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011 15/67

 Siemens AG 2012

Previous versions
SIMATIC PCS 7 V7.1
Compact Systems

Ordering data Order No. Order No.

Fieldbus connection Accessories

PROFIBUS FastConnect bus
connector RS 485 Plug 180
With 180 cable outlet, insulation
displacement
CP 5613 A2
PCI card (32-bit; 3.3/5 V;
33/66 MHz) for connection to
PROFIBUS
6GK1 500-0FC10 Portrait assembly kit
Kit 1: Interfaces to the front 6ES7 648-1AA10-0YB0
Kit 2: Interfaces point up/down 6ES7 648-1AA10-0YA0
Uninterruptible DC power
6GK1 561-3AA01 supply
SITOP DC-UPS module
24 V DC/15 A1)
with charging section for
24 V lead-acid battery
input: 24 V DC/16 A,
output 24 V DC/15 A
Version with serial RS 232 6EP1 931-2EC31
interface
Version with USB interface 6EP1 931-2EC42
SITOP battery module 24 V DC/ 6EP1 935-6ME21
20 A/7 Ah
for DC UPS module 15 A
SITOP smart 240 W 6EP1 334-2AA01
Stabilized load power supply,
input: 120/230 V AC,
output: 24 V DC, 10 A
1) Add-on DC-UPS software (runs with Windows NT, 2000 and XP) for
additional processing of signals sent from the DC-UPS module via the
RS 232/USB interface on the PC as freeware for download at
www.siemens.com/sitop

15

15/68 Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011

 Siemens AG 2012

Previous versions
SIMATIC PCS 7 V7.1
Components from the TIA Product Range

Overview
In addition to the previously listed SIMATIC PCS 7 system Documentation "SIMATIC PCS 7 Process Control System -
components, in the context of SIMATIC PCS 7 V7.1 additional Released Modules"
components from the TIA product range are used, including
modules from the following distributed I/O systems: Additional information is available on the Internet at:
ET 200M distributed I/O system http://support.automation.siemens.com/WW/view/de/39709060
ET 200iSP distributed I/O system
ET 200S distributed I/O system
ET 200pro distributed I/O system
The TIA products released for SIMATIC PCS 7 are listed in the
"Readme file" as well as in the documentation "SIMATIC PCS 7
Process Control System - Released Modules".

15

15/69 Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011

 Siemens AG 2012

Previous versions

Notes

15

15/70 Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011

 16
Siemens AG 2012

Update/upgrade packages

16/2 Software Update Service

16/5 Upgrades from

SIMATIC PCS 7 V7.1 to V8.0
16/5 Upgrades for engineering system
16/6 Upgrades for operator system
16/9 Upgrades for maintenance station
16/10 Upgrades for SIMATIC BATCH
16/11 Upgrades for SIMATIC route control

16/12 Upgrades from

SIMATIC PCS 7 V6.x/V7.0 to V7.1
16/12 Upgrades for engineering system
16/13 Upgrades for operator system
16/16 Upgrades for SIMATIC BATCH
16/17 Upgrades for SIMATIC Route Control
16/18 Upgrades for Maintenance Station

16/19 Upgrades from

SIMATIC PCS 7 V6.x to V7.0
16/19 Upgrades for engineering system
16/20 Upgrades for operator system
16/21 Upgrades for SIMATIC BATCH
16/22 Upgrades for SIMATIC Route Control
16/23 Upgrades for Asset Management

16/24 Upgrades from

SIMATIC PCS 7 V4.02 to V6.1
16/24 Upgrades from
SIMATIC PCS 7 V5.x to V6.1
16/26 Upgrades from
SIMATIC PCS 7 V4.02 to V5.2

16/27 Updates/upgrades asynchronous to

the PCS 7 version
16/27 Upgrades for SIMATIC Logon
16/28 Upgrades for SIMATIC PDM
16/29 Upgrades for Process Safety Software
16/30 Upgrades for S7-PLCSIM Simulation
Software
16/31 System communication via Industrial
Ethernet

Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011

 Siemens AG 2012

Update/upgrade packages

Software Update Service

Overview
When purchasing one SUS package, you automatically receive
all upgrades and ServicePacks for the software referred to in this
package for one year. Within this period of one year, you are
therefore authorized to update one corresponding license from
your stock for each list element in this package. The total
number of SUS packages of one type which you require is
therefore determined by the list element which includes most of
the software licenses you use.
Example
An example can make this point clearer. Let us assume you have
three licenses for PCS 7 OS Software Single Station and one
license for PCS 7 StoragePlus. These are represented in the SUS
OS single station by the following two list elements:
PCS 7 OS Software Single Station, PCS 7 OS Software Single
Station Redundancy (3 licenses)
PCS 7 StoragePlus (1 license)
Software Update Service for SIMATIC PCS 7 The larger number of your PCS 7 OS Software Single Station
licenses in this case is defined by the number of SUS packages
Siemens offers a low-cost Software Update Service (SUS) for the required. You must therefore order three packages of SUS OS
SIMATIC PCS 7 software. If you utilize this service, you partic- Single Station.
ipate in the further development of the SIMATIC PCS 7 software
you are using, and are always in possession of the latest release Duration of subscription, cancellation
versions. You can join the software update service for SIMATIC Delivery is to the address entered in the order. An SUS is
PCS 7 by purchasing SUS packages, and this is only possible automatically extended for a further year unless canceled no
on the basis of the current software versions at the time of later than 3 months prior to expiration. Cancellation must be
purchase. made in writing, and must be sent to the dispatch center with
The SUS packages represent a structural division of the reference to the contract number.
SIMATIC PCS 7 software product range using functional and SUS Standard Edition and SUS Compact Edition
system-specific aspects. The number and composition of the
package components identified as list elements are mainly The SUS Compact Edition reduces the product package of the
characterized by license aspects (see "Design" for structure and Software Update Service for several workstations and simplifies
contents). A list element can represent a single software product the central management of licenses. When ordering the SUS
or also be a synonym for several products of the same type. Compact Edition, instead of n packages with one license each,
you will then receive only one package with n licenses on one
license data medium.
The differences between the SUS Standard Edition and SUS
Compact Edition are shown in an example in the table below:
SUS Compact Edition SUS Standard Edition
Order 25 x SUS Compact Editions in one order item 25 x SUS Standard Editions in one order item
First delivery 1 packing unit with: 25 packing units with:
25 x Certificates of Contract (COC) 1 x Certificate of Contract (COC)
Subsequent delivery of 1 x Service Pack (data carrier set) 25 x Service Packs (data carrier set)
Service Packs
Subsequent delivery of 1 packing unit with: 25 packing units with:
upgrades 1 x data carrier set 1 x data carrier set
1 x License key memory stick with 25 licenses 1 x License key memory stick with 1 license
25 x Certificates of License (COL) 1 x Certificate of License (COL)
Billing 1 bill 1 bill

Initially the SUS Compact Edition is offered for the following Software Update Service for TIA products

16
SIMATIC PCS 7 SUS packages:
In addition to the SUS for the SIMATIC PCS 7 process control
SUS OS Single Station system, there is also an SUS for SIMATIC PCS 7 products used
SUS OS Server in a different context (CFC, SIMATIC PDM) within the scope of
SUS OS Client, SFC Visualization Totally Integrated Automation (TIA). In the case of SIMATIC PDM,
this is identical to the SUS PDM package for the Software
If you want to switch from the SUS Standard Edition to the SUS Update Service for SIMATIC PCS 7.
Compact Edition, you must cancel any existing SUS Standard
contracts and order the corresponding number of comparable The SUS range is rounded-off by the SUS for SIMATIC S7
SUS Compact Editions. products used in the context of SIMATIC PCS 7, e.g. SUS
S7-PLCSIM.

16/2 Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011

 Siemens AG 2012

Update/upgrade packages

Software Update Service

Design
Structure and content of the SUS packages for the SIMATIC PCS 7 Software Update Service
Note:
Each item of an SUS package (element in list) represents a software license.
SUS Engineering PCS 7 Engineering AS/OS SUS OS Client, PCS 7 OS Software Client
AS/OS, PCS 7 Import/Export Assistant SFC Visualization PCS 7 SFC Visualization
unlimited POs Version Cross Manager
(without OS Runtime Version Trail SUS Web Server PCS 7 Web Server
license for PCS 7 SFC Visualization PCS 7 Web Diagnostics Server
productive PCS 7 BCE PCS 7 Web Diagnostics Client
operation) IE license for communication via CP 1623/ SUS Maintenance PCS 7 Maintenance Station Engineering
CP 1613 A2 Station PCS 7 Maintenance Station Runtime Basic
SUS PDM PDM Basic from 4 TAGs to unlimited TAGs Package
PDM Service from 128 TAGs to unlimited TAGs SUS SIMATIC PCS 7 SIMATIC BATCH Server
PDM S7 from 128 TAGs to unlimited TAGs BATCH Server/ PCS 7 SIMATIC BATCH Single Station Package
PDM PCS 7 from 100 TAGs to unlimited TAGs Single Station PCS 7 SIMATIC BATCH API
PDM Integration in STEP 7/PCS 7 PCS 7 BCE
PDM Routing S7-400 IE license for communication via CP 1623/
PDM Standard HART Multiplexer CP 1613 A2
SUS OS single PCS 7 OS Software Single Station, SUS SIMATIC PCS 7 SIMATIC BATCH Client
station PCS 7 OS Software Single Station Redundancy BATCH Client PCS 7 SIMATIC BATCH Recipe System
PCS 7 StoragePlus
PCS 7 OpenPCS 7 Server/OS Client (multi- SUS SIMATIC PCS 7 SIMATIC Route Control Engineering
functional) Route Control PCS 7 SIMATIC Route Control Center
PCS 7 OpenPCS 7 Server (stand-alone) PCS 7 SIMATIC Route Control Server
PCS 7 SFC Visualization PCS 7 BCE
PCS 7 BCE IE license for communication via CP 1623/
IE license for communication via CP 1623/ CP 1613 A2
CP 1613 A2
SUS OS server PCS 7 OS Software Server,
PCS 7 OS Software Server Redundancy,
PCS 7 Central Archive Server Basic Package
(CAS),
PCS 7 Process Historian Basic Package,
PCS 7 Process Historian Redundancy
PCS 7 StoragePlus
PCS 7 Process Historian Archive BATCH
PCS 7 Information Server Basic Package
PCS 7 OpenPCS 7 Server/OS Client (multi-
functional)
PCS 7 OpenPCS 7 Server (stand-alone)
PCS 7 SFC Visualization
PCS 7 BCE
IE license for communication via CP 1623/
CP 1613 A2

16

Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011 16/3

 Siemens AG 2012

Update/upgrade packages

Software Update Service

Ordering data Order No. Order No.

SUS Standard Edition SUS Compact Edition
SIMATIC PCS 7 SIMATIC PCS 7
Software Update Service, Software Update Service,
Standard Edition Compact Edition
Subscription for 1 year with Subscription for 1 year with
automatic extension; requirement: automatic extension; requirement:
current software version current software version
PCS 7 Software Update Service 6ES7 658-5AF00-0YL8 PCS 7 Software Update Service 6ES7 658-2AX00-0YM8
Engineering AS/OS, for OS Single Station
unlimited POs (without PCS 7 Software Update Service 6ES7 658-2BX00-0YM8
OS Runtime license for for OS Server
productive operation) PCS 7 Software Update Service 6ES7 658-2CX00-0YM8
PCS 7 Software Update Service 6ES7 658-2AX00-0YL8 for OS Client, SFC Visualization
for OS Single Station
PCS 7 Software Update Service 6ES7 658-2BX00-0YL8
for OS Server
PCS 7 Software Update Service 6ES7 658-2CX00-0YL8
for OS Client, SFC Visualization
PCS 7 Software Update Service 6ES7 658-2GX00-2YL8
for Web Server
PCS 7 Software Update Service 6ES7 658-7GX00-0YL8
for Maintenance Station
PCS 7 Software Update Service 6ES7 657-0SA00-0YL8
for SIMATIC BATCH Server/
Single Station
PCS 7 Software Update Service 6ES7 657-0XX00-2YL8
for SIMATIC BATCH Client
PCS 7 Software Update Service 6ES7 658-7DX00-0YL8
for SIMATIC Route Control
Software Update Service for
TIA products, Standard Edition
(SIMATIC PCS 7 products used in
a different context as well as
SIMATIC S7 products used with
SIMATIC PCS 7)
Subscription for 1 year with
automatic extension; requirement:
current software version
SIMATIC PDM Software Update 6ES7 658-3XX00-0YL8
Service
S7-PLCSIM Software Update 6ES7 841-0CA01-0YX2
Service

16

16/4 Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011

 Siemens AG 2012

Update/upgrade packages
Upgrades from SIMATIC PCS 7 V7.1 to V8.0
Upgrades for engineering system

Overview Ordering data Order No.

Engineering Upgrade Package Engineering software

SIMATIC PCS 7 engineering systems with Engineering Software Engineering Software Upgrade
V7.1 can be upgraded to Version 8.0 using the SIMATIC PCS 7 from V7.1 to V8.0
Engineering Upgrade Package. One of the following two SIMATIC PCS 7 Engineering
versions of the SIMATIC PCS 7 Engineering Upgrade Packages Upgrade Package AS/OS V7.1
can be used depending on the starting configuration: to V8.0
SIMATIC PCS 7 Engineering Upgrade Package AS/OS, Software class A, runs with
Windows XP Professional 32-bit,
unlimited POs Windows 7 Ultimate 32/64-bit,
(with OS Runtime license for productive operation), for classic Windows Server 2003 R2
engineering station without limitation of engineering. Standard 32-bit, Windows Server
SIMATIC PCS 7 Engineering Upgrade Package AS/OS, 250 to 2008 Standard 32-bit, or Windows
2 000 POs Server 2008 R2 Standard 64-bit,
floating license for 1 user
(with OS Runtime license for productive operation), for
combined engineering/operator station in small applications Type of delivery: License key
memory stick, certificate of
Any existing OS Runtime license is converted to a cumulative license, product information as
"Count Relevant License" during the course of upgrade. The well as SIMATIC PCS 7 Software
number of OS Runtime POs is retained. Media Package

The licenses included in the Engineering Upgrade Package 5 languages (German, English,
French, Italian, Spanish),
V7.1 to V8.0 apply to the following software products of SIMATIC supplied with SIMATIC PCS 7
PCS 7 Version 7.1: Software Media Package V8.0
PCS 7 Engineering AS, OS, AS/OS (250 POs to 2 000 POs) or 250 to 2 000 POs 6ES7 651-5AC08-0YE5
PCS 7 Engineering AS, OS, AS/OS (unlimited POs), each (with OS Runtime license for
including redundancy productive operation)
Unlimited POs 6ES7 651-5AF08-0YE5
PCS 7 Import-Export Assistant (without OS Runtime license for
Version Cross Manager productive operation)
Version Trail ASIA, 2 languages (English,
PCS 7 SFC Visualization Chinese),
supplied with SIMATIC PCS 7
PCS 7 BCE Software Media Package ASIA
SIMATIC NET S7-1613 for Industrial Ethernet V8.0
250 to 2 000 POs 6ES7 651-5AC08-0CE5
Advanced Engineering Upgrade (with OS Runtime license for
productive operation)
Additive to the SIMATIC PCS 7 Engineering Upgrade Package Unlimited POs 6ES7 651-5AF08-0CE5
AS/OS, a separate upgrade for V8.0 is available for the SIMATIC (without OS Runtime license for
PCS 7 Advanced Engineering System V7.1. productive operation)

Advanced Engineering
SIMATIC PCS 7 Advanced 6ES7 658-1GX08-2YE5
Engineering System Upgrade
V7.1 to V8.0
Engineering software,
2 languages (German, English),
software class A, runs with
Windows XP Professional 32-bit,
Windows 7 Ultimate 32/64-bit,
Windows Server 2003 R2
Standard 32-bit, or Windows
Server 2008 R2 Standard 64-bit,
floating license for 1 user
Type of delivery: License key
memory stick, certificate of
license and product information
16

Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011 16/5

 Siemens AG 2012

Update/upgrade packages
Upgrades from SIMATIC PCS 7 V7.1 to V8.0
Upgrades for operator system

Overview
Upgrades combined in packages enables upgrading of existing This permits archiving according to the number of existing
V7.1 operator systems to V8.0. process objects and archive variables.
Upgrades of OS software The OS Runtime licenses are converted to cumulative "Count
Relevant Licenses" during the upgrade. The number of existing
The upgrade of the SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Software V7.1 to V8.0 is OS Runtime POs is retained.
included on the following OS Software Upgrade Packages:
SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Single Station Upgrade Package The following table shows which and how many products are
upgraded with the various upgrade packages.
SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Single Station Redundancy Upgrade
Package
SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Server Upgrade Package
SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Server Redundancy Upgrade Package
SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Client/SFC Visualization Upgrade
Package
OS Single Stations OS Server OS Clients
Separate Redundant Separate Redundant Separate
Upgrade Package OS Single OS Single OS Server OS Server OS Client/
Station Station Redundancy SFC Visualization
Redundancy
PCS 7 OS Software Single Station (all PO versions) 1
PCS 7 OS Software Single Station with WinCC 2
Redundancy (all PO variants)
PCS 7 OS Software Server 1
(all PO versions)
PCS 7 OS Software Server with WinCC Redun- 2
dancy (all PO variants)
PCS 7 OS Software Client 1
Central Archive Server (CAS) 0 0
PCS 7 StoragePlus 1 2 1 2
PCS 7 SFC Visualization 1 2 1 2 1
PCS 7 BCE 1 2 1 2
SIMATIC NET S7-1613 for Industrial Ethernet 1 2 1 2
PCS 7 OpenPCS 7 Server/OS Client (multi- 1 2 1 2
functional)
PCS 7 OpenPCS 7 Server (stand-alone) 1 2 1 2

OS Archiving Upgrades Upgrade of the Web Option for OS

StoragePlus Upgrade Using the SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Web Server Upgrade Package,
you can upgrade the SIMATIC PCS 7 Web server, SIMATIC
The SIMATIC PCS 7 StoragePlus Upgrade from StoragePlus PCS 7 Web diagnostics server and SIMATIC PCS 7 Web
V7.1 to V8.0 is part of the following OS software upgrade diagnostics clients from V7.1 to V8.0.
packages:
SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Single Station Upgrade Package
SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Single Station Redundancy Upgrade
Package
SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Server Upgrade Package
SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Server Redundancy Upgrade Package

16 Central Archive Server (CAS) Upgrade

A separate Central Archive Server Basic Upgrade Package
enables the upgrade of the Central Archive Server (CAS) from
V7.1 to V8.0. If the CAS has a redundant configuration, two
Central Archive Server Basic Upgrade Packages are required
for the upgrade.

16/6 Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011


Ordering data
OS software
OS software upgrade from V7.1
to V8.0, based on the existing
number of POs
SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Single
Station Upgrade Package V7.1
to V8.0
For OS Single Station, software
class A, runs with Windows XP
Professional 32-bit, Windows 7
Ultimate 32/64-bit, single license
for 1 installation
Type of delivery: License key
memory stick, certificate of
license, product information as
well as SIMATIC PCS 7 Software
Media Package
5 languages (German, English,
French, Italian, Spanish),
supplied with SIMATIC PCS 7
Software Media Package V8.0
ASIA, 2 languages (English,
Chinese),
supplied with SIMATIC PCS 7
Software Media Package ASIA
V8.0
SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Single
Station Redundancy Upgrade
Package V7.1 to V8.0
For OS Single Station Redun-
dancy, software class A, runs with
Windows XP Professional 32-bit,
Windows 7 Ultimate 32/64-bit,
single license for 2 installations
Type of delivery: 1 (ASIA: 2)
license key memory stick, certif-
icate of license, product infor-
mation as well as SIMATIC PCS 7
Software Media Package
5 languages (German, English,
French, Italian, Spanish),
supplied with SIMATIC PCS 7
Software Media Package V8.0
ASIA, 2 languages (English,
Chinese),
supplied with SIMATIC PCS 7
Software Media Package ASIA
V8.0
Siemens AG 2012
Update/upgrade packages
Upgrades from SIMATIC PCS 7 V7.1 to V8.0
Upgrades for operator system
Order No. Order No.
SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Server
Upgrade Package V7.1 to V8.0
For OS Server, software class A,
runs with Windows Server 2003
R2 Standard 32-bit, Windows
Server 2008 Standard 32-bit, or
Windows Server 2008 R2
Standard 64-bit, single license for
1 installation
Type of delivery: License key
memory stick, certificate of
license, product information as
well as SIMATIC PCS 7 Software
Media Package
5 languages (German, English, 6ES7 658-2BX08-0YE0
French, Italian, Spanish),
supplied with SIMATIC PCS 7
6ES7 658-2AX08-0YE0 Software Media Package V8.0
ASIA, 2 languages (English, 6ES7 658-2BX08-0CE0
Chinese),
supplied with SIMATIC PCS 7
6ES7 658-2AX08-0CE0 Software Media Package ASIA
V8.0
SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Server
Redundancy Upgrade Package
V7.1 to V8.0
For OS Server Redundancy,
software class A, runs with
Windows Server 2003 R2
Standard 32-bit, Windows Server
2008 Standard 32-bit, or Windows
Server 2008 R2 Standard 64-bit,
single license for 2 installations
Type of delivery: 1 (ASIA: 2)
license key memory stick, certif-
icate of license, product infor-
mation as well as SIMATIC PCS 7
Software Media Package
5 languages (German, English, 6ES7 652-3BX08-2YE0
6ES7 652-3AX08-2YE0 French, Italian, Spanish),
supplied with SIMATIC PCS 7
Software Media Package V8.0
ASIA, 2 languages (English, 6ES7 652-3BX08-2CE0
6ES7 652-3AX08-2CE0 Chinese),
supplied with SIMATIC PCS 7
Software Media Package ASIA
V8.0
SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Client/
SFC Visualization Upgrade
Package V7.1 to V8.0
Software class A, runs with
Windows XP Professional 32-bit,
Windows 7 Ultimate 32/64-bit,
Windows Server 2003 R2
Standard 32-bit, Windows Server
2008 Standard 32-bit, or Windows
Server 2008 R2 Standard 64-bit,
16
floating license for 1 user
Type of delivery: License key
memory stick, certificate of
license and product information
5 languages (German, English, 6ES7 652-5CX08-0YF5
French, Italian, Spanish)
ASIA, 2 languages (English, 6ES7 652-5CX08-0CF5
Chinese)
Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011 16/7

Update/upgrade packages
Upgrades from SIMATIC PCS 7 V7.1 to V8.0
Upgrades for operator system
Ordering data
OS archiving
StoragePlus
Note:
The SIMATIC PCS 7 StoragePlus
Upgrade from StoragePlus V7.1
to V8.0 is part of the following
upgrade packages:
SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Single
Station Upgrade Package V7.1
to V8.0
SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Single
Station Redundancy Upgrade
Package V7.1 to V8.0
SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Server
Upgrade Package V7.1 to V8.0
SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Server
Redundancy Upgrade Package
V7.1 to V8.0
Central Archive Server (CAS)
SIMATIC PCS 7 Central Archive
Server Basic Upgrade Package
V7.1 to V8.0
Software class A, runs with
Windows Server 2003 R2
Standard 32-bit, or Windows
Server 2008 Standard 32-bit,
single license for 1 installation
Type of delivery: License key
memory stick, certificate of
license and product information
5 languages (German, English,
French, Italian, Spanish)
ASIA, 2 languages (English,
Chinese)
16
16/8 Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011
Siemens AG 2012
Order No. Order No.
Web option for OS
SIMATIC PCS 7 Web Server 6ES7 652-5DX08-0YF0
Upgrade Package V7.1 to V8.0
For SIMATIC PCS 7 Web Server,
SIMATIC PCS 7 Web Diagnostics
Server, SIMATIC PCS 7 Web
Diagnostics Client, 6 languages
(German, English, French, Italian,
Spanish, Chinese), software class
A, runs with Windows Server 2003
R2 Standard 32-bit, Windows
Server 2008 Standard 32-bit or
Windows Server 2008 R2
Standard 64-bit (Web Server/Web
Diagnostics Server) or Windows
XP Professional 32-bit or
Windows 7 Ultimate 32/64-bit
(Web Diagnostics Client), single
license for 1 installation
Type of delivery: License key
memory stick, certificate of
license and product information
6ES7 658-2FX08-2YF0
6ES7 658-2FX08-0CF0
 Siemens AG 2012

Update/upgrade packages
Upgrades from SIMATIC PCS 7 V7.1 to V8.0
Upgrades for maintenance station

Overview Ordering data Order No.

Maintenance Station Upgrade Package SIMATIC PCS 7 Maintenance 6ES7 652-5FX08-0YF0

Station Upgrade Package V7.1
Using the SIMATIC PCS 7 Maintenance Station Upgrade to V8.0
Package, you can upgrade the SIMATIC PCS 7 Maintenance For installation on SIMATIC PCS 7
Station Runtime Basic Package as well as the SIMATIC PCS 7 BOX, single station or server
Maintenance Station Engineering from V7.1 to V8.0. The SNMP 6 languages (German, English,
OPC Server license is also involved. French, Italian, Spanish,
The SIMATIC PCS 7 Maintenance Station Runtime licenses intro- Chinese), software class A, runs
with Windows XP Professional 32-
duced with SIMATIC PCS 7 V7.1 are no longer associated with a bit, Windows 7 Ultimate 32/64-bit,
specific SIMATIC PCS 7 version. The cumulative asset TAGs of Windows Server 2003 R2
existing SIMATIC PCS 7 Maintenance Station Runtime licenses Standard 32-bit, Windows Server
therefore continue to be available following the upgrade. 2008 Standard 32-bit, or Windows
Server 2008 R2 Standard 64-bit,
single license for 1 installation
Type of delivery: License key
memory stick, certificate of
license and product information

16

Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011 16/9

 Siemens AG 2012

Update/upgrade packages
Upgrades from SIMATIC PCS 7 V7.1 to V8.0
Upgrades for SIMATIC BATCH

Overview Ordering data Order No.

SIMATIC BATCH Upgrade Packages SIMATIC BATCH Server 6ES7 657-5XX08-0YF0

Upgrade Package V7.x to V8.0
Upgrades combined in two packages enable upgrading of 6 languages (German, English,
existing SIMATIC BATCH systems from V7.0 or V7.1 to V8.0. French, Italian, Spanish,
Chinese), software class A, runs
Note: with Windows XP Professional 32-
bit, Windows 7 Ultimate 32/64-bit,
SIMATIC BATCH V7.0 and SIMATIC BATCH V7.1 are identical in Windows Server 2003 R2
their functions. Therefore, both versions can be upgraded with Standard 32-bit, Windows Server
the following upgrade packages. 2008 Standard 32-bit, or Windows
Server 2008 R2 Standard 64-bit,
SIMATIC BATCH Server Upgrade Package single license for 1 installation
The SIMATIC BATCH Server Upgrade Package contains Type of delivery: License key
upgrade licenses for: memory stick, certificate of
license and product information
SIMATIC BATCH Server (including all UNIT options and
PowerPacks) SIMATIC BATCH Client Upgrade 6ES7 657-5XX08-0YF5
Package V7.x to V8.0
SIMATIC BATCH Recipe System 6 languages (German, English,
SIMATIC BATCH Hierarchical Recipe French, Italian, Spanish,
Chinese), software class A, runs
SIMATIC BATCH Separation Procedures/Formulas with Windows XP Professional 32-
SIMATIC BATCH ROP Library bit, Windows 7 Ultimate 32/64-bit,
Windows Server 2003 R2
SIMATIC BATCH BatchCC Standard 32-bit, Windows Server
SIMATIC BATCH API 2008 Standard 32-bit, or Windows
Server 2008 R2 Standard 64-bit,
SIMATIC BATCH Client Upgrade Package floating license for 1 user
The SIMATIC BATCH Client Upgrade Package contains upgrade Type of delivery: License key
licenses for: memory stick, certificate of
license and product information
SIMATIC BATCH Recipe System
SIMATIC BATCH Batch Planning
SIMATIC BATCH BatchCC
The SIMATIC BATCH UNITs (instances of plant units) are
converted to cumulative "Count Relevant Licenses" during the
upgrade. The number of the existing UNITs is retained in this
case.

16

16/10 Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011

 Siemens AG 2012

Update/upgrade packages
Upgrades from SIMATIC PCS 7 V7.1 to V8.0
Upgrades for SIMATIC route control

Overview Ordering data Order No.

SIMATIC Route Control Upgrade Package SIMATIC Route Control 6ES7 652-5BX08-0YF0
Upgrade Package V7.x to V8.0
You can use the SIMATIC Route Control Upgrade Package V7.x 6 languages (German, English,
to V8.0 to upgrade the Route Control Engineering, Route Control French, Italian, Spanish,
Server and Route Control Center from V7.0 or V7.1 to V8.0. Chinese), software class A, runs
with Windows XP Professional 32-
Note: bit, Windows 7 Ultimate 32/64-bit,
Windows Server 2003 R2
Since SIMATIC Route Control V7.0 and SIMATIC Route Control Standard 32-bit, Windows Server
V7.1 are functionally identical, the SIMATIC Route Control 2008 Standard 32-bit, or Windows
Upgrade Package V7.x to V8.0 can be used for both versions. Server 2008 R2 Standard 64-bit,
single license for 1 installation
During the upgrade, the "Routes" (quantity option for the number
of simultaneous material transports) are converted in cumulative Type of delivery: License key
memory stick, certificate of
"Count Relevant Licenses". The number of the existing "Routes" license and product information
is retained in this case.

16

Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011 16/11

 Siemens AG 2012

Update/upgrade packages
Upgrades from SIMATIC PCS 7 V6.x/V7.0 to V7.1
Upgrades for engineering system

Overview Ordering data Order No.

SIMATIC PCS 7 engineering systems with Engineering Software Engineering software
V6.x or V7.0 can be upgraded to Version 7.1 using the SIMATIC
PCS 7.1 Engineering Upgrade Package. The SIMATIC PCS 7 Engineering software upgrade
Engineering Upgrade Packages V6.x to V7.1 and V7.0 to V7.1 from V7.0 to V7.1
are each available in two versions: SIMATIC PCS 7 Engineering
Upgrade Package AS/OS V7.0
SIMATIC PCS 7 Engineering Upgrade Package AS/OS, 250 to to V7.1
2 000 POs (with OS Runtime license for productive operation) Software class A, executes with
SIMATIC PCS 7 Engineering Upgrade Package AS/OS, Windows XP Professional, floating
unlimited POs (with OS Runtime license for productive license for 1 user
operation) Type of delivery: License key
memory stick, certificate of
Engineering Upgrade Package V7.0 to V7.1 license including terms and
conditions as well as SIMATIC
The licenses included in the Engineering Upgrade Package PCS 7 Software Media Package
V7.0 to V7.1 apply to the following software components of
SIMATIC PCS 7 version 7.0: 5 languages (German, English,
French, Italian, Spanish),
PCS 7 Engineering AS, OS, AS/OS (250 POs to 2 000 POs)1) delivery with SIMATIC PCS 7
or Software Media Package V7.1
PCS 7 Engineering AS, OS, AS/OS (POs unlimited)1) 250 to 2 000 POs1) 6ES7 651-5AC17-0YH5
PCS 7 Import/Export Assistant (with OS Runtime license for
productive operation)
Version Cross Manager Unlimited POs1) 6ES7 651-5AF17-0YH5
Version Trail (without OS Runtime license for
productive operation)
PCS 7 SFC Visualization
ASIA, 2 languages (English,
WinCC Redundancy Chinese),
PCS 7 AS Runtime License (AS Runtime PO) delivery with SIMATIC PCS 7
Software Media Package ASIA
PCS 7 BCE V7.1
SIMATIC NET S7-1613 for Industrial Ethernet 250 to 2 000 POs 6ES7 651-5AC17-0CH5
(with OS Runtime license for
Engineering Upgrade Package V6.x to V7.1 productive operation)
The licenses included in the Engineering Upgrade Package V6.x Unlimited POs1) 6ES7 651-5AF17-0CH5
to V7.1 apply to the following software components of SIMATIC (without OS Runtime license for
productive operation)
PCS 7 version 6.0/6.1:
PCS 7 Engineering AS, OS, AS/OS (250 POs to 2 000 POs) or Upgrade of engineering
software from V6.0/V6.1 to V7.1
PCS 7 Engineering AS, OS, AS/OS (unlimited POs)
SIMATIC PCS 7 Engineering
PCS 7 Import/Export Assistant Upgrade Package AS/OS V6.x
Version Cross Checker to V7.1
Version Trail Software class A, executes with
Windows XP Professional, floating
PCS 7 PID-Tuner license for 1 user
PCS 7 SFC Visualization Type of delivery: License key
memory stick, Certificate of
WinCC Redundancy License incl. Terms and Condi-
PCS 7 BCE tions as well as SIMATIC PCS 7
Software Media Package
SIMATIC NET S7-1613 for Industrial Ethernet
5 languages (German, English,
Note: French, Italian, Spanish),
Delivery with SIMATIC PCS 7
The PO Upgrade licenses included in the SIMATIC PCS 7 Software Media Package V7.1
Engineering Upgrade Package V6.x to V7.1 convert the POs of
250 to 2 000 POs 6ES7 651-5AC17-0YE5
the CFC licenses counted in SIMATIC PCS 7 V6.x into AS (with OS Runtime license for
Runtime licenses. Corresponding to the scope of the CFC productive operation)
license of your PCS 7 Engineering Software V6.x (250 POs, Unlimited POs1) 6ES7 651-5AF17-0YE5
16 1 000 POs, 2 000 POs, 3 000 POs, 5 000 POs or 8 500 POs),
you thus have the identical number of AS Runtime POs in each
(without OS Runtime license for
productive operation)
case for AS Runtime operation following the upgrade to V7.1.
1)
ASIA, 2 languages (English,
The SIMATIC PCS 7 engineering upgrade packages AS/OS V7.0 to V7.1, Chinese),
Order Nos. 6ES7651-5AC17-0YH5 and 6ES7651-5AF17-0YH5, require that delivery with SIMATIC PCS 7
the licenses of the existing AS runtime POs have already been updated in Software Media Package ASIA
accordance with SIMATIC PCS 7 V7.0 + SP1. If this requirement is not met, V7.1
you can order a "License Upgrade Package" for the upgrading of your
AS runtime PO free of charge over the Internet: look in Product Support for 250 to 2 000 POs 6ES7 651-5AC17-0CE5
SIMATIC PCS7 under (with OS Runtime license for
http://support.automation.siemens.com/WW/view/en/26581309 productive operation)
Unlimited POs1) 6ES7 651-5AF17-0CE5
AS Runtime POs corresponding with SIMATIC PCS 7 V7.0+SP1 are also
(without OS Runtime license for
valid for SIMATIC PCS 7 V7.1. These AS Runtime POs can be used in productive operation)
SIMATIC PCS 7 V7.1 without a license upgrade.

16/12 Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011

 Siemens AG 2012

Update/upgrade packages
Upgrades from SIMATIC PCS 7 V6.x/V7.0 to V7.1
Upgrades for operator system

Overview
Upgrades combined in packages permit upgrading of existing Upgrades of OS software
operator systems V6.x or V7.0 to V7.1.
The upgrade of the SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Software V6.x to V7.1 and
V7.0 to V7.1 is divided on the following OS Upgrade Packages
in each case:
SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Single Station Upgrade Package
SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Server Upgrade Package
SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Client/SFC Visualization Upgrade
Package
This permits archiving according to the number of existing
process objects and archive variables.
Upgrade packages SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Single SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Server SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Client/
Station Upgrade Package Upgrade Package SFC Visualization
Upgrade Package
Content for OS Single Stations for OS Server and central for OS clients
archive server
PCS 7 OS Software Single Station (all PO versions) n
PCS 7 OS Software Server n
(all PO versions)
PCS 7 OS Software Client n
Central archive server basic package n
PCS 7 Archive (archive TAGs) n n
PCS 7 StoragePlus n n
PCS 7 SFC Visualization n n n
WinCC Redundancy n n
PCS 7 BCE n n
SIMATIC NET S7-1613 for Industrial Ethernet n n
PCS 7 OpenPCS 7 Server/OS Client (multi- n n
functional)
PCS 7 OpenPCS 7 Server (stand-alone) n n

Upgrade of OS long-term archiving SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Web upgrade

SIMATIC PCS 7 Upgrade StoragePlus Using the SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Web Server Upgrade Package,
The SIMATIC PCS 7 Upgrade StoragePlus V1.0/V1.1 to V1.3 is you can upgrade the SIMATIC PCS 7 Web server, SIMATIC
part of the SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Single Station Upgrade PCS 7 Web diagnostics server and SIMATIC PCS 7 Web
Package V6.x to V7.1 and the SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Server diagnostics clients from V6.1 to V7.1 or from V7.0 to V7.1.
Upgrade Package V6.x to V7.1.
The SIMATIC PCS 7 Upgrade StoragePlus V1.2 to V1.3 is part
of the SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Single Station Upgrade Package
V7.0 to V7.1 and the SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Server Upgrade
Package V7.0 to V7.1.
Central Archive Server (CAS) Upgrade
The upgrade of the central archive server (CAS) based on
OS software servers and additive PCS 7 archive licenses
(archive variables) is, depending on the initial version, part of the
SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Server Upgrade Package V6.x to V7.1 or

16
V7.0 to V7.1.

Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011 16/13


Update/upgrade packages
Upgrades from SIMATIC PCS 7 V6.x/V7.0 to V7.1
Upgrades for operator system
Ordering data
OS software
OS Software Upgrade from V7.0
to V7.1, based on the existing
number of POs
SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Single
Station Upgrade Package V7.0
to V7.1
for OS Single Station, software
class A, executes with Windows
XP Professional, single license for
1 installation
Type of delivery: License key
memory stick, certificate of
license including terms and
conditions as well as SIMATIC
PCS 7 Software Media Package
5 languages (German, English,
French, Italian, Spanish),
delivery with SIMATIC PCS 7
Software Media Package V7.1
ASIA, 2 languages (English,
Chinese),
delivery with SIMATIC PCS 7
Software Media Package ASIA
V7.1
SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Server
Upgrade Package V7.0 to V7.1
for OS Server and archive server,
software class A, executes with
Windows Server 2003, single
license for 1 installation
Type of delivery: License key
memory stick, certificate of
license including terms and
conditions as well as SIMATIC
PCS 7 Software Media Package
5 languages (German, English,
French, Italian, Spanish),
delivery with SIMATIC PCS 7
Software Media Package V7.1
ASIA, 2 languages (English,
Chinese),
delivery with SIMATIC PCS 7
Software Media Package ASIA
V7.1
SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Client/
SFC Visualization Upgrade
Package V7.0 to V7.1
Software class A, executes with
Windows XP Professional, floating
license for 1 user
Type of delivery: License key
memory stick, certificate of
license including terms and
conditions
5 languages (German, English,
French, Italian, Spanish),
16 delivery without SIMATIC PCS 7
Software Media Package V7.1
ASIA, 2 languages (English,
Chinese),
delivery without SIMATIC PCS 7
Software Media Package ASIA
V7.1
16/14 Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011
Siemens AG 2012
Order No.
6ES7 658-2AX17-0YH0
6ES7 658-2AX17-0CH0
6ES7 658-2BX17-0YH0
6ES7 658-2BX17-0CH0
6ES7 652-5CX17-0YH5
6ES7 652-5CX17-0CH5
Order No.
OS Software Upgrade from
V6.0/V6.1 to V7.1, based on the
existing number of POs
SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Single
Station Upgrade Package V6.x
to V7.1
for OS Single Station, software
class A, executes with Windows
XP Professional, single license for
1 installation
Type of delivery: License key
memory stick, certificate of
license including terms and
conditions as well as SIMATIC
PCS 7 Software Media Package
5 languages (German, English, 6ES7 658-2AX17-0YE0
French, Italian, Spanish),
delivery with SIMATIC PCS 7
Software Media Package V7.1
ASIA, 2 languages (English, 6ES7 658-2AX17-0CE0
Chinese),
delivery with SIMATIC PCS 7
Software Media Package ASIA
V7.1
SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Server
Upgrade Package V6.x to V7.1
for OS Server and archive server,
software class A, executes with
Windows Server 2003, single
license for 1 installation
Type of delivery: License key
memory stick, certificate of
license including terms and
conditions as well as SIMATIC
PCS 7 Software Media Package
5 languages (German, English, 6ES7 658-2BX17-0YE0
French, Italian, Spanish),
delivery with SIMATIC PCS 7
Software Media Package V7.1
ASIA, 2 languages (English, 6ES7658-2BX17-0CE0
Chinese),
delivery with SIMATIC PCS 7
Software Media Package ASIA
V7.1
SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Client/
SFC Visualization Upgrade
Package V6.x to V7.1
6 languages (German, English,
French, Italian, Spanish,
Chinese), software class A,
executes with Windows
XP Professional, floating license
for 1 user
Type of delivery: License key
memory stick, certificate of
license including terms and
conditions
5 languages (German, English, 6ES7 652-5CX17-0YE5
French, Italian, Spanish),
delivery without SIMATIC PCS 7
Software Media Package V7.1
ASIA, 2 languages (English, 6ES7 652-5CX17-0CE5
Chinese),
delivery without SIMATIC PCS 7
Software Media Package ASIA
V7.1
 Siemens AG 2012

Update/upgrade packages
Upgrades from SIMATIC PCS 7 V6.x/V7.0 to V7.1
Upgrades for operator system

Ordering data Order No. Order No.

OS long-term archiving OS Web Upgrade Package
SIMATIC PCS 7 Upgrade OS Web Upgrade Package V7.0
StoragePlus to V7.1
Note: SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Web Server 6ES7 652-5DX17-0YJ0
The SIMATIC PCS 7 Upgrade Upgrade Package V7.0 to V7.1
StoragePlus V1.0/V1.1 to V1.3 is for SIMATIC PCS 7 Web server,
part of the SIMATIC PCS 7 OS SIMATIC PCS 7 Web diagnostics
Single Station Upgrade server, SIMATIC PCS 7 Web
Package V6.x to V7.1 and the diagnostics client, 6 languages
SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Server (German, English, French, Italian,
Upgrade Package V6.x to V7.1. Spanish, Chinese), software class
A, executes with Windows
The SIMATIC PCS 7 Upgrade Server 2003 or Windows XP
StoragePlus V1.2 to V1.3 is part Professional (web diagnostics
of the SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Single client), single license for
Station Upgrade Package V7.0 1 installation
to V7.1 and the SIMATIC
PCS 7 OS Server Upgrade Type of delivery: License key
Package V7.0 to V7.1. memory stick, certificate of
license including terms and
Upgrade of Central Archive conditions
Server (CAS)
OS Web Upgrade Package V6.1
Note: to V7.1
The upgrade of the central
archive server (CAS) from V6.0/ SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Web Server 6ES7 652-5DX17-0YF0
V6.1 to V7.1 is part of the Upgrade Package V6.1 to V7.1
SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Server for SIMATIC PCS 7 Web server,
Upgrade Package V6.x to V7.1. SIMATIC PCS 7 Web diagnostics
The upgrade of the central server, SIMATIC PCS 7 Web
archive server (CAS) from V7.0 diagnostics client, 6 languages
to V7.1 is part of the SIMATIC (German, English, French, Italian,
PCS 7 OS Server Upgrade Spanish, Chinese), software class
Package V7.0 to V7.1. A, executes with Windows
Server 2003 or Windows XP
Professional (web diagnostics
client), single license for
1 installation
Type of delivery: License key
memory stick, certificate of
license including terms and
conditions

16

Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011 16/15

 Siemens AG 2012

Update/upgrade packages
Upgrades from SIMATIC PCS 7 V6.x/V7.0 to V7.1
Upgrades for SIMATIC BATCH

Overview Ordering data Order No.

SIMATIC BATCH Upgrade from V6.x to V7.1 SIMATIC BATCH Upgrades

V7.0 to V7.1
The following two SIMATIC BATCH Upgrade Packages permit
No special upgrade packages
upgrading of the SIMATIC BATCH Software V6.x to V7.1 are required for upgrading from
depending on the number of existing batch process objects SIMATIC BATCH V7.0 to V7.1. The
(Batch POs): SIMATIC BATCH V7.1 software is
available with the SIMATIC PCS 7
SIMATIC BATCH Client Upgrade Package Software Media Packages of the
The SIMATIC BATCH Client Upgrade Package contains upgrade ES/OS upgrade packages. The
licenses for: existing V7.0 licenses are autho-
rized for licensing.
SIMATIC BATCH Recipe System
SIMATIC BATCH Upgrade
SIMATIC BATCH Batch Planning Packages V6.0/V6.1 to V7.1,
SIMATIC BATCH BatchCC based on the existing number
of POs
SIMATIC BATCH Server Upgrade Package
SIMATIC BATCH Client Upgrade 6ES7 657-5XX17-0YF5
The SIMATIC BATCH Server Upgrade Package contains Package V6.x to V7.1
upgrade licenses for: 6 languages (German, English,
French, Italian, Spanish,
SIMATIC BATCH Server (including all PO options and Chinese), software class A,
PowerPacks) executes with Windows
SIMATIC BATCH Hierarchical Recipe XP Professional or Windows
Server 2003, floating license for
SIMATIC BATCH ROP Library 1 user
SIMATIC BATCH Separation Procedures/Formulas Type of delivery: License key
memory stick, certificate of
SIMATIC BATCH API license including terms and
When upgrading, the existing Batch POs are converted into conditions
UNITs (instances of plant units). One UNIT corresponds to SIMATIC BATCH Server 6ES7 657-5XX17-0YF0
15 Batch POs. Upgrade Package V6.x to V7.1
6 languages (German, English,
SIMATIC BATCH Upgrade from V7.0 to V7.1 French, Italian, Spanish,
Chinese), software class A,
You do not require any special upgrade packages for upgrading executes with Windows
from SIMATIC BATCH V7.0 to V7.1. Since SIMATIC BATCH is XP Professional or Windows
completely integrated in SIMATIC PCS 7, the SIMATIC BATCH Server 2003, single license for
V7.1 software is available anyway with the SIMATIC PCS 7 1 installation
Software Media Packages of the ES/OS upgrade packages. Type of delivery: License key
memory stick, certificate of
In addition to the V7.1 licenses, the existing V7.0 licenses are license including terms and
also authorized for licensing of the SIMATIC BATCH V7.1 conditions
software.
The Certificate of License for SIMATIC BATCH V7.0 is also valid
for SIMATIC BATCH V7.1.

16

16/16 Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011

 Siemens AG 2012

Update/upgrade packages
Upgrades from SIMATIC PCS 7 V6.x/V7.0 to V7.1
Upgrades for SIMATIC Route Control

Overview Ordering data Order No.

SIMATIC Route Control Upgrade from V6.x to V7.1 SIMATIC Route Control
Upgrade Package V7.0 to V7.1
You can use the SIMATIC Route Control Upgrade Package V6.x
No special upgrade packages
to V7.1 to upgrade the Route Control Engineering, Route Control are required for upgrading from
Server and Route Control Client software components from V6.0 SIMATIC Route Control V7.0 to
or V6.1 to V7.1. The BCE license PCS 7 BCE and SIMATIC NET V7.1. The SIMATIC Route Control
S7-1613 for Industrial Ethernet are also involved in the Upgrade V7.1 software is available with the
Package. SIMATIC PCS 7 Software Media
Packages of the ES/OS upgrade
SIMATIC Route Control Upgrade from V7.0 to V7.1 packages. The existing V7.0
licenses are authorized for
You do not require any special upgrade packages for upgrading licensing.
from SIMATIC Route Control V7.0 to V7.1. Since SIMATIC Route
Control is completely integrated in SIMATIC PCS 7, the SIMATIC SIMATIC Route Control
Route Control V7.1 software is available anyway with the Upgrade Package V6.0/6.1 to
V7.1
SIMATIC PCS 7 Software Media Packages of the ES/OS upgrade
packages. SIMATIC Route Control 6ES7 652-5BX17-0YF0
Upgrade Package V6.x to V7.1
In addition to the V7.1 licenses, the existing V7.0 licenses are for Route Control Engineering,
also authorized for licensing of the SIMATIC Route Control V7.1 Route Control Server and Route
software. Control Center, suitable for single
station and client/server configu-
The Certificate of License for SIMATIC Route Control V7.0 is also ration
valid for SIMATIC Route Control V7.1. 6 languages (German, English,
French, Italian, Spanish,
Chinese), software class A,
executes with Windows
XP Professional or Windows
Server 2003, single license for
1 installation
Type of delivery: License key
memory stick, certificate of
license including terms and
conditions

16

Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011 16/17

 Siemens AG 2012

Update/upgrade packages
Upgrades from SIMATIC PCS 7 V6.x/V7.0 to V7.1
Upgrades for Maintenance Station

Overview Ordering data Order No.

SIMATIC PCS 7 Maintenance Station Upgrade SIMATIC PCS 7 Maintenance

Station Upgrade V7.0 to V7.1
With a SIMATIC PCS 7 Maintenance Station Upgrade Package
SIMATIC PCS 7 Maintenance 6ES7 652-5FX17-0YJ0
matching the initial version, you can upgrade SIMATIC PCS 7 Station Upgrade Package V7.0
Asset Engineering as well as all TAG versions of SIMATIC PCS 7 to V7.1
Asset Runtime from V6.1 or V7.0 to V7.1. The respective SNMP for Asset Engineering and Asset
OPC server license is also involved. Runtime, 6 languages (German,
English, French, Italian, Spanish,
SIMATIC PCS 7 Maintenance Station Upgrade V7.0 to V7.1 Chinese), software class A,
The SIMATIC PCS 7 Maintenance Station Runtime licenses intro- executes with Windows
XP Professional or Windows
duced with SIMATIC PCS 7 V7.1 are no longer associated with a Server 2003, single license for
specific SIMATIC PCS 7 version. However, they cannot be used 1 installation
retrospectively with SIMATIC PCS 7 V6.1 and V7.0.
Type of delivery: License key
In the case of a Maintenance Station Upgrade from V7.0 to V7.1, memory stick, certificate of
you must convert the Runtime licenses for 10/100/1000 asset license including terms and
TAGs (Count Relevant Licenses) purchased with the "SIMATIC conditions
PCS 7 Asset Runtime Basic Package V7.0" and "SIMATIC PCS 7 SIMATIC PCS 7 Maintenance S79220-B1454-P
Asset Runtime V7.0" products into corresponding SIMATIC Station Update Package RT
PCS 7 Maintenance Station Runtime licenses. We offer the For converting the runtime
Update Package Maintenance Station RT, Order No. S79220- licenses for 10/100/1000 asset
B1454-P, for this conversion. With an Update Package Mainte- TAGs (Count Relevant Licenses)
supplied with the SIMATIC PCS 7
nance Station RT, you can respectively convert 10 x 10, 10 x 100 Asset Runtime Basic Package
and 10 x 1000 asset TAGs. V7.0 and SIMATIC PCS 7 Asset
SIMATIC PCS 7 Maintenance Station Upgrade V6.1 to V7.1 Runtime V7.0 products,
6 languages (German, English,
The Update Package Maintenance Station RT, Order No. French, Italian, Spanish,
S79220-B1454-P, is not relevant to the Maintenance Station Chinese), software class A,
Upgrade from V6.1 to V7.1. Since the runtime licenses of executes with Windows XP
Professional or Windows
SIMATIC PCS 7 Asset Runtime V6.1 are not of the Count Server 2003, single license for
Relevant License type, their conversion can be carried out using 1 installation
the "SIMATIC PCS 7 Maintenance Station Upgrade Package
Type of delivery: License key
V6.1 to V7.1". memory stick, certificate of
license including terms and
conditions
SIMATIC PCS 7 Maintenance
Station Upgrade V6.1 to V7.1
SIMATIC PCS 7 Maintenance 6ES7 652-5FX17-0YF0
Station Upgrade Package V6.1
to V7.1
for Asset Engineering and Asset
Runtime, 6 languages (German,
English, French, Italian, Spanish,
Chinese), software class A,
executes with Windows
XP Professional or Windows
Server 2003, single license for
1 installation
Type of delivery: License key
memory stick, certificate of
license including terms and
conditions

16

16/18 Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011

 Siemens AG 2012

Update/upgrade packages
Upgrades from SIMATIC PCS 7 V6.x to V7.0
Upgrades for engineering system

Overview Ordering data Order No.

SIMATIC PCS 7 engineering systems with Engineering Software Upgrade of engineering
V6.0 or V6.1 can be upgraded to Version 7.0 using the SIMATIC software from V6.0/V6.1 to V7.0
PCS 7 Engineering Upgrade Package. SIMATIC PCS 7 Engineering 6ES7 651-5AX07-0YE5
Upgrade Package V6.x to V7.0
Engineering Upgrade Package V6.x to V7.0 for AS/OS engineering
The licenses included in the Engineering Upgrade Package V6.x 3 languages (German, English,
French), software class A,
to V7.0 apply to the following software components of SIMATIC executes with Windows XP
PCS 7 version 6.0/6.1: Professional, floating license for
PCS 7 Engineering AS (all PO versions) 1 user
PCS 7 Engineering OS (all PO versions) Type of delivery: License Key
Disks, Certificate of License incl.
Version Cross Checker Terms and Conditions;
Version Trail PCS 7 V7.0 toolset DVDs,
Microsoft SQL Server 2005
Import/Export Assistant including EULA and supple-
PCS 7 PID-Tuner mentary CDs/DVDs (e.g.
Microsoft ServicePacks and tools)
WinCC Redundancy
SFC Visualization
BCE License
SIMATIC NET S7-1613 for Industrial Ethernet
Note:
The PO Upgrade licenses included in the SIMATIC PCS 7
Engineering Upgrade Package V6.x to V7.0 convert the POs of
the CFC licenses counted in SIMATIC PCS 7 V6.x into AS
Runtime licenses. Corresponding to the scope of the CFC
license of your PCS 7 Engineering Software V6.x (250 POs,
1 000 POs, 2 000 POs, 3 000 POs, 5 000 POs or 8 500 POs),
you thus have the identical number of AS RT POs in each case
for AS Runtime operation following the upgrade to V7.0.

16

Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011 16/19

 Siemens AG 2012

Update/upgrade packages
Upgrades from SIMATIC PCS 7 V6.x to V7.0
Upgrades for operator system

Overview
Upgrades combined in packages permit upgrading of existing
operator systems V6.0 or V6.1 to V7.0.
Upgrades of OS software
The upgrades for all PO versions of the OS software from V6.0/
V6.1 to V7.0 are distributed between the following two OS
upgrade packages:
SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Runtime Upgrade Package V6.0/V6.1 to V7.0
for OS single stations/OS servers (including archive servers),
with:
PCS 7 OS Software Single Station (all PO versions)
PCS 7 OS Software Server (all PO versions as well as archives)
PCS 7 SFC Visualization
StoragePlus
WinCC Redundancy
PCS 7 BCE
SIMATIC NET S7-1613 for Industrial Ethernet
SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Client / SFC Visualization Upgrade Package
V6.0/V6.1 to V7.0
for OS Clients, with:
PCS 7 OS Software Client
PCS 7 SFC Visualization
Upgrade of OS long-term archiving
SIMATIC Upgrade StoragePlus V1.0/V1.1 to V1.2
The SIMATIC Upgrade StoragePlus V1.0/V1.1 to V1.2 is part of
the SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Runtime Upgrade Package V6.0/V6.1 to
V7.0
Central Archive Server (CAS) Upgrade V6.0/V6.1 to V7.0
The upgrade of the central archive server (CAS) based on
OS software servers and additive OS Archive PowerPacks from
V6.0/V6.1 to V7.0 is part of the SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Runtime
Upgrade Package V6.0/V6.1 to V7.0
SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Web upgrade
Using the SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Web Server Upgrade Package,
you can upgrade the SIMATIC PCS 7 Web server, SIMATIC
PCS 7 Web diagnostics server and SIMATIC PCS 7 Web
diagnostics clients from V6.1 to V7.0.

Ordering data Order No. Order No.

OS software OS long-term archiving

Upgrades of OS software from
V6.0/V6.1 to V7.0
OS upgrade packages
for upgrading all PO versions
from V6.0/V6.1 to V7.0
SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Runtime
Upgrade Package V6.0/V6.1 to
V7.0
for OS single station, OS server
and archive server, 5 languages
(German, English, French, Italian,
Spanish), software class A,
executes with Windows
XP Professional or Windows
Server 2003, single license for
1 installation
Type of delivery: License key
disk, certificate of license
including terms and conditions;
PCS 7 V7.0 Toolset DVDs,
Microsoft SQL Server 2005
including EULA, as well as
supplementary CDs/DVDs (e.g.
Microsoft ServicePacks and tools)
SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Client/
SFC Visualization Upgrade
16 Package V6.0/V6.1 to V7.0
5 languages (German, English,
French, Italian, Spanish), software
class A, software class A,
executes with Windows
XP Professional, floating license
for 1 user
Type of delivery: License key
disk, certificate of license
including terms and conditions;
PCS 7 V7.0 Toolset DVDs,
Microsoft SQL Server 2005
including EULA, as well as
supplementary CDs/DVDs (e.g.
Microsoft ServicePacks and tools)
6ES7 652-5AX07-0YE0
6ES7 652-5CX07-0YE5
SIMATIC Upgrade StoragePlus
V1.0/V1.1 to V1.2
Note:
The SIMATIC Upgrade
StoragePlus V1.1 to V1.2 is part of
the SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Runtime
Upgrade Package V6.0/V6.1 to
V7.0
Central Archive Server (CAS)
Upgrade V6.0/V6.1 to V7.0
Note:
The upgrade of the central
archive server (CAS) from V6.0/
V6.1 to V7.0 is part of the
SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Runtime
Upgrade Package V6.0/V6.1 to
V7.0
OS Web Upgrade Package
SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Web Server 6ES7 652-5DX07-0YF0
Upgrade Package V6.1 to V7.0
for SIMATIC PCS 7 Web server,
SIMATIC PCS 7 Web diagnostics
server, SIMATIC PCS 7 Web
diagnostics client, 3 languages
(German, English, French),
software class A, executes with
Windows Server 2003, single
license for 1 installation
Type of delivery: License key
disk, certificate of license
including terms and conditions

16/20 Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011

 Siemens AG 2012

Update/upgrade packages
Upgrades from SIMATIC PCS 7 V6.x to V7.0
Upgrades for SIMATIC BATCH

Overview Ordering data Order No.

SIMATIC BATCH packages SIMATIC BATCH Upgrade

for upgrading from V6.0/V6.1 to V7.0 Packages
SIMATIC BATCH Client Upgrade 6ES7 657-5XX07-0YF5
The upgrades for all PO versions of the SIMATIC BATCH Package V6.0/V6.1 to V7.0
software from V6.0/V6.1 to V7.0 are distributed between the 3 languages (German, English,
following two SIMATIC BATCH upgrade packages: French), software class A,
executes with Windows
SIMATIC BATCH Client upgrade package XP Professional or Windows
The SIMATIC BATCH Client upgrade package contains upgrade Server 2003,
licenses for:a floating license for 1 user
Type of delivery: License key
SIMATIC BATCH Recipe System disk, certificate of license
SIMATIC BATCH Batch Planning including terms and conditions
SIMATIC BATCH BatchCC SIMATIC BATCH Server 6ES7 657-5XX07-0YF0
Upgrade Package V6.0/V6.1 to
SIMATIC BATCH Server Upgrade Package V7.0
The SIMATIC BATCH Server Upgrade Package contains 3 languages (German, English,
French), software class A,
upgrade licenses for executes with Windows
SIMATIC BATCH Server (including all PO options and XP Professional or Windows
PowerPacks) Server 2003,
single license for 1 installation
SIMATIC BATCH Hierarchical Recipe
Type of delivery: License key
SIMATIC BATCH ROP Library disk, certificate of license
SIMATIC BATCH Separation Procedures/Formulas including terms and conditions
SIMATIC BATCH API

16

Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011 16/21

 Siemens AG 2012

Update/upgrade packages
Upgrades from SIMATIC PCS 7 V6.x to V7.0
Upgrades for SIMATIC Route Control

Overview Ordering data Order No.

SIMATIC Route Control upgrade package SIMATIC Route Control upgrade

packages
The SIMATIC Route Control upgrade package comprises all
SIMATIC Route Control 6ES7 652-5BX07-0YF0
components for upgrading the Route Control Engineering, Route Upgrade Package V6.0/V6.1 to
Control Server and Route Control Client software from V6.0/V6.1 V7.0
to V7.0. Also involved are the BCE license PCS 7 BCE and for Route Control Engineering,
SIMATIC NET S7-1613 for Industrial Ethernet. Route Control Server and Route
Control Center, suitable for single
station and client/server configu-
ration
3 languages (German, English,
French), software class A,
executes with Windows
XP Professional or Windows
Server 2003, single license for
1 installation
Type of delivery: License key
disk, certificate of license
including terms and conditions

16

16/22 Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011

 Siemens AG 2012

Update/upgrade packages
Upgrades from SIMATIC PCS 7 V6.x to V7.0
Upgrades for Asset Management

Overview Ordering data Order No.

SIMATIC PCS 7 Maintenance Station Upgrade SIMATIC PCS 7 Asset upgrade

With the SIMATIC PCS 7 Asset upgrade package you can SIMATIC PCS 7 Asset Upgrade 6ES7 652-5FX07-0YF0
Package V6.1 to V7.0
upgrade SIMATIC PCS 7 Asset Engineering as well as all TAG for Asset Engineering and Asset
versions of SIMATIC PCS 7 Asset Runtime from V6.1 to V7.0. The Runtime, 3 languages (German,
SNMP OPC server license is also involved. English, French), software class
A, executes with Windows
XP Professional or Windows
Server 2003, single license for
1 installation
Type of delivery: License key
disk, certificate of license
including terms and conditions

16

Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011 16/23


Update/upgrade packages
Upgrades from SIMATIC PCS 7 V4.02 to V6.1
Upgrades from SIMATIC PCS 7 V5.x to V6.1
Overview
This section provides an overview of the upgrade packages with
which existing systems based on SIMATIC PCS 7 V5.x can be
upgraded to V6.1.
Ordering data
Engineering system
Upgrades of engineering
software from V5.x to V6.1
Upgrade PCS 7 Starter Package
from V5.x to V6.1
3 languages (German, English,
French), software class A, runs
with Windows 2000 Professional /
2000 Server or Windows
XP Professional / Server 2003,
floating license for 1 user
Type of delivery: License key
disk, emergency key disk, certif-
icate of license, terms and condi-
tions;
PCS 7 V6.1 toolset DVD, Microsoft
SQL Server including EULA and
supplementary CDs/DVDs (e.g.
Microsoft ServicePacks and tools)
AS/OS upgrade for 250 POs/
RC 8K
Upgrade AS Software
Engineering from V5.x to V6.1
3 languages (German, English,
French), software class A, runs
with Windows 2000 Server or
Windows Server 2003, single
license for 1 installation
Type of delivery: License key
disk, emergency key disk, certif-
icate of license, terms and condi-
tions;
PCS 7 V6.1 toolset DVD, Microsoft
SQL Server including EULA and
supplementary CDs/DVDs (e.g.
Microsoft ServicePacks and tools)
AS upgrade for 3 000 POs
AS upgrade for unlimited POs
Upgrade OS Software
Engineering from V5.x to V6.1
3 languages (German, English,
French), software class A, runs
with Windows 2000 Server or
Windows Server 2003, single
license for 1 installation
Type of delivery: License key
disk, emergency key disk, certif-
icate of license, terms and condi-
16
tions;
PCS 7 V6.1 toolset DVD, Microsoft
SQL Server including EULA and
supplementary CDs/DVDs (e.g.
Microsoft ServicePacks and tools)
OS upgrade for 2 000 POs/
RC 64K
OS upgrade for 5 000 POs/
RC 150K
16/24 Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011
Siemens AG 2012
Order No.
6ES7 658-5AA16-0YE5
6ES7 658-1AD16-0YE5
6ES7 658-1AF16-0YE5
6ES7 658-2DC16-0YE5
6ES7 658-2DE16-0YE5
The upgrade packages are grouped as follows:
Engineering system
Operator system
SIMATIC BATCH
Order No.
Operator system
Upgrades of OS software from
V5.x to V6.1
SIMATIC PCS 7 Upgrade
OS Software Single Station
V5.x to V6.1
3 languages (German, English,
French), software class A, runs
with Windows 2000 Professional
or Windows XP Professional,
single license for 1 installation
Type of delivery: License key
disk, emergency key disk, certif-
icate of license, terms and condi-
tions;
PCS 7 V6.1 toolset DVD, Microsoft
SQL Server including EULA and
supplementary CDs/DVDs (e.g.
Microsoft ServicePacks and tools)
2 000 POs/RT 64K 1) 6ES7 658-2AC16-0YE0
5 000 POs/RT 150K 1) 6ES7 658-2AE16-0YE0
SIMATIC PCS 7 Upgrade
OS Software Server V5.x to V6.1
3 languages (German, English,
French), software class A, runs
with Windows 2000 Server or
Windows Server 2003, single
license for 1 installation
Type of delivery: License key
disk, emergency key disk, certif-
icate of license, terms and condi-
tions;
PCS 7 V6.1 toolset DVD, Microsoft
SQL Server including EULA and
supplementary CDs/DVDs (e.g.
Microsoft ServicePacks and tools)
2000 POs/RT 64K 1) 6ES7 658-2BC16-0YE0
5000 POs/RT 150K 1) 6ES7 658-2BE16-0YE0
SIMATIC PCS 7 Upgrade 6ES7 658-2CX16-0YE5
OS Software Client V5.x to V6.1
3 languages (German, English,
French), software class A, runs
with Windows 2000 Professional
or Windows XP Professional,
floating license for 1 user
Type of delivery: License key
disk, emergency key disk, certif-
icate of license, terms and condi-
tions;
PCS 7 V6.1 toolset DVD, Microsoft
SQL Server including EULA and
supplementary CDs/DVDs (e.g.
Microsoft ServicePacks and tools)
1) The OS Software Single Station and OS Software Server upgrades support
a high-performance archive system for up to 512 tags. To implement larger
archives, this volume can be extended using additive OS Archive V6.1
PowerPacks/bundles (see OS archiving).

Ordering data
Upgrade of SFC Visualization
SIMATIC PCS 7 Upgrade
SFC Visualization V5.x to V6.1
3 languages (German, English,
French), software class A, runs
with Windows 2000 Professional
or Windows XP Professional,
floating license for 1 user
Type of delivery: License key
disk, emergency key disk, Certif-
icate of License, Terms and
Conditions
Siemens AG 2012
Update/upgrade packages
Upgrades from SIMATIC PCS 7 V4.02 to V6.1
Upgrades from SIMATIC PCS 7 V5.x to V6.1
Order No. Order No.
SIMATIC BATCH
6ES7 652-0XD16-2YF5 SIMATIC BATCH Upgrade from 6ES7 657-0XX16-0YF0
BATCH flexible V4.02 to
SIMATIC BATCH V6.1
3 languages (German, English,
French), software class A, runs
with Windows 2000 Professional/
2000 Server or Windows
XP Professional / Server 2003,
floating license for 1 user
Type of delivery: License key
disk, certificate of license, terms
and conditions
16
Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011 16/25
 Siemens AG 2012

Update/upgrade packages
Upgrades from SIMATIC PCS 7 V4.02 to V6.1
Upgrades from SIMATIC PCS 7 V4.02 to V5.2

Overview Ordering data Order No.

This section summarizes the upgrade software which is required Engineering system
to upgrade the engineering station and operator stations of the
SIMATIC PCS 7 process control system from V4.02 to V5.2. Engineering software upgrade
for AS engineering
Engineering software upgrade for AS engineering PCS 7 Engineering Toolset 6ES7 658-1AB05-0YC4
PCS 7 Engineering Toolset Upgrade V4.02 to V5.2, Upgrade V4.02 to V5.2
Order No. 6ES7 658-1AB05-0YC4 for max. 3 000 process objects,
software class A, executes with
Engineering software upgrade for OS engineering Windows NT 4.0 Workstation
Type of delivery:
If the engineering station is used for OS engineering, CD with the components:
you require an OS Software Upgrade from V4.02 to V5.02 STEP 7, CFC, SFC, S7-SCL,
(Order No. 6ES7 658-2XB05-0YC4) for the OS engineering Technological Hierarchy,
software package. Import/Export Assistant,
DOCPRO and I&C Library
Software licenses on authori-
zation diskette
Engineering software upgrade
for OS engineering
If the engineering station is used
for OS engineering, you require
an OS software upgrade from
V4.02 to V5.02 for the OS
engineering software package.

Operator system
OS software upgrade
PCS 7 OS software upgrade 6ES7 658-2XB05-0YC4
from V4.02 to V5.2
for OS software single station,
OS software server, OS software
terminal and OS software
engineering (1 upgrade package
required for each), software class
A, executes with Windows NT 4.0
Workstation
Type of delivery:
CD with OS I&C software
BCE license and software
licenses on authorization
diskette

16

16/26 Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011

 Siemens AG 2012

Update/upgrade packages
Updates/upgrades asynchronous to the PCS 7 version
Upgrades for SIMATIC Logon

Overview Ordering data Order No.

SIMATIC Logon is a central user administration system with SIMATIC Logon Upgrade V1.4 6ES7 658-7BX41-2YE0
access control which was introduced into the process control 7 languages (German, English,
system as of SIMATIC PCS 7 V6.0. Up to and including V6.1, French, Italian, Spanish, Chinese,
SIMATIC Logon was offered in the form of separate products Japanese), software class A, runs
with Windows 2000 Professional,
whose version cycle was asynchronous to the version cycle of Windows 2000 Server, Windows
SIMATIC PCS 7. XP Professional, Windows Server
As of SIMATIC PCS 7 V7.0, the SIMATIC Logon software and 2003, single license for
1 installation
licenses are fully integrated in the process control system. Since
then, updating is carried out synchronous with SIMATIC PCS 7. Type of delivery: License Key on
USB stick, Certificate of License
System-specific compatibility lists on the Internet show the including Terms and Conditions;
SIMATIC Logon versions that are suitable for the various runtime software and electronic
SIMATIC PCS 7 versions: documentation on CD

http://support.automation.siemens.com/WW/view/en/2334224 SIMATIC Logon Upgrade to V1.2

Download via Internet in the Product Support for
SIMATIC PCS 7:
http://support.automation.siemens.com/WW/view/en/14902797/
133100
SIMATIC Logon Upgrade to V1.1
Download via Internet in the Product Support for
SIMATIC PCS 7:
http://support.automation.siemens.com/WW/view/en/14902797/
133100

16

Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011 16/27

 Siemens AG 2012

Update/upgrade packages
Updates/upgrades asynchronous to the PCS 7 version
Upgrades for SIMATIC PDM

Overview
SIMATIC PDM can be integrated in the engineering system, i.e. The SIMATIC PDM versions currently offered are compatible with
in the configuration environment of SIMATIC PCS 7, or operated the following SIMATIC PCS 7 versions:
in stand-alone mode. The version cycle of SIMATIC PDM is
asynchronous to the version cycle of SIMATIC PCS 7: SIMATIC PDM Compatible SIMATIC PCS 7
version version
V8.0 V8.0
V7.0 V7.1+SP2/SP3 and V8.0
V6.1 V6.1, V7.1 and V8.0

System-specific compatibility lists on the Internet provide

detailed information on how the various SIMATIC PCS 7 versions
correlate to the versions of SIMATIC PDM:
http://support.automation.siemens.com/WW/view/en/2334224

Ordering data Order No. Order No.

SIMATIC PDM upgrade/update SIMATIC PDM Upgrade from 6ES7 651-5CX06-0YE5
service V5.x to V6.0
for all product versions and
SIMATIC PDM Upgrade from 6ES7 651-5CX08-0YE5 combinations
V6.x to V8.0
For product configurations based 5 languages (German, English,
on SIMATIC PDM PCS 7 V6.0/ French, Italian and Spanish),
V6.1 software class A, runs with
Windows 2000 Professional or
5 languages (German, English, Windows XP Professional, floating
French, Italian and Spanish), license for 1 user
software class A, runs with
Windows XP Professional 32-bit, Type of delivery: License key
Windows 7 Ultimate 32/64-bit, disk, certificate of license
Windows Server 2003 R2 including terms and conditions;
Standard 32-bit or Windows 2 CDs with SIMATIC PDM V6.0
Server 2008 R2 Standard 64-bit, and device library
floating license for 1 user SIMATIC PDM 6ES7 658-3XX00-0YL8
Type of delivery: License key Software Update Service
memory stick, certificate of Subscription for 1 year with
license; SIMATIC PDM V8.0 automatic extension
software and device library on Requirement: current software
DVD version
SIMATIC PDM upgrade from 6ES7 651-5CX07-0YE5
V6.0 to V7.0
For product configurations based
on SIMATIC PDM PCS 7 V6.0
5 languages (German, English,
French, Italian, and Spanish),
software class A, runs with
Windows XP Professional or
Windows Server 2003, floating
license for 1 user
Type of delivery: License key
memory stick, certificate of
license; software SIMATIC PDM
V7.0 and device library on DVD
SIMATIC PDM upgrade from 6ES7 651-5CX16-0YE5
V6.0 to V6.1
For all product versions and
combinations

16
6 languages (German, English,
French, Italian, Spanish, and
Chinese), software class A, runs
with Windows XP Professional or
Windows Server 2003, floating
license for 1 user
Type of delivery: License key
disk, certificate of license;
software SIMATIC PDM V6.1 and
device library on DVD

16/28 Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011

 Siemens AG 2012

Update/upgrade packages
Updates/upgrades asynchronous to the PCS 7 version
Upgrades for Process Safety Software

Overview
S7 F Systems and SIMATIC Safety Matrix software products can System-specific compatibility lists on the Internet provide
be optionally integrated in the process control system for the additional information about the versions of S7 F Systems und
implementation and operation of safety applications. SIMATIC Safety Matrix that are suitable for the various previous
versions of SIMATIC PCS 7:
The version cycle of these software components is not
synchronous with that of SIMATIC PCS 7, however. http://support.automation.siemens.com/WW/view/de/2334224
S7 F Systems and SIMATIC Safety Matrix are compatible with
SIMATIC PCS 7 V8.0 as follows:
S7 F Systems as of V6.1+SP1
Safety Matrix Tool and Safety Matrix Viewer as of V6.2+SP1

Ordering data Order No. Order No.

S7 F Systems Safety Matrix Viewer
S7 F Systems V6.1 Upgrade 6ES7 833-1CC02-0YE5 Safety Matrix Viewer for 6ES7 833-1SM61-0YE5
S7 F Systems upgrade from V5.x/ SIMATIC PCS 7, upgrade from
V6.0 to V6.1 (including SP) V6.0 to V6.1
Engineering and Runtime Runtime software, 2 languages
software, 2 languages (German, (German, English), software
English), software class A, runs class A, runs with Windows XP
with Windows XP Professional 32- Professional/Server 2003 or
bit, Windows 7 Ultimate 32/64-bit, Windows 2000 Professional/2000
Windows Server 2003 32-bit, or Server, floating license for 1 user
Windows Server 2008 R2 Type of delivery: Certificate of
Standard 64-bit, floating license license; software and electronic
for 1 user documentation on CD
Type of delivery: Certificate of Safety Matrix Viewer for 6ES7 833-1SM62-0YE5
license as well as software and SIMATIC PCS 7, upgrade from
electronic documentation on CD V6.x to V6.2 (including SP)
Note: Runtime software, 2 languages
In the case of an S7 F Systems (German, English), software class
upgrade from V5.x to V6.1, the A, runs with Windows XP Profes-
type of S7 F Systems license sional 32-bit, Windows 7 Ultimate
changes from single license to 32/64-bit, Windows Server 2003/
floating license. 2003 R2 Standard 32-bit, or
Windows Server 2008 R2
Safety Matrix Tool Standard 64-bit, floating license
Safety Matrix Tool, upgrade 6ES7 833-1SM01-0YE5 for 1 user
from V5.x to V6.1 Type of delivery: Certificate of
Engineering and runtime license; software and electronic
software, 2 languages (German, documentation on CD
English), software class A, runs
with Windows XP Professional/
Server 2003 or Windows 2000
Professional/2000 Server, floating
license for 1 user
Type of delivery: Certificate of
license; software and electronic
documentation on CD
Safety Matrix Tool, upgrade 6ES7 833-1SM02-0YE5
from V5.x/V6.1 to V6.2
(including SP)
Engineering and Runtime
software, 2 languages (German,
English), software class A, runs
with Windows XP Professional 32-
bit, Windows 7 Ultimate 32/64-bit,
Windows Server 2003/2003 R2
Standard 32-bit, or Windows 16
Server 2008 R2 Standard 64-bit,
floating license for 1 user
Type of delivery: Certificate of
license; software and electronic
documentation on CD

Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011 16/29

 Siemens AG 2012

Update/upgrade packages
Updates/upgrades asynchronous to the PCS 7 version
Upgrades for S7-PLCSIM Simulation Software

Overview Ordering data Order No.

The S7-PLCSIM software used for simulation of SIMATIC PCS 7 S7-PLCSIM upgrade from V3.x, 6ES7 841-0CC05-0YE5
automation systems when debugging CFC/SFC user programs V4.x, V5.0, V5.2 or V5.3 to V5.4
can be integrated into the engineering system, i.e. into the 5 languages (German, English,
configuration environment of SIMATIC PCS 7. The version cycle French, Italian, Spanish), software
class A, runs with Windows XP
of S7-PLCSIM is asynchronous to the version cycle of SIMATIC Professional 32-bit, Windows 7
PCS 7. Ultimate 32/64-bit, Windows
S7-PLCSIM as of V5.4+SP5 is compatible with SIMATIC PCS 7 Server 2003 R2 Standard 32-bit or
Windows Server 2008 R2
V8.0. Standard 64-bit, floating license
System-specific compatibility lists on the Internet provide for 1 user
additional information about the versions of S7-PLCSIM that are Type of delivery: License key on
suitable for the various previous versions of SIMATIC PCS 7: USB flash drive, certificate of
license, software and electronic
http://support.automation.siemens.com/WW/view/en/2334224 documentation on CD
S7-PLCSIM Upgrade from V3.x, 6ES7 841-0CC04-0YE5
V4.x, V5.0 or V5.2 to V5.3
5 languages (German, English,
French, Italian, Spanish), software
class A, runs with Windows
2000 Professional or Windows
XP Professional, floating license
for 1 user
Type of delivery: Authorization
diskette, Certificate of License
including Terms and Conditions;
software and electronic
documentation on CD
S7-PLCSIM Software Update 6ES7 841-0CA01-0YX2
Service
Subscription for 1 year with
automatic extension; requirement:
current software version

16

16/30 Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011

 Siemens AG 2012

Update/upgrade packages
Updates/upgrades asynchronous to the PCS 7 version
System communication via Industrial Ethernet

Overview
With SIMATIC PCS 7, communications software and licenses of
SIMATIC NET are used for the system communication via Indus-
trial Ethernet. Their version cycle is not usually synchronous with
that of SIMATIC PCS 7.
The SIMATIC PCS 7 versions correspond to the SIMATIC NET
products as follows:
SIMATIC PCS 7 V8.0 with SIMATIC NET products:
- V8.1 (operating systemWindows 7 Ultimate 32/64-bit or
Windows Server 2008 R2 Standard 64-bit)
- V7.1 (Windows XP Professional 32-bit or Windows Server
2003 R2 Standard 32-bit operating system)
SIMATIC PCS 7 V7.1 with SIMATIC NET products V7.1
(2008 edition)
SIMATIC PCS 7 V7.0 with SIMATIC NET products V6.4
(2006 edition)
SIMATIC PCS 7 V6.x with SIMATIC NET products V6.3
(2005 edition)
When upgrading SIMATIC PCS 7, a separate upgrade is only
required for the S7-REDCONNECT communications software.
For the other SIMATIC NET products, the version upgrade is
implemented during the SIMATIC PCS 7 upgrade with SIMATIC
PCS 7 Upgrade Packages.

Ordering data Order No. Order No.

Communication products for
SIMATIC PCS 7 V8.0
SIMATIC NET HARDNET-IE S7
V8.1
S7 communications software for
CP 1613 A2/CP 1623, runtime
software
2 languages (German, English),
software class A, runs with
Windows 7 Ultimate 32/64-bit or
Windows Server 2008 R2
Standard 64-bit, single license for
1 installation
Software and electronic manual
on CD, license key on USB flash
drive
SIMATIC NET HARDNET-IE
S7-REDCONNECT V8.1
Software for fail-safe S7 commu-
nication via redundant networks,
for CP 1613 A2/CP 1623, runtime
software
2 languages (German, English),
software class A, runs with
Windows 7 Ultimate 32/64-bit or
Windows Server 2008 R2
Standard 64-bit, single license for
1 installation
Software and electronic manual
on CD, license key on USB flash
drive
SIMATIC NET HARDNET-IE
S7-REDCONNECT PowerPack
V8.1
For expansion of HARDNET-IE S7
communication software to
HARDNET-IE S7-REDCONNECT,
runtime software
2 languages (German, English),
software class A, runs with
Windows 7 Ultimate 32/64-bit or
6GK1 716-1CB08-1AA0
6GK1 716-0HB08-1AA0
6GK1 716-0HB08-1AC0
Upgrade of S7-REDCONNECT
communications software
SIMATIC NET HARDNET-IE
S7-REDCONNECT Upgrade
Software upgrade for
S7-REDCONNECT, runtime
software
2 languages (German, English),
single license for 1 installation
Software and electronic manual
on CD, license key on USB flash
drive
As of 2006 edition (V6.4) 6GK1 716-0HB00-3AE0
For V6.0, V6.1, V6.2, and 2005 6GK1 716-0HB00-3AE1
edition (V6.3)
BCE license
PCS 7 BCE V8.0 6ES7 650-1CD08-2YB5
Runtime license for plant bus
communication via standard
network card and Basic Commu-
nication Ethernet; already
integrated in SIMATIC PCS 7
Industrial Workstations
3 languages (German, English,
French), software class A, runs
with Windows XP Professional 32-
bit, Windows 7 Ultimate 32/64-bit,
Windows Server 2003 R2
Standard 32-bit, or Windows
Server 2008 R2 Standard 64-bit,
floating license for 1 user
Type of delivery: License key
memory stick, certificate of
license

16
Windows Server 2008 R2
Standard 64-bit, single license for
1 installation
Software and electronic manual
on CD, license key on USB flash
drive

Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011 16/31


Update/upgrade packages
Updates/upgrades asynchronous to the PCS 7 version
System communication via Industrial Ethernet
Ordering data
Communication products for
SIMATIC PCS 7 V7.1
SIMATIC NET S7-1613/2008
(V7.1) for Industrial Ethernet
S7 communications software for
CP 1613 A2/CP 1623, runtime
software
2 languages (German, English),
software class A, runs with
Windows XP Professional or
Windows Server 2003, single
license for 1 installation
Software and electronic manual
on CD, license key on USB flash
drive
SIMATIC NET
S7-REDCONNECT/2008 (V7.1)
Software for fail-safe S7 commu-
nication via redundant networks,
for CP 1613 A2/CP 1623, runtime
software
2 languages (German, English),
software class A, executes with
Windows XP Professional or
Windows Server 2003, single
license for 1 installation
Software and electronic manual
on CD, license key on USB flash
drive
SIMATIC NET PowerPack
S7-REDCONNECT/2008 (V7.1)
Software for expansion of
S7-1613 to S7-REDCONNECT,
runtime software
2 languages (German, English),
software class A, runs with
Windows XP Professional or
Windows Server 2003, single
license for 1 installation
Software and electronic manual
on CD, license key on USB flash
drive
Upgrade of S7-REDCONNECT
communications software
SIMATIC NET HARDNET-IE
S7-REDCONNECT Upgrade
Software upgrade for
S7-REDCONNECT, runtime
software
2 languages (German, English),
single license for 1 installation
Software and electronic manual
on CD, license key on USB flash
drive
As of 2006 edition (V6.4)
For V6.0, V6.1, V6.2, and 2005
16 edition (V6.3)
BCE license
PCS 7 BCE V7.1
(for SIMATIC PCS 7 V7.1)
Runtime license for plant bus
communication via standard
network card and Basic Commu-
nication Ethernet; already
integrated in SIMATIC PCS 7
Industrial Workstations,
3 languages (German, English,
French), software class A, runs
with Windows XP Professional or
Windows Server 2003, floating
license for 1 user
Type of delivery: License key
memory stick, certificate of
license
16/32 Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011
Siemens AG 2012
Order No.
6GK1 716-1CB71-3AA0
6GK1 716-0HB71-3AA0
6GK1 716-0HB71-3AC0
6GK1 716-0HB00-3AE0
6GK1 716-0HB00-3AE1
6ES7 650-1CD17-2YB5
Order No.
Communication products for
SIMATIC PCS 7 V7.0
SIMATIC NET S7-1613/2006 6GK1 716-1CB64-3AA0
(V6.4) for Industrial Ethernet
S7 communications software for
CP 1613, runtime software
2 languages (German, English),
runs with Windows
2000 Professional/ 2000 Server/
XP Professional/ Server 2003,
single license for 1 installation
Software and electronic manual
on CD, license key on diskette
SIMATIC NET 6GK1 716-0HB64-3AA0
S7-REDCONNECT/2006 (V6.4)
Software for fail-safe S7 commu-
nication via redundant networks,
for CP 1613, runtime software
2 languages (German, English),
software class A, runs with
Windows 2000 Professional/
2000 Server/ XP Professional/
Server 2003, single license for
1 installation
Software and electronic manual
on CD, license key on diskette
SIMATIC NET 6GK1 716-0HB64-3AC0
S7-REDCONNECT/2006 (V6.4)
Upgrade
Software for expansion of
S7-1613 to S7-REDCONNECT,
runtime software
2 languages (German, English),
software class A, runs with
Windows 2000 Professional/
2000 Server/ XP Professional/
Server 2003, single license for
1 installation
Software and electronic manual
on CD, license key on diskette
Upgrade of S7-REDCONNECT
communications software V6.3
(2005 edition) to V6.4 (2006
edition)
SIMATIC NET S7-REDCONNECT 6GK1 716-0HB64-3AE0
Upgrade from V6.3 to V6.4
Software for upgrading S7-
REDCONNECT, runtime software,
2 languages (German, English),
software class A, runs with
Windows 2000 Professional/
2000 Server/ XP Professional/
Server 2003, single license for
1 installation,
software and electronic manual
on CD, license key on diskette
 Siemens AG 2012

Update/upgrade packages
Updates/upgrades asynchronous to the PCS 7 version
System communication via Industrial Ethernet

Ordering data Order No. Order No.

BCE license BCE license

PCS 7 BCE V7.0 6ES7 650-1CD07-2YB5 SOFTNET-S7/2005 for 6GK1 704-1CW63-3AB0
Runtime license for plant bus Industrial Ethernet
communication via standard Runtime license for plant bus
network card and Basic Commu- communication via standard
nication Ethernet; already network card and Basic Commu-
integrated with SIMATIC PCS 7 nication Ethernet; already
Industrial Workstations integrated with SIMATIC PCS 7
3 languages (German, English, basic devices ES/OS/BATCH/IT
French), software class A, runs Single license for 1 installation,
with Windows XP Professional or license key on diskette
Windows Server 2003, floating Software and electronic manual
license for 1 user available on separate SIMATIC
Type of delivery: License key NET CD Edition 2005
disk, Certificate of License
including Terms and Conditions SIMATIC NET CD Edition 2005 6GK1 704-0AA07-3AA0
Runtime software for SIMATIC
Communication products for NET products, Edition 2005 (V6.3)
SIMATIC PCS 7 V6.x 2 languages (German, English),
SIMATIC NET S7-1613/2005 6GK1 716-1CB63-3AB0 runs with Windows
(V6.3) for Industrial Ethernet 2000 Professional/ 2000 Server/
S7 communications software for XP Professional/ Server 2003
CP 1613, runtime license without Software and electronic manual
software on CD
2 languages (German, English),
software class A, runs with
Windows 2000 Professional/
2000 Server/ XP Professional/
Server 2003, single license for
1 installation, license key on
diskette
Software and electronic manual
available on separate SIMATIC
NET CD Edition 2005
SIMATIC NET 6GK1 716-0HB63-3AB0
S7-REDCONNECT/2005 (V6.3)
for CP 1613, runtime license
without software, for fail-safe S7
communication over redundant
networks
2 languages (German, English),
software class A, runs with
Windows 2000 Professional/
2000 Server/ XP Professional/
Server 2003, single license for
1 installation, license key on
diskette
Software and electronic manual
available on separate SIMATIC
NET CD Edition 2005
SIMATIC NET 6GK1 716-0HB63-3AD0
S7-REDCONNECT/2005 (V6.3)
Upgrade
Runtime license without software,
for expansion of S7-1613 to
S7-REDCONNECT
2 languages (German, English),

16
software class A, runs with
Windows 2000 Professional/
2000 Server/ XP Professional/
Server 2003, single license for
1 installation, license key on
diskette
Software and electronic manual
available on separate SIMATIC
NET CD Edition 2005

Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011 16/33

 Siemens AG 2012

Update/upgrade packages

Notes

16

16/34 Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011

 17
Siemens AG 2012

Appendix

17/2 Training

17/3 Partner at Industry Automation and

Drive Technologies

17/4 Online Services

17/5 Service & Support

17/8 Services
17/8 Life cycle services
17/9 Functional Safety Services
17/11 SIMATIC Remote Support Services

17/12 Siemens Solution Partner Automation

17/13 Software Licenses

17/14 Index

17/17 Order No. Index

17/21 Catalog improvement suggestions

17/26 Conditions of sale and delivery

Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011

 Siemens AG 2012

Appendix
Training

Faster and more applicable know-how: SITRAIN highlights

Hands-on training from the manufacturer
SITRAIN the Siemens Training for Industry provides you
with comprehensive support in solving your tasks.
Training by the market leader in automation and plant engineer-
ing enables you to make independent decisions with confi-
dence. Especially where the optimum and efficient use of prod-
ucts and plants are concerned. You can eliminate deficiencies in
existing plants, and exclude expensive faulty planning right from
the beginning.
First-class know-how directly pays for itself: In shorter startup
times, high-quality end products, faster troubleshooting and re-
duced downtimes. In other words, increased profits and lower
costs.
Achieve more with SITRAIN
Shorter times for startup, maintenance and servicing
Optimized production operations
Reliable configuration and startup
Minimization of plant downtimes
Flexible plant adaptation to market requirements
Compliance with quality standards in production
Increased employee satisfaction and motivation
Shorter familiarization times following changes in technology
and staff
Top trainers
Our trainers are skilled teachers with direct practical experience.
Course developers have close contact with product develop-
ment, and directly pass on their knowledge to the trainers.
Practical experience
The practical experience of our trainers enables them to teach
theory effectively. But since theory can be pretty drab, we attach
great importance to practical exercises which can comprise up
to half of of the course time. You can therefore immediately im-
plement your new knowledge in practice. We train you on state-
of-the-art methodically/didactically designed training equip-
ment. This training approach will give you all the confidence you
need.
Wide variety
With a total of about 300 local attendance courses, we train the
complete range of Siemens Industry products as well as interac-
tion of the products in systems.
Tailor-made training
We are only a short distance away. You can find us at more than
50 locations in Germany, and in 62 countries worldwide. You
wish to have individual training instead of one of our
300 courses? Our solution: We will provide a program tailored
exactly to your personal requirements. Training can be carried
out in our Training Centers or at your company.
The right mixture: Blended learning
"Blended learning" means a combination of various training me-
dia and sequences. For example, a local attendance course in
a Training Center can be optimally supplemented by a teach-
yourself program as preparation or follow-up. Additional effect:
Reduced traveling costs and periods of absence.

Contact
Visit our site on the Internet at:
http://www.siemens.com/sitrain
or let us advise you personally.
SITRAIN Customer Support Germany:
Phone: +49 (911) 895-7575
Fax: +49 (911) 895-7576
17 E-Mail: info@sitrain.com

17/2 Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011

 Siemens AG 2012

Appendix
Partner at Industry Automation and Drive Technologies

At Siemens Industry Automation and Drive Technologies, more

than 85 000 people are resolutely pursuing the same goal: long-
term improvement of your competitive ability. We are committed
to this goal. Thanks to our commitment, we continue to set new
standards in automation and drive technology. In all industries
worldwide.
At your service locally, around the globe for consulting, sales,
training, service, support, spare parts ... on the entire Industry
Automation and Drive Technologies range.
Your personal contact can be found in our Contacts Database at:
www.siemens.com/automation/partner
You start by selecting a
Product group,
Country,
City,
Service.

17

Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011 17/3

 Siemens AG 2012

Appendix
Online Services
Information and Ordering
in the Internet and on DVD

Siemens Industry Automation and Drive Technologies in the WWW

A detailed knowledge of the range of products and services
available is essential when planning and configuring automation
systems. It goes without saying that this information must always
be fully up-to-date.
Siemens Industry Automation and Drive Technologies has
therefore built up a comprehensive range of information in the
World Wide Web, which offers quick and easy access to all data
required.
Under the address
www.siemens.com/industry
you will find everything you need to know about products, sys-
tems and services.

Product Selection Using the Interactive Catalog CA 01 of Industry

Detailed information together with convenient interactive
functions:
The interactive catalog CA 01 covers more than 80 000 products
and thus provides a full summary of the Siemens Industry Auto-
mation and Drive Technologies product base.
Here you will find everything that you need to solve tasks in the
fields of automation, switchgear, installation and drives.
All information is linked into a user interface which is easy to
work with and intuitive.
After selecting the product of your choice you can order at the
press of a button, by fax or by online link.
Information on the interactive catalog CA 01 can be found in the
Internet under
www.siemens.com/automation/ca01
or on DVD.

Easy Shopping with the Industry Mall

The Industry Mall is the virtual department store of Siemens AG
in the Internet. Here you have access to a huge range of prod-
ucts presented in electronic catalogs in an informative and at-
tractive way.
Data transfer via EDIFACT allows the whole procedure from
selection through ordering to tracking of the order to be carried
out online via the Internet.
Numerous functions are available to support you.
For example, powerful search functions make it easy to find the
17 required products, which can be immediately checked for avail-
ability. Customer-specific discounts and preparation of quotes
can be carried out online as well as order tracking and tracing.
Please visit the Industry Mall on the Internet under:
www.siemens.com/industrymall

17/4 Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011

 Siemens AG 2012
Technical
Consulting
rt
e S up p o
O n li n
Fie vice
Service
Se
ld
Programs
r
Modernization
Services
For machine constructors, solution providers and plant opera-
tors: The service offering from Siemens Industry, Automation and
Drive Technologies includes comprehensive services for a wide
range of different users in all sectors of the manufacturing and
process industry
To accompany our products and systems, we offer integrated
and structured services that provide valuable support in every
phase of the life cycle of your machine or plant - from planning
and implementation through commissioning as far as mainte-
nance and modernization.
Online Support
The comprehensive online infor-
mation platform supports you in
all aspects of our Service & Sup-
port at any time and from any lo-
cation in the world.
www.siemens.com/
automation/service&support
Technical Support
Expert advice on technical
questions with a wide range of
demand-optimized services for
all our products and systems.
www.siemens.com/
automation/support-request
Appendix
Service & Support
The unmatched complete service
for the entire life cycle
Training
Tec
S u p hnic al
p or t
r ts
Pa
Engineering
Support
are
Sp
Optimization
Services
Our Service & Support accompanies you worldwide in all mat-
ters concerning automation and drives from Siemens. We pro-
vide direct on-site support in more than 100 countries through all
phases of the life cycle of your machines and plants.
You have an experienced team of specialists at your side to pro-
vide active support and bundled know-how. Regular training
courses and intensive contact among our employees - even
across continents - ensure reliable service in the most diverse
areas.
Technical Consulting
Support in planning and design-
ing your project: From detailed
actual-state analysis, definition
of the goal and consulting on
product and system questions
right through to the creation of
the automation solution.
Training
Extend your competitive edge -
through practical know-how
directly from the manufacturer.
www.siemens.com/sitrain
17
Contact information is available in the Internet at:
www.siemens.com/automation/partner
Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011 17/5
 Siemens AG 2012
Appendix
Service & Support
The unmatched complete service
for the entire life cycle
Engineering Support
Support during project engi-
neering and development with
services fine-tuned to your re-
quirements, from configuration
through to implementation of an
automation project.
Field Service
Our Field Service offers you ser-
vices for commissioning and
maintenance - to ensure that
your machines and plants are
always available.
Spare parts
In every sector worldwide,
plants and systems are required
to operate with constantly in-
creasing reliability. We will pro-
vide you with the support you
need to prevent a standstill from
occurring in the first place: with
a worldwide network and opti-
mum logistics chains.
Repairs
Downtimes cause problems in
the plant as well as unnecessary
costs. We can help you to re-
duce both to a minimum - with
our worldwide repair facilities.
Optimization
17 During the service life of ma-
chines and plants, there is often
a great potential for increasing
productivity or reducing costs.
To help you achieve this poten-
tial, we are offering a complete
range of optimization services.
17/6 Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011
Modernization
You can also rely on our support
when it comes to modernization
- with comprehensive services
from the planning phase all the
way to commissioning.
Service programs
Our service programs are se-
lected service packages for an
automation and drives system or
product group. The individual
services are coordinated with
each over to ensure smooth
coverage of the entire life cycle
and support optimum use of
your products and systems.
The services of a Service Pro-
gram can be flexibly adapted at
any time and used separately.
Examples of service programs:
7 Service contracts
7 Plant IT Security Services
7 Life Cycle Services for Drive Engineering
7 SIMATIC PCS 7 Life Cycle Services
7 SINUMERIK Manufacturing Excellence
7 SIMATIC Remote Support Services
Advantages at a glance:
7 Reduced downtimes for increased productivity
7 Optimized maintenance costs due to a tailored scope of ser-
vices
7 Costs that can be calculated and therefore planned
7 Service reliability due to guaranteed response times and
spare part delivery times
7 Customer service personnel will be supported and relieved of
additional tasks
7 Comprehensive service from a single source, fewer interfaces
and greater expertise
Contact information is available in the Internet at:
www.siemens.com/automation/partner
 Siemens AG 2012

Appendix
Service & Support

Knowledge Base on DVD

For locations without online con-
nections to the Internet there are
excerpts of the free part of the
information sources available on
DVD (Service & Support Knowl-
edge Base). This DVD contains
all the latest product information
at the time of production (FAQs,
Downloads, Tips and Tricks, Up-
dates) as well as general infor-
mation on Service & Support.
The DVD also includes a full-text search and our Knowledge
Manager for targeted searches for solutions. The DVD will be up-
dated every 4 months.
Just the same as our online offer in the Internet, the Service &
Support Knowledge Base on DVD comes complete in 5 lan-
guages (German, English, French, Italian, Spanish).
You can order the Service & Support Knowledge Base DVD
from your Siemens contact.
Order no. 6ZB5310-0EP30-0BA2

Automation Value Card

By entering the card number and PIN you have full access to the
Service & Support services being offered. The charge for the
services procured is debited from the credits on your Automa-
tion Value Card.
All the services offered are marked in currency-neutral credits,
so you can use the Automation Value Card worldwide.
Order your Automation and Value Card easily and comfortably
like a product with your sales contact.
Automation Value Card order numbers
Credits Order no.
200 6ES7 997-0BA00-0XA0
500 6ES7 997-0BB00-0XA0
1 000 6ES7 997-0BC00-0XA0
10 000 6ES7 997-0BG00-0XA0

Detailed information on the services offered is available on our

Small card - great support Internet site at:
The Automation Value Card is an integral component of the com- www.siemens.com/automation/service&support
prehensive service concept with which Siemens Drive Automa-
tion and Drive Technologies will accompany you in each phase Service & Support la Card: Examples
of your automation project. Technical Support
It doesn't matter whether you want just specific services from our Priority Priority processing for urgent cases
Technical Support or want to purchase something on our Online
portal, you can always pay with your Automation Value Card. No 24 h Availability round the clock
invoicing, transparent and safe. With your personal card number Extended Technical consulting for complex questions
and associated PIN you can view the state of your account and Mature Consulting service for products that are not available
all transactions at any time. Products any more
Services on card. This is how it's done. Support Tools in the Support Shop
Card number and PIN are on the back of the Automation Value Tools that can be used directly for configuration, anal-
Card. When delivered, the PIN is covered by a scratch field, ysis and testing
guaranteeing that the full credit is on the card.

17

Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011 17/7

 Siemens AG 2012

Appendix
Services
Life cycle services

Overview

Extended
Contract modules Life Cycle Service
Modernization
updates/upgrades

Basic Software update

Life Cycle Service service

Spare parts inventory (option)

Maintenance Obsolescence management (information service)

service
Standard
service Inspection and maintenance

Standby service repair

Basic services

Options
Extended Software update Extended Asset Agreed technical Remote
service time 7/24 services exchange option optimization support services

Tailored life cycle service packages

Service program SIMATIC PCS 7 Life Cycle Services
Service requirements are just as specific as the uniqueness of
each process engineering plant. Based on many years of
experience, the service specialists from Siemens have identified
four fundamental requirement profiles and developed appro-
priate service modules which build upon each other:
Standard service: Service and support, standby service,
repair
Maintenance service: Inspection and maintenance
Basis life cycle service: Spare parts supply plus obsoles-
cence management
Expanded life cycle service: Update and upgrade service
These service modules can be expanded flexibly, e.g. by:
Extended service times, e.g. 24/7 servicing
Software Update Service
Asset optimization
Prioritized technical support
Remote service
The scope of services agreed individually on the basis of service
modules and additive supplementary services is stipulated in a
contract. The contracts are flexible enough to allow adaptation
in the event of plant modifications. The service contract
management includes documentation, planning of measures,
and performance controlling.

More information
For detailed information on our service program SIMATIC PCS 7
Life Cycle Services please contact:
Phone: +49 721 595 7174
http://support.automation.siemens.com/WW/view/en/42347016

17

17/8 Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011

 Siemens AG 2012

Appendix
Services
Functional Safety Services

Overview

Hazard and Risk Assessment

Allocation of Safety Functions to Protection Layers Analysis

Functional Safety Assessment and Auditing

Safety Lifecycle Structure and Planning

Management of Functional Safety and

Safety Requirements Specification (SRS)

for the Safety Instrumented System (SIS)

Design and Engineering of Design and Development of

Verification
Safety Instrumented System (SIS) other means of Risk Reduction
Realization
Installation, Commissioning and Validation

Operation and Maintenance

Operation

G_PCS7_XX_00223
Modification

Decommissioning

Simplified representation of the safety lifecycle (IEC 61511)

Safety Lifecycle Service for the process industry (IEC 61511) The basis for these processes are:
The functional safety topic covers much more than the Instal- Safety Life Cycle (SLC)
lation SIL-certified hardware and software components. It Safety Integrity Level (SIL)
requires expert knowledge, always aware of latest directives and
technologies. The safety lifecycle reflects the lifecycle of process plants and is
divided into separate phases: Risk assessment, specification of
Plant operators, PLT protective devices for risk reduction - this the safety requirements, planning, installation and commis-
includes operators of almost all chemical plants, refineries, distil- sioning, operation, change as well as decommissioning. Errors
lation and combustion plants - must implement a system for in the early stages of the project can be often only be correct
management of functional safety. Operators are obliged to verify later at great effort and cost. We systematically prevent errors in
sufficient risk reduction. all project phases using our standardized engineering guide-
In addition to the correct hardware and software, applied lines and verification templates.
planning, operating, and change processes are decisive in
ensuring that these systems effectively maintain their intended
function throughout the complete lifecycle of the plant.

17

Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011 17/9

 Siemens AG 2012

Appendix
Services
Functional Safety Services

Benefits Design
7 Standardized processes for faster and safer project imple- The following service modules are offered as a service:
mentation and commissioning
Management, evaluation of "functional safety" and audits
7 Uniform verification and validation documents
Configuration and planning of the SLC (Safety Plan)
7 Reduction of development time and costs through interdisci-
plinary team of experts with process and automation expertise Hazard and safety assessment
7 Acceleration of the acceptance of plants by means of
Assignment of the safety functions to the protection levels
customized safety concepts Safety Requirement Specification (SRS)
Verification and validation (e.g. SIL verification, hardware/
Application software audit)
Plant operators that use PLT protective equipment to reduce Modification
risks - this includes the operators of almost all chemical plants, Training
all refineries, distillation and combustion plants.
SIMATIC PCS 7 plants with integrated safety technology using More information
S7 F systems and SIMATIC Safety Matrix, in which processing
must be performed according to IEC 61511 or a specific Siemens AG
safety integrity level (SIL). Industry Sector
Engineering & Consulting
Team-ec.industry@siemens.com
Tel.: +49 (69) 797-84500
Additional information is available on the Internet at:
www.siemens.com/processsafety

17

17/10 Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011

 Siemens AG 2012

((Seite wird noch bersetzt!)) Anhang

Services
SIMATIC Remote Support Services

bersicht Aufbau

Customer DMZ Package Support Level Content

Web
Customer
Portal Siemens
Web Portal
Service
System Reports & Status
Preventive Module
Preventive Maintenance

Business DMZ
Partner cRSP Access Web
Server Portal Support Manager
Managed Services

Comprehensive
System Diagnostics

Enhanced

Starter
Internet (VPN)
Remote Corrections
Reactive Support
Remote Desktop Support
Customer Access Gateway
Site

IT-System
Administration
Siemens Remote Service Plattform
Sowohl bei der Inbetriebnahme als auch im laufenden Betrieb ist
ein schneller, zuverlssiger und kompetenter Support von auer-
ordentlich groer Bedeutung.
SIMATIC Remote Support Services bieten unter Ausnutzung
moderner IT-Strukturen und sicherer Internetverbindungen
einen prventiven systemspezifischen Support, der sich durch
hohe Effizienz Flexibilitt und Rentabilitt auszeichnet. Sie
basieren auf der performanten, hochsicheren Siemens Remote
Service (SRS)-Plattform, die einen sicheren Remote-Zugriff auf
das Automatisierungssystem ermglicht - sowohl durch
Experten von Siemens als auch durch eigene System-
spezialisten oder Systemintegratoren.
Merkmale der SRS-Plattform
Topmodernes, abgestuftes Sicherheits- und Zugangs-
konzept, kompatibel mit dem Industrial Security Konzept
Rckwirkungsfreiheit durch Trennung der Netze
Collaboration & Customer Web Portal zur einfachen und
komfortablen Einbindung von eigenem Servicepersonal oder
externen Partnern
Zentrales Monitoring, Logging und Reporting
Transparente Zugriffe und E-Mail-Benachrichtigung
Zertifizierung nach TV und CERT
Die Modularitt der SIMATIC Remote Support Services gestattet
Ihnen, den Umfang der Dienstleistungen exakt auf Ihre spezifi-
schen Anforderungen zuzuschneiden und auch nachtrglich zu
erweitern.
Servicemodule im berblick
Starter Package (Reactive Support)
Kostengnstiger Einstieg mit einem modernen, effizienten
Remote Desktop Support fr eine schnelle Fehlerbehebung
auf Basis der SRS-Plattform
Enhanced Package (Reactive Support + Managed Services)
Zuordnung eines festen Ansprechpartners, der mit dem
Automatisierungssystem vertraut ist, d. h. die Technologie,
die installierten Produkte sowie die Netzwerke und deren
Topologien sehr gut kennt. Der Einsatz spezieller Diagnose-
tools erhht die Service-Effizienz
Comprehensive Package (Reactive Support + Managed
Services + Preventive Module)
Inspektionsleistungen gem DIN 31051, u. a. mit vorbeu-
gender berprfung des Systemzustands zur transparenten
Darstellung des Systemstatus und Ableitung vorbeugender
Manahmen
Weitere Info
Detaillierte Informationen zu den SIMATIC Remote Support
Services gibt Ihnen gerne Ihr Siemens Ansprechpartner in Ihrer
Region:
www.siemens.com/automation/partner

Nutzen Oder nutzen Sie unseren zentralen Zugang zu unserem

Technical Support
7 Excellente Untersttzung durch Experten, die sich weltweit ber das Web-Formular fr den Support Request
direkt mit dem Automatisierungssystem verbinden knnen - www.siemens.com/automation/support-request
ohne Antritts- oder Reisezeiten
ber Telefon: +49 (0) 911 895 7222
7 Sichere Remote-Anbindung des Automatisierungssystems
oder Fax: +49 (0) 911 895 7223
mit der Siemens Remote Service Plattform
7 Bereitstellung der Remote-Infrastruktur in Kombination mit
Support und Wartung
7 SIMATIC Remote Support Services sind entsprechend dem
17
tatschlichen Bedarf stufenweise anpassbar

Siemens ST PCS 7 Dezember 2011 17/11

 Siemens AG 2012

Appendix
Partner at Industry Automation and Drive Technologies
Siemens Solution Partner Automation

Overview
Siemens Solution Partner Automation Solution Partner Finder

Solution Partner: Highest quality - guaranteed

The products and systems from Siemens Industry Automation
and Drive Technologies offer the ideal platform for all automation
applications.
Under the name of Siemens Solution Partner Automation,
selected system integrators around the world act as uniformly
qualified solution providers for the Siemens range of products
and services in the fields of automation and drives. Day after
day, they utilize their qualified product and system know-how as
well as their excellent industry expertise to your advantage for
all requirements.
The partner emblem is the guarantee and indicator of proven
quality. The basis for this are defined quality features that identify The Siemens Solution Partner Program helps you to find the
Solution Partners as reliable and competent solution providers: optimum partner for your specific requirements.
Solution quality Support is provided by the Solution Partner Finder, a compre-
Always a good result with tried and tested solutions expertise. hensive online platform that showcases the profiles of all our
Expert quality solution partners. You can convince yourself of the competence
Certified technical competence ensures maximum efficiency. of the respective Solution Partner by means of the references
Project quality provided. Various search criteria are available for this purpose.
With proven project experience straight to the target. Once you have located a partner, you are only one small step
Portfolio quality away from contacting them.
Comprehensive portfolio for state-of-the-art solutions from a
Find the right partner here for your specific task and convince
single source.
yourself of the solution competence provided:
http://www.siemens.com/automation/partnerfinder
Additional information on the Siemens Solution Partner Program
is available online at:
http://www.siemens.com/automation/solutionpartner

17

17/12 Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011

 Siemens AG 2012
Overview
Software types
Software requiring a license is categorized into types.
The following software types have been defined:
Engineering software
Runtime software
Engineering software
This includes all software products for creating (engineering)
user software, e.g. for configuring, programming, parameteriz-
ing, testing, commissioning or servicing.
Data generated with engineering software and executable
programs can be duplicated for your own use or for use by third-
parties free-of-charge.
Runtime software
This includes all software products required for plant/machine
operation, e.g. operating system, basic system, system expan-
sions, drivers, etc.
The duplication of the runtime software and executable pro-
grams created with the runtime software for your own use or for
use by third-parties is subject to a charge.
You can find information about license fees according to use in
the ordering data (e.g. in the catalog). Examples of categories of
use include per CPU, per installation, per channel, per instance,
per axis, per control loop, per variable, etc.
Information about extended rights of use for parameteriza-
tion/configuration tools supplied as integral components of the
scope of delivery can be found in the readme file supplied with
the relevant product(s).
License types
Siemens Industry Automation & Drive Technologies offers vari-
ous types of software license:
Floating license
Single license
Rental license
Trial license
Floating license
The software may be installed for internal use on any number of
devices by the licensee. Only the concurrent user is licensed.
The concurrent user is the person using the program. Use
begins when the software is started.
A license is required for each concurrent user.
Single license
Unlike the floating license, a single license permits only one
installation of the software.
The type of use licensed is specified in the ordering data and
in the Certificate of License (CoL). Types of use include for
example per device, per axis, per channel, etc.
One single license is required for each type of use defined.
Rental license
A rental license supports the "sporadic use" of engineering
software. Once the license key has been installed, the software
can be used for a specific number of hours (the operating hours
do not have to be consecutive).
One license is required for each installation of the software.
Trial license
A trial license supports "short-term use" of the software in a non-
productive context, e.g. for testing and evaluation purposes.
It can be transferred to another license.
Appendix
Software Licenses
Factory license
With the Factory License the user has the right to install and use
the software at one permanent establishment only. The perma-
nent establishment is defined by one address only.The number
of hardware devices on which the software may be installed
results from the order data or the Certificate of License (CoL).
Certificate of license
The Certificate of License (CoL) is the licensee's proof that the
use of the software has been licensed by Siemens. A CoL is
required for every type of use and must be kept in a safe place.
Downgrading
The licensee is permitted to use the software or an earlier ver-
sion/release of the software, provided that the licensee owns
such a version/release and its use is technically feasible.
Delivery versions
Software is constantly being updated.
The following delivery versions
PowerPack
Upgrade
can be used to access updates.
Existing bug fixes are supplied with the ServicePack version.
PowerPack
PowerPacks can be used to upgrade to more powerful software.
The licensee receives a new license agreement and CoL
(Certificate of License) with the PowerPack. This CoL, together
with the CoL for the original product, proves that the new soft-
ware is licensed.
A separate PowerPack must be purchased for each original
license of the software to be replaced.
Upgrade
An upgrade permits the use of a new version of the software on
the condition that a license for a previous version of the product
is already held.
The licensee receives a new license agreement and CoL with
the upgrade. This CoL, together with the CoL for the previous
product, proves that the new version is licensed.
A separate upgrade must be purchased for each original license
of the software to be upgraded.
ServicePack
ServicePacks are used to debug existing products.
ServicePacks may be duplicated for use as prescribed accord-
ing to the number of existing original licenses.
License key
Siemens Industry Automation & Drive Technologies supplies
software products with and without license keys.
The license key serves as an electronic license stamp and
is also the "switch" for activating the software (floating license,
rental license, etc.).
The complete installation of software products requiring license
keys includes the program to be licensed (the software) and the
license key (which represents the license). 17
Detailed explanations concerning license conditions can be found in the
Terms and Conditions of Siemens AG or under
http://www.siemens.com/industrymall
(Industry Mall Online-Help System)
Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011 17/13
 Siemens AG 2012
Appendix
Index
A E
Access control ....................................................................................3/9, 12/5
Access points ............................................................................................6/48
Active field distributors AFD/AFDiS ..................................................6/75, 6/83
Advanced Engineering ..............................................................................2/13
Advanced Process Control (APC) ...............................................................2/9
Advanced Process Library ..........................................................................2/8
AFD/AFDiS ........................................................................................6/75, 6/83
AlarmControl ................................................................................................3/8
APC..............................................................................................................2/9
Application whitelisting ..............................................................................12/3
Archiving ....................................................................................................3/18
ASIA product variants ................................................................2/10, 3/11, 8/3
AS-Interface ...............................................................................................6/88
Asset management......................................................................................4/2
Asset TAGs, definition...........................................................................4/7, 4/9
Automation firewall.....................................................................................12/3
Automation systems.....................................................................................5/2
B
Basic Communication Ethernet ...................................................................1/5
Batch automation.........................................................................................9/2
Batch Control Center ...................................................................................9/7
Batch planning.............................................................................................9/8
BCE (Basic Communication Ethernet).......................................................6/47
BFOC connection ......................................................................................6/44
Bus modules ..............................................................................................7/13
C
Cable duct .................................................................................................7/13
CAS............................................................................................................3/22
Causes.......................................................................................................11/6
Central Archive Server ...............................................................................3/22
Central I/O modules.....................................................................................7/4
Clock synchronization..................................................................................3/9
Closed-loop control modules.....................................................................7/28
Compact systems ......................................................................................14/2
Concurrent engineering ...............................................................................2/4
Continuous function chart (CFC) .................................................................2/7
Counter module .........................................................................................7/60
Counter modules .......................................................................................7/30
CP 1623 ..............................................................................................1/5, 6/45
CP 343 .......................................................................................................6/88
CP 443 .......................................................................................................6/47
CP 443-5 Extended....................................................................................6/64
D
Desktop adapter network card .........................................................3/16, 6/46
Diagnostic Repeater RS 485 .....................................................................6/62
DOCPRO......................................................................................................2/9
Documentation.............................................................................................8/4
DP/AS-i link ................................................................................................6/88
DP/PA coupler............................................................................................6/70
Dummy module..........................................................................................7/13
17
17/14 Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011
Effects........................................................................................................ 11/6
Electronic Device Description ................................................................... 2/21
Electronic modules ET 200iSP................................................. 7/35, 7/38, 7/40
Electronic modules ET 200S...........................................................S7/55, 7/58
Electronic modules ET 200pro ................................................ 7/71, 7/72, 7/74
Electronic signature............................................................................ 3/9, 12/5
Engineering system ..................................................................................... 2/2
ET 200iSP .................................................................................................. 7/31
ET 200M .................................................................................................... 7/10
ET 200M analog modules.......................................................................... 7/19
ET 200M digital modules ........................................................................... 7/15
ET 200pro .................................................................................................. 7/68
ET 200S ..................................................................................................... 7/48
ET 200S power modules ........................................................................... 7/53
Ex digital/analog modules ET 200M .......................................................... 7/24
Ex partition................................................................................................. 7/13
Expansion units ........................................................................................... 7/5
Extender module ....................................................................................... 6/34
F
F-AS ........................................................................................................... 5/24
F digital/analog modules ET 200M ............................................................ 7/25
FastConnect ............................................................................ 6/38, 6/61, 6/78
Fault-tolerant automation systems............................................................. 5/14
FF Link ....................................................................................................... 6/81
Fiber-optic cables...................................................................................... 6/43
Fieldbus systems......................................................................................... 6/3
FIBER OPTIC CABLE ................................................................................ 6/43
FM 355....................................................................................................... 7/29
FOUNDATION Fieldbus cable................................................................... 6/87
FOUNDATION Fieldbus H1 ....................................................................... 6/79
Front connector ......................................................................................... 7/13
Function window.......................................................................................... 3/7
Functional safety services ....................................................................... 17/11
G
Graphical User Interface ............................................................................. 3/6
Graphics cards.......................................................................................... 1/36
Graphics Designer ...................................................................................... 2/9
H
H-AS .......................................................................................................... 5/14
HART ................................................................................................ 7/22, 7/25
Hierarchical recipes .................................................................................... 9/6
HW-Config ................................................................................................... 2/6
 Siemens AG 2012
I O
I&C libraries .................................................................................................2/8
I/O subsystem for ET 200M .......................................................................7/14
IE/PB LINK PN IO.......................................................................................6/58
IEC 61804-2 .................................................................................................4/7
IF 964-DP ...................................................................................................6/65
IM 153 redundancy bundle .......................................................................7/14
IM 153-2............................................................................................6/73, 7/12
IM 153-2 FF................................................................................................6/83
IM 153-4 PN ...............................................................................................7/12
IM 154-2.....................................................................................................7/70
Import/Export Assistant .............................................................................2/15
Industrial Ethernet.................................................................................6/2, 6/4
Industrial security.......................................................................................12/3
Industrial twisted pair.................................................................................6/42
Industrial Wireless LAN..............................................................................6/48
Industrial Workstation ..................................................................................1/2
Information Server......................................................................................3/24
Interface modules ...........................................................7/12, 7/34, 7/52, 7/70
Intersections ..............................................................................................11/6
IPC547D.......................................................................................1/4, 1/6, 1/12
IPC647C.......................................................................................1/4, 1/6, 1/20
IPC847C.......................................................................................1/4, 1/6, 1/27
ISA-88.01 .....................................................................................................9/6
Isolating module ........................................................................................7/27
IT security ..................................................................................................12/2
ITP cables and connectors........................................................................6/42
IWLAN........................................................................................................6/48
K R
Keyboards .................................................................................................1/35
L Recipe Editor ............................................................................................... 9/5
Libraries .......................................................................................................2/8
Licensing OS software .................................................................................3/4
Life cycle services ...................................................................................17/10
Load power supply for ET 200M................................................................7/11
Long-term archiving.................................................................3/20, 3/22, 3/24
M
Maintenance .........................................................................................4/2, 4/3
Maintenance station.....................................................................................4/2
Maintenance station PDM............................................................................4/8
Media converter.........................................................................................6/37
Media modules .................................................................................6/26, 6/33
Message display..........................................................................................3/8
Microbox automation system .......................................................................5/5
Modbus......................................................................................................6/89
Motor starter...............................................................................................7/61
Mouse ........................................................................................................1/35
MTA ..............................................................................................................7/6
Multi-monitor graphics cards .....................................................................1/36
Multi-project engineering .............................................................................2/4
Multi-variable control ...................................................................................2/9
My Documentation Manager .......................................................................8/4
Appendix
Index
Online help .................................................................................................. 8/4
OPC ........................................................................................................... 13/5
OpenPCS 7................................................................................................ 13/5
Operator system .......................................................................................... 3/2
Optical Link Modules................................................................................. 6/62
OS archiving .............................................................................................. 3/17
OS Client 427C .......................................................................................... 1/34
OS Client 627C .......................................................................................... 1/33
OS redundancy ......................................................................................... 3/13
OS software ................................................................................................ 3/5
OS variable, definition ................................................................................. 3/4
P
PA Link....................................................................................................... 6/70
PID Tuning ................................................................................................... 2/9
Plant Asset management ............................................................................ 4/2
Plant bus...................................................................................... 3/14, 6/2, 6/5
Portrait mounting kit................................................................................... 4/12
Power modules ET 200pro ........................................................................ 7/76
Process Device Manager .......................................................................... 2/16
Process Historian....................................................................................... 3/24
PROFIBUS ................................................................................................ 6/59
PROFIBUS PA................................................................................... 6/68, 6/75
PROFINET ................................................................................. 6/2, 6/55, 7/12
PROFIsafe ................................................................................................. 6/67
Process object PO, definition ...................................................................... 3/4
Process object view..................................................................................... 2/6
Rack ............................................................................................................ 7/5
Rack PC....................................................................................................... 1/3
Redundancy manager...................................................... 6/8, 6/14, 6/19, 6/31
Remote Support Services........................................................................ 17/13
Removal and insertion...................................................................... 6/83, 7/13
Repeater for PROFIBUS ............................................................................ 6/61
Reporting and logging system .................................................................... 3/9
ROP library .................................................................................................. 9/6
Route Control............................................................................................. 10/2
Route Control Center (RCC) ...................................................................... 10/6
Route Control Engineering Software ......................................................... 10/7
Route Control Runtime Software................................................................ 10/5
Route Control Server ................................................................................. 10/5
RS 485 terminating element ...................................................................... 6/61
RS 485-iS coupler............................................................................. 6/62, 7/43
17
Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011 17/15
 Siemens AG 2012

Appendix
Index

S T
S7 F systems..............................................................................................11/4 Table window ............................................................................................... 3/7
S7-PLCSIM.................................................................................................2/26 Technology modules ................................................................................. 7/60
Safety-related automation systems............................................................5/24 Terminal bus ....................................................................................... 3/14, 6/5
Safety functions .........................................................................................5/26 Terminal bus adapter................................................................................. 1/38
Safety Integrated for Process Automation .................................................11/2 Terminal modules ...................................................................... 7/6, 7/34, 7/50
Safety Matrix ..............................................................................................11/5 Tower kit............................................................................................ 1/19, 1/32
SCALANCE S.............................................................................................12/3 Transceiver ................................................................................................ 6/27
SCALANCE W............................................................................................6/49 TrendControls .............................................................................................. 3/7
SCALANCE X...............................................................................................6/6 Trend window .............................................................................................. 3/7
SCALANCE X101.......................................................................................6/37 Twisted pair ............................................................................................... 6/42
SCALANCE X-200........................................................................................6/8
U
SCALANCE X-200 IRT ...............................................................................6/14
SCALANCE X-300......................................................................................6/19 User management .............................................................................. 3/9, 12/5
SCALANCE X-400......................................................................................6/31 V
SC connection ...........................................................................................6/44
Version Cross Manager ............................................................................. 2/11
SC-RJ connection ......................................................................................6/44
Version Trail ............................................................................................... 2/12
Security concept........................................................................................12/2
Security modules .......................................................................................12/3 W
Separation Procedures/Formulas ................................................................9/7 Watchdog module ET 200iSP.................................................................... 7/42
Sequential function chart (SFC)...................................................................2/7 Web server ................................................................................................ 3/27
SFC Visualization .......................................................................................3/12
Y
SFP transceiver..........................................................................................6/27
Short-term archiving ..................................................................................3/19 Y-Link ................................................................................................ 5/22, 6/66
Sign-of-life monitoring..................................................................................3/9
Signal module ............................................................................................1/40
SIGUARD ...................................................................................................7/65
SIMATIC BATCH ..........................................................................................9/2
SIMATIC BOX PC .......................................................................................1/33
SIMATIC IT .................................................................................................13/2
SIMATIC Logon ...................................................................................2/5, 12/5
SIMATIC Manager .......................................................................................2/5
SIMATIC Microbox PC ...............................................................................1/34
SIMATIC NET ...............................................................................................6/2
SIMATIC NET Selection Tool ...........................................6/13, 6/18, 6/30, 6/36
SIMATIC PCS 7 BOX..................................................................................14/2
SIMATIC PCS 7 software..............................................................................8/2
SIMATIC PDM ............................................................................................2/16
SIMATIC PDM TAG, definition ......................................................................4/9
SIMATIC Rack PC ........................................................................................1/3
SIMATIC Route Control ..............................................................................10/2
SIMATIC Safety Matrix ...............................................................................11/5
Simulation ..................................................................................................2/26
SIPLUS extreme ................................................................................5/23, 7/10
SM 400.........................................................................................................7/4
Smart card reader......................................................................................1/39
Smith predictor ............................................................................................2/9
Software .......................................................................................................8/2
Software Media Packages ...........................................................................8/3
SpliTConnect .............................................................................................6/78
Stainless steel wall enclosure ...........................................................7/32, 7/44
Standard automation systems .....................................................................5/6
StoragePlus................................................................................................3/20
Switches.......................................................................................................6/6
System documentation ................................................................................8/4

17

17/16 Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011


3RK1
3RK1 301 .................................................... 7/63
3RK1 903-0AA00 ........................................ 7/63
3RK1 903-0AE00 ........................................ 7/63
3RK1 903-0AF00 ......................................... 7/63
3RK1 903-0AG00 ........................................ 7/63
3RK1 903-0AG01 ............................... 7/63, 7/64
3RK1 903-0AH00 ........................................ 7/63
3RK1 903-0AJ00 ......................................... 7/63
3RK1 903-0AK00 ........................................ 7/63
3RK1 903-0AK10 ........................................ 7/63
3RK1 903-0AL00 ......................................... 7/63
3RK1 903-0AL10 ......................................... 7/63
3RK1 903-0BA00 ........................................ 7/63
3RK1 903-0CB00 ........................................ 7/63
3RK1 903-0CC00 ........................................ 7/63
3RK1 903-0CE00 ............................... 7/63, 7/64
3RK1 903-0CF00 ............................... 7/63, 7/64
3RK1 903-0CH10 ........................................ 7/63
3RK1 903-0CH20 ........................................ 7/63
3RK1 903-1 ................................................. 7/67
3RK1 903-2AC00 ............................... 7/63, 7/64
3RK1 903-2AC10 ............................... 7/63, 7/64
3RK1 903-3 ................................................. 7/64
6AG1
6AG1 195-7HA ............. 6/74, 6/83, 15/58, 15/59
6AV6
6AV6 371-1CA07-0AX0 ............................ 15/44
6AV6 371-1CF06-2AX0 ............................. 15/11
6AV6 371-1CF07-0AX0 ............................. 15/46
6DL2
6DL2 804-0AD ............................................ 7/44
6DL2 804-0AE ............................................ 7/45
6DL2 804-0D .............................................. 7/45
6DL2 804-1A .............................................. 7/46
6DL2 804-1D .............................................. 7/47
6DL2 804-2 ................................................. 7/47
6DS1
6DS1 916-8RR ................................. 1/40, 15/39
6EP1
6EP1 331-5B ............................. 6/13, 6/18, 6/29
6EP1 332-5B ...................................... 6/29, 6/36
6EP1 334-2A ............................................. 15/68
6EP1 931-2E ............................................. 15/68
6EP1 933-3B ............................................... 6/29
6EP1 935-6M ............................................ 15/68
6ES7 1
6ES7 131-4 ................................................. 7/56
6ES7 131-7 ................................................. 7/36
6ES7 132-4B .............................................. 7/56
6ES7 132-4F ............................................... 7/57
6ES7 132-4H .............................................. 7/57
6ES7 132-7 ................................................. 7/36
6ES7 134-4 ................................................. 7/59
6ES7 134-7 ................................................. 7/39
6ES7 135-4 ................................................. 7/59
6ES7 135-7 .................................................. 7/39
6ES7 138-4AA01 ................................ 7/57, 7/59
6ES7 138-4AA11 ......................................... 7/57
6ES7 138-4C ............................................... 7/54
6ES7 138-4DA04-0AB0 .............................. 7/60
6ES7 138-4FA04-0AB0 ............................... 7/56
6ES7 138-4FB03-0AB0 ............................... 7/57
6ES7 138-7AA00-0AA0 ............. 7/37, 7/39, 7/41
6ES7 138-7BB00-0AB0 ............................... 7/42
6ES7 138-7E ............................................... 7/33
6ES7 138-7F ............................................... 7/41
6ES7 141-4B ............................................... 7/71
6ES7 144-4 ................................................. 7/73
6ES7 145-4 ................................................. 7/73
Siemens AG 2012
6ES7 148-4C ............................................... 7/76
6ES7 148-4F ................................................ 7/75
6ES7 151-1BA02-0AB0 ............................... 7/52
6ES7 152-1AA00-0AB0 ............................... 7/34
6ES7 153-2AR03-0XA0 ............................... 7/14
6ES7 153-2BA02-0XB0 ............................... 7/12
6ES7 153-2BA82-0XB0 ......... 6/74, 15/16, 15/58
6ES7 153-4BA00-0XB0 ............................... 7/12
6ES7 154-2AA01-0AB0 ............................... 7/70
6ES7 157-0AC ....................... 6/74, 15/16, 15/58
6ES7 157-0AD ....................... 6/74, 15/16, 15/58
6ES7 157-0AF ... 6/77, 6/86, 15/16, 15/58, 15/59
6ES7 157-0AG .............. 6/77, 6/86, 15/58, 15/59
6ES7 193-4CA ............................................. 7/51
6ES7 193-4CB ............................................. 7/51
6ES7 193-4CC ............................................. 7/50
6ES7 193-4CD.............................................. 7/50
6ES7 193-4CE ............................................. 7/50
6ES7 193-4CF ............................................. 7/51
6ES7 193-4CG ............................................. 7/51
6ES7 193-4CK ............................................. 7/50
6ES7 193-4CL .............................................. 7/51
6ES7 193-7A ............................................... 7/34
6ES7 193-7CA .................. 7/37, 7/39, 7/41, 7/42
6ES7 193-7CB ............................................. 7/37
6ES7 193-7D ............................................... 7/33
6ES7 194-1JB10-0XA0 ................................ 6/54
6ES7 194-4A ............................................... 7/70
6ES7 194-4B ................................................ 7/76
6ES7 194-4CA00-0AA0 ...................... 7/71, 7/73
6ES7 194-4CB00-0AA0 ............................... 7/71
6ES7 194-4D ............................................... 7/75
6ES7 194-4G ............................................... 7/70
6ES7 194-4HA00 ................................ 7/71, 7/73
6ES7 194-4HB00 ................................ 7/70, 7/76
6ES7 195-1GA00 ...................... 6/74, 6/83, 7/13,
.............................................. 15/16, 15/58,15/59
6ES7 195-1GC00 .................... 6/83, 7/13, 15/59
6ES7 195-1GF30 ...................... 6/74, 6/83, 7/13,
............................................. 15/16, 15/58, 15/59
6ES7 195-1GG30 ..................... 6/74, 6/83, 7/13,
............................................. 15/16, 15/58, 15/59
6ES7 195-1JA00 .. 6/74, 6/83, 7/13, 15/58, 15/59
6ES7 195-1KA00 ......................................... 7/13
6ES7 195-7HA00 .............................. 7/13, 15/16
6ES7 195-7HB00 ......................................... 7/13
6ES7 195-7HC00 ......................................... 7/13
6ES7 195-7HD10 ......................................... 7/13
6ES7 195-7HD80 ............................... 6/74, 6/83,
............................................. 15/16, 15/58, 15/59
6ES7 195-7HF80 ............................... 6/74, 6/83,
............................................. 15/16, 15/58, 15/59
6ES7 195-7HG00 ........................................ 7/27
6ES7 195-7HG80 ................... 6/74, 6/83, 15/16,
........................................................ 15/58, 15/59
6ES7 195-7KF00 ......................................... 7/27
6ES7 197-1LA11 ................................ 5/22, 6/66
6ES7 3
6ES7 305-1 ............................... 6/66, 6/74, 6/83,
.................................... 7/11, 15/16, 15/58, 15/59
6ES7 307-1 ............................... 6/66, 6/74, 6/83,
.................................... 7/11, 15/16, 15/58, 15/59
6ES7 321-1B ............................................... 7/15
6ES7 321-1C ............................................... 7/15
6ES7 321-1E ................................................ 7/15
6ES7 321-1FF01 .......................................... 7/15
6ES7 321-1FF10 .......................................... 7/16
6ES7 321-1FH00 ......................................... 7/15
6ES7 321-7BH01-0AB0 ............................... 7/16
6ES7 321-7RD00-0AB0 ............................... 7/24
6ES7 321-7TH00-0AB0 ............................... 7/16
6ES7 322-1B ............................................... 7/16
6ES7 322-1C ............................................... 7/16
6ES7 322-1F ................................................ 7/17
6ES7 322-1H ............................................... 7/17
Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011
Appendix
Order No. Index
6ES7 322-5FF00-0AB0 ............................... 7/18
6ES7 322-5GH00-0AB0 .............................. 7/18
6ES7 322-5HF00-0AB0 ............................... 7/18
6ES7 322-5RD00-0AB0 .............................. 7/24
6ES7 322-5SD00-0AB0 .............................. 7/24
6ES7 322-8BF00-0AB0 ............................... 7/17
6ES7 322-8BH10-0AB0 .............................. 7/17
6ES7 323-1BH01-0AA0 .............................. 7/18
6ES7 326-1BK02-0AB0 .............................. 7/26
6ES7 326-1RF00-0AB0 ............................... 7/26
6ES7 326-2BF10-0AB0 ............................... 7/26
6ES7 326-2BF41-0AB0 ............................... 7/26
6ES7 331-1KF02-0AB0 ............................... 7/20
6ES7 331-7HF01-0AB0 ............................... 7/20
6ES7 331-7KB02-0AB0 .............................. 7/20
6ES7 331-7KF02-0AB0 ............................... 7/20
6ES7 331-7NF00-0AB0 ............................... 7/20
6ES7 331-7NF10-0AB0 ............................... 7/20
6ES7 331-7PE10-0AB0 ............................... 7/21
6ES7 331-7PF01-0AB0 ............................... 7/21
6ES7 331-7PF11-0AB0 ............................... 7/21
6ES7 331-7RD00-0AB0 .............................. 7/24
6ES7 331-7SF00-0AB0 ............................... 7/24
6ES7 331-7TB00-0AB0 ............................... 7/23
6ES7 331-7TF01-0AB0 ............................... 7/23
6ES7 332-5HB01-0AB0 .............................. 7/21
6ES7 332-5HD01-0AB0 .............................. 7/21
6ES7 332-5HF00-0AB0 ............................... 7/21
6ES7 332-5RD00-0AB0 .............................. 7/24
6ES7 332-5TB00-0AB0 ............................... 7/23
6ES7 332-7ND02-0AB0 .............................. 7/21
6ES7 332-8TF01-0AB0 ............................... 7/23
6ES7 336-4GE00-0AB0 .............................. 7/27
6ES7 341-1 ................................................. 6/89
6ES7 350 .................................................... 7/30
6ES7 355 .................................................... 7/29
6ES7 370 .................................................... 7/13
6ES7 390-1AB60-0AA0 ..................... 6/62, 7/43
6ES7 390-1AE80 ............. 6/62, 6/74, 6/83, 7/43,
............................................. 15/16, 15/58, 15/59
6ES7 390-1AF30 ............. 6/62, 6/74, 6/83, 7/43,
............................................. 15/16, 15/58, 15/59
6ES7 390-1AF85 .............. 7/34, 7/37, 7/39, 7/41
6ES7 390-1AJ30-0AA0 ...................... 6/62, 7/43
6ES7 390-1AJ85-0AA0 .... 7/34, 7/37, 7/39, 7/41
6ES7 390-1BC00-0AA0 ..................... 6/62, 7/43
6ES7 392-1AJ00-0AA0 ...................... 6/88, 7/13
6ES7 392-1AJ20-0AA0 ............................... 7/13
6ES7 392-1AM00-0AA0 .............................. 7/13
6ES7 392-1AN00-0AA0 ..................... 7/15, 7/16
6ES7 392-1BJ00-0AA0 ............................... 7/13
6ES7 392-1BM01-0AA0 .............................. 7/13
6ES7 392-1BN00-0AA0 ..................... 7/15, 7/16
6ES7 392-1CJ00-0AA0 ............................... 7/13
6ES7 392-1CM00-0AA0 .............................. 7/13
6ES7 392-4BB00-0AA0 ..................... 7/15, 7/16
6ES7 392-4BC50-0AA0 ..................... 7/15, 7/16
6ES7 392-4BF00-0AA0 ...................... 7/15, 7/16
6ES7 393-4AA00-0AA0 .............................. 7/13
6ES7 4
17
6ES7 400-1JA01-0AA0 ...... 5/13, 5/22, 5/34, 7/5
6ES7 400-1JA11-0AA0 ............. 5/13, 5/22, 5/34
6ES7 400-1TA01-0AA0 ...... 5/13, 5/22, 5/34, 7/5
6ES7 400-1TA11-0AA0 ............. 5/13, 5/22, 5/34
6ES7 400-2JA00-0AA0 ...................... 5/22, 5/34
6ES7 400-2JA10-0AA0 ...................... 5/22, 5/34
6ES7 401-1DA01-0AA0 .............................. 5/13
6ES7 405-0DA02-0AA0 .............................. 5/13
6ES7 405-0KA02-0AA0 ............ 5/13, 5/22, 5/34
6ES7 405-0KR02-0AA0 ............ 5/13, 5/22, 5/34
6ES7 405-0RA02-0AA0 ............ 5/13, 5/22, 5/34
6ES7 407-0DA02-0AA0 .............................. 5/13
6ES7 407-0KA02-0AA0 ............ 5/13, 5/22, 5/33
6ES7 407-0KR02-0AA0 ............ 5/13, 5/22, 5/33
17/17

Appendix
Order No. Index
6ES7 407-0RA02-0AA0 ............. 5/13, 5/22, 5/33
6ES7 412-3HJ14-0AB0 ...................... 5/21, 5/33
6ES7 414-3EM06-0AB0 .............................. 5/12
6ES7 414-3XM05-0AB0 .............................. 5/12
6ES7 414-4HM14-0AB0 ..................... 5/21, 5/33
6ES7 416-2XN05-0AB0 ............................... 5/12
6ES7 416-3ES06-0AB0 ............................... 5/12
6ES7 416-3XR05-0AB0 ............................... 5/12
6ES7 417-4HT14-0AB0 ...................... 5/21, 5/33
6ES7 417-4XT05-0AB0 ............................... 5/12
6ES7 421 ....................................................... 7/4
6ES7 422 ....................................................... 7/4
6ES7 431 ....................................................... 7/4
6ES7 432 ....................................................... 7/4
6ES7 460 ....................................................... 7/5
6ES7 461 ....................................................... 7/5
6ES7 468 ....................................................... 7/5
6ES7 492 ....................................................... 7/4
6ES7 6
6ES7 648-0CB00 ............ 1/19, 1/26, 1/32, 1/35,
..................................... 4/12, 15/4, 15/30, 15/34,
.................................. 15/37, 15/38, 15/39, 15/67
6ES7 648-0EG00 ............ 1/19, 1/26, 1/32, 15/4,
............................................. 15/30, 15/34, 15/37
6ES7 648-1AA00-0XC0 ........... 1/19, 15/4, 15/30
6ES7 648-1AA00-0XD0 .................... 1/32, 15/37
6ES7 648-1AA10-0YA0 .................. 15/38, 15/68
6ES7 648-1AA10-0YB0 .................. 15/38, 15/68
6ES7 648-1AA20-0YB0 .................... 4/12, 15/38
6ES7 648-2AF40-0JA0 ..................... 15/4, 15/30
6ES7 648-2AF50-0JB0 ..................... 15/4, 15/30
6ES7 648-2AH50-0KA0 ............................ 15/38
6ES7 648-2AJ40-0KA0 1/26, 1/32, 15/34, 15/37
6ES7 648-2AJ40-0LA0 ................................ 1/19
6ES7 648-2AJ40-1KA0 1/26, 1/32, 15/34, 15/37
6ES7 648-2AJ50-0KA0 1/26, 1/32, 15/34, 15/37
6ES7 648-2AJ50-0LB0 ................................ 1/19
6ES7 648-2AJ50-1KA0 1/26, 1/32, 15/34, 15/37
6ES7 648-2AJ60-0KA0 1/26, 1/32, 15/34, 15/37
6ES7 648-2AJ60-0LB0 ................................ 1/19
6ES7 648-2AJ60-1KA0 1/26, 1/32, 15/34, 15/37
6ES7 648-2AJ70-0LB0 ................................ 1/19
6ES7 648-3AB00-0XA0 .................... 4/12, 15/38
6ES7 648-3AE00-0XA0 ............................. 15/38
6ES7 650-0RG17-0YX0 ............................. 15/38
6ES7 650-0RG17-0YX1 ............................. 15/38
6ES7 650-0RJ01-0YX0 ................................ 4/12
6ES7 650-1AA51-2XX0 ................................. 7/8
6ES7 650-1AA52-2XX0 ................................. 7/8
6ES7 650-1AA61-2XX0 ................................. 7/8
6ES7 650-1AB51-2XX0 ................................. 7/8
6ES7 650-1AB61-2XX0 ................................. 7/8
6ES7 650-1AC11-3XX0 ................................. 7/8
6ES7 650-1AD10-2XX0 ................................. 7/8
6ES7 650-1AD11-2XX0 ................................. 7/8
6ES7 650-1AF51-2XX0 ................................. 7/8
6ES7 650-1AG51-2XX0 ................................. 7/8
6ES7 650-1AH61-5XX0 ................................. 7/8
6ES7 650-1AH62-5XX0 ................................. 7/8
6ES7 650-1AK11-7XX0 ................................. 7/9
6ES7 650-1AL11-6XX0 ................................. 7/9
17
6ES7 650-1AM30-3XX0 ................................ 7/9
6ES7 650-1AM31-6XX0 ................................ 7/9
6ES7 650-1BA02-0XX0 ................................. 7/9
6ES7 650-1BB51-0XX0 ................................. 7/9
6ES7 650-1BC51-0XX0 ................................. 7/9
6ES7 650-1BE10-3XX0 ................................. 7/9
6ES7 650-1CD07-2YB5 ............................ 16/33
6ES7 650-1CD08-2YB5 ................... 6/47, 16/31
6ES7 650-1CD17-2YB5 ............................ 16/32
6ES7 650-4XX08-0YT8 .................................. 8/3
6ES7 651-5AC08-0CE5 .............................. 16/5
6ES7 651-5AC08-0YE5 ............................... 16/5
6ES7 651-5AC17-0CE5 ............................ 16/12
6ES7 651-5AC17-0CH5 ............................ 16/12
17/18 Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011
Siemens AG 2012
6ES7 651-5AC17-0YE5 ............................. 16/12
6ES7 651-5AC17-0YH5 ............................. 16/12
6ES7 651-5AF08-0CE5 ............................... 16/5
6ES7 651-5AF08-0YE5 ................................ 16/5
6ES7 651-5AF17 ....................................... 16/12
6ES7 651-5AX07-0YE5 .............................. 16/19
6ES7 651-5CX06-0YE5 ............................. 16/28
6ES7 651-5CX07-0YE5 ............................. 16/28
6ES7 651-5CX08-0YE5 ............................. 16/28
6ES7 651-5CX16-0YE5 ............................. 16/28
6ES7 652-0XC08-2YB0 ............................... 3/21
6ES7 652-0XC17-2YB0 ............................. 15/45
6ES7 652-0XC21-2YB0 ............................. 15/11
6ES7 652-0XD07-2YB5 ............................. 15/10
6ES7 652-0XD08-2YB5 ............................... 3/12
6ES7 652-0XD16-2YF5 .............................. 16/25
6ES7 652-0XD17-2YB5 ............................. 15/44
6ES7 652-0XX01 ............ 1/38, 3/17, 6/46, 15/39
6ES7 652-0XX02 .............................. 1/39, 15/39
6ES7 652-0XX04 .............................. 1/37, 15/39
6ES7 652-0XX05 .............................. 1/39, 15/39
6ES7 652-0XX11 .............................. 1/39, 15/39
6ES7 652-3AA07 ....................................... 15/10
6ES7 652-3AA08 ......................................... 3/15
6ES7 652-3AA17 ....................................... 15/44
6ES7 652-3AB07 ....................................... 15/10
6ES7 652-3AB17 ....................................... 15/44
6ES7 652-3AC07 ....................................... 15/10
6ES7 652-3AC17 ....................................... 15/44
6ES7 652-3AD07 ....................................... 15/10
6ES7 652-3AD17 ....................................... 15/44
6ES7 652-3AE07 ....................................... 15/10
6ES7 652-3AE17 ....................................... 15/44
6ES7 652-3AX08 ......................................... 16/7
6ES7 652-3BA07 ....................................... 15/10
6ES7 652-3BA08-2CA0 ............................... 3/15
6ES7 652-3BA08-2YA0 ................................ 3/15
6ES7 652-3BA08-2YC0 ............................... 3/15
6ES7 652-3BA08-2YD0 ............................... 3/16
6ES7 652-3BA17 ....................................... 15/45
6ES7 652-3BB07 ....................................... 15/10
6ES7 652-3BB17 ....................................... 15/45
6ES7 652-3BC07 ....................................... 15/10
6ES7 652-3BC17 ....................................... 15/45
6ES7 652-3BD07 ....................................... 15/10
6ES7 652-3BD17 ....................................... 15/45
6ES7 652-3BE07 ....................................... 15/10
6ES7 652-3BE17 ....................................... 15/45
6ES7 652-3BF07 ....................................... 15/10
6ES7 652-3BF17 ....................................... 15/45
6ES7 652-3BX08 ......................................... 16/7
6ES7 652-5AX07 ....................................... 16/20
6ES7 652-5BX07 ....................................... 16/22
6ES7 652-5BX08 ....................................... 16/11
6ES7 652-5BX17 ....................................... 16/17
6ES7 652-5CX07 ....................................... 16/20
6ES7 652-5CX08 ......................................... 16/7
6ES7 652-5CX17 ....................................... 16/14
6ES7 652-5DX07 ....................................... 16/20
6ES7 652-5DX08 ......................................... 16/8
6ES7 652-5DX17 ....................................... 16/15
6ES7 652-5FX07 ........................................ 16/23
6ES7 652-5FX08 .......................................... 16/9
6ES7 652-5FX17 ........................................ 16/18
6ES7 652-7 .................................................. 3/26
6ES7 653-2BA00 ...................... 5/12, 5/20, 5/32,
............................................. 15/17, 15/48, 15/67
6ES7 653-2BB00 ...................... 5/12, 5/20, 5/32,
............................................. 15/17, 15/48, 15/67
6ES7 653-2BC00 ...................... 5/12, 5/20, 5/32,
........................................................ 15/17, 15/48
6ES7 654-0UE13 ....................................... 15/48
6ES7 654-0XX08 ......................................... 7/14
6ES7 654-8A ............................................... 5/30
6ES7 654-8BA ............................................. 5/19
6ES7 654-8BC ............................................ 5/10
6ES7 654-8BD ............................................ 5/12
6ES7 654-8BE ............................................. 5/19
6ES7 654-8CC ............................................. 5/10
6ES7 654-8CD ............................................. 5/12
6ES7 654-8CE ............................................ 5/19
6ES7 654-8CF ............................................. 5/30
6ES7 654-8CG ............................................ 5/10
6ES7 654-8CJ ............................................. 5/12
6ES7 654-8CM ............................................ 5/19
6ES7 654-8DG ............................................. 5/10
6ES7 654-8DH ............................................. 5/11
6ES7 654-8EH ............................................ 5/11
6ES7 654-8EJ ............................................. 5/12
6ES7 654-8EK.............................................. 5/11
6ES7 654-8EM ............................................ 5/19
6ES7 654-8EN ............................................ 5/31
6ES7 654-8GK ............................................ 5/11
6ES7 656-7XX .................................... 5/21, 5/33
6ES7 656-8AB ............................................ 5/31
6ES7 656-8BA ............................................. 5/19
6ES7 656-8BE ............................................. 5/20
6ES7 656-8CE ............................................ 5/20
6ES7 656-8CF ............................................. 5/32
6ES7 656-8CM ............................................ 5/20
6ES7 656-8DM ............................................ 5/20
6ES7 656-8EM ............................................. 5/20
6ES7 656-8EN ............................................. 5/32
6ES7 657-0AX07-2YB5 ............................. 15/13
6ES7 657-0AX08-0YB5 ................................. 9/9
6ES7 657-0AX17-2YB5 ............................. 15/62
6ES7 657-0BX07-2YB5 ............................. 15/13
6ES7 657-0BX17-2YB5 ............................. 15/62
6ES7 657-0FX07-2YB0 ............................. 15/13
6ES7 657-0FX17-2YB0 ............................. 15/62
6ES7 657-0GX07-2YB0 ............................ 15/13
6ES7 657-0GX17-2YB0 ............................ 15/62
6ES7 657-0HX07-2YB0 ............................. 15/13
6ES7 657-0HX17-2YB0 ............................. 15/63
6ES7 657-0LX07-2YB5 ............................. 15/13
6ES7 657-0LX17-2YB5 ............................. 15/62
6ES7 657-0MX07-2YB0 ............................ 15/13
6ES7 657-0MX08-2YB0 ................................ 9/9
6ES7 657-0MX17-2YB0 ............................ 15/63
6ES7 657-0PX17-2YB0 ............................. 15/63
6ES7 657-0SA00-0YL8 ............................... 16/4
6ES7 657-0SA07-0YB0 ............................. 15/13
6ES7 657-0SA17-0YB0 ............................. 15/62
6ES7 657-0TX08-0YB0 ................................. 9/9
6ES7 657-0UX08-0YB0 ................................. 9/9
6ES7 657-0VX08-0YB5 ................................. 9/9
6ES7 657-0XA00-0YB0 ................................. 9/9
6ES7 657-0XB00-0YB0 ................................. 9/9
6ES7 657-0XB07-2YB0 ............................. 15/13
6ES7 657-0XB17-2YB0 ............................. 15/62
6ES7 657-0XC00 .......................................... 9/9
6ES7 657-0XC07 ...................................... 15/13
6ES7 657-0XC17 ...................................... 15/62
6ES7 657-0XD07 ...................................... 15/13
6ES7 657-0XD17 ...................................... 15/62
6ES7 657-0XE07 ........................................ 15/13
6ES7 657-0XE17 ........................................ 15/62
6ES7 657-0XX00 ......................................... 16/4
6ES7 657-0XX16 ....................................... 16/25
6ES7 657-5XX07 ....................................... 16/21
6ES7 657-5XX08 ....................................... 16/10
6ES7 657-5XX17 ....................................... 16/16
6ES7 658-0GX07 ...................................... 15/12
6ES7 658-0GX08 ........................................ 13/6
6ES7 658-0GX17 ...................................... 15/66
6ES7 658-0HX07 ...................................... 15/12
6ES7 658-0HX08 ........................................ 13/6
6ES7 658-0HX17 ...................................... 15/66
6ES7 658-1AB05 ...................................... 16/26
6ES7 658-1AD16 ...................................... 16/24

6ES7 658-1AF07 ......................................... 15/5
6ES7 658-1AF08 ......................................... 2/10
6ES7 658-1AF16 ....................................... 16/24
6ES7 658-1AF17 ....................................... 15/40
6ES7 658-1CX07 ......................................... 15/6
6ES7 658-1CX17 .............................. 2/11, 15/41
6ES7 658-1DX07 ......................................... 15/6
6ES7 658-1DX08 ......................................... 2/15
6ES7 658-1DX17 ....................................... 15/41
6ES7 658-1FX07 ......................................... 15/6
6ES7 658-1FX08 ......................................... 2/12
6ES7 658-1FX17 ....................................... 15/41
6ES7 658-1GX08-2YA5 ............................... 2/14
6ES7 658-1GX08-2YE5 ............................... 16/5
6ES7 658-1GX08-2YT7 ............................... 2/14
6ES7 658-1GX17-2YA5 ............................. 15/41
6ES7 658-2AA07 ......................................... 15/9
6ES7 658-2AA08 ......................................... 3/10
6ES7 658-2AA17 ....................................... 15/43
6ES7 658-2AB07 ......................................... 15/9
6ES7 658-2AB17-0CA0 ............................ 15/43
6ES7 658-2AB17-0YA0 ............................. 15/43
6ES7 658-2AB17-0YD0 .................. 15/43, 15/67
6ES7 658-2AC07 ........................................ 15/9
6ES7 658-2AC16 ...................................... 16/24
6ES7 658-2AC17-0CA0 ............................ 15/43
6ES7 658-2AC17-0YA0 ............................. 15/43
6ES7 658-2AC17-0YD0 ................. 15/43, 15/67
6ES7 658-2AD07 ........................................ 15/9
6ES7 658-2AD17 ...................................... 15/43
6ES7 658-2AE07 ......................................... 15/9
6ES7 658-2AE16 ....................................... 16/24
6ES7 658-2AE17 ....................................... 15/43
6ES7 658-2AX00 ......................................... 16/4
6ES7 658-2AX08 ......................................... 16/7
6ES7 658-2AX17 ....................................... 16/14
6ES7 658-2BA07 ......................................... 15/9
6ES7 658-2BA08-0CA0 .............................. 3/10
6ES7 658-2BA08-0YA0 ............................... 3/10
6ES7 658-2BA08-0YD0 ............................... 3/11
6ES7 658-2BA17 ....................................... 15/43
6ES7 658-2BB07 ......................................... 15/9
6ES7 658-2BB17 ....................................... 15/43
6ES7 658-2BC07 ........................................ 15/9
6ES7 658-2BC16 ...................................... 16/24
6ES7 658-2BC17 ...................................... 15/43
6ES7 658-2BD07 ........................................ 15/9
6ES7 658-2BD17 ...................................... 15/43
6ES7 658-2BE07 ......................................... 15/9
6ES7 658-2BE16 ....................................... 16/24
6ES7 658-2BE17-0CA0 ............................. 15/43
6ES7 658-2BE17-0YA0 ............................. 15/43
6ES7 658-2BE17-0YD0 ............................. 15/43
6ES7 658-2BF07-0YA0 ............................... 15/9
6ES7 658-2BF07-0YD0 ............................... 15/9
6ES7 658-2BF17-0CA0 ............................. 15/43
6ES7 658-2BF17-0YA0 ............................. 15/43
6ES7 658-2BF17-0YD0 ............................. 15/43
6ES7 658-2BX00-0YL8 ............................... 16/4
6ES7 658-2BX00-0YM8 .............................. 16/4
6ES7 658-2BX08-0CE0 ............................... 16/7
6ES7 658-2BX08-0YE0 ............................... 16/7
6ES7 658-2BX17 ....................................... 16/14
6ES7 658-2CX00 ......................................... 16/4
6ES7 658-2CX07 .............................. 15/9, 15/12
6ES7 658-2CX08 ................................ 3/10, 3/28
6ES7 658-2CX16 ....................................... 16/24
6ES7 658-2CX17 ............................ 15/44, 15/46
6ES7 658-2DC16 ...................................... 16/24
6ES7 658-2DE16 ....................................... 16/24
6ES7 658-2DF07 ......................................... 15/5
6ES7 658-2DF17 ....................................... 15/40
6ES7 658-2EA00 ............ 3/19, 3/23, 3/26, 15/45
6ES7 658-2EA07 ....................................... 15/11
6ES7 658-2EB00 ............ 3/19, 3/23, 3/26, 15/45
Siemens AG 2012
6ES7 658-2EB07 ....................................... 15/11
6ES7 658-2EC00 ............ 3/19, 3/23, 3/26, 15/45
6ES7 658-2EC07 ....................................... 15/11
6ES7 658-2ED00 ..................... 3/23, 3/26, 15/45
6ES7 658-2ED07 ....................................... 15/11
6ES7 658-2EE00 ....................................... 15/45
6ES7 658-2EE07 ....................................... 15/11
6ES7 658-2EF00 ........................................ 15/45
6ES7 658-2EF07 ........................................ 15/11
6ES7 658-2FA07 ........................................ 15/11
6ES7 658-2FA08 .......................................... 3/23
6ES7 658-2FA17 ........................................ 15/45
6ES7 658-2FX08 .......................................... 16/8
6ES7 658-2GA07 ....................................... 15/12
6ES7 658-2GA17 ....................................... 15/46
6ES7 658-2GB07 ....................................... 15/12
6ES7 658-2GB17 ....................................... 15/46
6ES7 658-2GC07 ...................................... 15/12
6ES7 658-2GC17 ...................................... 15/46
6ES7 658-2GD07 ...................................... 15/12
6ES7 658-2GD17 ...................................... 15/46
6ES7 658-2GE00-0XB0 ............................... 3/28
6ES7 658-2GF00-0XB0 ............................... 3/28
6ES7 658-2GG00-0XB0 .............................. 3/28
6ES7 658-2GX00-2YL8 ............................... 16/4
6ES7 658-2GX08-2YB0 ............................... 3/28
6ES7 658-2HX07-2YB0 ............................. 15/12
6ES7 658-2HX08-2YB0 ............................... 3/28
6ES7 658-2HX17-2YB0 ............................. 15/46
6ES7 658-2JX07-2YB0 .............................. 15/12
6ES7 658-2JX08-2YB0 ................................ 3/28
6ES7 658-2JX17-2YB0 .............................. 15/46
6ES7 658-2XA00-0XB0 ...................... 3/10, 3/15
6ES7 658-2XB00-0XB0 ...................... 3/10, 3/15
6ES7 658-2XB05-0YC4 ............................. 16/26
6ES7 658-2XC00-0XB0 ...................... 3/10, 3/15
6ES7 658-3AX06-0YA5 ................................ 15/6
6ES7 658-3AX06-0YA6 ................................ 15/6
6ES7 658-3AX16-0YA5 ................................ 2/24
6ES7 658-3BX06-2YB5 ............................... 15/6
6ES7 658-3BX16-2YB5 ............................... 2/24
6ES7 658-3CX06-2YB5 ............................... 15/6
6ES7 658-3CX08-2YB5 ............................... 2/25
6ES7 658-3CX16-2YB5 ............................... 2/24
6ES7 658-3EX06-2YB5 ................................ 15/6
6ES7 658-3EX16-2YB5 ... 2/22, 2/24, 4/12, 15/41
6ES7 658-3GX16-0YC8 ...................... 2/22, 2/25
6ES7 658-3HX06-0YA5 ................................ 15/6
6ES7 658-3HX16-0YA5 ................................ 2/24
6ES7 658-3JX06-0YA5 ................................ 15/7
6ES7 658-3JX16-0YA5 ................................ 2/24
6ES7 658-3KX06-0YA5 ................................ 15/7
6ES7 658-3KX08-0YA5 ................................ 2/25
6ES7 658-3KX16-0YA5 ................................ 2/24
6ES7 658-3LD07-0YA5 ..................... 2/23, 15/42
6ES7 658-3LD08-0YA5 ................................ 2/23
6ES7 658-3LX06-0YA5 ................................ 15/7
6ES7 658-3LX16-0YA5 ..................... 2/22, 15/41
6ES7 658-3MD07-0YA5 .................... 2/23, 15/42
6ES7 658-3QX07-2YB5 .................... 2/23, 15/42
6ES7 658-3XA06-2YB5 ............................... 15/7
6ES7 658-3XA16-2YB5 ............................... 2/25
6ES7 658-3XB06-2YB5 ............................... 15/7
6ES7 658-3XB06-2YD5 ............................... 15/7
6ES7 658-3XB16-2YB5 ............................... 2/25
6ES7 658-3XB16-2YD5 .. 2/22, 2/25, 4/12, 15/41
6ES7 658-3XC00-2YB5 ........... 2/23, 2/25, 15/42
6ES7 658-3XC06-2YB5 ............................... 15/7
6ES7 658-3XC06-2YD5 ............................... 15/7
6ES7 658-3XC16-2YB5 ............................... 2/25
6ES7 658-3XC16-2YD5 .. 2/22, 2/25, 4/12, 15/41
6ES7 658-3XD00-2YB5 ........... 2/23, 2/25, 15/42
6ES7 658-3XD06-2YB5 ............................... 15/7
6ES7 658-3XD06-2YD5 ............................... 15/7
6ES7 658-3XD16-2YB5 ............................... 2/25
Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011
Appendix
Order No. Index
6ES7 658-3XD16-2YD5 .. 2/22, 2/25, 4/12, 15/41
6ES7 658-3XE00-2YB5 ........... 2/23, 2/25, 15/42
6ES7 658-3XH06-2YD5 ............................... 15/7
6ES7 658-3XH16-2YD5 .. 2/22, 2/25, 4/12, 15/41
6ES7 658-3XX00-0YL8 .................... 16/4, 16/28
6ES7 658-4XX08-0CT8 ................................. 8/3
6ES7 658-4XX08-0YT8 ................................. 8/3
6ES7 658-4XX17-0CT8 ............................. 15/61
6ES7 658-4XX17-0YT8 ............................. 15/61
6ES7 658-5AA07-0YA5 ............................... 15/5
6ES7 658-5AA16-0YE5 ............................. 16/24
6ES7 658-5AA17-0CA5 ............................ 15/40
6ES7 658-5AA17-0YA5 ............................. 15/40
6ES7 658-5AB07-0YA5 ............................... 15/5
6ES7 658-5AB07-0YD5 .............................. 15/5
6ES7 658-5AB17-0CA5 ............................ 15/40
6ES7 658-5AB17-0YA5 ............................. 15/40
6ES7 658-5AB17-0YD5 ................. 15/40, 15/67
6ES7 658-5AC00-0YL8 ............................... 16/4
6ES7 658-5AC07-0YA5 ............................... 15/5
6ES7 658-5AC07-0YD5 .............................. 15/5
6ES7 658-5AC17-0CA5 ............................ 15/40
6ES7 658-5AC17-0YA5 ............................. 15/40
6ES7 658-5AC17-0YD5 ................. 15/40, 15/67
6ES7 658-5AF00-0YL8 ............................... 16/4
6ES7 658-5AF07-0YA5 ............................... 15/5
6ES7 658-5AF07-0YD5 ............................... 15/5
6ES7 658-5AF17-0CA5 ............................. 15/40
6ES7 658-5AF17-0YA5 ............................. 15/40
6ES7 658-5AF17-0YD5 ............................. 15/40
6ES7 658-5AX08-0CA5 .............................. 2/10
6ES7 658-5AX08-0YA5 ............................... 2/10
6ES7 658-7BX41-2YA0 ............................... 12/6
6ES7 658-7BX41-2YE0 .................... 12/6, 16/27
6ES7 658-7DX00-0YL8 ............................... 16/4
6ES7 658-7DX07-0YB5 .................... 15/8, 15/14
6ES7 658-7DX08-0YB5 ............................... 10/8
6ES7 658-7DX17-0YB5 ............................. 15/64
6ES7 658-7EX07-0YB5 ............................. 15/14
6ES7 658-7EX08-0YB5 ............................... 10/6
6ES7 658-7EX17-0YB5 ............................. 15/64
6ES7 658-7FA07-0YB0 ............................. 15/14
6ES7 658-7FA17-0YB0 ............................. 15/64
6ES7 658-7FB07-0YD0 ............................. 15/14
6ES7 658-7FB17-0YD0 ............................. 15/64
6ES7 658-7FC07-0YD0 ............................. 15/14
6ES7 658-7FC17-0YD0 ............................. 15/64
6ES7 658-7FF00-0XB0 ............................... 10/6
6ES7 658-7FG00-0XB0 ............................... 10/6
6ES7 658-7FX08-0YB0 ............................... 10/6
6ES7 658-7GB00-2YB0 ............ 4/7, 4/12, 15/47
6ES7 658-7GB07-0YB0 ............................ 15/15
6ES7 658-7GB07-2YB0 ............................ 15/15
6ES7 658-7GB08-0YB0 ................................ 4/7
6ES7 658-7GB17-0YB0 ................... 4/12, 15/47
6ES7 658-7GC00-2YB0 ............ 4/7, 4/12, 15/47
6ES7 658-7GC07-2YB0 ............................ 15/15
6ES7 658-7GX00-0YL8 ............................... 16/4
6ES7 658-7GX07-0YB5 ............................ 15/15
6ES7 658-7GX08-0YB5 ................................ 4/7
6ES7 658-7GX17-0YB5 ............................ 15/47
17
6ES7 660-0AC13-1AA0 .............................. 15/3
6ES7 660-0AC13-2AA0 ............................ 15/29
6ES7 660-0BC13-1AA0 .............................. 15/3
6ES7 660-0BC13-2AA0 ............................ 15/29
6ES7 660-0CE13-1BA0 .............................. 15/4
6ES7 660-0CE13-2BA0 ............................ 15/29
6ES7 660-0DE13-1BA0 .............................. 15/4
6ES7 660-0DE13-2BA0 ............................ 15/29
6ES7 660-0EA02-1AA0 ............................... 15/4
6ES7 660-0EA02-1AC0 .............................. 15/4
6ES7 660-0EA02-2AA0 ............................. 15/30
6ES7 660-0EA02-2AC0 ............................ 15/30
17/19

Appendix
Order No. Index
6ES7 7
6ES7 790 ................. 1/19, 1/26, 1/32,1/35, 4/12,
........................ 15/34, 15/37, 15/38,15/39, 15/67
6ES7 8
6ES7 833-1CC00-6YX0 ............................... 5/33
6ES7 833-1CC02-0YA5 ........... 11/4, 15/8, 15/65
6ES7 833-1CC02-0YE5 ............................. 16/29
6ES7 833-1SM01-0YE5 ............................. 16/29
6ES7 833-1SM02-0YA5 ........... 11/8, 15/8, 15/65
6ES7 833-1SM02-0YE5 ............................. 16/29
6ES7 833-1SM42-0YA5 ........... 11/8, 15/8, 15/65
6ES7 833-1SM61-0YE5 ............................. 16/29
6ES7 833-1SM62-0YA5 ......... 11/8, 15/10, 15/65
6ES7 833-1SM62-0YE5 ............................. 16/29
6ES7 841-0CA01-0YX2 .................... 16/4, 16/30
6ES7 841-0CC04-0YE5 ............................. 16/30
6ES7 841-0CC05-0YA5 ........... 2/26, 15/8, 15/42
6ES7 841-0CC05-0YE5 ............................. 16/30
6ES7 870 ..................................................... 6/89
6ES7 9
6ES7 900-0AA00 ...................... 1/19, 1/26, 1/32,
............................................. 15/30, 15/34, 15/37
6ES7 900-0BA00 ...................... 1/19, 1/26, 1/32,
.................................... 15/4, 15/30, 15/34, 15/37
6ES7 900-0CA00 ..................... 1/19, 1/26, 1/32,
.................................... 15/4, 15/30, 15/34, 15/37
6ES7 900-0DA00 ..................... 1/19, 1/26, 1/32,
.................................... 15/4, 15/30, 15/34, 15/37
6ES7 900-0EA00 ...................... 1/19, 1/26, 1/32,
.................................... 15/4, 15/30, 15/34, 15/37
6ES7 900-0FA00 ...................... 1/19, 1/26, 1/32,
.................................... 15/4, 15/30, 15/34, 15/37
6ES7 902-1AB00 ......................................... 6/89
6ES7 902-1AC00 ..................... 3/16, 3/23, 6/89,
........................................................ 15/11, 15/46
6ES7 902-1AD00 ........................................ 6/89
6ES7 902-2 ................................................. 6/89
6ES7 902-3 ................................................. 6/89
6ES7 922 ....................................................... 7/9
6ES7 952-1AK00-0AA0 ...................... 5/21, 5/33
6ES7 952-1AL00-0AA0 ............. 5/12, 5/21, 5/33
6ES7 952-1AM00-0AA0 ............ 5/12, 5/21, 5/33
6ES7 952-1AP00-0AA0 ............. 5/12, 5/21, 5/33
6ES7 952-1AS00-0AA0 ............. 5/12, 5/21, 5/33
6ES7 952-1AY00-0AA0 ............. 5/12, 5/21, 5/33
6ES7 952-1KP00-0AA0 ............. 5/12, 5/21, 5/33
6ES7 960 ............................................ 5/21, 5/33
6ES7 964 ............................................ 5/13, 6/65
6ES7 971 ................................... 5/13, 5/22, 5/34
6ES7 972-0AA02-0XA0 ............................... 6/62
6ES7 972-0AB01-0XA0 ............................... 6/62
6ES7 972-0AC80-0XA0 ............. 6/62, 7/34, 7/43
6ES7 972-0BA52-0XA0 ............................... 6/62
6ES7 972-0BB52-0XA0 ............................... 6/62
6ES7 972-0DA00-0AA0 .............................. 6/62
6ES7 972-0DA60-0XA0 ............. 6/62, 7/34, 7/43
6GF6
6GF6 220-1DA01 ............................. 1/37, 15/39
17
17/20 Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011
Siemens AG 2012
6GK1
6GK1 161 ........................................... 3/16, 6/46
6GK1 162 ........................................... 3/16, 6/46
6GK1 411 ........................................... 4/12, 6/58
6GK1 415 .................................................... 6/88
6GK1 500 ......................................... 6/62, 15/68
6GK1 503 .................................................... 6/64
6GK1 561 .................................................. 15/68
6GK1 704 .................................................. 16/33
6GK1 716-0HB00 ........................... 16/31, 16/32
6GK1 716-0HB08 .................... 3/16, 6/46, 16/31
6GK1 716-0HB63 ...................................... 16/33
6GK1 716-0HB64 ...................................... 16/32
6GK1 716-0HB71 ...................................... 16/32
6GK1 716-1CB08 .................... 3/16, 6/46, 16/31
6GK1 716-1CB63 ...................................... 16/33
6GK1 716-1CB64 ...................................... 16/32
6GK1 716-1CB71 ...................................... 16/32
6GK1 900-0A .................... 6/13, 6/18, 6/36, 12/4
6GK1 900-0M .............................................. 6/18
6GK1 900-0N .............................................. 6/18
6GK1 900-1GB00 ............................... 6/13, 6/36
6GK1 900-1GL00 ............. 6/13, 6/18, 6/30, 6/36
6GK1 900-1LB00 ................................ 6/30, 6/36
6GK1 901-0CA00 ........................................ 6/42
6GK1 901-0CA01 ........................................ 6/42
6GK1 901-0DA20 ............................... 6/44, 6/64
6GK1 901-0DB20 ........................................ 6/13
6GK1 901-0DM20 ....................................... 6/13
6GK1 901-1BB10 ..................... 6/12, 6/17, 6/30,
................................................... 6/36, 6/41, 6/53
6GK1 901-1BB11 ...................... 6/30, 6/36, 6/41
6GK1 901-1BB20-2 ..................................... 6/41
6GK1 901-1BB20-6 ..................................... 6/18
6GK1 901-1BE00-0AA1 ............ 6/30, 6/36, 6/41
6GK1 901-1BE00-0AA2 ............ 6/30, 6/36, 6/41
6GK1 901-1BE00-0AA3 .............................. 6/54
6GK1 901-1FC00-0AA0 .............................. 6/41
6GK1 901-1GA00 ..................... 6/13, 6/17, 6/30,
................................................... 6/36, 6/41, 6/53
6GK1 901-1GB00 ........................................ 6/41
6GK1 905-0 ................................................. 6/78
6GK1 905-6 ........................................ 6/62, 6/78
6GK1 907-0AB10-6AA0 .............................. 6/18
6GK1 907-0DC10-6AA3 ..................... 6/13, 6/53
6GK1 908-0DC10-6AA3 .............................. 6/13
6GK1 970 .................................................... 6/41
6GK1 975 .................................................... 6/88
6GK5
6GK5 101 .................................................... 6/37
6GK5 200 .................................................... 6/17
6GK5 201 .................................................... 6/17
6GK5 202 .................................................... 6/17
6GK5 204-0 ................................................ 6/17
6GK5 204-2 ................................................ 6/12
6GK5 206 .................................................... 6/12
6GK5 208 .................................................... 6/12
6GK5 212 .................................................... 6/12
6GK5 216 .................................................... 6/12
6GK5 224 .................................................... 6/12
6GK5 3 ........................................................ 6/28
6GK5 4 ........................................................ 6/35
6GK5 6 ........................................................ 12/4
6GK5 744 .................................................... 6/52
6GK5 746 .................................................... 6/52
6GK5 747 .................................................... 6/52
6GK5 784 .................................................... 6/53
6GK5 786 .................................................... 6/53
6GK5 788 .................................................... 6/52
6GK5 791-1 ........................................ 6/13, 6/54
6GK5 791-2 ................................................ 6/54
6GK5 798 .................................................... 6/54
6GK5 991 .................................................... 6/29
6GK5 992 .................................................... 6/29
6GK7
6GK7 343 ................................................... 6/88
6GK7 443-1EX20 ............. 5/13, 5/21, 5/33, 6/47
6GK7 443-5DX05 ............. 5/13, 5/21, 5/33, 6/65
6XV1
6XV1 820-5BH10 ............................... 6/44, 6/64
6XV1 820-5BH30 ........................................ 6/44
6XV1 820-5BH50 ............................... 6/44, 6/64
6XV1 820-5BN10 ............................... 6/44, 6/64
6XV1 820-5BN20 ............................... 6/44, 6/64
6XV1 820-5BN50 ............................... 6/44, 6/64
6XV1 820-5BT10 ................................ 6/44, 6/64
6XV1 820-5BT20 ......................................... 6/44
6XV1 820-5BT30 ......................................... 6/44
6XV1 830-0EH10 ............................... 6/62, 7/43
6XV1 830-0EN20 ........................................ 6/62
6XV1 830-0EN50 ........................................ 6/62
6XV1 830-0ET10 ......................................... 6/62
6XV1 830-0ET20 ......................................... 6/62
6XV1 830-0ET50 ......................................... 6/62
6XV1 830-0EU10 ........................................ 6/62
6XV1 830-5EH10 ........................................ 6/78
6XV1 830-5FH10 ......................................... 6/78
6XV1 830-5GH10 ........................................ 6/87
6XV1 830-5HH10 ........................................ 6/87
6XV1 831-2A ............................................... 6/62
6XV1 840-2AH10 ............ 6/12, 6/17, 6/29, 6/35,
................................................... 6/41, 6/53, 6/54
6XV1 840-2AU10 ........................................ 6/41
6XV1 843-2R ............................. 6/12, 6/30, 6/35
6XV1 847-2A ............................. 6/12, 6/30, 6/35
6XV1 850 .................................................... 6/42
6XV1 861-2A ............................................... 6/17
6XV1 870-2E ............................. 6/29, 6/35, 6/41
6XV1 870-2J ............................................... 6/54
6XV1 870-3 ............................... 6/29, 6/35, 6/54
6XV1 870-8 ................................................. 6/13
6XV1 873-2A ........... 6/12, 6/17, 6/30, 6/35, 6/54
6XV1 873-6AH10 ........................................ 6/44
6XV1 873-6AN10 ........................................ 6/44
6XV1 873-6AN80 ........................................ 6/30
6XV1 873-6AT10 ................................ 6/30, 6/44
6XV1 873-6AT15 ......................................... 6/30
6XV1 873-6AT20 ................................ 6/30, 6/44
6XV1 873-6AT30 ......................................... 6/30
6XV1 874-2A .............................................. 6/17
6XV1 878-2A .............................................. 6/41
6XV2
6XV2 175 ......................................... 1/40, 15/39
A5E
A5E00718412 .................................... 3/16, 6/46
A5E01579552 .................................... 3/16, 6/46
S79220
S79220-B1454-P ...................................... 16/18
 Siemens AG 2012

Appendix
Catalog improvement suggestions
Fax form

To Your address

Siemens AG
I IA CC ITS PRI 4
ST PCS 7 - Dec 2011 Name
stl. Rheinbrckenstr. 50
76187 Karlsruhe
Job
Fax: +49 (721) 595-6623
E-mail: wolfgang.strozyk@siemens.com
Company/Department

Street/No.

Postal code/City

Tel. No./Fax

E-mail address

Your opinion is important to us!

Our catalog should be an important and frequently used A small request on our part to you:
document. For this reason we are continuously endeavoring to Please take time to fill in the following form and fax it to us.
improve it.
Thank You!

We invite you to grade our catalog on a point system from 1 (= good) to 6 (= poor):
Do the contents of the catalog live up to your expectations? Do the technical details meet your expectations?

Is the information easy to find? How would you assess the graphics and tables?

Can the texts be readily understood?

Did you find any printing errors?

17

Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011 17/21

 Siemens AG 2012

Appendix

Notes

17

17/22 Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011

 Siemens AG 2012

Appendix

Notes

17

Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011 17/23

 Siemens AG 2012

Appendix

Notes

17

17/24 Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011

 Siemens AG 2012

Appendix

Notes

17

Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011 17/25

 Siemens AG 2012
Appendix
Conditions of sale and delivery
1. General Provisions
By using this catalog you can acquire hardware and software
products described therein from Siemens AG subject to the fol-
lowing Terms and Conditions of Sale and Delivery (hereinafter
referred to as "T&C"). Please note! The scope, the quality and the
conditions for supplies and services, including software prod-
ucts, by any Siemens entity having a registered office outside of
Germany, shall be subject exclusively to the General Terms and
Conditions of the respective Siemens entity. The following T&C
apply exclusively for orders placed with Siemens Aktiengesell-
schaft, Germany.
1.1 For customers with a seat or registered office in
Germany
For customers with a seat or registered office in Germany the fol-
lowing applies subordinate to T&C
the "General Terms of Payment"1) and
for software products the "General License Conditions for Soft-
ware Products for Automation and Drives for Customers with a
Seat or registered Office in Germany"1) and
for other supplies and/or services the "General Conditions for
the Supply of Products and Services of the Electrical and Elec-
tronics Industry"1).
1.2 For customers with a seat or registered office outside of
Germany
For customers with a seat or registered office outside Germany
the following applies subordinate to T&C
the "General Terms of Payment"1) and
for software products the "General License Conditions for Soft-
ware Products for Automation and Drives for Customers with a
Seat or registered Office outside of Germany"1) and
for other supplies and/or services the "General Conditions for
Supplies of Siemens, Automation and Drives for Customers
with a Seat or registered Office outside of Germany"1).
2. Prices
The prices are in (Euro) ex works, exclusive packaging.
The sales tax (value added tax) is not included in the prices.
It shall be debited separately at the respective rate according to
the applicable legal regulations.
Prices are subject to change without prior notice. We will debit
the prices valid at the time of delivery.
Surcharges will be added to the prices of products that contain
silver, copper, aluminium, lead and/or gold, if the respective ba-
sic official prices for these metals are exceeded. These sur-
charges will be determined based on the official price and the
metal factor of the respective product.
The surcharge will be calculated on the basis of the official price
on the day prior to receipt of the order or prior to the release or-
der.
The metal factor determines the official price as of which the
metal surcharges are charged and the calculation method used.
The metal factor, provided it is relevant, is included with the price
17 information of the respective products. An exact explanation of
the metal factor can be downloaded at:
www.siemens.com/automation/salesmaterial-as/catalog/en/
terms_of_trade_en.pdf
17/26 Siemens ST PCS 7 December 2011
3. Additional Terms and Conditions
The dimensions are in mm. In Germany, according to the Ger-
man law on units in measuring technology, data in inches only
apply to devices for export.
Illustrations are not binding.
Insofar as there are no remarks on the corresponding pages, -
especially with regard to data, dimensions and weights given -
these are subject to change without prior notice.
4. Export regulations
We shall not be obligated to fulfill this agreement if such fulfill-
ment is prevented by any impediments arising out of national or
international foreign trade or customs requirements or any em-
bargoes or other sanctions.
Export of goods listed in this catalog may be subject to license.
We shall indicate in the delivery details whether licenses are re-
quired under German, European and US export lists. Goods la-
beled with "AL" not equal to "N" are subject to European or Ger-
man export authorization when being exported out of the EU.
Goods labeled with "ECCN" not equal to "N" are subject to US re-
export authorization.
The export label is made available with the information of the re-
spective goods on Industry Mall, our online-catalog-system, ad-
ditionally. The deciding factors are the export label "AL" or
"ECCN" indicated on order confirmations, delivery notes and in-
voices.
Even without a label, or with label "AL:N" or "ECCN:N", authoriza-
tion may be required due to the final whereabouts and purpose
for which the goods are to be used.
If you transfer goods (hardware and/or software and/or technol-
ogy as well as corresponding documentation, regardless of the
mode of provision) delivered by us or works and services (in-
cluding all kinds of technical support) performed by us to a third
party worldwide, you shall comply with all applicable national
and international (re-) export control regulations.
If required to conduct export control checks, you, upon request
by us, shall promptly provide us with all information pertaining to
particular end customer, destination and intended use of goods,
works and services provided by us, as well as any export control
restrictions existing.
Errors excepted and subject to change without prior notice.
1) The text of the Comprehensive Terms and Conditions of Sale and
Delivery can be downloaded at:
www.siemens.com/automation/salesmaterial-as/catalog/en/
terms_of_trade_en.pdf
 Siemens AG 2012

Catalogs
Industry Automation, Drive Technologies and Low-Voltage Power Distribution
Further information can be obtained from our branch offices listed
in the appendix or at www.siemens.com/automation/partner
Interactive Catalog on DVD Catalog Motion Control Catalog
for Industry Automation, Drive Technologies and CA 01 SINAMICS and Motors for Single-Axis Drives D 31
Low Voltage Distribution SINUMERIK & SIMODRIVE NC 60
Automation Systems for Machine Tools
SINUMERIK & SINAMICS NC 61
Drive Systems Equipment for Machine Tools
Variable-Speed Drives SINUMERIK 828D BASIC T/BASIC M, NC 82
SINAMICS G130 Drive Converter Chassis Units D 11 SINAMICS S120 Combi and 1FK7/1PH8 motors
SINAMICS G150 Drive Converter Cabinet Units SIMOTION, SINAMICS S120 and PM 21
SINAMICS GM150, SINAMICS SM150 D 12 Motors for Production Machines
Medium-Voltage Converters Drive and Control Components for Cranes CR 1
SINAMICS S120 Chassis Format Units and D 21.3
Cabinet Modules Power Supply and System Cabling
SINAMICS S150 Converter Cabinet Units
Power supply SITOP KT 10.1
SINAMICS DCM Converter Units D 23.1
System cabling SIMATIC TOP connect KT 10.2
SINAMICS and Motors for Single-Axis Drives D 31
Three-phase Induction Motors D 84.1
Process Instrumentation and Analytics
H-compact
H-compact PLUS Field Instruments for Process Automation FI 01
Asynchronous Motors Standardline D 86.1 SIREC Recorders and Accessories MP 20
Synchronous Motors with Permanent-Magnet D 86.2 SIPART, Controllers and Software MP 31
Technology, HT-direct Products for Weighing Technology WT 10
DC Motors DA 12 PDF: Process Analytical Instruments PA 01
SIMOREG DC MASTER 6RA70 Digital Chassis DA 21.1 PDF: Process Analytics, PA 11
Converters Components for the System Integration
SIMOREG K 6RA22 Analog Chassis Converters DA 21.2
PDF: SIMOREG DC MASTER 6RM70 Digital Converter DA 22 Safety Integrated
Cabinet Units
Safety Technology for Factory Automation SI 10
SIMOVERT PM Modular Converter Systems DA 45
SIEMOSYN Motors DA 48
SIMATIC HMI/PC-based Automation
MICROMASTER 420/430/440 Inverters DA 51.2
Human Machine Interface Systems/ ST 80/
MICROMASTER 411/COMBIMASTER 411 DA 51.3 PC-based Automation ST PC
SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Vector Control DA 65.10
SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Motion Control DA 65.11
SIMATIC Ident
Synchronous and asynchronous servomotors for DA 65.3
SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Industrial Identification Systems ID 10
SIMODRIVE 611 universal and POSMO DA 65.4
SIMOTION, SINAMICS S120 and PM 21 SIMATIC Industrial Automation Systems
Motors for Production Machines Products for Totally Integrated Automation and ST 70
SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE and NC 60 Micro Automation
Motors for Machine Tools SIMATIC PCS 7 Process Control System ST PCS 7
SINUMERIK, SINAMICS S120 and NC 61 Add-ons for the SIMATIC PCS 7 ST PCS 7.1
Motors for Machine Tools Process Control System
Low-Voltage Three-Phase-Motors PDF: Migration solutions with the SIMATIC PCS 7 ST PCS 7.2
Process Control System
IEC Squirrel-Cage Motors D 81.1
MOTOX Geared Motors D 87.1
SIMATIC NET
Mechanical Driving Machines
Industrial Communication IK PI
FLENDER Standard Couplings MD 10.1
FLENDER SIG Standard industrial gear unit MD 30.1
SINVERT Photovoltaics
Inverters and Components for Photovoltaic Installations RE 10
Low-Voltage Power Distribution and
Electrical Installation Technology SIRIUS Industrial Controls
SENTRON Protection, Switching, Measuring and LV 10.1 SIRIUS Industrial Controls IC 10
Monitoring Devices SIRIUS Industrial Controls IC 90
SIVACON ALPHA Switchboards and Distribution LV 10.2 (selected content from catalog IC 10)
Systems
SIVACON 8PS Busbar Trunking Systems LV 70 System Solutions
GAMMA Building Control ET G1 Applications and Products for Industry are part of the
PDF: DELTA Switches and Socket Outlets ET D1 interactive catalog CA 01

Download-Center
PDF versions of the catalogs are available on the Internet at:
PDF: These catalogs are only available as pdf files. www.siemens.com/automation/infocenter
 Siemens AG 2012

The information provided in this catalog contains descriptions or

characteristics of performance which in case of actual use do not
Siemens AG Subject to change without prior notice
always apply as described or which may change as a result of
Industry Sector PDF (E86060-K4678-A111-B7-7600) further development of the products. An obligation to provide
Industrial Automation Systems MP.R4.AS.SID2.01.2.76 / Dispo 09508 the respective characteristics shall only exist if expressly agreed in
Postfach 48 48 KG 0112 496 En the terms of contract. Availability and technical specifications are
90026 NRNBERG Printed in Germany subject to change without notice.
GERMANY Siemens AG 2012 All product designations may be trademarks or product names
of Siemens AG or supplier companies whose use by third
parties for their own purposes could violate the rights of
www.siemens.com/simatic-pcs7 the owners.